2 ne oe
te ee
aianetereriret
nih D MS Om Poel
epevnery
1 ae chee taTe herho ah
CaP Roker BRM hh AR thw
wen NN th oD 4 Eee ol
mrs
AVN VAM TE aly Va MOL Dah abt!
° 8
on
Oe ee
than
SC a An
ae. fate & Hate a bee . x
Warren Sewers tree 2 eel ee
ee Coat why AY
sea
evita tet
oT le hetfel 0 eat
Serrwthe ew tee ete Math 9 Matis
Soon eet eae mt ee
Tears inet
<5 ae.
ae
de Dake hat, Fo t- *
Ta Tae aia
eto
aed ee
2 ti
' aes : ‘ : aS - . ‘ Nee sth > eer . Vs ape atte =
i - 4) . - : M i . . : eee a Bae Si Ge te a se
HANDBOUND
AT THE
e
UNIVERSITY OF
TORONTO PRESS
a no
; ; 4
iT
ff
ee
THE ANNALS 7 .
AND Ios
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.
(BEING A CONTINUATION OF TIE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)
CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.RB.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.
wee
VOL. XITX.—SIXTH SERIES.
ee eee ile
LOAPON :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KFNT, AND CO., LD.;
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,
1897.
“Omnes res createe sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia -majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”—Liynavs.
‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.
Be OOM De CaN ar eure The sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth faee
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,
ALERE § FLAMMAM.
CONTENTS OF VOL, XIX.
[SIXTH SERIES. ]
NUMBER CIX.
Page
I. A new Amphipod from New Zealand (Family Pontoporevde).
By Cuarzes Curtton, M.A., D.Sc. F.L.S. (Plate V.)..........
II. Descriptions of new Lizards and Frogs from Mount Victoria,
Owen Stanley Range, New Guinea, collected by Mr. A. S. Anthony.
By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S. (Plates I. & IL.) ...........000-- 6
IIT. Descriptions of Four new Species of Lycenide from the
Eastern Archipelago. By Hamitron H. Druce, F.Z.S.,F.ES. .. 18
IV. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—
No. 2. Ona Collection of Diptera from the Lowlands of the Rio
Nautla, in the State of Vera Cruz. I. By C. H. TyLer Townsenp,
ree se Cai ole nis laine a xa ase dy eceww 9 a 0,00 s/ne a0 diamlaes
V. The Classification of Oribatide. -By A. D. Micuarn, F.L.S. 34
VI. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—
III. The Bees of the Genus Colletes found in New Mexico. By T. D.
ECOG MERICUE) orks «us <daldetsle = senate sinters so aieretiads come sess 39
VII. On Cteniform Spiders from the Lower Amazons and other
Regions of North and South America, with List of all known Species
of these Groups hitherto recorded from the New World. By F. O.
PickarD CamMBRIDGE, B.A. (Plates HI. &1V.) ....---ee eee 52
VIII. Descriptions of new Malay Frogs. By G. A. BouLENGER,
a orate als GE ona aeons a aininsn te AA o.ocalare tsa le\e's Wpivie’e's 106
IX. On some Trapdoor Spiders of the Family Ctenizide from
South and West Australia, contained in the Collection of the British
Museum. By R.1. Pocock ......... cece seeereeereeensreseres 109
X. Descriptions of two new Species of Scorpions from East Africa.
116
Byte OE OCOUR sis v ees yiisesces nar vee eco ns secs pre ahenesyees
1V CONTENTS.
Proceedings of the Geological Society .....0cce cece cece ee eeeee
“The most pious priority purist ” on the Lobster, the Crayfish, and
Professor Bell, by the Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.L.S,; Note on some Sponges from the Auckland
Islands, by Prof. R. von Lendenfeld; On the Sexes of Charaxes
miatus, Rothschild, by A. G. Butler, Ph.D., &e. ........ 120-124
NUMBER CX.
XI. On a Collection of Homoptera made in Southern Africa. By
Woda, DISTANT nyc s cas ¥ sols cooley w nipie ss cir Maisie eted «oa Sore
XII. A Contribution to the Biology of the Social Wasps of Brazil.
By HT. VON DRE RING 4)5 0.05050» octe so sets nie tia inne se
XIII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—
No. IV. Diptera from the Sacramento and White Mountains, in
Southern New Mexico. I. By OC, H. Tyter Townsrenp
ie) 6 (6 / ate Kenta
XIV. The Physiological Importance of the Air-Spaces in Flying
Animals, ) By Prof. KR. von LexpENeEen . 4)... 1-45 25} kennels
XV. Description of a new Snake from Sierra Leone. By G. A.
BourENGEE, BRS: (30 <sais wise etme ie Seis a eee, ot wate en eats ee eee
XVII. On Movement in a Circle as the Fundamental Form of
Movement in Animals: its Cause, Manifestation, and Significance.
By Profs F-O/ GULDBERG. 4.4 (4, 0.0.0.0 01st ain spinnin Vena a ee
XVIII. On the Tsu-shima Representative of the Japanese Sable.
By Ornrrecp DeOmAS 4]0% dade. hindu Sb 5A oe Obese ele eee
XIX. On a new Gazelle from Central Arabia. By OLpFrreip
THOMAS! > ., 56. s-ajeco’ein, 3A mia.s Wie 9, & ubeanseinte, bet Os’ ~)> 5 Ga
XX. New Eastern Heterocera. By Col. C. Swrnuor, M.A.,
PLS eioy's aisin ak wes aes p ths Oe iain ae ae ee pein sb ia pay Hae
XXI. Description of a new Species of Delma from Western
Australia, By Dr. As GONTEER. Js) ixnmgees Osama eal
XXII. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the Pacific
Islands. By H. Gross Suir, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S. ............
XXII. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea,
By Joun Henry LEEcu, B.A., F.LS., F.ZS., &e. 2... 0. ees e ene
New Books:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and
Burma. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State
for India in Council. Edited by W. T. BLanrorp.—Moths,
Vol. IV. By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart.—The Parasitic Diseases
of Poultry. By Frep. V. Turopacp, M.A., F.ES, ......236
125
1838
138
149
154
161
, 237
CONTENTS. Vv
Page
Proceedings of the Geological Society........... 000s eeeeeeeeees 238
The Generic Name of the River Crayfish, by F. Jeffrey Bell; A
Gigantic Cephalopod on the Florida Coast, by A. E. Verrill 289, 240
NUMBER CXI.
XXIV. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—
No: VE By Prof. Minregn, M.D., LL.D. EARS... fos a 241
XXV. New Species of Hymenoptera from Central America. By
Ee SMEEIOIG,, EAE LN eee Seles Okie ae alse cte WU alee Sete alec ger « 261
XXVI. A List of Reptiles and Batrachians from the Congo Free
seg with Descriptions of Two new Snakes. By G. A. BouLENGER,
RS.
XXVIII. Description of a new Snake from Usambara, German
Bai aarica. «By: Al BOucENGER, BURG. sciences oo = dsm gee ole: 281
XXVIII. Description of anew Species of the Genus Pecilopsaltria
belonging to the Family Cicadide. By W. L. DisTant.......... 282
XXIX. Descriptions of some new Oriental Opiliones recently
received by the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock
XXX. A Contribution to the Osteology of the Mesozoic Amioid
Fishes Caturus and Osteorachis. By A. Smira Woopwartd, F.L.S.
BEERS UN eT, opocn fatal arehel sf ai'uyar reso fs opapos0en, repao,srwesesarapejacs Popa 29
XXXI. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
By Joun Henry LE«EcH, B.A., F.LS., F.ZS., &e. 20... eee eee 297
XXXII. On a new Mouse from Damaraland. By W. E. bE
Winton
Proceedings of the Geological Society ..............2eeeees 350, 351
What are the Names of the Crayfish and Lobster?, by R. I.
Pocock; The Lobster and the Crayfish: a Reply, by the
Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. ; Nocturnal
protective Coloration in Mammals, Birds, Fishes, Insects, &c.,
as developed by Natural Selection, by A. E. Verrill...... 302-354
NUMBER CXII.
XXXII. Report upon the Scorpiones and Pedipalpi obtained on
the Lower Amazons i Messrs. E. E. Austen and F, Pickard Cam-
bridge during the trip of Mr. Siemens’s Steamship ‘Faraday.’ By
R. 1. Pocock 367
Bik Cie VE € 6 @ 66 6.8 & 6m SOLS OB BL Oe CTO O19 0 6 OHI SO S616 /6)6 0 Fe 6a ©
Vi CONTENTS.
Page
XXXIV. New Species of Hymenoptera from Central America.
Synbs. CAMERON, BSE: 6254 60 00+» «se stale 6 to selec eee 368
XXXV. A Contribution to the Osteology of the Mesozoic Amioid
Fishes Caturus and Osteorachis. By A. Smirn Woopwarp, F.L.S.
(Platesex. & KE) ees ess 3's sa seicle's dia, elvie lc else oe 379
XXXVI. On a new Dormouse from Mashunaland. By OLprrecp
PEETOMEAS (5 se ivais 5 wi elk pin ake nid pao e are ete ¢- 0 5pe cae toe 388
XXXVII. Note on Deridea, Westwood (Lyttide), with the
Description of a new Species. By Mrs. M. K. THomas............ 389
XXXVIII. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.
By” Wi DRIGTAIN Tig. ac 'ca.s 0s oie ie)= Perel mainte Pee cole mie 390
XXXIX. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.
—V. Some new Hymenoptera from the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico.
By 0. DAY COG RRR iy si n.n\cG Molen inte nie Oe 394
XL. Descriptions of further new Species of Butterflies from the
Pacific Islands. By H. Grose Smiru, B.A., F.G.S., F.Z.S. ...... 403
XLI. New Eastern Lepidoptera. By Col. C. Swinnor, M.A,
BuLiS sy Peek Oe a. RAL Rs Be ee ee 407
XLII. On Spirorbis: Asymmetry of these Annelids and Phylo-
genic Connexion of Species in the Genus. By MM. Maurice
CauULLERY and Féi1x Mesniz. With a Note by M. Epmonp
PROREUIETE, 6 55 ss fara’n 070 01a 0 “0 "ante ois lo taa Jo tale Cute he’s (ole fala Oo MR a EA 411
XLII. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., &c. (Plates VL &
fl) nA PO eS OR 414
XLIV. Descriptions of Two new Muride from Central and West
Africa. By W..E. pa WINTON 3c; as <> os oneness Here 463
XLV. On a new Species of Lagidium from the Eastern Coast of
Patagonia, By OLDFIELD THOMAS «4...» ino > setae sen ee eee 466
XLVI. Description of a new Lizard from Obok. By G. A.
BOULENGER, FESS, -4.5:hn00.93 «210 2054 eel eee a 467
XLVII. Description of a new Genus and Species of Tortoises from
Borneo. By G. A. BouLznanr, F.RS......5.0..eseswessnenasss 468
XLVIII. On a new Nymphalid Butterfly from N.E. Borneo. By
Artuur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum ......... 0000 cess eee eee
Astacus vindicated as the Lobster’s Genus, by the Rey. Thomas R.
BR, ‘Stebbing, M.A., FLEAS. ELS. ..s..<,+ arene nes 470
CONTENTS. Vii
NUMBER CXIII.
Page
XLIX. Notes on the Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm., with
Descriptions of new Species. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A., of the British
BPPre vite CMA CUTAN EMISLGEY)) 0. nce terre alee cleles 64 82 ore Sere hewn 473
L. Notes on some South-American Muride. By OupFreLp
ERATE oo o8 or: Roe ¢ 2 So AAO Cpe ae anne ree 494
LI. Descriptions of Five new Species of Mylabrine (Lyttide) in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Mrs. M. K. Taomas ,. 501
LU. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Al-
fred Everett in Lombok, Flores, Sumba, and Savu, with Descriptions
of new Species. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S. .........0ceeees 503
LILI. Descriptions of some new Species of Scorpions of the Genus
Tityus, with Notes upon some Forms allied to 7’. americanus (Linn.).
ig 1 E ds LOVE Clie ie ae < cic cia RRR ISR ei roc oe eae 510
LIV. On Sus verrucosus, Mill. & Schleg., and Allies, from the
Eastern Archipelago. By Dr. C.1. Forsyru Magsor ........ eer OE
LY. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
By Jonn Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.—Part II. Family
Geometride; Subfamilies Ginochromine, Orthostixine, Larentiine,
PA CULLAUUILE OM O G CONLELY UIE a. arer aby oye fensye e. Seoistan eususs ert suctel ehatoiw’s/sshel stoke 543,
LVI. The Ochre-footed Scrub-Squirrels of East Africa. By W. E.
RTM RRE IMTS ear dees rt ot avnis che ls G-csnicin ol cheletadeytieicrerion.« aivier sare apatore 573
LVII. Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. 575
LVUI. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. By
Ua TTUAIN Doh wi peatacey ret cP ayaa tt Seca Ut rat ahedab ototelte neta sicos woiiore ¢ 579
LIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Acreide collected by
Mr. F. J. Jackson at Ntebi, Uganda. By Emity Mary Suarprz .. 581
On the Organization and Affinities of Plew:otomaria, by MM. E.-L.
Dreveudeee TTL lee RUSE Eat oa 04.0) vikie. als) ci Sie, Sie) y, 0.6.0, ep @ 0186.65 583
NUMBER CXIV.
LX. Note on a Cast of the Brain-cavity of Iguanodon. By
Cuas. W. ANDREWS, B.Sc., F.G.S., Assistant in the British Museum
Per anUratRAAELOT Wy. 9 (EABTOC MLW irs nickel axlaiy a's: fie wine mviels vig’ sate e/s 585
LXI. Ostracoda from the Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts. By
FrrpERick Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Plate XV.) .......... 591
LXIL. List of the Neuroptera collected by Mr. E. E. Austen on
the Amazons &c. during the recent Expedition of Messrs. Siemens
Bros. Cable 8.8. ‘ Faraday,’ with Descriptions of several new Species
of Odonata (Dragonflies), By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.ES., &c,
Reser eeNy LO ies stare ees hig a teat ead eee ne dite ess 598
Vili CONTENTS.
Page
LXIII. The Otter of Central America. By C. I. Forsytx
IVA SOR onic. c ei aja. wie Sechelt vie. vig ¥:0°0'd Wefoce iy She aote: eRee en 618
LXIV. On the Relations of Antennophorus Uhimanni, Haller, to
Lasius mixtus, Nyl. By M. CHaRiEs JANET ,.0¢.:05-.+s+e00re 620
LXY. Diagnoses of new Land-Shells from Flores, Malay Archi-
pelago. By EpGar A: Smarr. ...)..,.22 00 eee eee 623
LXVL On a new African Pierine Butterfly of the Genus My-
tothres, By Anruue G, Burien, PRD. &e,. 152. en enone 627
LXVII. Some new Forms of American Rotifera—II. By Dr. Au-
FRED’. Sroxus:, (Plate XDV;) .cce dace ontaneng tas Se alee e 628
LXVUI. Descriptions of Eleven new Species of Land and Fresh-
water Mollusca from South Africa. By James Cosmo MELvILL,
M.A., F.L.S., and Jonn Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.8. (Plate XVIL) 633
LXIX, On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
By Joun Henry Lexcu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c.—Part Il. Family
Geometride ; Subfamilies CEnochr oming, Orthostixine, Larentiine,
Acidaline, and Geometrin@ ........+. \Saiel dls Sasori ways ae Oe 640
New Book:—Das Tierreich. I. Lieferung.— Aves: Podargide,
Caprimulgide, and Macropterygide. Bearbeitet von Ernst
FEGRP BRT, 5 2a Set cetera tetas Wipro tk ea hate Se 679
On the Ma 2 Baan Tubes of Orthoptera, by M. L. Bordas; The
ns great Octopus of Florida: certainly not a Cephalopod,
by A. E. Vernll ccc eon ek ae eee 680-682
Andere ye pe LNG a 2e skies RR ek ee dele meter oe ier ae ke 684
PLATES IN VOL. XIX.
Saas New Lizards and Frogs from Mount Victoria.
IIL.
IV.
V. Platyischnopus neozelanicus.
VL {
VII. §
VIII.
iOo&
x “4 Osteorachis Leedsi.
> ¢ |
xt, | Neuroptera from the Amazons.
XIU. |
XIV. New American Rotifera.
XV. Ostracoda from the Chara-marl of Hitchin.
XVI. Brain-cavity of Iguanodon.
XVII. New Mollusca from South Africa.
Cteniform Spiders from the Lower Amazons.
Heterocera from China, Japan, Corea.
Osteology of Caturus.
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SIXTH SERIES.]
Soopenoececoscae per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recuryato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”
N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl. 1.
No. 109. JANUARY 1897.
I.—A new Amphipod from New Zealand (Family
Pontoporeiide). By CuarLes CuITon, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.
[Plate V.]
THE genus Platyischnopus was established in 1888 by the
Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, in his Report on the ‘ Challenger’
Amphipoda, for a species two imperfect specimens of which
were obtained in Port Jackson at a depth of between 2 and
10 fathoms. The genus was placed provisionally in the
family Pontoporeiide, but at the same time it was pointed
out that “the combined characters of its peculiar head, the
chelate gnathopods, and the emarginate telson, give it a more
or less isolated position among the Amphipoda at present
-known” *.
I find that I have a species in my collection of New
Zealand Crustacea that appears to come under this genus,
although it differs in some points, as explained further on.
It is represented, however, by only a single specimen taken
in Otago Harbour by surface-netting on the night of Sep-
tember 19th, 1891. The specimen was at the time partially
* Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 830.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 1
2 Dr. C. Chilton on a new
dissected and permanently mounted before it was recognized
that it was the only specimen taken of a new and rare genus.
Unfortunately pressure of other matters caused it to be laid
aside, aud it has remained long overlocked. Consequently
there are many points that cannot now be satisfactorily made
out by an examination of the mounted specimen. I think,
however, that sufficient can be-learnt to show that, although
in many respects the specimen closely resembles Stebbing’s
species Platyischnopus mirabilis, it differs considerably in
others, and that these points of difference throw some further
light on the affinities of the genus, and I have therefore
thought it worth while to place a description of the species
on record.
Platyischnopus neozelanicus, sp.n. (Pl. V.)
Specific description.—The head and antenne resembling
in general shape those of P. mirabilis. Second joint of
peduncle of upper antenne and last two joints of the peduncle
of the lower with long feathered sete. Both gnathopoda
stouter than in P. mradilis, the first apparently ending
simply, the dactylos not impinging against the propodos; the
second minutely chelate, the dactylos being small and short and
impinging against a spine-like projection of the propodos.
The first and second perzeopoda with the end of the propodos
oblique and bearing several spine-like setz longer than the
dactylos; the carpus of the second pereopoda expanded
posteriorly and supplied with several long feathered sete.
Third uropoda with the rami longer than the peduncle, sub-
equal, outer one formed of two joints, both rami bearing long
feathered sete at the extremity. ‘Telson double or very
deeply cleft, each half with a stout spine at the end and two
setee at the side some distance from the end.
Length about 4 millim.
Hab, Otago Harbour, New Zealand. ;
Detailed description.—Vhe head, in its peculiar shape and
in the position of the antenna, closely resembles that of
P. mirabilis.
The body is rather broad, chiefly so in the perzon.
The upper antenne (PI. V. fig. a.s.) are somewhat shorter
than the lower; the peduncle considerably longer than the
flagellum, the first joint stout, broader than long, with two or
three small sete at the distal end; second joint oblong, about
twice as long as broad, distally furnished with four or five
long feathered sete which reach as far as the end of the
flagellum ; the third joint rather more than half as long as
_—
Amphipod from New Zealand. 3
the second; secondary flagellum about half as long as the
primary, and composed of three joints, while the primary
contains five.
The lower antenne (fig. a.z7.) have the peduncle very stout,
the fourth joint slightly longer than the fifth, fully twice as
long as broad; upper margin with three fine sete, lower
margin with some fine sete and, in addition, six long
feathered sete; fifth joint slightly shorter than the preceding
and considerably narrower, upper margin with several fine
sete and at the distal end one long feathered seta; lower
margin with three or four feathered sete near the middle and
one placed distally ; flagellum impertect, apparently about as
long as the last joint of the peduncle.
Mouth-parts not examined in detail.
The first gnathopod (fig. gn. 1) has the basos very long
and slender, expanding slightly distally, end with two long
sete ; carpus much longer than the propodos, upper margin
regularly convex and free from sete, lower margin sinuous,
slightly produced downwards, and thickly fringed with sete
except near the base; propodos narrow at base, expanded
distally, lower margin thickly fringed with long sete; at the
base of the dactylos is a tuft of three or four long sete fully
twice as long as the dactylos; no distinct palm visible, the
gnathopod being apparently simple.
The second gnathopod (fig. gn. 2) similar in general shape
to the first, but somewhat longer; propodos only about half
as long as the carpus, produced distally into a small tooth,
against which the very short dactylos impinges; the other
joints and the arrangement of the sete practically the same
as in the first gnathopod.
The integument of the propodos in both gnathopods seems
to be very delicate and is somewaat shrivelled in my mounted
specimen ; hence I have not been able to make these parts
out as fully as I should like, but it is clear that the first
is not chelate and little, if at all, subchelate, and that the
second, though certainly chelate, has the dactylos so short
that it is very different from the well-marked chelate limb of
P. mirabilis.
The first pereopod (fig. prp.1) has the meros somewhat
produced at its antero-distal angle, its hinder margin with
three long feathered sete; the carpus only about two thirds
the length of the meros, bearing posteriorly at the end one
long feathered seta and two spiniform sete ; propodos rather
longer than the carpus, end oblique, with about six spiniform
sete, from which the dactylos can be distinguished only by
being shorter and a little stouter.
|#
4 Dr. C. Chilton on a new
The second perwopod (fig. prp.2) similar to the first, but
rather longer, having the carpus produced posteriorly into a
rounded lobe, which bears about six long feathered sete
reaching beyond the end of the dactylos.
The third perwopod (prp.3) has the basos widening dis-
tally and at the widest part as broad as long, anterior border
with small tufts of short spiniform sete; the meros broad,
produced posteriorly, both margins with tufts of spiniform
sete; carpus half as long again as the meros and about as
broad, similarly supplied with spiniform sete; propodos
about two thirds the length of the carpus, but much narrower,
with one tuft of spiniform sete on each margin and others at
the end; dactylos straight and styliform, about two thirds as
long as the propodos.
The fourth pereopod does not differ in any important
character from the third.
The jifth pereopod (fig. prp.5) is considerably broader
and somewhat shorter than the third; the basos is much
broader than long, the ischium large and broad, its breadth
being more than half the greatest breadth of the basos; meros
broad, oblong, only slightly narrowed at base, anterior
margin with sete at the end only, posterior margin with four
or five slender sete, and towards the distal end two or three
short spines; carpus as broad as the meros, narrowed at
base, anterior margin with two transverse rows of spines and
one row at the end; posterior margin with one row at the
middle and another at the end; propodos about as long as
the carpus but only half the width, with a tuft of spines about
the middle of each margin and others at the end; dactylos
straight, styliform.
The jirst uropod (fig. ur.1) has the peduncle longer than
the rami, with two strong spines at the distal end, otherwise
nearly free from sete ; outer ramus slightly longer than the
inner, with a tuft of four or five stout sete at the end, sides
parallel and free from sete; inner ramus with a similar
tuft of sete at the end and one seta a little removed from the
end.
The second uropod (fig. ur. 2) has the peduncle stout, as
long as the outer ramus, with three sete in serrations on the
upper margin; outer ramus considerably longer than the
inner, both with tutts of sete at the ends and the outer one
with an additional seta on the upper margin.
‘Lhe third uropod (tig. ur.3) has the peduncle much
shorter than the rami, bearing a few sete, and at the end one
jeathered seta reaching to the end of the rami; outer ramus
slightly longer than the inner, with the distal third marked
Vn tn Tr
Ci, in
Amphipod from New Zealand. 5
off as a separate joint, the ramus bears a few fine sete, and
at the end two long feathered sete; the inner ramus also
bears two or three long feathered sete at the extremity *.
The telson (fig. T) is either double or very deeply cleft, each
half about twice as long as broad, narrowing slightly towards
the end, and apparently partly rolled up so as to be convex
above; at the end is a stout spine and on the upper surface
two smaller ones placed towards the outer margin and at
some distance from the distal end.
The two halves of the telson are separated on my slide,
and it is possible that fig. T, Pl. V., in which the left half
has been restored, does not give a correct idea of their natural
position, and that the inner margins should be more closely
approximated.
Remarks.—While the imperfect condition of the specimen
described leaves much of its structure still uncertain, the
points that can be made out are, perhaps, of some importance
in their bearing on the systematic position of the genus
Platyischnopus. It is evident, too, that in the gnathopoda
and in the telson this species differs markedly from P. mira-
bilis and also from the characters laid down by Stebbing for
the genus; but the resemblances in other respects are so close
that there is no doubt of the near relationship of the two
species, and they may as well stand together until the genus
is better known and its limits clearly defined. Further, the
points in which P. neozelanicus differs from P. mirabilis
bring it more into harmony with other allied species, and
seem to show that Stebbing was undoubtedly right in placing
his genus in the family Pontoporeiide. Stebbing has
already pointed out the relationship of Platyischnopus to
Urothoé as shown by the perwopods, and in the present
species we find in the gnathopoda also some approximation
to Urothoé; this is best seen in the first gnathopod, though
the limb appears to be simple instead of subchelate: the second
gnathopod differs from that of Urothoé in being chelate, but
the chelate character is not very marked, and from the figure
given by Stebbing it seems as if we get a slight approach in
the same direction in Urothoé pulchella, Costa t; and it is,
perhaps, as well to recall the fact that Costa described and
figured the second gnathopod of this species as having the
* In the present dissected state of my specimen there is nothing to
indicate which is the outer ramus in the uropoda; but from the analogy
of Urothoé &c. I have assumed that it is the outer one that is the longer
in each case.
+ Stebbing, “On the Genus Urothoé and a new Genus Urothoides,”
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xiii. pt. 1 (1891) pl. iv. A, ga. 2.
6 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new ?
hand produced into a tooth confronting the finger, though
Stebbing supposes that this was due to a misapprehension *.
A further approach to Urothoé is perhaps to be seen in the
long feathered sete found in the present species on the
antenne, the first and second pereopods, and the third uropods,
though they do not seem to occur on the third and fourth
pereopods, where they are most abundant in Urothoé. ‘The
terminal uropods and the telson show a fairly close connexion
with Phoxocephalus as well as with Urothoé and Urothoides,
and the general shape of the head has somewhat the cha-
racters of Phowxocephalus, though in a much exaggerated
degree.
In the telson this species evidently differs very considerably
from the ‘ Challenger’ species (where the telson is undivided
and emarginate), and presents a fair general resemblance to
Urothcé and allied genera.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Platyischnopus neozelanicus, sp. 0.
a.s. Upper antenna, X 50. prp.8. Third pereeopod, x 50.
ai. Lower antenna, x 50, prp.®. Fifth pereopod, x 50.
gn. 1. First gnathopod, x 50. ur. 1. First uropod, x 50,
gn. 2, Second gnathopod, x 50, ur.2. Second uropod, x 50.
prp. 1. First pereeopod, x 60. ur.3. Third uropod, x 50.
prp.2. Second perseopod, x 60. T. Telson, x 90.
17 Melville Terrace, Edinburgh,
5th October, 1896.
1I.—Descriptions of new Lizards and Frogs from Mount
Victoria, Owen Stanley Range, New Guinea, collected by
Mr. A. 8. Anthony. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.
[Plates I. & IT.]
Lygosoma nigrolineatum. (PI. I. fig. 1.)
Section Hinulia. Body moderately elongate, limbs rather
short; the distance between the end of the snout and the
fore limb contained once and a half in the distance between
axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly.
Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal; frontonasal
broader than long, forming a suture with the rostral and with
the frontal; latter a little shorter than frontoparietals and
OL, 6. p. 4%,
Lizards and Frogs from New Guinea. c/
interparietal together, in contact with the two anterior supra-
oculars; four supraoculars; eight supraciliaries; fronto-
parietals and interparietal distinct, subequal in length;
parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; six pairs
of nuchals; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye.
Ear-opening oval, a little smaller than the eye-opening; no
auricular lobules. 28 smooth scales round the body, laterals
smallest, the two vertebral series much enlarged, more than
twice as broad as Jong, here and there fused to a single plate-
like scale five or six times as broad as long. A pair of large
preanals. The adpressed hind limbs just meet. Digits
short, feebly compressed ; subdigital lamella smooth, mostly
divided, 18 under the fourth toe. Tail thick, tapering to a
fine point, a little longer than head and body. Brown above,
with a broad black dorso-lateral strips extending from the
posterior corner of the eye to the middle of the tail, and
separated from its fellow by four and two half scales; each
of the four scales between the stripes with a black spot or
median streak, these spots and streaks confluent into four
interrupted dorsal lines; sides of head and body greyish,
speckled and spotted with black; lower parts white, throat
and tail speckled with black.
millim
Pgtallensthtn toi : arelody lam biecisse 127
15 (7s Oe, Seen te Reno Ree 12
Widthvotshesdn ttn ctr oeery seo sees tore 8
a Se Sa A ie aby oe ei ae ge 45
Poraslim beak Cre eet ee 12
ind shim beep ce. esheets kia 20
ANNU eae A Shh eee ne Ree me ed 70
A single specimen.
Lygosoma Stanleyanum. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)
Section Liolepisma. Body moderately elongate, limbs
moderate ; the distance between the end of the snout and the
fore limb contained once and a half in the distance between
axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid with
an undivided transparent disk. No supranasal ; frontonasal
much broader than long, forming a suture with the rostral
and with the frontal; latter a little longer than the single
frontoparietal, in contact with the first and second supra-
oculars; four supraoculars; eight supraciliaries; parietals
forming a suture behind the interparietal; three pairs of
nuchals; fifth upper labial entering the orbit. Har-opening
oval, smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules.
8 Mr?G. A. Boulenger on new
32 smooth scales round the body, the two vertebral series
largest, at least twice as broad as long. A pair of large
preanals, The hind limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed
fore limb. Digits moderate, feebly compressed ; subdigital
lamellz smooth, 25 under the fourth toe. Tail once and a
half as long as head and body. Dark brown above, with a
broad lateral band formed by the crowding of black spots ;
this band light-edged above on the head and anterior part of
body; flanks greenish white, dotted with black ; lower parts
greenish white.
millim,
Total length . o.%'<.s < «is.< 0th ea elem aie 150
1; Aa AR Sct Re 11
Width of Head): < 3.¢ fic teense atte ere tS
BOY isi wae c vied. och bed giokew artteta ote eats 49
Horeiimb etc. sacks oie said ier Res eve 18
‘Elind limb i272), Sue vadineia ee ieee 26
TAM rave hayes sakes tote ecetese si Nea siaisousVeuste Bata 90
A single specimen.
Lygosoma elegans. (PI. I. fig. 3.)
Section Lolepisma. Habit lacertiform; the distance
between the end of the snout and the fore limb contained once
and one fourth in the distance between axilla and groin.
Snout moderate, pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided
transparent disk. No supranasal; frontonasal broader than
long, forming a suture with the rostral and with the frontal ;
latter as long as frontoparietals and interparietal together, in
contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supra-
oculars, first and fourth longest; eight supraciliaries ; fronto-
parietals and interparietal distinct, subequal ; parietals
forming a suture behind the interparietal; three pairs of
nuchals ; fifth upper labial entering the orbit. Ear-opening
roundish, smaller than the eye-opening, without distinct
lobules. 30 smooth scales round the body, the two vertebral
series largest, at least twice as broad as Jong. A pair of
large preanals, ‘The hind limb reaches the elbow of the
adpressed fore limb, Digits slender, feebly compressed ;
subdigital lamellae smooth, 23 under the fourth toe. Tail
once and two fifths as long as head and body. Pale greenish
brown above, with deep black blotches, the largest forming
two series along the back; lower parts greenish white;
digits dark brown beneath, palm and sole bright yellow.
Lizards and Frogs from New Guinea. 9
millim
Total Tength ......0sccssecssccsoucee 138
13 GO are co: SAO Onoda er oo Cor Go err 13
NIG Oe Heme Ge. cua on Peeteterii.b so s.0 8
180 aie At een ~ Cibo Ge a ie 45
lion; Trl) Baran SAS so Ane Ai ne Aenea 20
Ebindglimiby: «<meta ao eto ates Ce aetas: s 27
BM tee ora PEPE slot 0 2/20 els. a. aiavaic 80
A single specimen.
Lygosoma curtum.
Section Liolepisma. Body short and stout; limbs rather
feeble, with four fingers and five toes; the distance between
the end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and
two fifths to once and a half in the distance between axilla
and groin. Snout very short, obtuse. Lower eyelid with
a moderately large transparent disk, which is but little larger
than the ear-opening. No supranasal; frontonasal nearly
twice as broad as long, forming a broad suture with the
rostral and a narrow one with the frontal ; latter as long as
or a little shorter than the single frontoparietal, in contact
with the first and second supraoculars ; eight supraciliaries ;
interparietal distinct; parietals forming a median suture; a
pair of nuchals and a pair of temporals border the parietals :
three upper labials anterior to the subocular. Ear-opening
rather small, roundish, with a single projecting lobule on its
anterior border. 26 scales round the body, all smooth, or
dorsals with three feeble grooves. Preanals not enlarged.
‘The hind limb reaches the wrist of the adpressed fore limb.
Digits short ; subdigital lamellae smooth, 23 to 25 under the
fourth toe. ‘Tail little longer than head and body. Dark
brown above, uniform or with small lighter spots; yellowish
_ or greenish white beneath.
millim
otal lengli acter sas Salado Gs ee 6 Xe 82
817) De es Oe ata i ii ae rete S .e)
Wadtntor Hosde se cee ard hci ncks os che 6
13 aN Apis Be Rabe dee: 5 eileen chee ce 28
Hore kistlies, AM AD cts c ie helewars vet 10
12 Ghats sus] pl eg Peay Wares baked Meera eae 14
MIN cet abbas cick. sietds wna: tins shee ae 45
Four specimens.
Lygosoma iridescens. (Pl. I. fig. 4.)
Section Emoa. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the
end of the snout and the-fore limb contained once and one fourth
10 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new
in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout moderate,
pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk.
Nostril pierced between three small shields—a nasal, a post-
nasal, andasupranasal; frontonasal broader than long, narrowly
in contact with the rostral and with the frontal; latter
shorter than the single frontoparietal, in contact with the
first and second supraoculars ; foursupraoculars ; eight supra-
ciliaries ; interparietal fused with the frontoparietal, behind
which the parictals form a suture; a pair of nuchals and a
pair of temporals border the parietals; five labials anterior
to the large subocular. Ear-opening oval, about as large as
the transparent palpebral disk, with one or two very short
obtuse lobules anteriorly. 26 smooth scales round the body,
dorsals largest. No enlarged preanals. The hind limb
reaches the axilla. Digits moderately elongate, flattened,
except at the end, which is subcylindrical; subdigital
lamelle very fine, smooth, 65 under the fourth toe. Greenish
bronzy above, strongly iridescent, with small black spots;
sides darker brown, with black and yellow dots; dorsal
scales with dark brown striew; lower parts pale metallic
green, palm and sole bright yellow.
millim
From snout to vent....eccss-:- sates 50
1s (-\.1s Se ee arya gees eee ll
Width of head’, o:.pe ed ncurses 7
Hore limb? s.. nae fe oeeint eee 18
Hind dimb' . 7. 2 eee ee 22
A single specimen.
Sphenophryne Anthonyt. (Pl. LI. fig. 1.)
Tongue large, oval, entire. Snout short, rounded, with
distinct canthus and concave loreal region; interorbital space
as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, hardly
half the diameter of the eye. ‘Tips of fingers dilated into
very large disks, which are subtriangular and broader than
long; first finger shorter than second ; toes with a rudiment
of web, the disks much smaller than those of the fingers; no
subarticular or metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articu-
lation reaches the shoulder or the tympanum. Skin smooth,
areolate on the throat and belly ; a fine raised vertebral line
sometimes present, as well as a pair of lines converging back-
wards on the back, just behind the head. Coloration very
variable. Grey, brown, or reddish above, speckled or spotted
with black, or with large light blotches ; a fine light vertebral
line sometimes present; thighs and lower parts brown,
.
f
j
Lizards and Frogs from New Guinea. 11
uniform or spotted with yellow, or yellowish marbled and
reticulate with dark brown. Male without vocal sacs, with a
light line along the chin and throat.
From snout to vent 45 millim.
Several specimens.
LIOPHRYNE, g. n. Engystomatidarum.
Pupil horizontal. Tongue large, oblong, extensively free
and nicked behind. ‘Two oblique series of vomerine teeth
behind the level of the choane. Two dermal transverse
ridges in front of the cesophagus, the second strongly deaticu-
late. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, the tips
slightly swollen. Outer metatarsals bound together. Pre-
coracoid present, ossified, very slender; no omosternum,
sternum cartilaginous, small. Diapophyses of sacral vertebra
moderately dilated.
Liophryne rhododactyla, (Pl. II. fig. 2.)
Head much broader than long; snout shorter than the
orbit, rounded, with obtuse canthus and concave loreal region ;
nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than the eye;
interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tym-
panum two thirds or three fourths the diameter of the eye.
Fingers and toes rather elongate, depressed; first finger
shorter than second ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent ;
a very indistinct inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Dark purplish
brown, finely powdered with crimson above, spotted with
yellowish beneath ; a very indistinct fine light vertebral line ;
a crimson spot above the vent; fingers and toes crimson
above.
From snout to vent 60 millim.
Three specimens.
Liophryne brevipes.
Closely allied to the preceding, but differing in the much
shorter limbs with shorter digits, the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaching only the shoulder. A pair of curved dermal folds
from the posterior border of the head to between the shoulders.
Grey-brown above, pinkish on the sides of the back ; sides
of head dark brown; belly greyish, marbled with brown, with
a fine light median line; throat vinaceous red.
From snout to vent 22 millim.
A single specimen.
12 On new Lizards and Frogs from New Guinea.
MANTOPHRYNE, g. n. Engystomatidarum.
Pupil horizontal. Tongue large, oval, entire, grooved
along the middle, free only at the sides and slightly behind.
Palate toothless. Two dermal transverse ridges in front of the
cesophagus, the second strongly denticulate. Tympanum
distinct. Fingers and toes free, the tips feebly dilated.
Outer metatarsals bound together. No precoracoids; no
omosternum ; sternum cartilaginous, small. Diapophyses of
sacral vertebra feebly dilated.
This genus is near to Xenorhina, Peters, but differs in the
large eye and ranoid habit.
Mantophryne lateralis. (Pl. IL. fig. 3.)
Head subtriangular, a little broader than long; snout
obtusely pointed, shorter than the diameter of the orbit;
canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region nearly vertical, con-
cave; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum as
large as the eye. Fingers and toes rather elongate, cylin-
drical, slender, with small terminal disks and strong subarti-
cular tubercles; first finger shorter than second; a feeble
oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the eye. Skin smooth; a fine fold along the verte-
bral line, and sometimes several others along the back ; chin
with a pair of more or less distinct small warts. Grey or
brown above, with small blackish spots and a broad black
stripe on each side of the back from the eye to the groin; a
dark blotch below the eye; a black stripe on the hinder
side of the thighs; brownish beneath, dotted and spotted
with blackish. Male without vocal sac.
From snout to vent 43 millim.,
Several specimens.
Nyctimantis papua. (PI. I. fig. 5.)
Tongue circular, nicked and slightly free behind. Vomerine
teeth in two short transverse or slightly oblique series between
the large choanee. Head moderate, the skin free from the skull;
snout rounded, shorter than the diameter of the orbit, with
strong canthus and concave loreal region ; interorbital space
as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, one third
to two fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers much de-
pressed, webbed at the base, disks larger than the tympanum.
Toes webbed to the disks of the third and fifth and to the
penultimate phalanx of the fourth ; a very small inner meta-
1 oo
li | édietys| Gey
Mr. H. H. Druce on new Species of Lycenide. 13
tarsal tubercle; subarticular tubercles moderate. The tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or a little
beyond. Skin smooth or with small warts above, granular
beneath ; a strong curved fold above the tympanum; heel
sometimes with a small conical tubercle. Grey, olive, or
reddish brown above, uniform or marbled with darker or with
large insuliform spots; a light line may run along the
eanthus rostralis and supraciliary edge ; dirty white or brown
beneath. Male with an external subgular vocal sac.
From snout to vent 66 millim.
Several specimens.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PrateE LI.
Fig. 1. Lygosoma nigrolineatum.
Fig. 2. Iygosoma Stanleyanum.
Fg. 3. Lygosoma elegans.
Fig. 4. Lygosoma iridescens.
Fig. 5. Nyctimantis papua.
Fig. 5a, Ditto, Open mouth.
Puate II.
Fig. 1. Sphenophryne Anthonyt.
Fig. 2. Liophryne rhododactyla.
Fig. 2a. Ditto. Palate.
Fig. 26. Ditto. Tongue.
ig. 3. Mantophryne lateralis.
Il].—Descriptions of Four new Species of Lycenide from the
Eastern Archipelago. By Hamitton H. Druce, F.Z.8.,
F.E.S.
_ Thysonotis lampros, sp. n.
3. Upperside allied to 7. philostratus, Feld., which it
resembles in colour, but the fore wing is entirely without the
white discal band, and has a somewhat wider black outer
margin, which is less distinctly defined on its inner edge.
The hind wing differs from that of 7. philostratus by the blue
area being rather more extensive. ‘The cilia of both wings
(which in 7. philostratus are black) are white, those of the hind
wing slightly marked with black at the termination of the
nervules. ‘I'he underside differs from that species by the
white band being usually narrower, and in the hind wing
always straighter, not so curved in towards the base of
the wing where it reaches the abdominal margin. The
14 Mr. H. H. Druce on new Species of Lycenide.
bluish-green costal streak of the fore wing reaches closer to
the apex before it rounds off along the outer margin, conse-
quently the apex is less broadly black than in T. philostratus.
The blue submarginal band on the hind wing is wider and
its central black spots are more elongate. Cilia of both
wings as above. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with
wings. 7
9. Upperside almost entirely blackish brown, with but a
faint indication of a narrow pale band, which ends in a small
creamy white patch on the abdominal margin, close to the
base, after it crosses the submedian nervure. Cilia as in
male. On the underside it differs from the male by the
white band being narrower, and consequently the black areas
being more extensive, and by the submarginal blue band of
the hind wing being wider and containing still more elongate
deep black spots. Some specimens have on the fore wing,
between the blue band and the outer margin, a narrow whitish
band from near the apex to the outer angle interrupted by
the brown nervules.
Expanse, d 14-2} inches; 2 1,’ to 21 inches.
Hab. Kiriwini, Trobriand Is., March to May (A. S. Meek).
Types Mus. Druce.
At first I thouglit that this species might be nearest to
T. regina, Kirby, from Normanby I., but on examining the
type of that species I find that it is allied in coloration
to TJ. apollonius, Feld., which is entirely different from
T. philostratus.
T. lampros is the only species of this group which has
entirely lost the white band on the fore wing above, and the
female is much duller than any other described. Mr. Meek
obtained many specimens, which scarcely vary except in
size.
PuHILiRIS, Rober.
Herr Rober has made F'elder’s Thecla tlias from Amboyna
the type of his genus.
It may perhaps be found convenient to retain Hiibner’s
name Candalides (the first name mentioned under this head-
ing being xanthospilos, Hiibn. from Australia) for some
species of this group, as I find that the 3rd subcostal nervule
varies considerably in length.
Of the species described here, P. theleos has this nervule
comparatively long as in P. dias, whilst P. speirion and
P. mneia have it comparatively short as in P. philotus.
Holochila absimilis, Feld., and its allies have it compara-
tively long, but the name Holochila cannot be used, as it is
preoccupied.
a
Mr. H. H. Druce on new Species of Lycenide. 15
Philiris theleos, sp. n.
3. Upperside closely allied to P. dias, Feld. Blue colour
rather darker and more glistening; apex and outer margin of
fore wing distinctly broader, black-bordered. Outer margin
of hind wing, which in P. das is almost linear, distinctly
and evenly black-bordered as in fore wing. Cilia whitish,
with black at the ends of the nervules, but less conspicuous
than in P. ilias. Underside differs from P. dlias by being a
pale brownish white in place of pure white. Antenne black
with white spots. Abdomen black above, pale below.
Expanse 1,3, inch.
Hab. Amboyna, February (Doherty).
Type Mus. Druce.
This species has the outer margin of the fore wing nearly
straight as in P. ilias.
Philiris spetrion, sp. n.
3. Allied to P. philotus, Feld.: upperside a much brighter
and bluer shade of purple, with the black borders to both
wings rather more than twice as broad, and the white cilia
more conspicuous and less distinctly spotted with black at
the terminations of the nervules. Underside as in P. philotus.
@. Upperside: both wings pale shining cerulean blue,
much the colour of P. philotus, 2, but more brilliant, with
broad blackish-brown margins. Cilia grey. Underside as
male, but paler.
Expanse, ¢ 2 12 inch.
Hab. Fergusson I., September to December (A. S. Meek).
Types Mus. Druce.
Mr. Meek obtained many specimens which do not appear
to vary.
It seems to be a very distinct form, and the female is,
I believe, the first one of this genus described which has the
conspicuous blue area of almost equal extent in both wings.
This insect, together with the next described, has the
outer margin of the fore wing in the male distinctly convex,
as in P. philotus. There appears to be a patch of darkened
scales in the cell of the fore wing in P. philotus, but I can
find no trace of this in P. spetrion.
Philiris mneia, sp. n.
gd. Upperside uniform dark purplish brown ; cilia greyish.
Underside differs only from P. philotus by being of a more
reddish-brown shade and by the unmarked cilia.
2. Upperside dull deep brownish black ; cilia of fore wing
brownish, of hind wing white, with black spots at the termi-
16 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera :
nations of the nervules. Underside paler than male, with
the cilia of the fore wing black, of hind wing white, with
large black spots at the termination of the nervules, and with
an anteciliary black line.
Expanse, ¢ 12 inch; ¢& 13-12 inch.
Hab. Batchian, March (W. Doherty).
Some female specimens havea few blue scales dusted on
the disc of the fore wing above.
This species has long been in collections, but I have
nowhere seen it described.
IVY.—Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.
—No. 2. Ona Collection of Diptera from the Lowlands of
the Rio Nautla, in the State of Vera Cruz. I. By C. H.
TYLER TOWNSEND, F.E.S.
THE following Diptera were all collected by the writer, in
March, April, June, and July, at San Rafael and Paso de
Telaya, on the Rio Nautla, about a mile below and above
Jicaltepec, but on the opposite or north side of the river.
Paso de Telaya is but two miles from San Rafael, and really
forms a part of that settlement. This locality is about four
or five miles inland from the coast, and about 30 or 40 feet
above sea-level.
Many of the Diptera in this collection were taken, from
June 26 to July 19, at San Rafael, on flowers of two closely
approximated patches of a shrub known by the native name
ot barra negra. It has been determined by Dr. J. N. Rose
as Cordia sp., probably C. ferruginea. Although the flowers
of this shrub are small, whitish, and inconspicuous, they were
visited by many flies, bees, and other insects. They were
about the only flowers in the vicinity from the last of June
through July.
A word may be said about the seasons w hich prevailed
during the period of my collecting. ‘There were occasional
northers, accompanied by rain, through March and April.
No rain fell through May, and not until about June 14, it
thus having become very dry, when there came a good rain
which lasted two days. After this no more rain fell till
July 12, when it rained hard, and continued to rain, some in
nearly every twenty-four hours, up to July 20, when I left.
The Lower Rio Nautla region possesses many temperate
forms of insects, and therefore comes well within the limits
of the Zamaulipan fauna. Probably its temperate forms fall
short of 25 per cent. of the whole fauna. It is of course,
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 17
from its great preponderance of tropical forms, to be classed
with the Neotropical region proper. The student is referred,
for further information on the Tamaulipan fauna and the
biogeography of the Mexican region, to a paper published by
the writer in the ‘Transactions of the Texas Academy of
Science,’ vol. i. pp. 71-96.
The fauna bears some resemblance to that of the Lower
Rio Grande region; but the Diptera do not show the
resemblance so much as do the Coleoptera and Hemiptera.
A considerable number of familiar forms among the more
striking species of the two orders last named were collected,
which I recognized as having previously taken in the
palmetto hammocks near Brownsville, Texas. But these
largely represent the tropical or subtropical element of these
faunas in the Lower Rio Grande region.
On the whole the Lower Rio Nautla fauna is decidedly
tropical in its aspects, especially as regards the Diptera.
The Cordia above mentioned was noticed growing, and in
flower, July 20 and 21, in places on the road that leads from
San Rafael (or Jicaltepec) to Perote, as far up as a point
about halfway, or more, between ‘Tlapacoyan and Jalacingo.
It was particularly noticed above Tlapacoyan, and up to an
altitude, I should say, of 4000 feet or over. In the lowlands
it did not seem to me to be so abundant as above Tlapacoyan,
but rather of occasional occurrence. It is well to note that
t was an extremely good fly-plant.
It may be added that vanilla, coffee, rubber, &c. do well
on the Lower Rio Nautla. It is an especially good vanilla
country from there north to the Papantla district.
Chironomide.
1. Gicacta furens, Poey.
Numerous specimens, Nautla, March 5.
This species ranges up and down the Mexican Gulf coast
from Tamaulipas to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, and ex-
tends some short distance inland. I have already recorded
it from both the north and the south coasts of Jamaica
(Journ. Inst. Jamaica, i. p. 381), which was the first record
of its occurrence outside of Cuba, where it was originally
discovered and described by Poey. I have observed it on
car windows in the State of Tamaulipas, near Victoria, in
October, it having perhaps been brought thus from Tampico;
and I have also noticed it at the mouth of the Coatzacoalcos
river.
Dry pinned specimens show the wings to be strongly iri-
descent in certain lights, the dark and the white spots alike,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 2
18 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
as well as the veins and whole wing - surface, especially
noticeable being various rich shades of blue and violet.
Poey remarks at some length on this ‘peculiarity (Mem. Hist.
Nat. Cuba, i. p. 240: Havana, 1851). When the wing is
held up to the light and looked through, the dark spots
appear faint, excepting only the elongate rectangular black
stigma; this can be seen with the naked eye.
Stratiomyidea.
2. Sargus, sp.
One specimen, June 19, San Rafael. Taken from an
attid spider which had captured it.
Length 10 millim.
Kyes not contiguous. Front deep metallic green on
posterior two-thirds, pale yellowish on anterior third. Thorax
and scutellum deep metallic green, with purplish reflection
on dorsum. Abdomen black, with hind borders of segments
broadly shining violet or purplish. The black of abdomen is
soft opaque in some lights, and shining in others. Wings
scarcely tinged with fuscous. Legs pale yellowish, middle
femora broadly brownish in middle, hind femora blackish
except bases and tips, hind tibiz black on distal half, and
hind tarsi blackish except basal half of metatarsi.
Tabanide.
3. Chrysops costatus, Fabr.
One female, March 16, San Rafael.
Length 73 millim., not including antenne.
‘The eyes in life are green, with brown-black markings.
There are four brown-black, rather quadrangular spots on
anterior portion of eye, arranged in the shape of a diamond,
with the long axis vertical. The posterior spot of the four
is longitudinally elongate, occupies very nearly the centre of
the eye, and is bisected by a vertical brown-black linear
stripe extending from the upper to the lower margin of the
eye. The anterior spot is nearly square, while the other
two (upper and lower spots) are transversely elongate. In
addition to these four spots, there is a vertical bronzed line
near posterior edge of eye and parallel with the hind margin,
extending from upper to lower border.
Annulate portion of third antennal joint black, the distal
art of basal non-annulate portion tinged with blackish.
The non-annulate portion of third joint is rather distinctly
Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 19
constricted, so as to appear like three rings or joints, besides
the bulbous base. Frontal callosity not brown on posterior
edge, wholly rust-yellow. Outer branch of the two blackish
abdominal markings quite obsolete, inner branch reaching
anterior margin of fourth segment. Front, face, palpi, and
basal joints of antenne all the same colour, which is a rust-
ellow. No lateral brown vitte on venter. The broad
middle band of wings is not straight on distal border but
convex ; the proximal border is concave, but the small and
adjoining cross-veins are well within this border. It agrees
with the two Jamaican specimens mentioned by me (Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc. xxii. p. 56) in having the hyaline portions
of the wings the same as there described. Legs all rust-
yellow, tips of tarsi brownish.
4. Hadrus lepidotus, Wied.
One female, March 5, on the Estero (a deep inlet from the
sea) between San Rafael and Nautla.
Length 8 millim. Others seen but not taken, being
difficult to catch.
The eyes in life are red, with green outer border, and two
outwardly abbreviated transverse green stripes. The green
stripes are bordered and prolonged by a darker red than the
ground-colour of the eye. .
Agrees perfectly with Wiedemann’s description, but the
clear apical portion of the wing comprises less than one third
of the wing’s length, and the whitish border is arcuate, the
black being convex on distal border. Anal and fourth and
fifth (last two) posterior cells, also axillary portion of wing
aud alula, hyaline—except that there is a subdetached piece of
brown, left by two of the white drop-like spots, in the base of
the fourth and fifth posterior cells, and the brown extends
into the outer edge of the fourth posterior cell on its apical
half, ending on the inner margin of wing in a pointed ex-
tension, which occupies about the basal half of second and
third posterior cells. On base of wing the black stops short
of inner margin of second basal cell. ‘The white drop-like
spots are arranged as follows: one on junction of veins at
base of second posterior cell, one on small cross-vein, one in
extreme base of first basal cell, one each in first and second
basal cells before apex and opposite to each other, and two
on cross-veins at base of fourth and fifth posterior cells.
Scutellum with a coppery-purplish tinge. Middle and hind
tarsi white except blackish tips, front tarsi whitish on little
more than basal joint (metatarsus). m
20 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
Syrphide.
5. Nausigaster meridionalis, sp. n.
One female, July 16, San Rafael. On flowers of the
Cordia sp.
This specimen seems to agree with those mentioned by
Williston from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec (Syn. p. 22)
and Chapada in Brazil (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 259),
rather than with N. punctulata, Will. Dr. Williston remarks,
in the Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. (vol. i. p. 6), that he
believes these specimens to be distinct from the more
northern N. punctulata, an opinion in which I concur. The
species, as represented by my specimen, differs as follows
from Williston’s description of NV. punctulata :—
?. Length 8 millim.
There are four indistinct stripes to be seen on mesoscutum,
more shining and greenish than the rest of surface, but they
are very hard to distinguish. Cheeks and lower part of
face rather reddish brown, the antennz being of a lighter
shade of same colour. The marking of the wings, which is
the principal distinguishing character, is as follows :—The
black is all coalesced into one marking, and is more extensive
than in any of the specimens mentioned by Williston.
Beginning in the third costal cell, at end of auxiliary vein,
it widens in passing through the marginal cell, fills out all
of the submarginal cell except the apex, and terminates dis-
tally by broadly filling the apex of marginal cell, Proximally
it continues broadly inward across small cross-vein, following
the spurious vein to its end, into base of discal cell, less
broadly in base of the last posterior cell, and thence filling
out nearly all of second basal cell. It spreads narrowly
into first posterior cell on its front border. There is also
a narrow streak of black on anterior edge of first basal
cell in middle, being in front of spurious vein. Legs reddish
brown, with black on base of front femora and on other
femora except tips.
6. Baccha pheoptera, Sch.
One female, March 30, Paso de Telaya.
Length 13 millim.
It possesses the median linear vitta of mesoscutum in the
black between the two pairs of vittee mentioned by Schiner.
The lateral borders of mesoscutum are broadly yellow. A
transversely elongate brown spot on sides of thorax below and
pesterior to humeri. Schiner seems to mistake the first two
abdominal segments for one, speaking of them as the first,
a
'
4
%
From the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 21
calling the third the second, &c. The first segment is wide,
short, lunate in shape, and yellow, with hind border broadly
dark brown, the brown not extending the full width of segment.
Neither arm of the horseshoe-like yellow lateral marking of
third segment reaches hind margin, but the arms are equal.
On fourth and fifth segments both arms reach hind margin.
Sixth segment shows this marking as a small V on each
side. Third, fourth, and fifth segments show the median
linear vitta throughout, but this is only very faintly apparent
on the elongate and narrowed second segment. ‘he yellow
marking called by Schiner “ horseshoe-shaped” is very
narrow to be so characterized, and on third segment is rather
inverted V-shaped. On third and fourth segments it is open
behind, but on fifth its arms join on hind margin of segment
on one side in this specimen, while on the other side they
are open. The facial tubercle is of good size and prominent.
Black ocellar spot not shining, opaque. Hind femora pale
reddish on more than basal half, with only faint ring of
brown before tips. Wings tinged with fuscous yellowish,
appearing deep yellow when held up to the light. In
Schiner’s specimens the wings were doubtless darker. I
give these detailed comments on Schiner’s description, so as
to assist in the determination of the species in the future.
7. Ocyptamus fuscipennis, Say.
Three female specimens, March 2 and 23, San Rafael ;
and April 7, Paso de Telaya.
Length about 8 millim.
The white of face does not extend on sides of front. Face
hardly yellowish in one specimen. All the tarsi reddish
yellow in two specimens, and only hind tarsi faintly tinged
with brownish in the other. Black of wings not at all
diluted in anal, last posterior, and discal cells in one speci-
men, and but very slightly in tie other two.
8. Volucella obesa, Fabr.
One male, July 18, San Rafael. On flowers of the
Cordia sp.
9, Eristalis ornatus, sp. 0.
Two males, July 10, San Rafael. On flowers of the
Cordia sp.
g. Length 103 to 11 millim.
Near to #. ochraceus, from Williston’s description of which
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 279) it differs as follows :—There
22 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
is more or less black piie mixed with the yellow on frontal
triangle. First abdominal segment silvery whitish in
middle. Linear brown stripe of second and third segments
almost obsolete. There is hardly any dark anterior margin
perceptible on second segment. ‘The third and fourth seg-
ments are the same colour as the second, but they each have
an entire shining cross-band which the second lacks. Fifth
segment black. Legs rather deep reddish yellow, with
proximal half of middle and front tibizee yellowish white.
Hind femora narrowly and faintly brownish on distal ends
above. ‘Tarsi wholly reddish yellow, distal half of foot-
claws black. Wings pure hyaline, except a small well-defined
* subquadrate dark brown or blackish spot at end of auxiliary
vein, between latter and first vein. Wing-veins pale yel-
lowish. Tegule light buff-yellow, with a fine long yellow
silken fringe on border; alulets faintly fuscous, with a ciliate
black fringe.
10. Meromacrus crucigerus, Wied.
Seven males and five females, San Rafael. A small
female, March 16; the others July 1 to 18, on flowers of
the Cordia sp.
Length 113 to 15 millim.
The ground-colour of the small female taken in March is
black, except two reddish oval lateral spots on second seg-
ment anteriorly. In this specimen also the facial stripe and
frontal vitta are more or less blackish. All the others belong
to the form mentioned by Williston in the Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Dipt., from Sonora and Teapa. The ground-colour of
abdomen is reddish brown, hind femora blackish or brown
except at distal end. Two of the females (July 9 and 18)
have the posterior segments of abdomen a little darker, and
all of the four females taken in July have the frontal vitta
blackish only on posterior two-thirds, They all, however,
as well as the males, have the facial stripe reddish. Frontal
triangle in the males, and anterior one third of frontal vitta
in the females, reddish. In all the males except one the
pile on sides of frontal triangle is whitish instead of yellow,
Pile of sides of front and face in female very deep yellow,
like the pile of thoracic and abdominal markings. These
latter markings agree perfectly with Williston’s description
(Syn. p. 180). Middle of first abdominal segment, and
narrow concave front border of second, opaque black. A
more or less distinct blackish tinge to other segments,
leaving a pair of large reddish lateral lunate triangles on
second segment.
ae ee
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 23
Conopide.
STYLOGASTER.
Fifty-one specimens of this interesting genus were taken
hovering over the front ranks of a moving army of ants, in
a cafetal at Paso de Telaya, during the last hour or two of
daylight on March 29. In company with them were nume-
rous specimens of Hyalomyta and some other small tachinids.
The ants have been determined by Mr. Theo. Pergande as
Eciton Foreli, Mayr. Mr. Pergande adds that they are the
most northerly form of that species, which is a widely dis-
tributed one in the American tropics. The column of ants
was about 15 feet wide and 25 feet long, and moved slowly
but surely in a straight line through the cafetal, swarming
rapidly over the thick covering of dead leaves, branches, and
other obstructions that strewed the ground under the coffee-
trees. The specimens of Stylogaster hovered continually
over the ants, now and again darting at them, without doubt
for the purpose of ovipositing in their bodies. During the
whole three months of my collecting in this locality, Ll saw
not a single specimen of Styloguster at any other time; but
on this occasion, during the short time that I had before dark
overtook me, I succeeded in capturing fifty-one specimens,
by sweeping closely with the net over the front ranks of the
ants. These fifty-one specimens belong, strange to say, to
three new species, all distinct from biannulata, Say, and
neglecta, Will., the only species hitherto known from
America. The genus has never before been recorded from
Mexico or Central America. No specimens were contained
in the Biol. Centr.-Amer. collections, as evidenced by the
genus not being mentioned by Dr. Williston in his treatment
of the Conopide.
Williston has stated (Trans. Conn. Acad. 1885, p. 389)
that this genus, “it is thought, may be parasitic upon
termites.” However this may be, I believe that my obser-
vations, as above detailed, leave no doubt that the three
species described below are parasitic upon ants of the genus
Eiciton, in the State of Vera Cruz.
Such a series of specimens as the present could not fail
to throw some light on the confusion existing with regard
to the described species, and especially to the specimens
described by Wiedemann, although I think that Dr. Wil-
liston has presented the latter question in its true light in
his most recent paper on Stylogaster (Kans. Univ. Quart. 1.
pp. 120-122). I believe there is no doubt that Wiedemann
had two, and perhaps three species before him, one of these
24 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
being neglecta, Will. It is equally certain that Fabricius’s
name stylata must be dropped tor the present, from the utter
uncertainty as to what his species was, since the relative
length of the antennal joints is not mentioned in his deserip-
tion, and the antenne are apparently absent in the type,
while it is known that the abdomen is wanting. Thus it
would be futile for me to attempt to define it in the synoptic
table of species given below. It is barely possible that an
examination of the type, though so badly mutilated, might .
place it, providing it could be found. Judging from t
Fabricius’s description, I believe it possible that his species i
stylata may be distinct from any described, including those
in this paper.
In the light of my material, I am inclined to think that
the male specimen described by Dr. Williston as biannulata,
Say (Trans. Conn. Acad. 1883, p. 7), is distinct from that
species, as the descriptions differ on the colouring of the
front in a way that can hardly be mistaken, especially since
the fifty-one specimens of my three species show absolutely
no variation in this regard.
Synoptic table of the American species of Stylogaster
so far known.
1, Second antennal joint short, about as long as broad,
third joint strongly elongate ................ neglecta, Will.
Second joint elongate, nearly or quite as long as
the third 2
2. Mesoscutum with the lateral borders broadly pale
yellow, rarely indistinctly so; front rufous
yellow anteriotty Yon eccuaey ens woe exten ee 3.
Mesoscutum with only the humeri pale yellow, front
wholly without yellow anteriorly ............ 4, i
8. Abdomen with a distinct median vitta (rarely sub-
obsolete), widened into a triangle on base of
second papment 4 si Teaco cs ieee vee ..... stylosa, sp. n.
Abdomen without such vitta .............0000- biannulata, Say.
4. Large species with prevailing colour blackish, hind -
tibize and ovipositor conspicuously silvery white
before tips, silvery of face extending on sides of
anterior half Of front ' 3. «5s oy > ons See om . ethiopa, sp. 0.
Small species without white on hind tibis or ovi-
positor, and with front wholly blackish or brown
to antennal pit ..........00- reir cy. «+. minuta, sp. 0.
11. Stylogaster stylosa, sp. n.
Hight female, and six male specimens.
3 ¢. Length of female nearly 5 to over 6 millim., not in-
cluding ovipositor, which is 2} to 3 millim. Length of male
64 to 8 millim.
Very similar to S, diannulata, Say, as shown by Say’s
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 25
description, but differing in the very constant character of
the median abdominal vitta. Face wholly silvery; the
anterior half (or more than one third) of the front rufous
yellow, with the silvery of face extending narrowly on sides
of this yellow portion and ending ina point on each side.
Rest of front soft opaque black, except the shining black
ocellar area. First antennal joint light yellow, as is base of
second; rest of antenne rufous, the third joint being more or
less tinged with fuscous on upper edge and tip; arista
blackish. Second antennal joint in all the specimens fully
as long as third, or even sometimes appearing very slightly
longer; base of third joint about same width as apex of
second. Proboscis of ordinary length for the genus, each
of the two joints about 3 millim. long, broadly whitish on
tip, yellowish at base, with more or less of a silvery-white
reflection. Mesoscutum blackish, with humeri and_ broad
lateral borders yellow (in one specimen darker at base of
wings), the yellow also continuing around hind margin and
extending anteriorly in a median pair of short vitte nearly
to transverse suture, each vitta terminating in a point, which
is connected by a usually distinct line with the yellow of the
humeri. ‘The suture is also marked, especially on lateral
sections, with a faint yellow line. In fact the thorax might
be described as yellow, with three heavy closely approxi-
mated black vitte on dorsum; the middle vitta widest,
beginning on extreme front border of thorax and ending in
a point (sometimes faint) at scutellum; the lateral vitte
strongly abbreviated in front, their outer borders convex,
and ending rather pointedly behind at scutellum. Sides of
thorax silvery pollinose, with a faint or nearly obsolete touch
of brownish below and a little before wing-bases, the brownish
with shining surface. Scutellum pale yellowish, brownish
on disk. Abdomen yellowish; first segment more or less
brownish on dorsum, sometimes as a posterior margin, some-
times as a geminate marking indented on middle in front;
second to fifth segments brown or blackish on posterior
margin, the fourth and fifth sometimes with a dark tinge on
anterior portion, and always more or less distinctly silvery-
white pollinose on all except the brown hind border; a
distinct (in one female only is this indistinct) median brown
vitta on second to fifth segments, dilated into a triangle on
second segment, the base of the triangle being coincident
with front border of segment. Abdomen thinly clothed with
short black hairs. Ovipositor of female hardly as long as
abdomen, composed of two segments: first segment usually
longer than second including the appendages of latter, with
more or less brown or blackish on dorsum ; second segment
26 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
more uniformly brown or blackish, darkest on dorsum, some-
times yellowish on underside. Appendages of ovipositor are —
as follows:—The underside of second segment at its tip is
extended’ into a long, narrow, sheath-like point, considerably
shorter than segment itself; an elongate, spatulate, but sub-
equilateral, palpus-like organ, clothed with black hairs, pro-
ceeds from tip of second segment and lies along upper surface
of this sheath, being about equal in length with the latter; at
base of spatulate organ, and apparently springing from
second segment, are two short palpiform organs also clothed
with black hairs. These appendages are all more or less
yellowish or rufous. In some specimens the sheath seems to
be split obliquely lengthwise on each side, forming three
pieces, and the side pieces, which are rather slender, are
sometimes hard to distinguish on account of their lying
closely against sides of spatulate organ; in such cases the
sheath-like point of ovipositor seems very short, not nearly
the length of the spatulate organ. Front and middle legs
light yellow, the tarsi more or less blackish except meta-
tarsi; hind legs as described for béannulata, the hind femora
(as in all species known to me) biannulate with blackish ;
hind tibiz with a narrow, rarely faintly silvery ring on
middle, distal two fifths of hind tibiz and all of hind tarsi
black. Wings evenly infuscated, halteres fuscous except the
yellowish stalks. Abdomen of male widened and blunt at
end, with six visible segments, the sixth blackish on sides;
a tuft of yellow hair on underside of abdomen at tip. Hind
femora of male with the brush-like black hairs on underside
at base; hind tibiew only slightly bent, sometimes hardly
perceptibly so. Hind tibie swollen on distal half in both
sexes, more so in the male.
Wiedemann seems to have had this species before him
when he wrote his description of S. stylata, Fabr., for he
describes exactly the median longitudinal vitta of abdomen
with its triangular expansion on second segment, stating that
some specimens possessed this.
12. Stylogaster ethiopa, sp. n.
Twenty female specimens, none of the other sex whatever.
2. Length 7 to 8 millim., without ovipositor; latter 4 to
42 millim.
Face yellowish, silvery pollinose; silvery extending on
sides of front and ending in a point on each side before
reaching occipital margin; rest of front opaque blackish,
except the large, triangular, shining, black, ocellar area,
Antenne blackish, reddish on underside of third joint,
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 27
Proboscis quite strongly elongate, very distinctly more than in
S. stylosa, each of the two sections being 5 millim. long in the
largest specimens, making whole length 10 millim., not in-
cluding the base; each section 4 millim, in small specimens.
Proboscis white at tip, yellowish at base. Thorax black
above, except the pale whitish humeri; on sides whitish,
with a broad fascia of black extending from dorsum, between
humeri and base of wings, down to base of middle coxa.
Scutellum black, faintly pale yellowish on lower edge.
Abdomen black, a half-round whitish-yellow spot on each
side at base of segments two to five. These spots are clothed
more or less with whitish pile, especially on their anterior
portions, and are largest on the third and fourth segments,
but occupy less than half the length of the segment. Ovi-
positor elongate, somewhat longer than abdomen, composed
of two segments ; basal segment about one third longer than
terminal, black, with base yellow; second segment black,
yellowish at base and clothed with white hair on its basal
half, thus giving the ovipositor its conspicuous silvery-white
ring before tip. Appendages of second segment of ovipositor
same as in &., stylosa, except that the under sheath-like
extension is short and rather more blunt at tip, being only
one half or one third the length of spatulate organ, and the
parts are blacker. The spatulate organ and the two palpi-
form organs at its base are rather thickly clothed with longer
black hairs, the former from a side view looking like a
feathery or short-plumose arista. [Front and middle legs
pale yellow, finely short black-hairy, the coxe whitish and
mostly bare, the bases of femora blackish, those of middle
femora more broadly so; tibie whitish and white-hairy
except on outer side of proximal two fifths; the tarsi tinged
with brownish and thickly clothed with short black hairs ;
hind legs black, the coxe shining black and appearing seed-
like on posterior surface, the femora broadly pale yellowish at
each end and with a whitish or pale yellowish ring in middle ;
the tibiae with a broad white ring clothed with white hair
just before tips. Wings evenly infuseated; halteres fuscous
except the rufous-yellow stalks and bases.
13. Stylogaster minuta, sp. n.
Seven female specimens and ten males.
3 2. Length of female 4 millim., not inciuding ovipositor ;
length of latter 2 millim. Length of male 5 to 5} millim.
This species, save for its small size, looks at first sight
very much like S. stylosa, but differs from it in the following
characters, which are very constant:—Front wholly brown
28 Mr. C. H. T’. Townsend on Diptera
or blackish to base of antenne, the front border of the brown
being perfectly concave-semicircular, as limited by the poste-
rior edges of the pit or hollow in which antenne are inserted.
Each of the two joints of proboscis 2 millim. long; base of
proboscis a little more broadly yellowish and with silvery-
white reflection. Mesoscutum shining blackish, without
lighter lateral border, only hutheri whitish, the black of
dorsum extending in a dilute fascia halfway to middle coxe,
the rest of sides of thorax being whitish. Scuteillum blackish.
Abdomen without median vitta, but blackish or brown, with
second and third segments more or less broadly whitish
yellow on bases, usually leaving on third segment a median
brown triangle and on second segment a triangle with a
median geminate or entire spot-like dilatation at anterior
angle. Fourth segment more or less yellowish laterally cn
base, often in female almost wholly black, quite constantly in
male rather broadly yellowish; the fifth segment with less
yellowish on base than fourth. Ovipositor of female blackish,
yellowish at base; appendages yellowish and with the two
palpus-like organs more elongate. Hind femora biannulate
with blackish. The pale yellowish of hind legs more or less
tinged with brownish, and especially on the tarsi and distal
half of tibie, which appear dusky. Tip of male abdomen
usually blackish, with the yellowish hair inconspicuous. The
brushes of long black hairs on underside of bases of hind
femora in male are comparatively better developed than in
S. stylosa, and the hind tibize are more distinctly bent.
Tachinidae, sens. lat.
14. Acaulona costata, v. d. Wulp.
Acaulona costata, vy. d. Wulp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. ii, p. 4.
T'wo specimens, male and female: the male, April 8, Paso
de Telaya; the female, July 12, San Rafael, on flowers of
the Cordia sp.
Length of female 5 millim., of male fully 6 millim.
After examining the genitalia of both of my specimens, I
believe that v. d. Wulp’s specimens are the female. The
front is the same width in both sexes. The male has the
claws and pulvilli elongate, about twice as long as in female.
The male has the elongate-oblong, somewhat flattened abdo-
men characteristic of the males of Zrichopoda. It is not
widened in middle, but is of equal width except for the
gentle narrowing of last two segments and rounding off of
anal segment. It is but slightly narrowed at base. The’
female abdomen is ovate, convex, more narrowed at base, and
— —
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 29
widened on second segment. The foot-claws and pulvilli in
my female are not particularly short, but are as long as last
tarsal joint. The colouring of abdomen differs in male by
having the brownish triangles of segments more narrowed
behind, less spreading, and forming a more distinct median
stripe, especially on first segment.
My specimens differ as follows from v. d. Wulp’s descrip-
tion :—Antennz somewhat more than half the length of face,
third joint hardly twice as long as second. First abdominal
segment of female longer than second or third, or even fourth,
which latter is longer than either second or third, these two
being about equal. Second, third, and fourth segments of
male about equal, but little shorter than first, the fifth seg-
ment about two thirds length of fourth. (Above are from
comparison with the generic characters.) Antenne of male
brownish, of female largely fulvous. Markings of thorax
pale golden, alike in both sexes. Scutellum fulvous on
border. Mesoscutum bordered broadly with golden behind
the suture as well as before it. Dark markings of abdomen
pale brownish. Fourth abdominal segment in female with
the brown fainter than on the other segments. Fourth seg-
ment in male mostly brown. Genitalia hardly darker than
the fulvous of anal segment. Front femora in female with
but very little yellow at base, middle femora rather narrowly
and hind femora more broadly yellow. In male front femora
are narrowly yellow, but middle and hind femora have basal
half to two thirds yellow. The differences in the foot-claws
of the two sexes are exactly similar to those in Trichopoda.
In the male the claws are elongate, wholly of a pale tawny
or brownish yellow, and straight; in the female they are
shortened, abruptly curved at end so as to be hook-shaped,
and the hook-like tips are abruptly black.
I believe that the two appendages of anal segment, figured
and described by van der Wulp, belong to the female genitalia.
15. Trichopoda tegulata, sp. n.
One female, July 1, San Rafael. On flowers of the
Cordia sp.
2. Length 8 millim.
This beautiful species is very easily distinguished from any
so far described. It is entirely black except as follows :—
Face silvery-white pollinose, extending upon sides of front as
far as middle. Cheeks and occiput with a cinereous silvery
bloom, extending over sides of thorax and coxee. ‘Transverse
suture of thorax marked by a deep gold line, widened and
spot-like at ends. ‘Two golden vitte of same width as that
30 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
on transverse suture, linear, extend from anterior margin of
thorax to transverse suture, are parallel, and divide the black
of mesoscutum in front of suture into three portions of
exactly equal width. Wings entirely black, except the hind
border, which is hyaline. Pulvilli pale yellowish white ; foot-
claws pale yellow, with black hooked tips (female). Halteres
pale yellowish, more reddish at base. The character from
which I have named the species, and which is so striking
that it will distinguish it at once, is the colour of the tegule
and alulets. The tegule (lower pair of scales) are large and
wholly of a deep golden-yellow colour, being very conspicuous
against the black of the body and wings, while the alulets
(upper pair of scales, appearing like an upper and smaller
pair of tegule), which cover the forward portion of the yellow
tegule, are pure white on the anterior half and abruptly black
on posterior half (the wing being understood to be directed
backward in the usual position). Such a beautiful effect in
coloration of the tegule and alulets 1 have never before seen
in any fly.
Note-—What I have called the alulets (the upper or
smaller pair of scales) are not true tegule, but appear so
when the wing is flexed or directed backward in its usual
position. When the wing is extended strongly forward it is
seen that this smaller scale is a part of it, being borne on the
extreme base of the inner edge of the wing, proximad of
the alula, which in turn is proximad of the axilla (anal or
axillary angle) of the wing. It should be known as the
alulet, which is the diminutive of alula. I think that this
term is deserving of use and should be adopted. Beginning,
then, with the axillary angle of the wing, the latter being
extended forward to its utmost, and proceeding inward or
proximad, we have in order the a@willa, alula, alulet, and
tegula. I remark here upon these points of terminology in
detail, as no writer seems ever to have paid any attention to
the distinctions to be made in the application of the last three
of these terms.
Since the above was written Dr. Williston has called
attention, in his new synopsis of Diptera just published, to
the fact that Osten Sacken has proposed the name “ anti-
tegula” for the upper pair of scales. I think “ alulet” is a
preferable term, from the fact that it is a short word and has
long been in use, notwithstanding that it has been indefinitely
applied in some cases.
While on the subject of Zrichopoda, I wish to propose the
name 7’. subalipes for the species described by me from Santo
Domingo under the name of 7’. sudci/ipes (Journ. N. Y. Ent,
ei,
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 31
Soc. ii. pp. 78, 79). The latter name is preoccupied by
Macquart for a species described by him from Guiana.
16. Cistogaster immaculata, Macq., sens. str.
Cistogaster immaculata, Mac., sens. str., nec Towns. Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc. xxii. p. 67.
One male, March 18, San Rafael.
On pages 66-67 of the Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxii. (1895)
I gave detailed notes of my own on two forms among the
females of what had previously been known as Cistogaster
divisa, Lw. I also presented some interesting notes sent me
by Mr. Charles Robertson on the separation of the males and
possible connexion of the two series of the latter with the two
female forms. I am inclined now to adopt this view, and
thus consider these two series as distinct species. The re-
marks that I made at end of page 67 on the names to be
used for the two forms should be corrected. Since writing
those remarks I have found that Macquart described the male
of the “dimorphic” female, while Loew described the male
of the “normal” female. ‘Therefore the species possessing
the “ dimorphic ” female will be known as C. ¢mmaculata,
Mcq., and that possessing the “normal” female will be
known as C. divisa, Lw. Walker’s name occidua will re-
main a synonym of the latter.
The present male specimen belongs to C. ¢mmaculata,
Mcq., being the male form in which the median longitudinal
fuscous stripe of abdomen is wanting, which male should be
connected with the “dimorphic” female. Macquart’s descrip-
tion leaves no doubt on this point, as he says of the abdomen
“une ligne dorsale de reflets d’un blanc jaunatre.” He
describes the abdomen as ferruginous, the first segment with
a small dorsal triangular black spot, and the third segment
with yellowish-white pollinose reflections on each side. My
specimen has the median pollinose line and the pollinose
surface on each side of third segment golden instead of
yellowish white. The fourth segment is tinged with darker
and the golden pollinose covering extends over nearly the
whole of it. The deep golden yellow of sides of front
extends fully halfway down the sides of face. The whole
mesoscutum and scutellum are deep golden pollinose, the
former with median pair of linear darker vitte in front of
transverse suture and an outer heavier vitta on each side not
reaching front margin and broadly interrupted by suture.
Length nearly 6 millim.
32 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
17. Penthosia satanica, Bigot.
Penthosia satanica, Bigot, van der Wulp, Tijdschr. v. Ent. xxxv. (1892)
pp. 189-190.
One male, July 4, and two females, July 5 and 6. San
Rafael, on flowers of the Cordia‘sp.
Length of male 104, of females 114 millim.
The frontal bristles extend well below the antenne, but
there is no row of hairs on each side of face except these.
The first and second antennal joints are about equal, taken
together they are about as long as width of front at vertex ;
the third joint is greatly elongated, being four or five times
as long as the second, which is not by any means very short.
In the male especially the third joint is widened distally and
is subtruncate at tip. Arista nearly as long as third antennal
joint. Thorax is not “densely pilose,” but whole thorax,
abdomen, and legs are well and quite thickly clothed with
short hair. The only long macrocheete are on the scutellum.
Foot-claws of male long and nearly straight, of female
shorter and hooked at tip. The only light colouring on this
entire insect is the silvery-white pollinose stripe extending
from middle of front on each side down to cheeks. It is
interrupted below base of antenne. Even this looks blackish
in certain lights. Otherwise the entire insect is black, even
to the pulvilli and wings, the latter, however, having a
purplish lustre.
18. Saundersia rufopilosa, v. d. W.
Saundersia rufopilosa, v. d. W., Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt, ii. p. 22.
Two male specimens of this beautiful species, San Rafael,
March. Heretofore recorded only from Guatemala and Costa
Rica.
Length 11-123 millim.
First two antennal joints rufous. Mesoscutum deep golden
ollinose, rather than cinereous. I should certainly call the
frontal bristles strong, not “rather weak.” Pilosity of
occiput deep golden yellow. Second and third antennal
joints same length. Pilosity of mesoscutum short, black.
The three black dorsal spots of abdomen, on median line of
second, third, and fourth segments, not coalesced, entire.
Bristles on coxe and underside of femora either wholly
yellow or wholly black. Alulets golden fulvous, the tegule
faintly tinged with fuscous.
from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 33
19. Belvosia bicincta, R. D.
One female, July 16, San Rafael. On flowers of the
Cordia sp.
Third antennal joint hardly twice as long as second.
Facial ridges not ciliate, with some bristles not extending
halfway up.
Length 15 millim.
20. Belvosia bifasciata, Fabr.
One female, June 20, San Rafael.
Third antennal joint three or more times as long as the
second. . Facial ridges ciliate, with strong bristles extending
up to a point opposite lowest frontal bristles.
Length 114 millim.
I am aware that Dr. Williston has shown that there is
great variation in these two forms of Belvosia, and that inter-
gradations of all kinds exist. I think it is well, however, to
apply the two names and differentiate the forms when they
can be separated. When specimens are encountered which
cannot be so separated they should be mentioned individually,
with details as to their variation from the typical form.
21. Phasiopteryx Bilimeki, B. & B.
One male, March 9, San Rafael.
Length 7 millim.
This specimen seems to be more robust and bristly than
van der Wulp’s specimens described in the Biol.-Centr. Am.,
Dipt. It differs as follows from van der Wulp’s description
of Neoptera (Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. 11. pp. 165-166) :—The
frontal bristles are not hair-like. There is a pair of short
decussate vibrisse. The bristles on third and fourth abdo-
minal segments can certainly be properly called macrochete.
The wings agree well with description, except that the curva-
ture of fourth vein does not form a right angle, but is
rounded. Apical cross-vein is a little concave. The foot-
claws and pulvilli are not short, but rather elongate. Claws
black, pulvilli yellow-fuscous.
Van der Wulp’s figures of male wing (Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Dipt. ii. pl. iv. figs. 11, 11 a) show the third vein altogether
too strongly arcuate in 11a, hardly enough so in 11, and,
especially in the latter, with a too much narrowed apical
cell, to agree with my specimen.
Although the vibrisse are so distinct and the bristles all
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 3
34 Mr, A. D. Michael on
so much stronger than indicated by van der Wulp, there is no
doubt that the present specimen is: the same species, as the
peculiar wing-characters cannot be mistaken. The generic
characterization must be changed somewhat, however, espe-
cially as regards the presence of distinct vibrisse.
Dexiide.
22, Huantha dives, Wd.
Euantha dives, Wd., vy. d. Wulp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. ii. p. 249.
Two males, March 6 and 16, San Rafael. They differ
from v. d. Wulp’s description only as follows :—
Subtrigonal spot of cheeks brownish, not well defined.
Coxe reddish yellow. Tegule pale, with yellowish tinge.
Length 123 millim.
In v. d. Wulp’s synoptic table of Dexiide, in the Biol.
Centr.-Am., Dipt., he puts Huantha in section without costal
spine on wings. . dives certainly bears a spine on costa
just before end of auxiliary vein. He also makes synopsis
read for Huantha ‘“ wings unicolorous,” which is evidently a
typographical error. I am sorry to find that I inadvertently
perpetuated these errors in my synopsis of Dexiide in Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc. xix. p. 275. The table there given should
be corrected in accordance with the above.
V.—The Classification of Oribatide.
By A. D. Micwatt, F.L.S.
A PAPER by Dr. A. C. Oudemans has appeared in the
Tijdschr. voor Entomologie entitled “ List of Dutch Acari,
Latr., first part Oribatei, Dug., with synonymical notes and
other remarks.”” It is always a pleasure to acarologists to
see a paper by Dr. Oudemans upon the creatures which they
study, and more especially so when the paper is written in a
language more familiar to most biologists than Dutch is,
This paper is chiefly upon the Oribatide, and is, in many
respects, very useful; but as it seeks to make numerous
changes in the nomenclature of genera, species, anatomical
parts, &c., and in classification, I shall probably be expected
to answer it. This I will endeavour to do so far as I think
the paper requires an answer.
Firstly, I may fairly congratulate Dr. Oudemans on his
knowledge of the English language, in which the paper is
written.
fini ee
the Classification of Oribatide. 35
Lists of local fauna are very useful, and acarologists will
be glad to have one of the Dutch species, which have not
been before recorded; although we could scarcely anticipate
that they would vary much from those of Germany and
England, as the distribution of these minute beings is
usually wide; but when, out of 68 species, 25 are inserted
thus: “ Oribates sp.,” without a word of description or any
figure, and three thus, “Gen.? sp. ?”” also without description
or figure, I fear that the value of the list is considerably
diminished.
Dr. Oudemans, in the title above quoted, does not state
what value he intends his groups to have; but he calls “‘ Acari”
what I imagine he considers the order ; the next lower group
(which I suppose he considers the family) he names “ Oribatei,”
and in his list he calls the next still lower group (which is
apparently a subfamily) ‘‘ Phthiracarea.” These termina-
tions do not appear quite consonant with modern classifi-
cation. I imagine him to give the values stated to his
groups because he calls those of equivalent values to his
Phthiracarea “ Nothrine” and “ Oribatine.” Why one
subfamily should end in “ -ea”’ and the others in “ -inz ” is
not stated. Doubtless Dugés, writing in 1834, did call his
family “ Oribatei,” raising Latreille’s genus Oribata (or Ori-
bates) into a family: but Latreille did not call his group Acari,
as in the heading of Dr. Oudemans’s paper; he called it first
* Acares”’ and afterwards “‘ Acaridiz,” as correctly stated at
p- 58; but there it is said, in reference to “ Acares,” “though
this term has a French final syllable it is a pure Latin word ”
(the italics are mine), “it is the plural of the Latin Acarus.”
This somewhat surprises me; I was under the impression
that ‘‘ Acares” was the plural of the French word “ Acare,”’
and that the word, although derived through Latin, was from
the Greek word for a Mite daxaps, as used by Aristotle, and
was founded upon axapijs, uncuttable.
Dr. Oudemans says that Phthiracarus, Perty, should be
substituted for the genus Tritéa, Berlese, because both are
founded on a Hoplophora with tridactyle claws and Perty’s
is the earlier. I by no means assert that Tritia is a neces-
sary genus ; I did not adopt it, and I am strongly of opinion
that the distinction of monodactyle and tridactyle claws has
almost entirely broken down as a means of differentiating
genera in the Oribatide, although it is useful in identifi-
cation. I believe that this is now the general opinion;
but if Berlese’s genus have any validity it arises from the
remarkable fused and elongated genital and anal plates, so
exceptional in the Oribatide, and not from the tridactyle
3%
36 Mr. A. D. Michael on
claw. Perty’s species, judging from the drawings made by
him and published by Claparéde in 1868, had the ordinary
genital and anal plates of Hoplophora, and no specimen of
the Hoplophorine has ever been found by anyone else, that I
am aware of, having the tridactyle claw and the ordinary
genital and anal plates of Hoplophora. Perty, in defining
his genus, includes two important characters which do not
exist in any known species of Oribatide, viz., six-jointed
legs and a sucking-mouth. Therefore if we adopt the genus
Phthiracarus we adopt one founded upon erroneous anatomy,
and of which there is not any known species. Claparéde
is probably right in supposing that Perty made mistakes
about the tridactyle claw and in other matters: his species
was probably Hoplophora dasypus (Duges), an earlier
species, misdescribed—it is therefore scarcely a satisfactory
type for a family ; and if we be forced to abandon the well-
known name of Hoplophora, for which there are very strong
arguments, but which every one is unwilling to do, it will
be unfortunate.
Then Dr. Oudemans says that the genus “ Notaspis”
cannot stand because Hermann’s name in 1804 is equivalent
to Latreille’s earlier name Oribata (or Oribates): but it is
not certain that they quite covered the same ground; both.
were very large groups, practically intended to include what
we now call the family, and they have been much subdivided.
Latreille’s group has been raised to a family, and his generic
name preserved for one genus; but Hermann knew of man
creatures not known to Latreille, and Nicolet is, I think, to be
commended for preserving Hermann’s name for a portion of
these creatures contained in his group, taking the well-known
Notaspis bipilis as his type.
Dr. Oudemans then states that Oppta, Koch, is founded on
Oppia glaucina, Koch, a larval form, as a type. It is a
larval form; but why is it Koch’s type? Koch gives 5
species, of which 4 are adult; in his ‘ Uebersicht,’ where he
first describes the genus, he puts O. nitens at the head of his
description and figures that species only. It is true that he
used the name 'f Uppia”’ earlier, in his ‘ Deutschlands Crus-
taceen &c.,’ without defining the genus: that book was
published in fasciculi of loose sheets; both species were in
the same fasciculus; the plate of O. glaucina was numbered
9, that of O. nitens 10; but is this to make the larval form
the type? I do not think that the genus Oppia should
stand, but that is because it is a part of the genus Notaspis
as limited by Nicolet, and is ill-defined, other members of the
same natural genus being spread by Koch over several
genera mixed with quite different creatures.
the Classification of Oribatidee. 37
Dr. Oudemans accuses Nicolet of “ bungling” over the
genus ‘“‘Cepheus”’: what he did is certainly singular, but the
result has to be considered. Dr. Oudemans says, “ The
name Cepheus, Nicolet, 1855, cannot be kept, as Koch used
this name in 1836.” This is quite true, but we do not attempt
to preserve any genus Cepheus of Nicolet, nor did Nicolet
propose to found any; we preserve Koch’s. It is true that
Nicolet divided Koch’s genus and carried, or rather thought
he carried, Koch’s Cepheus latus to a new genus and called
the creature Tegeocranus cephetformis, which he described
and figured excellently. It was certainly an odd proceeding ;
but, as I pointed out in my ‘ British Oribatide,’ vol. ii. 1888,
p- 340, although Nicolet thought that his species was tie
same, he was in error: 7. cepheiformis was a new species, and
Cepheus latus, Koch, was probably a synonym either of what
is now called Yegeocranus latus, endeavouring to preserve
Koch’s specific name, or of Cepheus tegeocranus (Hermann),
an earlier species. Nicolet named a new species Cepheus
latus, which was very injudicious: but Koch’s definition of the
genus Cepheus is no description at all, and would not define
any group whatever, and his type species is uncertain ; it is
therefore better to adopt Nicolet’s clear definition of the
genus, and some zoologists would call it ‘‘ Cepheus, Nicolet.”’
As the facts stand, therefore, it would seem that Nicolet’s
species may be good, particularly if the notes to rule 14 of
the rules for the scientific naming of animals of the German
Zoological Society be right. But Cepheus latus, Nic., is so
like Cepheus tegeocranus (Herm.), that Koch would not have
been likely to note the difference; thus Cepheus latus, Koch
and Nicolet, may after all be identical, although Nicolet
thought them different. It would be impossible to say for
certain from Koch’s description and figure.
Dr. Oudemans, like many other acarologists, suggests that
the genus Belba, founded by Heyden, should take the place
of the later genus Dameus, Koch. elba was founded on
Notaspis corynopus Hermann, as a type: Dr. Oudemans
says, “I do not know this species by my own observation.”
Everyone else is in the same position, because probably no
such creature as Hermann has figured and very shortly de-
scribed ever existed; if it did it was not a member of any
known genus of Oribatide, for it is described as having
chelate tarsi. Hermann doubtless made some mistake; but
if this error were eliminated the creature, if it were then a
possible one, which is doubtful, would belong to the genus
Notaspis rather than Damaus. Heyden, however, was not
satisfied with the type; he defined the genus Belba, and his
definition would carry it out of the Acarina altogether, if
38 On the Classification of Oribatide.
not out of the Arthropoda—it is, ‘‘ head, protothorax (sic), and
metathorax separate.” I do not think it would be desirable
to revive this genus.
Dr. Oudemans says that “the Oribatei wait for a thorough
revision,” and he gives instances. He says that members of
the genus Nothrus are said tohave three claws, but that he
has species with one. I think that the tridactyle claw as
part of the definition of the genus has long been abandoned ;
he will find three monodactyle species described in my
‘ British Oribatide’ in 1888. Then he says that “ amongst
the species of Koch belonging to the genus Oribates there
are several of which the wing-like expansions are not mov-
able and do not protect the legs.” Many of the ptero-
morphe are only slightly flexible, very few are, strictly
speaking, movable; but Koch’s species without them have
been removed from the genus by, I think, all modern
acarologists. Then he says that “many Hremeus have no
arched abdomen, but a hollow one”; he will find in my
definition of the genus, in 1888, “ Notogaster arched or
concave in the centre.” ‘Then there are some remarks about ~
the similarity of the nymphs of Letosoma and Cepheus, and
he suggests that the genera should be joined. If he refer
to my work so often quoted above he will find that they
practically are joined, but I feel doubts whether they will
not have to be separated again; and if Dr. Oudemans
endeavours to classify the Oribatide by the hairs on the
nymphs, I fear he will find that he must neglect important
structural differences in the adults. Finally, Dr. Oudemans
says, in effect, that the anterior portion of an Acarus cannot
be called a cephalothorax because some of the creature’s legs
are abdominal: I regret to say that I fail to appreciate the
cogency of this argument.
It will be seen that the above remarks are written in the
spirit that it is better not to make changes in well-known
names unless it is unavoidable.
Now a few words as to the species in the list. There are
40 named species; of these three, viz. Nothrus pallens, Koch,
Zetes ephippiatus, Koch, and Zetes fuscomaculatus, Koch, are
founded upon immature (nymphal) forms. Hoplophora
lucida, Koch, is one of the many synonyms of Hoplophora
dasypus, Duges. H. nitens, Nic., is stated to be equivalent
to H. dasypus, Claparede, but not to H. dasypus, Duges;
but Claparéde only quotes Dugés and does not use the name
dasypus at all, he uses contractilis. No reason is given for
saying that H. nitens, Nic., is not the same as /. dasypus,
Duges; Nicolet said it was, and I do not know of any reason
for disagreeing with him. [Five species of Letosoma are
etn
te a ee a ay Seng ee ea (Pet ern
> Re
On Bees of the Genus Colletes from New Mexico. 39
given; the specific names of three of them end in “‘-us”: cua,
the body, is neuter; therefore these names should end in
“um.” But at least two of the five, viz. Zetes flavipes, Koch,
and Oribates fuscus, Koch, surely belong to the genus
Notaspis, not Letosoma: then one is stated to be Letosoma
nitens, Geofir.; should not this be Gervais? In the next
genus Cepheus, Carabodes coriaceus, Koch, is introduced ; but
I cannot see how it can be considered a Cepheus, no ex-
planation is given. In the genus Pelops, P. fuligineus, Koch,
is given instead of P. levigatus, Nic.: this may be correct,
for they are probably identical, and Koch’s is the earlier
name; but if so, Koch described this species three times—
first as Pelops acromios, Herm., which it is not, then as
P. fuligineus, and, finally, in all probability, as P. hirsutus :
his figures and descriptions hardly render certain identifi-
cation possible, and it would be far better, if it can be done,
to preserve Nicolet’s name, which has a good description and
figure attached to it. In the genus Oribata (or Oribates)
Dr. Oudemans adopts the masculine termination, but he
leaves almost all the species in the feminine: thus he puts
“ Oribates pallidula, Koch,” and O. fuscomaculata, Koch ;
but I do not think that Koch put adjective specific names
in the feminine when his genus was masculine. Oribata
coleoptrata (Linn.) is used instead of Hermann’s well-known
name of alata; but the species entirely relies on Hermann’s
drawing, and although it is customary to suppose that it may
have been the Acarus coleoptratus of Linneus, it is far too
uncertain to adopt that name and drop Hermann’s. Both
Oribates ovalis, Koch, and O. nitens, Nic., are given; it is
very doubtful if these be more than varieties.
lt must not for a moment be supposed from these remarks
that I underestimate the value of many of Dr. Oudemans’s
suggestions. ,
VI.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.
—IIl. The Bees of the Genus Colletes found in New
Mexico. By T. D. A. COCKERELL.
A. Rather large forms of the type of C. ineequalis, with dark,
often scarcely banded abdomen in 9.
(1) No dark hairs on thorax ; a sharp straight transverse keel behind
the enclosure at base of metathorax.
Colletes utilis, sp. n,
@. Length 11 millim., anterior wing 73 millim.
Stoutly built, black; the rather long pubescence of face,
40 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the
cheeks, pleura, base of abdomen, and legs greyish white or
very pale grey, that of vertex and dorsum of thorax yellowish
ochraceous. Face broad, with erect pale grey pubescence
except on clypeus and middle of supraclypeal area, which are
bare. Clypeus with elongate irregular punctures, the surface
between them striate, the sculpture reminding one of the
surface of a strawberry. Supraclypeal area shining, with
two longitudinal rows of large subconfluent punctures on each
side. Vertex very closely and distinctly punctured. Space
between eyes and base of mandibles about twice as broad as
long. Mandibles black, with a dark rufous ring, tips blunt,
notch a fair distance from tip. Labrum with three or four
short longitudinal grooves on each side; no central pit.
Antenne wholly dark, flagellum with a very fine sericeous
pubescence, first joint of flagellum distinctly longer than
second. Thorax quite densely pubescent above ; prothoracic
spines horizontal, long and slender, easily overlooked amidst
the pubescence. Mesothorax moderately shiny, median groove
very well marked; punctures very large and distinct, sepa-
rated from each other by intervals about equal to the diameter
of one. Pleura shiny, with strong punctures. Enclosure at
base of metathorax very short, coarsely longitudinally plicate,
bounded behind by a straight transverse keel. Tegule
rufo-testaceous. Wings perfectly hyaline, nervures and
stigma black. Legs entirely dark, the claws only rufescent,
spurs pale brownish. Basal joints of tarsi fairly but not
remarkably stout. Pubescence at tips of inner side of tarsi
more or less rufous. Abdomen short and stout, hind margin
of second segment and slightly of first and third narrowly
rufous. Punctuation of first two segments strong and rather
close, on a shining surface; of third extremely fine and small,
on a microscopically tessellate surface. No hair-bands, but
base of first segment with long hairs. Hind trochanters with
a thin long curled brush of beautifully ramose hairs.
Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., March 23, on flowers of plum.
(2) With dark hairs on thorax.
(a) Tegulee piceous, punctuation very strong and close; wings smoky,
Colletes bigelovie, sp. n.
@. Length 11 millim., anterior wing 7} millim.
Very much like C. armata, but at once distinguished if
attention is given to the following points :—The flagellum is
entirely dark beneath, at most very obscurely brownish or
rufescent. The unpunctured middle of the supraclypeal area
Genus Colletes from New Mexico. Al
is sometimes quite dull, sometimes shiny. ‘The face is but
sparsely hairy. Head very broad on vertex. Prothoracic
spine well formed. Mesothorax very coarsely and densely
punctured, so as to be cancellate; median smoother shiny
area not much developed. Tegulew dark vandyke-brown.
Wings smoky, nervures and stigma black. Pleura very
densely punctured, so as to be cancellate. Abdomen with
white hair-bands at base of second and apex of second and
following segments, all largely rubbed off in my specimens.
Hab. Mescalero Indian Reservation, Sacramento Mountains,
N. M., a short distance below the Agency, rather common at
flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 2, 1896.
This is certainly very near to armata, but the slightly
larger average size, dark flagellum, smoky wings, and very
densely punctured mesothorax may be taken as valid specific
characters.
(6) Tegul rufo-testaceous, punctuation not so close ; wings perfectly
clear; flagellum brown beneath; stigma rufo-fuscous.
Colletes armata, Patten, 1879.
One female, Las Cruces, N. M., late summer or early
autumn.
Mr. Fox, after comparing it with Cresson’s collection,
marked it C. tnequalis, but Mr. Robertson has since shown
that what Cresson took for ¢nequalis was really armata. I
have the real ¢nequalis from Illinois (Robertson) ; it is larger,
with dark tegule and other differences. In several respects
(wings, antenne, tegule) it is more like digelovice, but it has
the mesothorax shiny, with the punctures separate though
close, very different from digelovie.
B. Males as large or larger than ineequalis, with black hairs on
dorsum of thorax and very large punctures on abdomen.
Colletes gilensis, sp. n.
3. About 15 millim. long.
Black, the pubescence of head and thorax quite dense
except on posterior truncation of thorax, long, greyish white
or very pale grey on underparts, tinged with ochreous and
mixed with black on thoracic dorsum, dense and silky on
lower part of face, covering clypeus. Face longer than
broad. Antenne wholly dark. Vertex shining, with sparse
big punctures and little ones between. Mandibles dark,
rather blunt, the notch a fair distance from the end. Clypeus
42 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the
with very large irregular pits. Labrum with a deep elongate
median sulcus, bounded on each side by an elevation. Area
between eyes and base of mandibles about twice as broad as
long. Mesothorax shining, with large well-separated punc-
tures. Prothoracic spine long and conspicuous. Base of
metathorax with the usual transverse series of pits, rather
irregular, below which the triangle is transversely ridged,
with a rather feeble median longitudinal carina. The shiny
downward prolongation of the triangle is very narrow.
Lateral areas of the posterior truncation dull because minutely
roughened. Tegulz rufo-fuscous. Wings long (anterior
wing 10 millim.), smoky; nervures and stigma very dark
fuscous. Legs black, small joints of tarsi inclining to dark
rufous. Pubescence of legs ordinary. Abdomen shiny, with
large close punctures; first segment sparsely clothed with
erect grey hairs, which on the other segments are replaced by
shorter inconspicuous hairs, becoming darker to black caudad.
Apical margins of segments 1 to 5 with even very conspic-
uous bands of white pubescence. ‘The band is wholly lacking
on sixth segment. Pubescence of apex fuscous. Venter
with white bands like those of dorsum.
Hab. West fork of Gila River, N. M., July 16, two males
(C. H. T. Townsend).
It is to be regretted that the female of this, the largest New
Mexico Colletes, is unknown. <A specimen was compared by
Mr. Fox with the Cresson collection, and returned marked
“near propingua.” From the male ot ¢negualis (propinqua)
it differs by its rather larger size, smooth vertex with sparse
punctures of two sizes (that of ¢newgualis being dull from the
very dense punctuation), strong prothoracic spine, larger punc-
tures of abdomen, &e.
C. Smaller species with well-banded abdomen and without black
hairs on thorax, except in a vernal species (C. texana, Cr.).
(1) Distance between eyes and base of mandibles greater than breadth
of latter.
(a) Larger ; tips of mandibles blunter ; punctuation of first abdominal
segment stronger and closer.
Colletes Wootont, sp. n.
¢. About 10 millim. long.
Black, with long, rather dense, greyish-white pubescence,
tinged with ochreous on vertex and dorsum of thorax. Eyes
unusually prominent, giving the head an odd appearance
viewed from in front. Face and cheeks densely covered with
Genus Colletes from New Mexico. 43
long dull white hairs. Clypeus shining, with sparse but
very distinct punctures. Labrum with a median elevation.
Vertex closely and strongly punctured. Space between eyes
and base of mandibles longer than breadth of latter, striated.
Mandibles rufous at extreme tips, which are blunt; notch
deep and not far from end. Second and third joints of
maxillary palpi conspicuously shorter than first or fourth.
Flagellum wholly dark, its first joint about two thirds length
of second. Mesothorax shining, with large, rather sparse
punctures ; hind part of scutellum densely punctured; post-
scutellum with fine longitudinal ridges, crossed by finer ones,
producing a curious cancellate appearance. Base of meta-
thorax with a series of large elongated pits, separated by
sharp keels, the whole bounded behind by a distinct but
irregular ridge. Lower part of triangle with a shining de-
pression. Lateral faces of truncation shining, with irregular
shallow punctures. Articulating base surrounded above by
a smooth area, with radiating keels. Tegule shining dark
brown, with very hairy margins. Wings perfectly hyaline,
nervures and stigma piceous, stigma very small. Legs black,
with long dull white hairs. Abdomen shining, strongly and
rather closely punctured ; first segment with long greyish-
white hairs; apical margins of segments 1 to 5 with bands of
white pubescence, which are continued but very narrowly on
venter. Pubescence of extreme apex subfuscous. No black
hairs on dorsum of hindmost segments.
Hab. Ruidoso Creek, N. M., 6400 feet, July 8, on asmall-
flowered Asclepias (EZ. O. Wooton).
A pollen-mass of the Asclepias is adherent to one of the
hind tarsi. Near to C. compacta, Cr., dé, but that has dark
hairs on thorax and has not the strong series of pits at base
of metathorax.
(6) Smaller; tips of mandibles sharper; punctuation of first abdominal
segment feebler and more sparse.
Colletes dalew, sp. n.
¢. About 7 millim. long.
Black, with abundant long white pubescence, duller on
dorsum of thorax, but nowhere tinged with ochreous. Eyes
very prominent. Jace densely covered with silky white
hair. Clypeus quite closely punctured, especially down the
middle. Labrum with a conspicuous central pit. Mandibles
rufous at tips. Space between mandibles and eye coarsely
striated, a little longer than broad. Sides of vertex densely
44 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the
punctured. Antenne reaching to base of metathorax ; fla-
gellum dark, only faintly brownish beneath. Mesothorax
shining, with distinct but sparse punctures. A short pro-
thoracic spine. Scutellum shining, its hind third closely
punctured. Base of metathorax shining, bounded by a ridge,
and separated into quadrate spaces by irregular longitudinal
ridges. Posterior truncation shining, the lateral areas
sparsely pitted and clothed with long beautifully plumose
hairs. Tegule testaceous, edges paler. Wings perfectly
hyaline ; nervures and stigma dull testaceous, subcostal ner-
vure black. Legs black, with sparse white pubescence ; tarsi
obscure brownish. Abdomen shining, first segment sparsely
punctured, the following segments not so sparsely but more
obscurely ; first segment with long dull white hairs, replaced
on following segments by short inconspicuous pubescence,
nowhere anything but white. Pubescence of apex white.
Segments 1 to 6 with very distinct apical bands of white
pubescence, which are continued narrowly on venter.
Hab. Mesilla Park, N. M., June 2, 1896, on flowers of
Dalea scoparia. Also Las Cruces, N. M., in the town,
June 9, 1894.
This must be very near to C. producta, Rob., d, but that
has black tegule, and the scutellum is different.
(2) Distance between eyes and base of mandibles less than breadth of
latter ; much less except in the vernal species.
(a) Pubescence of thorax short, the hairs stout, pubescent, moss-like ;
abdominal bands broad and appressed ; tips of mandibles blunt.
Colletes aberrans, sp. n.
@. Length about 11 millim.
Black, with short, tolerably dense, pale ochreous pubes-
cence. Head rather broad, vertex depressed ; clypeus promi-
nent, practically bare, with punctures running into grooves ;
face above clypeus with short ochreous pubescence ; vertex
with a very few large punctures on a surface which appears
granular from an exceedingly minute punctuation; ocelli
large; cheeks with short pubescence, that on occiput some-
what longer, not at all mixed with black. The occipital
hairs at first seem simple, but a strong lens shows that they
are minutely feathered all the way up. Antenne wholly
dark. Mandibles strongly grooved without, medially sub-
rufous, very blunt at tips, with the notch a fair distance from
the end. Labrum with no distinct median pit. Thoracic
dorsum densely covered with pubescence except a central
Genus Colletes from New Mexico. 45
space on mesothorax and the anterior part of scutellum, both
of which exhibit rather sparse very large punctures, and the
pitted base of the metathorax. The posterior truncation is
quite hairy allover. The hairs on the mesothorax, scutellum,
and postscutellum are very short, thick, and moss-like ; many
are tipped with brown, but this looks like some accidental
staining in the cyanide bottle. None are black. These
peculiar hairs are very pubescent and result from a shortening
of the axis of the hair without a reduction in the number of
the lateral cilia, so that the latter become crowded. Tegule
dark testaceous, pubescent in front. Wings perfectly hyaline ;
nervures and stigma dark rufous, subcostal nervure black.
Third submarginal cell more oblique than usual. Legs
tolerably densely pubescent; the hind femora carry a quantity
of pollen. Abdomen rather elongate, with short pubescence,
reminding one of Lpeolus. Segments 1 to 4 have broad
greyish-white apical bands, 2 and 3 have also broad basal
bands, greyer in colour. The first segment is so pubescent
that the ground-colour appears as a dark band just before
the marginal band. The surface of the abdomen, where
exposed, is dullish, closely and minutely punctured. The
hair-bands are not continued on to the ventral surface.
Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., July 27, 1895, on flowers of Peta-
lostemon candidus ; one specimen, no others seen (C&//. 3820).
Very easily known by the remarkable character of the
thoracic pubescence. The P. candidus was at the same time
and place visited by Sphex and Bombus, the latter in fair
numbers, gathering the orange pollen.
(6) Pubescence of thorax normal.
(i.) Dorsum of thorax with some black hairs; punctuation of first
abdominal segment excessively sparse.
Colletes texana, Cresson, 1872.
Las Cruces, N. M.; one female on Saliv, May 2.
Cresson’s description, from a single example found in
Comal Co., Texas, is rather inadequate, but it tallies precisely
with our insect, except that I should not call the wings
“short.” Length about 10 millim. There is a band at the
base of the second abdominal segment, not mentioned by
Cresson. Nervures and stigma piceous. Antenne wholly
black.
Distinguished from compacta 2 by the entire band at apex
of first abdominal segment, &e,
46 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the
(ii.) Dorsum of thorax without any black hairs.
a. Small males, with flagellum ferruginous beneath; tarsi ferruginous.
Colletes prosopidis, sp. n.
3. Length about 7 to 84 millim.
Very near to C. dalew, the description of which, given
above, applies with these exceptions:—T'he space between
eyes and base of mandibles is broader than long. Sides of
vertex are sparsely punctured. The flagellum is ferruginous
beneath. Hind third of scutellum only sparsely punctured.
Base of metathorax sometimes as in dalew, sometimes not
distinctly separated into quadrate spaces. Nervures and
stigma fuscous or stigma dark ferruginous. Knees and all
the tarsi ferruginous, knees sometimes black, hind tibize some-
times ferruginous behind. Second abdominal segment with
very distinct punctures.
Hab. Las Cruces, N. M.; five at flowers of mesquite
(Prosopis), May 2; one on foliage of Populus, Campus of
Agricultural College, May 8 (Ckll. 2942).
8. Flagellum dark ; tarsi little if at all ferruginous, except in C. Anne,
+ Punctuation of first abdominal segment feeble and sparse.
§ Cinereous species; no hair-band at base of second abdominal segment
in the males. (Compare also C. salicicola.)
Colletes Louise, sp. n.
dg. Length about 8 millim.
Black, with rather dense greyish-white pubescence, stoutly
built, not slender like dalee and prosopidis. Head rather
broad, vertex distinctly convex seen from in front; face
densely covered with long silvery white hair; sides of vertex
strongly but sparsely punctured; labrum with three longi-
tudinal grooves, the lateral ones strongest. Mandibles dark,
rather unusually slender, the notch some distance from the
tip ; space between eyes and mandibles a little broader than
long. Antenne wholly dark, not so long as in dalew and
prosopidis. Pubescence of thorax tolerably dense, but not
particularly long; mesothorax with rather sparse but very
large and distinct punctures; scutellum sparsely punctured,
densely on hind margin; base of metathorax bounded by
a sharp ridge and divided by sharp ridges into quadrangular
spaces. Prothoracic spine absent or concealed by the pubes-
cence. Tegule shining fuscous, finely punctured. Wings
perfectly hyaline; nervures and stigma fuscous, subcostal
Genus Colletes from New Mezico. 47
nervure black. Legs black, ordinary, claw~joint becoming
ferruginous. Abdomen short, convex, suboval, shining, with
small and sparse but distinct punctures. No black hairs.
First segment with long hairs at base and sides; segments 1
to 5 with very distinct white apical bands of appressed hairs,
which bands are continued somewhat more narrowly on the
venter. First joint of flagellum almost as long as second.
Hab. A few miles E. of Las Cruces, N. M., below the rise,
Sept. 27, 1896 (Ckll.; C1).
Colletes gypsicolens, sp. n.
3. Length about 11 millim.
Closely related to Loudse, but considerably larger, and the
dorsal pubescence of the head and thorax has a very delicate
yellowish tinge, not readily noticed under the lens, but con-
trasting with the white paper lining of the store-box, giving
the insect a quite distinct factes. Another peculiarity is
found in the mandibles, the rufescent ends of which are broad
and flattened, pointed at the tip, like a Roman sword. The
labium has merely a shallow median pit or concavity. Sides
of vertex closely and minutely punctured. Flagellum entirely
black. No prothoracic spine. Mesothorax with large, rather
close punctures. Hnclosed quadrangles of base of meta-
thorax very few, the middle ones at least considerably broader
than long. Lateral areas of posterior truncation shining,
hairy, punctured. Tegule extremely hairy. Wings per-
fectly hyaline; nervures black, stigma pale ferruginous or
honey-colour. The wings are relatively somewhat shorter
than in Loutse. ‘Tarsi sometimes more or less ferruginous,
especially the hind tarsi, which may be conspicuously so.
Abdominal punctures very minute. White bands very broad
and distinct. Hind margin of sixth segment hyaline.
Hab. White Sands by Whitewater, N. M., on flowers of
Bigelovia, Oct. 6, four males (C. H. T. Townsend; C 36).
This interesting species is probably peculiar to the White
Sands, an enormous deposit of pure gypsum extending for
many miles, looking exactly like banks of snow.
Colletes, sp. n.
2. Length about 10 millim.
Abdomen narrow, elongate, tapering, after the manner of
C. nitidus, Smith, with very distinct white hair-bands,
When the segments are extended it is seen that the bases of
the second and third are hairy. I give this form no name, as
48 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the
I have no doubt it will prove to be the female of Louise,
dalee, or prosopidis, It is most like Louise, and, by analogy
with nitédus, should have a male with the abdomen shaped as
in Louise; the latter, however, flies at a different time of
year and has a more distinctly punctured abdomen. More
probably, perhaps, the present insect belongs with dalee,
which flies at the same season; but against this supposition
is the difference in the length of the space between the eye
and mandible. The dark flagellum (faintly brown beneath)
and tarsi suggest dalee rather than prosopidis.
It had been queried whether this insect might be Cresson’s
albescens, but that has the abdomen “very closely” pune-
tured, which certainly is not true of our species. ‘The nervures
of our insect also are piceous or black, not “ rufo-testaceous,”
while our tegule are clear testaceous, those of albescens being
piceous.
Hab. San Marcial, N. M., two specimens, June 28, 1895
(Ckll. 3101, 3112); Las Cruces, N. M., one, June 8, 1894,
in the town (Cll. 866) ; another on parsnep, June.
§§ Ochreous species of small size ; base of second abdominal
segment hairy; tarsi ferruginous.
Colletes Anne, sp. n.
dé. Length about 8 millim.
Black, with dense pale ochraceous pubescence, becoming
white on the cheeks and femora. Head broad; face densely
covered with pubescence, which has a distinct yellowish
tinge. Antenne long, wholly black ; first joint of flagellum
very short, scarcely more than half as long as second. Sides
of vertex inconspicuously and rather sparsely punctured.
Mandibles stout, rufous at ends, blunt at tips, notch a fair
distance from tip. Space between eye and mandible un-
usually short, more than twice as broad as long. Labrum
with an obscure median pit. Mesothorax with very large and
distinct, not very close, punctures. Base of metathorax with
quadrate spaces, broader than long, enclosed by a sharp rim.
Posterior truncation shining. Tegule rufo-testaceous, very
pubescent. Wings perfectly hyaline, iridescent; nervures
and stigma ferruginous. Second submarginal cell very little
narrowed above. Legs black, with all the tarsi and the ex-
treme ends of the tibie ferruginous ; tarsi ciliated with long
hairs. Abdomen rather narrow and elongate, very hairy,
with minute punctures, sparse on first segment, and nowhere
dense. First segment covered with long hair; segments 1
Genus Colletes from New Mexico. 49
to 5 with very broad apical bands of light ochraceous pubes-
cence, base of second segment also hairy. Ventral hair-bands
very narrow at sides, widening to the middle.
Hab. Mesilla, N. M., Aug. 29, 1896, on flowers of Bigelovia
Wrightit.
From the male of C. americana this will be known by the
colour of the legs. One would take it for the undescribed
male of C. ciliata, Patton, but for the very strong punctuation
of the thorax.
tf Punctuation of first abdominal segment strong, feeblest and sparsest
in a species from Salix (C. salicicola).
§ Lateral faces of posterior truncation of thorax dull; the shiny
triangle narrowed below.
x. Larger; hind spur of hind tibia barely ciliate.
Colletes estivalis, Patton, 1879.
Ruidoso Creek, N. M., 6600 feet, July 10, on Rhus, six
females, one male (£. O. Wooton).
These differ in no important respect from a specimen of
estivalis from Illinois, received from Mr. Robertson.
xx. Smaller; hind spur of hind tibia very finely but very
distinctly pectinate.
Colletes chamesarache, sp. n.
2. Length about 10 millim.
Black, with short dull grey pubescence. Head tolerably
broad; eyes not bulging at top; face and cheeks with sparse
grey pubescence; clypeus bare, shining, strongly but not
very densely punctured ; sides of vertex sparsely punctured,
shining; a broad dull groove in front of the upper part of
each eye; labrum with a deep median longitudinal furrow ;
mandibles stout, rounded at tips, the notch near the end;
space between mandible and eye very short; flagellum dark
brown beneath from the third joint to the end, its second joint
shorter than the third and only half as long as the first.
Prothoracic spine rather short, but very slender and sharp,
Mesothorax with very large close punctures, absent on disk,
Anterior half of scutellum impunctate, posterior half with
large punctures. Base of metathorax divided by ridges into
quadrate spaces which are longer than broad, Lateral faces
of posterior truncation irregularly and obscurely reticulate,
dullish because microscopically lineolate or subreticulate.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 4
50 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell on Bees of the
Pleura closely punctured, subcancellate. Thoracic pubescence
short and rather sparse, dull yellowish grey or, one might
say, pale greyish ochreous. ‘Tegule shining piceous, not
noticeably punctured. Wings hyaline; nervures piceous,
stigma fuscous. Legs with mouse-coloured pubescence ;
tarsi dark; tibial spurs dark brown; hind spur of hind tibia
pectinate, with about fifteen “teeth. Inner tooth of claw
short, diverging from the outer. Abdomen rather narrow,
subconical, moderately shiny, punctuation of first segment
fine but strong and rather close, of the remaining segments
minute and obscure. Base of first segment sparsely hairy ;
hind margins of segments 1 to 4 with bands of whitish
pubescence ; second segment very feebly pubescent at ex-
treme base. Venter with rather abundant fairly long mouse-
grey pubescence.
Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., at flowers of Chamesaracha coro-
nopus in grounds of Capitol, Aug. 2 (Cél/. 4081).
The punctuation of the first abdominal segment is con-
spicuously finer than in estivalis.
§§ Lateral faces of posterior truncation of thorax shining or tuberculate,
not minutely roughened.
x. Punctuation of first abdominal segment relatively sparse and
fine ; vernal species.
Colletes salicicola, sp. n.
2. Length about 10 millim.
Stoutly built, black (including tarsi), with rather short but
abundant pale grey or greyish-white pubescence, faintly tinged
with yellowish on dorsum of thorax. Head tolerably broad,
but hardly as broad as thorax; vertex depressed, its sides
sparsely punctured, contrasting with the closely punctured
front. Pubescence of face and cheeks tolerably abundant
“ frichtened mouse” colour. Clypeus with very large sparse
punctures. Antenne wholly dark, first joint of flagellum not
twice as long as second. Mandibles wholly dark, blunt.
Labrum with a round median pit. Space between eye and
base of mandible about twice as broad as long. Prothoracic
spine apparently wanting. Mesothorax with large, rather
sparse punctures. Base of metathorax with numerous spaces,
longer than broad, enclosed by ridges. Sides of posterior
triangle obliquely ridged. Lateral faces of posterior trunca-
tion shining, distinctly but sparsely punctured. Tegule pale
testaceous, shining. Wings perfectly hyaline; nervures and
stigma black, costal nervure brown. Second submarginal
Genus Colletes from New Mexico. dL
cell narrower than usual. Legs with pale grey pubescence,
white on first four femora. Tibial spurs pale; hind spur of
hind tibia barely ciliate. Abdomen broad, suboval, shining ;
first segment with very distinct but very sparse punctures;
second segment more closely punctured, the punctures perfectly
distinct on a shining surface ; first sezment with a thin pale
grey pubescence all over; segments 1 to 5 with broad apical
bands of white hair, which are not continued on to the venter.
Bases of segments also pubescent. No black hairs.
Var. a.—Posterior triangle of thorax without ridges.
Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., on Salix, May 2 and 3.
This is much like Louise, but flies at a different time of
year. In salicicola the stigma is black, in Louzse it is ferru-
ginous and tapers more at the end. ‘There is little difference
in the punctuationof the abdomen. C. Louise has conspicuous
white ventral hair-bands, which are wholly lacking in
salicicola.
za. Punctuation of first abdominal segment relatively strong and
close ; summer and autumn species,
Colletes americana, Cresson, 1868.
I have several lots of specimens which must be referred to
americana, for, although they present differences among
themselves, I fail to find satisfactory specific characters to
separate them. Nevertheless, it is probable that one or two
segregates may be established hereafter with close study of
more abundant material. ‘The specimens referred to are :—
(1) A female from Watrous, N. M., 6200 feet, July 13.
Peculiar for its sharp mandibles, with the notch
very distinct and a good distance from the end.
Abdomen very pubescent, including bases of second
and third segments.
(2) A female, Las Vegas, N. M., July. Mandibles
blunt, with the notch very near the end. Abdomen
hairy, as in the Watrous example.
(3) Six males, Tuerto Mountain, near Santa Fé, N. M.,
7850 feet, Aug. 7, flying over damp sand in:
numbers. Mandibles sharp, notch near end.
(4) A male, Santa Fé Caiion, N. M., 7625 feet, on
flowers of Rudbeckia laciniata, Aug. 11.
(5) Santa Fé, N. M. One female, Mr. Boyle’s garden,
July 25, 1895, at flowers of Spheralcea angusti-
folia. One male, July 25, 1894. One male,
July 18, at white Clematis flowers.
4#
52 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
(6) A female, west fork of Gila River, N. M., July 16
(C. H. T. Townsend). This looks like a distinet
species, but Mr. Fox, after comparing it with the
Cresson collection, refers it to americana. The
abdomen is not so hairy as in the others, and the
hair at the bases of the segments after the first is
lacking. The punctures on the second segment are
conspicuously finer and closer than those on the
first.
(7) Mesilla, N. M., two males on Bigelovia Wrightit,
Aug. 29, 1896.
(8) Las Cruces, N. M., two males on Bigelovia Wrightit,
end of August. Two males on Solidago cana-
densis by Schaublin’s mill, Sept. 3 and 4.
Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
Nov. 14, 1896.
VIL.—On Cteniform Spiders from the Lower Amazons and
other Regions of North and South America, with List of all
known Species of these Groups hitherto recorded from the
New World. By F. O. Pickarp CamBripGe, B.A.
[Plates IIT. & IV.]
CoNTENTS.
Page
(1.) ‘Introduction. «5-2 )) ++0.0em sa te ates 2h leew ee 53
(ii.) a. Bibliography relating to the Cteniform Spiders of the
New Wollld . cess s0s's0 » 0s oben sm ce oc 54
b. List of new Species and other Forms more especially
Noted... 6 bes ete sew SA ec eee Rs ROEM ly ee 54
(iii.) Descriptions and Notes ....-....::ssivss) eee e semen tee --
Part I.—(a) Genera of the Old and New Worlds, containing form
possessing two tarsal claws only, which have been
assigned by various authors to the Ctenide and
Clubionide, with Notes on the Type Species...... 56
(6) List of Genera and Species of the New World, with
Descriptions of new Species .........sceeccseves 60
Part I].— (a) Genera of the Old and New Worlds of Forms possessing
three tarsal claws, which have been assigned by
various authors to the Families Ctenidz and Lyco-
sidz, with Notes on the Type Species............ 88
(b) Characters of a new Genus and Descriptions of new
Species from the New World ......,.....ceee0. 95
Part I1I.—Cribellate ‘ Ctenoid” Forms referred by Simon to Fam.
Zoropsidg, with two tarsal claws; Notes and De-
scriptions of new Species from the New World.... 101
from the Lower Amazons ée. 53
(i.) Introduction.
The following pages contain descriptions of a new genus
and twenty-two new species of spiders, one male new to
science of a species already described, and notice of two forms
renamed, since the original names were bestowed on forms of
whose identity we have now no real clue.
Of the new species thirteen, not including the new male
form, have been placed provisionally under the generic name
Ctenus ; for five species the new genus Lycoctenus has been
established, containing three-clawed Dolomedine forms ; one
new species has been added to Keyserling’s genus Steno-
ctenus, in all probability congeneric with Labdacus, O. Cambr.;
one new species has been added to this latter genus and two
to the genus Acanthoctenus, Keys.
The two forms referred by Count Keyserling to Phoneutria
rufibarbis and P. fera, Perty, sub Ctenus, have been re-named
Pertyi and Keyserlingit respectively. ‘The original descrip-
tions and figures of rufibarbis and fera given by Perty leave
no real clue to the particular forms he had before him, and
there is no alternative other than re-naming the two forms
which Keyserling referred to Perty’s names.
As to the real character of the original genus Ctenus,
Walck., with its type C. dubéus, Wlk., there is room for
much doubt. In 1884 M. Simon records the existence of
this type in the Museum at Paris, but now (October 1896) he
regrets to say that this type, as well as those of other of
Walckenaer’s “ Ctenide,”’ have entirely disappeared. M. Si-
mon, in 1884, says that Walckenaer’s Ctenus was congeneric
with those included under that name by Keyserling. One of
Keyserling’s species—C. bogotensis—however, is a three-
clawed form, entering the family Lycoside or Pisauride
according to M. Simon’s more recent classification ; wile
another of Keyserling’s species of Ctenus is congeneric with
M. Simon’s own genus Cuptennius, 1891, which, however, he
has lately kindly informed me will fall into Ctenus according
to his present characterization of the latter.
Of spiders collected in the Amazons Valley during the
expedition in Mr. Alexander Siemens’s 8.8. ‘ Faraday,’ [ am
able to record therefore ten new species and one new genus,
while descriptions of twelve other new species have been
added, all from South and Central America, except C. minimus
from North America.
No attempt has been made to determine the exact syste-
matic position of the three groups into which the “ ctenifors ”
spiders fall—a matter which is still in hot dispute amongst
o4 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
arachnologists. The “ cribellate” forms have been placed
provisionally in the family furnished for their reception by
M. Simon in his second edition of the ‘Natural History of
Aranez ’—the Zoropside.
I have to thank Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the Natural History
Museum, South Kensington, for kindly allowing me to ex-
amine the collection of Arachnida under his charge and to
describe the new forms discovered.
(ii.) a. Bibliography relating to the Cteniform Spiders
of the New World.
1805.—C, A. WALcKENARR. ‘Tableau des Araignées.’
1833.--GrirFitH. ‘Anim. Kingdom (Cuvier),
1883.—M. Perry. ‘Del. Anim. Brasil.’ (Spix and Martius), iii.
1837.—C. A. WALCKENAER. ‘ Insectes: Aptéres,’ i.
1841.—N. M. Hentz. Boston Soc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv.
1848.—C. Kocu. ‘ Die Arachniden,’ xv.
1872.—M. Taczanowski. Hore Soc. Ent. Rossice, ix.
1873-4.—M. Taczanowskt. Hore Soc. Ent. Rossice, x.
1873.—O, Prcxarp CamBriner. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Jan.
1875.—N. M. Henrz. ‘Spid. United States,’ ed. Burgess.
1877.—E. von Kryseruine. Verhand. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, t. ii. (viii.).
1878.—L. Kocn. ‘ Arachniden Australiens,’ ii.
1878.—Karscu, Z. ges. Natur. (3) iii.
1879.—E. von Krysertine. Verhand. z.-b. Gesell. Wien.
1879.—Kanscu. Zeitschrift ges. Naturwiss. (3) iv.
1880.—Pu. BertKau. Mém. Cour, Acad. Belgique, t. xlii.
1880.—E. von Kryseruine. Verhandl. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xxix.
1880.—EuGkneE Simon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.
1880.—E. van BENEDEN. Bulletin Acad. Belg. (2) xlix.
1881.—HormpBrre. Ann. Soc. Argentina.
1881.—E. von Krysertine, Verhand. z.-b. Gesell. Wien.
1882,—A. W.M.van Hassett. IV. 3de Aflev. Nat. Historie Midden-
Sumatra. Leiden.
1884.—EvGknr Sron. Ann. Mus, Genov. xx.
1886.—KuGéENnE Srmon. Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. ii.
1887.—Vawn Hassett. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, xxx.
1888.—Van Hassett. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, xxxi.
1888.—EvuGéne Srwon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii.
1891.—E. von Krysrriine. Brasilienische Spinnen.
1891.—EuGinr Srwon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. xvi.
1892.—O. Pickard CamBripGE. Biol. Centr.-Americana, Arach.
p- 100.
(ii.) b. List of new Species and other Forms more
especially noted.
Genus Crrenus (? Walck.).
C. Reidy’, sp.n.. Q.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 78, Pl. UL.
figs. i. a, il.
C. Andrewsi, sp. n., 2.—Santarem and Paré, Lower Amazons. P. 79,
Pl, UI. fig. ii. b
5 ke Adi Le BD
~
from the Lower Amazons &c. 55
C. boliviensis, sp. n., ¢ 2 .—Bolivia, S. America. P. 80, Pl. III. fig. iii.
C. Pertyi, nom. nov., = <i, rufibarbis (Perty), Keys. P. 80.
cae nom. nov.,=C. ferus (Perty), Keys. PP. 81, Pl. II.
iii,ie
C. nigriventer, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. P.81, Pl. IIT. fig. ii.d.
C. nigritus, sp. n., ¢.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 81, Pr TE
figs. vi. a, Vil. a.
C. sinuatipes, sp. n., d Q.—La Palin, Costa Rica, P. 84, Pl. III.
figs. iv.d, vi.e, vii. f.
C. rectipes, sp.n., ¢.—Iguarassu, Brazil. P. 85, PI. III. figs. vi. a, vii. b.
C. spiculus, sp. n., od —Colombia. P. 86, Pl. Ul. figs. vi. g, vil. h.
C. serratipes, sp. nh, 3d .—Demerara. P. 87, PE Th ‘figs, Vi. c, vii. d.
C. planipes, sp. 0., Oe —Santarem, Lower "Amazons. P. 84, PTT.
figs, vi. b, vii. c.
C. medius, Keys. (3 new to science).—Theresiopolis, 8. Brazil. P. 87,
PINE ‘fies. vi. f, vii.
C. minimus, sp. n., 3b ee America. P. 86, Pl. III. fig. v. 1 and 2.
C. minor, sp. n., Q.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 83, PI. Ill.
fig. iv.c.
C. albofasciatus, sp. n., 2?.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 82, PI. 100.
tig. iv. b.
Cc. similis, sp.n., 9.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 83, Pl. III. fig. iv. a.
Genus CuPIENNIUs, Sim.
C. oculatus, Sim.,= C. Saléi (Keys.), sub Ctenus. P. 68.
Genus LycocrENvs, new.
L. brunneus, sp. 0., ¢ Q2.—Santarem, Lower Amazons. P. 97, PIV.
fis. i 2,1. C,2, i. Ay C
L. givas, sp. n., 3. —Hab. doubtful : Upper Amazons? P. 98, PI. IV.
1 fae ts (Oy ale
L. demerar ensis, sp. n., ¢.—Demerara. P. 99, Pl. IV. fig. i.e, 3.
L. colombianus, sp. n., g.—Colombia. P. 99, Pl. IV. fig. 1.¢,4.
L Hewitsoni, sp. n. ie @.—Santarem. P. 100, Pl. IV. fig. i. b.
L. bogotensis, Keys., 2. —Bogoté. P. 98, Pl. IV. fig. ii. d, b.
Genus STENOCTENUS, Keys.
S. pallidus, sp. n., ¢.—Aimable Maria, Peru. P. 92, Pl. IV. fig. v.a, b.
3 Genus Laspacus, O. Cambr.
L. albidus, sp. n., 2.—Rio de Janeiro, S. Brazil. P. 91.
Genus ACANTHOCTENtS, Keys.
A. Marshii, sp. n.. ¢ Q.—Santarem &c., Lower Amazons. P. 108,
PIGEV = fips: iii a,/c,1v.'a.
A, Ridleyi, sp.n., 2.—Pernambuco. P. 103, Pl. IV. figs. iii. e, iv. b.
A. spinigerus, Keys., ¢.—Mexico. P. 102, Pl. IV. fig. iii. b.
A. spinipes, Keys., 9 .—Bogota. P. 103, Pl. IV. fig. iii. d.
56 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Ctentform Spiders
Part I.—(a) Genera of the Old and New Worlds, containing
Forms possessing two tarsal claws only, which have
been assigned by various authors to the Families Ctenide.
and Clubionide, Subfam. Ctenine, with Notes on the
Type Species.
1805. Ctenus, Wlk. Tableau Aran. p. 16. Type C. dubius, Wik., 2.—
Cayenne, French Guiana.
1838. Phoneutria, Perty, Del. Anim. Bras. iii. p. 196. Type P. ferus,
Perty, 2.—Rio Negro, Brazil.
1883. Thaumasia, Perty *,
1875. Argoctenus, L. Koch, Arach. Austr. ii. p. 990. Type A. iyneus,
L. K., 2? —King George’s Sound, Australia.
1875. Leptoctenus, L. Koch, Arach. Austr. ii, p. 994. Type LZ. agalen-
oides, Li. K., $.—Gayndah, Australia.
1877. Microctenus, Keys. Verh, z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 687. Type M. or-
natus, Keys., 9 .—Bogotaé, New Granada.
1877. Acanthoctenus +, Keys. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 693. Type
A. spinigerus, Keys., g -—Bogoté, New Granada.
1877. Caloctenus, Keys. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 696. Type C. aculeatus,
Keys., 9 .—Bogota, New Granada.
1878. Anigma, Karsch, Z. ges. Naturw. (3) iii. p. 825. Type 2. austra-
liana, Karsch, 2 .—New South Wales.
1879. Anahita, Karsch, Verh. Rhein-Provinz. iy. p. 103. Type A. fauna,
Karsch, 9 .—Japan.
1880. Isoctenus, Bertk. Mém. Cour. Acad. Belg. xliii. p. 61. Type
I. foliiferus, Bertk., 9 juvy.—Brazil.
1880. Ctenophthalmus, Sim, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. p. 174. Type
C. lineatus, Sim., 2 —New Caledonia.
1890, Ctenomma,Thor, Ann. Mus. Genoy. p. 183, nom. for Ctenophthalmus,
Sim., nom, preoce.
1891. Cupiennius, Sim. Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 109. Type C. Getazi,
Sim., 9.—Costa Rica.
1891-92. Nydia, Thor. Rag. Mal. iv. vol. ii. p. 180. Type NV. punetata,
Thor., 9 juv.—Sumatra,
1891-92. Acantheis, Thor. Sven. Ak. Handl. xxiv. (2) p. 61, note. Nom,
for Acanthoctenus, Thor. Type A. variatus, Thor., 9 .—Sumatra.
* 1833. Thaumasia, Perty, Del. Anim. Bras. iii. p. 192, tab, xxxviii. 5,
Type 7. senilis, Perty, ¢.—Provincia Piauhiensi, Brazil.
There is no evidence as to whether thisis a two-clawed or three-clawed
form.
+ Although Acanthoctenus does not at present claim kindred with the
Ctenine, I have left the name in this position for convenience’ sake,
from the Lower Amazons &e. oT
Notes on the Types of the above Genera.
Crenus, Walck.
There is no question that the type of this genus is C. du-
bius, Walck., Tabl. Aran. 1805, p. 16, it being the only species
here assigned to the genus. As to the identity of the type
form, M. Simon says :—‘‘ Le Ctenus dubius, Wlk., type du
genre Ctenus (Tabl. Ar.), qui existe encore au Muséum de
Paris, rentre dans Ja division & laquelle le comte Keyserling
a laissé le nom de Ctenus,” and ‘ Il est synonyme du genre
Phoneutria, Perty’’ (Ann. Mus. Genov. 1884, p. 355)*.
Without, however, having seen the type of the genus, one
would not like to be too sure of its affinities. Keyserling
included all those ctenoid forms which were characterized by
four or five pairs of spines beneath tibiw 1, and 1. under
Ctenus, Walck., in his more recent work Bras. Spinn. 1891.
Possibly this extension would include C. dubius, Walck. In
1877, however, when Keyserling first differentiates the
Ctenoid genera, he includes under Ctenus, with four pairs of
subtibial spines, as distinct from Mecroctenus, with five pairs,
three species only—C. granadensis, CU. bogotensis,and CO. Saléi.
The first and the third belong to Cupiennius, Sim., while the
second belongs to the new genus Lycoctenus. So that I use
the generic term Ctenus in this paper with mental reserva-
vations as to future possibilities.
PHONEUTRIA, Perty.
Walckenaer, in Ins. Apt. 1. p. 3869-70, includes both
Perty’s species under his older genus Ctenus, though he
regards the former as distinct from the latter, in so far as
concerns the curvature of the second row of eyes, straight in
Ctenus dubius, recurved in Phoneutria.
Neither C. Koch, who describes and figures three forms to
which he gives the names respectively P. fera, Perty, P. ochra-
cea, C. K., and P. rufibarbis, Perty (Die Arach. xv. pp. 60,
62, and 64), all from Brazil, nor Keyserling, who figures the
vulva of a species under the name P. rufibarbis, Perty (Verh.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1881, p. 575, pl. xvi. fig. 21), defi-
nitely selects the type of Phoneutria; neither, subsequently,
does either Gerstiicker, Simon, Karsch, Holmberg, or
Bésenberg, each of whom assigns one or more species to this
genus, select the type.
* M. Simon kindly sends me the following information, Oct. 26,
1896 :—* Je n’ai pas retrouvé au muséum les types de Ctenus janeirus,
sanguineus, rufus, fuscus, et dubius, Walckenuer, qui sont bien sir perdus,”
58 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
It is necessary, then, in case the genus should ever be
re-established, to select one of the two species described under
it by Perty as the type.
Although P. rujibarbis is the species first described, I am
compelled to conclude that, unless the original type turns up,
neither its generic affinities nor its specific identity will ever,
or can ever, be established with any real certainty.
In coming to this conclusion one has to remark that in the
figuré of the eyes of rufibarbis (1. c. pl. xxxix. fig.2) the anterior _
laterals are omitted, thus leaving us entirely in the dark as to
the character of the eye-formula, while the figure of the spider
is wholly unrecognizable ; nor do the descriptions assist us
to make good the deficiency in this respect.
Neither does the only definite character offered of the spider’
itself in the description help us to identify the species ; and
although it is probable that Perty is describing one of the
Jarger Ctenine, there is no certainty in the matter. He says
“ ochracea, chelicornubus rufo-hirtis,” a coloration which is
to a greater or less extent characteristic of several other large
species. There is, however, one character which,if it appeared
on any form of large Ctenus, would go far to substantiate its
identity — abdomine albo-punctato. Seriebus tribus longitu-
dinalibus punctorum alborum ’’—a character which receives
double significance from Perty’s figure. I am inclined to
think that the artist fancied the picture incomplete without
amiddle row of spots between the two usually found in certain
species of the genus; but if one is found so decorated, my
conclusion would need reconsideration. At present it is
characteristic of none of the forms yet taken and assigned to
rufibarbis.
There are before us, then, three distinct species to which
this character “ chelicornubus rufo-hirtis”” would eqnally
apply—the one to which Keyserling has assigned the name
P. rufibarbis, Perty, of whose vulva he publishes a figure in
Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1881, p. 575, pl. xvi. fig. 21, and
two species, with bright red hairs on the mandibles, from the
Amazons. Keyserling probably concluded that his specimen
was Perty’s rufibarbis on account of this character, which is
common to these three species at least; and I am thus com-
pelled to conclude that P. rufibarbis, Perty, is a “ forma
ignota,” whose specific characters are not recognizable. This
being the case, I shall have much pleasure in naming P. Pertyt
the form to which Keyserling assigned the name P. rufi-
barbis.
One cannot but conclude that its generic affinities also are
no longer to be known with any certainty, whatever the
Jrom the Lower Amazons €c. 59
probability may be; and I therefore select P. fera, Perty, as
the type of the genus Phoneutria.
The next question is, What are the generic and specific
affinities of this form ?
The figure (pl. xxxix. fig. 3) of the eye-formula leaves us
in no doubt whatever that it is one of the forms which we
now class as Ctenide. But, curiously enough, I have not
yet, amongst some hundreds of examples from Messrs. Salvin
and Godman’s collection from Central America, from Key-
serling’s collection from South America, and from my own
specimens collected on the Amazons, met with a single one
whose eye-formula agrees with Perty’s figure.
In this figure the second row of eyes is strongly recurved
(concavity backwards). In all the New- World forms I have
been able to examine this row is either strazght or procurved.
It is a curious fact, however, that of numbers of Ctenine
which have come before me from the Old World, very many
forms from Africa do present exactly the character claimed
in virtue of Perty’s figure for Phoneutria.
This fact undoubtedly accounts for the assignment of
several African species by a number of authors to this genus.
I do not say that this eye-formula does not exist in the
New World; but I dosay that the genus Phoneutria, if sepa-
rated from Ctenus, Walk., can only be done so on this cha-
racter, as the authors in question have done, and any New-
World form assigned to the genus or to the species P. fera,
Perty, must present this character unmistakably.
The type of the form to which Keyserling assigned the
name Phoneutria fera, Perty, is now before me, and in this
specimen the second row of eyes is most distinctly strazght.
It cannot be called fera of Perty, and I have much pleasure
in connecting with it the name of Count Keyserling, and shall
refer to it below as Ctenus Keyserlingit.
As to the specific identity of the true P. fera, Perty, one is
compelled to regard it as a “ forma ignota”’ also, though its
generic relations are certain so far as the eye-formula is con-
cerned. Keyserling probably concluded that Perty’s figure
was erroneous ; most likely it is, but without any description
bearing out such a conclusion, one has no right to assume it
to be so.
M. Simon has remarked of Ctenus dubéus, Walck., that
“il est synonyme du genre Phoneutria.” ‘his may be so,
but only if we include all forms with eyes of the second row
straight or recurved under one comprehensive generic group.
For the present, there being no immediate necessity for
deciding whether Phoneutria should be regarded as a synonym
60 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
of Ctenus or not, since we know of no New-World species
which we can with certainty assign to this genus, I would
prefer to leave it an open question.
I have felt it necessary to enter thus minutely into the
matter because one ought not to rename forms which already
have been assigned certain names without making quite
clear one’s reason for so doing.
The type of Thaumasia, Perty, is 7. senilis, Perty, being
the only species described under this generic title. Lepto-
ctenus agalenoides, L. K., is the only species originally
assigned to the genus; while of the two species of Argoctenus,
L. K., igneus and pictus, the type not having been men-
tioned, I select the first-named as the type of the genus ; but
of the four forms originally assigned to Microctenus by Key-
serling, I select the first, I. ornatus, Keys. ; while Caloctenus
aculeatus, Keys., is the only species described in 1877, and
therefore will be the type of Caloctenus, Keys. ‘The type of the
obscure genus Anahita, Karsch, since assigned by Keyserling
to his interpretation of Ctenus, Walck., is the species A. fauna,
Karsch, from Japan, being the only form then described.
Tsoctenus foliiferus, Bertk., 9 juv., from Brazil, transferred by
Keyserling to Ctenus, W1k., is the only species described by
Bertkau, and must be its type. Of Ctenophthalmus, Sim., for
which, being a nom. preoce., Thorell proposed (Ann. Mus.
Gen. 2, xi. (xxxi.) 1891-92) the name Ctenomma, C. lineatus,
Sim., remains alone as its type. Of the three species described
under Cupiennius, Sim., who has not definitely selected the
type, I select the first described, C. Getazi, Sim. The single
species described by Thorell under Nydia, N. punctata, Thor.,
remains the type; while of Acanthoctenus, Keys., A. spint-
gerus, K., the only species originally assigned, is the type.
Of Acantheis, Thor., a name substituted for Acanthoctenus,
Keys., Thor., under which the single species A. variatus, Th.,
was originally described, this species remains the type.
“Enigma, Karsch, has the single species, originally assigned
to it, 4. australiana, Karsch, as the type.
Part I.—(b) List of Genera and Species of the New World,
with Descriptions of new Species.
Genus Crenus, Walck., 1805.
1805. Ctenus dubius, Wlk. 9? 8,20 mm. Type of genus.
Tabl. Ar. p. 18, pl. iil. figs. 21, 22. Spec. in coll. Mus,
Paris. Cayenne.
1833. Ctenus Walckenaerit, Griffith. 2. An. King. Cuvier,
from the Lower Amazons &c. 61
pp- 417 and 426, t. xiii. There is no description, but a
figure only, of one of the larger Ctenine. Had. ignota.—
Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. ii. p. 459, doubts its distinctness
from C. janeirus g. If he is right, Griffith’s name has
priority. (Pl. ILI. fig. 2.)
1837. Ctenus fimbriatus, Walck. 9, 17°5 mm. Ins. Apt.
i. p.364. Capeof Good Hope, Africa.—Has been selected
by M. Simon as the type of (Zvturzus) Thalassius. He
informs me, however, that the type no longer exists.
1837. Ctenus janetrus, Walck. 9, 16 mm. Ins Apt. i.
p- 364. South America, Rio de Janeiro.—It seems not
improbable that this species belongs to the Lycoside, for
Walckenaer mentions the great height of the clypeus,
though no mention is made of the number of tarsal claws.
1837. Ctenus sanguineus, Walck. 92, 23mm. Ins. Apt. i.
p- 365. South America, Brazil.
1837. Ctenus unicolor, Walck. g, 18 mm., 9. Ins. Apt.
i. p. 365. Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, and San Sebastian.—
Walckenaer mentions that the palpal organs resemble those
of the male of Segestria, and regards the species as iden-
tical with Dolomedes concolor, Perty. If this is the case,
the latter name, of course, has priority.
1837. Ctenus rufus, Walck. ?, 14°55 mm. Ins. Apt. i.
p- 367. South America, French Guiana.—Possibly a
Lycoctenus.
1837. Ctenus fuscus, Walck. 9,9mm. Ins. Apt. i. p 368.
South America, French Guiana.—Possibly a Lycoctenus.
1837. Ctenus rufibarbis (Perty), Walck. 9, 32 mm. Ins.
Apt. 1. p. 369. Rio Janeiro, Brazil.
1837. Ctenus ferus (Perty), Walck. 9, 34mm. Ins. Apt.
i. p. 3870. Rio Negro, Brazil.—Walckenaer accurately
describes the eye-formula which he considers should be
characteristic of Perty’s Phoneutria, though he includes
both these forms under his own more comprehensive
Ctenus, merely distinguishing them as a separate group of
the genus. Keyserling has expressed an opinion that
Walckenaer was wrong in attributing this eye-formula to
Phoneutria. Walckenaer could but follow Perty’s figure,
however convinced he might be that the figure itselt was
erroneous, unless he was in the position to give a fresh
diagnosis of the genus from the original type.
Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cleniform Spiders
1848. Ctenus cinnamoneus, C. K. ¢ juv.?, 27 mm. Die
Arach. xv. pp. 5-8, fig. 1457. Loc. ignota.—Possibly
this species belongs to Lycoctenus. ‘The eyes suggest the
genus Thalassius, Sim., but Koch makes no mention of the
tarsal claws. Jihe legs are 4, 1, 2, 3, according to his
figure.
1848. Ctenus concolor (Perty), C. K. 92, 17°55 mm. Die
Arach. xv. p. 59, fig. 1458. Brazil—C. Koch regards
this species as identical with Dolomedes concolor, Perty, and
C. unicolor, Wik. The legs appear to be 4, 1, 2, 3, ac-
cording to Koch’s figure, and it very likely belongs to
Lycoctenus.
1841. Ctenus hibernalis, Hentz. ¢, 13 mm. Bost. Soe.
Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. p. 393. New Mexico.
1875. Ctenus hibernalis, Hentz. Spid. U.S. p. 35, pl. v.
figs. 1-4. 8. Alabama.
1841. Ctenus punctulatus, Hentz. 2, 7 mm. Bost. Soe.
Journ. Nat. Hist.iv. Alabama.
1875. Ctenus punctulatus, Hentz. Spid. U.S. p. 35, pl. v.
figs. 5,6. ‘Texas, Arizona.
1873-4. Ctenus giganteus, Tacz. 9,45 mm.; ¢, 26 mm.
Horee Soc. Ent. Rossice, x. p.91. Cayenne (2 juv.), St.
Laurent de Maroni (¢).—This appears to be, as ‘Taczan-
owski surmises, the largest known species of Ctenus, though
one would doubt the possibility of identifying it with any
certainty from the description.
1873-74. Ctenus bimaculatus, Tacz. 9,11mm. Hore Soe.
Ent. Rossice, p. 92. Uassa, N.E. corner of Brazil, close
to French Guiana.—lIt is next to impossible to identify
this species from the description, and, since the number of
tarsal claws are not mentioned, it is equally difficult to
judge of its systematic position. From the following
passage, however,—‘ Corselet brun marron, largement
bordé de fauve ”—one would suspect it to belong to Lyco-
ctenus, with Dolomedine characters. ‘The following cha-
racter may be of assistance towards future identification :—
‘‘ Abdomen brun foncé, orné de deux grosses taches reni-
formes fauves blanchatres. Pattes 4, 1, 2, 3.”
1875. Ctenus rujibarbis (Perty), Holmberg. Argentina,
1877. Ctenus Salti, Keys. 9,27mm. Verhand, z.-b. Ges.
Wien, p. 685, t. ii, (vill.) fig. 53. Type in coll. Brit.
from the Lower Amazons &e. 63
Mus. Nat. Hist. London. Mexico, Vera Cruz, and Cordova.
A specimen also from Guatemala in coll. Keyserl. —This
type @ is identical with a number of females from
Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s collection from Guatemala ;
one of these, submitted to M. Simon in Oct. 1896, w as
pronounced by him to be identical with his Cupiennius
oculatus, 1891. The name Sa/éi therefore will have
priority, and I retain the generic title given to this group
by M. Simon for the present.
1877. Ctenus granadensis, Keys. 3, 16 mm.; 2,15 mm.
Verhand. z.-b. Ges. hae p- 682, t. i. (vill.) fig. 51.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Gra-
nada, St. Fé de Bogoté.—This species belongs to the group
of Ctenine to which Simon has given the name Cupi-
ennius. It appears to be closely allied to his C. celerrimus ;
since, however, there are no figures given, and the descrip-
tion is inadequate for the purpose, I am unable to settle
the point.
1877. Ctenus bogotensis, Keys. 9, 27mm. Verhand. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, p. 684, t. 11. (vill.) fig. 54. Type in coll. Brit.
Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada.—'This species
does not belong to the Ctenine, but to Lycoctenus, having
three tarsal claws and other Dolomedine characters.
1880. Ctenus cyclothorax, Bertk. g,19 mm. Mém. Acad.
Belg. t. xlill. p. 56, pl.1. fig. 18. Tijuca, Brazil.—Key-
serling refers this species to his genus Caloctenus, Bras.
Spinn. 1891, p. 143, since tibie i. & il. bear seven pairs of
long spines beneath. He says:—“‘ Ctenus cyclothoraz, Bert.,
gehort in die Gattung Caloctenus.” Bertkau considers it=
Walckenaer’s group " Ambiguee, including C. janetrus 2,
and that it is probably the male of -C, janezrus, while
C. cinnamoneus, C. K., is the immature male of it.
1881. Ctenus argentinus, Holmb. ¢, 27 mm. An. Soc.
Argent. p. 271. Argentina, Buenos Aires.—The spider,
Holmberg remarks, is closely allied to Ctenus bogotensis,
Keys., and C. Saléi, Keys. His excellent description
shows that it very probably belongs to the same group as
Saléi (bogotensis is a Lycoctenus), to which Simon gave
the name of Cupiennius. Holmberg says :—‘ ‘ Femoribus
lateribus dorsoque sordide albo nigroque viperino-macu-
latis. Patellarum tibiarumque minus conspicuis lateribus
notatis.” ‘This character would prove that it is probably
distinct from Sale’, Keys.,=oculatus, Sim., but very
64 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Ctentform Spiders
closely allied to Getazi, Sim. He adds, “ Abdomine....
duabus maculis punctiformis, ventre quatuor lineis pallide
rufescentibus prope basin nascentibus, mamiilasque versus
convergentibus signato.’’ These characters ought to help
an identification, except that it is not easy to see what is
meant by “‘duabus maculis,” whether two only, or two on
either side; if the latter, it shares this character with Sa/é/.
Holmberg also remarks that tibie i. and ii. possess 2, 2, 2, 2,
metatarsi i. with 2, 2, 3, metatarsi il. with 2, 2, 1, 2
spines beneath ; also “‘mandibularum rima (aut canali) cum
crista externa, seu postica, 4-dentata.” Thus showing
clearly its affinities to Cupiennius.
1881. Ctenus rubripes, Keys. 9, 28 mm. Verhand. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, p. 577, pl. xvi. fig. 23. ‘T'ype in coll. Dr. Koch,
Niirnberg. Central America, Panama.—nince, according
to Keyserling, this species has four pairs of spines under
the anterior tibiz and also two lateral ones (in the female
sex), it is not improbable that it belongs to Cupiennius,
close to C. granadensis, Keys. The type is not in the
Museum.
1884. Ctenus oculifera (Karsch), Sim. See sub Phoneutria
oculifera, 1879. Mexico.
1887. Ctenus hybernalis, Hentz, V. Hasselt. 9 juv. Tijds.
Ent. p. 227. Recorded from the Island of Curacao,
Antilles.
1891. Ctenus nigriventer, Keys. 9,30 mm. _ Bras. Spinn.
p- 144, t. iv. fig. 98. Type in coll. Brit. Mus, Nat. Hist.
London. Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Lhering).—This form
is very closely allied to C. boliviensis, sp. n., described below,
as well as to C. Keyserlingii. ‘The external plate of the
vulva is, however, shorter in proportion to the breadth than
in either of the two latter species (cf. Pl. III. fig. ii. d,
below).
1891. Ctenus ferus(Perty), Keys. 2,30 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p- 145. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. Rio
de Janeiro (Dr. Géldi).—I need not here repeat my reasons
for changing the name of this species to C. Keyserlingit
(cf. sub Phoneutria jfera, Perty, above), I may add,
however, that it is very unlikely that a species found at Rio
Janeiro would be identical with one taken on the Rio Negro.
The vulva having never to my knowledge been figured,
I give one from Keyserling’s type (cf Pl. III. fig. ii. ¢),
from the Lower Amazons &c. 65
1891. Ctenus vehemens, Keys. 9, 15°6 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p. 146, t. iv. fig. 99. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London. Espirito Santo, Brazil (Dr. Géldi).
1891. Ctenus ornatus, Keys. Bras. Spinn. p. 146. See sub
Microctenus below. Neu Freiburg.—N.B. The date 1876
quoted in Bras. Spinn. as that of the Vienna publication is
not correct; it should be 1877. Type in coll. Dr. Koch,
Niirnberg.
1891. Ctenus velox, Keys. §, 10°7 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p. 147, tab. iv. fig. 100. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat.
Hist. London. Atto da Serro, Neu Freiburg (Dr. Géld?).
—Keyserling does not mention the spur on the posterior
cox which distinguishes this form from all other males
which I have seen.
1891. Ctenus brevipes, Keys. 9, 11°4 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p- 148, t. iv. fig. 101. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Lhering).
1891. Ctenus minusculus, Keys. 9,12°3mm. Bras. Spinn.
p- 149, t. iv. fig. 102. ‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat.
Hist. London. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Lhering).
1891. Ctenus longipes, Keys. g, 17-4 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p- 150, t. iv. fig. 103. ‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Ihering).
1891. Ctenus teniatus, Keys. g, 10-4 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p- 151, t. iv. fig. 104. ‘Typein coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. v. Lhering).
1891. Ctenus griseus, Keys. 2, 20°35 mm. Bras. Spinn,
p- 152, t. iv. fig. 105. ‘l’'ype in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London. Brazil, Taquara do Mundo novo (Dr. v. Lhering).
1891. Ctenus medius, Keys. 9, 19 mm. Bras. Spinn.
p. 153, t. iv. fig. 106. ‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
London (both examples). Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul
(Dr. v. Ihering}, Rio de Janeiro (Dr. Géldi).
1892. Ctenus mordicus,O. Cambr. ¢,20mm.; 9, 27 mm.
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arach. p. 100, t. xi. figs. 6, 7.
Guatemala.
Genus PHONEUTRIA, Perty, 1853.
1835. Phoneutria rufibarbis, Perty. 9,32mm. Del. Anim.
Art. iii. p. 197, tab. xxxix. 2. Province of the Rio Negro,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 5
66 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Brazil.—I have set forth above reasons for considering
that there is not sufficient evidence as to the identity of
this form. None of the authors who have adopted Perty’s
name mention that they have seen the original type speci-
men, so that one can but conclude that their only evidence
is drawn from Perty’s description and figures. These, in the
case of rufibarbis, are sufficient neither for generic purposes
nor for specific identification. I have very little doubt that
the spider figured is one of the three species known to us,
characterized by red-haired mandibles and the striped pedi-
palpi; but one cannot be certain on such slender evidence
as 1s offered to us in the figures.
1833. Phoneutria fera, Perty. 9, 34 mm. Del. Anim.
Art. i. p. 197, tab. xxxix. 3. Province of the Rio Negro,
Brazil.—The above remarks apply also to a certain extent
to this species. The specific identity cannot be determined.
1 have little doubt that the figure of the eyes is entirely
wrong and that Keyserling was right in his assumption
that the two large Ctenine which he called ferus and rufi-
barbis were congeneric with Perty’s species. There are
several species, however, of both forms, either of which
might equally well have been Perty’s original form; but
no one, not even the “ earliest author,” has any right to
assume that Perty’s figure of the eyes is wrong, and to act
upon that assumption. If the figure is correct, then Key-
serling’s ferus is not the same as Perty’s. I have assumed
the figure to be correct, and have therefore given to Keyser-
ling’s ferus a new name.
1848. Phoneutria fera, Perty, C. Koch. g, 29 mm.; 2,
34 mm. Die Arach. xv. p. 60, fig. 1459. Brazil.—
Koch’s beautiful figure leaves no doubt that he had one or
other of the large Cteninz before him, while the figure of
the eyes and the red hue of the mandibles in the full figure
suggest the form described below as C. Reidy, though one
cannot be certain on this point. I have not met with any
form in which the patella of the legs are distinctly red as
he has depicted them. Whatever this species may be (and
possibly the type is still in existence), one cannot consider
it P. fera, Perty, nor Ctenus ferus, Walck., with both of
which Koch regards his species as identical.
1848. Phoneutria rujibarbis, Perty, Koch. 2,29 mm. Die
Arach. xv. p. 63, fig. 1461. Brazil_—Judging from the
figure, it seems highly probable that this species is identical
from the Lower Amazons &e. 67
with the form described below as C. Andrews?, though
there is not sufficient evidence to make it a certainty.
1848. Phoneutria ochracea, C. K. fg, 265 mm. Die
Arach. xv. p. 62, fig. 1460.—I have not met with any
form which agrees with this figure and description. Pos-
sibly the type is also in existence.
1879. Phoneutria oculifera, Karsch. 9, 30 mm. Z. ges.
Naturw. (3) iv. p. 350, with figure of vulva. Mexico.—
Of this species Karsch says :—“ der innere Falzrand der
Mandibeln trigt, von der Basis der Klaue entfernt, 4 sehr
starke schwarze Ziihne, wihrend der dussere deren nur 2
besitzt, sehr nahestehenden . . . Phoneutria Saléi (Keys.).”
Whether this form really belongs to the group to which
Simon gave the name Cupiennius I cannot say. One
would think probably not. The form of the vulva re-
sembles very closely that of Lycoctenus bogotensis (iXeys.)
and L. brunneus, sp. n.; but, as Karsch makes no mention
of the number of the tarsal claws, it is impossible to say
for certain. In any case it does not belong to the genus
Phoneutria, Perty. Simon, in 1884, regards this species
as congeneric with (Tvturtus) Thalassius, type 7. fimbriatus,
Walck. I have not met with any form of this genus from
the New World.
1881. Phoneutria rufibarbis (Perty), Keys. 9, 33°2 mm.
Verhand. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 576, t. xvi. fig. 22. Type
in coll. Dr. Koch. Brazil, Neu Freiburg.—This appears
to be a larger spider than that figured and described by
Koch. Keyserling mentions the spines of the tibia as five
pairs. Keyserling has described this form and figured the
vulva, thus giving sufficient evidence that it is neither
Reidyt nor Andrewsi. For reasons given above I have
named this latter form C. Pertyz, since it cannot bear the
name rufibarbis.
Genus CUPIENNIUS, Sim.*
1891. Cupiennius Getazi, Sim. ¢, 25 mm. Bull. Soc,
Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 109. Costa Rica.
* Genus CuUPIENNIUS, Simon, 1891.
Tibie i. and ii. with four pairs of spines beneath, with two lateral
spines on each side in 9 and g. Protarsi i. and ii..with three pairs of
spines beneath and a single small stout spine at apex beneath in all four
pairs. Legs 1—2,4—3. No dorsal spines above tibie i., i1., iii., and iv.
No spines on patelle i., ii., iii, and iv. Lower margin of fang-groove
5*
68 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
1891. Cupiennius celerrimus, Sim. $,12mm.; 2,15 mm.
Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. xvi. p.110. Tetfé, Amazons.—Appa-
rently very closely allied to C. granadensis, Keys.
1891. Cupiennius oculatus, Sim. 9, 26 mm. Bull. Soc.
Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 110. Guatemala.—This species is iden-
tical with the next but one, C. Saléi, Keys., also from
Guatemala; the name Salé? has priority. See under
Ctenus Saléi above.
1877. Cupiennius granadensis (Keys.)? See sub Ctenus
granadensis above.
1877. Cupiennius Saléi (Keys.)? Syn. C. oculatus, Sim.
1891. See under Ctenus Saléi above.
Genus Microcrenus, Keys., 1877.
1877. Microctenus ornatus, Keys. 9?,19°7 mm. Verhand.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 687, t. il. (vill.) fig.62. ‘Type in coll.
Dr. Koch. Neu Freiburg, Brazil—This species was in-
cluded under Ctenus by Keyserling in Bras. Spinn. 1891 ;
see above.
1877. Microctenus obscurus, Keys. 9,17 mm. Verhand.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 689, t. ii. (viii.) fig. 58. Type in coll.
with four teeth, upper with three. Second row of eyes procurved.
Lateral anteriors midway between posterior centrals and posterior laterals,
but not in the same line, Central anteriors one third smaller than poste-
riors. Ocular quadrangle as broad as long, much narrower in front.
Clypeus equal to 15 diameter of anterior centrals. Tarsal claws 2.
Scopula beneath tarsi and protarsi i. and ii., apex of protarsus iii., absent
on protarsus iv., present on tarsi iii, andiy. Patella and tibia i. much
longer than patella and tibia iv.
Species.
A, Femora of legs spotted or annulated beneath.
1. Femora marked beneath with numerous fine
spots, haying also an apical annula ...... 2,25 mm C. Ge-
tazi, Sim.
2, Femora marked beneath with three distinct
annul, two median and one apical ...... ?,26mm. C. Sale,
Keys. (C. oculatus, Sim.).
8. In all probability add ......sccnegnarers 2,27mm. C. argen-
tinus, Holmb.
B. Femora not annulated or spotted.
Glee). Uivigwis seh Ree ey A LO Sak ee 6,12; 9,15mm. G
celerrimus, Sim,
LR RECEP Chan irk cad eves Gy 205-9, 15 mma
granadensis, Keys,
from the Lower Amazons kc. 69
Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada, St. Fé de
Bogoté.—Included under Ctenus by Keyserling in Bras.
Spinn. 1891.
1877. Microctenus adustus, Keys. 9,11 mm. Verhand.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 690, t. ii. (viii.) fig. 58. T'ype in coll.
Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada, St. Fé de
Bogoté.—Included under Ctenus by Keyserling in Bras.
Spinn. 1891.
1877. Microctenus parvus, Keys. ¢, 8°2 mm. Verhand.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 692, t. il. (viil.) figs. 55,56. Type 9
in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada,
St. Fé de Bogoté.—Included under Ctenus by Keyserling
in Bras. Spinn. 1891.
1881. Microctenus curvipes, Keys. g, 18 mm. Verhand.
Z.-0. Ges. Wien, p. 079, t. xvi. fig. 24.” Type in coll.
Dr. Koch, Niirnberg. Panama.
1887. Microctenus humilis, Keys. 9,11:4 mm. Verhand.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 456, pl. iv. fig. 35. Type in coll.
Cambridge Museum, Mass., U.S.A. Central America,
Nicaragua.
1886. Microctenus ravidus, EK. Sim. ¢, 16 mm. Bull.
Soc. Zool. Fr. 1. N. Patagonia.—Without figures it is
next to impossible to ascertain the species. It belongs,
however, to that group in which the second row of eyes is
procurved, the ocular quadrangle broader than long. The
anterior centrals smaller, closer together, and the clypeus
equal to one diameter of anterior central eyes.
Genus Isocrenus, Bertk., 1880.
1880. Isoctenus foliiferus, Bertk. 9 juv.,11 mm. Mém.
Cour. Acad. Belg. xlii. p.61. Brazil, Chapeo d’uvas, Rio
de Janeiro.—According to Keyserling, Bras. Spinn. 1891,
p- 148, this species belongs to Ctenus, Keys. Bertkau
mentions five pairs of spines beneath tibiz 1. and ii., so that
very likely there is no real generic distinction; but one
cannot say without seeing the type.
1880. ILsoctenus bicolor, EK. van Beneden. @ juv., 16 mm.
Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlix. p. 657. Loc. ignota, probably
Brazil.—There is very little evidence as to its identity to
be drawn from the description, save that it belongs to the
group here characterized as Crenus. “ Tibize i. and ii. with
five pairs of spines beneath.” Van Beneden himself says
“ Ctenus, Keys., nee Walck.”
70 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Ctentform Spiders
Genus CALOCTENUS, Keys., 1877.
1877. Caloctenus aculeatus, Keys. 9, 4 mm. Verh. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, p. 697, t. ii. (viil.) fig. 59. “Typeincoll. Brit.
Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada, St. Fé de Bogotd.
—Having carefully examined the type specimen, I find it
to be a two-clawed form. :
1880. Caloctenus major, Keys. 9, 19 mm. Verh. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, p. 337, t. iv. fig. 31. Type in coll. Mus.
Warsaw. Peru.
1882. Caloctenus major, Keys., Hasselt. IV. 3de Aflev.
Nat. Historie Midden-Sumatra, pl. v. fig. 13. Figure of
vulva.
1880. Caloctenus variegatus, Bertk. 15°5mm. Mém. Acad.
Belg. t. xliii. p. 59, t. i. fig. 19. ‘Bras. Spinn.’ There-
siopolis (San Jao de Ré), Brazil.—Since Bertkau remarks
that tibiz i. and ii. have seven pairs of spines beneath, it is
probable that this spider belongs to the genus in which he
placed it, though why he did not also place eyclothorax in
the same genus does not appear.
1891. Caloctenus cyclothorax (Bertk.), Keys. Bras, Spinn.
1891, p. 148, note.—This species belongs, so far as descrip-
tion allows one to judge, to Caloctenus, Keys. See sub
Ctenus above.
Genus LeprocTenus, L. K., 1875 ?
1888. Leptoctenus byrrhus, Sim. 2, 11 mm. Ann. Soe.
Ent. Fr. viii. p. 210. Mexico.—L. Koch’s genus Lepto-
ctenus is characterized by tibiw i. and 11. having four pairs
of spines beneath. Clypeus only a little higher than the
diameter of the eyes of the first row. Second row of eyes
straight. Tarsal claws 2. Scopula absent. Labium half
as long as maxilla, the latter much attenuated at base.
1888. Leptoctenus Tenkatet, v. Uasselt. 2, 17°35 mm.
Tijdsch. Ent. xxxi. pt. 38, p.192. Surinam.— Van Hasselt
gives the number of tarsal claws as two, but refers the
species to the ‘ Lycoside.”
Genus ACANTHEIS, Thor., 1891-2.
1890. Acanthoctenus, Keys., Thor. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, x.
(xxx.) Sept. 1890, including :—1, A. variatus, Th.; 2, A.
eh
Jrom the Lower Amazons &c. 71
dimidiatus, Th.; 3, A. letus, Th., 1891-92. Sumatra.
—These three species do not possess the calamistrum and
cribellum characteristic of Acanthoctenus spinigerus, Keys.
(type), according to Thorell. Thorell has more recently
withdrawn his species and placed them under the name
Acantheis. In Hist. Nat. Ar. i. p. 229, note, Simon refers
them to the subfam. Ctenine in the fam. Clubionide.
Of their tarsal claws Thorell says “ Unguiculi tarsorum
bini graciles, longi, fortissime et equaliter curvati.”
1891-2. Acantheis, Thor. Sv.. Ak. Handl. xxiv. (2) p. 61,
note, is the name given by Thorell to include <Acantho-
ctenus variatus, dimidiatus, and letus, from Sumatra.
Not having seen the types, I am unable to judge of their
affinities ; but, from Thorell’s deseription, one would gather
that they belong to the two-clawed ‘‘ Ctenine.” On p. 61
he says “Ad species illas asiaticas recipiendas, quas ad
- Acanthoctenum retuli et que organis illis carent, novum
Cteninarum genus est creandum, quod Acantheis vocari
potest.”
Genus Nyop1a, Thor., 1891-2.
1891-2. Nydia, Thor. Rag. Mal. iv. vol. i. p. 130. Type
N. punctata, Th., 9 juv. Sumatra; received from Rev.
O. P. Cambridge (forbes).—It appears probable that this
species, too, belongs to the Ctenine. ‘lhorell says that
the eyes are in three rows, central row strongly recurved.
Ocular quadrangle half as broad again behind as in front
and a little longer than its anterior breadth. Labium
transverse, truncate at apex. ‘Tarsi unguiculis binis
muniti.”
Genns AinieMA, Karsch.
1878. dinigma australiana, Karsch. 9,11 mm. Z, ges.
Naturw. (3) ii. p. 825. Type of genus. New South
Wales.—Karsch says that the eyes are in two rows, the
anterior somewhat shorter. He considers it to be near
Dolomedes and Ocyale, adding ‘ aber es fehlt die After-
klaue des ‘larsus der Beine.” One cannot judge well
from the description of its systematic position; but 1 should
expect to find it somewhere near Zora.
72 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Table of New- World Genera of the Family Ctenide *.
Table of Genera.
A. Tibie i. and ii. with 4 or 5 pairs of spines be-
neath. Protarsi i, and 11. with 3 pairs of
spines beneath +. ;
i¢ Tibie i, and ii, with 5 pairs of spines beneath ;
no lateral spines in the female sex (appa-
rently always present in the males). 1—1—1
dorsal spines on tibiee iii, and iv. Two late-
ral spines on patellee iii. and iv. Lower
margin of fang-groove with 5 teeth f.
a, Second row of eyes straight or more or less
PEOCUL YEO JS sieve mye es oe ee aes» cet Ctenus §.
b. Second row of eyes distinctly recurved .... Phoneutria, Perty ||.
II. Tibiw i. and ii. with 4 pairs of spines beneath ;
females, as well as males, with two pairs of
lateral spines, basal and distal. No dorsal
spines on tibiz iil. and iv. No spines on
patellee iii, and iv. Lower margin of fang-
groove with 4 teeth. (Second row of eyes
strongly procurved.). sae oa «stem Un gitar stele Cupiennius, Sim.
Protarsi i. and ii with 3 pairs of spines
beneath, 2 pairs of lateral spines, and 1
small apical spine beneath.
B, Tibiz i. and 11, with 7 pairs of very long spines
beneath. Protarsi i. and ii. with 7 pairs of
Jongjspines beneath ...6scse es «5 sabres nn as Caloctenus, Keys.
The affinities of the genus Thaumasia, Perty (T. senilis), are very
doubtful, the figure of the eyes alone offering no sure criterion, while the
figure of the spider seems to suggest Lycosid affinities.
* I omit Leptoctenus, L. K. (to which genus a single species from
Costa Rica has been assigned by Simon), since I do not know the genus
at all, while Microctenus, Keys., is included under Ctenus in Bras, Spinn.
1891, Keys.
+ In these calculations are included the small apical spines ; care must
be taken not to include a lateral spine, nor to exclude a lower spine,
slightly inclining to a lateral situation.
¢ The fifth tooth at the basal angle of the fang-groove is in this group
very small, and may easily escape notice, but is always, in all specimens
which have come before me, unmistakably present, except in a few in-
stances of individual abnormality. In the four-toothed forms there is no
trace of this denticule.
§ The type of Ctenus, Walck.— C. dubtus—exhibits, according to his
figure (Tabl. Aran, 1805, pl. iii. fig. 22), the straight second row of eyes
with a Jabium longer than broad (fig. 21). His diagnosis of the genus
also states that the second row of eyes is straight.
|| There is no evidence that the true Phoneutria fera of Perty pos-
sessed the characters included under diagnosis A, the only recorded
character being that set down at 0.
Jrom the Lower Amazons &c. 73
Genus CTENUS (? Ctenus, Walck.), provisional.
Diagnosis.—Eyes in three rows, second row straight, by
anterior margins, or more or less procurved. Ocular quad-
rangle longer than broad, as long as broad, or broader than
long (7. e. comparing its outside length with the outside
breadth of transverse space occupied by posterior central
eyes) ; anterior side equal to or narrower than posterior side
of quadrangle. Anterior centrals subequal to or less than
posterior centrals. Carapace bluffly rounded behind, in some
forms abruptly precipitous. Tibiz 1. and 11. with five pairs of
spines beneath ; no lateral spines in female (present in male).
Protarsi i. and ii. with three pairs of spines beneath, no
central apical spine beneath; protarsi 1. and iv. with a
single central apical spine beneath. Tarsi i. and ii. and pro-
tarsi i. and il. with scopula beneath. Protarsus i. with
apical scopula, iv. without scopula. ‘Tarsi ii. and iv. with
scopula. Tibi iii. and iv. with 1—1—1 dorsal spines. Pa-
tell i. and 11. without spines, 111. and iv. with one spine on
each side.
Tarsal claws 2. Claw-tuft present. Patella and tibia i.
equal to or much longer than patella and tibia iv. Lower
margin of fang-groove with 5 teeth (4 large and 1 small *),
upper margin with 3 (1 largeand2 small). Clypeus varying
from twice the diameter of anterior centrals to half their
diameter.
Examples :—C. Reidy?, sp. n., C.stnuatipes, sp. n., C. minor,
Spe ai.,; dc.
Table of Species.
Males.
I. Carapace not raised andg ibbous at base above.
Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp set with thick
velvet pad of short soft hair on inner side .. C. boliviensis, sp. n.
II. Carapace distinctly raised and gibbous at base
above (except longipes), slightly bilobate.
Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp without pad of
soft hair on inner side.
A. Protarsus iy. almost or quite straight. Ocu-
lar quadrangle broader than long. Second
row of eyes straight by anterior margins
(in longipes slightly procuryed).
. Length of carapace equal to patella and
tibia iii, (Abdomen unicolorous above,
black below, with central, pale, longitu-
* This character is not absolutely reliable; in some females of the
fame species the number varies from 5—3.
74 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
dinal, lanceolate band. Tibial spur of
pedipalp longer than broad, directed
forwards, obliquely truncate at apex,
simple at base.) ‘
a. Size much larger, 17 mm. Abdomen
unicolorous above ...... Fe C. rectipes, sp. 1.
b. Size much smaller, 75 mm. Abdomen :
with pale band above....9......-.. C. minimus, sp. n.
ii. Length of carapace less than patella and
tibia iii, (Abdomen with pale central
line or scalloped band above.)
a, Protarsus iv. quite straight.
1. Abdomen with central black band
below. Tibial spur of pedipalp
short, directed forwards, very proad
at apex, as broad as long; lower
anterior angle sharp. Central lobe of
palpal organs small, as long as broad.
Tarsus of pedipalp without spur
ein |. dau eager Saitoh ee eile C. nigritus, sp. 0.
2. Abdomen unicolorous brown below.
Tibial spur of pedipalp short, blunt,
rounded at apex, set obliquely to
axis of joint. Central palpal lobe
large, much longer than broad. Tar-
sus of pedipalp with spur at base
paliind 20.5. RAR eae PATS PE C. longipes, Keys.
b. Protarsus iv. slightly sinuous.
1. Size larger, 15°55 mm. ‘Tibial spur
twice as long as breadth of base,
directed forwards; (apex acute).
Apical third of protarsus iv. con-
cave on inner side .............. C. spiculus, sp. n.*
2. Size smaller, 10°5 mm. Tibial spur
as long as breadth of base, directed
forwards, deeply emarginate on
lower side ; (apex acute) ........ C. planipes, sp. n.*
* The characters enclosed in brackets are not intended to alternate
with others in the table, but merely to serve as a further clue to the
identity of the form.
C. spiculus and planipes should more properly, by the form of protarsus
iv. and the tibial spur, fall into section B. but the eye-position brings
them into section A. All the above species (curvipes I cannot answer
for, since I have not seen the type) can be readily separated also by the
character of the central lobe and marginal spine of the palpal organs.
These characters unfortunately do not always fit in with those furnished
in the above table.
I am unwilling to tabulate the characters of teniatus, parvus, and
velox, for they appear to stand somewhat apart from any of the forms in-
cluded above. i 1e former may readily be recognized by the compara-
tively short legs, small size, and quadrate tibia of pedipalp, as long as
broad ; tibial spur long, curved, blunt, directed outwards and forwards,
recurved at apex. Velox may be instantly recognized by the short spur
beneath coxa iv. ; excepting for the eye-formula, it appears to come near
C. planipes; its posterior protarsi are straight, as also are those of
teniatus.
Ts =
from the Lower Amazons &c,
B. Protarsus iv. more or less decidedly sinuous.
Ocular quadrangle longer than broad;
second row of eyes procurved.
i. Basal section itself of protarsus iv. curved,
its concavity lying on outer side of seg-
ment, its inner side set with numerous
stout, short, close-lying spines; three,
more separate, more conspicuous, and
set obliquely to axis of segment, situate
towards apical end of basal curve. Apical
section set on inner side beneath with
row of black cuspules, short spines, and
bristles.
a. Size larger, 22mm. Protarsus iv. much
more strongly curved; basal section
fringed along margin of outer con-
cavity with long silky yellow hairs.
Tibial spur of pedipalp directed for-
wards, as long as width of segment;
lower angle very acute, obliquely
truncate at apex (much longer than
in rectipes). Tarsus iv. set at almost
BING: Esceaisenk Stetancccrothete Wale gndver stale C. medius, Keys.
b. Size smaller, 18 mm. Protarsus iv.
much less sinuous, but general cha-
racter the same. Outer margin of
basal concavity not fringed with hairs.
Tibial spur of pedipalp set at right
angles to segment, curved forwards,
trifid (or quadrifid) at apex, with stout
spine at base behind. Tarsus iv. set
in the same straight line with pro-
WARS E Rete, Sete ra aun te cla Sete ye C. serratipes, sp. n
ii. Basal section of protarsus iv. almost or
quite straight, its central concavity lying
on inner side. Inner margin of basal sec-
tion without row of numerous curved
spines. Apical section smooth beneath
and on inner side.
a. Basal angle of sinuous section set with
stout, curved, chisel-headed spine
lying between two stout long simple
spines. Tibial spur stout, short, set
at right angles to segment, bifid at
PCE sic ei el ahaa hele gua a, 9 ahd ha C. sinuatupes, sp. n.
6. Basal angle of sinuous section with
stout chisel-headed spine. Tibial spur
long, slender, curved forwards and
recurved at apex (sec. Keyserling’s
PEOULCR aid Sa Avia sabi aieua eee C. curves, Keys.
Females.
] Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp with thick pad of
short hair on the inner side. Patella and
tibia i. much longer than patella and tibia iv.
(Ocular quadrangle slightly: longer than
76 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
broad, not or only very slightly narrowed in
front. Eyes of ocular quadrangle subequal,
anteriors only slightly smaller. Second row
of eyes straight by anterior margins, Legsi._
equal to or longer than legs iy.)
A. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp black, with two
narrow pale longitudinal lines in front.
Vulva broad, without pair of dark central
longitudinal ridges.
a. Size larger, 40 mm. ...... sfoa ies ae
6. Size smaller, 32-33 mm.
1. Legs i. longer than legs iv. Vulva
C. Reidy?, sp. n.
emarginate anteriorly......... g . C. Andrewsi, sp. 0.
2. Legs i. equal to legs iv. V ulva not
emarginate anteriorly............-- C. Pertyi *, nom. nov.
( C.rufibarbis, Keys.)
B. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp unicolorous dark
brown, without narrow pale lines in front.
Vulva ‘elongate, with pair of parallel, cen-
tral, longitudinal ridges.
a. Abdomen with central, dorsal, pale scal-
loped band (besides ‘lateral pale bands
—boliviensis).
1. Size much larger, 40 mm. Ventral
surface of abdomen without broad
black longitudinal band.......... .. C. boliviensis, sp. n.
2. Size much smaller, 30 mm. Ventral
surface of abdomen with broad black
longitudinal band 4»... .agertesa ae C. nigriventer, Keys.
6. Abdomen unicolorous above, brown .. C. Keyserlingii, nom. nov.
(C. ferus, Keys.)
II. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp without pad of
short hair on inner side. Patella and tibia i.
equal to or only slightly longer than patella
and tibia iy. (Legs i i, shorter than legs iv.)
A. Ocular quadrangle slightly longer than
broad, scarcely narrower in front. Eyes of
quadrangle subequal, anteriors slightly
smaller.
a. Second row of eyes straight by anterior
* There are no really reliable characters other than those drawn from
small comparative diflerences of measurement, difficult and tedious to
verify, to be found in these closely allied forms. Really good figures of
the vulva are alone trustworthy and, as a rule, practicable. In the
majority of cases Keyserling’s figures suffice for distinguishing the above
species.
C. adustus, Keys. (of which the type specimen is before me), is an
immature Q, and one can scarcely regard it as a good species amongst
forms which are themselves hardly to be distinguis shed, save by charac-
ters which are manifest only in the adult.
I am at a loss to understand how experienced arachnologists, almost
withont exception, with countless adult forms to be described, can per-
suade Gmabetei es to base new species, and even new genera, on immature
specimens, these very specimens even sometimes being mutilated, worn
out, and without legs, as the authors themselves confess.
»
— a
ee ight ™elsaeitnapess i, a ara pee
from the Lower Amazons ce. 77
margins. Patella and tibia i. longer
than patella and tibiaiv. Size larger,
27mm. Vulva with a pair of oval, con-
vex, obliquely convergent tubercles on
PETIOL POTMOML? . 125 52 o-dnes cea s.. « C. medius, Keys.
b. Second row of eyes procurved (straight
line touching anterior margins of centrals
passing through or above centres of late-
rals). Patella and tibia i. equal to patella
and tibia iv. Size smaller, 20—12 mm.
1. Carapace equal] in length to patella and
tibia iii. (Vulva without oval tu-
bercles in front, with pair of widely
separate oval-elongate furrows cn each
pide an [Ont ee. jelslnss gece ees C. sinuatipes, sp. 0.
2. Carapace longer than patella and tibia iii.
* Size larger, 203 mm. Patella and
tibia i. slightly longer than patella
and tibia iv. (15°7—12'3 mm.) .... C. griseus, Keys.
#* Size smaller, 12°3 mm. Patella an
tibia i. equal to patella and tibia iv.
(657 — Gem) ee ds aldose oe C. minusculus, Keys.
B. Ocular quadrangle as broad as long or
broader than long, distinctly narrower in
front. Anterior eyes of quadrangle dis-
tinctly smaller.
a, Patella and tibia i. longer than patella and
tibia iv. (9°9—7°5 mm.).
* Size smaller, 15°53 mm. Legs i.
scarcely shorter than legs iv. (26—
2G by Tam) Ses FEA 5 602 CAG ... C. variegatus, Bertk.
** Size larger, 17 mm. Legs i. dis-
tinctly shorter than legs iv. (25—
Za ige 11 11 ier piace, pepe tate pire is C. obscurus, Keys,
6. Patella and tibia i. equal to (or almost)
patella and tibia iv. (p. t. i. 8°7—p. t. iv.
8:2, vehemens; p. t.i. 5'1—p. t. iv. 5°4,
' brevipes), slightly longer, _ slightly
shorter, the rest equal.
]. Second row of eyes procurved, straight
line touching anterior margins of cen-
trals passing through centre of laterals. C. similis, sp. n.
2. Second row of eyes straight by anterior
margins.
* Clypeus narrower, equal to one dia-
meter of anterior central eyes.
aa. Size larger, 15-6—17 mm.
Separable by form of yulva.... C. ornatus, Keys.
C. vehemens, Keys,
bb. Size smaller, 11—11°4 mm.
Separable by form of vulva .... C. brevipes, Keys.
C. adustus, Keys.
C. minor, sp. n,
** Clypeus broader, equal to two dia-
meters of anterior central eyes.... C. albofasciatus, sp. n.
78 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Ctenus Reidyi *, sp.n., 2.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London, 1896.
@. Length, including mandibles, 40 mm.
Colour.—Carapace orange-mahogany, clothed with short
golden-brown hairs. Abdomen dull yellow-brown, clothed
with golden-brown hairs. Mandibles stout, black, densely
clothed with bright orange hairs in front. Coxe of pedipalp
and sternum dark brown, the latter clothed with golden-brown
hairs.
Legs. Coxa, trochanter, femur, and tibia orange-brown ;
protarsus and tarsus dark brown, entirely clothed with golden-
brown pubescence.
Pedipalp. Femur and patella orange-brown; tibia and
tarsus clothed with a broad band of black pubescence on inner
side, a thin line of grey pubescence, and another broader
band, black, followed on the outer side with a broad band of
grey pubescence, appearing on the upperside as two narrow
grey lines.
Structure.— Carapace 16 mm. long, 13°5 broad ; abruptly
inclined behind, slightly raised towards caput. Central
groove distinct, segmental stria just discernible.
Eyes. Laterals situated on a. strong tubercle ; diameter of
anteriors half that of posteriors, situate one diameter from
them. Second row straight by anterior margins; the four
centrals situated in a quadrangle, slightly longer than broad ;
posterior centrals very slightly larger.
Mandibles with a shiny tubercle at base on outer side.
Fang-groove with 5 teeth on outer margin, 3 on inner
margin.
Legs (1.4) 2.3. Every segment except the first and
last spinose. Tibia i. and ii, with a double series of 5, of iil.
and iv. of 3, stout spines beneath.
Frotarsi i. and ii. with a double series of 3 spines, of iv.
with an irregular series beneath.
Tarsi, protarsi i. and ii, and apex of tibia slightly, tarsi
and protarsus iii. and tarsi and apex of protarsusiv. clothed with
thick scopula. Femora, tibia, and protarsiiii. and iv. clothed
beneath with golden-yellow hairs, 1. and ii. with pubescence
only.
Tarsal claws 2, with claw-tuft on each side; armed on
* In honour of my friend Mr. R. Reidy, whose intimate acquaintance
with Brazilian manners and customs and complete mastery of the lan-
guage smoothed the way for us on many occasions during our expedition.
from the Lower Amazons Lc. 79
inner side with 3 small denticules. Spinners 6, anterior pair
and posterior pair two-jointed.
Vulva consisting of a broad dark chitinous plate, emar-
ginate before, broadly truncate behind (towards spinners),
with two curved yellow side-pieces.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 40, carap. 15°75;
legs i. 62°5, ii. 59, li. 47°5, iv. 62°5 ; pat.+tib. i. 23, iv. 19,
il. 15.
A single female of this species, the largest of the group
met with, was taken by myself in the forest near Santarem.
Tt was started from the palm-leaf thatch of a hut in the
forest, in which we had taken refuge from the rain, by m
companion Mr. T. Wallace, Jun. Its attitude, crouched
down flat upon the surface with legs extended, made it
appear, at first sight, to be a gigantic specimen of the ubi-
quitous H. venatoria.
Ctenus Andrewsi*, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Santarem and Pard Forest.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
2. Length 32 mm.
Colour the same as in Lezdy7, except that the abdomen
has a dorsal series of three conspicuous and three smaller and
less conspicuous spots on each side of the central line.
Vulva longer in proportion to its breadth. Lateral curved
side-pieces absent, their place taken by a black tubercle sur-
mounted by a sharp black spur.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 32, carap. 12°25;
legs i. 56, il. 51°5, il. 42°5, iv. 56; pat.+tib. i. 20, iv. 16,
ii. 12°25.
‘Two temales were taken from the hollow stem of a decayed
palm-tree in the forest close to Pard, near the Casa da Oleria.
Both of them had a large dull white egg-sac attached to the
inner surface of the hollow stem. ‘This form is evidently
very closely allied to Reidyz, but, seeing that the two speci-
mens from Pardé were evidently tully adult, the differences
are not merely those due to immaturity, as one would have
otherwise suspected. I shall be surprised if fresh material
does not confirm the specific difference between the two forms,
though it is never sate to prophecy without being in posses-
sion of the facts. A third example was taken in the forest
near Santarem, wandering about some wooden palings close
* I have much pleasure in naming this form after my friend Mr. T, An-
drews, who contributed not a little to the general success of our scientific
investigations.
80 Mr, F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
to the Sitio Andirobal. These huge spiders are evidently
nocturnal in their habits, the last-mentioned specimen having
been disturbed from its hiding-place.
Ctenus boliviensis, sp. n., 3 @.
Hab. Bolivia.
Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. ‘Hist. London, 1896.
3. Total length, including mandibles, 34 mm., 2 40 mm.
S .— Colour. ‘Carapace, lees, and sternum very dark red-
brown mahogany, clothed with dull yellow-brown pubes-
cence. Abdomen brown, clothed with yellow-brown pubes-
cence. Legs clothed beneath with thick yellowish hair,
2 .—Colour similar to that of the male, but darker. Ab-
domen with broad central scalloped pale band and two or
three oblique lateral bands of pale spots extending down the
sides, while the integuments have been denuded of pubescence.
Pedipalps without pale lines in front. Mandibles clothed at
apex with dull orange hairs.
3 -—Structure. Carapace, profile almost straight. Eye-
formula similar to that of Beddyi and Andrewsi. Lateral
eyes on a distinct tubercle ; second row straight by anterior
margins. Ocular quadrangle slightly longer than broad,
scarcely narrowed in front. Armature of legs similar in both
sexes to that of Retdyz. Lower margin of fang-groove with
Steeth, upperwith3. Tarsal claws 2, with 4curved denticules,
Claw-tuft present. Scopula thick on protarsi and tarsi i. and
ii., slighter on protarsus ili., and absent on that of iv. Tibia
of pedipalp furnished with a very thick scopula, and its apex
on outer side armed with a very stout, curved, chisel-headed
spur. For palpal organs see PI. III. fig. ii. a, b, ¢.
9.— Structure similar to that of the male. ‘Uhe vulva was
so damaged that no satisfactory figure can be made of it. It
is, however, similar in general character to those of Keyser-
lingti and nigriventer.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 41, carap. 16°75 ; legs i.
65, ii. ?, iii. ?, iv. 64.
These, the largest species of the genus I have met with
(except Reidy’), were taken by Herr Rolle at Madre de Dios
(Bolivia), and were in the collection of the British Museum.
They are allied to Retdyz, but have not the pale lines on the
palps (@), nor is the hair on the mandible of so bright an
orange.
Ctenus Perty?, nom. nov. (C. rufibarbis (Perty), Keys.).
This species, of which I have not seen the type, appears to
from the Lower Amazons &c. 81
be closely allied to Retdyi and Andrewsi, but evidently quite
distinct, if we may judge from Keyserling’s figure of the
vulva. Cf. notes on C. rufibarbis (Perty), Keys., above.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 33-2, carap. 132; legs
i. 46°6, ii. 41:9, iii. 33°5, iv. 46; pat.+tib. i. 18°5, iv. 16,
iu. 12-5.
Ctenus Keyserlingit, nom. nov. (C. ferus (Perty), Keys.).
The type of this form differs decidedly from both nigri-
venter, Keys., and boliviensis, sp. n., in the form of the vulva
(see PI. II. fig. ii.c), though the general character is the
same. CY. notes on C. ferus (Perty), Keys., above.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 30, carap. 17:2; legs
1. 50°9, 11. 48°3, iii. 3771, iv.51°8; pat.+tib. i. 20°5, iv. 18°2,
lil. 14°3.
Ctenus nigriventer, Keys.
Distinguished from Keyserlingi? and boliviensis by the black
ventral surface of the abdomen and a difference in the form
of the vulva (Pl. LILI. fig. ii.d). To finally confirm or refute
the apparent distinctions between these three forms one needs
many more specimens. It is impossible to make definite
assertions based on a single specimen of each form.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 30, carap. 15; legs i.
44:9, il. 42°2, i. 34°3, iv. 46°85 pat.+tib. i. 17°9, iv. 16:4,
il. 12°8.
Ctenus medius, Keys., 2.
The figure of the vulva given by Keyserling is quite sufi-
cient to establish the distinction between this form and the
others here recorded, even if the type had not been to hand by
way of confirmation.
A female and a male (the latter described for the first time
below, p. 87) were found in a collection from Theresiopolis,
S. Brazil. The female is identical with the type of Keyser-
ling’s medius.
Measurements in millim.— 2. Tot. len. 22, carap. 12; legs
i, 37°5, iv. 42; pat.+tib. i. 13, iv. 12, ii. 10.
Ctenus nigritus, sp. n., 3.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London, 1896.
6. Total length (including mandibles) 15 mm.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 6
82 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Ctenijorm Spiders
Carapace mahogany-brown, with fine pale central line ;
clothed with fine yellow-grey pubescence.
Abdomen brown, clothed with black and grey hairs, mixed ;
with a pale central dorsal line extending from the anterior
margin to the spinners; shoulders black, a series of four
black spots on each side; ventral surface with a broad wedge-
shaped central black band, with two white spots at base and
a white margin extending from the stigmatic orifice to the
spinners.
Legs mahogany-brown above; sternum and underside of
cox and femora pale yellow-brown ; clothed with fine silky
yellow-grey hairs.
Carapace gibbous behind ; dorsal profile slightly concave.
Eyes. Laterals on a very slight tubercle; anterior much
smaller than posterior, one third their diameter. Centrals
forming a quadrangle a little broader than long, posteriors
larger. Outer margin of fang-groove armed with 5 teeth, inner
with 3.
Legs. Spinous armature similar to others of the group.
Tibiz i. and ii. with five pairs of spines beneath. Tarsi alone
of all four pairs bearing a scopula beneath. Tarsal claws 2,
with four long broad denticules beneath. Claw-tuft present.
Palpus and organs (Pl. IIL. fig. vii. a).
A single adult male of this spider was taken by myself in
the Forest of Santarem, February 1896.
Ctenus albofasciatus, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London, 1896.
@. Total length (including mandibles) 14 mm,
Colour.—Carapace dark mahogany-brown, with broad
central band of golden-grey pubescence, and a small spot on
clypeus above base of each mandible.
Abdomen clothed with black and golden-orange hairs, with
a basal, central, dorsal, longitudinal, pale golden-yellow band,
extending to the middle of the upperside; shoulders very
black. Ventral surface dark brown, with four longitudinal
rows of pale spots.
Structure—Carapace gibbous and raised behind, dorsal
profile slightly concave. Lateral posterior eyes on a distinct
tubercle; lateral anteriors very small, their diameter less than
half that of the former and distant from them twice their
diameter. Centrals forming a quadrangle a little broader
than long; posteriors slightly larger (Pl. ILI. fig. i. d).
Second row of eyes straight by anterior margins,
| stra, Lower
margin of mandibles with 5 teeth, upper with 3.
from the Lower Amazons &c. 83
Legs. Spinous armature similar to others of the group.
Tibiz 1. and ii. with five pairs of spines beneath. Anterior
protarsi with three pairs of spines beneath. Protarsi and
tarsi i. and ii. clothed beneath with very slight scopula, iii.
and iv. tarsi only. Tarsal claws 2, armed beneath with four
Jong broad denticules; claw-tuft present. ’
Vulva (Pl. III. fig. iv. b).
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 14, carap. 6°75; legs
i. 20, iv. 25; pat.+tib. i. 7, iv. 7, ii. 5.
Two adult females of this richly coloured species were
taken by myself in the Forest of Santarem in Feb. 1896.
Ctenus minor, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London, 1896.
Total length (including mandibles) 11 mm.
Colour. Carapace pale brown, with central band of golden-
yellow pubescence. Abdomen dark olive-brown, with
numerous scattered groups of pale golden-yellow hairs; with
a short basal central band and three or four transverse bars
of pale pubescence; sides with three oblique lines of spots of
golden-yellow hairs. Ventral surface paler, with numerous
longitudinal indistinct lines of pale hairs. Legs pale brown,
with numerous isolated short pale hairs and spots of hair.
Structure similar to that of albofasctatus. Vulva (Pl. IIL.
fig. iv.c).
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 11, carap. 5; legs i.
15°5, iv. 19°5; pat.+tib. i. 5°5, iv. 5°5, iii. 4°25.
A single adult female of this small species was taken by
myself in the Forest of Santarem, Feb. 1896.
Ctenus similis, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Total length (including mandibles) 12 mm.
This form is almost identical with C. albofasciatus except
in being smaller, in not having the carapace raised behind,
in having the second row of eyes procurved instead of straight,
and in possessing a very different form of vulva (Pl. III.
fig. iv. a).
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 12, carap. 7; legs i.
20°5, iv. 24; pat.+tib. 1. 7, iv. 7, iii. 5°25.
A single specimen from the Forest, Santarem, Feb. 1896.
6*
84 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Ctenus planipes, sp. n., 3.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Total length (including mandibles) 11 mm.
Colour. Carapace very pale yellow-brown. Abdomen
darker brown, with central basal pale band extending to the
spinners, the last half consisting of indistinct transverse
spots; sides paler, spotted with brown. Legs pale olive-
brown, clothed with long silky yellow hairs.
Structure, Carapace very much raised and gibbous at base,
inclined towards ocular area. Eyes similar to those of albo-
fasciatus; second row straight by anterior margins, central
anteriors much smaller and forming a narrower transverse
row than central posteriors. Ocular quadrangle broader than
long. Armature of legs similar to others of the group.
Tibiz i. and ii. with five pairs of spines beneath. Protarsi 1.
and ii. with three pairs. Lower margin of fang-groove with
5, upper with 3 denticules.
For structure of pedipalp and organs see Pl. III. fig. vi. b. ~
Tibia with a short, curved, sharp black spur, directed for-
wards along the side of the tarsus, not projecting from the
joint.
: A single adult male of this species, which belongs to the
group including sinuatipes, sp. n., curvipes, Keys., and
several other forms I have seen, not yet described, was taken
in the Forest of Santarem in Feb. 1896.
Ctenus sinuatipes, sp. n., ¢ 2.
Hab. Costa Rica.
Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Total length (including mandibles), g 20, 9 22 mm.
g.—Colour, Carapace mahogany-brown, with a broad
diamond-shaped pale patch behind the eyes and a fine central
line following it. Abdomen brown, clothed with fine golden-
brown pubescence ; with a pale, central, longitudinal, dorsal,
scalloped band, consisting of five united blotches, clothed with
golden-brown pubescence. Underside dull olive-brown.
Sternum and legs dull olive-brown, the femora of the latter
annulate ; clothed with golden-brown pubescence.
.—Colour similar to that of the male, but much darker.
¢ .— Structure. Carapace only slightly gibbous at base
and slightly concave in profile. Legs similar to others of the
genus; scopula slight on apical half of protarsi i. and ii,
apex of iii., and none on iv.
Jrom the Lower Amazons &c. 85
Protarsus iv. bent suddenly in the middle in a sinuous
form, the basal angle armed with 5 spines and a stout curved
chisel-headed spur beneath the joint, its apex directed
outwards. LEye-formula similar to others of the genus.
Tarsal claws 2, with 4 sinuous denticules ; claw-tuft present.
Pedipalp. Tibia with a stout black spur on the outer side
at apex; palpal organs (PI. ILI. fig. vi.e). The form of the
tibial spur is very variable.
2 .—Structure similar to that of male. Carapace in profile
less concave and gibbous at base. Cephalic area slightly
gibbous. Protarsus iv. normal. Vulva (Pl. III. fig. iv. d).
Fang-groove with 5 denticules on lower margin, 3 on upper.
Measurements in millim.— 2. Tot. len. 22, carap. 10; legs
i, 38, iv. 41°5; pat.+tib. i. 13, iv. 13, ui. 10.
This species, remarkable amongst other allied forms in the
male sex for the curious development of the posterior pro-
tarsus, which is developed in somewhat the same manner as
the protarsus of the first pair of legs in some of the Thera-
phoside, was taken at La Palma (Costa Rica) by Mr. J. F.
Tristram. There were in the collection two adult males, one
adult female, and several immature of the latter sex.
Ctenus rectipes, sp. n., 3.
Hab. Iguarassu, Brazil.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Total length 17 mm., carapace 8°5; legs i. 35, iv. 39;
carapace equals pat.+tib. iil. in length ; pat.+tib. i. longer
than pat.+tib. iv.
Colour. Carapace, legs, sternum, and mouth-parts ma-
hogany-brown, clothed with yellow-grey pubescence. Abdo-
men unicolorous above, clothed with tine rufous-yellow hairs.
Ventral area dark sooty brown, with a narrow, central, lanceo-
late pale band extending from the genital rima almost to the
spinners.
Structure. Carapace raised, gibbous, and slightly bilobate
behind. Other general characters similar to those of others
of the group. ‘Tib.i. and u. with 5—5 spines beneath, 2
lateral and 2 dorsal. Protarsus iv. straight. Tibia of pedi-
palp longer than broad, with a short straight apophysis,
obliquely truncate at apex, directed forwards from the apex
of the joint on outer side, its outer surface striate and its
length less than broadest diameter of the joint. Tarsal
claws 2.
Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins; ocular
quadrangle as broad as, or slightly broader than, long, a little
86 = Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
narrower in front. Clypeus equal to 1} diameter of anterior
centrals. Apex of inner marginal spine of palpal organs
simple, blunt, and stout.
A single male was taken by Mr. Ramage near Iguarassu,
Brazil. The species is closely allied to others of the ‘ cur-
vipes’ group whose posterior protars? are straight. (Pl. III.
figs. vi. a and vii. b.)
Ctenus spiculus, sp. n., ¢.
Hab. Colombia.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Tot. len. 15°5 mm. ; carap. 9; pat.+tib. i. 16°75, iv. 16,
il. 9°75.
Colour. Carapace brown, cephalic area with two pale lines
on each side, followed by a central line to posterior margin.
Legs and abdomen brown (dried specimen).
Structure. General characters as in others of the group.
Carapace gibbous at base above. Ocular quadrangle broader
than long, narrower in front. Second row straight by ante-
rior margins; clypeus equal to 14 diameter of anterior
centrals. Carapace less than pat. and tib. iii.
Protarsus iv. slightly sinuous, basal concavity (very slight)
directed outwards. Apical concavity directed inwards, more
noticeable, not spinose except at apex, and from basal end of
apical section towards the base of the segment armed with
numerous spines. ‘This form of protarsus iv. forms an inter-
mediate link between rectipes, nigritus, and longipes, and
planipes, serratipes, &c.
Tibial spur longer, more slender, twice as long as its basal
breadth, apex carinate, recurved ; directed straight forwards.
Marginal spine of palpal organs stout at apex and simple.
Central lobe short, dorsally excavate, not emarginate or bifid
in front.
A single specimen of this distinct form taken in Colombia
is in the Museum collection. (Pl. III. fig. vii. h.)
Ctenus minimus, sp. n., ¢-
Hab. N. America.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Tot. len. 7°5 mm., carap. 3°75; legs i. 17, iv. 16.
Structure. Carapace raised and gibbous behind. Tibia i.
and ii. with five pairs of spines beneath and two lateral spines
on each side. General structure otherwise similar to others
of the group. Protarsus iv. straight. Pedipalp long, at least
two thirds that of carapace,6mm. Patella three times longer
than broad, tibia four times ; tibia incrassate towards apex (as
from the Lower Amazons &c. 87
also the patella), with a short bluntly rounded spur on outer
side above at apex, with a second shorter curved spur below
and a short, more slender spur lying between, directed towards
the base of tarsus. Base of tarsal sheath with small sharp
triangular spur on outer side above.
Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins; ocular
quadrangle broader than long, narrower in front, central
anteriors a little smaller than posteriors.
Clypeus narrow, equal to one half diameter of anterior
centrals.
Colour. Carapace, legs, sternum, and mouth-parts rufous-
brown. Abdomen with pale scalloped longitudinal dorsal
band. Lateral area streaked with black.
N.B.—These specimens, having been some time in spirit,
possibly have not preserved their colouring.
It is not improbable that this species may be the male of
punctulatus, Hentz, though there are no black longitudinal
lines on the carapace, as he points out is the case in his species.
I am not aware that these two American species have ever
been adequately figured. The specimen described above is
one of two males from N. America. (PI. IIT. fig. v.1, 2.)
Ctenus serratipes, sp. n., § Q.
Hab, Demerara.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
6. Tot. len. 18 mm., carap. 8°5; pat.+tib. i. 13, iv. 13:5;
legs i. 37°3, iv. 39.
3 .—Colour. Carapace, legs, and abdomen ferruginous
brown (dried specimen).
2 .—Colour the same (dried specimen).
3 .—Structure. Ocular quadrangle longer than broad ;
second row of eyes procurved. Details of the structure of
the tibial spurs and of protarsus iv. will be found in the table
of species.
Central lobe of palpal organs deeply bilobate.
A single male and female in the Museum collection from
Demerara. ‘The vulva of the female was not sufficiently
preserved to furnish a reliable figure or description. (PI. III.
figs. vi.c and vii. d.)
Ctenus medius, Keys. (g new to science),
Hab. Theresiopolis, 8. Brazil.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
3. Tot. len. 22 mm., carap. 11°5; pat.+tib. iii, 13;
i. 17, iv. 15°75.
88 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
3 .—Colour. Carapace, abdomen, and legs unicolorous
brown.
Structure. General characters similar to those of others of
the group. Ocular quadrangle longer than broad; second
row of eyes procurved.
Protarsus iv. very strongly curved, so that the convexity
of the basal section lies inwards, while the apical section is
straight and the tarsus is set on obliquely or almost at right
angles to the protarsus, its apex directed inwards. A detailed
description of this portion of the structure and of the tibial
spur is given in the table of specific characters.
Palpal organs. Marginal spine trifd at apex; central lobe
small, broad, rounded at apex, simple.
For notes on C medius, Keys., 2, see p. 81.
A single specimen of the male and another of the female of
this extraordinary spider were found in a collection from
Theresiopolis, S. Brazil. The female is identical with
C. medius, Keys., of which the type is now before me, easily
recognizable by the pair of oval boss-like prominences lying
obliquely and convergent at the anterior margin of the vulva.
These types are from Rio Janeiro. It is interesting to find
that the male of this very ordinary looking female should be
so extraordinary in appearance, owing to its excentrically
developed posterior legs.
Part I].—(a) Genera of the Old and New Worlds which have
been assigned by various authors to the Families Ctenide
and Lycosidx, containing Forms possessing three tarsal
claws, with Notes on the Type Species.
1872. Senoculus, Tacz. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 108, t. iii. fig. 4.
Type S. maronicus, Tacz.—St. Laurent de Maroni.
1876. Nilus, Cambr. Spid. Palest. Egypt, p. 596, pl. lix. fig. 18. Type
NV. curtus, Cambr.— Alexandria.
1878. Pyenoctenus, L. Koch, Arach. Austr. ii. p. 996, pl. lxxxvii. fig. 2.
Type P. robustus, L. K.—Sydney.
1873. Labdacus, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 118. Type ZL. monastoides,
Cambr., 2 .—Rio Grande, Brazil.
1878. Cycloctenus, L. Koch, Arach. Austr. ii. p. 988, t. lxxxyi. 8. Type
C. flaviceps, L. K., 2 .—New Holland.
1880. Stenoctenus, Keys. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 340. Type S. gra-
cilis, Keys., 9 .—Peru.
1880, Platyctenus, Keys, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 338, note.
1880. Ancyclometes, Bertk. Mém. Cour. Acad. Belg, xiii. p. 114. Type
A, vulpes, Bertk., 9 .—Barbacena.
rom the Lower Amazons cc. 89
1884. Titurius, Sim. Ann. Mus. Gen. xx. p. 328. Type 7. fimbriatus
(Walck.), 9 .—Cape of Good Hope.
1885. Thalassius, Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 13. For Titurius, nom.
preeoce.
*1888, Vulsor, Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 233. Type V. bidens,
Sim., 9.—Island Mayotte, Madagascar.
*1888. Viridasius, Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 233. Type V. pul-
chripes, Sim., 3 9 .—Island Nossi-Bé, Madagascar.
1891. Dolopeus, Thor. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv. (2) p. 60.
Type D. cinctus, Thor., 2 .—Island Kamorta, Nicobar, Bay of Bengal.
The type of Pycnoctenus, L. K., will be the single species
described at the time of founding the genus, P. robustus, L. K.
For the same reason Ni/us curtus, Cambr., remains as the
type of Nelus, Cambr. L. monastoides, Cb., was the single
species originally assigned to Labdacus, Cambr., while Cyclo-
ctenus flaviceps, L. K., is, for the same reason, the type of
Cycloctenus, L. Koch. Stenoctenus gracilis, Keys., is also on
this account the type of Stenoctenus, Keys. A. vulpes, Bertk.,
for the same reason, is the type of Ancyclometes, Bertk.
M. Simon has selected 7. fimbriatus (Walck.), sub Ctenus,
as the type of (Ziturius) Thalasstus, Sim. V. bidens, Sim.,
and V. pulchripes, Sim., remain with an undisputed right to
be regarded as the types of Vulsor, Sim., and Vir¢dasius,
Sim., respectively. Dolopeus cinctus, Thor., is alone also as
the type of Dolopeus, Vhor. 2. maronicus (Tacz.), sub
Senoculus, is the type of Platyctenus, Keys., a name substi-
tuted, on the ground of inappropriateness, for Senoculus,
Tacz.
Note.—Genus Dotomepsgs, Latr., 1804,
1833. Dolomedes concolor, Perty. 9. Del. Anim. Bras. iii. p. 197,
pl. xxxix. fig. 4. Sebastianopolis, Brazil—The form of the eyes is
“Ctenoid,” though it is quite likely, for all the evidence to the con-
trary, that it belongs near my Lycoctenus. No mention is made of the
number of tarsal claws. See sub Ctenus unicolor, Walck., above, p. 61.
Genus SENOcULUS, Tacz., 1872.
1872. Senoculus, 'Tacz.—A name given to a spider with a
Ctenoid eye-formula, supposed by Karsch to be six-eyed,
whereas in reality the lateral anterior eyes are present,
though very small and inconspicuous (8. maronicus, ‘l'acz.).
Keyserling, in consideration of the resemblance of his
* I cannot gather from Simon’s description to which group these two
genera belong.
) bj
90 My. F. O. P. Cambridge on Ctentform Spiders @g
Stenoctenus gracilis to Senoculus, and convinced that it was
an eight-eyed form, gave it the name Platyctenus, on the
grounds that Senocu/us was inappropriate. The latter
name having been obviously given under a misapprehension,
it seems reasonable to modify in such cases the strict letter
of the laws of nomenclature. But if one begins’to discard
names on the ground of inappropriateness, where is the
process to stop? I therefore would regard Platyctenus as
a synonym of Senoculus.
1872. Senoculus maronicus, Tacz. 2, 6 mm. Hor. Soe.
Ent. Ross. ix. p. 108, t. in. fig. 4. Type of genus, only
species described. St. Laurent de Maroni.
1879. Senoculus rubromaculatus, Keys. 2, 85mm. Verh.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 339, pl. iv. fig. 30. Peru.
Genus Laspacus, Cambr., 1873.
1873. Labdacus monastoides, Cambr. 2, 9°5 mm. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 118. Type in coll. O. P. C. Rio
Grande, Brazil.
1880. L. plumosus, Sim. @, carap. 3°6 mm. Bull. Soe.
Zool. Fr. p. 154. Pard, Brazil.
1880. L. purpureus, Sim. 2, 85mm. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.
p. 155. Panama.
1880. L. parallelus, Sim. 2, 86mm. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.
p. 156. Teffé, Upper Amazons, Brazil.
1880. L. ruficapillus, Sim. $2,9'5mm. Bull. Soc. Zool.
Fr, p. 154. Pard, Brazil.
1880. L. tricolor, Sim. 6 Y,125 mm. Bull. Soc. Zool.
Fr. p. 153. 'Teffé, Upper Amazons, Brazil.
Table of Species (after Simon).
A. Carapace and abdomen clothed with plumose
hairs,
1. Carapace with strie strongly marked ........ L. plumosus, Sim.
2. Carapace with strie scarcely noticeable ...... L. tricolor, Sim.
B. Carapace and abdomen clothed with simple hairs.
i. Legs short. Tibi i. and ii, with 4—4 (ord—®)
long spines beneath.
a. Posterior eyes very large. Centrals a little
less than their diameter apart, scarcely 14
diameter from laterals ..........+.0.. L. ruficapillus, Sim.
b. Posterior eyes moderate in size. Centrals
from the Lower Amazons &c. 91
further apart, at least over one diameter
apart, at least two diameters from laterals.
]. Tibize i. and ii. with 5—5 spines beneath.
Protarsi i. and ii. with 5—5 (or 5—6)
spines beneath. Central posterior eyes
two diameters from laterals. Size
smaller, carapace 3 MM.........0..00. L. purpureus, Sim.
la. The number of spines beneath tibie 1.
and ii. not mentioned in the descrip-
tion, but are 5 in the figures .......... L. monastoides, Cb.
2. Tibi i. and ii. with 4—4 spines beneath.
Protarsi i. and ii. with 3—5 spines be-
neath. Central posteriors 3 diameters
from laterals. Size larger, carapace
Sy 591 amen - 7 at erie 5 ae es L. albidus, sp. n.
Labdacus albidus, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Rio de Janeiro.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Carapace 5°5 mm., abd. 10.
Colour. Carapace, legs, and abdomen dull yellow-red,
clothed with short pure white pubescence. Legs furnished
with short fine black spines, their margins fringed with long
curving silky white hairs.
Structure. Carapace with strie distinct; anterior ocular
area (from anterior margin of posterior centrals to clypeus)
horizontal. Central anterior eyes 1? diameter apart, very
small. Clypeus narrow, 14 diameter of anterior centrals.
Ocular quadrangle longer than broad, narrower in front.
Central posteriors 1} diameter apart, 3 diameters from
laterals, Lateral anteriors very small, close in front of poste-
rior laterals.
Legs. Tibie i. and ii. with 4—4 spines beneath and 2
lateral spines; protarsi i. and ii. with 3—83 spines beneath
and 2 or 3 laterals.
Tarsal claws 3.
The description of this fine species, the largest of the genus
hitherto discovered, is drawn from a dried specimen in the
Museum collection. It is closely allied to purpureus, Sim.,
but differs in the number of subtibial spines and the position
of the eyes. I give a table of species according to the cha-
racters furnished by M. Simon, including albcdus and
monastoides, for the benefit of those who may not have
Simon’s paper at hand.
Genus Nitus, Cambr., 1876.
1876. Nilus, Cambr.—The eye-formula and three tarsal
claws would seem to suggest T’halassius, Sim.
92 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Genus Pycnocrenus, L. K., 1878.
1878. Pycnoctenus, L. K.—I have not yet seen a form from
the New World which I could assign to this genus.
Genus CycLocrenus, L. K., 1878.
1878. Cycloctenus, L. K.—No form which I have met with
yet from the New World would seem to belong to this
genus.
Genus STENOCTENUS, Keys., 1880.
1880. Stenoctenus gracilis, Keys. 2,8mm. Verhand. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, p. 341, t. iv. fig. 29. Type in coll. Warsaw
Museum. Aimable Maria, Peru.—I have not seen the
type of this species, also the type of the genus; but of this
and Senoculus Keyserling says (p. 337) :—‘ Diese und die
foleende Gattung gehoren in der mit drei Klauen am Ende
der Tarsen,” &e.
Another species which was found in Keyserling’s collec-
tion under the name S. pallidus, from Brazil, I describe
below, since I can find no description of it.
Keyserling placed Stenoctenus and Senoculus under the
Ctenoide.
Stenoctenus pallidus is closely related to, if not identical
with, ‘¢ Labdacus,” Cambr., a three-clawed form with
Ctenoid eye-formula.
In 1880 (Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 152) M. Simon says
of Labdacus :—“ 11 tient en effet de pies aux Ctenus, aux
Oxyopes, aux Podophthalma, aux Triclaria, C, K.”—* pour
nous il se rattache cependant a la famille des Ctenide.”’
This must have been before M. Simon decided upon re-
garding the tarsal claws as of more importance than resem-
blances in the eye-formula.
The type of Labdacus, Cb., and Stenectenus pallidus
certainly have no connexion with the true Ctenine with
two claws, save a certain resemblance in the eye-position.
Stenoctenus pallidus, sp. n.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Rio de Janeiro, Sao Antonio.
3g .— Colour, Carapace dull orange, suffused on the margins
with dusky black. Mandibles dull orange. Sternum,
maxille, and legs pale straw-yellow. Abdomen pale yellow,
its lateral margins reticulated with black streaks. Dorsal
Jrom the Lower Amazons &c. 935
area with several smaller black spots and with a larger single
black arrow-head mark just behind the centre. Eyes set on
six large black spots.
Structure. Carapace longer than broad, segmental grooves
well marked. Ocular area of carapace almost flat, not
rounded nor vertical in front, but only slightly depressed
towards clypeus, whose width is less than half a diameter of
anterior centrals. Hyes very small, set on black tubercles.
Posterior row recurved, occupying the total width of caput;
eyes subequal, centrals 2 diameters apart, 4 from lateral
posteriors. Lateral anteriors very minute, set just in front
of the lateral tubercle, but not on it. Anterior centrals
smaller than posterior centrals, ? of a diameter apart, 3 from
central posteriors. Ocular quadrangle longer than broad,
narrower in front.
Legs very long, 1, 4, 2, 3 (i.is twice as long as total length
of body, iii. about 13 total length), very spinose, many,
however, being rubbed off the femora. Tibize i. and ii. with
9-10 spines on either side underneath, and 2 or 3 dorsal.
Protarsi i. and ii. with 8-9 spines on either side beneath.
Tibia and protarsi ii. and iv. with several pairs of long spines
beneath. ‘T'arsi without scopula, furnished beneath with
short stiff bristles.
Tarsal claws 3, the upper with 9-10 long denticules, the
under without any.
Sternum longer than broad; coxe iv. contiguous.
Labium three times longer than broad, 3 the length of
maxille, parallel-sided, apex truncate, set with converging
bristles. Maxille four times longer than broad, straight,
parallel, parallel-sided, rounded at apex.
Mandibles straight, slightly concave on inner side in front,
with several converging bristles. Lower margin of fang-
groove with three teeth, upper with two. Spinners situated
at the extreme apex of abdomen. Tarsus of pedipalp fur-
nished with numerous stout spines (Pl. LV. fig. v. a, b).
A single adult male in coll. Keyserling, named pallidus,
from Rio Janeiro.
1880. Platyctenus, Keys. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxix. p. 388,
note.—A name suggested by Keyserling instead of Seno-
culus. The spiders included in this genus and Stenoctenus
probably do not belong to the Clubionide, subfam. Ctenina,
at all.
1880. Ancylometes, Bertk.—In the absence of the type or
any description made from a comparative point of view I
hesitate to suggest the affinities of the genus.
94 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
Genus THALASSIUS, Sim., 1885.
1884. Titurius, Sim.,=1885. Thalassius, Sim.—Forms from
the Cape are before me which would seem without doubt
to belong to this genus. It is very distinct from Lycoctenus.
Of the type of the genus, 7. fimbriatus (Walck.), M. Simon
kindly tells me (Sept. 5, 1896):—‘ Je pense que le type
de Titurius (Ctenus) jimbriatus, Walck., n’existe plus.”
VuLsor, Sim., 1888.
1888. Vulsor bidens, Sim. 2,21 mm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
vill. p. 233. Mayotte, Madagascar.—This species and the
next have an eye-formula very similar to that of Thalassius
(Titurius), Sim.—at least, so one would gather from the
description,—the lateral anteriors being equidistant between
the central anteriors and the central posteriors. ‘Tibia 1.
and ii. with 3—3 spines beneath and 2 lateral spines.
Ocular quadrangle as broad as long, anterior row narrower
than the space occupied by central posteriors. Clypeus
one half broader than diameter of central anterior eyes.
Lower margin of fang-groove with 2 teeth. Simon places
this and the next genus amongst the Cteninew, but whether
as a two-clawed form or not one cannot say, for it is not
obvious from the description.
Vrripasius, Sim., 1888.
1888. Viridastus pulchripes, Sim. 21 mm. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. viii. p. 233. Nossi-Bé.—The remarks made under
Vulsor above apply also to this form. It is generically
distinct (sec. Simon) from Vulsor by the higher clypeus,
twice as high as the diameter of anterior central eyes, and
by the 4—4 spines beneath tibi i. and 11., instead of 3—3
as in Vulsor.
Genus THAUMASIA, Perty, 1833.
1833. Thaumasia senilis, Perty. @. Del. Anim. Art. iii.
. 192, t. xxxvili. 5. Brazil, Piauhiensi.—[t is very
doubtful whether this species belongs to the Ctenine or
not. ‘lhe eyes would suggest that it does, but the general
character that it does not. It seems highly probable that
it belongs to one of the Lycosid groups.
from the Lower Amazons Lc. 95
Genus DoLopaus, Thor.
1891. Dolopeus, Thor.—I cannot as yet speak with any cer-
tainty of the affinities of this genus, except that it has three
tarsal claws and a “ Ctenoid”’ eye-formula.
(b) Characters of a new Genus and Descriptions of new
Species from the New World.
Genus LYCOCTENUS, nov. *
Type L. brunneus, sp. n.
Lower Amazons.
Diagnosis.—Eye-formula “ Ctenoid,” second row procurved.
Lateral anteriors midway between central and lateral poste-
riors. Ocular quadrangle a little longer than broad, scarcely
narrower in front than behind; all four eyes subequal.
Clypeus equal to 24 diameters of anterior centrals.
Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 stout teeth, no. 3 some-
times small (g¢ Hewittsont has 3 only), upper with 1 large
and 2 small.
Tibie i. and i. with 4 pairs of short spines beneath. No
lateral or dorsal spines in the female (male with 3 lateral and
3 dorsal).
Protarsi i. and ii. with 3 pairs of spines beneath and a
single short stout spur at apex beneath. Protarsi i. and iv.
with two apical spines beneath.
Posterior tarsi 111. and iv. with a double series of 3-6 short
spines beneath on each side.
* I hesitate to determine the systematic position of this genus until
much more material has come before me. It is undoubtedly very nearly
allied to Thalassius ( Titurius), Simon ; but the latter (sec. Simon) has three
teeth on the lower margin of the fang-groove, one of the characters by
which Thalassius is distinguished (sec. Simon) trom Dolumedes, Speci-
mens very probably belonging to Vhalassius, Simon, which have come
before me trom South Africa, are certainly not congeneric with my Lyco-
ctenus. Vulsor and Viridasius possess 2 teeth ouly on the fang-margin.
Of Dolopeus Thorell says (1895, Spid. Burmah) “non a TYhalassius
differt”; so that it certainly differs from Lycoctenus. Neither is Lyco-
ctenus congeneric with Pyenoctenus and Cycloctenus, L. K., since the
posterior eyes of the ocular quadrangle are much larger than the anteriois
in the latter genera, while in Lycoctenus both posterior and anterior eyes
are subequal. I would not like to be too sure about its distinctness from
Ancylometes, Bertk., for I do not quite grasp the characters of the latter.
M. Simon says with reference to this genus, comparing it with Dolo-
medes:—“‘la marge infériewre des chélicéres offre constamment quatre
dents (Dolomedes), tandis que chez les Thalassius, de méme que chez les
Ancylometes, elle n’en présente que trois.” Bertkau says of his own
genus, ‘ unterer Klauenfalzrand mit 4, oberer mit 2 Zahnchen,” so that I
hesitate to speak at all positively concerning the latter genus.
96 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
A thick undivided scopula beneath tarsi and protarsi i. and
ii. Scopula beneath apex of protarsus ili., none beneath iv.
Scopula beneath tarsi ili. and iv. divided longitudinally by a
broad band of setee.
Legs 4, 1, 2, 3.
Tarsal claws 3. Claw-tuft absent.
Labium scarcely longer than broad, narrowed at base,
rounded at apex.
Mazille straight, rounded externally, obliquely truncate on
inner apex, much narrowed at base.
Mamille set in a transverse quadrangle, broader than long,
posterior pair wider apart than anterior at base, more slender
and slightly longer; both pairs cylindrical, with small apical
joint. Central pair shorter, and broadly truncate at apex.
Carapace abruptly but obliquely precipitous behind.
Patella and tibia i. equal to or less than patella and tibia iv.
Table of Species.
Males.
A. Carapace dark fulvous brown, with broad
lateral margin white.
1, Abdomen unicolorous brown above. Cara-
pace not shorter than tib. i. (or iv.).
a, Size larger, 22mm. Pat. and tib. i. longer
than pat. and tib. iv. Palpal “ unca”
plain in front .........seeeeees eens L. demerarensts, sp. 0.
b. Size smaller, 18mm. Pat. and tib. i. equal
to pat. and tib. iv. Palpal “ unca ” with
sharp prominent angle in centre of frontal
TDALGIN, 5.(.0.cn.ss an 28 = anne min’ meee & L. colombianus, sp. n.
2. Abdomen with two small white spots above
the black shoulder-spot; a pair of small
central dorsal white spots and a pair of
white spots towards the apex. Carapace
much shorter than tib. i. (or iv.).
a, Size much larger, 30mm. Pat. and tib. i.
longer than pat. and tib. iv. Palpal
“unca” stout at apex and abruptl
hooked ; dorsal angle much more promi-
NENG, 60.0 9.5.09 .\k'= sn pias lees AE L. gigas, sp. n.
6. Size much smaller, 20mm. Pat. and tib.i.
shorter than pat. and tib. iv. Palpal
‘‘unca”’ more slender at apex and not
abruptly hooked; dorsal angle less pro-
TOINIODG 5 1» 6:0 hunks Iartie exis Ose 5 all eae eee L. brunneus, sp. n.
B. Carapace pale straw-yellow (or dull panes
with a broad lateral brown band on each side
of a broad central pale band ..... einmass .. L. Hewitsont, sp. n.
Jrom the Lower Amazons Ee. 97
Females.
A. Carapace dark fulvous brown, with broad
lateral margin white.
1. Size larger, 35 mm. Central tongue of
vulva with median groove, rounded ante-
riorly, obtusely pointed behind ; in profile
not abruptly inclined posteriorly ........ L. brunneus, sp. n.
2. Size smaller, 27 mm. Central tongue of
vulya with median carina, squarely trun-
cate anteriorly, sharply pointed behind ; in
profile abruptly inclined posteriorly ...... L, bogotensis, Keys.
B. Carapace pale straw-yellow (or dull orange),
with a broad lateral brown band on each side
of a broad central pale band. Q juv....... LI. Hewitsoni, sp. n.
Lycoctenus brunneus, sp. n., b &.
Hab. Forest, Santarem.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
2. Length (including mandibles) 32 mm., g¢ 20 mm.
Colour. Carapace, mandibles, pedipalps, legs, and sternum
dull red-brown, clothed with short brown pubescence. Abdo-
men brown, clothed with short brown pubescence, with a
double dorsal series of two distinct small pale spots, and two
much larger ones just above the spinners. Anterior shoulders
of abdomen black. Sides marked with a few pale spots.
Underside with a broad, central, pale wedge-shaped band,
indistinct; no stigmata near vulva. Legs mottled very
indistinctly with dark brown.
g. Similar, except carapace with broad grey band on
each side.
Jarapace. Central stria distinct. Cephalic area not raised
at all; profile line of thoracic and cephalic regions hori-
zontal ; abruptly and precipitously inclined at the base.
Eyes. Laterals not on a distinct tubercle; posteriors
prominent, diameter twice that of anteriors, the latter distant
more than one diameter from the former. Four centrals ina
quadrangle a little longer than broad. Posteriors slightly
larger.
Legs. Femora i., ii., iii., and iv. spinose above, Tibiz i.
and ii. with four pairs. Protarsi i. and ii. with three pairs
of spines beneath, and a single apical central spine beneath ;
iii. and iv. with two apical spines beneath. Tibie and pro-
tarsi ili. and iv. with numerous spines above and below.
Tarsal claws 3, superiors armed with 5 or 6 long broad
denticules. No claw-tuft.
A thick scopula beneath protarsi and tarsi i. and i., be-
neath tarsus and apical half of protarsus iii.,and beneath tarsus
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 7
98 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
alone of iv. Tarsi iii. and iv. with a double series of 6
small spines beneath, on either side of central longitudinal
band of sete.
Vulva consisting of a broad, central, wedge-shaped chitinous
piece, convex in front, with three longitudinal indentations or
grooves, the central one the longest, having on. each side a
broad, semicircular, convex band of chitin. Palpal organs of
male with a central hook-like apophysis (the “ unca”’), the
hook itself long and slightly curved. Tibia furnished with two
dark apophyses at apex, one beneath the other on outer side
(see figures). Fang-groove of mandibles with four teeth on
lower side, three towards base on upperside.
Measurements in millim.— 2. Tot. len. 20, carap. 10;
legs i. 53, iv. 56; pat.+tib. 1. 15:5, iv. 16°75; tib. i. 11,
iv. 12.
Q@. Tot. len. 35, carap. 14; legs i. 50, iv. 56; pat.+tib.
i, 1%, iv. 175 fib. a. 105, ax. 25
Five females and one male of this fine species were taken
by myself in the forest near Santarem. They seem to lead a
vagabond life, appearing sometimes in the daytime, some-
times at night, but are probably chiefly nocturnal in their
habits. The male was taken after dark, with the aid of a
lantern, crossing a path in the forest, and one of the females
ascending a bank, having been disturbed by the scrimmage
made in an effort to secure a fine scorpion. (PI. IV. figs. i. a,
c 2, d, and ii. a, ¢.)
Lycoctenus bogotensis (Keys.), 2. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien,
1877, p. 684.
Tot. len. 27 mm., carap. 12°7; legs i. 38°5, iv. 46; pat.+
tib. i. 15, iv. 15°4; tib. i. 9°2, iv. 10 (sec. Keyserling).
This species, of which the types are before me, is readily
distinguishable by the form of the vulva from brunneus,
though at first sight they appear identical. The central
tongue of the vulva has a high carina in the centre, abruptly
lowered posteriorly, seen in profile. This central tongue in
brunneus has a central channel between two low carine
which sink gradually behind. In bogotensts the central
tongue is squarely truncate and broader anteriorly, con-
verging to a sharp point posteriorly ; in drunneus it is nar-
rower and rounded anteriorly, bluffly rounded behind, though
attenuate (PI. LV. fig. ii. b, d).
Lycoctenus gigas, sp. n., 3.
Hab. Uncertain, probably Upper Amazons.
‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London,
Jrom the Lower Amazons ce. 99
Tot. len. 30 mm., carap. 13°5; legs 1. 75, iv. 76; pat.+
tib.'1. 23°5, iv. 22.
This huge form, the full expanse of whose legs extends
over 5} inches (149 mm.), while that of brunneus is only 4
inches (118 mm.), is identical with the latter in general cha-
racters, but presents decided differences on close comparison
with it, irrespective of absolute size. Pat. and tib. i. are in
gigas longer than the same segments in iv., while in brunneus
the first two are shorter than those of iv.
The palpal “ unca,” though longer and somewhat more
slender, is much stouter and more abruptly hooked at its
extremity, while the dorsal angle is more prominent and
different in form (Pl. IV. fig. i. c, 1).
A single specimen in the Museum collection from Brazil,
probably from the Upper Amazons.
Lycoctenus demerarensis, sp. n., 3
Hab. Demerara.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Tot. len. 22 mm., carap. 11; legs 1. 54, iv. 57; pat.+
tib. 1. 17, iv. 16; tib. i. 10°75, iv. 11°25.
Abdomen unicolorous above, dull russet below. A form
closely allied to colombianus, which may ultimately prove to be
identical with it. Pat. and tib. iv. are unequal in the present
form, equal in colombianus, while the palpal ‘‘ unca”’ presents
differences sufficient, in consideration of the difference of
locality, to warrant the formation of a distinct subspecies for
both forms, until further material enables one to decide more
positively on the point.
It can readily be distinguished from gigas and brunneus
by the absence of spots on the abdomen and from the fact
that the carapace equals tibia iv. in length. The “ unca”’ of
the palpal organs is, moreover, more slender and does not
present so decided and prominent a dorsal angle as in these two
latter forms (Pl. IV. fig. i. c, 3).
A single male from Demerara, taken by Mr. W. L. Sclater.
Lycoctenus colombianus, sp. n., do.
Hab. Colombia, S. America.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Tot. len. 18 mm., carap. 9°5; legs 1. 39, iv. 46; pat.+
tib. 1. 18-5, iv: 13°5; tib. 1. 9, iv. 9°5.
Abdomen unicolorous above, ferruginous below. This
form resembles demerarensis in general characters, but differs
Tk
(
100 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
from it in the form of the palpal “unca,” its smaller size, and
in the relative lengths of pat. and tib. i. andiv. From gigas
and brunneus it may be known by the concolorous abdomen
(Pl. IV. fig. i. 4).
A single dried specimen of the male in the Museum collec-
tion from Colombia, South America.
Lycoctenus Hewitsont, sp. n.*, g 2.
Hab. Largo, near Santarem.
Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
@ (immature). Length (including mandibles) 25 mm.,
3 20 mm.
Colour.— 2. The whole spider entirely dull yellow-brown,
carapace and abdomen towards apex darker; the former
exhibits an indistinct broad central and marginal pale bands.
Legs variegated with numerous spots and lines of white
pubescence.
3d. Similar to the female; carapace paler, with two dark
bands between the three pale bands much more distinctly
marked. Abdomen with shoulders darker and two dark
central, dorsal, parallel lines on the basal half, continued as a
single line to the spinners. Legs pale yellow ; tibia, pro-
tarsi, and tarsi sooty, clothed with white and grey pubes-
cence, especially conspicuous on the protarsi.
Ocular area and clypeus spotted with white pubescence.
Mandibles with a conspicuous basal spot of white on upper-
side.
Carapace with fine central stria, gibbous posteriorly, and
abruptly inclined to the pedicle, Dorsal profile slightly
concave. Eyes as in “ brunneus,” laterals not on tubercle.
Fang-groove with 3 denticles on both margins. Armature of
legs similar to that of “drunneus.”” 'Tarsal claws 3; superiors
with 6 long broad denticules beneath, re towards
base. No claw-tuft.
? juv. Similar to the male, but margins of fang-groove
with four denticules on each.
Measurements in millim.—Tot. len. 18, carap. 9°5; tib. i.
9:5, iv. 9°5; pat.+tib. i. 12°5, iv. 12°5; legs i. 38, iv. 43.
Very abundant on grass and rushes in the Largo at the
mouth of the T'apajos, opposite Santarem. he females were
unfortunately all immature, though I had the luck to secure
one adult male. ‘The spiders rested on the grass with legs
* In memory of a delightful expedition in company with Mr. Hewitson
to the haunts of the ‘Victoria regia,’ when numerous arachnological
treasures were added to our collection.
from the Lower Amazons Cc. | 101
stretched out before and behind along the stem, being very
difficult to see owing to the exact similarity of their colour to
the pale yellow withered grass-blades. When alarmed they
would run with ease and great rapidity on the surface of the
water, diving below or running down the grass-stems beneath
the surface if hard pressed. The Dolomedine habits and
general] structure of this species and another much larger form,
of which I was unable to get adult specimens, and therefore
hesitate to describe, are very noteworthy. (PI. 1V. fig. i. b.)
Part Il].—Cribellate “ Ctenoid” Forms referred by Simon
to Ham. Zoropside, with two tarsal claws ; Notes and
Descriptions of new Species from the New World.
Family Zoropside, Simon *.
Subfam. Acawruocreyiv#, Sim.
Genus ACANTHOCTENUS, Keys., 1877.
Diagnosis. —Eye-formula “ Ctenoid.”” Ocular quadrangle
scarcely longer than broad; anterior side narrower ; anterior
centrals smaller than posterior centrals ; second row procurved.
Clypeus as high as twice the diameter of anterior centrals f.
Tibiz i. and ii. with 7-9 pairs of very long spines beneath
and 3-4 spines on each side. Protarsi 1. and ii. with five
pairs of long spines beneath ; no central apical spine beneath.
Patella and tibia i. much longer thaniv. Legs (1, 4)—2, 3.
Tarsal claws2. Calamistrum and cribellum present. Lower
margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth, upper with 2.
This genus was formed for the reception of two Cteniform
species, A. spinipes, Keys., from Bogota, and A. spinigerus,
Keys., from Cordova, Mexico, in 1877.
M. Simon has pointed out (Hist. Nat. Ar. i. p. 229) that
these spiders having the calamistrum and cribellum belong
more properly to his family Zoropside, under the subfamily
Acanthoctenine. He also says that the species referred to
this genus by Thorell (Ann. Mus. Gen. 1890) &c.—A. varia-
tus, dimidiatus, and letus—belong to the Ctenine.
The type of this genus has been selected by M. Simon,
* This classification is adopted provisionally,
+ M. Simon says (Hist. Nat. Ar. i. p. 229) :—“Clypeus oculis anticis
non multo latior.” Ifthe comparison 1s with the diameter of the eyes it
is incorrect, but if with the transverse space occupied by the eyes it is a
pity it is not clearly so stated. Fig. 178, p. 227, is, however, correct in
this respect.
102. Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
namely A. spiniger, Keys.; this, however, is not the name
given by Keyserling, which is spznigerus.
I have been able to add a fine species to the genus in
addition to the two, spinigerus and spinipes, described by
Keyserling, of which the types are now before me, and
another has come to hand from the collection of Mr. Ridley,
in the possession of the Natural History Museum, South
Kensington, taken near Pernambuco, to which I have given
the name Lidley?.
Table of Species.
Males.
a, Size much larger, 17 mm. Tibia of pedipalp
much produced beneath, on outer side at apex ;
forming a dilatation whose apex is furnished
with a short, sharp, black hook. Apex of bulb
bearing a fine, curving, spiraloid spine, spring-
ing from a membranous tissue .........-
b. Size much smaller, 12°5 mm. Tibia of pedipalp
not so much produced; outer side slightly
dilate at apex and terminating in a short,
broad, chitinous spur. Apex of bulb bearing no
spiraloid spine ........ Heil ais ie nyale > Stele ;
Females.
a. Size much larger, 20mm. Vulva presenting a
' transverse oval depression, with central poste-
rior triangular tongue, whose anterior margins
are continued on either side in the form of a
coiled spiraloid oviduct ..........2.008:
b. Size much smaller, 14°3 mm.
1. Vulva presenting anteriorly a large quadrate
A, Marshii, sp. n.
A, spiniyerus, Keys.
A. Marshit, sp, 0.
spade-like depression, concave within towards
apex, which is bilobate. Produced poste-
riorly into a stem, dilate towards posterior
margin, flanked on both sides by a horseshoe-
shaped tuberculiform prominence, procurved,
whose arms (transversely corrugate) termi-
nate with a small shining boss, Cribellum
divided in centre into two distinct triangular
SIPOR yo its Seah blips hia aalge Reh eee oe
2. Vulva presenting anteriorly on each side a
spiraloid curving process, Central tongue
ilate in centre on each side, with narrow
black chitinous margin, posteriorly narrowed.
Cribellum transverse oblong, not divided in
centre into two distinct areas .........-6-
A. spinipes, Keys.
A, Ridley, sp. n.
1877. Acanthoctenus spinigerus, Keys.
(Pl. IV. fig. iii. b.)
$,12°5mm. Verh.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 693, t. ii. (vili.) fig. 60.
Cordova. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Mexico,
Srom the Lower Amazons &e. 103
1877. Acanthoctenus spinipes, Keys. ¢, 14:3 mm. _ Verh.
z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 695, t. ii. (viii.) fig. 61. Type in coll.
Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London. New Granada, Bogotd.
These two species belong to the subfam. Acanthoctenine
of Simon, in the family Zoropside, where I leave them for
the present in company with a new species—A. Marshii—
described below, from the Amazons. ‘They are separated by
M. Simon from the other Ctenoid forms, on account of the
presence of the calamistrum and cribellum. (PI. LV. fig. iii. d.)
Acanthoctenus Fidleyi, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil.
Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
Total length (including mandibles) 14 mm.
Colour. Carapace and legs mahogany-brown, the former
with two lateral dark serrate bands on each side of the
median line, the latter with indistinct annulations on the
tibiz ; protarsi and tarsi darker.
Structure. Similar in general character to the other forms
of the genus, resembling, however, A. spinipes, Keys., rather
than Marshit. Legs of first pair less than twice the total
length (in A. Marshii they are more than twice the total
length). Tibia 1. with 7 pairs of spines beneath, ii. with 6-7
pairs beneath. Second row of eyes straight by anterior mar-
gins ; ocular quadrangle broader than long, much narrower
in front. Central posteriors large, less than half a diameter
apart. Central anteriors much smaller, half a diameter apart.
Clypeus equal to 1} diameter of anterior central eye.
Cribellum transverse, narrow, not divided into two trian-
gular disks.
Vulva somewhat similar in general character to that of
Marshii, but much less complicated. Central tongue dilate
in middle on either side, with narrow black chitinous margins,
anteriorly presenting on each side a spiraloid curving process,
beneath which lies the oviduct.
This species was found among some spiders collected by
Mr. Ridley in the neighbourhood of Pernambuco. (PI. LV.
fig. ill. e.)
Acanthoctenus Marshii *, sp. n., 2.
Hab. Santarem and Obidos.
Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
* It gives me much pleasure to connect this fine new species with the
name of Mr. Marsh, by whose efforts our Amazonian collections, espe-
cially amongst the Lepidoptera, were considerably enriched
104 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on Cteniform Spiders
3. Total length (including mandibles) 17 mm., 2 20 mm.
3d .—Colour. Carapace orange-yellow, with two broad
brown bands with scalloped margins on either side of the
central furrow. Abdomen dull orange-brown, mottled with
brown and grey pubescence; with a broad central pale band,
divided longitudinally in its first half by a brown line, trans-
versely in its second by three A -shaped fine lines, terminating
in a black spot at each end. The apical half bears dorsally
two rows of three small tufts of fine grey hairs, with another
row of the same on each side.
Legs pale orange, spinose, annulated with brown, and
clothed between the annulations with hoary grey pubescence.
Sternum and underside of abdomen dull yellow-brown.
Structure. Carapace with fine central line; profile-line
concave, very and abruptly steep behind, and gibbous. Ocular
region raised, lateral impressions deep.
Eyes. Centrals forming a quadrangle a little longer than
broad, posteriors larger ; laterals on a distinct tubercle ; ante-
riors small, their diameter less than half that of posterior
laterals, and more than their diameter distant from them.
The lateral anteriors form with the central posteriors a pro-
curving transverse line seen from in front. Clypeus narrower
than diameter of anterior centrals.
Mandibles clothed with grey hairs. Fang-groove armed
with 3 teeth on lower margin, 2 on upper at angle. Labium
longer than broad, emarginate at apex, narrowed at base,
half as long as coxe of pedipalp. ‘The latter parallel-sided,
their inner margins smooth and slightly excavate, rounded at
apex and tufted on inner apical angle with long curved hairs.
Legs 1, 4, 2, 3, long, and somewhat similar in action to
those of the Laterigrades, armed with spines and clothed with
fine silky yellow hairs, especially the tibiw, protarsi, and
tarsi of legs i. and il, Femora i., ii., ili., and iv. spinose
above, with two or three spines in front of first pair. ‘Tibia i.
with 8 pairs of long spines beneath (the number varies from
7 to 9 in the females), and a row of 3 or 4 on each side.
Protarsus 1. with 5 pairs of very long spines beneath, closely
pressed against the scopula. Tibia ii. with 7-8 pairs of
spines beneath and 3 or 4 spines on each side. ‘Tibi and
protarsi ill, and iv. with numerous spines. ‘Tarsi of all four
pair without spines.
Tarsal claws 2.
Pedipalp (Pl. IV. fig. ili.a, c). Femur with 5 or 6 stout
spines on the upper inner side at apex. Patella with 2 spines
on upperside. ‘Libia strongly emarginate on the outer side,
curved, with two long spines and a tuft of long hair on the
from the Lower Amazons ce. 105
inner side. Tarsus elongate-pyriform. Bulb simple, pro-
duced backwards at base, its apex terminating in two membra-
nous prominences not well defined.
Measurements in millim.— 6. Carap. 7:5 long., 6°25 lat. ;
abd. 8°5 long., 4° lat.; stern. 3°25 long., 3 lat.; pedes long.,
te uae aa, iv. 42 ate. 2°70— 5 —10—3-d—12—
10-25—4. Comparative measurements of female the same,
except pedes i. 43, iv. 43.
2. The structure of the body is the same as that of the
male, except that the gibbosity of the carapace at base is
less pronounced.
Vulva broader than long, consisting of a pair of shallow
circular spiraloid depressions, having between them poste-
riorly a small triangular piece.
Spinners 6, with a cribellum before the anterior pair ;
posterior pair slightly longer, with distinct terminal joint in
the male, but not so noticeable in the female.
This large species was abundant in the neighbourhood of
Santarem and in the Forest, as well as at Obidos. Its habit
much resembles that of Letocranum rupicola of Europe. It
lurks beneath stones, pieces of timber, or tiles, sitting quite
flat and close to the surface, darting round to the opposite
side with extraordinary speed, and after the fashion of a
‘“‘heteropod.” Several females, almost adult, were taken, one
adult male, and one adult female, whilst of the immature
numerous specimens occurred. The webbing with which
I found this spider connected was loose and flocculent, spread
over the surface of the stone; but so rapidly did the spiders
retreat, that I was unable to make any observations on their
habits. They occurred abundantly amongst the stacks of the
roofing-tiles piled up near the saw-mills in the neighbourhood
of Santarem.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuaTeE III.
i. Ctenus. Eyes in front of:—(a) Ctenus Reidyi, 2 ; (b) C. sinuatipes,
2; (c) C. similis, 2; (d) C. albofasciatus, 9.
ii, Ctenus. Vulva. (a) C. Reidy, (b) C. Andrewsi, (c) C, Keyser-
lingit, (d) C. nigriventer.
iii. Ctenus boliviensis. (a) Palpal bulb from beneath; (b) central lobe;
(c) tibial spur of pedipalp.
iv. Ctenus. Vulva. (a) C. stmilis, 9; (b) C. albofasciatus, 2; (c) C.
minor, 2; (d) C. stnuatipes, 2.
v. Ctenus. C.minimus, g. Tibia of pedipalp, (1) from above, (2) from
outside.
vi. Ctenus. Protarsus and tarsusiv. of ¢. (a) C. nigritus and C. rec-
tipes, (b) C. planipes, (c) C. serratipes, (d) C. curvipes, (e) C.
sinuatipes, (f) C. medius,
106 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Malay Frogs.
vil. Ctenus. Tibial apophysis of pedipalp. (a) C. nigritus, from out-
side; (b) C. rectipes, from outside; (c) C. planipes, from out-
side; (d) C. serratipes, from above; (e) C. curvipes, from below ;
(f) C. sinuatipes, trom above, with apophysis enlarged; (g) C.
medius, from outside; (h) C. spiculus, from outside.
Piate IV.
i. Lycoctenus. Palpal bulb from below. (a) L. brunneus, 6; (b) L.
Hewitsoni, 3; (c) ‘unca” of bulb, (1) Z. gigas, (2) L. brunneus,
(3) L. demerarensis, (4) L. colombianus; (d) tarsal claws of L.
brunneus, &.
ii. Lycoctenus, Vulva. (a) L. brunneus, 2, from above; (b) L. bego-
tensis, from above; (c) LZ. brunneus, in profile; (d) L. bogoten-
sts, in profile.
iii. Acanthoctenus. (a) A. Marshti, ¢: tibia and tarsus of pedipalp
from outside; aa, tibial spur; 5d, apical spine. (b) A. spini-
gerus, S: aa, tibial spur. (c) A. Marshii, 2: vulva. (d) A.
spinipes, 9: vulva. (e) A. Ridley’, Q: vulva.
iv. Cribellum and plan of spinners: (a) A. Marshii, 2; (b) A. Rid-
leyi, Q.
v. PEA, ¢. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp, (a) from out-
side, (b) from beneath.
vi. Caloctenus aculeatus, Q (type). Eyes from in front.
Note.—The figures of C. curvipes, Keys., are from Keyserling’s figures.
VIII.— Descriptions of new Malay Frogs.
By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.
Izvalus vittiger.
Snout truncate, not projecting, as long as the diameter of
the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ;
nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital
space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct,
half the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a rudiment of
web; toes two-thirds webbed ; disks smaller than the tym-
panum ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth above ;
throat smooth; belly granulate. Pale grey above, spotted
all over with black ; a white, black-edged streak on each side
from eye to groin, another on the arm, and a third on the
thigh ; forearm and tibia spotted with black; lower parts
white.
From snout to vent 22 millim.
A single specimen from Pengalengan, Java, 4000 feet,
_ collected by Hr. H. Fruhstorfer.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Malay Frogs. 107
TIxalus mindorensis.
Snout subacuminate, not projecting, as long as the diameter
of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ;
nostril slightly nearer the tip of the snout than the eye;
interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum
distinct, one third to two fifths the diameter of the eye.
Fingers free; toes one-third webbed; disks as large as or a
little smaller than the tympanum; a small inner metatarsal
tubercle. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the nostril or the
tip of the snout. Skin smooth above; throat and belly
granulate. Grey above, sides paler, sometimes with a dark
brown lumbar streak ; temples, and sometimes the lores, dark
brown; a white streak along the upper lip, or an oblique
white streak below the eye; limbs with more or less distinct
dark cross-bands ; lower parts white, uniform or spotted or
marbled with brown.
From snout to vent 29 millim.
Several specimens from Mindoro (Mount Dulangan,
5000 feet), presented to the British Museum by the Sub-
scribers to the Whitehead Expedition Fund.
Tzxalus leitensis.
Snout subacuminate, not projecting, as long as the diameter
of the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region con-
cave ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; inter-
orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum
hidden. Fingers free; toes one-third webbed; disks of
fingers large, of toes a little smaller; a small inner meta-
tarsal tubercle. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching a little
beyond the tip of the snout. Skin shagreened above; a
strong temporal fold; throat and belly granulate. Reddish
brown above, with a pair of black spots on the anterior part
of the back ; limbs with rather indistinct darker cross-bands ;
roin, sides of thighs, and lower surface of tibia dark brown ;
a black blotch on the vent, edged with yellowish above; a
yellowish spot at the heel; throat and belly whitish.
From snout to vent 20 millim.
A single specimen from Leyte, Philippines, presented to
the British Museum by the Subscribers to the Whitehead
Expedition Fund.
108 Mr. G, A. Boulenger on new Malay Frogs.
Engystoma borneense.
Remarkably similar to the South-American EZ. microps.
Snout very long, pointed, strongly projecting; eye small,
two fifths the length of the snout; interorbital space thrice
as broad as the upper eyelid. Fore limb a little longer than
its distance from the tip of the snout; fingers short, swollen
at the end, first shorter than second; toes quite free, the tips
swollen into small disks; a very small inner metatarsal
tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior
border of the eye, the tarso-metatarsal the tip of the snout.
Skin perfectly smooth. Blackish brown above, with scattered
minute white dots; brown beneath.
From snout to vent 39 millim.
A single specimen from the Baram district, Sarawak,
collected by Mr. C. Hose.
Microhyla* palmipes.
Habit slender. Snout rounded, as long as the diameter
of the orbit ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid.
Fingers merely swellen at the end, first much shorter than
second, third twice as long as second or fourth; toes two-
thirds webbed, with small terminal disks; two extremely
small oval metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth. Grey-brown
above, with symimetrical, darker, light-edged markings, viz.
a triangle between the eyes, a large A-shaped figure on the
back, and a dark oblique band from the eye to the middle of
the side; a dark oblique bar on the thigh and another on the
tibia; anal region black; a black spot on the inner side of
the tibia, a little above the heel; lower parts whitish, throat
and belly with a few brown specks; lower lip dark brown
with white dots. .
From snout to vent 18 millim.
A single specimen from Pengalengan, Java, 4000 feet,
collected by Hr. H. Fruhstorfer.
* The pupil in Microhyla and Callula is round, not vertical, as erro-
neously stated by me in the ‘ Catalogue of Batrachians.’
On some Trapdoor Spiders from Australia. 109
IX.—On some Trapdoor Spiders of the Family Ctenizide
from South and West Australia, contained in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.
Tue four genera discussed in this paper, all belonging, as I
believe, to the Cyrtaucheniez, form an interesting series
wherein the arrangement of the eyes passes from that of
Aganippe, which is but a slight exaggeration of the pattern
observable in Cyrtauchenius, to that of Idiosoma, which, as
implied by the name, is comparable to the formula found in
Idiops and its allies. The gradual assumption, too, of the
integumental characters of the abdomen is clearly indicated,
the normal hairy clothing of Aganippe passing into the
aberrant spinous covering of Idiosoma through the form
called Anidiops, where the hairs are dorsally intermixed with
strong spines.
Genus Ip1osoMA, Ausserer.
Idiosoma, Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 150.
Belonging to the group Cyrtaucheniew of the family
Ctenizide, but characterized by the arrangement of the eyes,
which much resembles that of Jdiops, and by the coriaceous
spinous wrinkled cuticle of the posteriorly truncate abdomen,
which approaches that of Cyclocosmia and Chorizops.
Type I. sigillatum (Cambr.).
This genus, established by Ausserer for the reception of
the peculiar species named Jdiops sigillatus by O. P. Cam-
bridge, was, by Mons. Simon, regarded as a synonym of
Acanthodon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, p. 91, 1892). The
antagonistic opinions of these authors were based upon the
characters presented by the type specimen, which belongs to
the male sex ; and it may be inferred that whereas Ausserer
regarded them as of generic value, to Simon they were
merely of sexual importance. ‘The discovery, however, that
the female differs greatly from the female of the Idiopez in
the scopulation and spine-armature of its legs, as well as in
the torm of the labium, abdomen, &c., is sufficient justifica-
tion for the re-establishment of Ausserer’s genus.
Idiosoma sigillatum (Cambr.).
Idiops sigillatus, Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1870, p. 105, pl. viii
fig. 2,
2 .—Colour. Cephalothorax and limbs uniform chestnut,
cephalic region of the former paler; abdomen dirty yellow,
tinted with black, with a fine yellow longitudinal dorsal band.
110 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
Carapace longer than wide, its width just about equal to the’
distance between the posterior border and the posterior row
of eyes; fovea deep, lightly procurved,. radiating grooves
strongish ; cephalic area moderately elevated.
Eyes arranged as in the Idiopex, the anterior laterals occu-
pying an isolated position close to each other on each side of
the middle of the anterior border, separated by a space that
about equals their own radius, and tilted up posteriorly, so as
to look forwards and upwards; the rest of the eyes occupying
a wide transverse elevated area some distance behind; the
anterior medians a little smaller than the front (anterior
lateral) pair, separated from each other by a distance equal
to about half their diameter, and from the front pair, as well
as from the posterior laterals, by a space almost or quite equal
to twice their diameter; the posterior laterals elliptical,
nearly twice as large as the anterior medians; the posterior
medians the smallest, a little less than half the size of the
anterior medians, from which they are separated by a space
which about equals their diameter, widely separated from
each other, the space between them being about twice the
space between them and the posterior laterals, the last-named
space being about equal to the long diameter of a posterior
lateral eye.
Mandibles of medium strength, not geniculate, mostly
smooth above at the base, hairy in front, armed with a
distinct rake consisting of about a dozen pointed black
tubercles lying along the inner edge of the segment and ocecu-
pying asmall prominence above the base of the fang; external
surface of mandible not hairy, lightly wrinkled; the lower
edge furnished with a fringe of hairs externally and with two
rows of teeth, the outer consisting of four and the inner of
seven (eight), with a few between them posteriorly ; fang
shortish, stout.
Labium small, wider than long, bent downwards, and sepa-
rated from the sternum by a deep groove, deeply sunk
between the maxilla, unarmed.
Sternum much longer than wide, widest between the coxe
of the third legs, marked with the normal three pairs of
muscular scars (sigille), those corresponding to the first legs
small, marginal; the following pair also small and submar-
ginal, the posterior pair smal] and oval, well removed from
the margin, their distance from the margin being about half
the distance between the two.
Abdomen ovate, its upper surface in its posterior half flat-
tened from side to side, and furnished with three pairs of
muscular scars or sigilla—the anterior pair faint and widely
Trapdoor Spiders from Australia. 111
separated, the middle pair large, conspicuous, and lodged in
a transverse depression of the integument ; the posterior pair
closer together than the others, smaller than the median but
more conspicuous than the anterior ; the integument coriaceous,
longitudinally grooved in front, transversely behind and
below, scantily hairy; the upper surface of the abdomen
armed with short backwardly directed spines, elevated on
distinct granuliform tubercles.
Spinners. ‘Two pairs, the anterior short, conical, the poste-
rior also conical; the apical segment minute, the second
shorter than the basal.
Palpi. Maxilla longer than wide, furnished below with
setee, intermixed with short setiform spinules, the base armed
internally with a cluster of the thick normal spiniform tubercles;
surface between the fringe and the suture bristly ; trochanter,
femur, and patella bristly below; the tibia also bristly, about
four of the bristles on each side stout and spiniform; tarsus
about as long as the tibia, somewhat thickly scopulate on
each side, nearly naked below, armed with two pairs of basal
spines, apically with about five shorter spines in the middle ;
claw armed with two basal teeth, the lower long and bifid.
Legs. First and second pair with tarsi and protarsi scopu-
late externally and internally, weakly spined; tibia of first
armed externally with 3 to 5 spines, and with 1 internally at
the apex ; protarsus with 4 externally, 2 internally, and 1
mesially, 4 altogether being placed along the lower apical
margin ; tarsus only spined apically below the claw, as in
the palpus ; second leg spined like the first, except that there
are a few more spines on the protarsus; third leg with femur
sparsely hairy, patella and tibia coarsely bristly above, the’
former armed in front with a few (about 9) short spines, the
latter with 2 short spines in front and some half-dozen long
spiniform sete below ; protarsus sparsely bristly, armed above
with two rows of 5 to 6 stout spines and below with about
8 spines somewhat irregularly arranged ; about 9 spines alto-
gether arranged round the distal margin of this segment;
tarsus armed with about a dozen spines below; fourth leg
with femur sparsely hairy, a few stout bristles below, thickly
studded with short bristles at the apex above; patella furnished
above with short bristles; tibia armed below with 8 setiform
spines arranged in two rows ; protarsus with about 12 spines
below, 2 above; tarsus armed with about a dozen spines
below ; claws of legs with a few teeth, 2, 3, or 4, two long
and strong, the others small and sometimes absent.
Measurements in millimetres—TVotal length (including
mandibles) 20; length of carapace 7, width 5; length of
tf? Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
abdomen 10°5, width 8°5; length of first leg (from base of
femur) 15, of second 13, of third 12-5, of fourth 16, of palp
12; width of mandibles at base 4°5; length of sternum 5,
width 3.
Loc. Perth, W. Australia (H. W. J. Turner). Mr. Cam-
bridge’s specimen was from the Swan River (Perth).
In spite of the fact that its eyes are arranged as in Simon’s
group Idiopee of the subfamily Ctenizinez, this genus is -
without doubt to be referred, not to that section, but to the
Cyrtaucheniez, as its scopulate and weakly spined tarsi and
protarsi indicate. From all the genera of Cyrtaucheniez,
however, it may be recognized by the arrangement of its eyes,
as well as by the posteriorly truncate, hardish, wrinkled-
skinned abdomen—a feature in which it presents resemblances
to Chorizops and Cyclocosmia, both of which, however,
present an entirely different eye-formula.
Genus AGANIPPE, Cambr.
Aganippe, Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 28 (1877) ;
Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 103; Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (6) xvi. p. 228 (1895).
Type Aganippe subtristis, Cambr. ibid. pl. vi. fig. 3.
In spite of the differences observable between them in the
arrangement of the eyes and the structure of the abdomen,
the genera Aganippe and Idiosoma cannot, I think, be far
separated in a natural classification of spiders.
Apart from the two characters just mentioned, the principal
differences between them seem to be as follows :—
The scopule on the palpi and on the first and second legs
are thicker, and these appendages are armed with fewer
spines; for example, the tibia of the palp has two pairs at
its apex and the tarsus one externally at the base; the tibia
of the first leg is practically without spines, though some of
the sete are thickened; on the protarsus there are 2 or 3
apical spines and 1 external basal spine; on the second leg
there are also a few spiniform sete intermixed with the
bristles on the tibia, while on the protarsus there are 4 apical
spines and about 3 long spines on the inner surface; the
tibie of the third and fourth legs are at most weakly spined
below, while the protarsi are somewhat strongly spined both
below and in front, while the tibia and protarsus of the third
are also spined above posteriorly ; the tarsi of all the legs are
spiny below, those of the first, second, and third at the tip, of
the fourth posteriorly as well. The third and fourth legs are
noticeably stouter than the first and second, the difference
being much greater than in Jdiosoma.
Trapdoor Spiders from Australia. 113
The labium seems to be substantially the same as in Jdiosoma,
being merely setose not spiny and sunk between the maxilla,
which are spiny anteriorly throughout their length; the
sternum, too, is wider posteriorly, the width being 5°5 and
the length 6°5; and the sigilla corresponding to the second
leg is removed farther from the margin.
The mandible armed below with 9 internal, 8 external, and
8 teeth forming an intermediate set; the tubercular teeth
forming the rastellum are restricted to the process and to
a short area on the margins above and external to it.
Loe. Adelaide (8. Australia).
EUCYRTOPS, gen. nov.
Closely allied to Aganippe, but with different ocular ar-
rangement, the anterior laterals closer together, so that the
quadrangle formed by them and the posterior medians is a
little wider behind than in front, and only a little wider than
long, whereas in Aganippe this quadrangle is very noticeably
wider than long, and, considered from the outer rim of the
eyes, a little wider in front than behind ; again, the posterior
line of eyes in Hucyrtops is about three times as wide as the
anterior line (only about twice in Aganippe), and a line
drawn through the centres of the anterior and posterior laterals
will, if produced, cut the lateral margin of the carapace at a
point in front of the articulation of the third leg, while in
Aganippe such a line will emerge behind the articulation of
this appendage.
Type Lucyrtops latior (Cambr.).
Eucyrtops lutior (Cambridge).
Aganippe latior, Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 29,
pl. vi. fig. 4 (1877).
In this species the lower side of the tibia of the palp is
furnished externally and internally with long spines, those
at the distal extremity being stronger than the rest, and the
tarsus has 3 spines in its basal half and others at the apex
partially buried in the scopula; the protarsus of the first
leg has two pairs of spines, while the tibia has 3 long
apical spines and 1 farther back on its lower side; on the
second leg the tibia has a pair of long apical spines below and
some long slender ones behind, the protarsus an anterior
pair and some half-dozen irregularly arranged posterior
spines; on the third leg the patella has some half-dozen, and
the tibia two spines in front, while the protarsus has two
series of spines above and a few apical and one posterior
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 8
114 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
spine below; on the fourth leg the protarsus is armed with
some half-dozen antero-inferior spines. The tarsi of both
palpi and legs are apically spined below, the spines in-
creasing in number with the disappearance of the scopala,
so that on the fourth tarsus the distal half of the segment is
spinous; the upper claws on the legs and palpi are armed
with one long spine, with usually a minute spinule as well,
rarely there are two longish spines.
The sternum and labium are as in Aganippe subiristis ;
the maxille are spinous at the base and the mandible is
armed below with 7 (8) internal, 9 external teeth, and an
intermediate line of 10 teeth; the tubercular teeth of the
rastellum practically as in Aganippe subtristis.
Loc. Perth, West Australia (George Clifton).
ANIDIOPS, gen. nov.
Closely allied to Zdiosoma in the majority of its characters,
but differing in having the abdomen covered above and
below with a clothing of longish hairs intermixed above with
spines, and in the arrangement of the eyes, the formula of
which is a little less like that of Zdiops. For example, the
anterior lateral eyes (the front pair), although situated on the
anterior margin of the carapace, are nevertheless separated
by a space which is about equal to their diameter ; again, the
distance between the anterior medians is at least equal to
their diameter, and the posterior medians are about twice
their diameter from the anterior medians.
Anidiops Manstridgez, sp. n.
Colour (dry specimen) chestnut-brown, mandibles and
ocular area blacker.
Carapace much longer than wide, its width (dry speci-
men!) much less than the distance between the hinder border
and the eye-cluster; head wide, its width about equalling
the distance between the fovea and the anterior border, as in
Lucyrtops latior (in Aganippe subtristis and Ldiosoma sigil-
latum the head is considerably narrower than this distance).
Mandible strong, broad at the base; rastellum as in the
other genera; teeth below in three rows, 8,9, 8. JMazille,
cove ot legs (especially of first and second pairs) , anterior part
of sternum, and labium covered thickly with pores elevated on
tubercles, indicating the presence of a clothing, unhappily
rubbed off, of stout sete or, perhaps, spines. Mazilla armed
with short spines along the whole of the inner surface; femur
of palp with many stout sete; tibia externally with 4
Trapdoor Spiders from Australia. 115
long spines, internally with 7 intermixed with sete; tarsus
with 3 basal and several apical spines.
First leg with tibia armed externally with a few spiniform
sete ; protarsus armed below with 4 apical and 4 external
spines ; second leg with substantially the same spine-armature
as the first ; third leg as in the other species, tibia and patella
furnished with stout sete above intermixed with spines in
front, protarsus with two series of spines above and a few
apical spines below, tarsus spiny in front and below; fourth
leg with a few spines amongst the sete at the apex in front,
protarsus and tarsus spiny throughout their length below.
Legs bent up and not accurately measurable ; the third and
fourth stouter than the others, 4, 1, 2, and 3 apparently
subequal in length.
Measurement in millimetres.—Total length (including man-
dible) 21; length of carapace 9, width 6°5, width of head 6,
of mandibles at base 5:5.
Loc. Lawlers, East Murchison Goldfields, West Australia.
A single female example sent to the British Museum by
Mr. W. O. Manstridge, after whom I have great pleasure in
naming this interesting new form.
To recapitulate: the females of the genera here con-
sidered have the following characters in common :—The
carapace is considerably longer than wide, nearly smooth,
with procurved fovea and elevated head. ‘The anterior
lateral eyes are well in advance of the others and are situated
either close together or some distance apart upon the anterior
border of the carapace; the mandibles are armed with a
strong rastellum, consisting of strong short spines and a
spinous process on the apical internal angle, and below with
two rows of larger teeth as well as some smaller ones that
constitute a shorter third intermediate row.
The tarsus of the palp¢ and the tarsi and protarsi of the
first and second legs are scopulate and weakly spined, there
being no lateral rows of spines such as are characteristic of
the Idiopew and Pachylomerex. The claws of all the legs
are armed basally with one or two long teeth and one or two
minute ones.
The sternum is longer than wide, with three distinct pairs
of sigille, excluding the pair that embraces the labium.
Labium short and broad, not spinous, depressed between the
maxille.
The genera, each of which, so far as at present known, has
but a single species, may be recognized by the following
table :—
116 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Two new
a. Integument of abdomen coriaceous, wrinkled,
sparsely hairy, covered dorsally with short
spines, and deeply impressed posteriorly with
sigille. Eyes like those of Idzops, the anterior
laterals separated by a space that is less than
their diamoter\aeee eee sere sie aoe Sattog .. Idiosoma, Auss.
6. Integument of abdomen covered with longish ;
hairs, with sigille inconspicuous,
a', Eyes of posterior row procurved, the laterals
in advance of the medians; the distance
between the anterior laterals and anterior
medians not very unequal ; long spines inter-
mixed with the hairs on the dorsal side of
the abdomen’ , ys... s.cciebiens «moe Me eens Anidiops, noy.
b’. Eyes of posterior line recurved, the laterals
behind the medians; distance between an-
terior laterals far greater than distance
between anterior medians.
a’, Quadrangle formed by anterior laterals and
posterior medians a little wider behind
than in front and a little wider than long;
posterior line of eyes about three times as
wide as the anterior line ............+4. Eucyrtops, nov.
6*, Quadrangle formed by anterior laterals and
posterior medians a little wider in front
than behind and considerably wider than
long; posterior line of eyes about twice as
wide as the anterior line ............6+ Aganippe, Cambr.
X.— Descriptions of Two new Species of Scorpions from
Last Africa. By R. I. Pocock.
AMONGST a small assortment of Arachnids from Kota Kota,
west coast of Nyasa, recently brought to the British Museum
by Mr. R. Webb, and collected by the members of the Uni-
versities’ Mission, there are representatives of two new
species of scorpions, which are here described. The remaining
specimens seem to be referable to the following species :—
Nephila malabarensis, Walck., Nephila hymenea, Gerst.,
Palystes (immature 2), Euprosthenops* (immature 2), Sol-
puga paludicola, Poc., and Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons,
et.
Opisthacanthus rugiceps, sp. 0.
Species with the legs and vesicle ochre-yellow, and falling
under section J? of the table of South-African species of
Opisthacanthus published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
* Nom. noy. for Podophthalma, Capello, 1866, preoccupied at least
twice over,
Scorpions from East Africa. 117
Xvil. pp. 314-315, April 1896, and related to O. rugulosus,
from Ishiromo, Nyasaland, there described—a species which
it resembles in having the trunk thickly granular above.
The two, however, may be recognized as follows :—
a. Median eyes small, not elevated; upperside of the
brachium more closely and less coarsely granular,
the crest bounding it posteriorly weak ; the sculp-
turing of the upper surface of the hand finer, less
reticulated, more definitely granular; upperside of
the fourth and fifth segments of the tail distinctly
granular; none of the caudal segments with dis-
tinctly carinate upper edges; spine-armature of
tarsi 3 in front, 4 behind, with a bristle at the distal
angle ; pectinal teeth 6 in ¢; legs piceous ........ rugulosus, Poc.
6. Median eyes larger and elevated on a low tubercle;
upperside of brachium covered with tuberculiform
granules, and bounded behind by a strong tubercular
keel; upperside of hand covered with a pattern of
distinct ridges, formed by the anastomosis of granu-
liform tubercles ; these tubercles distinct at the base
of the finger; upperside of fourth and fifth caudal
segments not granular, the former segment as well
as the third with distinctly carinate and denticulate
upper edges; spine-armature of tarsi 2 in front and
3 behind, with a bristle at the distal angle; pectinal
feath Ms lees ochraceous: 22.44 2), Sols 6 < Sala visable « rugiceps, sp. .
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 78; length of
carapace 11:5, of tail 40; width of hand 8:5; length of hand-
back 10, of movable digit 11.
Loc. Kota Kota, west coast of Lake Nyasa (Universities’
Mission). A single male example was obtained.
Had it not been for Kraepelin’s statement to the effect
that the species from the Transvaal that was described as
O. levipes is identical with O. asper of Peters, I should without
hesitation have applied Peters’s name to the form that was
described as new; for not only is the name asper as appro-
priate for this form as it is inappropriate for /evipes, but, in
addition, the locality Tete, on the Zambesi, whence asper was
obtained, is twice the distance from the Transvaal that it is
from Kota Kota. O. rugiceps, though resembling O. asper
(/evipes) in the number of its pectinal teeth, differs in having
the terga granular, the hand and brachium also coarsely
sculptured, and the femora of the legs weakly granular
externally. In asper (/evipes), moreover, the distal angle of
the tarsus is armed with a spine, not with a bristle as in
rugiceps.
118 On Two new Scorpions from East Africa.
Uroplectes xanthogrammus, sp. n.
2. Colour yellow and black ; interocular area of carapace
black, the black extending posteriorly past the ocular tubercle
to the posterior border, which is further adorned with black
patches corresponding to those on the terga; lateral margin
black ; terga with black lateral margins and a posteriorly
widened black band on each side of the yellow middle
line ; the area between the margin and the black band often
largely infuseate, especially on the third, fourth, and fifth
segments ; the seventh segment with only traces of the black
bands ; tail with fourth and fifth segments and the vesicle in-
fuscate, the lower surface of the first three segments with traces
of black bands, which are represented by a pair of posterior
spots on the first and three anterior and three posterior spots on
the second and third, those on the third connected by longitu-
dinal indistinct bands; legs flavous, the femora and patella
infuscate in front below ; palpi mostly flavous, the basal half
of the digits black, with sometimes indistinct fuscous spots on
the hand and brachium; in one specimen there is a deep
pigment-spot on the base of the humerus behind, and another
on the base of the brachium in front; mandibles covered with
a network of fuscous lines; lower surface of trunk entirely
pale.
Carapace finely, terga more coarsely granular, especially
posteriorly, TZazl keelless, with at most, perhaps, traces of
an upper keel on the first segment, the upper keels on the
rest represented posteriorly by a granule, the sides and lower
surface coarsely punctured; sulcus on upperside of all the
segments granular ; vesicle smooth, coarsely punctured, with
a distinct tubercular tooth below the aculeus ; superior edges
of the fifth candal segment angular behind.
Chele with brachium smooth and punctured above, hand
about as wide as the brachium, smooth; movable digit
twice the length of the hand-back; with 12 rows of teeth,
the eighth tooth (fifth from the apex) of the inner row ona
level with the tip of the adjacent series of the middle line.
Pectines with 18 or 19 teeth, the basal not enlarged,
3. Like the female, but with tail longer and thinner,
about seven instead of six times the length of the carapace ;
vesicle more oval; hand a little longer, with from 2 to 5
spines on its inner side at the base of the immovable digit ;
pectines enlarged, with 18 teeth.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of female 43,
of carapace 4, of tail 24. Length of male 32, of carapace 3,
of tail 22°5.
Geological Society. 119
Loc. Kota Kota, west coast of Nyasa (Universities’
Mission). Five females and one male.
So far as my knowledge of the genus extends, this is a very
distinct species, falling partly into section 2 and partly into
section 3 of the table of South-African species of Uroplectes
published in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist (6) xvii., May 1896.
It approaches occidentalis, vittatus, and Fischert in colour
and in having the caudal segments smooth, punctured, and
keelless; and olivaceus, triangulifer, and chlorodermus in
having the hand of the male spinous internally; further
approaching ¢triangulifer and Marshalli in having the basal
pectinal tooth of normal size in the female.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
November 18, 1896.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On Cycadeoidea gigantea, a new Cycadean Stem from the
Isle of Portland.’ By A. C. Seward, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.
The specimen described by the Author was discovered a short
time since in one of the Purbeck Dirt-beds, and is now in the Fossil
Plant gallery of the British Museum. In the absence of any fructi-
fication, Buckland’s generic name of Cycadecidea is chosen in pre-
ference to Bennettites, although in many respects the Portland stem is
identical with Bennettites Gibsonianus. Externally, the surface is
covered with rhomboidal areas separated from one another by a pro-
jecting framework consisting of the silicified ramental tissue, which
thickly clothed the bases of the petioles. The peripheral portion of the
stem afforded thin sections from which it was possible to investigate
the anatomical structure‘of the leaf-bases and ramental scales,
Internally, the wood- and pith-tissues have been entirely replaced by
inorganic material. The Author calls attention to the preservation
of a prominent apical bud covered with narrow bud-scales and
capped by a mass of ramenta. No indication is found of a lateral
inflorescence such as characterizes Bennettites Gibsonianus, and the
negative evidence suggests the occurrence of terminal reproductive
structures. A comparison of this fossil with recent Cycads and Ferns
brings out many points of close agreement with the former, and as
regards the structure of the ramenta, evidence is afforded of an
interesting survival of the closer resemblance which formerly existed
between Cycadean and Fern-like plants. The stem is named
Cycadeoidea gigantea.
2. ‘The Fauna of the Keisley Limestone.—Part II. Conclusion.’
By F. R. C. Reed, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.
The Author describes the ostracoda, brachiopoda, mollusca, echino-
dermata, and actinozoa of the Keisley Limestone. He gives a list of
120 Miscellaneous.
fossils from the Limestone, and indicates those species which occur
in the Limestone of Kildare, the Leptena-Limestone of Sweden, and
Stage F of the East Baltic provinces. As a result of his researches
he concludes that the fauna has a thoroughly Ordovician facies ;
that it is closely comparable with that of the Limestone of the Chair
of Kildare, and of the Leptena-Limestone, and less closely with
that of Stage F of the East Baltic provinces ; that its paleontological
features point to its stratigraphical position being at the base of the
Upper Bala, and that it must be regarded as the locally thickened
development of a bed which is elsewhere in Great Britain very thin,
or entirely absent, or represented by beds having different litholo-
gical characters and a different fauna; and that the fauna has
certain unique characters which mark it off from all other known
assemblages of fossils in Great Britain.
MISCELLANEOUS.
“ The most pious priority purist” on the Lobster, the Crayfish, and
Professor Bell. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Srepsine, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.
Proressor Bett, in the ‘Annals’ for December 1896, has very
obligingly undertaken, for the benefit of ‘ priority-claimers” in
general and as a warning to the ‘Atheneum’ in particular, to
comment on some of the names and dates in my ‘ History of Crus-
tacea.? In his essay there are some pleasing autobiographical
touches. He begins by reminding the reader that in 1891, with
regard to the name Holothuria, he established a precedent, to be a
beacon-light to all zoologists in the present and a rule of conduct
for future generations. In the course of his paper, while dealing
with questions that are absolutely bibliographical, he naively says
“JT am no bibliographer ”—a remark which might have been set
down as a flourish of rhetorical modesty, had it not been surrounded
by the corroborative evidence of his general argument. His con-
clusion needs no gloss: “ I have taken,” he says, “a great deal of
trouble with this case, and I have a suspicion that if a few more
would be equally ‘ eingehende’ we might speedily give the purists
the short shrift I have often wished them.”
The criticism which leads up to this terror-striking sentence
must now be examined in detail. ‘ First,” says the professor, ‘ as
a matter of accuracy in dates and names: on p. 202 of Mr. Stebbing’s
work already referred to, ‘ Nephrops, Leach, 1819,’ should have
the date corrected to 1814.” This, I eagerly admit, is a really
meritorious performance on Professor Bell’s part. He does not say
whence he obtained the date 1814, but it may be inferred that he
derives it from the mention of Nephrops in Brewster’s ‘ Edinburgh
Encyclopedia,’ vol. vii. pp. 398, 400. The date of Leach’s article
“‘ Crustaceology ” in that volume is 1814, or perhaps 1813. Under
“Genus XLI. Astacus,” Leach, introducing his own name as if it
were that of a stranger, remarks that “In A. gammarus and
fluviatilis the external antenne are simple, in norvegicus furnished
with a scale at their external base: this last is considered as a
Miscellaneous. 121
distinct genus by Mr. Leach, under the name of Nephrops, from
the kidney-shaped eye.” Then follows the account of ‘Sp. 1.
Gammarus,” and two pages further on come the accounts of * Sp. 2.
Fluviatilis,” and “ Sp. 3. Norvegicus,” the synonymy of the last being
* Cancer norwegicus of Linné, Astacus norwegicus of Pennant, and
Nephrops norvegica, Leach’s MSS.” Thus Leach’s genus Astacus,
in 1814, contained three species, not two only as Prof. Bell wishes
us to believe. The next genus is “ XLII. Tuatassina.” Nephrops is
nowhere included in the count. When considering the question
some years ago, I was clearly of opinion that Leach did not here
establish the genus Nephrops, and, to pursue the autobiographical
method, I am of the same opinion still. No doubt he gives a
strong hint that he thinks it ought to be established. But the
contumely and struggle for existence to which many of his now
accepted genera were in their earlier days exposed may explain
his reluctance in this instance to do what he thought right. In
the Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xi. 1815, and in part 7 of his ‘ Mala-
costraca Podophthalmata Britanniz,’ published Jan. 1, 1816, he
takes courage and definitely adopts the genus NVephrops, the date
of which should therefore be neither 1819 nor 1814, but 1815,
as it has been already some time back correctly given by the
American writer, Dr. F. H. Herrick.
Next he says ‘ ‘ Astacus, Leach, 1814,’ on the same page [ Hist.
Crust. 202], should be altered to—well, it is hard to say;
Leach’s Astacus of 1814 is the Astacus of Gronovius (1764) as
emended by Fabricius and others, and by Leach’s removal of
A. norvegicus.” This is led up to by an earlier paragraph as
follows :—‘“ Leach’s genus Astacus, in 1814, contained two species
—A. gammarus and A. fluviatilis. The former stood first, and is
therefore, I presume, regarded as the ‘type species’; on this I
would remark that the generic name Astacus was invented by
Gronovius in 1764 and that his first species is clearly Cancer
fluviatilis of Linneus.”
On this J would remark that in 1814 Leach had not removed
A. norvegicus from Astacus, but made it the third species of that
genus, and that the generic name Astacus was not invented by
Gronovius in 1764, and that it was not invented by Gronovius at
all. Seeing that he was already using it in 1760, he could not
have invented it in 1764. It is amusing to find Professor Bell
quoting such a date without the least intimation that so lately as
1890 (see Geol. Mag., Dec. 1896, pp. 557-8) high officials in his
own museum would have disputed its relevancy. At that time
1766 was still regarded there as the beginning of all things in zoo-
logical nomenclature. With good reason an earlier date for that
beginning is now finding acceptance, but no decisive ordinance on
the subject has yet been promulgated, so that professors and official
dignitaries above all ought to deal tenderly with outsiders help-
lessly suffering from this ‘‘ centre of wobbulation.” Waiving, how-
ever, any appeal ad misericordiam, we turn to the selected authority
Gronovius, and then a wonder comes to light, or what might have
been a wonder and might have been a discovery, had it not been
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 9
122 Miscellaneous.
a thing notorious, a piece of elementary knowledge in this line of
research, that Gronovius is in no sense an authority for Linnean
nomenclature. He is as much a pre-Linnear in regard to names
as if he had written in the seventeenth instead of in the eighteenth
century. He does not name his species, but gives definitions. He
still uses the cumbrous method, from which it was the great glory
of Linnzus to relieve zoology. But, whether Gronovius be deemed
to be within or without the era of Linnean terminology, whether
he be an authority or not, there is something almost comic in the
notion that he invented the generic name Astacus. Seba, who,
though not a binominalist, at least gives names to some of his species,
in the third volume of his ‘Thesaurus,’ which has 1758 on the
titlepage, has several Astaci scattered about, the first-mentioned
being ‘‘Astacus fluviatilis, Americanus,” not a crayfish, but a prawn,
and the second ‘ Astacus marinus, Americanus,’ the American
lobster. Any one who may nevertheless fancy that Seba borrowed
Astacus from Gronovius should consult the ‘Fauna Suecica’ of
Linneus, 1746. On page 358 will be found the two numbers,
1248, 1249, each referring to a ‘ Cancer macrourus,” dealt with
in the pre-Linnean or Gronovian style, without a specific name,
though clearly distinguished by the synonymy, the characters,
and various observations: the first as a lobster, the second as a
crayfish. The synonymy of the first in an unbroken column re-
iterates the name Astacus from a long line of authors: Astacus,
Astacus, Astacus, Astacus, Astacus verus, Astacus marinus communis,
and then Astacus marinus five times over. There is a touching
appeal against future misnomers in that Astacus verus of Aldrovandi.
The reason for assigning Astacus to Leach rather than to one of his
predecessors is obvious. The earlier science grouped under it not
only lobsters and crayfishes, but many incongruous forms. For
example, out of the 13 species which Gronovius brings together,
the three which he figures correspond apparently to Palamon faus-
tinus de Saussure, Atya scabra Leach, and Corophium volutator
Pallas, two prawns and an amphipod. Fabricius, though he
decently begins with Astacus marinus, has an equally miscellaneous
group. Leach, in 1814, began a more reasonable delimitation. In
strictness, no doubt, the name of the lobster’s genus should be given
as Astacus (Fabricius, 1775), Leach, 1814, s. r.; the conciser form
which I have used will, in an unpretentious manual, for its brevity’s
sake, pass muster with all but professors.
One other correction of the history of Crustacea is proffered
by Professor Bell. He says ‘“* Potamobia, Leach, 1819’ (p. 207),
should read Potamobius, Samouelle, 1819 [preoce. by Leach].”
While busy over his Gronoyvius, he has failed to observe my own
correction of Potamobia into Potamobius, made with acknowledg-
ments to Miss Rathbun on page 40 of ‘ Natural Science’ for last
July. The rest of his correction is doubly wrong. Neither was
Samouelle the parent of Potamobius, nor was that name in 1819
preoccupied by Leach or anyone else. Samouelle, in the ‘ Ento-
mologist’s Useful Compendium,’ 1819, shows by acknowledgments
in the Dedication, the Preface, and the body of the work that the
account which it contains of the Crustacea is simply due to
Miscellaneous. 1 eS
Dr. Leach. It would be just as reasonable to write Astacus,
Brewster, 1814, or to assign any other genera established in the
article “ Crustaceology ” to the editor of the ‘ Encyclopedia,’ as it
would be to follow Professor Bell in ascribing ‘Genus 27. Potamobius,
Leach’s MSS.,” to Samouelle, the editor of the ‘Compendium’ in
which it first appears. It is quite a misconception to suppose that
Potamobius was preoccupied. In 1818 Dr. Leach had given the
name Potamotie in a list of crustacean genera, but the name being
given only in French is not of anyscientificimportance, and if it were,
it is not Potamobius ; and if it were Potamobius, it is unaccompanied
by any description, and therefore, as Professor Herrick had already
explained in 1895, itis a nomen nudum. It does not count; it
can neither do good nor harm; it does not preoccupy.
We are told in a fine phrase that ‘‘ zoologists at large” between
1823 and 1837 were content to accept the opinion of Desmarest
on the subject of Astacus. Perhaps they were, but it is difficult to
see what that has to do with the matter in hand. Zoologists at
large are a careless lot. Desmarest both in 1825 and 1830 gives
Astacus marinus, the lobster, precedence over Astacus fluviatilis, the
crayfish. He accepts Leach’s genus Nephrops, and would probably
have accepted Leach’s Potamobius, had he ever heard of it. From
his silence on the point it may be inferred that he never had. It
was he, no doubt, who by incautious language misled Professor Bell
into supposing that the generic name Astacus was invented by
Gronovius. Professor Bell in turn makes the insidious suggestion
that some one should invent a name to replace Potamobius. It is
dreadful to think that before this answer can appear someone
may have already done it, tempted, like Herostratus, who burned
down the Ephesian temple, by the grandeur of the infamy, for we
are told that “‘the inventor will throw into confusion not only
earcinological literature, but every text-book in every language
under the sun.” How I tremble for those poor dear text-books,
induced, perhaps, to change a name or two after peacefully copying
one another for half a century, or to alter a sentence in the tenth
edition of a stereotyped volume! It would wring tears of anguish
from the stoniest heart. Even some museum labels may have been
hastily torn up, rewritten, or reprinted, only to be once more can-
celled. But I forbear to pursue the harrowing theme. In assigning
the generic name Astacus to the lobster, and Potamobius to the
crayfish, my fortunate part has been to maintain the authority
of two men eminently distinguished in connexion with the British
Museum, Dr. William Elford Leach and Mr. Adam White. The
latter upholds the names established by his great predecessor, both
in his ‘List of the British Crustacea in the British Museum,’
published by order of the trustees in 1850, and in his own ‘ Popular
History’ of the same group published in 1857. I donot ask that
esprit de corps should consecrate error, but when the truth happens
to be the heritage of one’s own household, it seems a mistaken
policy to turn it out of doors,
Tunbridge Wells,
Dec. 21, 1896,
124 Miscellaneous.
Note on some Sponges from the Auckland Islands.
By Prof. R. von LenpenFeELp.
Since comparatively little is known of the littoral fauna in higher
southern latitudes, I was very glad to find among the shallow-water
sponges sent to me by my late friend Baron Mueller, of Melbourne,
a number of specimens, belonging to fiye different species, from the
Auckland Islands.
These islands are situated in lat. 50° 30’ 8. and long. 166° E., about
450 km. south of New Zealand. The sponges from that locality
in Mueller’s collection are: 1. Antherochalina concentrica, 2. Cerao-
chalina multiformis var. dura, 3. Euchalinopsis (Chalina) oculata,
4. Thorecta exemplum var. tertia, and 5. Spongelia elastica var.
lobosa. 2, 3, and 4 have previously been found in New Zealand;
1,4, and 5 in Australia; and 3, 4, and 5 also elsewhere. New
forms, not hitherto obtained from other localities, were not among
these Auckland-Island sponges.
On the Sexes of Charaxes mixtus, Rothschild.
By A. G. Burzer, Ph.D. &e.
In my late revision of the genus Charaxes (Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. vol. xxv. p. 377) I placed C. miwtus, Roths., as a variety of
C. tiridates, remarking :—‘‘ There can be no doubt, I think, that
the prominence of the white centres to the blue spots, unless proved
to be peculiar to one locality only, can hardly indicate even a
distinct race. Mr. Rothschild insists that the true female of
C. miatus resembles the male! ”
Recently Mr, Rothschild brought the type of his female C. mixvtus
to the Museum, but, unhappily, 1 was away ill. Mr. Heron, how-
ever, made a careful coloured drawing of it, which, on my return,
he showed me. Directly I looked at it I was convinced, by the
form of the wings alone, that it was a female, though with the
colouring of a male!* Mr. Rothschild was therefore quite correct
as to the sex of his type of C. mvtus 2. Whether the latter is
more than a dimorphic form of C. tiridates can only be satisfac-
torily decided by those who have an opportunity of studying it in
life and breeding it ; but there are several other species of Charaxes
which have two well-defined forms of females, whilst the males
differ in much the same way as those of C. mixtus and C. tiridatest.
I hardly think C. miwtus can be a seasonal form, on account of its
great rarity, whilst C. tiridates is one of the most abundant of the
blue Charawes of West Africa; but I think it may be a rare di-
morphic form of C, tiridates 2. The differences in the male alone
would not strike anybody as of great importance—they are less
than one notes between the acknowledged varieties of many species ;
nevertheless, if they should be proved to be constant, I would be
the last to refuse to recognize their importance, for I am well aware
that characters which in one group of butterflies are valueless are
quite constant and reliable in another.
* An extremely surprising thing in this group, where the female
differences are usually very pronounced.
+ C. Hollandii and C. Dewitzi.
Ani.& Mag. Nat .Hist.5.6 Vol XIX.PUI.
sreen del et itt M
lintermSr mer
l Lygesema nigrclineatum. 2. Lyqosema Stanleyanum 3Ingesoma elegans
t.lyqesema wridescens.5.Nyctiamoantss papue
Ani .& Mag. Neat. Hist S.6 Vol XIX. PLIL
\
‘A
\
&
&
ss
J.Green del et lith
| Sphenophryne Anthonyi. 2 Liophryne rhododactyla.
3. Mantophryne lateralis.
dank.
|
|
EOP Cambridge del. J.Green lth. Sntern Bros - imp.
\
Vat. ist. §.6.Vol. XIX PUTV.
Ana May. :
EO.P Cambridge del. J. em ith...
i
Ann.& Mag.Nat. Hrst .S.6.Vol. XIX.PU.Y.
Cha.s.Chilton del. Mintern.Bros. lith.
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SIXTH SERIES. ]
No. 110. FEBRUARY 1897.
XI.—On a Collection of Homoptera made in Southern Africa.
By W. L. Distant.
DuRING a recent sojourn in the Transvaal and other parts of
South Africa, as a result of my own collecting and the kind
assistance of friends in more remote localities, I acquired a
considerable number of different species belonging to the
Cicadidz and other Homoptera. From Mr. Guy Marshall, in
Mashunaland, I received nine species of the first, captured
within a radius of eight square miles near Gadzima, on
the Middle Umfuli River. As no species have hitherto been
recorded from this portion of Rhodesia, I give an enumeration
of the same :—
_ Fam. Cicadide.
Pecilopsaltria leopardina, Dist. Platypleura centralis, sp. n.
—— horizontalis, Karsch., brevis, Walk.
—— bombifrons, Karsch. Tibicen nigricans, Stil.
Marshalli, sp. n. Monomatapa insignis, gen. et sp. n.
Platypleura Rutherfordi, Dist.
It is interesting to note that Platypleura Rutherfordi, which
I originally received and described from the Calabar district
of Western Africa, extends its range across the continent to
Mashunaland.
Further north from Nyassaland, at Zomba and Fort
Johnston, I received from my friend Dr. Percy Rendall four
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 10
126 Mr. W. L. Distant on
species, two of which are also included in the above list.
They are as follows :—
Pecilopsaltria leopardina, Dist. Platypleura brevis, Walk.
polydorus, Walk. — divisa, Germ.
After my first visit to the Transvaal, I was only able to
record the names of three species from that region. J now
enumerate thirteen species :—
Peecilopsaltria furva, sp. n. Waterberg.
reducta, Walk. Rustenburg, Waterberg.
Platypleura semiclara, Germ. Barberton.
Haglundi, Stal. Waterberg.
——. capensis, Linn. Middelburg.
—— divisa, Germ. Barberton, Rustenburg, Pretoria.
—— hirta, Karsch. Barberton, Lydenburg, Rustenburg.
Tibicen nigricans, Stal. Pretoria.
carinatus, Thunb. Pretoria.
undulatus, Thunb. Pretoria.
Callipsaltria longula, Stil. Rustenburg, Pretoria.
elongata, St&l. Rustenburg.
Psilotympana, sp.? Rustenburg.
For the Barberton specimens I am again indebted to
Dr. Percy Rendall during his siay in that district.
At Delagoa Bay I acquired Pecilopsaltria reducta, Walk.,
and P. polydorus, Walk. ‘The scarce and handsome Melam-
psalta violacea, Linn., 1 find is to be procured on the banks
of the Caledon River in Cape Colony. Pacilopsaltria Perin-
guey?, which I originally described from Damara Land, is to
be found as far south and east as Griqualand at least, for I
now possess a specimen from Barkly West.
Pecilopsaltria furva, sp. n.
Head and pronotum ochraceous and moderately pilose ;
mesonotum and abdomen above black. Head with the central
longitudinal and transverse carine to face, very broad lateral
margins to front enclosing an ochraceous apical spot, a basal
spot enclosing ocelli, between which and eyes are some com-
plicated transverse fascia, black. Pronotum with a central
fascia, widely broadened on anterior and posterior margins;
the incisures and extreme sublateral margins black. Meso-
notum black, with two obconical linear spots, united at base on
anterior margin; two UL-shaped fascia at base, and anterior
half of lateral margins ochraceous ; basal cruciform elevation
ochraceous, with a central spot and anterior angles black.
Abdomen with the posterior segmental margins above
narrowly ochraceous. Body beneath with legs and opercula
Homoptera from Southern Africa. 127
ochraceous; sternum and legs spotted with black, abdominal
segments with central transverse fasciz and lateral marginal
spots black.
Tegmina creamy, mottled with fuscous, the venation
ochraceous, but becoming piceous towards apex; basal cell
black. Wings blackish, a basal streak irregularly ochraceous
to about centre, the outer margins broadly pale hyaline, and
with a creamy-white spot near centre of costal margin.
Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; opercula moderately
overlapping at centre.
Long. ¢ 28 millim.; exp. tegm. 76 millim.
Hab. Transvaal; Waterberg District (Déstant).
This species is allied to both P. T'riment and P. Peringueyt,
from either of which, apart from other characters, it may be
easily distinguished by the position of the white macular
markings to the wings.
Pecilopsaltria Marshalli, sp. n.
Head and pronotum ochraceous. Head with the area
of the ocelli, transverse fascize between same and eyes, and
basal and central fascia to face black; pronotum with a central
fascia widely broadened at anterior and posterior margins,
the incisures, and the sublateral margins black; mesonotum
black, with a large central linear spot, trifid anteriorly and
connected with a lateral fascia on each side, ochraceous;
cruciform basal elevation ochraceous, with a small central
spot, and one near each anterior angle, black. Abdomen
above black, with the posterior segmental margins ochraceous.
Body beneath blackish or dark castaneous ; opercula, posterior
abdominal segmental margins, and legs castaneous or ochra-
ceous.
Tegmina creamy and tale-like, base and four very irregular
transverse fasciz, which are connected inwardly and contain
some pale spots, especially at the apices of apical areas,
piceous; venation ochraceous, becoming piceous towards
apex. Wings blackish, apical third and a large subcostal
spot within the black area pale hyaline.
Rostrum just passing the posterior cox; opercula mode-
rately overlapping at centre.
Long. ¢ 2? 15-16 millim.; exp. tegm. 53 millim.
Hab. Mashunaland, Umfili River (Guy Marshall: coll.
Dist.) ; banks of the Zambesi (Fry, 1893: Cape Town Mas.).
A single female specimen from the Zambesi is much larger
than the series I possess from Mashunaland through the
kindness of Mr. Marshall. Its dimensions are long. 20
millim., exp. tegm. 63 millim.
i10*
128 Mr. W. L. Distant on
Platypleura centralis, sp. n.
Body above ochraceous, with an almost continuous central
longitudinal black fascia extending from head to apex of
abdomen. Head with a fascia extending between eyes and
across base of face and the area of the ocelli, pronotum with
the incisures and base of lateral margins, mesonotum with
two obconical spots on anterior margin (on each side of which
are a small and a much elongated spot) and the frontal area
of the basal cruciform elevation black ; abdomen with the basal
segmental margins black. Body beneath and legs ochra-
ceous, greyishly pilose and more or less spotted with blackish ;
abdominal segments marked as above.
Tegmina pale, talc-like; the costal membrane, the post-
costal area, and the basal cell ochraceous ; an elongate costal
spot at end of radial area, a spot in basal cell, and the vena-
tion (excepting extreme base) black. Wings with the
venation ochraceous.
Rostrum long, reaching to quite half the length of the
abdomen; opercula well separated at base; lateral pronotal
angles prominent, subacute.
Long., ¢ 22, 2 24 millim.; exp. tegm. 77 millim.
Hab. Mashunaland, Umfili River (Guy Marshall).
Platypleura absimilis, sp. n.
Head and thorax above pale castaneous; area of the ocelli
infuscated ; legs ochraceous; mesonotum with two central
obconical spots on anterior margin, a longer and more obscure
spot on each lateral area, and a small spot in front of the
anterior angles of the basal cruciform elevation, dark fuscous,
Abdomen above black. Head beneath, sternum, legs, and
opercula dark ochraceous ; abdomen beneath dark castaneous.
Tegmina greyish brown, the venation castaneous, two pale
spots in radial area, a trifid spot of the same colour separated
by the veins of the upper ulnar areas, and a larger discal
and more irregular patch of the same hue extending from
near lower end of radial area across bases of lower apical
areas ; a series of alternating pale and darker marginal spots
at apices of apical areas, the outer margin pale hyaline.
Wings ochraceous, the venation castaneous, the outer third
irregularly dark fuscous, broadest at apex and narrowest
towards anal angle.
Rostrum just passing posterior coxe.
Long. ¢ 2 18-22 millim. ; exp. tegm. 60-75 millim.
Hab. South Africa, Cape Colony ? (Coll. Dist.; Vienn.
Mus.).
Homoptera from Southern Africa. 129
This species may at once be distinguished from P. plumosa
and P. deusta by the absence of the central black fascia to
the pronotum. It is allied to P. plumosa by the wide and
relatively short pronotum, but differs by the broader tegmina,
shorter abdomen, different markings of the tegmina, &e.
MonoMatTaPA, gen. nov.
Body short, robust, widest about centre of abdomen.
Head broad, at outer margins of eyes a little wider than
mesonotum ; ocelli about twice the distance from eyes as
from each other; face broad, not prominently tumid, longi-
tudinal sulcation narrow, transverse ridges prominent. Meta-
notum concavely excavated posteriorly; basal segment of
abdomen subacutely and convexly produced anteriorly.
Opercula rather large, directed inwardly, much widened
posteriorly. ‘’ympana completely exposed. Tegmina with
the basal cell longer than broad and the ulnar veins at end of
same widely separated ; interior ulnar area a little narrower
at base than apex ; apical areas eight.
Monomatapa, which, by the exposed tympana, belongs to
the division Tibicenine, has a somewhat superticial resem-
blance to the genus Tympanoterpes.
Monomatapa insignis, sp. n.
Body above black; eyes, pronotum (excluding central
longitudinal fascia), and the exposed tympana dark casta-
neous; abdomen rather thickly greyishly pilose; body
beneath and legs black ; tibia and tarsi more or less casta-
neous or ochraceous ; opercula ochraceous; lateral areas of
the body and opercula thickly greyishly pilose.
Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; the first with the vena-
tion blackish, the base narrowly, basal cell, and outer edge of
costal membrane ochraceous. Wings with the venation
blackish, the base ochraceous, with a darker spot on the abdo-
minal area.
Rostrum short, about reaching the intermediate coxa;
opercula extending over the basal segment of the abdomen,
obliquely directed inwardly, widened posteriorly.
Long. ¢ 27 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.
Hab. Mashunaland, Umtili River (Guy Marshall).
Fam. Fulgorida.
Genus Pyrops.
Of the seven recorded South-African * species I was able
* I include East Africa in the “South African ” faunistic region, as
recently well proposed by Mr. W. L. Sclater, now directing the South-
African Museum.
130 Mr. W. L. Distant on
to bring home five. Of the others, P. marginatus, Westw.,
seems to be confined to some portions of the Cape Colony
and P. turritus, Gerst., was received from Dar-es-Salaam.
Pyrops is a tropical and subtropical genus, only occurring in
the Transvaal (as far as my experience goes) in the stretch
of warm forest country which extends from Delagoa Bay to
Durban.
Nyassaland.
P. pustulosus, Gerst. Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall).
P. tenebrosus, Fabr.
” ”
Mashbunaland.
P. clavaticeps, Karsch. Umfili River (Guy Marshall).
Transvaal,
P. intricatus, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
Natal.
P. natalensis, Dist. Durban (Distant).
Two of these species—P. clavaticeps and P. tenebrosus—
range across the continent, being found on the west coast.
Subfam. EvryreracnyDriw2.
Paropioxys bellus, sp. n.
Body ochraceous; head with four basal black spots between
the eyes; pronotum with six spots (two central placed trans-
versely and two on each side obliquely) ; mesonotum with
five spots, also black: legs reddish; apices of the femora,
annulations to the anterior and intermediate tibiw, and the
tarsi black.
Tegmina pale greenish, the basal half with some large
ochraceous spots, followed by an obscure dull ochraceous
transverse fascia, and with the following bright shining black
spots, viz. :—one at base, four along costal margin, and some
twenty-five or more on apical area. Wings pale greenish
white, the apex slightly ochraceous, and containing about
twelve small black spots.
Long., excl. tegm., 13 millim.; exp. tegm. 40 millim.
Hab. Nyassaland, Zomba (Dr. Percy Rendall).
A species somewhat allied to P. gloriosus, Karsch.
Homoptera from Southern Africa. 131
Fam. Cercopida.
Genus Locris.
Locris Rendalli, sp. n.
Head and pronotum black, the last with the anterior and
lateral margins and two transverse spots on disk ochraceous.
Abdomen above sanguineous, slightly fuscous at lateral
margins. Body beneath and legs blackish ; eyes and lateral
margins of prosternum ochraceous; posterior tibiz, excluding
bases and apices, pale sanguineous.
Tegmina blackish; basal streaks, two transverse fasciz,
and a subapical patch ochraceous. Wings pale fuscous,
semihyaline, the outer apical margin darker; extreme base
narrowly sanguineous.
Long. 9 millim.; exp. tegm. 21 millim.
Hab. Nyassaland, Zomba (Dr. Percy Rendall).
This species, by the colour and markings of the tegmina,
is closely allied to the West-African L. maculata, Fabr., but
differs from all the varietal forms of that species by the
ochraceous margins to the pronotum and by the absence of
the ochraceous frontal margins to the head. The pronotum
is also broader.
Why these two species, or geographical forms of one
species as they may some day be more correctly identified,
should on the east and west sides of the continent have deve-
loped a difference in the structure and markings of the pro-
notum is one of the still unsolved problems in specific evolution,
and unexplained by any of the colour theories now proposed
in speculative entomology.
Locris Junott, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, basal third and apical margin
of tegmina, face and legs sanguineous ; tegmina (excluding
base and apical margin) pale creamy ochraceous, mottled with
pale fuscous, the apical third distinctly darker ochraceous,
containing a dark fuscous spot. Eyes, ocelli, two spots on
anterior area of pronotum, sternum, abdomen beneath, and
bases of femora piceous.
Long., incl. tegm., 8 millim.
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Junot).
This species, by its singular coloration, is nearest allied to
L. concinna, Dist., and it is peculiar that we must cross the
continent to Damaraland to find its nearest specific ally. Of
course, collectors may subsequently find the two species less
132 On Homoptera from Southern Africa.
estranged, but according to present knowledge they differ
materially.
Of other species of Locris in my collection I may mention: —
Nyassaland.
L. areata, Walk. Fort Johnson (Dr. Percy Rendall).
Mashunaland.
L. arithmetica, Walk. Salisbury (Guy Marshall).
Transvaal.
L. arithmetica, Walk. Pretoria (Distant); Zoutpansberg (Kaesner).
LI. areata, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
L. incarnata, Walk. Zoutpansberg (Diztant) ; Rustenburg (Distant),
L. sanguinipes, Walk, Pretoria (Distant).
Delagoa Bay.
L, areata, Walk. Lourenco Marquees (Junot).
L. Junoti, sp. n.
” ” ”
Natal.
L. areata, Walk. Durban (Distant).
L. transversa, Thunb. Isipingo, Durban (Guy Marshall).
Genus TOMASPIS.
Tomaspis Monteironis, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1878, p. 176;
Aid Ident. Ins. t. exlviii. fig. 4.
Tomaspis conspicua, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1878, p. 148;
Aid Ident. Ins. t. exlviu. fig. 2.
I have now acquired an intermediate form which connects
the above supposed species together :—
Var. a.—Tegmina black; unspotted.
T. Monteironis, Dist. supra.
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro, Junot, Distant).
Var. 6.—Tegmina with a small central transverse sanguineous
spot.
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Junot).
Var. c.—Tegmina with a very large central sanguineous spot.
T. conspicua, Dist. supra.
Hab. Nyassaland ; Mashunaland, Gadzina (Guy Marshall).
On the Biology of the Social Wasps of Brazil. 133
Tomaspis appears to be a tropical and subtropical genus
only. I never met with it in any of my collecting expedi-
tions in the Transvaal. Delagoa Bay at present is its
recorded southern limit; but probably it may be found in
Durban, where much is still to be done, apart from Lepido-
ptera, and where other species only previously known in
Mozambique have been discovered.
XII.—A Contribution to the Biology of the Social Wasps
of Brazil. By H. von [HERING *.
IT is nowadays very difficult and—particularly in cases
where special attention has to be paid to the literature of
extra-European countries—barely possible to guarantee full
cognizance of all that has been written upon a biological
theme. Consequently something may have escaped my
notice even in respect of the subject about to be discussed,
although, on the whole, the statements in the following paper
will probably be new to my scientific colleagues.
On studying the various special memoirs or the descriptions
in handbooks &c., we invariably find that the account of the
life of the social wasps is altogether European, based exclu-
sively upon the facts to be observed in Europe and in the
holarctic region in general. In order to make myself intelli-
gible upon this point, let me briefly refer to what is gene-
rally known. The social life of the European wasps is
eminently adapted to the harsh climate of Europe. There
are in Europe, so far as is at present known, no wasp-
communities that hibernate regularly, though even as to this
I must nevertheless be allowed to entertain doubts with
regard to the extreme south of Europe, especially with refer-
ence to Polistes. In autumn the community separates, the
workers and males perish, while the fertilized females alone
hibernate and commence the foundation of a new colony in
the spring.
How utterly different is the case here! Even Polistes
the single genus of social wasps common to Europe and
Brazil, behaves somewhat differently. Here, too, it is the
rule for the community to be dissolved in winter; but never-
theless in July, therefore in mid-winter, we meet with colonies
of Polistes versicolor, Fabr., still surviving and continuing to
* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’
Bd, xix. no. 516 (November 2, 1896), pp. 449-453.
134. H. von Ihering on the
exist in an almost inactive condition with a diminished
number of individuals: it is true that this is not the case in
Rio Grande do Sul, though it certainly occurs in Sao Paulo.
In Rio Grande do Sul it was a very remarkable sight to watch
Polistes (females and workers) at the commencement of
winter seeking out human habitations, in order to search for
suitable hiding-places in which to hibernate. Even thus many
perish, but in spring I have repeatedly seen on freshly-begun
nests a female carrying on building-operations already in
company with workers. Whether in such cases remnants of
a colony have come together to build a new home, or whether
the hibernated female has accepted the assistance of chosen
hibernated workers, I am unable to say.
In the case of Polybia and its allies the influence of winter
is much less noticeable than in Polistes. Polybia scutellaris,
White, still hibernates even in Rio Grande do Sul. The
very solid prickly envelope of the large nest doubtless affords
a good protection against the weather. Moreover this very
species collects honey freely and in relatively large quantities.
It is amassed in pretty irregular fashion in the lower cells,
especially at the edge of the combs, but it nevertheless in-
duces boys, and also adults with a penchant for sweets, to
destroy the nest. I have seen many nests inhabited for a
long period. Here in §. Paulo, too, I have made the same
observation upon the paulista variety of this wasp, which
will be referred to later on. It is consequently not a matter
for surprise when one notices these wasps again in the open
during exceptionally fine weather in the middle of winter.
Another new observation upon Polybia is the fact that it
swarms. Whether a fertilized female Polybia is ever capable
of commencing a nest alone, as is, indeed, still probable, is a
point which future study must decide: at any rate, it is not
the rule for it todo so. I have very often observed the com-
mencement of new nests of Polybia; the task was always
undertaken by aswarm. A closely packed cluster of Polybia
scutellaris, of the size of a large orange or larger, settles on
some spot or other, often by no means a suitable one, without,
however, at once deciding to begin to build.
Not infrequently is the spot changed several times before
work commences. Then, however, it proceeds astonishingly
fast, so that in from two to three weeks a nest is built con-
taining from four to five combs. At the same time, however,
the whole of the attention is in the first place devoted exclu-
sively to nest-building, so that one finds charming new nests
with from three to four combs in which there is not yet a
single cell that has received even an egg. In the case of
Biology of the Social Wasps of Brazil. 135
Polybia scutellaris it is not easy to discover the males and
females. How many times have [ not examined the entire
contents of the nest without finding any! In Rio Grande do
Sul I several times found females (twelve to fourteen) in the
nest of P. scutellaris, as well as males in considerably larger
numbers. ‘The females are not or scarcely larger than the
workers; but the wings, which show a slight brownish
sheen, afford a better means of recognition.
Moreover in this respect the nests exhibit very different
conditions, according to the number of the workers. I once
examined a rather small nest with only three combs, which
nevertheless already contained brood. The number of the
workers in this case amounted to only 126. An observation
may here also be alluded to which is opposed to what was
seen by Janet inconnexion with Vespa. ‘The insects brought
in by Polybia scutellaris are never chewed up into food-balls,
but are carried in whole, sometimes more, sometimes less muti-
lated, though the wings are always removed. ‘Termites and
house-flies constitute the principal quarry, though the latter
are seldom captured alive, but are usually carried off when
dead or in a half-dead condition.
In the case also of Polybia sericea, Oliv., I have frequently
seen a new nest commenced in a precisely similar fashion.
Once upon a fresh spring morning I observed a swarm that
evidently had hibernated without a nest. The wasps, still
quite stiff, crawled out from a low bush. The nest had
probably been destroyed by inclement weather or by enemies.
Among the latter I allude especially to the large “ Lagarto”’
lizard (Tupinambis tequexin, L.), which is_ particularly
dangerous to the nests of Nectarinia mellifica, Sauss., which
are always placed pretty low down and are rich in honey.
With reference to this it may be remarked that I also met
with honey in the nests of Polybia sericea.
In the case of the above-named Nectarinia I once observed
a nest in autumn which contained about an equal number of
males and workers. A large proportion of the latter contained
eggs, but one had to regard them as workers on account of
the rudimentary receptaculum seminis. It is probable that
here also drones are produced from the eggs of workers, and
this very circumstance would afford an explanation of the
exceptionally large number in the nest referred to.
In connexion with the differences which have been described
in the mode of life of the communities are those which we
find in the structure of the nests. In this respect, as regards
variety and finish of the edifices, no other region of the earth
can compare with Brazil; for out of the whole of the wasps
136 H. von Ihering on the
of the Old-World Vespa is the only one that builds a compli-
cated nest surrounded by an envelope: all the rest in their
style of architecture more or less resemble Polzstes. In eastern
South America, on the other hand, what wealth and variety
of structural types, what elegance and marvellous. artistic
skill! While referring the reader to Saussure’s classical
monograph, I would here draw attention only to what is new
among my observations.
It is well-known that the nest of Mischocyttarus is very
similar in construction to that of Polistes, differing only in
the longer central pedicle; but it was to me an altogether
surprising and unexpected discovery to find that there are also
species of Polybia whose nests are indistinguishable from
those of Polistes. The species in question are Polybia vicina,
Sauss., and P. tgnobilis, Halid. All the other members of
the genus, even Polybia atra, Sauss., build nests with con-
centric envelopes, so that when the nest is enlarged the last
and most recent envelope is always used as a base for the
new combs. It may appear at first sight to be a matter of no
special importance that within the limits of a large genus a
portion of the species should differ in the structure of their
nests; but the subject is nevertheless a much more compli-
cated one, since with these differences others in the mode of
life of the communities are directly connected. In the one
group we have the foundation by a fertilized female of what
is usually a community existing for one year, in the other
long-lived colonies founded by the formation of swarms, as in
the case of bees.
I am bound to admit that I regard these species of Polybia
which live after the manner of Polistes as representing a
distinct genus. It is probably not customary to utilize biolo-
gical considerations for the foundation of genera, but perhaps
even in this case closer investigation will demonstrate the
morphological basis for the separation inferred on biological
grounds.
According to their mode of life, or, say, the formation of
communities, the social wasps of South America may there-
fore be divided into two groups :—
(1) Summer communities, or such as last for one year,
founded in spring by fertilized females which have hibernated :
Polistes, Mischocyttarus, and Pseudopolybia (a name which
I adopt for Polybia-like wasps that construct nests after the
manner of Polistes).
(2) Perennial communities, founded by swarms after the
fashion of bee-colonies: Polybia, Apoica, Tatua, Synoeca,
Chartergus, Nectarinia.
Biology of the Social Wasps of Brazil. 137
The Old-World genera not mentioned in this list all belong
to the first group. Divers species of Polybia are known from
tropical Asia, but I know nothing about their life-history.
In conclusion, I would add a remark as to the genital
apparatus, in which the closest agreement exists in all the
genera of social wasps that I have investigated. The
number of testicular tubes is always the same as that of
those of the ovary, and this number is invariably three on
each side, as is also the case in the solitary wasps examined.
In the strongest contrast to this condition, that I have
proved to exist in Polistes, Miuschocyttarus, Nectarinia,
Polybia, and Chartergus, is what we have recently learnt
from Bordas *, in amends for previous inexact statements.
According to this author the number of testicular tubes in
Vespa is from two hundred to three hundred. How large the
number of the ovarian tubes really is (earlier accounts speak
of six or more) must remain uncertain in default of fresh
examination. Vespa consequently presents’a strong contrast
to the rest of the social wasps, and in this respect stands in
the same relation to them as that in which the Apide stand
to the Andrenide or Megachilide, since in the former there
are three hundred testicular tubes, in the latter three. It
appears that for the Hymenoptera this number three repre-
sents the primitive condition, and therefore Apis and Vespa
are aberrant types. As to the anatomy of the social wasps
of Africa and India we as yet know nothing. In these cases
the work accomplished for the South-American genera has
still to be done. ‘Then, and not until then, will it be possible
to ascertain the relation of Belonogaster, Icaria, &c. to the
rest of the Vespide. Probably it will then be found that
Vespa cannot be included in the same family as the other
genera of social wasps. The true Vespide, including Vespa,
would then have a very large number of testicular tubes;
the rest of the Polybiide would exhibit three of these struc-
tures in each testis. It is probable that upon closer investi-
gation yet other differences will be added in other organs or
in the larve, and to point out the necessity for such studies
is precisely the object of this exposition.
Sao Paulo, Brazil,
July 23, 1896.
* Bordas, “ Appareil genital male des Hyménoptéres,” Annales des
Sciences natur. vii. sér. tom. xx., 1895,
138 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
XIII.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.
—No. IV. Diptera from the Sacramento and White Moun-
tains, in Southern New Mexico. I. By C. Hs Tyner
TOWNSEND. i
THE Sacramento Mountain and White Mountains are situated
in south-central New Mexico, in north-eastern Dofia Ana,
and western Lincoln counties. The Mescalero Apache Indian
Reservation is located within the limits of the northern portion
of the range. White Mountain stands at the north-western
end of the Sacramentos, and really forms a part of the range.
It is the highest point, being in theneighbourhood of 11,000 feet.
Military maps give its elevation as 11,092 feet. The Rio Rui-
doso heads on its eastern slopes, as do also Eagle Creek and
the two forks of the Rio Bonito. The most of the Ruidoso
collecting was done some miles below its head, from just
above Dowling’s Mill to a point 4 miles west, the altitude
being about 6500 to 6600 feet. Dowling’s Mill is given by
military maps as 6455 feet. Austen’s Ranch, on the north
fork of the Rio Bonito, is about 6400 feet; it is situated some
12 miles up this fork west from Fort Stanton (now recently
abandoned as a military post), which latter is on the Rio
Bonito just below the junction of the two forks, at an altitude
of 6151 feet.
The Mescalero Agency, or post-office of Mescalero, being
the only settlement on the reservation and the headquarters
of the Indian Agent, is situated in the head of the main
valley of the Rio Tularosa, on the Ruidoso road, some 7 miles
below or south of the top of the divide. It is halfway
between Tularosa town and the Upper Ruidoso store, it being
18 miles from the Agency to either place. The altitude of
the divide just mentioned is about 7000 feet. White Moun-
tain, it is understood, with the Rio Ruidoso and Rio Bonito,
lies on the other side of this divide, to the north and north-
west of it. The altitude of the Agency is 6340 feet; that of
Tularosa town, situated on the plain at the western base of
the mountains and near the mouth of the Rio ‘Tularosa
valley, is 4140 feet. These and several other elevations,
including White Mountain and Dowling’s Mill, with other
valuable data, were kindly furnished me by Lieutenant V. E.
Stottler, U.S.A., who has charge of the Mescalero reserva-
tion, and to whom I wish here to express my thanks for many
courtesies.
The road from Tularosa to the Agency follows up the
from the Sacramento and White Mountains. 139
valley of the Rio Tularosa, which is a beautiful clear stream
furnishing water for irrigating the small patches of the Indians
and the several small ranches situated in the valleys of the
cafion. The best collecting of all was done on the flowers of
the rankly growing Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, in
October, along this road, which usually follows the course of
the stream up closely here. This collecting was done in the
upper extent of the long stretch of Brgelovia patches, the
altitude being from about 5700 to 6200 feet. An account of
this is given under the head of Dejeania rutilioides. hese
patches of Brgelovia extend all the way down the valley, in
close proximity to the stream, with hardly a break, from
Blazer’s Mill, which is less than a mile below the Agency,
elevation about 6200 feet, to the halfway point to Tularosa,
where the road crosses the stream, elevation about 5200 feet,
a distance of 8 miles. The plants are often immense, with
heavy woody trunks and branches, and some stand as high as
8 or 9 feet. They are in the height of bloom about the Ist of
October. The October collecting on the Rio Ruidoso was
done on flowers of Senecio Douglasii; on the Rio Bonito the
October collecting was done on Aster levis, which grew
rankly in large patches bearing profuse bloom.
My thanks are due to Professor EK. O. Wooton for the
determinations of the plants. Professor Wooton writes me
that his material of the Rhus mentioned in this paper agrees
more nearly with the descriptions of FR. glabra than with
anything else; but he adds that he had no authentically
named glabra material by him for comparison. Prof. J. D.
Tinsley, independently of Professor Wooton’s determinations,
also sent me the names of five of the plants, and considers
the Rhus to be R. glabra.
A portion of the Diptera treated in this paper was collected
by Professor Wooton in June and July, 1695, while on a
botanical trip on the Ruidoso and eastern slopes of White
Mountain. Not only was record kept on his trip of the
flowers on which the Diptera were obtained, but care was taken
to secure approximately by aneroid the elevations of the prin-
cipal places where collecting was done, which information is
very valuable. All material aside from the above was
collected by the writer in October 1895.
All elevations given with the word “ about” are estimates
made by the writer from points in the vicinity whose eleva-
tions are known. They have been carefully estimated, and
can be taken as very nearly correct.
140 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
Stratiomyida.
1. Microchrysa, sp.?
One female, Rio Ruidoso; on foliage, July 3 (Wooton).
About 6400 feet (this locality and elevation always mean
that Professor Wooton omitted to give elevation and exact
locality, which are taken to be just below Dowling’s Miil).
Length 6 millim.
Front nearly as wide aseyes. Aristaterminal. Abdomen
very flattened, narrowed at base, subquadrangular, wider
than thorax, rounded at each end, wholly shining green.
Thorax shining green with strong purple reflection.
Syrphida.
2. Pipiza occidentalis, sp. n.
One female, Rio Ruidoso ; on flowers of Rhus glabra, L.,
July 10. Four miles west of Dowling’s Mill, 6600 feet
( Wooton).
Length 5 millim.
Differs from Williston’s description of P. pulchella only in
the following particulars :—Abdomen less than twice as long
as thorax. There is no “slender deep groove” before
margin of scutellum. Legs black; tips of all femora, bases
of anterior tibie, basal two joints of front and middle tarsi,
and tips of hind metatarsi with next tarsal joint yellowish or
reddish yellow. Hind metatarsi not more swollen than other
tarsal joints. ‘The apical cross-vein is subsinuate, being
abruptly straight at its base, but curved on its final portion ;
it forms a right angle with fourth vein. The auxiliary vein
terminates hardly beyond anterior cross-vein. Closely like
pulchella in all other points.
This species is very distinct from the two described by
Williston in the Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. iii. pp. 6-7.
Mr. W. A. Snow identifies (Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. p. 227)
three specimens of Pipiza from the Magdalena Mts., N. M.,
as P. pistica, Will. ‘The present species is distinct from
pistica in the pile of eyes being black (except, perhaps, that
on upper portions next front), and the hind metatarsi not
being thickened.
3. Baccha lemur, O. 8.
One female, Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles west of Dowling’s Mill,
6600 feet, July 10. On flowers of sumac, Rhus glabra, L.
( Wooton).
Length 10 millim.
from the Sacramento and White Mountains. 141
Face of a yellowish-grey ground-colour, facial stripe deep
buff-yellow. Abdominal cross-bands reddish yellow. Legs
pale yellow ; tarsi brownish, hind femora and tibizw with a
pale brownish ring before tip.
4, Volucella Anna, Will.
One male, Rio Ruidoso, about 6400 feet, June 30. On
flowers of Philadelphus serpyllifolius *, Gray (Wooton).
The third joint of antenne is rather deeply excised on
front edge.
5. Volucella Comstocki, Will.
One male, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet (this locality and elevation, wherever given, mean
somewhere between the 5700 and 6200 feet elevations). On
flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 20.
Length 9 millim.
6. Volucella Victoria, Will.
One female, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet. On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata,
Oct. 20.
Length 10 millim.
Antenne are scarcely darker coloured than face and front.
Scutellum, instead of being ‘deep pitchy black,” as in
Williston’s description (Syn. p. 145), is wholly chestnut
above, as in V. Comstocki. All the veins of wings are faintly
bordered with yellowish. The marginal cell is closed, but
not petiolate.
7. Eristalis tricolor, Jaenn.
One female, Rio Bonito, Austen’s Ranch in the Bonito
Park, about 6400 feet. On flowers of Aster levis, L.,
Gee i'7,
This is the first record of this species being found in New
Mexico, and even in the United States. [ took it the same
year (1895) abundantly on the lower Rio Grande at Browns-
ville, Texas, as will appear in a paper soon to be published on
the Diptera of that region. The present specimen has the
black more widened out posteriorly on abdominal segments
* Prof. J. D. Tinsley identifies this species as Philadelphus macro-
phyllus. This determination has later been verified by Mr. Frederick
V. Coville, of the U.S. Department of Agriculture—C. H. T. T.
Ann. & Maa. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 11
142 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
than in Brownsville and Lower Californian specimens. It
is evidently the same species, although the more prevailing
black of posterior half of abdomen gives it a-slightly different
facies. It may, perhaps, represent a northern race of this
tropical species.
Note.—Mr. W. A. Snow, in his “ Sapplementary List of
North-American Syrphide” (Kans. Univ. Quart.), has
followed Giglio-Tos in considering £. tricolor, Jaeun., a
synonym of £. pusillus, Mcq. I fail to see anything in
Macquart’s description that would lead me to believe in this
synonymy.
8. Chrysochlamys cresus, O. 8.
One female, Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles west of Dowling’s Mill,
6600 feet. On flowers of Rhus glabra, L., July 10 ( Wooton).
Length 9 miillim.
Legs wholly saturate reddish yellow, only the coxe fuscous.
9. Milesia bella, sp. n.
Two specimens (male and female), Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles
west of Dowling’s Mill, 6600 feet. On flowers of Rhus
glabra, L., July 10 (Wooton).
Length of male 15 millim., of female hardly 16 millim.
Differs from Williston’s description of M. ornata (Syn.
p- 255) as follows :—Male with triangular brown spot at base
of antenne above; female with posterior orbits more cine-
reous than yellow, though this character is doubtless more or
less variable. The anterior two yellow fascie of prothoracic
dorsum roughly forming a yellow transverse H-shaped
marking, cleft through the middle of the bar by a rather wide
black vitta; the suboval humeral spot helps to form this, but
does not coalesce with it, being separated by a narrow neck
of black from the rest of the half of the marking. of that side,
which is L-shaped on the right side and the reverse on the
left. Pleura, without yellow on anterior border from humeri
to base of anterior cox, black. Second abdominal segment
with a yellow cross-band interrupted in middle, anterior
border of each half running obliquely outward and forward,
hind border sinuate ; a transversely elongate yellowish spot
behind these on each side on posterior corner of segment.
Third and fourth segments in male with an anterior unin-
terrupted yellow cross-band, widened at ends; the third
segment with a posterior brownish-yellow band of same
width not widened at ends, this band on fourth segment being
twice as broad as on third. In female the yellow (anterior)
from the Sacramento and White Mountains. 145
band of third segment is narrowly interrupted. Pile of
abdomen yellow on the bright yellow markings, black on the
black and brownish-yellow markings. Legs yellow, the
front tibie and tarsi of both sexes black or brownish black
except extreme bases of tibie; the female with a tinge of
brownish on uppersides of all the femora and an elongate
brown spot on inside of hind tibie, the male with latter and
with extensive dark brown shading on uppersides of all
femora. Hind coxe in both sexes with a large yellow
pollinose spot on outside, and a linear transverse yellow
marking above this situated below and in front of the yellow
halteres. Wings nearly hyaline, faintly fuscous near tips,
faintly yellowish in basal half of submarginal cell and in base
of marginal cell, also somewhat along veins at base of wing.
This species is very distinct from Williston’s M. pulchra
from Guatemala.
Conopida.
10. Oncomyza, sp.
One female, Rio Ruidoso, 6600 feet. On flowers of
Erysimum asperum, DC., July 3 (Wooton).
It is impossible to say what species this is, as the antennz
are entirely wanting and only a hind femur and a middle
femur and tibia remain of the legs.
Length 4 millim.
It differs from Loew’s description of O. /orarza (not taking
into account the antenne or legs so far as they are wanting)
as follows:—Four black vitte on thorax, the outer ones
divided by suture so as to resemble two spots, the inner ones
more pollinose and less conspicuous. Abdomen soft black,
narrow hind margins of first to fourth segments cinereous
pollinose, the cinereous on fourth segment with a median line
running from it to front border of segment; fifth segment
very short, with narrower cinereous hind border ; sixth segment
wholly cinereous, except an oval median black space on
dorsum. Second to fourth segments each with a conspicuous
cinereous marking on side, that of second segment being
nearly round and situated on posterior corner, that of third
being elongate, nearly longitudinal, only very slightly oblique,
extending from anterior to posterior border, that of fourth
segment being elongate and strongly oblique, reaching from
front to hind border. There is also cinereous shading on
sides of first segment.
Li?
144 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
Tachinide.
11. Dejeania rutilioides, Jaenn.
Twenty-seven specimens (all females), Rio Tularosa, below
Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet. On flowers of -Bigelovia
graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 20, except two taken Oct. 13.
The fact that they are all females and were taken so late in
the year is worthy of remark as bearing on the hibernating
habits of this and other Tachinide. The nights in the
mountains at this date had been cool and frosty for a week or
more, the days, however, being warm ; and these Tachinids,
usually so active, alert, and difficult to catch even with a net,
were all taken by simply sweeping with the hand alone, as
were also upwards of two hundred other large Tachinids of
various genera on this and other flowers. All the October
collecting mentioned in this paper was done in this way.
The cold nights had dulled the sense of alertness of these
flies to such an extent that with care they could be approached
to within a few feet before taking flight. As already stated,
the Bigelovia above mentioned grows rankly for miles along
the Tularosa creek, in many places attaining a height of
7 feet and sometimes more, and blooms profusely in October.
Its flowers were everywhere covered (Oct. 20) with hundreds
of large Tachinitls of such genera as Dejeania, Jurinia,
Saundersia, Echinomyia, &c., as may be judged from the
number collected in a few hours by the hand alone.
A word may be said as to the cause of such an abundance
of large Tachinids at this season in this locality. The seasons
are usually moderately wet in these mountains, but the season
of 1895, in October of which year this collecting was done,
had been an unusually wet one for New Mexico. As testi-
mony of this, Silver City and Socorro both sustained much
damage from cloudbursts in the summer of that year. The
wet season stimulated vegetable growth to an unusual degree,
and lepidopterous larves were abnormally abundant ; therefore
their ‘l'achinid parasites bred to an unusual extent. Hundreds
of these ‘l'achinids were seen that were not taken. In no
case were any seen in copulation.
The genus Dejeania is said by van der Wulp to have the
front tarsi enlarged in the female and the last tarsal joint of
male surrounded with long curved bristles. All the above
specimens of rutilioides have the front tarsi strongly widened ;
they also have last tarsal joint with curved bristles. Whether
the latter are longer and more pronounced in the male of this
species I cannot say, as I have no male specimens at hand,
but this is doubtless the case.
From the Sacramento and White Mountains. 145
12. Dejeania corpulenta, Wa.
Three males, Rio Ruidoso, 6400-6600 feet. On flowers of
Asclepias speciosa, Torr. (6400 feet), July 8; on flowers of
thus glabra, ., 4 miles west of Dowling’s Mill (6600 feet),
July 10; and one on foliage (about 6400 feet), July 3
( Wooton).
One male, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet. On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata,
Oct. 20.
13. Dejeania hystricosa, Will.
Thirty-five specimens, apparently all females. Twenty-
nine taken on flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata,
Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet, Oct. 20,
except two taken Oct. 13. Six taken on flowers of Senecio
Douglasii, DC., Rio Ruidoso, above Dowling’s Mill, about
500 feet, Oct. 15.
Length 103-184 millim.
This species has the facies of a Saundersia, but is distin-
guished at once from that genus by its well-developed palpi.
14. Saundersia maculata, Will.
One male, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet, Oct. 20. On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var.
glabrata.
Length 13 millim.
The spot of fourth abdominal segment is white, sharply
three-toothed posteriorly, and indented on each side anteriorly.
15. Jurinia algens, Wd.
One female, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet, Oct. 20. On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var.
glabrata.
16. Jurinia apicifera, Walk.
Seven male and two female specimens. Five males on
flowers of Aster levis, L., Rio Bonito, at Austen’s Ranch,
about 6400 feet, Oct. 17. ‘Two males and one female on
flowers of Senecio Douglasit, DC., and one female on flowers
of Aster levis, L., Rio Ruidoso, above Dowling’s Mill, about
6500 feet, Oct. 15.
The silvery cinereous sheen of anal segment is obscure in
all, and hardly perceptible in some. The foot-claws of male
146 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera
are not so long as in Brownsville specimens, and are often
reddish or yellowish at base.
17. Jurinia hystrix, Fabr.
Seventeen specimens, all females. Rio Tularosa, below
Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet, one taken Oct. 13 and the
others Oct. 20. On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var.
glabrata.
Length 12-15 millim.
These come nearest to Williston’s form ¢ (Trans. Am. Ent.
Soe. xiii. p. 299). Front tarsal joints are not dilated, palpi
yellow, third antennal joint about same length as second.
About six or eight strong spines in row in middle of hind
border of second abdominal segment, and two at each side on
hind border, but no continuous row on hind border of second
segment. A continuous row of strong spines on hind border
of third segment. All with two orbital bristles.
This species may be known by the yellow pile of occiput,
the black or brown bases of wings, and the faintly but per-
ceptibly clouded anterior cross-vein. The anterior portion of
thoracic dorsum is yellowish dusted, the abdomen is chestnut,
head and body stout, front wide, posterior half of abdomen
strongly spinose.
18. Jurinia lateralis, Macq.
One female, Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles west of Dowling’s Mill,
6600 feet. On flowers of Khus glabra, L., July 10 ( Wooton).
One male, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet.
On flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 20.
19. Echinomyia tterans, Walk.
Sixty-two specimens, of which only four are males, as
follows :—twenty-eight females and two males, Rio Tularosa,
below Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet, Oct. 20, on flowers of
Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata ; one female, same locality
and flowers, Oct. 13; eight females, Rio Bonito, Austen’s
Ranch, about 6400 feet, Oct. 17, on flowers of Aster levis, L.;
twenty females and two males, Rio Ruidoso, above Dowling’s
Mill, about 6500 feet, Oct. 15, on flowers of Senecio Douglasii,
DC. ; and one female, same locality and flowers, Oct. 16.
Front tarsi of female are not widened in this species,
Palpi are filiform, as in E. Thomsoni. Sides of face with
two strong bristles near orbits. Antenne black. Proboscis
somewhat elongate and slender. Sometimes abnormal speci-
from the Sacramento and White Mountains. 147
mens occur, showing three or even four strong bristles on
sides of face near orbits. One female has three on one side
and four on the other, the latter making a continuous row
with the descending frontal bristles; another female shows
only one bristle on one side and two on the other, while still
another female shows but one on each side. The third an-
tennal joint in male is usually more widened apically, some-
times very strongly so. In one female the third antennal
joint is pale reddish, with rest of antenne black.
Also one female, White Mountain, 9500 feet, July 6
(Wooton). In this specimen the second antennal joint is
more reddish than black.
20. Hehinomyia Thomsont, Will.
One hundred and six specimens, as follows :—Sixty-five
(eleven males and fifty-four females), Rio Tularosa, below
Blazer’s Mill, about 6000 feet, Oct. 20, except five of the
females taken Oct. 13, on flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var.
glabrata; twenty-one (twelve males and nine females), Rio
Bonito, Austen’s Ranch, about 6400 feet, Oct. 17, on flowers
of Aster levis, L.; twenty (seven males and thirteen females),
Rio Ruidoso, above Dowling’s Mill, about 6500 feet, Oct. 15,
on flowers of Senecio Douglasit, DC.
These specimens vary in length from 8 to nearly 14
millim.
The female has two rows of orbital bristles on each side of
the front, beside the row of frontal bristles along the vitta,
while the male normally has only one row. But males occur
having some extra orbital bristles, showing an approach to
the two rows of the female. The claws and pulvilli in some
males are much shorter also than in others. ‘These secondary
sexual characters in the male depend largely for constancy on
the size and robustness of the specimens. I believe that all
the above-mentioned specimens belong to this one species, as
they otherwise agree well except for size. In occasional
specimens the black of abdomen is somewhat more pronounced,
while in others the red shows more conspicuously ; but these
are merely slight colour-variations, and are, moreover, quite
rare. In some specimens the front is golden, while in others
it is silvery pollinose. It may also be mentioned that the
front tarsi are a little widened in the female.
There is a very great difference in size between the most
robust specimens and the smallest ones. All the specimens
examined, selected from the two extremes in size, show no
median macrochete on first abdominal segment, two median
148 Diptera from the Sacramento and White Mountains.
on hind margin of second, acontinuous row on hind margin
of third, and two rows on fourth.
Also two females and one male, Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles west
of Dowling’s Mill, 6600 feet, July 10, on flowers of Rhus
glabra, L. (Wooton). One of the females is considerably
stouter than usual, and the male has the abdomen somewhat
different in appearance; but it is due, I think, to the silvery
pollen being rubbed and obscured.
21. Echinomyia Victoria, sp. n.
Echinomyia, sp. n. ?, Towns. no. 60, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe, xxii. p, 72.
I propose the name . Victoria for this species, as it does
not seem to be named.
Nine females, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet, Oct. 20, on flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var.
glabrata; and a smaller female, Rio Ruidoso, above Dow-
ling’s Mill, about 6500 feet, Oct. 15, on flowers of Senecio
Douglasii, DC.
Front tarsi wide in both sexes; palpi not slender filiform,
but thickened and much shorter; sides of face without the
pair of bristles near orbits; second antennal joint reddish
yellow; proboscis shorter and stouter. Otherwise this
species agrees with F. dterans, except that thorax is less
brassy, and the abdomen has median line of black spots
usually well pronounced, sometimes widened behind on last
two segments. ‘The species is on the average more robust.
It differs chiefly from /. dakotensis, 'Towns., by the prevailing
reddish-yellow colour of abdomen, dakotensis having much
more black on abdominal segments.
Also one male, Rio Ruidoso, 8500 feet, July 6 (Wooton).
22. Echinomyia neglecta, sp. n.
a iii sp. aff. Thomsoni, Will., and tterans, Walk., of Towns.
MO.
This species I have known for some time, and as it seems
to be also without a name, I propose to call it 2. neglecta.
Three females, Rio Tularosa, below Blazer’s Mill, about
6000 feet, Oct. 20, on flowers of Bigelovia graveolens var
glabrata. ‘Three females, Rio Ruidoso, above Dowling’s
Mill, about 6500 feet, Oct. 15, on flowers of Senecio
Douglasii, DC.
This species differs from T’homsoni by the antenne bein
wholly deep black instead of second joint reddish yellow; ra
abdomen (except imperfect median stripe) being brighter red,
On the Air-Spaces in Flying Animals. 149
with the silvery sheen much less noticeable; and in the
thoracic dorsum being less brassy pollinose. It is an inter-
mediate form between Yhomsoni and iterans; from ¢terans
it differs in the front tarsi of female being widened, abdomen
more deeply tinged with red, and dorsum of thorax less
brassy pollinose. Palpi are slender, filiform, as in both
iterans and Thomsont.
Three of the above specimens have three bristles on sides
of face near orbits, instead of only two.
Also one female, Rio Ruidoso, 4 miles west of Dowling’s
Mill, 6600 feet, July 10, on flowers of sumac, Rhus glabra, L.
(Wooton).
23. Echinomyia, sp.
Two specimens (male and female) of a blackish species,
with a stigma-like spot on wings. Taken by Prof. Wooton
on White Mountain, 9000 feet, July 3, on flowers of Helentum
Hoopesti, Gray.
XIV.—The Physiological Importance of the Air-Spaces in
Flying Animals. By R. von LENDENFELD *.
It is well known that in the bodies of the majority of insects
and birds large spaces filled with air are met with which
appear morphologically as local expansions, relatively as
appendages of the respiratory organs. They are developed
in very different ways in the different species, and are not
present in all insects. In general it may be said that in
animals capable of strong and sustained flight they are highly
developed and spacious, that in bad fliers they attain a lower
degree of development or (as in some insects) do not occur at
all, and that in all non-flying insects they are entirely
wanting. It is thus rendered probable that they are in some
way directly or indirectly connected with the flying motion,
and are to be regarded physiologically as organs subservient
to flight. Further, from the very considerable size of these
organs, especially in Hymenoptera and many birds, a con-
clusion may be drawn as to the great importance which they
must possess.
With reference to these air-spaces three suppositions are
possible :—(1) they are exclusively accessory respiratory
* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’
xvi. Bd., No. 21 (November 1, 1896), pp. 774-778.
150 Prof. R. von Lendenfeld on the Physiological
organs or an auxiliary breathing-apparatus; (2) they are
exclusively mechanical locomotor organs (structures for the
maintenance of equilibrium and the regulation of specific
gravity) ; (3) they perform both of these functions.
We might well suppose that good and powerful fliers, just
as they have a relatively heavier heart than other birds
(Parrot), also need especially efficient respiratory organs, and
that accordingly their air-sacs are breathing-organs. The
air-sacs themselves, however, cannot be respiratory organs, on
the one hand since they exhibit no arrangements whatever
for increasing their surface (folds, cells, or similar develop-
ments), and on the other hand because (in birds) the membrane
which bounds them is in general poorly supplied with blood-
vessels (Drosier and other authors). It is only on the inner
surface of pneumatic bones that we find capillaries in greater
abundance, and here, moreover, the excretion of carbonic acid
has been demonstrated experimentally (Baer). Nevertheless
the respiration in this case cannot be anything considerable,
since in these rigid ceeca-like chambers the air must be in a
state of almost complete stagnation. But although oxidation
of the blood takes place only to an altogether inconsiderable
extent in the walls of the air-sacs, these structures might
still as a motor-apparatus, as bellows, play an important part
in respiration; they might have to provide for the active
ventilation of the parts which actually oxidize the blood. It
was formerly supposed that the intra- and extra-thoracic air-
sacs of birds contracted alternately, and that by this means
the air was forced to and fro through the lungs (Sappey).
The results of later investigations, however, obtained by the
aid of the graphic method, and as to the correctness of which
no doubt whatever can exist, have shown that the air-pressure
in all air-sacs rises and falls simultaneously. ‘There is con-
sequently no current of air from air-sac to air-sac, but only
a current passing to and fro between the mouth and the air-
sacs. Now although the air-sacs communicate directly with
the bronchi through wide open tubes, nevertheless a great
part of the air that streams to and fro between the mouth and
the air-sacs, especially in expiration, is said to pass through
the fine canals of the lungs and to renew continually the air
in the pulmonary alveoli (Baer). To this, however, it must
be objected that the anatomical conditions do not support the
justice of this assumption. If this were the sole or the most
essential function of the air-sacs, we should, at any rate,
expect to meet with arrangements which would cause the
whole of the air in the air-sacs, or, at least, the greater portion
of it, to pass through the actual respiratory part of the
Importance of the Air-Spaces in Flying Animals. 151
breathing-apparatus. There are no such arrangements,
however. In insects, by means of wide sections of tracheal
tubes, the great air-vesicles are in direct, immediate, and free
communication with the stigmata, so that the air which
enters them from without and that which is given off from
them to the exterior cannot pass through the respiratory
terminal branches of the ramifying tracheal trunk. In birds
the cephalic air-sacs, as well as some of the subcutaneous
ones in certain species, are connected with the nasal cavity ;
consequently the currents of air passing to and fro between
these sacs and the exterior cannot enter into the lungs at all.
The air-sacs of the body and limbs communicate with the
bronchi, with which they are openly connected by means of
wide canals. It is true that from the walls of these spacious
tubes, which traverse the lungs, there arise narrow ducts
which lead into the actual lung-parenchyma; but in spite of
this the greater part of the air, which passes to and fro
between the exterior and these sacs, will take its course
through those wide tubes, and it is only quite insignificant
driblets from the air-stream that will pass through the paren-
chyma of the lungs.
The cephalic air-sacs and the subcutaneous air-sacs
belonging thereto in birds, as well as the majority of the air-
sacs in insects, consequently do not contribute at all, while
the remaining air-sacs contribute only in a very slight degree,
by no means in proportion to their size, to the ventilation of
the parts of the body which absorb oxygen and excrete
carbonic acid. As an accessory respiratory apparatus they
can therefore at best function only incidentally: their chief
function must be a different one.
We thus arrive at the second and third of the alternatives
stated above: we have to ask in what manner the air-sacs
can mechanically support the faculty of flight. In any case
they reduce the specific gravity of the body very considerably,
and I presume that this might increase the power of flight,
and especially facilitate materially the maintenance of equili-
brium in the air, although the enlargement of the body
connected therewith would considerably increase the resist-
ance of the air, particularly in rapid flight, and so under
certain circumstances would also bring disadvantages in its
train.
Since the air contained in the pneumatic spaces in warm-
blooded birds has a higher temperature than the outer air, the
air-sacs in them certainly have a direct lifting effect—they
operate as balloons—but this is so inconsiderable that prac-
tically it cannot come into account at all.
152 Prof. R. von Lendenfeld on the Phystological
Apart from those air-cavities that (in birds) extend in the
bones, and the object of which—the reduction of the weight
of the bones without impairing their strength—is distinctly
evident, all air-chambers are readily contractile and dilatable.
The spiral thread of chitin that stiffens the trachea in insects
is absent from the walls of their larger air-chambers, and in
birds the walls of the air-sacs of the body are very delicate
and soft membranes.
It appears certain that flying animals have the power, by
means of voluntary contraction of the body-muscles, to alter
very rapidly the degree of fullness of these air-chambers (of
course with the exception of those that are situated in the
bones), and that thus they are enabled to displace their own
centre of gravity, and to change the specific gravity as well as
the size of their parts. But we now have to ask how changes
of this kind can be of so great an advantage to flight as to
explain the extraordinarily high degree of the development
of these cavities in good fliers.
In insects the air-chambers have manifold connexions one
with another by means of various tracheal tubes ; in birds an
intercommunication between them does not appear to exist.
The most spacious air-bladders, in birds as well as in insects,
are met with for the most part in the abdomen. In certain
cases (in dragonflies and the condor) the air-chambers of the
head are also very large.
In the case of insects it might be supposed that by means
of a sudden discharge of considerable quantities of air from
the stigmata of one side, or from only one particular stigma,
a rebound might be produced which would entail a detinite
and advantageous lateral or turning movement of the body.
A process such as this would be materially facilitated by the
connexion of the air-chambers of the two symmetrical halves
of the body. In the case of birds, however, an explanation
of this kind is naturally impossible. ;
Since those birds that for the most part soar—that is,
without strokes of their wings move, maintain themselves
aloft, and even ascend—possess quite peculiarly well-developed
air-chambers (I would remind the reader only of the pelican
and certain large Raptores), it is natural to suppose that it is
precisely in soaring that these structures come most into play.
Since soaring requires only slight muscular labour, increasing
the intensity of breathing but little, their high degree of
development in birds which soar is an argument against the
assumption that the air-sacs are nothing more than accessory
respiratory organs.
In order to be able to give a decision as to their mechanical
Importance of the Air-Spaces in Flying Animals. 153
function in the act of soaring we must first seek to determine
how soaring birds perform this remarkable movement. It is
certain that soaring and circling depend on overcoming the
force of gravity by the aid and employment of the force
inherent in the wind. Now the way in which this is turned
to account appears to a certain extent doubtful. In the event
of the speed of the wind increasing sufficiently quickly with
increasing altitude the bird is able, by using the increment of
the force of the wind, to mount in circles without a stroke of
its wings (Lord Rayleigh). The wind is also said to be very
irregular, to blow at any given point with quickly changing
strength and, to a slight extent, with quickly changing
direction. By utilizing the differences in the force and
direction of the wind the bird can likewise keep itself poised
and also ascend without flapping its wings (Langley). Lastly,
the bird is able by circling, precisely like a rapidly rotating
top, to acquire a certain inherent stability, which, operating
like the string of a kite, renders it capable, when the current
of air is continuous and perfectly equable in force, of soaring
and ascending like a kite (Lendenfeld).
Be this as it may, soaring at any rate depends upon an admir-
able utilization of the force of the wind, which is only attained
by the bird always setting its expanse of sail, the whole
underside of its body (Miillenhoff), precisely in the proper
angle with the horizontal plane and with the direction of the
wind. This process must be very difficult—indeed, it is
hardly possible to imagine how a free-soaring bird, which
presents a large surface of sail to the wind, in the midst of
violent currents of air and in a constantly changing position,
without any fixed point of attachment, can maintain its
equilibrium, and can regulate efficiently, with ease and pre-
cision, the inclination of the surface of sail which it forms.
Since the bird soars free, the position of the surface of sail
can really be attained only by changes in the position of the
centre of gravity with reference to the expanse of sail, as
well as by alterations of the parts that feel the resistance of
the air. But changes of this kind in the position of the
centre of gravity and alterations of the resisting surfaces can
be brought about by alterations in the degree of fullness of
the various air-sacs, since by their inflation parts of the body
are enlarged and forced away from the centre. It is true
that these changes are small, but even small changes of this
sort will be enough to produce a considerable and sufficient
result.
Although this action of the air-sacs is most distinctly
marked in soaring, it will nevertheless also come into opera-
154 On a new Snake from Sierra Leone.
tion in ordinary flight with strokes of the wings, in which,
indeed, the kite-like action of the spread of sail always comes
jointly into play to a greater or less degree.
Granted, therefore, that the air-sacs to a certain extent
assist respiratory activity, that is, in the case of birds, their
main object will still be a mechanical one—the reduction of
the specific gravity of the whole animal and the regulation
of the specific gravity and the size of its parts, as well as of
the position of the centre of gravity.
XV.—Description of a new Snake from Sierra Leone.
By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.
Aparallactus niger.
Diameter of eye greater than its distance from the oral
margin. Rostral much broader than deep, the portion visible
from above one third as long as its distance from the frontal ;
internasals slightly broader than long, widely separated from
the preocular ; a single prefrontal, forming sutures with the
nasal and preocular ; frontal nearly once and a half as long
as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout,
much shorter than the parietals; nasal semidivided, in con-
tact with the preocular ; two postoculars ; a single temporal ;
seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, fifth
and sixth in contact with the parietal; first lower labial in
contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; anterior chin-
shields longer than the posterior, in contact with four lower
labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 164; anal entire ;
subcaudals 60. Uniform black above; ventrals white, edged
with black; subcaudals black in the middle and on the
posterior and outer borders.
Total length 335 millim.; tail 80.
A single male specimen in a small collection made by
Mr. W. G. Clements in Sierra Leone.
The same collection contained a specimen (head and neck
only) of Nata Guenther, Blgr., the habitat of which was
still unknown.
Prof. F. O. Guldberg on Movement in a Circle. 155
XVI.— Description of a new Fish from Lake Nyassa.
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.
Chromis auratus.
23 teeth on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw.
Depth of body 33 in total length, length of head 34 times.
Profile of snout curved ; eye equally distant from the end of
the snout and the gill-opening, its diameter 4 times in length
of head and but slightly greater than interorbital width ;
maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye;
three series of scales on the cheek below the eye; opercle and
interorbital region scaled ; preeopercular limbs forming a right
angle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior
arch. Dorsal XIX 6; spines subequal in length from the
fourth, which is 3 length of head. Pectoral pointed, ? length
of head ; ventral as long as pectoral, reaching vent. Anal
111 6; third spine longest, stronger and a little longer than
dorsals. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer
than deep. Scales 34 3, finely denticulate below the lateral
line; lat. 1.4. Bright golden yellow, with three black stripes,
one along the side of the body from the eye to the base of the
caudal, a second above the upper lateral line from the occiput
to the caudal peduncle, and a third along the dorsal fin; two
curved black bands across the snout from eye to eye; a few
black spots on the upper part of the caudal fin.
Total length 75 millim.
A single specimen from Monkey Bay, W. Nyassa; pre-
sented to the British Museum by G. H. Pigott, Esq.
XVII.—On Movement in a Circle as the Fundamental Form
of Movement in Animals: its Cause, Manifestation, and
Significance. By F. O. GULDBERG*.
[A Lecture t delivered before the Biological Society of Christiania,
March 30, 1896.]
THE majority of those who are accustomed to walk in the
fields and woods with open eyes for the observation of animal
* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Biologisches Centralblatt,’
xvi. Bd., No. 21 (November 1, 1896), pp. 779-783.
+ This lecture is a brief preliminary communication on the subject of
an investigation which, so long ago as the spring of the year 1888, the
156 ~—s— Prof. F. O. Guldberg on Movement in a Circle
life have surely been struck by the readiness with which
animals belonging to the same family or community find each
other again, after having separated voluntarily or under
compulsion. Indeed, even newly hatched or new-born young,
which one surely cannot easily suspect of having a fully
developed memory for places or any acquaintance with the
locality, and as to which it is quite impossibie to imagine
that they are already in possession of the full use of their
senses, nevertheless again discover, apparently with the
greatest ease, their parents, brothers and sisters, or com-
panions, even when they have been separated from them for
so long a time or by so great a distance that their sensory
powers are inadequate to bring them into direct communica-
tion one with another.
For life in a state of nature has furnished us with a series
of observations, showing that the higher animals, at all events
under circumstances in which their senses do not act normally
or perfectly, or when they are prevented from bringing them-
selves into communication one with another by aid of their
senses, seek and find each other again in such a manner that
they return to the spot where they were separated or where
their senses corresponded for the last time. This ordinary
and necessary returning of animals to the spot where they
were separated must, as I shall show, be of a double nature,
namely both instinctive as well as physiological, since
meeting takes place by two different methods, either in con-
sequence of the animals by aid of their senses seeking and
finding their way back to the spot where they separated,
or by their making without the aid of their senses a circular
movement, which necessarily also leads them back to the
place of separation. Now, in order to come to a clear under-
standing as to the nature of this circular movement, as to
what must be the basis or cause of the instinctive pheno-
menon in question, | have instituted, in conjunction with my
fellow-worker Prof. G. A. Guldberg, a series of physiological
experiments whereby, by depriving the subjects of the experi-
ments of their senses, we have succeeded in compelling them
to make a circular movement of this kind. This movement
in a circle is certainly to be regarded as having a physiolo-
gical origin, and as the immediate cause we assume a fune-
author proposed in a less complete form to his brother, Prof. G. A. Guld-
berg, who subsequently became a fellow-worker, especially as regards the
morphological and physiological portion of the study. With reference
to the actual evidence which has been collected, this will be laid before
the scientific world in detail at an early period, so soon as time and oppor-
tunity permit.
as the Fundamental Form of Movement. 157
tional asymmetry in the animal. It must here, however, be
stated distinctly that this circular movement is not to be
confused with the manége-movement known in physiology in
the case of brain-lesion; for aseries of morphological inves-
tigations undertaken by Prof. G. A. Guldberg renders it in
the highest degree probable that the actual cause of this
“ senseless’? circular movement is to be sought in the asym-
metrical structure of the organs of locomotion, as to which a
short communication will be found in the next number of this
periodical (Biol. Centralbl.).
This circular movement also appears in the life of animals
in the natural state so soon as the impressions derived from
the senses are unable to exercise a guiding influence.
For a series of movements in circles which, so far as they
were known, stood out as inexplicable riddles, must be
regarded as results of the physiological action of circular
motion upon natural motion guided by imperfect cerebral
activity and failing senses, The forms of movement thereby
produced, which become more or less regular circles, and are
in part well-known phenomena in the case of higher animals
and human beings, I have termed provisionally biological
circles or circular wanderings.
In spite of the fact that in this connexion there is reason
to suppose that similar phenomena in the life of insects can
or must be explained in the same way as in Vertebrates,
owing to the want of physiological experiments I can do
nothing more here than merely to allude to this circum-
stance. In the case of higher animals, especially birds and
mammals, on the contrary, the phenomena that have been
observed are so numerous and the physiological experiments
so far advanced that I now consider myself justified in pro-
pounding the theory as to the reality and signification of
circular motion.
By questioning divers, who nowadays use electric lamps at
the bottom of the sea, and lighthouse-keepers on the coast of
Norway, I have obtained statements to the effect that in the
places where these men work a variety of phenomena are
always observed that are traceable in the same way—namely,
circles described by fishes swimming in the light of the
electric lamps and similar circular flights on the part of birds
in front of the lighthouse (not round it). The easiest and
most natural explanation that can be given of these move-
ments is that they are ‘“ biological circles,” which arise from
the fact that the animal is blinded by the light, from which
it seeks to get away by swimming or using its wings; since,
however, it cannot find anything else to show it the way,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 12
158 Prof. F. O. Guldberg on Movement in a Circle
while the guiding sense is blinded, movement passes into the
physiological circular direction, and it returns to the light.
The constant repetition of these circles, until the birds often
drop exhausted near the lighthouse, as well as the apparently
disturbed state of mind of the animals when they are flying
and swimming round and round, in our opinion also support
such an explanation of this phenomenon. Mention may also
be made of the circling flight of the willow-grouse and
capercatlzie, well known to the Scandinavian peasant-gunners
who lie in wait for these birds, in which the instinct of locality
alluded to above seems to appear, just as a similar instinct
seems to prevail in beasts of prey during the pursuit of game.
But the best illustrative evidence in favour of these biological
circles is furnished by mammals, which more frequently come
into contact with man either as domestic animals or as objects
of the chase.—The lecturer here produced in explanation of
his statement a series of graphic charts, which were sent to
him by the foremost sportsmen in the country (Norway) ;
these charts show that the course taken by hunted animals
(hares and foxes) when pursued by the hounds exhibits over
and over again the curve of a biological circle. This applies
especially to hares, for the circles, or “ Turen,” as Norwegian
sportsmen call them, described by these animals can often be
distinctly followed from one end to the other, since it is only
paths, high roads, the animal’s own track, defiles, and insur-
mountable natural obstacles, or sudden interruptions due to a
rencontre with hunter or hound, that produce changes in, or a
cessation of, the biological circular course.
From these charts of circular runs it is also to be seen how
the same individual always describes the biological circle
towards the same side, whence it appears that the individual
in travelling along is bound to go to the right or the left.
With reference to mankind the phenomenon may be re-
garded as being so well known that one need only mention
the familiar accounts in literature and the stories with which
people are acquainted in order to make the comprehension of
the subject thoroughly real. There are also a multitude of
statements as to rowing in a circle in a fog at sea, and in
both cases, in wandering as well as in rowing in a circle, the
phenomenon has had such a disturbing effect upon the con-
dition of the senses, that the individual in some instances did
not even trust the compass, and in others, as has been the
case with superstitious folk, actually thought himself in the
hands of a higher power. Of this, indeed, there is proof
enough in tales and stories from popular life.
The effects of circular movement also make themselves
as the Fundamental Form of Movement. 159
felt in military marches with an extended front, since it is
only by accurate aiming and never losing the object while
marching that the guide is enabled to keep the direction.
The lecturer then proceeded to show what is the importance
of this peculiar form of animal motion for the creatures that
possess it. He found in the fact that all animals are firmly
fettered to definite natural conditions and are pretty helpless
when they overstep definite limits or when they become
separated from their parents or their home—especially in the
earliest period of their existence, before they have learnt to
use their senses and faculties—a decided proof that this
circular movement, which, with irresistible force, brings each
being that is under its control back to the place that possesses
the conditions necessary for the preservation of life and for its
prosperity, must also be of fundamental importance for the
maintenance of life and the development of the individuals
affected. It is thus seen that this form of movement is
universally distributed—it is one of the general laws.
Imagination and superstition have eagerly seized upon
this mysterious force in natural life, and have created therefrom
a supernatural power. ‘To expound this in greater detail lies
beyond the scope of the present study; nevertheless it may
be pointed out that Norwegian country-folk in general are
wont to term this travelling in a circle “at triide paa
Vildstraa,” approaching on a false scent, that is, going astray,
though in reality the intention of nature, if one may so
express oneself, is exactly the opposite. In the realm of
nature this phenomenon is a precaution in order that the
living animal shall never go astray, but always be able
again to find the spot that possesses the conditions necessary
for the maintenance of life and for further development, the
localities and surroundings that afford protection and food,
before ever the offspring have learnt to use their senses and
faculties—the native place to which all animals in the struggle
for existence must so often return, be it the udder of the cow,
the warmth-giving wings and the guiding experience of the
hen, or the sheltering tree or bush chosen by maternal
instinct. In accounts showing how very liable young animals
are to perish when they are separated by the hand of man
from this connexion with home and parents, we may also see
the operation of the law, since under such circumstances its
effects are just as destructive as under natural conditions they
are the means of salvation. It is simply the opposite result
carried to the same length.
The effect of this circular movement in the psychical life
of animals may also be regarded as full of signiticance, since,
| Os
160 Prof. F. O. Guldberg on Movement in a Circle.
in spite of the innumerable false steps into which the animal
may be betrayed by unpractised senses and inexperienced
brain, it always brings it back to the right spot and to the
proper conditions. To formulate my interpretation of this
fact, I would say that nature’s educational skill would be
unintelligible without the law of circular movement.
Moreover, it is also necessary to point out that the same
law appears to be the foundation of the instinct of locality in
the higher animal world—that is, the already mentioned im-
pulse to return to the spot where the animal lost its followers,
and, in connexion therewith, the capacity for easily finding
ifs companions again.
How far the importance and breadth of this instinct ex-
tends, it is certainly as yet impossible to say ; whether it will
ever be possible I know not; it may, however, be assumed
that the fundamental forms of movement mentioned and the
instinct founded thereon are closely connected with the “ law
of love of home” or the instinct of locality, to which the
great annual migrations of animals are to be referred. And
it 1 may be allowed to cast a glance beyond the limits of this
paper, while presupposing that the law of physiological
circular movement is recognized by the scientific world, I
must first refer to the circumstance that circular movement
will be a very serviceable instrument in investigations as to
the functional breadth and signification of the senses in the
different animals and animal groups.
Furthermore, in alluding to observations upon lower
animals attention must also be directed to the probability
that in the lowest classes the physiological circular movement
is perhaps the sole form of movement that the organism
possesses besides the mechanical action and the physiological
reaction. In the case of such a manifestation, physiological
circular movement, when its reality and extent shall be
sufficiently investigated and understood, may perhaps prove
to be of greater biological importance and open up a wider
field for study than we at present anticipate. In any case, it
will probably be found that even now we may with some
show of justice regard the circular movement alluded to as a
fundamental form of movement in animals, which we must
never omit to take into joint consideration in studying the
phases in the development of animal life, no matter whether
we are dealing with the biology of individual species or with
the psychical genealogy of a larger animal group. .
On the Tsu-shima Representative of the Japanese Sable. 161
XVIII.—On the Tsu-shima Representative of the Japanese
Sable. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
THE late Mr. P. A. Holst, while collecting birds for Mr. Henry
Seebohm in the far East, obtained and sent home five speci-
mens of the Marten which inhabits the islands known as
Tsu-shima, between Corea and Japan. These specimens are
clearly related to the Japanese Sable (Mustela melampus),
but differ so much in the details of their coloration as to
demand subspecific separation. ‘Two of the specimens are in
summer pelage and three in winter, and, for comparison with
them, there are in the British Museum one summer and four
winter examples of the Japanese form. The summer and
one of the winter specimens are co-types of Temminck’s
species, while the former is, in addition, the type of I. yapon-
tcus of Gray, who, in spite of ‘Temminck’s definite account of
the seasonal changes, considered the brown summer form as
characterizing a different species, and re-named it accordingly.
Mustela melampus tsuensis, subsp. n.
Similar to the typical form in size, quality of fur, and in
cranial and dental characters, but distinguished by the following
colour-characters :—
In winter pelage——General colour above dirty yellowish
brown instead of rich orange-yellow. Top of head to nape,
instead of only to forehead, ashy greyish white. Muzzle, up
to and including the orbital region, and lips (both upper and
lower) black ; interramia * brown; throat white, in continua-
tion with the white of the cheeks and crown, passing on the
chest and belly into dark brownish yellow. Fore limbs
black from the elbow downwards; hind limbs black on the
feet, brown below the knee.
In this pelage the most marked distinctions from typicus
are the black instead of brown muzzle and lips, the brown
instead of white interramia, and white instead of yellowish
throat, besides the difference in general tone and greater ex-
tension backwards of the ashy colour of the crown.
* Interramia.—The space between the rami of the lower jaw, behind
the “chin” but anterior to the “ throat.” Indescribing mammals a name
is constantly being wanted for this region ; but I have been quite unable
to discover whether there is already one in existence, and therefore now
suggest one. I have personally felt the want of such a word again and
again, especially when describing antelopes, in which the interramia is
particularly distinct from either chin or throat.
162 Mr. O. Thomas on a
In summer pelage.—General colour singularly like that of
a dark-coloured pole-cat (Putorius putorius), much darker
than in the typical form. All the parts that are brown in
typicus are black in tswensis, while the whole of the limbs,
and not only their distal portions, are black. Below, the lips
and interramia are black, the light mottling of the throat is
less in extent but much brighter in colour, orange-yellow or
orange, and the belly is much darker brown. Some of these
differences may be due to the faded state of the only summer
typicus available, and therefore less stress is to be laid on
them than on those in the winter pelage. On this account
the type selected is a winter example.
Approximate dimensions of the type, from a skin (¢ ):—
Head and body 470 millim.; tail 160; hind foot 85.
Skull: basal length 78; greatest length 88; greatest
breadth 54; interorbital breadth 23; palate length from
gnathion 41; palate breadth between outer corners of 2-4 30.
Hab, Tsu-shima Islands, :
Type: B.M. 91. 10. 14. 3, collected at Kamoze, April 17,
1891, by Mr. P. A. Holst.
XIX.— On a new Gazelle from Central Arabia.
By OLpDFIELD THOMAS.
SurGEON Lieut.-CoLonet A. 8. G. JAYAKAR, of Muscat, to
whom our knowledge of the fauna of South-eastern Arabia is
largely due, has recently sent to the British Museum a further
consignment of mammals, collected within the last two years.
Besides the Oman specimens, all of which belong to species
recorded in my paper on the mammals of that district *, there
are several skins of a Gazelle received by Dr. Jayakar from
Nejd, in the interior of Arabia, and these prove to represent
a most distinct form from any previously known.
It may be called
Gazella marica, sp. 0.
Size about as in G. dorcas. Colour of head very much as
in G. leptoceros and Loderi—that is to say, with the usual
gazelline face-markings almost obsolete. The central and
lateral dark bands of the face are of about the general body-
colour, and very slightly defined from the paler bands between
them. In the middle line the central dark band, such as it
* P. Z. S. 1894, p. 448,
new Gazelle from Central Arabia. 163
is, barely reaches to the level of the anterior canthus, the
whole forehead, over an area roughly corresponding to the
frontal bones, being white. Lars long, their backs uniformly
pale fawnish white. Body pale fawn, of about the tint of
G. dorcas, much paler than in the dark G. muscatensis.
Pale lateral band scarcely visible; dark lateral band and
pygal band pale brown, little marked, scarcely darker than
the dorsal colour. Limbs whitish or very pale fawn through-
out ; distinct knee-tufts present.
Skull of about the size and proportions of that of G. dorcas,
but the nasals are longer and the premaxille shorter; the
nasal opening is consequently shorter and also broader.
Posteriorly the nasals are more broadly rounded, Bulle
much inflated.
Horns unfortunately not perfectly describable, as in the
only oid male they have had their ends cut off, and the type
is rather immature. So far as can be seen, however, they
are of a somewhat lyrate shape, short, not very strongly
curved backwards, and with their ends turned inwards towards
each other. Female with horns of the usual proportions.
As to measurements, the distance from the calcaneum to
the tip of the hoof round the curve is 305 millim., the same
measurement in G. muscatensts being about an inch less,
The ears, moistened, are about 135 millim. from notch to tip.
Skull of the type: basal length 150 millim.; greatest
length 167; greatest breadth 77; nasals, length 57, breadth
22; nasal opening 42 x 24; gnathion to orbit 88; gnathion
to front of tooth-row 36; palate length 86.
The horns of the type are just 200 millim. (8 inches) in
length round the curve outside, and, judging from comparison
with the older specimen, would have probably become about
a couple of inches longer.
Hab. Nejd, Central Arabia.
Fype Brit. Mus. 97. 1. 14. 5.
Dr. Jayakar says in his letter:—‘‘ Among the mammals
are four Reem Gazelles from the Nejd desert, and one from
Dahireh, the north-western district of Oman. It is probable
that the species extends down to the desert behind Oman,
as that is continuous with the Nejd desert.”
No described species really needs any detailed comparison
with G. marica, which differs from nearly all known Gazelles
by its obsolete face-markings. Of the few species similarly
pereciaceds G. leptoceros and Lodert are much larger and
ave wholly different elongate horns, and G. gutturosa, sub-
gutturosa, and picticaudata have hornless females.
164 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera.
XX.—New Eastern Heterocera.
By Col. C. Swinnor, M.A., F.L.S.
Fam. Sphingide.
Genus PHYLLOSPHINGIA, nov.
d- Palpi broadly scaled, upturned, and not reaching vertex
of head, which has a somewhat pointed crest; antenne fasci-
culate ; thorax with sharp dorsal crest. Fore wing long and
narrow, outer margin oblique, evenly and deeply crenulate,
hinder angle lobed and the inner margin excised before it.
Hind wing with the costa excised to middle, then produced
upwards to a lobe; outer margin deeply and evenly crenu-
late; veins 6 and 7 from upper angle.
Allied to Cypa, Walker, and Degmaptera, Hampson ;
differs from the former in the broadly scaled palpi, the evenly
crenulate outer margins, and the excised lobed costa of hind
wing; from the latter in the broadly scaled palpi, the evenly
crenulate outer margin, the less excised inner margin of fore
wing and costa of hind wing; and from both in veins 6 and
7 of hind wing being from angle of cell.
Type P. perundulans mihi.
1. Phyllosphingia perundulans, sp. n.
3. Rosy chestnut-brown ; shaft of antenne, upperside of
palpi, top of head, and a thin dorsal band on thorax dark
brown. Fore wings with the costa dark brown, broadly
brown on the basal third, and with some brown marks on the
apical third, from whence to the apex there are some whitish
suffusions ; the disk crossed by three or four very indistinct
brown lines ; a dark and bright chestnut band on fascia from
the middle of the cell, broad and lobed beneath the outer half
of the median vein, and halfway outwards beneath vein 4, and
another similar fascia nearly joining it from the outer margin
below the apex, its upperside limited by the whitish apical
suffusion. Hind wings coloured like the fore wings, with
indications of faint transverse bands. Underside brighter
chestnut-colour, the white suffusions near the costa towards
the apex being developed into white bands; the hind wings
brighter coloured than the fore wings, being of a red-chestnut,
with a rosy-white band before the middle,
Expanse of wings 4,7; inches.
Jaintia Hills.
Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera. 165
Fam. Notodontide.
Genus EUPLEXIDIA, nov.
g. Palpi curving upwards, second joint thickly scaled,
third oblique; antennes with very minute cilia; a tuft on
metathorax, also dorsal tufts on abdomen near the base ;
tibia with some long hairs. Fore wing with the apex
rounded; vein 10 slightly touching 8 and 9, to form the
areole. Hind wing with veins 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from the
cell near the base, 5 very slight and from middle of disco-
cellular.
Type E. noctutformis mihi.
2. Euplexidia noctutformis, sp. n.
Euplexidia noctuiformis, Swinh, MS.; Hampson, Moths, iv., Suppl.
p- 461 (1896).
¢. Antennz, head, body, and fore wings brown, with a
slight pinkish tinge. Fore wings irrorated with white and
black atoms in parts ; costa with black marks and with three
white dots near the apex ; two or three small black dots near
the base; a rather prominent key-shaped black mark placed
longitudinally in the centre of the wing below the cell;
orbicular and reniform marks indistinct, grey, marked with
black ; an indistinct sinuous grey submarginal line; a similar
but more indistinct marginal line and black points in the
interspaces on the margin. Hind wings white, with a brown
marginal line and white cilia interlined with brown.
Expanse of wings 1,65 inch.
Cherra Punji.
Fam. Larentiide.
3. Cryptoloba olivaria, sp. n.
3 ¢. Pale olive-grey ; fore wings with minute brown
costal dots close to each other; a grey transverse nearly
straight band just before the middle, commencing at a brown
mark on the costa; a similar discal band across both wings,
with a disjointed black line running down its inner side above
the middle on fore wings, the space between this band and
the margin with a darker shade than the rest of the wings
and with indications of a submarginal grey line; a brown
spot on costa of fore wings before the apex.
Expanse of wings 5 inch.
Shillong.
166 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera.
Fam. Boarmiida.
4. Dalima gigantea, sp. n.
@. Greyish ochreous; a straight, broad, dull ochreous-red
band before middle of fore wings; a black cell-spot ; -a thick
medial line across both wings, bent outwardly below costa of
fore wings, and a broad marginal band of the same dull
ochreous-red colour on both wings, with its inner margin on
fore wings bent, corresponding to the angle of the middle
line ; this band is diffused hindwards, and joins the middle
line on fore wings, and includes an ochreous patch at apex,
a small one in the middle near the outer margin, and a large
one near the hinder angle; in the hind wing it is diffused
inwards, covering half the wing, and includes several ochreous
patches ; all the ochreous portions of both wings are sparsely
covered with black dots. Underside as above, with the bands
and dots darker and more prominent; the hind wing is pro-
duced into an angle at vein 6, as in D. truncataria, Moore ;
the fore wing has the apex much more acute, and has two
large excavations immediately below it.
Expanse of wings 44°5 inches.
Jaintia Hills.
I have two perfect females; the pattern and shape of wings
are quite different to those of any species of Dalima known
to me.
Fam. Chalcosiide.
5. Herpa eupoma, sp. n.
3. Black, collar white; an orange-red spot on each side
of the thorax in front corresponding to the broad orange
costal band of the fore wings, which fines down to a line at
one fourth before apex; a black band near base from costa
to hinder margin, the orange inside the band nearly red, like
the spots on the shoulders, principal veins pale; hind wings
also black, bordered with bright red-orange, broadly on the
costa, occupying one third of the wing-space, curving out-
wardly in the middle, the orange colour on the outer margin
confined only to the cilia, Underside as above, all the veins
orange-coloured, and a streak of that colour running down
vein 1c of the hind wings.
Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.
Jaintia Hills.
Looks like a Soritia, but has the venation of Herpa, the
origin of veins 7 and 9 being more separated than usual in
the genus.
Col..C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera. 167
Fam. Trifida.
6. Ancara olivescaria, sp. 0.
9. Head, body, and fore wings bright olive-brown, irro-
rated with black atoms; transverse bands black, double,
composed of disconnected lunular marks; basal and ante- and
postmedial orbicular and reniform with black rings, the former
within the antemedial band and has a small square black
patch beneath it ; costa with black spots ; a transverse discal
row of white dots; black marginal points in the interspaces:
hind wings black; cilia of both wings dull ochreous, with
black patches. Underside pale olive-brown ; fore wings with
the inner parts black ; both wings with black cell-spots and
rather broad black transverse band.
Expanse of wings 243) inches.
Jaintia Hills.
Fam. Acontiide.
7. Eublemma silicula, sp. n.
6. Pale pinkish grey ; palpi brownish on the outer sides ;
top of the head white. Fore wings with a white costal line ;
a grey spot at the end of cell; some reddish-brown spots on
the costa, the largest at apex, with two black dots below it;
indistinct ante- and postmedial outwardly curved pale lines.
Hind wings with the costal portion whitish ; both wings with
a grey marginal line.
Expanse of wings 3'p inch.
Karachi ; Hydrabad, Sind; Koni, Shan States.
Fam. Stictopterida.
8. Stictoptera cerea, sp. n.
gd. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings bright chestnut-
brown. Fore wings crossed by five double sinuous lines,
which are here and there marked with white atoms—first at
base, second before the middle, third medial, touching the
inner side of the large ear-shaped reniform, fourth discal
(well marked with white specks), fifth submarginal; four
white dots on costa near apex. Hind wings black, with
prominent white cilia. Underside: both wings uniform dull
black ; fore wings with the white costal dots and some white
dots on the black cilia; hind wings with cilia pure white as
above.
Expanse of wings 13 inch.
Gilolo.
Allied to S. anthyalus, Swinh.
168 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera.
Fam. Quadrifide.
9. Remigia crinigera, sp. n.
3. Pale fawn-colour; fore wings with a large brown spot
at the end of cell; an erect discal brown band, its inner
margin well defined by a dark brown thick line; the band is
diffuse outwardly and is limited by an indistinct sinuous grey
line halfway between the thick line and the margin ; marginal
black points between the veins. Hind wings with a brown
dot at the end of cell, and a broad brown marginal band and
marginal points. Underside paler, bands and cell-spots as
above ; a row of five or six small spots beyond the middle on
the hind wings, and black marginal points on both wings ;
mid and hind tibize with very large tufts of long hairs.
Expanse of wings 1} inch.
Gilolo.
Fam. Focillide.
10. Mecodina obscurata, sp. n.
é 2. Of a uniform pale fawn-colour, very similar in shade
to the coloration of a pale Remigia frugalis, Fabr. Fore
wings with a black spot at end of cell ; bands slightly darker
than the ground-colour—one medial below the spot, another
discal from costa near apex to hinder margin near the angle,
both broad and straight; between these bands, but nearest to
the middle band, is a sinuous line, more or less dentate in
parts: the hind wing is paler than the fore wing, and has
traces of bands and lines similar to those on the fore wing,
and on both wings there are black dots on the margin in the
interspaces between the veins. On the underside the colora-
‘tion is paler and perfectly uniform ; the fore wing is immacu-
late, but there is a prominent black spot at the end of the
cell of the hind wings; marginal dots as above.
Expanse of wings 2\4)—2 5 inches.
Jaintia Hills.
11. Mecodina napa, sp. n.
g. Of a uniform pale brown colour, tinged with pinkish ;
lines and markings dark brown. Fore wings with a double
sinuous line at the base; double sinuous line before the
middle ; a black dot at end of cell; a single thick and nearly
straight line beyond the middle nearly touching the inner
edge of the reniform, which is in the figure of 8; a thick
similar line from costa near apex to outer margin above the
Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Heterocera. 169
middle; inside of this is a sinuous line running parallel with
it to the outer margin, then in a dentate form to the hinder
margin near the hinder angle; between this and the margin
is another similar but indistinct line. Hind wing with an
inner straight thick line; a thick discal line deeply angled
above the middle towards the margin; an indistinct dentate
line inside of this, a lunulate line between it and the margin,
and an indistinct lunular marginal line on both wings.
Underside much paler, uniform in colour ; indications of two
discal lines on fore wings and three central lines on hind
wings.
Expanse of wings 2 inches.
Singapore.
Allied to M. lanceolata, Guen.
12. Diomea orsilla, sp. n.
@. Dark rufous; fore wings irrorated with black and
white atoms, smeared with white on the costa; costal line
pale pink, with three white dots near the apex ; ante- and
postmedial whitish transverse lines, both bent inwards on the
costa, where they are thickened; the former line is outwardly
and the latter inwardly lined with red, and there is a bare
round blackish reniform stigma between them; an indistinct
sinuous submarginal pale line and very indistinct brown
marginal points. Hind wings with the costal portion paler,
with a central transverse pale line, corresponding to the post-
medial line of the fore wings.
Expanse of wings 1 inch.
Singapore.
Allied to D. fabularis, Swinh., from Burma.
13. Zethes lahera, sp. n.
¢. Both wings and body of a uniform pale rufous colour,
tinged with grey ; fore wings with a broad red band, edged
on both sides with white, near the base, and a very large red
patch at the apex, with a curved inner margin occupying
nearly one fourth of the wing-space; a largish white spot,
smeared with red, inside the patch near the apex; a black
dot at end of cell, a white spot beyond; a discal and out-
wardly curved pale line from costa to hinder margin, the
curve taking it inside the apical red patch ; another dentated
line between this and the margin ; a lunular line close to the
margin, the lunules being in the interspaces and having in
them black points. Hind wings with a red patch on the anal
170 Dr. A. Giinther on a new Species of
angle, and with outer pale transverse lines corresponding to
the lines on the fore wings. Underside much paler, uniform
in colour, with a thin discal (on hind wings medial) grey
band across both wings.
Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.
Singapore.
There is a specimen from Tenasserim of this insect in the
British Museum unnamed.
Fam. Pyralide.
14. Stsyrophora cirralis, sp. n.
gd. Palpi upturned, conically scaled ; antenne with the
first joint dilated; the shaft laminate, excised at base, with
tufts of scales on upperside before and after the excision.
Fore wing with costal fold enclosing a tuft of long hair.
Silvery white; head, base of collar, shoulders, and anal tuft
black-brown ; fore wing with the costa golden brown, ex-
panding into patches at middle and end of cell, and conjoined
to the discocellular line and patches beyond end of cell, all
these markings being irrorated with metallic scales. Hind
wing with discocellular spot; both wings with submarginal
series of fuscous strigee almost conjoined into a line and
dentate inwards on vein 2.
Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.
South Borneo.
XXI.— Description of a new Species of Delma from Western
Australia. By Dr. A. GinTHER.
THE Lizard described here was discovered by H. N. Bailey,
Esq., in the neighbourhood of Cue, a new township which
has sprung up in the middle of the Murchison Gold-Field,
some 200 miles from the coast. It was accompanied by a
specimen of Varanus caudolineatus (Blgr.), which seems to
be restricted to Western Australia, and is probably the
smallest species of the genus.
Delma (Cryptodelma) Baileyi.
This species is allied to the type of the genus, Cryptodelma
nigriceps (Fischer, Wiegm. Arch. 1882, p. 290, Taf. i.
figs. 5-9), from Nicol Bay, but distinguished by a considerably
smaller number of longitudinal series of scales, viz. 22, whilst
Delma from Western Australia, val
the latter species is covered by 26 or 28. In other respects,
especially general habitus and scutellation, the two species
are very similar to each other.
The length of the tail exceeds that of the trunk and head.
The rudimentary hind leg is small and flat, adpressed, and
covered with scales, so as to be not readily distinguished
from its surroundings.
Rostral shield broad and low. Nostril between three
shields, the first labial, nasal, and internasal. The inter-
nasals meet behind the rostral, and form the foremost pair of
the shields with which the snout is covered. The internasal
pair is followed by two pairs of transversely narrow frontals,
which, again, are succeeded by a single shield thrice as wide
as long; the latter may be regarded as a detached portion
of the vertical. Vertical five-sided, longer than broad, with
the lateral margins parallel. Occipitals symmetrical, narrow,
scarcely longer than vertical.
Two series of small scutes between the vertical and the
eye, which is surrounded by a ring of very small scales.
Loreal and temporal regions covered with scales. Seven
upper labials. The mental is rather large and followed by
two lower labials, none of which meet those of the other side.
Behind the second lower labial two longitudinal series of
small scutes follow.
Body surrounded by 22 longitudinal series of small scales :
the ventral scutes are considerably larger than the adjoining
scales and begin to be differentiated behind the throat; they
are placed in 89 pairs. leven preanal pores. Vent with a
pair of enlarged scutes ; smaller scutes between them and the
line of pores.
Yellowish olive, with a red network all over the back and
sides ; the meshes of the net enclose yellow spots on the sides.
172 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new
Crown of the head and a broad crescentic band across the
neck black. A pair of red spots separating the collar from
the black crown. A black band descends from the eye to
the infralabials. Lower parts whitish.
Total length 160 millim. Length of tail 90 millim.
This species would belong to Fischer’s genus Cryptodelma,
which has been separated from Delma, on account of the
presence of preanal pores. However, a comparison of the
allied species will show that this technical character leads to
a rather unnatural subdivision of the genus.
XXII.—Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the
Pacific Islands.) By H. Grose Smita, B.A., F.E.S.,
Leite
Papilio oberon.
3. Upperside brownish black ; anterior wings crossed
obliquely, at about one third from the apex, by a row of white
spots arranged as in P. egeus, Don., but the spot between the
lowest subcostal and upper discoidal nervules is quadrate and
not indented externally. Posterior wings with a brownish-
white band of spots divided by the veins as in P, @geus, but
the inner edge of this band slightly invades the cell as in
P. ormenus, Guér., and the outer ends are rather more in-
dented and approach nearer the outer margins; above the
anal angle is a large suboval brick-red spot.
Underside. Anterior wings as on the upperside; the oblique
row of spots is broader and irrorated with grey on the inner
side. Posterior wings with a row of six brick-red lunules
crossing the disk from the submedian nervure to the apex, those
nearest the anal angle the smallest, gradually increasing in
size, the apical spot being the largest of them ; another brick-
red spot, larger than the last-named spot, is situate above the
anal angle; inside the row of red spots are two rows of
greyish markings, the outer of which consists of three narrow
bluish-grey hastate lines between the submedian nervules,
above which, divided by the veins, is a row of seven bars of
grey scales, indented outwardly, those on either side of tlie
uEperniset median nervule being the broadest and most
indented, the two bars nearest the apex nearly obsolete.
Expanse of wings 44 inches.
Hab. Santa Cruz (Woodjord).
Very near P. e@geus, Don.
Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 173
Stictoplea melander.
3. Upperside rich dark brown, with purple reflections
over the anterior wings, on which are two small subapical
violet spots (the spot nearest the apex the smaller), and four
others, very minute, between the veins. Posterior wings
with one small submarginal lilac spot below the second sub-
costal nervule, the space above the upper subcostal nervule
to the inner margin pale brown.
Underside. Both wings dark brown, paler towards the outer
margins. Anterior wings with the space above the sub-
median nervure and the costal margin pale brown; a trian-
gular violet spot near the end of the cell and five others
beyond the cell; one subapical small spot. Posterior wings
with a violet spot near the end of the cell and eight others
beyond the cell curving round it, the two nearest the inner
margin being linear.
9. Upperside pale brown, darker in the middle, with
purple reflections on the anterior wings, on which is a violet
spot near the end of the cell, and a little beyond it are five
spots, three close together near the costa and the other two
between the discoidal nervules ; a submarginal row of violet
spots, the first, third, and fourth of which are nearly obsolete.
On the posterior wings the costal space becomes nearly white
towards the apex, the outer fourth becomes very much paler
to the margins.
Underside paler than above, becoming nearly white towards
the outer margins, with all the spots larger and more distinct
except the submarginal spots, which are nearly obsolete ; the
brands on the upperside of the male are represented by two
long whitish streaks.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 22, ? 23 inches.
Hab. Santa Cruz ( Woodford).
Nearest to S. melolo, Doherty; the wings are compara-
tively shorter and rounder in the male, and the submarginal
row of spots on the anterior wings are much smaller and less
distinct, while the female is quite different.
Asthipa Meekt.
6+ Upperside scarcely differs from A. melusine, Grose
Smith, but the subapical vitreous streaks on the anterior
wings are more elongate than in that species.
On the underside the wings are browner and on the poste-
rior wings the pale bands do not approach so closely to the
base ; the pale streaks below the subcostal nervules are also
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xix. 13
174 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new
more elongate; the submarginal row of spots of A. melusine
are only represented by four spots near the apex.
It is a larger insect than A. melusine, but very close to it.
Expanse of wings 22 inches.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
Cupha fumosa.
3. Upperside: both wings fuliginous dark brown, the cells
and basal two thirds of the wings paler fuliginous brown ;
the anterior wings are crossed from the middle median nervule
to the inner margin at one third from the outer margin by
three ill-defined bright brown spots placed under each other
between the veins. Posterior wings crossed beyond the cell
by a similar row of spots, outside which is a row of very
indistinct dark brown spots.
Underside with the basal three fourths paler fuliginous
brown, without any transverse lines or markings; the outer
fourth is darker purplish brown, the inner side of the outer
fourth is crossed from near the costal to near the inner
margin by a row of orange-brown spots, centred with black
and nearly surrounded by pale violaceous brown; a pale sub-
marginal dark line crowned by pale violaceous-brown lunules.
Expanse of wings 2 inches.
Hab. Kiriwini, 'Trobriands (Meek).
Doleschallia Comrit, Godm. & Salv.
3. Upperside: both wings resemble D. dascylus, Godm. &
Salv., in colour, but the basal third of each wing is darker
chocolate-brown. Anterior wings with a row of spots across
the disk arranged as in D. dascylus; the spots are eight in
number, the two nearest the costal margin white and small ;
the next four spots are pale blue centred with white, the
fourth spot being larger than the third; the fifth spot is very
large and elongated on the outer and inner sides, the latter
extending as far as the cell; the fifth spot is abbreviated
inwardly, but is wider than the fourth; the seventh and
eighth spots are much smaller and are situate further from the
margin.
Underside scarcely distinguishable from D. dascylus.
Expanse of wings 3} inches.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
The presence of both sexes of this species in the same
collection enables me to describe the male of D. Comriz,
hitherto, 1 believe, undescribed. The female specimens in
Mr. Meek’s collection agree almost exactly with the figure
Butterflies from the Pacitic Islands. 175
of D. Comrtii 2 in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological
Society,’ 1878.
My specimen of D. dascylus 2? , Godm. & Salv., does not
agree with their description of that sex, the band on the ante-
rior wings being browner and entirely divided across the
discoidal nervules by an oblique broad black band. If my
female specimen is correctly allocated to D. dascylus, of which
I have little doubt, as it was accompanied by seven or eight
males, it is clear that D. dascylus (which has been confounded
with D. Comriz) is a distinct species, the female of which, as
in my collection, remains to be described.
Hypolimnas palladius.
6. Upperside: both wings dark velvety brown, anterior
wings crossed halfway between the cell and the apex by a
broad oblique band of five white spots, divided by the black
veins and situate between the subcostal and the lowest median
nervules. Posterior wings with an obscure orange-rufous
patch near the anal angle, in which is placed a black spot
centred with violet ; a submarginal row of other black spots
is faintly visible, centred with minute violet spots.
Underside. Anterior wings crossed by the white band,
wider than on the upperside, and extending between the
median nervules nearly to the outer margin; between the
lowest median nervule and the submedian nervure is an
obscure dark spot, centred with violet. Posterior wings like
those of H. pandarus, Linn., but the submarginal row of
whitish lines is almost obsolete, and the inner edge of the
discal tawny band is bordered by an almost white irregular
band, widest in the middle, and the middle black spot in the
tawny band is small and not centred with white.
9. Upperside paler brown, with the white band on the
anterior wings broader than in the male and extending over
the subcostal nervules towards the base; a small white spot
towards the apex, and a similar spot below the lowest median
nervule. Posterior wings with the disk crossed by a broad
irregular band of white, narrowing and becoming obsolete
towards the costal margin; below this band is a row of
black spots centred with white, except the third and fourth
spots, the two spots nearest the anal angle partly surrounded by
dusky tawny, and the next two bordered outwardly by a
whitish space irrorated with black scales; outer margin broadly
dark brown, the inner edge of which is sinuate.
Underside paler than above; towards, the apex of the
anterior wings are three white dots, and the spot above the
13#
176 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new
submedian nervure is centred with white. On the posterior
wings the discal row of spots is smaller than in H. pandarus.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 32, 2 32% inches,
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
Nearest to H. pandarus and H. Saunderst, Wall. -
Hypolimnas paleutes.
3. Upperside resembles H. deois, Hew., but on the poste-
rior wings the pale discal patch is more widely suffused by
violaceous, and the outer edge of the patch is less acutely
angulated in the middle ; there: is only a faint indication of
the orange-tawny patch at the anal angle, and there is a
distinct submarginal row of spots centred, except the fourth,
with violet.
Underside darker than in H. deovs ; the anterior wings are
without the pale space in the middle of the costal margin,
and, instead of two indistinct pale lines parallel with the
outer margin, there is only an indication of one line close to
the margin. The posterior wings are dusky brown, except a
narrow pale space inside the discal row of spots, which are
six in number, centred with violaceous, more conspicuously
than in //. deots, in which the black spots are centred with
white dots; the two spots nearest the anal angle are partly
surrounded by dusky tawny; only the spot above the upper
median nervule is obsolete, and the row of pale lines near the
outer margin of H. deots is absent.
9. Upperside dusky brown; a very indistinct, almost
invisible, oblique paler band crosses the wings beyond the
cell; a white streak at the middle of the costa and a sub-
warginal row of white dots across the disk between the veins,
except on either side of the upper median nervule. On the
posterior wings is a curved row of black spots across the
disk, centred with white, of which the second and sixth are
the largest and the fourth the smallest ; inside the row of
spots between it and the cell is a slight irroration of white
scales,
Underside as above, but paler. On the posterior wings
the discal row of spots, in which the central spots are much
larger, is bordered on either side by a paler dusky space, and
the dark outer marginal band is divided by a pale brown
sinuate line, divided by the dark veins.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3}, 2 3? inches.
Hab. Kiriwini, 'Trobriands (Mees).
Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 1%?
Parthenos thesaurinus.
3. Upperside bright brown, less olivaceous than P. the-
saurus, Mathew. Anterior wings: the apicai portion nearly
black, the brown streaks and markings becoming nearly
obsolete ; the submarginal brown bands are much narrower
and the discal transverse band of spots is much whiter than
in that species. On the posterior wings the three basal dark
bands are narrower, the space between them being wider and
the lunules in the submarginal band more conical in shape.
Underside browner than in P. thesaurus, especially on the
posterior wings, in which the oblique band of obscure dusky
bars which crosses the disk is brown instead of black, as in
M. thesaurus, and the pale spaces on either side of the row of
dark streaks below the band are less bluish grey and more
tinged with brown.
Expanse of wings 2% inches.
Hab, Santa Cruz ( Woodford).
This butterfly is considerably smaller than P. thesaurus,
being nearly the same size as P. aspila, Honr.
Tenaris melanops.
2. Upperside white; anterior wings with the lower third
from the lowest median nervule, and thence across the cell to
the costal margin, and the costal margin broadly to the
apex fuliginous grey; the veins, except where crossed by
the grey colour, are white. Posterior wings with the costal
margin to the apex broadly grey, thence along the outer
margin more narrowly grey, until that colour merges in the
white lower part of the wings; on the disk, between the
median nervules and a little on either side, is a very large
diffused fuliginous greyish-black spot, in which, a little above
its centre, is situate a large cluster of lavender-coloured scales ;
at the lower end of this cluster is a pure white spot, and near
the outer edge of the black spot is another small lavender
spot; near the apex is another small lavender spot surrounded
by black. ‘Towards the base the wings are clothed with long
yellowish-brown hairs.
Underside. Anterior wings as on the upperside ; posterior
wings with two large fuliginous brown ocelli, one of which is
situate on the margin near the apex and the other on the
disk extending over the submedian nervules; both ocelli are
centred by a white spot partially surrounded by a cluster of
lavender-coloured scales, situate in a circular black zone;
outside the zone is an indistinct fuscous ring, outside which,
178 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new
still in the fuliginous brown area, is a minute white spot on
each ocellus.
Eixpanse of wings 4 inches.
Hab. Sud Est, New Guinea ( Woodford).
Nearest to 7. affinis, Kirby.
Elymnias melanthes.
dé. Upperside dark fuliginous brown, slightly paler towards
the apex of the anterior and the basal third of the posterior
wings; on the anterior wings is a curved streak of fuliginous
dark blue, slightly metallic, commencing on the costa a little
above the end of the cell, but not extending to the apex or
outer margin, and gradually fading towards the outer angle.
The posterior wings are tinged with the same colour in the
apical region, and there are two black spots centred with the
same colour on the disk towards the anal angle; one of
these spots is situate between the two lowest submedian
nervules and is larger than the other spot, which is situate on
the other side of that vein.
Underside dusky brown; anterior wings rather densely
irrorated with pale scales beyond the cell and in the apical
area, the posterior wings being also sparsely dusted with
similar scales. Posterior wings with a large, irregular, oblong
ovate, fulvous patch extending from a little beyond the
middle submedian nervule to near the anal angle; in the
patch are situate two large black spots, centred with blue
spots, which are double in the lower spot ; the fulvous patch
is more oblique than in JZ. agondas, Boisd., and other allied
species. Abdomen fulvous.
?. Both wings white; anterior wings with costal margin
broadly dusky brown, becoming broader at the apex, thence
narrowing along the outer margin, and ceasing below the
upper median nervule ; inside the dusky brown apical area is
a faint indication in certain lights of the blue metallic colora-
tion of the male. Posterior wings with the costal and apical
margins broadly dusky brown, which extends partly round
the outer margin and becomes dusted with white scales
towards the anal angle; there are two large diffused dusky
spots towards the anal angle, much larger than in the male
and centred with large blue spots, those in the lower spot
being double ; on the disk towards the apex is an indistinct
streak of slightly metallic blue, corresponding with the like
coloration of the male.
Underside white, with similar dusky brown marginal bands
and veins of that colour; on the posterior wings the dusky
Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 179
brown spots are represented by a large oblong ovate fulvous
patch, in which are situate two black spots centred with blue
as in the male.
Expanse of wings 33 inches.
Hab. Woodlark Island (Week).
Nearest to EH. agondas, Boisd., and £. glaucopis, Stgr.
Lampides epilectus.
3. Upperside resembles L. eclectus, Grose Smith, but on
the anterior wings the apex is more broadly greyish black,
and on the posterior wings the blue area is more restricted.
Underside: scarcely differs from ZL. eclectus, but on both
wings the outer marginal dark area is narrower, the central
white area being correspondingly broader.
Q. Upperside: anterior wings differ from that sex of
L. eclectus in having the basal blue area more vivid and
extended, and the outer marginal dark area is narrower than
in L. eclectus, and more broadly margined interiorly with
blue.
Underside. The outer marginal dark area of the anterior
wings Is much narrower; on the posterior wings the inner
row of obscure black markings which crosses the disk 1s
situate further apart from the outer row and from the metallic
blue lunules which crown the latter.
Expanse of wings 12 inch.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
Holochila lamia.
3. Upperside resembles H. absimilis, Feld., but slightly
more violaceous ; the cilia of the posterior wings are crossed
with black at the ends of the veins.
Underside greyish silvery white, with the base of the wings
pale greenish blue, which on the posterior wings extends over
the basal fourth. Anterior wings with a grey line at the
end of the cell and three dark grey lines across the disk, the
outermost being on the margin and the two inner ones being
sinuate, with the spaces between rather paler than the rest of
the wings; in the interspaces between the veins near the
outer margin is a row of hastate dark grey markings. The
posterior wings are likewise crossed by three dark grey lines,
with the interspaces paler than the basal portion of the wings ;
the outer line on the margin very narrow, the middle line
very deeply indented inwardly, and the third line very
sinuate; between the two outer lines is a row of spots re-
sembling an inverted T; there is a fourth irregular line
180 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
crossing the wings a little beyond the cell and curving round
it; two spots and a streak in the cell; one spot above and
three spots below the cell nearer the base.
Expanse of wings 1} inch.
Hab. Fergusson Island (JJeek).
Nearest to H. absimilis; on the underside it is quite
distinct from that species.
XXIII.— On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan,
and Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS.,
iZ.8., &e.*
[Plates VI. & VII.}
THE following paper deals with species of Heterocera be-
longing to the families Epicopiide, Uraniide, Epiplemide,
and Geometride. As, however, there are about nine hundred
species in the latter family recorded from the region under
consideration, it seemed advisable to divide the paper into
two parts. In the present instalment, therefore, only the
Boarmiine subfamily of Geometride is referred to.
The arrangement of the list is based on the system of
classification adopted by Sir George Hampson, Bart., in his
work on Indian Heterocera (‘ Fauna of British India,’ Moths,
iii.), but in some instances Mr. Meyrick’s revision of the
Geometrina of the European fauna (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1892, pp. 53-140) has been followed.
Over one hundred and fifty of the species here enumerated
have not, so far as I am aware, been previously described.
Family Epicopiida.
Genus EPICOPiA.
(Westw. Arc. Ent. i. p. 17 (1845).)
Epicopia mencia.
Epicopeia mencia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 578, pl. Ixvii.
fig. 3.
I received specimens from Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-
shan, and Moupin, taken in June and July.
Hab. Central, Eastern, and Western China.
* [We are indebted to the Author for the two Plates and also for
contributing largely towards the cost of the extra sheets of letterpress. }
From China, Japan, and Corea. 181
Epicopia Hainesit.
Epicopeia Hainesii, Holl. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 72 (Jan. 1889).
Epicopeia simulans, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 611, pl. xxxi.
fig. 1 (April 1889).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Hakone in Pryer’s
collection. My native collector captured examples at Hako-
date in June and July, and I have received the species from
Ichang.
Var. sinicaria.
Differs from the type in being fawn-coloured and in the
absence of first crimson marginal spot on secondaries.
Five female specimens from Ichang, taken in June.
Distribution, Japan; Central China.
Var. sinicarta appears to mimic the pale female form of
Papilio mencius.
Epicopia philenora.
Epicopeia philenora, Westw. Arc. Ent. i. p. 19, pl. v. fig. 2 (1843).
Epicopeia varunea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1865, p. 799.
Epicopia philenora, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 109
(1895).
One female specimen of the varunea form from Moupin,
taken in July.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Assam (Hampson) ; Western China.
Family Uraniida.
Genus ACROPTERIS.
(Hiibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 114 (1895).)
Acropteris tphiata.
Micronia iphiata, Guen. Phal. ii. p, 29 (1857).
Micronia pontiata, Guen. l, c.
Acropteris iphiata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 116 (1895).
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-
tion; I met with the species at Nagasaki, Fushiki, and
Gensan in July, and have received it from Kiukiang, Ichang,
Chang-yang, and the province of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. Himalayas; Khdsis; Burma (Hampson) ;
Japan; Kastern, Central, and Western China.
182 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus PSEUDOMICRONIA.
(Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 461 (1887).)
Pseudomicronia archilis,
Micronia archilis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom., xv. p. 23, pl. iii. fig. 33
(1891).
Pseudomicronia archilis (soror), Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 53, pl. iii.
fic. 1, 9 (1892).
This species, which was discovered by Mons. Biet at Ta-
chien-lu, was obtained by my collectors in most of the localities
they visited in Western China. Alphéraky records it from
the province of Kan-Sou, July.
In one form, which so far has been received only from
Moupin, the ground-colour and that of all the markings is
suffused with brownish.
Hab. Western China.
Genus Mrcronia.
(Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 22 (1857).)
Micronia aculeata.
Micronia aculeata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 26, pl. xiii. fig. 8 (1857) ; Hamp-
son, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 117 (1895),
Micronia gannata, Guen. l. c.
One specimen was received from Huang-mu-chang, where
it was taken in July, and I captured one example at Foochau
in April.
Distribution. Throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma; An-
damans; Java; Borneo; Formosa (Hampson); Westerv
China; Foochau.
Genus AUZEA.
(Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1487 (1862).)
Auzea obliquaria, sp. n.
Pale brownish grey, tinged with violaceous. Primaries
have a fine oblique brown line, angled below costa, before the
middle, and a broad oblique olivaceous-brown line from apex
to about the middle of the abdominal margin of secondaries ;
there is a whitish patch sparingly irrorated with fuscous on
the costa before apex; this is preceded by an olivaceous-
brown cloud, and has a small spot of the same colonr onits outer
edge. Under surtace orange treckled with fuscous : primaries
are suffused with purplish grey on the disk, and have a
yellowish patch on costa towards apex ; a pale oblique line
Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 183
edged inwardly with blackish from apex: secondaries have
two purplish-grey transverse lines.
Expanse 44 millim.
Two female specimens from Chang-yang, June and July.
Hab. Central China.
Family Epiplemide.
Genus DEcETIA.
(Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 282 (1860).)
Decetia numicusaria.
Decetia numicusaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 95; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 122 (1895).
I received a specimen from Moupin and one from Omei-
shan; both were taken in July.
Distribution. Sylhet (Hampson) ; Western China.
Decetia violacearia, sp. n.
Violet-grey, suffused with brown on the costa and also on
the outer marginal area beyond the darker brown oblique line
which runs from near apex of primaries to middle of abdominal
margin of secondaries ; this line is inwardly edged with pale
violet; a blackish discal dot on each wing: the primaries
have indications of a wavy dusky line before the middle;
fringes brown. Under surface similar to above, but the
portion within the oblique line is paler on all the wings.
Expanse 36 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Decetia argentilinearia, sp. 0.
Olivaceous brown. Primaries have an oblique silvery-grey
line, angulated below costa and slightly elbowed inwards
above the inner margin; between this line and the base of
the wing there are two or three finer wavy and angulated
lines; outer marginal area golden brown, with an upright
dark brown bar on inner margin : secondaries have two silvery-
grey transverse lines on central area and three wavy diffuse
lines of the same colour on the outer marginal area, the outer-
most being on the margin itself. Under surface olivaceous
grey ; apical third of primaries pale golden, and there is a
tinge of the same colour on the outer margin of secondaries.
Antenne pectinated.
Expanse 33 millim.
184 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Two male specimens taken by my native collector at Hako-
date in June or July.
Hab. Yesso.
Decetia lilacinaria, sp. n.
Fuscous brown. Primaries speckled with lilacine atoms
and suffused with golden brown on outer marginal area;
there are two faint lilacine transverse lines, the outer one
angled below costa, continued across the secondaries to middle
of the margin, where it terminates ina patch of golden brown,
and is outwardly bordered with the same colour; discal spot
black. All the wings have indications near the inner margin
ot a dark submarginal band ; fringes brown, tipped with
greyish and preceded by an interrupted lilacine line. Under
surtace pale brown, darker towards outer margin; each wing
has a dusky double transverse line and a black discal spot;
the costa of primaries is edged with pale ochreous, especially
towards apex, and there is a large golden-brown patch on
outer margin of these wings; the apex of primaries is much
produced.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from the summit of Omei-shan, taken
in July.
Hab, Western China.
Genus PARADECETIA.
(Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 164.)
Paradecetia albistellaria.
Decetia albistellaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1522 (1862),
Two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu and two examples
of each sex from Chang-yang.
Distribution. Khaésis; E. Pegu; Shan States (Hampson) ;
Central and Western China. .
Genus EPIPLEMA.
(Herr.-Schiiffer ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 125 (1895).)
Epiplema moza.
Erosia moza, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 402 (1878); Ill.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 42, pl. li. fig. 7 (1879).
The specimens in Pryer’s collection were from Yokohama.
I took the species at Nagasaki in May and Gensan in July,
and have received it from Chang-yang and Omei-shan, July.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Central and Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 185
Epiplema morataria, sp. n.
Allied to Z. moza, Butl., with which it agrees very nearly
in marking, but differs very greatly from that species in the
contour of the wings. The angle at middle of outer margin
of primaries is more pronounced, and there is a very con-
spicuous lobe at inner angle; both tails of secondaries are
longer and thicker.
The transverse lines of primaries are more decidedly
angled, especially the first one, and the dark spot on inner
margin is almost square and hardly extends beyond the
second line. On the secondaries the second transverse line is
bordered inwardly with dusky and edged outwardly by a pale
reddish-brown line; it is obtusely angled. There is a dusky
submarginal line. Under surface fuscous grey, irrorated with
brown.
Expanse 34 millim.
One female specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Epiplema cretacea.
Erosia cretacea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 414.
There was a male specimen in Pryer’s collection and I took
a female example at Shimonoseki in July. Butler’s type was
from Tokio.
Hab. Japan.
Epiplema styz.
Lrosia styx, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 416.
Specimens from Oiwake and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection.
Types from Yokohama.
Hab. Japan.
Epiplema himala.
Erosia himala, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 221 (1880);
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 47, pl. exii. fig, 9 (1886) ; Alph. Rom. sur
Lép. vi. p. 52 (1892).
Epiplema himala, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 181 (1895).
Erosia auroguttata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 311, pl. vi. tig. 11.
Several specimens were received from Chang-yang and
also from various localities in Western China, July and
August.
Alphéraky records the species from the province of
Szechuen (taken in August) and Poujade from Moupin.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis (Hampson); Central and
Western China.
186 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Epiplema schidacina.
Erosia schidacina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 415.
Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake. I met with
the species at Hakodate in August, and I have received
examples from Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, Ta-chien-lu, and
Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June and July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Western China.
Epiplema instabilata.
Erosia instabilata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. xxxv. p. 1646 (1866).
iat a Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 403, pl. elxxxvi. fig. 11
i).
Epiplemn instabilata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 131
(1895).
Three specimens taken at Ningpo by a native collector in
July. Two examples were received from Ichang, taken in
June and July.
One specimen from Ningpo has the fore wings entirely
whitish, with a small black discal spot.
Distribution. India; Ceylon; Solomon Islands; China.
Epiplema plagifera.
Evosia plagifera, Buti. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 414.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s
collection. I took the species at Foochau in April and in
Satsuma in May.
Distribution. Japan; Eastern China.
Epiplema bicaudata.
Erosia bicaudata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 643, pl. xxxiii.
fig. 12.
One specimen taken by my native collector at Ningpo in
June. Ireceived two specimens from Ichang, one from Wa-
ssu-kow, and several from Omei-shan and Moupin, taken in
June and July.
Distribution. Dharmséla; Sikhim; Khidsis (//ampson)
North, Central, and Western China.
?
Epiplema nubifasciaria, sp. 0.
Creamy white, slightly suffused with blackish on basal
two thirds. Primaries have a black-edged brown band
beyond the middle, and this is followed by a large irregular
blackish-grey cloud, which occupies all but the apical portion
from China, Japan, and Corea. 187
of the outer marginal area and has a slightly curved black bar
on its external edge: secondaries have the basal area marked
with blackish ; central band and cloud beyond similar to those
on primaries; discal spot elongate, black. Under surface
white; primaries have a large blackish patch on basal half,
but this does not extend to inner margin; a narrow blackish
band just beyond the middle of the wing, separated from a
broader band of the same colour by a narrow space of the
ground-colour ; secondaries have a blackish discal mark and
small blackish spots on basal area, and some large ones and
a cloud on outer marginal area.
Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, August.
Hab. Central China.
Closely allied to H. bicaudata, Walk.
Epiplema rapha.
Erosia rapha, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 403 (1878) ; Il.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 42, pl. li. fig. 5 (1879).
Several specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I
obtained one example at Hakodate in July.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Genus GATHYNIA.
(Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 184 (1895).)
Gathynia fasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries brownish, with a darker central fascia, which is
indented on its inner edge and bordered with ochreous:
secondaries rather darker than primaries, with a dark brown
dot on abdominal area towards the base, and a dark brown
central transverse line outwardly edged with ochreous ; fringes
dark grey. Under surface fuliginous grey.
Expanse 18 millim.
One female specimen from Gensan, July.
Hab. Corea.
Genus ATOSSA.
(Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1874, p. 577.)
Atossa nelcinna.
Atossa nelcinna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 577, pl. lxvii.
fig. 7; Elwes, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 381, pl. xxxiv. fig. 1, g.
Atossa neleynna, var. chinensis, Leech, Entom, xxii. p. 85 (1890).
I have a male specimen of this species from Wa-shan, a
188 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
female from Chang-yang, and two females from Omei-shan,
May, June, and July.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas (Hampson); Central and
Western China.
Atossa Leechi.
Atossa Leechit, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1890, p. 381.
A male specimen was received from Huang-mu-chang,
one from Omei-shan, another and also a female from Moupin,
June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Both these species of Atossa exhibit considerable resem-
blance to Delias patrua, Leech, a butterfly occurring in the
same localities.
The characters given by Mr. Elwes as separating this
species from A. neleinna appear to be constant.
Genus OBERTHURIA, nov.
Palpi porrect, hairy, extending beyond head. Antenne
fasciculate. Primaries with vein 5 from just above the
middle of discocellulars, 6 and 7 stalked, as also are 8, 9, and
10. Secondaries with two internal veins and 5 from just
above the middle of discocellulars. Outer margin of all the
wings rounded; costa of primaries arched at the base.
Type O. Davidi.
Oberthiiria Davidi.
Abraxas Davidi, Oberth. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1885, p. eexxix; Etud.
d’Entom. xi. p. 33, pl. ili. fig. 16 (1886).
Five male specimens from Moupin and one from Chia-
ting-fu, July.
Hab. Western China.
Oberthiiria flavomarginaria, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 7.)
Closely allied to A. Davidi, but differing from that species
in having much broader and richer yellow borders to all the
wings ; these borders are traversed by a series of black spots
and are inwardly limited by narrower black bands, the black
marginal spots are rounder and exhibit less tendency to con-
fluence ; the costal area is more deeply yellow and more
finely speckled with black; on the secondaries there is no
black transverse bar at end of discal cell and the abdominal
margin is not suffused with blackish ; the body is yellower.
Expanse 50-58 millim.
Three male specimens from Wa-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 189
Oberthiiria nigromacularia, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 6.)
White ; the costa and outer margin of primaries are broadly
yellow, the former dotted with black, the latter traversed by
two series of black spots and bordered inwardly by a third
series ; there is an interrupted macular central band, and from
this to the inner margin there is a series of five black spots
bordering the yellow costal stripe: secondaries are black at
the extreme base of the wing, and have large black spots
placed as follows:—two confluent about the centre of the
wing, a longitudinal series above them, and three contiguous
rows on the outer marginal area; the ground between some
of these latter is tinged with yellowish. Fringes of primaries
black, marked with yellow towards inner angle; of second-
aries white. Under surface as above, but the rows of spots
on outer marginal area of secondaries are smaller and more
distinctly separated. Body yellow, marked with black.
Expanse 50 millim.
Two male specimens from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
The black discal markings, absence of yellow border to
secondaries and of black on the neuration at once separate
this species from either A. Davidi or A. flavomarginaria.
Genus PSYCHOSTROPHIA.
(Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 401 (1877).)
Psychostrophia melanargia.
Psychostrophia melanargia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 401
(1877); ll. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 9, pl. xxiii. fig. 7 (1878) ; Leech,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 612.
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Nikko and
Fujisan. I obtained the species at Tsuruga in July.
Hab. Japan.
Psychostrophia nymphidiarva.
Abraxas nymphidiaria, Oberth. Etud. @Entom. xviii. p. 34, pl. ii.
fig. 28 (1893).
Not uncommon at Chang-yang; Ichang; Moupin; Wa-
shan, Ta-chien-lu, and Chia-kou-ho. June and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Psychostrophia picaria, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 11.)
Male.—Primaries black, with a broad oblique central fascia
extending from inner margin to outer extremity of discal cell,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. xix. 14
190 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
indented on its upper edge and represented on apical area by
an oval spot; below the latter there is a submarginal series of
four round spots, also white: secondaries white, with a black
central band and a black border on outer margin. Fringes
black, marked with white below apex of primaries and just
above the middle of secondaries. Under surface as above,
but the costa is streaked with yellowish.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the white markings of
primaries are wider and the black one of secondaries is
narrower.
Expanse, ¢ 33-43, 9 45-47 millim. ;
A long series from Chang-yang and one female specimen
from Ichang, June.
Hab, Central China.
The white band on primaries and the black on secondaries
are variable in width.
Family Geometrida.
Subfamily Bosrurrz.
(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 189 (1895).)
Genus URAPTERYX.
(Leech ; Hampson, op. cit. p. 144.)
Urapteryx sambucaria.
Phal. Geometra sambucaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 519.
Urapteryx persica, Mén. Cat. Mus. Pet. p. 267 (1832).
P Urapteryx nivea, Butl. Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 199 (1898),
I took specimens of the var. persica in Satsuma in May
and at Nagasaki in June. This form is whiter than the
type, but it can hardly be called smaller. One of the Satsuma
examples expands 68 millim. I did not meet with the species
in any other part of Japan, and there were no specimens in
Pryer’s collection. My native collector obtained the species
in the island of Kiushiu,
I received specimens of the type form and also of var. persica
from Pu-tsu-fong and Omei-shan, but the variety only was
obtained in the province of Kwei-chow. The typical speci-
mens from China are rather more striated than is the case in
European examples,
DMstribution. Europe; Armenia; Amur; Japan; Western
China.
Urapteryx latimarginaria, sp. n.
White ; the markings on primaries are somewhat similar
from China, Japan, and Corea. 191
to those of U. costistrigaria, but the bands, which are fuligi-
nous grey in colour, are narrower, and there are fewer streaks
on the costa, and these are confined to the basal area with
the exception of a streak between the first transverse band
and the short central band; on the outer area of the wing
there is a fuliginous grey band, which is very broad towards
apex, but tapers slightly to the first median nervule, whence
it is continued in slender streaks to inner angle: on the
secondaries the transverse band is also narrower and the cloud
onouterareais greyish and suffused with paleochreous. Above
the tail, which is rather broader and more obtusely produced,
there is a large reddish spot, and below it another spot of the
same colour; both are ringed with black, and there is an
elongated black spot nearer the anal angle. Under surface:
markings of upperside reproduced, but the central bands are
fainter and narrower and that on outer area much darker;
the secondaries have some dark grey shading along outer
margin.
Expanse 68 millim.
One male example from Omei-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
Urapteryx costistrigaria, sp. n.
White; primaries traversed by two rather broad oblique
brownish bands, becoming blackish towards costa; a shorter
and narrower band between them, commencing in a darker
spot on costa and terminating in first median interspace ;
basal area of costa streaked with dark brown; these streaks
are short near the base, but the outermost extend almost to
submedian nervure ; the outer third is heavily striated and
clouded with fuliginous ; the costa between the broad bands is
also streaked with brownish; fringes brown from apex to just
above termination of submedian nervure, and thence white,
except where interrupted by continuation of the broad trans-
verse bands: secondaries traversed by an oblique brownish
band from fork of subcostal nervure to a large cloud of the
same colour on outer area; the abdominal area of the wing
is clothed, except towards anal angle, with long silky hairs
of a creamy colour; above the tail, which is -obtusely pro-
duced, there is a reddish spot ringed with black, and below it
there is an elongated blackish mark; fringes fulvous brown,
except at costal and anal angles. Head snowy white; face
brown; collarcreamy. Under surface white, discal markings
on upper surface of primaries faintly reproduced ; outer area
broadly fuliginous as far as submedian nervure ; the second-
14
192 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
aries are without markings, except on the anal half of
outer area in one specimen, where there are some fuliginous
streaks and shading.
Expanse 68 millim.
Two male specimens from Omei-shan, taken in June.
Hab. Western China.
Urapteryx ebuleata.
Urapteryx ebuleata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 82 (1857); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 145 (1895).
Occurs in July at Pu-tsu-fong, Omei-shan, Kia-ting-fu,
and Wa-shan ; also at Chang-yang, in June and July.
The specimens, among which are examples of the larger
multistrigarta form, appear to differ chiefly from U. sambu-
carta, var. persica, in being more heavily striated, and may
possibly be only extreme forms of that variety.
Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 145) considers
kantalaria, Feld., multistrigaria, Walk., and Yerburii, Butl.,
to be synonymous with U. ebuleata. Alphéraky (Rom. sur
Lép. vi. p. 52) notes one female specimen of U. Yerburit from
the province of Szechuen, taken in August.
Distribution. Central and Western China; mountains of
Northern India.
Urapterya similaria, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.)
In size and general appearance closely resembles EZ. macult-
caudaria, Motsch , but the antenne of the male are not pecti-
nated, and in both sexes the line on secondaries is straight
and the tails rather more prolonged and ornamented with a
red and a black spot, the black one being the smaller. In the
female the central band on secondaries is interrupted, its
lower extremity being represented by a spot.
Expanse, ¢ 50, 2 47 millim.
‘wo specimens, a male from Omei-shan and a female from
Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Urapteryx subpunctaria. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.)
Urapteryx subpunctaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 42 (May 1891).
Tristrophis obtusicauda, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 8399 (1894),
‘Two specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Superticially resembles EZ. maculicaudaria, Motsch., but
the antennz of the male are not pectinated and the arrange-
ment of the lines above and the spot on the secondaries
beneath are dissimilar.
Hab. Japan.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 193
Urapteryx kernaria.
Urapteryx kernaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 23, pl. ii. fig. 20
(Noy. 1893).
This species was discovered in Western China at T'sé-kou
by R. P. Dubernard; my collectors did not meet with it.
Genus EUCTENURAPTERYX.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 399 (1894).)
Euctenurapteryx maculicaudar ta.
Acena maculicaudaria, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1866, i. p. 196.
Euctenurapteryx maculicaudaria, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 399 (1894).
Urapteryx luteiceps, Feld. Reis. Nov., Lep. v. pl. cxxii. fig. 2 (1875).
A series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collec-
tion. I took specimens at ‘l'suruga in July and at Hakodate
in August.
Among the specimens in Pryer’s collection is a remarkable
female aberration from Yokohama, in which the usual white
colour is replaced by pale greyish brown ; the transverse lines
are, in consequence of the ground-colour, indistinct, but they
are more ferruginous in colour, as also are the fringes and
the spots at angle of the secondaries.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Eastern China.
Euctenurapteryx parallelaria.
Urapteryx parallelaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 5 (Jan. 1891),
I have one female specimen which was taken by a native
collector at Chang-yang.
Hab. Central China.
Euctenurapteryx nigrociliaria.
Urapteryx nigrociliaris, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 5 (Jan. 1891).
Appears to be not uncommon at Huang-mu-chang, in July.
It also occurs at Omei-shan and in the province of Kwei-
chow in June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus THINOPTERYX.
(Butl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xvii. p, 202 (1883).)
Thinopteryx crocoptera.
Urapteryx crocoptera, Koll. Hiig. Kasch, iy. p. 483 (1848).
Thinopteryx striolata, Butl. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 202 (1883).
Thinopteryx crocoptera, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ui. p. 148
(1895).
194 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
I obtained this species at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May,
at Gensan in July, and I have received specimens from
various localities in Central and Western China. There
were some examples from Kintokisan and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection.
It is very variable, and I have intergrades between the
typical form and s¢réoluta, Butl. One specimen has three
purple-brown spots on primaries, and a patch of the same
colour on secondaries; there is a similar specimen in the
series of 7. crocoptera from Dharmsala in the National Col-
lection at South Kensington.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; North, Central, and Western
China; North India.
Thinopteryx pretoraria.
Urapteryx pretoraria, Feld, Reise Nov., Lep. v. pl. exxii. fig. 13
(1875).
One female example taken at Omei-shan, Western China,
in July.
This specimen seems very distinct from 7’, crocoptera, Koll.
Distribution. Sylhet, Western China.
Thinopteryx delectans.
i et delectans, Butl, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p, 46, pl. xxxv. fig. 2
(3).
Several specimens from Fujisan, Ohoyama, and Nikko in
Pryer’s collection. I have examples from Ichang, Chang-
yang, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, and the Provinces of Kwei-chow,
taken in June and July.
The yellow marking in this species is subject to variation ;
in typical specimens the wings are thickly sprinkled with
yellow, whilst in other examples the yellow is confined to
the median area and outer margin. |
Distribution, Japan; North, Central, and Western China,
Genus SIRINOPTERYX.
(Butl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 201 (1883).)
Strinopteryx rufivinctata.
Urapteryx rufivinctata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1747 (1862).
Strinopteryz rufivinctata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 147
(1805).
Several specimens from Moupin, and one example from
Chang-yang, July.
Distribution. Northern India; Central and Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 195
Genus TRISTROPHIS.
(Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vii. p. 199 (1883).)
Tristrophis veneris.
Urapteryx veneris, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 892 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 29, pl. xlviii. fig. 1 (1879).
A fine series from Yokohama and Nikko in Pryer’s col-
lection.
The transverse bands of primaries vary in width and the
black spots on disk of secondaries are inconstant both as
regards size and number.
Hab. Japan.
Genus MyrrTemva.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 831 (1861).)
Myrteta sinensaria, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 13.)
Near to M. planaria, Walk., but rather whiter in the
ground-colour; outer third of primaries more heavily suffused
and the three transverse lines approach nearer to each other
toward inner angle; the three blackish spots towards anal
angle of M. planaria are in M. sinensaria replaced by a
sinuate black line, and the two submarginal spots are repre-
sented by a blotch.
Expanse 46 millim.
One male example from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China,
Myrteta angelica.
Myrteta angelica, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 413.
T'wo specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured the species at Oiwake in October.
Hab, Japan.
Myrteta tripunctaria, sp. n.
Very near to M. angelica, Butl., but whiter, and the three
transverse lines of primaries are narrower and more oblique ;
on the outer edge of the yellow patch at anal angle of second-
aries there are three black spots, the middle one the largest,
and a short indented black line on its inner edge. On the
under surface the neuration is dark coloured; the outer mar-
ginal area of primaries is broadly blackish, preceded by a
blackish line, and the basal area is suffused with the same
colour; above the three blackish spots on outer margin of
secondaries there is a blackish patch ; submarginal line
196 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
blackish, indented above anal angle. Except at anal angle
the line at base of the fringes of secondaries is blackish
instead of light brown, as in JZ. angelica, and the antennx
are more broadly pectinated than in that species.
Expanse 44 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China,
Myrteta sericea.
Orthocabera sericea, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 489 (1879).
Orthucabera brunneiceps, Warren, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 387,
pl. xxxi. fig. 25.
Myrteta sericea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 152 (1899).
Four specimens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis (Hampson) ; Japan.
Myrteta unio.
Acidalia unio, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. v. p. 50, pl. ix. fig. 12 (1880).
Cabera magna, Butl. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1881, p. 416.
One female specimen in Pryer’s collection and I received
one example of the same sex from Mr. Manley of Yokohama.
Distribution. Askold; Japan.
Myrteta argenturia, sp. n.
_ Silvery white. Primaries have a blackish discal spot and
are traversed by three dusky bands, the first of which is
rather more oblique than the others; submarginal line dusky,
parallel with outer margin except towards inner margin,
where it terminates close to the inner angle; marginal band
dusky. Secondaries have a blackish discal spot and two
wavy dusky bands; submarginal band dusky, diffuse on its
inner edge; the middle of outer margin is slightly angled
and there is a black spot on the angle. Fringes tinged with
greyish. Under surface white; all the wings have a black
discal spot, and the secondaries have a diffuse dusky sub-
marginal band; in some specimens the primaries also have
traces of a dusky submarginal band. Antenne serrated.
Expanse, d 46, 2 48 millim.
Three male specimens and three females from Omei-shan,
Pu-tsu-fong, Chia-ting-fu, July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus Barra.
(Steph. Il. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 294 (1829).)
Bapta bimaculata.
Phalena bimaculata, Fabr. Syst, Ent. 635 (1775).
Geometra taminata, Hubn. Geom. fig. 90.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 197
Pseudopanthera bimaculata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 117.
Bapta subnotata, Warren, Novyit. Zool. ii. p. 127 (1895).
I took specimens at Gensan in June and there were a few
examples in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake. My native
collector obtained the species at Hakodate.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Japan; Yesso; Corea.
Bapta punctata.
Phalena punctata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 637.
Geometra temerata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 91.
Pseudopanthera punctata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 117.
Asthena sancta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 418.
There were a few specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection, and I received examples from Hakodate taken in
June.
Two of the specimens from Oiwake and one from Hakodate
are slightly suffused with pale greyish, with the markings
more or less obliterated, and are almost identical with an
example from Germany in my collection. On the other hand,
a specimen from Oiwake has the markings as dark and
well defined as any in my European series.
Distribution. Europe; Ural; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Bapta mytylata.
Corycia mytylata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 58 (1857).
Bapta mytylata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 155 (1895).
There was a series from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s col-
lection. I received a specimen from Wa-shan, taken in June,
one from Huang-mu-chang and one from the Province of
Kwei-chow, taken in July.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Thundidéni; Punjab ;
Sikhim; Khdsis (Hampson); Japan; Yesso; Western
China.
Bapta fodata.
Bapta fedata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 404 (1894).
Warren describes this species from Japan.
I have one male specimen from Chang-yang and four
females from T'a-chien-lu, taken in June and July.
Differs from B. mytylata, Guen., in having the upper
surface more densely powdered with fuscous, and in the
discal area of under surtace of primaries being suffused with
fuscous.
Distribution. Japan (Warren); Central and Western
China.
198 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Bapta platyleucata.
Acidalia platyleucata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. xxxy. p. 1628
(1866).
cee platyleucata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 155
5).
(189
Three specimens from Pu-tsu- bts taken in June and
July.
Dear eviesei. Kashmir; Sikhim; Khésis ( Hampson ) ;
Western China.
Bapta sacra.
Corycia sacra, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 404 (1878); Til.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 44, pl. li. fig. 11 (1879).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured this species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki in
May, at Gensan in June, and Mr. Smith took examples at
Hakone in August. My native collector also obtained
specimens in the latter month at Hakodate. Specimens have
been received from Ichang and Omei-shan, taken in July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso ; Corea ; Central and Western
China.
Bapta candidaria, sp. n.
Male.—White, with a black discal dot on each wing.
Primaries traversed by two dusky macular bands; the
secondaries have one macular band. Under surface white ;
primaries slightly suffused with fuscous on basal two-thirds,
and traversed by a dusky band which does not extend to
inner margin ; all the wings have a black discal dot.
Female. Similar to the male, but the transverse markings
are more distinct ; there is a series of black dots on the outer
margin of both surfaces of each wing, and the secondaries
have a macular band on the under surface.
Expanse d 30, 2 34 millim.
One example of each sex from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Hab, Japan.
Allied to B. saera, Butl.
Bapta nigropunctaria, sp. n.
Silvery white powdered with fuscous. All the wings have
dusky postmedial and submarginal bands and a blackish
discal spot. Primaries have an elongate velvety black spot
on costa just before the 5 costa pale brown. Fringes
silvery, preceded by a pale brown line. Under surface
al caren lg OT A
from China, Japan, and Corea. 199
silvery white, faintly suffused with fuscous-grey, except on
inner marginal area of primaries; fringes tipped with fuscous.
E:xpanse 36 millim.
T'wo male specimens. Moupin and Ta-chien-lu. July.
Hab. Western China.
Bapta distans.
Bapta distans, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 404 (1894).
Seven specimens (1 ¢,6 2) from Omei-shan, Wa-shan,
Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, and Chang-yang, June.
éj Distribution. Japan (Warren); Central and Western
hina.
Bapta clarissa.
Todis clarissa, Butl. 11. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 49, pl. xxxvi. fig. 4 (1878).
Pseudcpanthera clarissa, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 117.
A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained specimens in Satsuma in May and at Nagasaki
in June, and my native collector took the species at Hakodate
and in the island of Kiushiu.
Hab. Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Amur.
Bapta tnamata.
Acidalia inamata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 755 (1861).
Noreia inamata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 406, pl. 185. fig. 4 (1887).
Acidalia simpliciaria, Walk. l. c. xxiii. p. 793 (1861).
Bapta inamata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 154 (1895).
I obtained a female specimen in Satsuma which appears
to be referable to this species, but the transverse line is
rather deeper in colour on all the wings.
Distribution. Sylhet; Nilgiris; Ceylon; Sumatra; Borneo
(Hampson) ; Japan.
Bapta ochrilinea.
Bapta ochrilinea, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 404 (1894).
Hab. China.
I have not seen the type of this species.
Genus ANGERONA.
(Dup. Lép. iv. p. 181.)
Angerona prunaria.
Phal. Geometra prunaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. 520,
Geometra prunaria, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 122, 123.
Angerona prunaria, Dup. vii. pl. 147. figs. 1, 2; Guen. Phal. i. p. 116.
Euchlena prunaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 112.
Several specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Gensan in June,
200 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Most of the European forms are represented in Japan, but
there is a wider range in the size of the specimens—the
smallest example being only 36 millim. in expanse, whilst
the largest measures 74 millim.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan; Yesso.
Angerona nigrisparsa.
en genne nigrisparsa, Butl, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 370
(1879).
A few specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I captured the species at Sendai in September.
Mr. Smith met with it at Hakone and Myianoshita in
August.
fab. Japan.
Genus METROCAMPA.
(Latr.; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 111.)
Metrocampa grandinaria.
Angerona grandinaria, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 37 (1860).
Ennomos serrata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 100, pl. viii. fig. 11 (1864).
Metrocampa serrata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 112.
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection, and IL
have received examples from Mr. Manley of Yokohama. The
species also occurs at Ohoyama, Nikko, Tokio, Oiwake, and
Kintokisan.
Distribution. Amur ; Japan.
Metrocampa prattiaria.
Cidaria prattiaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 51 (May 1891).
Cidaria prattiaria, var. unicoloraria, Leech, 1. c. p. 52.
Several specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I peared one male specimen and two females from Omei-
shan; one male from Moupin and one example of each sex
from Chang-yang: July.
The Chang-yang specimens are rather redder in colour
than the others in the series, and the Moupin male is
brownish tinged with purplish. All the Chinese specimens
are larger than the Japanese.
Distribution. Japan; Central and Western China.
Genus CABERODES.
(Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 158 (1895).)
Caberodes simplicior.
Somatina simplicior, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 412.
Cidaria pallidaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 51 (1891).
There were two specimens, labelled Fujisan and Nikko,
ee
| ae
from China, Japan, and Corea. 201
in Pryer’s collection, and my native collector took an ex-
ample in Kiushiu. Butler’s type was from ‘Tokio.
Hab, Japan and Kiushiu.
Genus NUMERIA.
(Dup. Lép. iv. p. 107.)
Numeria pulveraria.
Phal. Geometra pulveraria, Linn. x. 521; Clerck, Icon. pl. v. figs. 6, 9.
Metrocampa pulveraria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 112.
Numeria japonica, Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 418.
A fine series in Pryer’s collection under the name
N. japonica.
My native collector obtained specimens at Gensan in July
and also in the island of Kiushiu. I received one example
from Chang-yang taken in July.
The specimens from Gensan and Kiushiu are very small.
Distribution. Europe; Ural; Altai; Amur; Japan;
Kiushiu ; Corea.
Genus ENDROPIOIDES.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 463 (1894).)
Endropioides abjecta.
Endropia abjecta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 371 (1879).
Endropia Snelleni, Hedem, Hor Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 46, pl. x. fig. 1
(1881).
A fine series from Yokohama, Fujisan, Gifu, and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection.
Snellent, Hedem., is certainly a dark form of ZL. abjecta,
Butl. The species is variable as regards coloration, and
ranges from dark reddish brown through pale reddish brown
to a pale whity brown with reddish-brown outer margins.
In some of the dark specimens the wings are unicolorous ;
in others the basal area of primaries is paler.
Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 112) places
Snellent in Metrocampa and considers it synonymous with
indictinaria, Brem.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Askold.
Genus Epnorta.
(Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 109.)
Ephoria arenosa.
Epione arenosa, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 46, pl. xxxv. fig. 1
(1878).
Ephoria arenosa, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1892, p. 109.
202 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
There was a fine series from Oiwake and one specimen
from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Butler’s type was from Hakodate.
Distribution. Amur (Graeser) ; Japan; Yesso.
Ephoria leda.
Epione leda, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 46, pl. xxxv. fig. 6 (1878)
(dS).
Epione strenioides, Butl. 1. c. fig. 6 (2).
Epione lachrymosa, Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 402 (var. d).
Epione ossea, Butl. 1. c. (var. Q ).
Calcaritis Oberthuerii, Butl. op. cit. p. 597 (var. 2).
Therapis straminea, Butl. op. cit. p. 401 (var. 9).
There was a fine series of each sex of this species from
Ohoyama and Nikko in Pryer’s collection, including examples
of the forms lachrymosa and ossea.
I have received a male which approaches the streniotdes
form from Chang-yang and a female of the same form from
Chia-ting-fu, both taken in July.
Distribution. Japan; Central and Western China.
Ossea and Oberthuerté appear to be forms of the female,
and lachrymosa a form of the male, while straminea is a
modification of the ossea form in which all the transverse lines
are absent.
Genus SCARDAMIA.
(Guen. Phal. i. p. 89 (1857).)
Scardamia metallaria.
Scardamia metallaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 89 (1857).
Laginia bractearia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 245 geen
rie aurantiacaria, Brem, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 15
te taprobanes, Feld. Reise Nov. pl. exxiii. fig. 2 (1875).
Appears to be plentiful in the island of Kiushiu. I met
with it at Nagasaki and in the province of Satsuma, and
have received it from Gensan in Corea.
In Western China it occurs at Moupin and in the pro-
vince of Kwei-chow; and in Central China at Ichang and
Chang-yang.
Distribution. Central and Western China; Japan ; Corea ;
Eastern Siberia; India; Ceylon; Java.
Scardamia obliquaria, sp. n.
Similar to S. metallaria, Guen., but the first transverse
line of primaries is elbowed above the middle, and the second
from China, Japan, and Corea. 203
line is oblique from near apex; the marginal area is deeper
orange than other portions of the wings.
Expanse 28 millim.
One female specimen taken by myself at Gensan in July.
Hab. Corea.
Genus PERATOPHYGA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 407 (1894).)
Peratophyga erata.
Acidalia erata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 643.
Ephyra grata, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 438 (1879).
Peratophyga @rata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 164
(1895).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama,
and I met with the species at Nagasaki. It occurs also at
Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Moupin, Pu-tsu-fong, Ta-chien-lu,
and Omei-shan.
Distribution. Eastern, Central, and Western China; Japan;
Himalayas.
This species seems to vary considerably in size and in the
intensity of the markings.
Genus STEGANIA.
(Guen. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 164 (1895).)
Steganta trroraria, sp. n.
Pale ochreous, irrorated with ferruginous. Primaries have
the costa purplish brown, and there is a narrow curved and
recurved band of the same colour from one fourth before
apex to inner angle; from the lower curve of this band there
is a broad purplish-brown bar extending to the marginal line,
which is of the same colour. Secondaries have a narrow
purplish-brown band on outer margin. All the wings have
a blackish discal dot and a diffuse ferruginous-brown central
band, the latter is often interrupted and sometimes entirely
absent. Fringes of the ground-colour. Under surface rather
paler than above, with similar markings but darker in colour.
Expanse 21 millim.
I obtained a nice series at Nagasaki in May, and [ have
received specimens from Ningpo and Gensan.
Distribution. Kiushiu ; Corea; and N.K. China.
Allied to S. bclineata, Butl.
Genus SYNEGIA.
(Guen. Phal. i. p. 428 (1857).)
Synegia pardaria.
Anisodes pardaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 420 (1857).
Synegia pardaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 170 (1895).
204 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Occurs at Chang-yang, Moupin, and Omei-shan.
Distribution. Khasis; Ceylon; Borneo (Hampson) ; Cen-
tral and Western China.
Synegia hadassa.
Anisodes hadassa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 400 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 38, pl. L. fig. 5 (1879).
Synegia inconspicua, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 412.
Syntaracta hadassa, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 408 (1894).
Both forms of this species occur commonly in the island
of Kiushiu. There was one example of the ¢nconspicua
form in Pryer’s collection, and I received one specimen of
the same form from Yokohama, several from Hakone, and
one from Chang-yang.
In the series from Kiushiu there are forms connecting the
type and znconspicua, and others which are broadly suffused
with leaden grey.
Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Central China.
Synegia omissa.
Syntaracta omissa, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 409 (1894).
One example from Chow-pin-sa, Western China. I have
also received it from the Loochoo Islands and from Kiushiu ;
and there was a specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Loochoo Islands; Japan; Western China,
Synegia esther.
Synegia esther, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 411.
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection. I
have also received examples from Chang-yang, Omei-shan,
and the island of Kiushiu.
The Chinese specimens are lighter in colour and the trans-
verse lines are narrower and not diffused. .
Distribution. Japan ; Kiushiu ; Central and Western China.
Synegia rosearta, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries yellowish ; basal half freckled with rosy
and traversed by a violet-grey band, which is elbowed below
costa; the outer half has a broad violet-grey band, from the
inner edge of this there is a suffusion of the same colour
towards the base of the wing and a diffuse projection towards
the middle of outer margin; a violet-grey streak from
apex almost touches the band, and there are some marks of
the same colour towards inner angle. Secondaries yellowish;
basal patch violet-grey; beyond, the wing is traversed by
=~
ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 205
more or less confluent rosy waved lines, and the outer margin
has a diffuse violet-tinged rosy band. Under surface pale
whity brown, with the markings of upperside reproduced in
dusky violet-grey.
Female.—The discal area of primaries is more suffused with
violet-grey.
Expanse, ¢ 31, 2 34 millim.
One male specimen from Ichang, a male from Omei-shan,
and a female from Moupin: June and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Genus SELENIA.
(Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 292 (1816).)
Selenia tetralunaria.
Geometra tetralunaria, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 506 (1769).
Selenia illustraria, Hibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 293; Guen. Phal.i. p. 154.
Selenia tetralunaria, var. estiva, Staud. Cat. p. 157,=var. A, Guen.
l. ec. p. 155.
My native collector took a female specimen of the typical
form at Hakodate in June, and I captured four examples of
var. estiva at that place in August.
Listribution. Europe ; Yesso.
Selenia pallidaria.
Selenia pallidaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 43 (May 1891).
There was one female specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. Yesso.
Selenia adustaria. (Pl. VII. fig. 7.)
Selenia adustaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 42 (May 1891).
Selenia adustaria, var. fusca, Leech, /. c.
Three specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. One
of these is probably an individual of the second brood.
Hab. Yesso.
Selenia sordidaria, sp. n.
Very pale whity brown, irrorated and marked with brownish
on costa of primaries; all the wings have two thin brownish
transverse lines. Under surface as above, but there is an
ochreous lunular patch freckled with brownish on apex of
primaries, and the area of secondaries between the outer line
and the base of the wing is tinged with ochreous and
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 15
206 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
speckled with brownish ; discal spots black, that on primaries
linear.
Expanse 48 millim.
One male specimen from Ichang, April.
Hab. Central China.
Selenia (?) crenularia, sp. n.
Pale primrose-yellow. Basal area of primaries pinkish on
the costa and limited by a dingy olive band with irregular
edges, commencing as a brown spot on costa; there are some
marks of the same colour within the band; beyond there is
an interrupted macular, dingy olive band, the costal spot
brown; the outer marginal area is limited by a pink line
and suffused on the lower portion with the same colour.
Secondaries have a dark discal spot, and the outer marginal
area agrees with that of the primaries. The outer margins
of all the wings are highly crenulate, and the fringes are
olive. Under surface similar to the upperside, but the
yellow is brighter and the secondaries are sprinkled with
pinkish on costa, and the abdominal area is whitish.
Antenne with short ciliz.
Expanse 50 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, May.
Hab. Western China.
Selenia (?) bilinearia, sp. n.
Whity brown, with a faint tinge of pink. Primaries have
two oblique dark transverse lines—the first is angulated on
costa, edged inwardly with whitish, and limits the brownish
basal area; the second line traverses an irregular brownish
band and is outwardly edged with whitish; the outer margin
is clouded with brownish below apex and above inner angle,
and there are some smaller marks of the same colour between
the clouds. Secondaries have a dark transverse line agreeing
with the outer one of primaries, and the ground-colour is
obscured with brownish, except on costal and submarginal
areas. Fringes of the ground-colour suffused and chequered
with darker. Under surface: primaries bright yellow, paler
on costa and inner margin; there are two transverse lines as
above; secondaries paler, with two dark transverse lines
approximating on inner margin.
Expanse 36 millim,
One male specimen from Chang-yang, June.
Hab. Central China.
From China, Japan, and Corea. 207
Genus PERICALLIA.
(Steph. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 223 (1895).)-
Pericallia distans.
Hygrochroa distans, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 143 (1895).
There was a specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Mr. Smith took a male specimen at Hakone in August, and
my native collector obtained one in the island of Kiushiu.
I received one female from Omei-shan, taken in July.
In the Chinese example the transverse line is blacker and
more conspicuous than in the Japanese specimens. The
Kiushiu specimen is only 32 millim. in expanse.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Western China.
P. distans is very close to P. syringaria from Europe, and
is possibly only an Asiatic form of that species. It may be
referable to P. parva, Hedem.*, from Amurland.
Pericallia marmorataria, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 15.)
Greyish-white, with a faint pinkish tinge. Basal patch of
primaries reddish-grey, clouded with darker and limited by a
whitish grey-edged curved line; central line deep brown,
acutely angled below costa, slightly curved to first median
fork, where it passes through a violet-brown cloud, then
oblique to inner margin; between the central line and the
whitish apex of the wing there is a grey-brown patch on
costa intersected by a whitish stripe, and from the lower end
of this last a thin brown curved line runs to a grey-brown
cloud on inner margin. Secondaries are traversed by two
brown lines, the outer one very fine and dotted with blackish
on the nervules; beyond, the outer marginal area is clouded
and suffused with greyish brown and traversed by a wavy
line of the ground-colour. Fringes brown. Under surface :
colour as above; primaries have a brownish basal patch and
a diffuse central line, the last is slightly angulated below
costa and followed by a brownish patch, which is intersected
by a whitish streak that unites with a whitish submarginal
line, the lower end of the submarginal line is bordered by a
brownish cloud, and there is another cloud of the same colour
on the middle of outer margin; secondaries clouded with
brownish at the base, discoidal spot blackish, other markings
correspond with those of upperside, but the abdominal por-
tion of central line is reddish brown.
Expanse 40 millim.
* Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 45 (1881).
i
shad
208 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
One male specimen from Chang-yang, July.
Hab, Central China.
This species is very similar to P. syringarta, Linn., in
colour and approaches the Japanese P. distans, Warren.
Pericallia productaria, sp. n.
Light brown, striated and clouded with darker. Primaries
have a brownish subbasal line elbowed below costa and a
central brown fascia, the outer edge of the latter is blackish
and has an obtuse projection extending to the indistinct pale
submarginal line ; costa and outer margin with paler patches
tinged with lilacine. Secondaries have a central fascia
which appears to be a continuation of that on primaries, but
the projection on outer edge is less pronounced and there
are two indentations below it. All the wings have a black
discal spot, that on primaries rather linear. Fringes crenu-
late, brown marked with paler, and preceded by a brown line.
Under surface ochreous, striated with reddish brown; all the
wings have a blackish discal spot and a purplish-brown cen-
tral line, the latter, on secondaries, is bordered with purplish
towards abdominal margin; there is a dusky transverse
shade on primaries from costa to median nervure. Vertex
of head whitish.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan, May.
Hab, Western China.
Allied to P. albifrons, Moore.
Pericallia olivaria, sp. n.
Pale brown, striated and suffused with olivaceous; be-
yond the black discal spot there is an olive band crossing all
the wings, the inner edge of this band is diffuse and
the exterior elbowed below costa of primaries and obtusely
angled on secondaries; there are indications of a pale wavy
submarginal line on each wing intersecting an olivaceous
cloud towards the inner and anal angles respectively ; the
apex of primaries and outer angle of secondaries are also
clouded with olivaceous; secondaries have a blackish discal
spot and there is a dark olive spot in the middle of submar-
ginal line and a curved one at the costal end of the same
line. Under surface yellow, powdered with reddish on inner
area of primaries; outer marginal area of all the wings
brownish, clouded with yellow towards apex and outer angle,
and with greyish white towards inner and anal angles, the
limiting line 1s dark brown edged outwardly with whitish.
I RIO at 8 OR ee ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 209
Expanse 40-42 millim.
Four male specimens from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Pericallia crenularia, sp. n.
Brown tinged with lilacine. Primaries have a subbasal
dusky line, curved towards costa and again towards inner
margin; a concolorous central fascia outlined in brownish,
the inner edge almost straight and the outer edge obtusely
angled below costa and then inwardly oblique ; submarginal
line interrupted, most distinct towards costa. Secondaries
have a dusky, waved, central line, edged inwardly with
brownish and preceded by an obscure brownish shade and
discal spot; submarginal line indistinct. Under surface
yellow ; outer marginal area limited by a strong blackish
line. Fringes brown, crenulate. Vertex of lead pure white.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Pericallia latimarginaria, sp. n.
Pale brown. Primaries: basal area suffused with darker
and limited by a curved, wavy, blackish line; outer line
blackish, parallel with outer margin as far as third median
nervule, then turned inwards and curved from second to first
median nervule, from which point it runs almost straight to
inner margin, this line traverses a brownish shade which
tapers from inner margin to costa; there is a brownish cloud
on the outer margin below apex, and the space between this
and the transverse shade is tinged with pinkish. Secondaries
have the outer half brownish, tinged with pinkish towards
margin, and traversed by a bidentate blackish line. All the
wings have a black discal spot and an ill-defined, shaded,
pale submarginal line. Under surface yellow ; outer mar-
ginal area clouded with greyish brown, limited by a dark
line and marked with whitish at angle of each wing; discal
spots and transverse lines as above. Vertex of head white.
Expanse 36-40 millim.
Several specimens of each sex from Chang-yang and from
Moupin, June and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Pericallia vuriaria, sp. n.
Pale greyish-brown, tinged with pinkish, freckled with
fuscous and clouded with the latter colour, especially on the
210 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
basal area of secondaries and between the transverse lines of
primaries. There are two transverse lines on primaries: the
first is blackish, elbowed below costa, and slightly indented
above inner margin; the second is rather oblique, double,
except at each extremity, enclosing a paler area; beyond the
second line there is a blackish quadrate blotch, the centre of
which is filled in with pinkish ; discal spot black. Second-
aries have a black discal spot and an olivaceous crenulate
band; submarginal band serrated, blackish, but not well-
defined towards costa. Fringes fuscous, tinged with oliva-
ceous. Under surface violet-grey, clouded and suffused with
fuscous; primaries have a dusky band, elbowed below costa,
before the middle, and a ferruginous-brown band bordered
with darker beyond the middle; the space between these
bands is marked with creamy white; submarginal line
whitish ; a broad and diffuse ferruginous patch extends from
black discal spot to submarginal line, which it obscures at
this point ; secondaries have the basal area marked with
creamy white: the transverse band appears to be a con-
tinuation of the outer one on primaries; submarginal band
as above but dusky in colour. Outer margin of the wings,
especially of secondaries, crenulate.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from Chia-ting-fu, July.
Hab. Western China.
Pericallia testacea.
Pericallia testacea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p, 405.
There were several specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s col-
lection. Fenton took the species at Tokio.
Hab, Japan and Yesso.
Genus XYLOSCIA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 462 (1894).)
Xyloscia subspersata.
Hemerophila subspersata, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. v. pl. exxv. fig. 16
(1875).
Xyloscia subspersata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 462 (1894).
Several specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. 1 captured a female example at Gensan in July.
Hab, Japan and Corea.
Xyloscia biangularia, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 5.)
Pale brown, sparingly irrorated with blackish; the’ basal
>
>
t
4
J
;
Ee EE rer en Te
Srom China, Japan, and Corea. 211
area of primaries and outer marginal area of all the wings
suffused with violaceous brown. On the primaries the blackish
lime limiting the basal area is biangulate below costa and
very oblique from median nervure to inner margin; outer line
oblique, blackish, appearing to commence below apex in the
undulated and diffuse blackish submarginal line and preceded
by a slightly wavy brown line, which limits the outer mar-
ginal area. Secondaries have a brown central line followed
by a blackish one parallel with it; submarginal line diffuse,
blackish ; all the wings have a black discal dot, but that on
secondaries most conspicuous. Under surface similar to
above, but the basal two-thirds of secondaries paler.
Expanse 37 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Closely allied to X. subspersata, Feld., but the transverse
markings rather different, the outer line on primaries ter-
minates on outer margin below the apex; outer margin of
secondaries is slightly crenulate, with a distinct projection
above the middle.
Genus APERICALLIA, nov.
Palpi porrect, densely hairy, extending considerably beyond
the frons. Antenne of male bipectinated to apex. Posterior
tibiz not dilated, with all spurs present. Primaries have
the outer margin slightly concave below apex, angled at
fourth vein, thence oblique. Secondaries have the outer
margin slightly angled at middle. Venation similar to that
of Pericallia.
Type A. bilinearia, sp. n.
Apericallia bilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries whitish grey, tinged with lilacine and freckled
and clouded with fuscous; the central area is traversed by
two dusky-brown, almost blackish, lines: the inner one very
slightly curved and the outer one oblique and followed by
two blackish spots. Secondaries pale whity brown, pow-
dered with fuscous, and traversed by a dark brown line,
which tapers towards but does not attain the costa. Fringes
brown on primaries, grey on secondaries, merging into
brown at anal angle. Under surface ochreous brown, freckled
with blackish; transverse lines and markings generally as
above, but the outer line of primaries is followed by a ferru-
ginous patch on costa; the secondaries are whiter and have
212 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
a diffuse ferruginous central band which obscures the trans-
verse line.
Expanse 36-40 millim.
Four male specimens and three females from Pu-tsu-fong
and Moupin, June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus HETEROCALLIA, nov.
Palpi extending beyond the frons, clothed with long hair ;
antenne of male setaceous; hind tibie dilated, all spurs
present. Primaries with apex slightly produced, outer
margin obtusely angled at middle. Secondaries with outer
margin rounded, slightly emarginate above middle. Venation
similar to that of Pericallia.
Type f. truncaria, sp. n.
Fleterocallia truncaria, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 1.)
Whitish-grey, tinged with violaceous, irrorated and clouded
with fuscous. Primaries have three transverse dark-brown
or blackish lines, the first not always clearly defined, all are
curved below costa, and the third is recurved and dentate
before inner margin; following the third line is a fuscous-
brown band marked with darker brown below the upper
curve, which is also deeper brown; submarginal line oblique,
white towards costa, where it is interrupted and adjoins the
fuscous-brown band. Secondaries have three fuscous bands,
but these are only well-defined on the abdominal area.
Fringes greyish, preceded by a series of black dots. Under
surface pale greyish, irrorated with fuscous and suffused on
the disk with ochreous ; apical area of primaries clouded with
brownish, submarginal line represented by three white dots :
secondaries have two diffuse transverse bands, these are
brown inclining to blackish on abdominal area, the outer one
with a small elongate blackish spot about the middle.
Eixpanse 42 millim.
Occurs at Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, and Che-tou
in July. I received twelve specimens, including both sexes.
Hab. Western China.
Genus Psyra.
(Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 221 (1895).)
Psyra rufolinearia, sp. n.
Whitish brown, with a faint ochreous tinge on the disk
and irrorated with fuscous. Primaries have a sinuous red-
ene ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 213
dish line, dotted with black on the nervures, before the
middle ; this does not extend to the costa, where it is repre-
sented by a black dot and an oblique reddish line, followed
by a series of black dots on the nervules beyond the
middle; there is also a short, interrupted blackish band from
just before apex, and a similar one towards inner margin;
the oblique line together with series of black dots are con-
tinued on the secondaries, and all the wings have a blackish
discal dot and a marginal series of black dots. Fringes of
the ground-colour. Under surface whitish-brown, irrorated
with fuscous; outer marginal area with fuscous border, most
clearly defined on the primaries; the secondaries have a
dusky central line and two series of blackish dots, the outer
series connected by a dusky lunulated line; marginal and
discal dots as above.
Expanse 60 millim.
One female specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Psyra cuneata.
Psyra cuneata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 483 (1860) ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 223 (1895).
One male specimen from Wa-shan, two females from Pu-
tsu-fong, and a male from Japan in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas ; Sikhim; Khdsis (Hamp-
son); Japan; Western China.
Genus FASCELLINA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 215 (1860).)
Fascellina plagiata.
Geometra plagiata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1601 (1866).
Fascellina plagiata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 226
(1895).
I have specimens from Ichang, Chia-ting-fu, Ta-chien-lu,
and Omei-shan.
Distribution. Khasis (fampson); Kulu, N.W. Hima-
layas; Central and Western China.
Genus LEPTOMIZA.
(Warr. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 228 (1895).)
Leptomiza calcearia.
Hyperythra calcearia, Walk. Cat. Lep, Het. xx. p. 132 (1860).
Leptomiza calcearia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 281
(1895).
One specimen from Moupin, July.
214 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim ( Hampson ) ;
Western China.
Leptomiza dentilineata.
Selenia dentilineata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 228 (1887).
Leptomiza dentilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 231
(1895). ;
Heterolocha mediolimbata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 308, pl. vi.
figs. 3, 3a.
One specimen received from Chang-yang, August; Pou-
jade records an example from Moupin.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Central and Western
China.
Leptomiza (?) lentiginosaria.
Collix lentiginosaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891).
There were some specimens from Yokohama? and Gifu
in Pryer’s collection. I obtained examples of each sex at
Hakodate in August, and received a female specimen from
Chia-ting-fu, taken in July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Western China.
Genus GARZUS.
(Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 623.)
Gareus specularis.
Gareus specularis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 623, pl. xxxii.
fig. 3; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 255, fig. (1895).
Endropia mactans, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 393 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 30, pl. xlviil. fig. 3 (1879).
Gareus fenestratus, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 404.
There were several specimens from Ohoyama and Nikko
in Pryer’s collection, and I received two examples from
Chang-yang and one from Ichang.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Japan; Central China.
This species is exceedingly variable both in colour and
markings ; in some specimens the hyaline spots are entirely
absent. ‘The range of colour is from pale yellowish brown
to dark purplish brown. One of the Chang-yang specimens
agrees with Hampson’s figure of G. specularis, Moore.
Garcus argillaceus.
Pseudomiza argillacea, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 100, pl. exxxv.
fig. 15 (1889).
Gareus argillaceus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 235
(1895).
One male specimen from Chia-ting-fu, Western China,
July. er
Distribution. Dalhousie; Dharmsdéla; Sikhim; Shillong
(Hampson) ; Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 215
Genus NOTHOMIZA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 443 (1894).)
Nothomiza formosa.
Ellopia formosa, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 47, pl. xxxv. fig. 8
(1878).
Several specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s
collection.
I captured specimens in Satsuma in May and at 'Tsuruga
and Nagahama in July. Mr. Smith took the species at
Hakone in August.
Hab. Japan; Kiushiu.
Genus HETEROMIZA.
(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1893, p. 405.)
Heteromiza sanguiflua,
Cimicodes sanguiflua, Moore, Lep Atk. p. 233, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1887).
Heteromiza flava, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p.236 (1895).
I have received specimens from Omei-shan, Moupin, and
Chang-yang, June and July.
Hampson considers that H. flava is a torm of H. sangui-
jiva, but I am inclined to regard them as distinct species.
Distribution. Khasis; Central and Western China.
Hleteromiza flava.
Cimicodes flava, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 233, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1887).
One male example from Moupin, July.
Distribution. Khasis (Hampson) ; Western China.
Heteromiza cruentaria.
Cimicodes cruentaria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 616;
Waterh. Aid, pl. cli. fig. 6.
Heteromiza cruentaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 237
(1895).
One example of each sex from Chang-yang, July.
Distribution. Western Himalayas; Khdsis (Hampson) ;
Central China.
Genus DALIMA.
(Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 614.)
Dalima variaria, sp. n.
Male. — Ochreous-brown, striated with purplish-brown.
Primaries have a brownish diffuse band, which is angled
below costa and traversed throughout its course by a wavy
216 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
silvery-white line, and terminates in a black quadrate spot on
middle of the inner margin; submarginal band shade-like and
obscure: secondaries have two purplish-brown bands, and
between these there is an interrupted silvery-white line
bordered with fuscous. All the wings have a dusky discal
spot; fringes brown. Under surface orange, sparingly
freckled with blackish; primaries have a black discal spot
and a blackish wavy submarginal band, the latter inter-
rupted towards costa, where it is represented by a round
spot; secondaries have a black discal spot, preceded by a
blackish abbreviated band from abdominal margin, and a
blackish wavy submarginal band. Antenne as in D. acutaria.’
Female.—Cinnamon-brown; the markings as in the male,
but less distinct.
Expanse, g 52, ? 58 millim.
Four male specimens and one female from Moupin, Omei-
shan, and T’a-chien-lu, June and July.
Var. grisearia, nov.
Purplish grey, deeper on the secondaries and outer mar-
ginal area of primaries ; there are no purplish-brown striations ;
the transverse markings and discal spots are similar to those
of the type, but the outer line of primaries is olive-brown.
Two male specimens from Omei-shan, July.
Var. albomaculata, nov.
Primaries ochreous brown, suffused with olive-brown, con-
spicuously so beyond the transverse line : secondaries purplish
brown. Markings as in the type, but in addition there is a
series of silvery-white lunules on the outer margin of primaries
and a cloud of the same colour, interrupted by the nervules,
in the angle of transverse line.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Dalima obliquarta, sp. n.
Apex of primaries acute; secondaries have an angular
projection above middle of outer margin. Pale reddish
brown ; first line of primaries rufous, undulated ; second line
indicated by a short rufous streak from costa and another on
inner margin ; third line rufous, running obliquely from apex
to middle of the inner margin, where it terminates very close
to the second line, a short outwardly oblique streak from the
costa approaches the upper portion of this line; there are
traces of a diffuse, dusky, submarginal band. Fringes darker.
eS
jJrom China, Japan, and Corea, 217
Secondaries have two rufous lines and a diffuse submarginal
band as on primaries. Under surface orange, speckled with
fuscous grey; outer margins suffused with tuscous.
Expanse 52 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-ssu-kow, June.
Hab. Western China.
Dalima ochrearia, sp. 0.
The apex of primaries is acutely produced and the second-
aries have an angular projection above the middle of outer
margin. Pale ochreous brown, tinged with pink, especially
on the outer marginal areas of all the wings. Primaries have
three brown spots on costa; beyond the middle there is a
transverse yellowish line, sharply angled in the direction of
the apex of the wing, and then oblique to inner margin,
where it terminates slightly in advance of a dark quadrate
spot placed on the middle of the margin; this line is out-
wardly bordered with olivaceous. Secondaries have a trans-
verse yellowish line outwardly bordered with olivaceous and
an indistinct dusky line nearer the base of the wing. In
some specimens there are indications of a submarginal line on
each wing. Under surface orange, freckled with fuscous.
Expanse 50-52 millim.
Several examples of both sexes from Moupin; Chia-ting-fu;
Wa-shan; Pu-tsu-fong; Chang-yang: June and July.
The Chang-yang examples are tinged with olivaceous and
have indistinct traces of basal and median transverse lines.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Dalima acutaria, sp. n.
The primaries are produced at apex and there is a slight
projection on the outer margin of the secondaries below outer
angle. Brownish grey, more or less tinged with rufous.
Primaries have three short rufous-brown dashes on costa, from
the first of which there are indications of a silvery-grey-edged
transverse line to the inner margin, and from the third there
is a line projected in the direction of outer margin, which,
however, it does not reach, but turns sharply inwards and
runs obliquely to middle of the inner margin; beyond this
line, which is edged with yellowish, the wing is tinged with
fuliginous. Secondaries have two central rufous-brown lines,
the inner straight and the outer curved, the latter edged
inwardly with yellowish. Fringes rufous-brown. Under
surface orange, freckled with blackish ; marginal area of all
the wings suffused with dusky and limited inwards by a
218 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
blackish diffuse band. All the wings have a black discal
spot on both surfaces. Antenne of male serrate and
fasciculate.
Expanse 56-64 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Omei-
shan, July.
The type described is rather browner in colour than the
other specimens; this is probably due to its finer condition.
Hab. Western China.
Dalima columbinaria, sp. n.
Grey, with a tinge of lilacine. Primaries have two short
transverse dashes on the costa and a transverse line beyond
the middle, which is sharply angled below the apex of the
wing, and then runs obliquely to the middle of the inner
margin, where it is inwardly edged with silvery grey ; discal
spot blackish: secondaries have two slightly curved blackish
or dark brown lines, the outer edged internally with silvery
grey. All the wings have an interrupted dusky submarginal
band-like shade. Fringes brown. Under surface orange,
freckled with blackish ; transverse markings of upper surface
indicated in blackish.
Expanse 54-56 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan and one from Moupin,
June and July.
Allied to D. vulpinaria, Moore.
Hab. Western China.
Dalima subferrugineata.
Drepanodes subferrugineata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 307,
pl. vi. figs. 2, 2 a.
Poujade records a female specimen taken by M. l’Abbé A.
David at Moupin.
Hab, Western China.
Genus AMBLYCHIA.
(Guen. Phal. i. p. 214 (1857).)
Amblychia angeronaria,
Amblychia angeronaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 215, pl. iv. fig. 9 (1857) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 242 (1895).
One female specimen from Wa-shan, May.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Assam; Ceylon (Hampson) ; Western
China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 219
Genus CEPPHIS.
(Hiibn.; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 118.)
Cepphis advenaria.
Geometra advenaria, Hiibn. Beitr. ii. pl. iii. fig. Q ; Geom. fig. 45; Esp.
pl. xvi. figs. 1-3.
Cepphis advenaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 294 ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 114.
Epione advenaria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. cl. fig. 3; Guen. Phal. i. p. 97.
I captured specimens at Gensan in July and at Hakodate
in August.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso ; Corea.
Cepphis (?) laterinata.
Numeria laterinata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 312, pl. vi.
fic. 13 (=W. lateritiarva, Pouj. Bull. Muséum, février 1895).
Poujade records a male specimen from Moupin. I have
two males from that locality taken in July, and one from
Huang-mnu-chang taken in August.
Hab. Western China.
Genus HYPERYTHRA.
(Guen. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 218 (1895).)
Hyperythra khasiana.
Calopyrrha khasiana, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 221
(1893).
Hyperythra pheniz, Swinh., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, p. 219
(1895).
‘Two males from Omei-shan and a female from the province
of Kwei-chow, July.
The female has a slight olivaceous tint, but the males are
pinkish and yellow.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis; Nagas (Hampson) ; West-
ern China.
Genus ANTHYPERYTHRA.
(Warren, MS.; Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 485.)
Anthyperythra hermearia.
Anthyperythra hermearia, Swinh. Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond, 1891, p. 485,
pl. xix. fig. 9.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Distribution. Khadsis ; Western China.
220 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Lleterocera
Genus CoryPHA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 270 (1860).)
Corypha incongruaria.
Corypha incongruaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 270 (1860) ; Bull.
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. p. 31, pl. xlviii. fig. 6 (1879).
I obtained specimens in Satsuma in May and at Tsuruga
in July, and my native collector took the species in the island
of Kiushiu and at Ningpo.
Mstribution. Japan; Kiushiu ; N. China.
Genus AUAXA.
(Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 271 (1860).)
Auaxa sulphurea.
Bizia sulphurea, Butl. Tl. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 47, pl. xxxv. fig. 10
(1878).
Several specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I took this species in Satsumain May, at Tsuruga
in June, and at Nagasaki and Gensan in July. I have
also received specimens from Chang-yang, Omei-shan, and
Moupin, June and July.
The basal line and discal spot of primaries are variable
characters in this species ; in some of my specimens both are
absent.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Central and Western China.
Probably identical with Awaza cesadaria, Walk., from
China, the type of which I have not been able to discover.
Genus Bizta.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 261 (1860).) .
Bizia exaria.
Bizia exaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 261 (1860); Butl. Il. Typ.
Lep. Het. ii. p. 31, pl. xlviii. fig. 5 (1879).
Endropia mibuaria, Feld. Reise Noy. vy. pl. exxiii. fig. 31 (1875).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. |
obtained the species at T'suruga and Gensan in July, and
Mr. Smith took it at Hakone in August. I have also received
specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-shan,
Chia-ting-fu, and the province of Kwei-chow, June and July.
Fairly constant in colour and markings, but varies in size,
From China, Japan, and Corea. 221
My smallest male specimen expands 44 millim. and largest
female 72 millim.; the latter is from Chang-yang.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Corea; Western and Central
China.
Genus CoLoro!s.
(Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 288.)
Colotois pennaria.
Phal. Geometra pennaria, Linn. Faun, Suec. 324.
Geometra pennaria, Esp. pl. xviii. figs. 4-6; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 14.
Colotois pennaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 288; Meyrick, Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1892, p. 114.
Himera pennaria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. exlvi. figs. 1,2; Guen. Phal. i.
p. 182.
There was one male specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Europe ; Amur; Japan.
Genus ENNOMOS.
(Treit. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 114.)
Ennomos autumnaria.
Geometra autumnaria, Wernb. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1859, p. 361.
Geometra alniaria, Esp. Schmett. v. pl. ix. figs. 1-6; Hubn. Geom.
fig. 26.
Eugonia alniaria, Hibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 291.
Ennomos alniaria, Treit. Schmett. vi. i. 79 ; Guen. Phal. i. p. 175.
Ennomos autumnaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 115.
A few examples from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Distribution. Europe; Ural; Amur; Japan, Yesso.
Genus CROCALLIS.
(Treit.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 231 (1895).)
Crocallis acutaria, sp. 0.
Primaries pale yellowish brown, sprinkled and _ suffused
with darker; a dark brown line inwardly edged with whitish
commences on costa near apex and terminates on inner margin
one third from outer angle; a black spot on outer margin in
each nervular interspace: secondaries pale brown, slightly
suffused with darker within the brownish central line, which
becomes indistinct towards costa. All the wings have a dark
discal spot, annular on primaries. Fringes brown, paler on
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 16
222 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
secondaries. Under surface whity brown, with dark markings
of upperside faintly reproduced.
Expanse 48 millim.
One example of each sex from Chang-yang, July.
This species is very like the paler forms of C. arida, which
also occurs in China, but the apex of primaries is acutely
produced, especially in the female, and the outer margin is
not scalloped between apex and the angular projection. The
transverse line, too, is oblique, not curved in the least, and
starts from a point on costa much nearer to the apex.
Hab. Central China.
Crocallis arida.
Niphonissa arida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 394 (1878)
fil. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 31, pl. xlviii. fig. 7 (1879).
Crocalls obliquaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 232
(1895).
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection from
Yokohama and Oiwake. I have also received the species
from Kiushiu, taken by a native collector, and I met with it
at Oiwake and Nikko in September.
My collectors in Western China obtained it at Moupin,
Pu-tsu-fong, and Chow-pin-sa in June, but only single
specimens in each locality. The Moupin example agrees in
colour with the Japanese specimens, but the others are much
darker.
Distribution. Japan; W. China.
Crocallis (?) acuminarta, sp. n.
Ochreous brown. [rimaries traversed by two blackish
transverse lines, the first almost straight and the second
oblique, angled near costa and outwardly edged with whitish ;
there isa semihyaline spot on costa extending to angle of
second line and intersected by nervule; discal spot black :
secondaries have an incomplete waved central blackish band,
a faint discal spot, and a dusky cloud at anal angle. Under
surface light brown; primaries marked as above, but the
transverse lines are finer and the second is followed by some
blackish dots on the neuration, instead of being edged with
whitish : secondaries freckled with brownish grey ; transverse
band extends only to discal spot, and there are indications of
a submarginal line.
Expanse 40 millim.
One female specimen from Che-tou, July.
Hab, Western China.
From China, Japan, and Corea. 223
Genus PACHYLIGIA.
(Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 442 (1878).)
Pachyligia dolosa.
Pachyligia dolosa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 442 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. p. 50, pl. liii. fig. 5 (1879).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Pachyligia modesta.
Pachyligia modesta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 4483 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 50, pl. liii. fig. 6 (1879).
Pa par rhors tristis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 652, pl. xxxii.
g. 8.
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
There were two females of this species among Pryer’s
unidentified insects ; one of these I erroneously described as
a distinct species under the name Cymatophora tristis.
Some of the specimens are unicolorous, others have a
darker central band.
Hab. Japan.
Genus ZETHENIA.
(Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 34 (1860).)
Zethenia rufescentaria.
Zethenia rufescentaria, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 35 (1860).
Zettienia rufescentaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 102.
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured examples of the type form at Gensan, and my
native collector obtained the species at Hakodate in June.
There are two distinct colour-forms of this species ; one is
of the typical brownish, the other is pale whitish grey, with
space between the inner and outer lines filled in with blackish.
I took specimens of this form, for which I propose the varietal
name grisearta, at Nagasaki in May and Fushiki in July.
There was one example of this form in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan, Yesso, Kiushiu, and Corea.
Zethenia contiguaria, sp. n.
Somewhat similarin appearance to Z. rufescentaria, Motsch.,
but darker in colour. ‘he first line of primaries is angulated
below the costa; the wavy second line is dotted with black on
the neuration as in Z. rufescentaria, but it is inwardly edged
16*
224 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
with whitish towards inner margin and is preceded and
followed by a diffuse fuscous-brown transverse band; discal
spot black: secondaries have a black discal spot and a wav
blackish transverse line, the latter preceded and followed by
fuscous-brown bands as on primaries. Underside paler,
markings very similar to those of upper surface.
Expanse 42-44 millim.
Several specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, Moupin,
Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and the province of Kwei-chow :
July.
Tab, Central and Western China.
Zethenia albonotaria.
Selenia albonotaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 73, pl. vi. fig. 16 (1864).
Zettienia albonotaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 102.
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained the species at Nagasaki, Ningpo, and in Sat-
sumain Apriland May. Mynative collector captured examples
at Hakodate in June.
One of the specimens from Ningpo and one from Nagasaki
seem to agree with consociaria, Christ.
Distribution. E., Siberia; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; North
China.
Genus SELENIOPSIS.
(Warr. Novit. Zool. i. p. 462 (1894).)
Seleniopsis evanescens.
Endropra evanescens, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 404.
Seleniopsis evanescens, Warr. Novit. Zool. i. p. 462.
There were specimens from Yokohama, Ohoyama, and
Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I captured the species at Hako-
date in August, and my native collector took it in the island
of Kiushiu.
Hab. Japan, Yesso, and Kiushiu.
Seleniopsis grisearia, sp. n.
Greyish white. Primaries powdered with darker grey ;
discoidal spot black, linear ; beyond this, on the costa, is an
almost white spot followed by a small blackish cloud: second-
aries powdered with darker grey on abdominal margin,
especially towards anal angle, where there are traces of two
dark transverse lines. Fringes dark grey, spotted with blackish
from China, Japan, and Corea. 225
at the ends of the nervules. Under surface brownish grey,
tinged with violet ; outer margin of primaries bordered with
violet-grey, costal area striated and powdered with brown,
discoidal and costal spots as above, but the latter is surrounded
with black ; secondaries are freckled with brownish and clouded
with violet-grey below the black linear discoidal spot ; above
the anal angle there is a short whitish diffuse line, edged
inwardly with violet-grey.
Exxpanse 88 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Closely allied to S. evanescens, Butl., and perhaps only a
local form of that species.
Genus ANONYCHIA.
Warr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 412.)
( P
Anonychia grisea.
Nadagra grisea, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 172.
Onychia grisea, Swinhoe and Cotes, Moths of India, p. 574 (1887).
Anonychia grisea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 178 (1895).
I have specimens from Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong,
Wa-ssu-kow, taken in June and July.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas ; Sikkim; Khasis (Hamp-
son) ; Western China.
Anonychia latifasciaria, sp. n.
Allied to A. grisea, Butl. Primaries greyish, powdered
and freckled with brownish; the central band, which is inter-
sected by a blackish sinuous line, is broad and darker, espe-
cially towards the edges; the inner edge of the band is
curved about the middle; submarginal line diffuse, pale,
wavy: secondaries fuscous grey, with a blackish, central,
slightly curved line. Under surface fuscous grey; costa
yellowish, freckled with black; the primaries have a blackish
discal spot and a series of spots on the neuration beyond ;
secondaries are much freckled and have a discal spot and a
series of spots as on primaries. Iringes grey, darker at their
base and marked with blackish at extremities of the nervules.
Expanse 32 millim.
Occurs at Omei-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, Ni-tou; I have one
male specimen from each locality: July.
Hab. Western China.
226 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Anonychia preditaria, sp.n, (Pl. VI. fig. 4.)
_ Light brown. Basal half of primaries suffused with fuli-
inous and coarsely striated with blackish; there is a wavy
blackish subbasal line and a curved one beyond, the latter
increases in width towards costa, where it is almost black ;
limiting the basal half of the wing is a broad fuliginous
undulated band, the outer edge of which is outlined with
whitish and has an obtuse projection above its centre ; there
is a short transverse blackish streak from the costa before
apex, and the outer margin is suffused with fuliginous.
Secondaries have the basal two thirds suffused with blackish
and limited by a pale line, which has a small bidentate pro-
jection about the middle; beyond this there is a series of dusky
dots. All the wings have a blackish discal spot. Fringes
of the ground-colour, chequered with darker. Under surface
light brown, with a pinkish tint: primaries have a second
line and the broad band of upper surface reproduced.
Secondaries have the basal two-thirds limited by a series
of black dots, and striated and freckled with blackish.
Expanse 42 millim.
One example of each sex from Moupin, and two males from
Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to A. mendica, Butl.
Anonychia anomala.
Cidaria (?) anomala, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p, 425.
Butler states that this appears to be a tolerably common
species at Tokio. It was not represented in Pryer’s col-
lection, neither did I meet with it in any part of Japan that
I visited.
I have a specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or
July, which seems to be referable to this species, but the
markings on primaries are more pronounced.
Distribution. Japan; Western China.
Anonychia mendica.
Cidaria mendica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 446 (1879).
There were four specimens from Nikko and Ohoyama in
Pryer’s collection. I took one example at Hakodate in
August, and Mr. Smith one at Hakone in the same month.
I have also received a male from Chang-yang.
In the Chinese specimen the outer edge of central fascia is
bolder in outline.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Central China.
JSrom China, Japan, and Corea. 227
Genus EuRYMENE.
(Dup. Cat. Lép. Eur. p. 220 (1844).)
Eurymene dolabraria.
Phal. Geometra dolabraria, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 861.
Geometra dolabraria, Esp. pl. 15. figs. 1, 2; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 42.
Eurymene dolabraria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. 148. fig. 5; Guen. Phal. i.
p- 145.
Metrocampa dolabraria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 112.
There were four very typical specimens from Yesso in
Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Europe; Yesso.
Eurymene subpurpuraria, sp. n.
Pale brown. Primaries tinged with violet on the central
and basal areas; there are three more or less quadrate
marks on the costa, and there are some black dots on the
third median nervule, at end of cell, and on nervule above.
Secondaries have a blackish central band, but this is only
distinct towards abdominal margin; there are some black
dots as on primaries: all the wings have an indistinct
blackish discal spot. Fringes pale brown chequered with
slightly darker brown. Under surface: primaries buff,
clouded, except on apical area, with reddish brown, and suf-
fused with violet-grey; the costa is marked with reddish
brown and whitish ; secondaries clouded with brownish and
blackish, the latter confined to the anal and central areas; a
blackish discal spot on all the wings.
Expanse 50 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus PRIONIA.
(Hiibn. Zutr. iv. p. 40; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
iii. p. 175 (1895).)
Prionia paupera.
Osicerda paupera, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 418.
A nice series in Pryer’s collection, taken at Gifu and
Oiwake.
Hab. Japan.
228 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Prionia rosearia.
Prionia rosearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 56 (May 1891).
I obtained six specimens, including both sexes, in the
Snowy valley, Ningpo, April. :
The first of the central lines is not always clearly defined
in some specimens.
There is an un-named example of this species, labelled
‘‘ Chekiang,” in the National Collection.
Hab. North China.
Genus HETEROLOCHA.
(Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, iii. p. 207 (1853) ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 179 (1895).)
Heterolocha falconaria.
Aspilates faleonaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. v. P 1665 (1866).
Heterolocha faleonaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 179
(1895).
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one female
from Che-tou, July.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas, Sikhim, Punjab (Hamp-
son); Western China.
y+
Heterolocha latifasciaria, sp. n.
Closely allied to H. subroseata, but the outer margin of
secondaries is rounder in contour. ‘The oblique band of
primaries is marked towards costa with dusky spots, as in
H. falconaria, Walk., but there is no apical spot as in
H. apiciaria, and the band of secondaries is broader and
more distinctly purple towards abdominal margin. The
markings on under surface are purplish, with a slight grey
tinge.
Expanse 32-34 millim.
Two male specimens from Ichang and one female from
Chang-yang, June and July.
Hab, Central China.
FHeterolocha subroseata.
Heterolocha subroseata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i, p. 449 (1894).
A long series from Chang-yang, Moupin, Omei-shan, and
the Province of Kwei-chow, June and July.
Jn some specimens the upper surface is more or less irro-
rated with fuscous, especially on the outer marginal area.
Z from China, Japan, and Corea. 229
The markings are subject to modification as regards deve-
lopment: sometimes the basal patch of primaries is only
indicated by a fuscous spot on costa, and the oblique trans-
verse band is entirely absent; in these specimens, however,
the purple patch on inner margin remains. In other
examples the oblique band is well defined, but the marginal
patch is eliminated.
Expanse ranges from 31-41 millim.
Distribution. Japan (Warren); Central and Western
China.
Heterolocha stulta.
Hyperythra stulta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 870 (1879).
A fine series from Ohoyama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Varies in the intensity and definition of markings.
Hab. Japan.
Heterolocha notata.
Heterolocha stulta, var. notata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 449 (1894).
Male.—Primaries straw-colour, irrorated, especially on the
costal and outer marginal areas, with fuscous; basal patch,
a band before the discal spot, and one beyond pinkish, the
latter attenuated towards costa, and followed by a pink-
tinged fuscous transverse cloud. Secondaries straw-colour,
paler towards costa and irrorated with fuscous ; beyond the
dusky discal spot there is a pinkish band, which does not
reach the costa; a transverse pink-tinged fuscous band
before outer margin. Under surface: primaries yellowish,
irrorated with pinkish grey, whitish on inner marginal area.
Secondaries whitish, irrorated with pinkish grey, yellowish
on costal area; the transverse markings of upperside are
reproduced but are not distinct.
Female.— Rather paler in colour.
Expanse 30-32 millim.
A number of male specimens from Chang-yang and Ichang,
chiefly from the first-named locality, whence four females
were also received, June.
Varies considerably in the intensity of the pinkish mark-
ings. In some examples these are very pronounced, whilst
in others they are, to a greater or lesser extent, obsolescent.
In one or two specimens the primaries are tinged with
brownish.
Distribution. Japan (Warren) ; Central China.
230 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Heterolocha fuscofasciaria, sp. n.
Whitish, irrorated with fuscous. Costal aréa of primaries
suffused with brownish, and the basal area with fuscous grey ;
annular discal spot and oblique band fuscous grey, the latter
commencing before the apex. Secondaries have a fuscous-
grey central band. Fringes agree in colour with the bands.
Under surface similar to above.
Expanse 26 millim.
One male specimen from Ichang, April.
Hab, Central China.
Nearly allied to H. notata.
Feterolocha aristonaria.
Hyperythra (?) aristonaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 180 (1860).
a ae es niphonica, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 46, pl. xxxv.
e. 2 (1878).
There was a nice series of both forms in Pryer’s collection.
I have also received examples of the typical form from
Ichang and Chang-yang, and from the Province of Kwei-
chow.
At Nagasaki I took the species in May, and afterwards
met with it at Gensan in June, at Tsuruga in July, and at
Hakodate in August.
This species is closely allied to, if it is not identical with,
H, laminaria, Herr.-Sch., from Armenia.
Niphonica, Butl., cannot be specifically separated from
aristonaria, Walk. Some of the specimens from Japan have
the yellow colour of artstonaria, but the outer portion of all
the wings, beyond the second line, is grey, as in ntphontca ;
in other examples the marginal area is purplish red.
The males vary in size from 20 to 35 millim.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Corea; North, Western, and
Central China,
Heterolocha rosearia, sp. 0.
Yellow. Primaries pale pinkish on basal area, there is a
tapered band of the same colour on the lower portion of
outer marginal area; the costa is finely dotted and marked
with black, and there is a pinkish apical spot edged
inwardly with blackish. Secondaries have an ill-defined
pale pinkish subbasal band, and the outer margin is broadly
bordered with pale pinkish, except at outer angle; both this
and the band on primaries inwardly edged with dusky.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 231
Under surface bright yellow: primaries have the inner
margin whitish ; a purplish-red dash at base of costa, a sub-
basal cloud, a spot at apex, and acloud on inner margin near
angle: secondaries have a subbasal band and a broad central
one; the latter, and also the cloud on inner margin of
primaries, suffused with greyish. All the wings have a
discal spot of the same colour as the other markings.
Expanse 26 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
Closely allied to H. aristonaria.
Heterolocha marginaria, sp. n.
Sordid yellow, irrorated with purplish fuscous, especially
on secondaries. Primaries have a pale purplish basal patch,
and a border on outer margin of the same colour, the latter
tapers towards apex and has a brownish circular patch on it
at inner margin; discal spot dusky, indistinct. Secondaries
have a purplish discal spot and central band. Under surface
yellow, irrorated and mottled with fuscous mixed with
purplish red: primaries have an outwardly diffuse oblique
band from apex, an annular discal spot, and an irregular-
shaped subbasal patch, all purplish red; secondaries have a
purplish-red discal spot and central band.
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Heterolocha quadraria, sp. n.
(PL. VI. fig. 8.)
Primaries olive-yellow, traversed by two blackish lines,
each commencing in a black, more or less quadrate, spot on
the costa, the first is almost straight and the second is twice
angled below costa, thence obliquely wavy and edged out-
wardly with whitish to inner margin, where it expands into
a blotch. Secondaries yellowish, freckled with violet-grey
and traversed by a band of the same colour; the abdominal
margin and anal angle are tinged with olive-yellow. Fringes
of primaries concolorous, except towards apex, where they
are dark; fringes of secondaries violet-grey, except at anal
angle, where they are yellowish green. Under surface
brownish: primaries suffused with fuscous ; costal and outer
marginal areas clouded with yellow; there are two diffuse
dusky bands, corresponding in position with the lines of
232 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
upper surface: secondaries clouded with ferruginous, except
on abdominal margin, and traversed by a dusky band. All
the wings have a blackish discal spot on both surfaces.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries; puree
agrees with secondaries above.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June. ‘Three male
specimens, Chang-yang, Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou: July.
McArthur took a specimen at Narkundah in April.
Distribution. Central and Western China; North - west
Himalayas.
Heterolocha patalata.
Heterolocha patalata, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 132. figs. 9, 9a (1874) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 180 (1895).
‘'wo male specimens received from ‘T'a-chien-lu, June.
Distribution. Rampur; Khdsis (Hampson); Western
China.
Heterolocha phenicoteniata.
Aspilates phenicoteniata, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 487 (1848).
Heterolocha phenico-teniata, Feld. Reis. Nov. e 1338. figs. 6, 6a
(1874); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. 179 (1895).
One example from Japan in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas (Hampson) ; Japan
(Pryer).
Heterolocha grata.
Epione grata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. pee (1879).
Gynopteryx lapidea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, ia
‘There were a number of specimens from Oiwake and Gifu
in Pryer’s collection, and amongst them examples of the
larger and rather purplish-grey form lapidea, Butl.
Hab. Japan.
Genus VENILIA.
(Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 180 (1895).)
Venilia triangulum.
Caustoloma triangulum, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 32, pl. il. fig. 5
(1886).
Oberthiir does not refer to the sex of his type. I havea
from China, Japan, and Corea. 233
series from Ta-chien-lu, where the specimens were taken in
May and June. The sexes do not differ either in colour or
marking.
Hab. Western China.
Venilia Oberthurt.
P Caustoloma oberthiirt, Alph. Iris, viii. p. 201 (1895).
A nice series, including both sexes, from ‘T’a-chien-lu,
Pu-tsu-fong, and How-kow: June and July.
Hab. Western China and Thibet.
Venilia flavaria, sp. n.
(Pl. VI. fig. 12.)
Similar to V. tréangulum, Oberth., but the ground-colour
is darker yellow, especially on secondaries; the brown
marking on primaries is not continued along the inner
margin to base; the band on secondaries is more pronounced
and is continued as a short broadish streak along the abdo-
minal margin. ‘The dark costal border is uniformly straight,
and not inwardly expanded about the middle as in JV. tri-
angulum.
One example of each sex from Chow-pin-sa, and a male
from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Venilia lozonaria.
Caustoloma lozonaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 24, pl. iv. fig. 57.
A series received from Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, Omei-shan,
Ta-chien-lu: June, July, and August.
Hab. Western China.
Venilia (?) tnvenustaria, sp. n.
Whity brown, faintly striated with pale ferruginous on
both surfaces.
Expanse 30 millim.
One female specimen taken by myself at Gensan in June.
Hab. Corea.
Genus LOZOGRAMMA.
(Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 258 (1829).)
Lozogramma petraria.
Geometra petraria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 113; Esp. v. pl. 49. fig. 1.
Lozogramma petraria, Steph. Ll. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 259.
234 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Panagra petraria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 132.
Pseudopanthera petraria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 117.
Several specimens from Oiwake, Gifu, Nikko, and Yesso
in Pryer’s collection. A few examples were taken by my
native collector at Hakodate and in the island of Kiushiu in
June and July, and I have also received specimens from
Ichang, Chang-yang, and Chia-ting-fu, where they were taken
in June.
Distribution. Europe; Armenia; Amur; Japan; Yesso ;
Central and Western China.
Genus LOXASPILATES.
(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 413.)
Loxaspilates obliquaria.
Aspilates obliquaria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 649.
Lovaspilates obliquaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 181
(1895).
Eusarca subfaleata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 312, pl. 7.
figs. 14, 14 a.
I received specimens of this exceedingly variable species
from Moupin, Omei-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, Ta-chien-lu, and
from How-kow. Poujade records a female specimen from
Moupin.
Distribution. Afghanistan; N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim
(Hampson) ; Western China ; Thibet.
Lowxaspilates straminearia, sp. n.
Primaries pale straw-colour, sparsely irrorated with brown-
ish ; there are indications of two brownish transverse lines
(one on each side of the blackish discal dot), most distinct
towards costa and inner margin; submarginal line wavy,
but indistinct, and marked with blackish above the middle ;
fringes of the ground-colour, preceded by a series of blackish
dots. Secondaries whitish, with a brownish patch rather
below the middle of abdominal margin, and a smaller one
near anal angle; fringes as on primaries. Under surface
pale straw-colour: primaries have the basal half of the costal
area suffused with fuscous and irrorated with the same colour
beyond; there is an oblique fuscous transverse line marked
with black on the costa, and the discal spot is blackish :
secondaries sparsely irrorated with fuscous; the discal spot
Srom China, Japan, and Corea, 235
is blackish and there are two fuscous bands beyond, both
becoming indistinct towards costa.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from the summit of Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Loxaspilates nigromacularia, sp. n.
Whitish, sparsely irrorated with blackish on primaries and
fuscous on secondaries. Primaries have two black trans-
verse lines: the first is biangulate, and the second inwardly
dentate and bordered outwardly with olivaceous brown;
there is a rather large black discal spot; the submarginal
line is indicated by a short black dash from costa, a >-shaped
mark just below, and a similar mark towards inner margin.
Secondaries have a blackish discal dot and dusky central
band, the latter becoming indistinct towards costa. Fringes
of the ground-colour, preceded on primaries by a series of
black lunules. Under surface whitish: primaries suffused
with fuliginous on basal two-thirds, markings of upper surface
reproduced in dusky.
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Loxaspilates (?) trilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries brown, with three silvery-white transverse lines
each inwardly edged with dark brown; the first line is
slightly oblique, the second is curved and recurved, and the
third is biangulate; discal dot blackish. Secondaries
whitish, irrorated and lined with brownish on abdominal
margin, and suffused with the same colour towards outer
margin; discal dot blackish. Fringes brown, rather paler on
secondaries. Under surface whitish, sparingly irrorated with
brownish, and tinged with the same colour on costal and
outer marginal areas of primaries; all the wings have a
blackish discal dot; the transverse lines of primaries are
faintly reproduced and the secondaries have a dark brown
submarginal band.
Expanse 34 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
[To be continued. }
236 Bibliographical Notices.
~
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.
The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-
lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in
Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp.—Moths. Vol. IV. By
Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart.
Tun present volume completes Sir George Hampson’s revision of
Indian Moths, the Tortrices, Tineina, and Plume-moths being alone
excepted. It comprises an account of the species which represent
the large family Pyralide in India, Ceylon, and Burma ; and con-
cludes with an Appendix of addenda and corrigenda, bringing the
previous volumes up to,date.
At one time the family Pyralide was represented by a group of
so-called ‘‘ mother-of-pearl’ moths which constituted a mere fraction
of the supposed tribe Pyralites, whilst other groups, popularly known
as “ grass-moths” or ‘* honey-moths,” were separated as families of
the tribe Crambites. Now the whole of these insects are very
properly merged into one family, all those previously recognized
families which had been distinguished by good structural characters
taking their places as subfamilies. Of the more typical Pyralide
many are of remarkable beauty, whilst a great number are of con-
siderable interest on account of the almost endless modifications of
their various organs, together with the development, sometimes on one
part and sometimes on “another of their structure, of tufts or brushes
of hair, patches of thickened scales, or clear impressed patches, most
of these characters appearing to be confined chiefly, if not solely, to
the males. Now, although all these secondary sexual characters
are very entertaining to the student, they need examining with the
greatest attention, inasmuch as not a few of the species scarcely
differ one from the other excepting in the position or the colour of
some insignificant pencil of hair on a leg or wing; and, seeing that
Sir George Hampson has conscientiously and methodically studied
each family, genus, and species. not only in general structure, but
having a due regard to these peculiarities, it is a mystery how he
can have produced the present volume so quickly after the publica-
tion of Volume III.
It must be remembered that most of the Pyralide are very small
moths of somewhat complex structure, and, owing to the delicate
texture of their wings, it is frequently by no means easy to examine
the neuration ; the use of benzine, to render the wing temporarily
transparent, often causes it to fold or curl over in such a manner
as to make a study of the veins impossible. If the species be a
common one, a specimen (from no special locality) may be saecri-
ficed, the wings being cleared of scales and mounted ; but in the case
of the rarer species the most careful study through a platyscopic
lens is necessary.
Bibliographical Notices. 237
Perhaps I am mistaken, but it has struck me in running through
this volume that this very necessity for close examination into
minute details in working out the species of Pyralide has had what
most lepidopterists will consider a beneficent effect, in reducing the
long strings of synonyms which are met with continually in the
earlier volumes of the Moths. In Volume IV. they appear chiefly
in the boldly marked groups, such as Nymphula in the Hydro-
camping. However, in a work which will be an undoubted boon,
not only to all collectors in the East, but to all living lepidopterists,
it is hardly fair to criticize the author’s views respecting the limits
of species: if he concludes that the species of certain genera are
subject to unlimited variation combined with very extensive geogra-
phical distribution, he has, by his unwearied industry, earned a full
right to his opinions.
Taken as a whole, the four volumes of the Moths of India have,
without question, been worked out in so masterly a manner and
are so infinitely superior as text-books of families and genera to
anything previously produced, that they must necessarily give a
great impetus to the study of Heterocerous Lepidoptera.
A. G. Burien.
The Parasitic Diseases of Poultry. By Frep. V. Tuzopatp, M.A.,
F.E.S. London: Gurney & Jackson, 1896. Pp. xv & 120.
Tas little book should prove useful not only to poultry-rearers
but also to the scientist and veterinarian. It opens with an
introductory chapter on parasites and parasitism in general, at the
conclusion of which the author rightly insists on the importance
of cleanliness and healthy surroundings for poultry—items too
much neglected by the majority of poultry-keepers. For the
purpose of description, the Parasites are divided into Animal and
Vegetable; and the Animal Parasites are subdivided into (1)
Protozoan Parasites, (2) Insect Parasites (fleas, lice, &c.), (3) Mite
Parasites, and (4) Worm Parasites. These are again divided into
their natural groups, and under each group the symptoms and
appearances of the diseases, the parasites producing them, with their
life-histories and mode of distribution, and the means of prevention
and treatment, are fully dealt with. The last should be very
valuable, especially as it is the outcome of the author’s own
experience ; it would have been better, however, to have used the
term “ lime-washed” throughout, instead of, in most instances, the
somewhat loose one, ‘‘ whitewashed.”
Commencing with Diphtheritic Roup, the opinion is expressed
that though there may be three varieties of this affection, it is
generally protozoan in nature. Its extreme contagiousness is
certainly against this view, and such authorities as Cornil and
Babes and Léffler favour the bacterial theory of its origin. On
page 6 “Cornet ” is evidently a misprint for “ Cornil.”
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 17
238 Geological Society.
Passing to the Vegetable Parasites, the author does not seem to
be so much at home as with the Animal. They are divided in
rather a curious way, viz.: (1) the Dermatophy tes, or cutaneous
parasites, (2) the Perisporiacese or “ Moulds,” and (3) the Saccharo-
mycetes. An Aspergillus is described as ‘formed of thin colourless
filaments forming a matted layer or thallus, and a looser mass above,
the so-called aerial mycelium.” By the inoculation of the spores
of A. fumigatus it is stated that ‘tuberculosis of the liver and lungs
takes place.” Although the next sentence renders the author's
meaning clear, it is to be regretted that the term ‘ tuberculosis,”
which is now applied only to a specific disease, should be used in
an anatomical sense. The bacterial diseases are not described, as
the author considers that they should be separately dealt with.
Two appendices (one a complete list of the parasites attacking
Gallus domesticus, the other a bibliography) and a good index
complete the volume, which is illustrated with many capital wood-
cuts.
In spite of the blemishes mentioned above, the work supplies a
distinct want and will prove a useful guide to the recognition and
treatment of the parasitic diseases of poultry.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
December 2, 1896.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On the Affinities of the Echinothuride, and on Pedinothuria
and Hlikodiadema, two new Subgenera of Echinoidea.’ By J. W.
Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S.
The Author summarizes and discusses the literature bearing upon
the Echinothuride, and brings forward arguments to prove that the
family is a member of the order Diademoidea, and is derived from
the Pedinidse, members of which are found in earlier rocks than the
Corallian, which contains the oldest member of the Echinothuride,
namely, Pelanechinus. He maintains that the extreme flexibility
and loose articulation of the plates of the living genera Asthenosoma
and Phormosoma is due to the diminished calcification of the plates,
and that these recent genera are extremely specialized forms, and
not primitive,—the apparently primitive features of the family being
secondarily acquired, not primeval.
A description is given of forms belonging to two new genera,
described as Pedinothuria—a connecting-link between the Pedinide
and Echinothuride ; and Llikodiadema—which has a flexible test, is
Miscellaneous. 239
a modified form of Pseudodiadema, and has probably arisen from the
adoption of a deep-sea life resulting in diminished calcification of
the test.
2. ‘On Echinocystis and Paleodiscus, two Silurian Genera of
Echinoidea.’ By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S.
The Author gives a history of the genera Echinocystis, Salter,
and Paleocdiscus, Wyv. Thoms., redescribes their structures, and
discusses their affinities. He concludes that Echinocystis is an
echinid and not a cystid; and that Paleodiscus is an echinid and
not an asterid. In order to prevent confusion, he suggests the
name Scolocystis for a true cystid which was described by Hall as
Echinocystis, some years after the latter name had been applied by
Wyville Thomson to the fessil now concluded to be an echinid; and
also sugyests the name of Discocystis for the form named Echino-
discus by Worthen and Miller.
In discussing the affinities of Echinocystis, Wyv. Thoms., the two
latest diagnoses of the Cystoidea (those of Prof. von Zittel and Prof.
Haeckel) are considered, and it is contended that they do not enable
us to draw any sharp line of distinction between cystids and
echinids.
It is shown that the masticatory apparatus of Paleodiscus and
Echinocystis explain the origin of that structure in gnathostomate
echinids ; and furthermore, it is suggested that eiace ystis renders
probable the homology of the so- called ‘calycinal plates’ of the
Echinoidea with the plates of the valvular pyramid of the Cystoidea,
and not with the calyx-plates.
The Author gives synopses of the order Cystocidaroidea of Prof.
von Zittel, and of its two families, Palzeodiscide and Echinocystide.
MISCELLANEOUS.
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’
The Generic Name of the River Crayfish.
GeNnTLEMEN,—It is unnecessary for me to reply to the Rey. Mr.
Stebbing at any length.
(i.) Reference to vol. xi. of the Trans. Linn. Soc. will confirm the
accuracy of my remark as to Leach’s treatment of Astacus and
Nephrops. 1am surprised at Mr. Stebbing supposing that I cited
an anonymous article of uncertain date.
(ii.) Mr. Stebbing appears to be unaware of rule 2 of the rules
proposed by the British Association for zoological nomenclature.
What is there said of Brisson applies literally to Gronovius, and
the genera of the one author are as good as those of the other.
(iii.) Does not Mr. Stebbing know that 1758 has been well called
by the most eminent of the exponents of the zoological works of
240 Miscellaneous.
Linneus “ the zoological ab urbe condita of binominal chronology ” ?
and that before 1890. :
- (iv.) If Desmarest had not said that Leach’s Potamobius was a
river-crab one might have ascribed Potamobius apud Samouelle to
Leach ; but as it is, Samouelle must take the responsibility for his
ill-advised method of using Leach’s MSS.
(v.) Mr. Stebbing has no right to lead us to suppose that Pota-
mobius was not preoccupied ; he shows himself to be incapable of
recognizing the name when it is absolutely forced under his eyes,
for he says of Desmarest that he ‘“ would probably have accepted
Leach’s Potamobius had he ever heard of it,” and that after I had
quoted a sentence of Desmarest passing an opinion on the value of
that very name. Soentranced has Mr. Stebbing been by the details
of my autobiography, that he has missed the kernel of my argument.
(vi.) How one text-book can copy another either peacefully or
otherwise I know not; but, if Mr. Stebbing means to gibe at
Huxley, Milne-Edwards, Carus, Claus, Gegenbaur, Hertwig, and
Boas, he has been guilty of an offence of which I hope he has already
repented.
I am, Gentlemen,
Your obedient Servant,
F. Jerrrey Bet,
A Gigantic Cephalopod on the Florida Coast.
By A. E. VERRILL.
Mr. R. P. Whitfield has forwarded to the writer the following
letter from Dr. Webb to Mr. J. A. Allen, dated St. Augustine, Fla.,
Dec. 8th, 1896 :—
“You may be interested to know of the body of an immense
Cctopus thrown ashore some miles south of this city. Nothing but
the stumps of the tentacles remain, as it had evidently been dead
for some time before being washed ashore. As it is, however, the
body measures 18 feet in length by 10 feet in breadth. 1ts immense
size and condition will prevent all attempts at preservation. I
thought its size might interest you, as I do not know of the record
of one so large.”
The proportions given above indicate that this may have been a
squid-like form, and not an Octopus. The ‘ breadth” is’ evidently
that of the softened and collapsed body, and would represent aa
actual maximum diameter in life of at least 7 feet, and a probable
weight of 4 to 5 tons for the body and head. These dimensions are
decidedly larger than those of any of the well-authenticated New-
foundland specimens. It is, perhaps, a species of Architeuthis.
Professor Steenstrup recorded many years ago a species of this
genus (A. dux)*, taken in 1855 in the West-Indian seas ; but his
example was much smaller than the one here recorded.—Amer.
Journ. Sci., January 1897, p. 79.
* See Trans. Connecticut Acad. vol. y.; also Report U.S. Fish Com.
for 1879, p. 51, pl. xii. fig. 4.
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(SIXTH SERIES. ]
No. 111. MARCH 1897.
XXIV.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-
drews.—No. XVII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
. On the Spawning of the Lesser Sand-eel (Ammodytes tobianus, L.).
. On the Eggs and Young of the Pollack (Gadus pollachius, L.).
. On the Life-history of the Lumpsucker ( Cyclopterus lumpus, L.).
. On the Eggs and Young of the Bimaculated Sucker (Lepadogaster
bimaculatus, Donov.).
. On the Life-history of the Short-spined Sea-Scorpion (Cottus
scorptus, L.).
On He CO HD
1. On the Spawning of the Lesser Sand-eel
(Ammodytes tobianus, L.).
Some years ago an account of the eggs and larve of the
sand-eels was given by the author in the ‘ Report of the
Fishery Board’*, and little fresh light has been thrown on
the oviposition since that date, though the able paper by
Mr. A. T. Masterman gave much information about the life-
history and the rate of growth f, as founded on a careful
examination of a most extensive and valuable series from
various parts of Scotland. His conclusions from the larval
and young forms also fit in with the subsequent remarks.
* Ninth, p. 331 (1891); also M‘Intosh and Prince, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 858.
+ Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1895, p. 282.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 18
242 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
For many years we have been familiar with the appearance
in vast numbers of the larval and early post-larval sand-eels
in the bottom tow-nets in March; but, though it was clear
that deposition of the eggs from which these sprang could not
have been longer distant than a month or six weeks, still the
actually ripe adults had not been seen at the commencement
of the year. They had, on the other hand, been examined
and described in May, and even in the beginning of July.
This year the storm from the 8th to the 11th of January
tossed some sand-eels on shore, some of them with their
distended bodies firmly encircled by worn valves of the cockle
in which a hole bad been pierced, as if, in the extremities of
the situation, they had made an effort to plunge into anything.
All were examples of the lesser sand-eel, ranging from 6% to
74 inches, one of the smallest being a male with the abdomen
distended with nearly ripe milt, the male organs in this species
being as large proportionally as the ovaries in the female.
Some of the females also had the abdomen fully distended by
ripe ovaries. The ovaries had a pale greenish-yellow hue, the
individual eggs measuring about 838 millim., thus exceeding
in size those of the larger sand-eel given in the account
above alluded to. The oil-globule was abont *24 millim.,
also exceeding that of the larger species. As the specimens
had been dead for a day or two, the present appearances
cannot be regarded as perfectly normal.
The simultaneous ripening of the eggs in such an ovary
was well illustrated in this species, the surface of the organ
being minutely botryoidal from the projecting axis of the
eggs, which were arranged in a kind of mosaic. These eggs
were slightly cloudy and the oil-globule was faintly greenish.
This differs therefore from the perfectly fresh egg, which has
a dull golden or honey-colour (pinkish orange by transmitted
light). The larger sand-eel, again, has a greenish oil-globule,
so that such a tint seems to be prevalent in the genus. ‘The
tint of the oil-globule, however, in the lesser sand-eel must
undergo changes, since it is scarcely tinted in the larval fish
after it rests on the surface of the sand.
One female in the six examples procured had ovaries
almost spent, only a few ripe ova occurring towards the poste-
rior end of the organs. The lean lanky body externally was
diagnostic.
The difficulty with regard to the spawning of the lesser
sand-eel is thus removed, and in consonance with what was
supposed to be the explanation of the facts in 1891 *. They
* Ninth Ann. Rep. Scot. Fish. Board, p. 333.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 243
deposit their ova in the sand in December and January, and
probably somewhat later, so that a succession of larval forms
appears in March and April, and which, by-and-by assuming
the pelagic stage, become as they grow larger a very im-
pone element in the nourishment of the food-fishes of our
shores.
2. On the Eggs and Young of the Pollack
(Gadus pollachius, L.)
Some years ago* a few remarks were made on the spawning
period of this species. On the first occasion only preserved
ova were forwarded by the able assistant fishery officer at
Lerwick, Mr. Duthie, but the following season he sent a few
fresh ova in sea-water ; their condition, however, was unsatis-
factory. This energetic officer nevertheless has lost no oppor-
tunity of filling up the gap in regard to this and other species
requiring investigation. Since the foregoing remarks were
published Mr. Holt obtained two ripe females (in the spring
of 1891) off the west coast of Ireland, and, though no male
could be obtained, they were fertilized with the milt of a cod.
He found their diameter to be 1°13 millim. in the unfertilized
condition, a size they for the most part kept after formation
of the perivitelline space, though extremes ranged from 1:10
to 1:16 millim. Three days later they exhibited a very
translucent embryo, devoid of pigment and with no free caudal
region. He was unable to develop them further.
This year Mr. Duthie with difficulty procured a few fer-
tilized ova on the 2nd May, and forwarded them at once.
Unfortunately they were delayed in transmission, probably
by the dense mist, and they only reached the laboratory
about 5 P.M. on the 6th, the majority having succumbed.
They measured 1°1430 millim., a size agreeing with that of
the green cod and with some that were sent in solution in
1893. These had the tail becoming free from the yolk, but the
condition was not quite normal, and the exterior of the capsule
was covered with debris in all. The blastopore had closed
and the tail was just commencing to extend beyond the yolk.
The optic vesicles were distinct and the auditory vesicles
were indicated by a minute clear ovoid area. Kupffer’s
vesicle was present. Moreover, a series of black chromato-
phores occurred on the head and along the sides of the body
to the tail. The notochord appeared in the middle line, but
the muscle-plates were indistinct though probably present.
* Tenth Annual Report, p. 288 (1892), and Eleventh Annual Report,
p. 246 (1893).
18*
244 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
The yolk had considerably diminished. At the sides of the
embryo were groups of minute granules, the result in all
probability of abnormal conditions.
Next day—that is, on the 7th May, the fifth day after
fertilization—the ova were unhealthy and the development
irregular. The lenses were now visible, and a prominence
indicated the heart. The otocysts have two otoliths. ‘The
notochord is cellular, and the segmental tubes had formed.
Posteriorly several large vesicles were at the seat of Kupffer’s,
and the tail seemed to be deformed. The black pigment-
corpuscles were stellate in front of the ctocysts.
On the 8th May one of the embryos had escaped from the
capsule, the latter apparently being somewhat delicate; but
whether this was due to the abnormal conditions, viz. the
long journey and the great heat, is unknown. In this example
the heart pulsated and an opercular aperture appeared behind
it. The otocysts had moved forward, the pectoral folds
were more distinct, and the muscle-plates more numerous.
The notochord was multicolumnar. Kupffer’s vesicle had
various accessory vesicles connected with it by protoplasm.
The tail extended a little beyond the yolk, which bad a few
pale wrinkles in front, and its surface was dotted with minute
granules. In certain views finely branched processes pro-
jected from a black pigment-speck on the body to the surface of
the yolk, evidently uncoloured prolongations which afterwards
develop pigment. The black chromatophores on the head
and along the edges of the muscle-plates were distinct, and
some were slightly branched, especially on the head. In
jateral views the pectoral expansions were prominent. When
placed in pure sea-water after examination the embryo and its
yolk rose rapidly to the surface. On the same date an
embryo within the capsule was less advanced, and the heart
resented no movement.
Twenty-four hours later (9th May) the extruded embryo
still survived, and the changes undergone in this interval
were as follow :—Considerable diminution of the yolk had
occurred, but a rupture of the sac had taken place posteriorly.
‘The eyes were more clearly outlined, and pigment was develop-
ing in them, while the choroidal fissure was prominent. ‘The
otocysts were much larger and hadarim. The heart pulsated
and had endocardial papilla. The pericardial space was large.
The pectoral fins showed a thickened rim of epiblast. Kup-
ffer’s vesicle was still present. ‘The black chromatophores
were more distinct, though those of the embryo in the capsule
were more branched. Both specimens perished at this stage.
The pollack (lythe), though not uncommon, has thus been
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 245
a somewhat difficult fish to deal with in regard to its ova.
From information sent by Mr. Duthie they appear to come
inshore after spawning, and are by no means rare in June,
July, and August; but only an occasional fish is procured
offshore by the long liners. It is an active form, and gene-
rally struggles so severely when hooked that it is brought
up dead. Moreover, the egg-capsules seem to be easily
affected in confinement.
In all probability the larval pollack thus closely approaches
the larval green cod, the black pigment being even more
distinctly developed along the sides. In the post-larval stage
this pigment also probably collects into marked dorsal and
ventral bands, with a general dusting on the sides posteriorly
and a median line as in the cod and green cod.
Young pollack from 28 to 43 millim. long occur in numbers
near the margin of the rocks about the end of July, while
larger forms, ranging from 48 to 78 millim., are not un-
common in September. In October they reach the length
of 42 inches.
3. On the Life-history of the Lumpsucker
(Cyclopterus lumpus, Z.).
The eggs of this species are very abundant along the rocky
margins from February to the end of May, or even somewhat
later, one specimen having been procured on the 12th July,
1888. ‘The colour of the eggs varies from reddish to straw-
tint, and even greenish, while in a ripe ovary in the body of
the fish it ranges from a beautiful amethystine lustre, through
the various shades of dull yellow, to greenish. When the
eggs are partly immersed in a crevice of the rocks and partly
exposed, those on the latter surface are straw-tinted, while
those in the pocket in the rock are of a faint lilac hue. The
capsule is dense and minutely punctured, but presents no
special thickenings or superficial wrinkles, except where the
facets of attachment are situated. They are fixed together in
considerable masses on the rocks, the water percolating
readily through the interstices ; but the hatching in confined
tanks is somewhat uncertain, since decaying debris or the
death of a few leads to putrefaction of the whole.
In the majority of instances the exposed surfaces of the
masses of eggs present peculiar and smoothly rounded de-
pressions, as if portions of the eggs had been scooped out by
a predatory fish or mollusk. Such depressions are bowl-
shaped—that is, wider at the top or surface and gently nar-
rowing to the bottom. An attentive examination, however,
246 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
shows no mark of injury, such as would be caused by
the teeth of a fish or by the rasping “ tongue” of a shell-
fish. The eggs lie evenly together, and their capsules are
uninjured. In all probability, therefore, the depressions are
due to pressure applied by a blunt surface immediately after
deposition, when the mass is soft, and it may be by the snout
or other part of the male as he fertilizes them.
The eggs are chiefly to be found from low-water mark to
half-tide mark, often deposited in corners or in holes in rocks.
They generally are exposed to the wash of the sea, at St. An-
drews, for instance, facing the east.
In this condition they are eagerly eaten by the rooks,
starlings, and rats. ‘The food-fishes and others are also
extremely partial to them. Thus, at the end of April it
occasionally happens that codling caught off the rocks have
their stomachs distended with the eggs of the lumpsucker.
Even such small fishes as Yarrell’s blenny take the same
food.
The care which certain male bony fishes take of the eggs is
well known, while Dr. Giinther mentions only two cases in
which females do so. In this country the males of the river
bull-head, the lumpsucker, and the marine and freshwater
sticklebacks are familiar instances.
Most authors who have described Cyclopterus have observed
this feature in the male; indeed, it is sufficient under ordinary
circumstances to try to push him off guard with a stick to
bring it out clearly *. Various interpretations, however, have
been placed on the habit, some supposing that the mere fact
of the male being in the neighbourhood at deposition sufficed
to account for its subsequent appearance near the eggs; while
others, after Fabricius, bestowed considerable attention on
the description of the instinct. In regard to the remarks of
Fabricius, it is doubtful if the wolf-fish would be much incon-
venienced by the attacks of the lumpsucker. Even in its
postlarval condition the young wolf-fish makes an easy prey
of the young lumpsucker.
As soon as the eggs are hatched the males are released,
and the young spread themselves over the rock-pools in
the neighbourhood in hundreds. It is unlikely, however,
that they are dispersed by specially adhering to the body
of the male, though they quickly cling to anything and
even to each other, Their home for some time appears to be
the littoral region, and especially the rock-pools, and they
* Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Aug. 1886, p. 81, “On the Paternal
Instincts of Cycloplerus,’ by W. C. M.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 247
are occasionally found in considerable numbers in August,
when the larger examples caught with a hand-net measured
about { inch. They adhere to the blades of the tangles and
other sea-weeds, and in the mazes of these find that safety
(from the ready application of their suckers) which would be
denied them in the open sea. They are also common in the
neighbouring waters inshore, being carried hither and thither
on the floating littoral sea-weeds, and thus frequently get
into the tow-nets.
In February and March only ova are obtained. In May
the newly hatched larve: are about 6 millim. in length or a
little longer. They are tadpole-like, with the remains of
yolk, while the marginal fin is continuous dorsally and ven-
trally. The caudal has only embryonic rays, and there is a
thickening (hypural) beneath the notochord in this region.
The short breast-fins show indications of true rays. In
Prof. Agassiz’s* youngest stage the caudal was already
partly separated from the dorsal and ventral embryonic fin,
and yet the presence of yolk is not mentioned, while the
length was only 4 millim. ‘The foregoing, therefore, though
larger, was less developed, as, indeed, his figure shows. He
fancifully likens the outline to that of the armoured fishes of
the Old Red Sandstone—e. g., Coccosteus. By the twelfth
day the fish has increased considerably in bulk and measures
6°75 millim. in spirit; and besides the disappearance of the
yolk and the increase of pigment, the dorsal has now been
transformed into two fins, a short crescentic first dorsal over
the vent, having six true rays, and a second dorsal with eleven
true rays, joined by a portion of the larval fin (which shows
no embryonic rays) to the caudal, the upper region of which
(the larval tail) has only embryonic rays to the notch T, ten
true rays occurring beneath. ‘The anal fin has ten rays and
is joined to the caudal by a strip of larval fin without rays.
In the figure of Professor Alex. Agassiz at this stage (e. g. his
fig. 3, pl. iv.) the second dorsal shows thirteen rays, the anal
fifteen, and no strip without rays intervenes between these
fins and the caudal. He likens it at this stage to the young
of Batrachus.
Professor A. Agassiz gives some excellent remarks con-
cerning the coloration of these young forms. “ In the youngest
stages ” (with true rays developing in the tail, or about the
twelfth or thirteenth day in Britain) “ the head, in a line
drawn nearly vertically below the base of the anterior dorsal,
is of a light chocolate-brown, with a darker brown band
* Proc. Amer. Ac. Arts and Sci. vol. xvii. July 1882, p. 286.
+ The notch is absent in Professor Agassiz’s figure (pl. iv. fig. 1).
248 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
extending from the nostrils above the eye to the base of the
anterior dorsal. A light blue band extends from the rear of
the eye to the top of the operculum and in front of the eye to
the nostrils. A blue spot of similar tint is found at the poste-
rior base of the dorsal and at the base of the caudal extremity
of the posterior dorsal. Therest of the body is straw-coloured.”
When the dorsal and anal fins are first outlined from the
marginal (Agassiz’s pl. iv. fig. 4) he found them “‘ usually of
a bright olive-green, darkest towards the dorsal side, with
the same blue band extending towards the operculum from
the rear of the orbit, with one or two round blue spots above
the level of the pectorals along the lateral line. Other speci-
mens were of a bluish neutral slate-tint, uniformly spotted
with darker pigment-cells, with the same blue band between
the eyes, above the nostrils, and behind the eyes. This was
also the colouring of the oldest of the young specimens caught
(from 20 to 34 millim.), resembling in general the bluish
colouring of the adult, only of a darker tint.
“ The intermediate stages varied greatly in colouring; some
were of a yellowish-brown, spotted with chocolate-coloured
patches, with light greenish bands behind the eyes, and five
roundish spots of the same colour along the lateral line, and
a similar number of larger spots along the base of the poste-
rior dorsal, extending in some specimens along the median
dorsal line of the body to the coloured band extending be-
tween the eyes. Other stages, with a similar arrangement of
elliptical spots of a bluish tint along the dorsal and lateral
lines, were of a reddish-brown colour, with pigment patches
of a darker greenish or of a brownish colour, the abdominal
region being of a lighter colour.”
In regard to the coloration of the British examples some
slight differences from the foregoing careful description of the
American forms occur. Thus at 12 millim., in June, the
general tint is olive-brown, with an opalescent ‘bluish bar
running from the operculum to the eye, and then forward
over the upper lip to the mouth, where those of opposite sides
almost meet. ‘lraces of the same hue occur on the cheeks
and on the pectorals. A cross-bar of the same beautiful tint
passes between the eyes, so that the whole forms an A, a pale
furrow in front being caused by the premaxillary fold. The
efiect of these bands in many is heightened by a border of
russet-brown. Others a little larger, again, have the body
dappled with sinuous brown bands, so that it is more or less
reticulated, and, in addition to the iridescent bluish bands just
mentioned, have dots on the cheeks, bold touches of the same
character along the sides and at the base of the pectorals, the
atti
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 249
effect being heightened by the orange tint of the inner surface
of the anterior rays. At 20 millim., when the lateral spines
are developing, the pre-, post-, and interocular bands are still
present, though the latter (often greenish) is less distinct.
Above 20 millim. the body (as at 25 millim.) becomes more
uniformly tinted, such as olive or bluish green, the ocular
belts being indistinct; but at the size just mentioned (25
millim.) the sides of a green example are somewhat silvery,
the first dorsal has a brown tip, and the orange tint remains
in the pectorals, thus contrasting with the generally paler hue
of the ventral surface.
It is interesting that in these small forms slight pressure
causes the sucker to adhere in the dead animals. It is, of
course, easily removed.
When 11 millim. long in spirit, in June, it conforms rather
to the 20 millim. stage of Agassiz, since the first dorsal is
long, fleshy at the base, and with crenations to represent rays
at the tip. The breast-fins have increased in size, though
they do not differ much in their relations to the posterior
border of the dorsal, since that has been carried considerably
backward by the elongation of the fin-rays. The second
dorsal and the anal are prominent, and the caudal has no
trace of the larval tail.
Little change ensues up to 17 millim., except the general
increase in bulk, the deepening of the first dorsal, and the
more evident crenations at the tip. When about 18 millim.,
however (in spirit), four rows of simple papille appear :—
(1) A line of minute and somewhat closely aryanged papille
along the dorsal ridge and extending from the posterior part
of the head to the base of the first dorsal; behind the latter
two rows occur, and they cease before the commencement of
the second dorsal. (2) A line of small papille extending
from the tubular nostril along each ocular ridge, and sloping
downward along the dorso-lateral region, but ceasing opposite
the first dorsal. (3) A series of five larger, but still simple
papilla, from a point above the base of the breast-fin to a
vertical line from the vent. (4) A similar number along
each ventral edge to the commencement of the anal fin. The
third line has the best marked papille.
It is interesting that in the American examples Professor A.
Agassiz found no trace of these papille in fishes 20 millim.
long; yet the anterior part of the body, he observes, had
assumed the somewhat angular outline characteristic of the
adult, though the body as a whole was longer. Indeed, he
found the spiny tubercles (of which the foregoing papille are
the precursors) developed only to a slight extent in young
250 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
forms measuring 34 millim. The British examples are thus
more precocious. Professor Agassiz also describes ‘ a last
row of somewhat smaller tubercles along the median line of
the abdomen behind the ventrals.” In all probability
“median” should be “ lateral,’ unless the American form
specifically differs.
As the fish increases in length the second and third rows
extend posteriorly and by-and-by become hispid with minute
spines; the third especially presenting large crescentic emin-
ences bristling with prominent spines, which, while occurring
over the tubercle generally, also form a pectinate ridge
distally.
In June the young lumpsuckers range from less than 10 to
23 millim., the smaller forms being more frequent at the
beginning, the larger towards the end of the month. In
those of 23 millim. the spiny tubercles are all better marked
than at 19 or 20 millim. Thus, the second and third rows
(lateral) extend to a line passing through the middle of the
second dorsal and theanal. In full development each process
in the row forms a multispinous tubercle. A row of small
spinous tubercles also occurs at the lower border of the oper-
cular region, one extending to the branchiostegal region. At
this stage (23 millim.) the second dorsal has 11, the breast-
fins 21, the anal 10, and the caudal 11 rays—these numbers
agreeing for the most part with the full number in the adult.
On the other hand, the young differs from the latter in the
greater proportional size of the eyes, the larger proportional
size and nature of the third and ventral tubercles, in the shape
and condition of the first dorsal fin, and in the arrangement
of the pigment. At this, as well as the previous stage,
minute leeches are occasionally found on the skin.
In July eggs were once obtained in a fully ripe condition
(viz. the 12th), but their deposition on the rocks would seem
to be rare at this period. Young postlarval forms of only
6°5 millim. are still found at the surface, e. g. of St. Andrews
Bay and the Forth, the majority, however, being between
11 and 30 millim. Many of an intermediate size are obtained
in rock-pools. At 30 millim. all the rows of spinous tubercles
are extremely prominent, the most conspicuous being four of
the third row. This and the second row extend almost to
the base of the caudal fin. Such a fish is much more rugose
than the adult, whose rows of flattened tubercles contrast with
the projecting ridges and their hispid tubercles in the young.
The first dorsal fin at this stage has a tendency to be adpressed,
so that its tip is guarded by the double row of spinous
tubercles on the dorsum. Further, the flattened abdominal
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 251
surface behind the ventrals shows minute soft papille scattered
over the surface, the precursors of the hispid processes of the
next stage. At this stage, therefore, the young lumpsucker
is armed at most points, a condition of great importance
during its more or less pelagic existence.
During August the captured specimens (in spirit) range
from 13°5 to 35 millim., most being above 20 millim. Large
numbers are procured in the salmon stake-nets off rocky
borders *, the young lumpsuckers adhering to sea-weeds
which are stranded on the ropes, while some are procured in
the ordinary bottom-nets. At 35 millim. the rows of hispid
tubercles are more pronounced than in the previous stage.
The first five of the third row are very large, the hardened
distal region being more or less conical, with a pectinate crest
of spines which have a slight inclination backwards. Hach
hardened tubercle moves freely on the softer skin around it.
The most evident change, however, and it is one which
appears at 31 or 32 millim., is the appearance of minute
spinous processes on the skin between the larger rows of
tubercles on the upper lateral regions and on the flattened
surface behind the ventral sucker, as well as all over the head,
the only area apparently free from them being the abdominal
wall between the prominent third row and the lateral ventral
series, the tip of the spines of which also present a slight
inclination backwards. The double row of spinous tubercles
behind the dorsal fin have increased in size, and form an
efficient protection to the tip of the former when adpressed ;
and probably this is important, since the projecting fin would
otherwise be readily seized by a predaceous fish. Three
spinose tubercles occur on the lower edge of the opercular
region. In contrast with the smooth flattened tubercles of
the adult, therefore, the young lumpsucker is remarkably well
armed.
Of the subsequent stages of this species the following may
be given, viz. 24 inches on June lst f, probably a small
example of the last year’s brood ; 54 inches in July ; 7 inches
in August ; and 6,), inches in December (covered with Caligz)
—all these indicating the growth of upwards of a year, the
latter example probably being about eighteen or nineteen
months old. The sexual differences at an early age have not
yet been fully worked out, and therefore it would be premature
to draw conclusions on the subject.
* For example, off the East Rocks at St. Andrews, from which many
interesting specimens have been presented by Mr. Turbyne.
+ Vide a useful table by Mr. J. R. Tosh, M.A., B.Sc., Twelfth Ann,
Rep. Fishery Board, pt. iii. p. 339.
252 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
4. On the Eggs and Young of the Bimaculated Sucker
(Lepadogaster bimaculatus, Donov.).
This fish is rather more characteristic of the southern and
western than the eastern shores, though it is by no means
rare on the latter or in the north of Scotland. The eggs are
deposited towards the end of June (being most common in
July and August) inside empty bivalve shells, such as Venus,
Pectunculus, Solen, and Pecten, and also along with L. Decan-
dolit, at Guernsey, in the interior of the hollow basal swellings
of the curled tangles, the adult fixing itself beside the eggs
by means of the sucker. ‘The eggs are stated by Mr. Holt to
have a long diameter of 1:37 millim. and a short one of 1°08,
while the height is °68 milllim. The preserved eggs have a
long diameter of 1:14 to 1°37 millim. and a short one of *914
to 1°2 millim., while the height is *64 millim. These latter
dimensions thus agree with those of Mr. Holt, taking the
contraction caused by spirit into consideration. ‘They are
placed quite separately in most cases, though not with regu-
larity, inside the shells, attached by a flattened surface of a
peculiar structure. On the irregular surface of the cavity of
the tangle they were somewhat close to each other; indeed,
two or three were occasionally lifted together by the basal
secretion, and they covered all the available surface. The
attached or flattened surface is coated by an adhesive secre-
tion, the micropyle, as Mr. Holt in his careful and accurate
description observes, being in the middle. He found the
aperture, however, closed, as was the case also in those
examined here, the disks or bosses of the cilia or long papillae
of attachment occurring over it. A fine fibrillar secretion
stretches over the whole of the attached surface, the fibres
radiating from the micropyle outward towards the marginal
fringe. The surface of the capsule (zona) in this region is
closely studded all over with distinct pustule-like disks or
bosses, from which cilia or processes project, the tip being
often bifurcate and ending in long filaments. These and the
fibrillar secretion just mentioned run into the fringe of fibres
at the margin of the egg. In some views, however, the
marginal fringe sprang from a series of large basal stems
united with the secretion at the margin of the egg.
On the other hand, the upper arch of the flattened egg
has its capsule so transparent that the ordinary punctures
could not be satisfactorily made out in the preserved
specimens, though such were formerly considered to be
present.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 253
From the observations of Mr. Anderson Smith *, who kept
the adults of L. Decandoliz in confinement till they deposited
eggs, which they did all at once, it appears that they hatch on
the twenty-eighth day. The circulation was noticed on the
thirteenth day. Mr. Holt correctly states that the embryos
are always horizontal in position; indeed, the shape of the
egg would render any other position difficult. In this con-
nexion it has also to be remembered that in the later stages
the embryos make considerable movements in the eggs.
Mr. Holt found different degrees of development in the eggs
of those he examined, and slight variations were also observed
in those above-mentioned. ‘The majority, however, in a
given case were nearly alike in this respect. The examina-
tion of the ovaries of an example of Lepadogaster Decandolit
captured in a hollow tangle at Guernsey shows that the mature
eggs are accompanied by others of various sizes, the larger
about half the size of the mature. ‘This species may differ in
some respects from the bimaculated sucker in regard to
spawning. Black pigment is well developed before hatching.
From the careful description of the larva, which measures
from 2°8 to 2°9 millim. on hatching, given by Mr. Holt, the
only difference in those examined (but whether L. bémacu-
latus or L. Decandolii is an open question, since the females
of both species occurred inside this remarkable hatching-
chamber) is the presence of scattered black chromatophores
over the dorsum of the head. The somewhat regular rows of
black specks along the sides of the body are characteristic
even at this early period.
The young of the bimaculated sucker appear in the bottom-
nets as post-larval forms in August and September, and they
range from 5 to 5°5 millim. They probably remain, on
emergence from the capsule, more or less in the shelter of
their original home until the yolk-sac is absorbed and sufli-
cient strength is gained for a free existence and the capture of
prey. At this stage the larval tail is still present superiorly,
with its embryonic rays, while nine true rays occur beneath.
The minute black specks appear on the top of the head and
under the jaw, with a few on the abdomen, besides the rows
along the sides. The prominence of the alimentary canal
inferiorly, with the vent posteriorly, is a feature at this stage.
A disk-like thickening occurs on the site of the sucker, but
the apparatus is little developed; yet even the indication of
it is comparatively early, since the pelvic fins are generally
late in appearing.
* Proc, Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. ix. p. 148, pl. vii. (1886).
254 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
At 6°5 millim. the larval tail is still present. The rows of
closely arranged black specks go down to the ventral edge,
but the median ventral region is free. Two marked pigment-
lines exist ventrally on the lower jaw beneath the eye and at
the opercular region. .
At 10 millim. the lateral rows of chromatophores are still
more definitely arranged, forming about four complete longi-
tudinal rows on each side, besides minor specks, and the axis
of the mandible is more or less horizontal instead of being
upturned. The larval tail has almost disappeared, the only
trace being the slender tip of the notochord, which slants
upward to the dorsal edge of the fin, a true fin-ray occurring
immediately beneath ; but the marginal fin with embryonic
rays connects it with the dorsal, in which true rays are
developing. Rudimentary true rays also mark the first part
of the anal fin. The sucker appears to be nearly complete,
but is proportionally much smaller than in the adult, probably
because the habits are less sedentary. These characters
remain at 10°5 millim., except that there are now five short
true rays on the proximal side of the slender tip of the noto-
chord in the tail, and it is evidently rapidly disappearing.
Such stages are met with in September and October.
In December the young bimaculated suckers reach 15°5
millim., and then are met with in the stomachs of food-fishes.
Long before this stage all trace of the caudal notochord has
disappeared. ‘The tip of the snout is much more flattened and
the eyes proportionally larger and more prominent. The
sucker has also considerably increased in size.
In February the young are from 21 to 22 millim. in length
and more or less resemble the adult, though the tail is large
and shows two or three additional rays, that is about fifteen
instead of twelve. ‘The vent is now nearly median, whereas
in those of 10 millim. it was situated at the commencement
of the posterior third. It also presents symmetrical longi-
tudinal rugee which end in short papille around the aperture.
The rays in both dorsal and anal fins are six (Day gives
D. 5-7, A. 4-6). The anterior division of the sucker is
minutely papillose, so that its free margin seems to be
serrated, and the surface of the median area and two lateral
arms is covered for some distance with the same papille.
The surface of the larger posterior division is also minutely
papillose, but the margin has none of the larger papilla seen
in the anterior division. A thin serrate or crenate membrane
forms a broad border to the posterior half of its margin, and
at this stage it is, in some at any rate, quite free trom the
margin of the sucker. A broad diaphanous and striated flap
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 255
runs from this forward to the base of the pectoral, thus
resembling a miniature duplication of the former. The body
is now variegated with reddish in the males, pale patches
occurring along the dorsum. ‘The ventral surface seems to
be pale.
At 25 millim. the colours in a young male from St. An-
drews in June are even more brilliant, the bright red of the
eyes and the sides of the body being characteristic. The
anterior margin of the first division of the sucker is now flat-
tened out and the papille on the surface less distinct, whil&®
the marginal ones are flattened and more membranous. The
accessory flap on the posterior half of the second division is
united with the margin of the sucker (a feature, it may be,
characteristic of the sex), so that there is no differentiation
between them. The vent showed only longitudinal ruge
with the long median papilla posteriorly.
In July forms of 26 and 32 millim. were obtained, and they
seem to be the continuation of the former series. The chief
change is the increase of the fleshy folds of the lips superiorly
and inferiorly. ‘The latter form a semicircular flap on each
side, with a posterior continuation, the former having the
shape of a broad and continuous flap. In the females the
distinction between the margin of the posterior division of
the sucker and its broad accessory flap is present. The
papilla along the front margin of the anterior division are
also distinct in the same sex.
In August specimens of 22, 25, and 33 millim. from Loch-
maddy, North Uist, are in the collection. The smallest is
thus only the length of that from St. Andrews in February,
so that either the specimen had grown little or had been
hatched very late the previous season, unless we are to
suppose that very early deposition of ova occurs in the Outer
Hebrides. The former is the more probable.
Adults of 53 and 54 millim. for females and 48 millim. for
males are met with the same month, so that they would
appear to be at least in their second year. The chief sexual
distinctions externally appear to be, in the male, the greater
breadth and more membranous condition of the frilled border
in front of the anterior division of the sucker, thus giving a
larger surface. Similarly the broad frill behind the posterior
division of the apparatus is increased, and its folds have not
the regular and definite pattern seen in the female. More-
over the frill is indistinctly separated from the sucker proper.
The latter, in short, has no free rim, but runs into the frill.
The testes of the male are small and compact, like those of
the shanny.
256 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
On the other hand, the female presents a somewhat thicker
rim at the front margin of the anterior division of the suctorial
apparatus, and the whole of the horseshoe-shaped region is
much more papillose, even the folds between two of the rays
laterally being studded with papille. The semicircle formed
by the hind edge of the posterior division of the apparatus
stands freely out and is minutely papillose, while the marginal
fringe is composed of symmetrical lobes pointed at the tip
and with two accessory pinne at each side.
One of the chief sexual distinctions, however, is the great
development of the papille of the vent in the female. These
form long digitate processes inferiorly on each side, the lateral
being further united with the upper so as to form a broad
lobose frill. ‘They extend as far as the tip of the median
papilla and envelope it. A great contrast, therefore, exists
between this species and Lepadogaster Decandolii, tor the
females of the latter at the spawning-season show only a
series of short slender papillz at the vent, the posterior papilla
projecting almost as conspicuously as in the male of L. di-
maculatus.
After spawning the ovaries both of LZ. Decandolit and
L. bimaculatus present a uniform structure, the stroma of the
organ in each being filled with what appear to be collapsed
eges, with thick walls and a central slit-like region. At
first sight they appeared to resemble thick shrunken capsules
from which ova had issued, but that they are ova undergoing
change is more probable. The appearance differed from that
usually seen in Teleostean ovaries, in which a crop of minute
ova is almost always found under these conditions.
5. On the Life-history of the Short-spined Sea- Scorpion
(Cottus scorpius, L.).
The short-spined sea-scorpion was one of the fishes very
early examined in regard to spawning during the trawling
work of 1884 and the following year. Comparatively little
was known previously in regard to it. Thus Day, in his
‘British Fishes,’ states that “In Greenland, it has been
observed to deposit its eggs on the sea-weed in December and
January. Its eggs are very small, and in this country are
extruded during the spring in the sand or pools in the rocks,
The male is said to make a nest of sea-weeds and pebbles for
the reception of the spawn; while he is believed to watch
over, as well as protect, the young when hatched.” On the
other hand, Prof. Alex. Agassiz records the ova of certain
American Cott? as pelagic, a feature very different from those
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 257
of our country, and probably requiring re-investigation. On
the east coast, as at St. Andrews, the eggs of this fish occur
abundantly in March attached to stones, tangle-roots, old
shoes, tin vessels, and, indeed, almost anything convenient.
They are found, again, somewhat earlier (February) at Gair-
loch and other parts on the west coast. The authors of the
‘ Scandinavian Fishes’ * broach the idea that the roe of this
fish may be fertilized before deposition, and suggest that the
serrations on the inside of the breast-fins may be useful to the
males for this purpose. There is no reason to suppose that
in Britain the eggs are so fertilized; on the contrary, it is
evident that they are not fertilized before deposition. As an
example, a female specimen whose abdomen was distended
had been isolated in a glass vessel, so that its movements
were somewhat limited ; and it is probable therefore that the
deposition may have been hastened. It had been observed
to be somewhat restless the previous day, and on the 1st March
it rested quietly on the bottom of the vessel, and in a few
seconds deposited a mass (as large as a duck’s egg) of faintly
pinkish eggs, keeping its breast-fins in active motion during
the process, and then it dashed through the water, sending
some of the eggs over the edge of the vessel. ‘The mass of
eggs was at first quite soft, though cohering together by a
secretion; but they soon hardened, the capsules of the eggs
adhering by facets to each other as in the lumpsucker, so that
the egg-mass in such a case resembles a spongy structure into
which water freely enters, and is retained in considerable
quantity, even though the eggs are uncovered by the tide, a
provision of some importance. They vary in colour from
that first mentioned to roseate, orange, straw-colour, and deep
red, and have a diameter of about 1°5 millim. to 2 millim.
(Holt). The capsule is thick, tough, and resistant, and shows
the facets or processes by which it adheres to surrounding
egos. It is minutely punctured under a high power, the
punctures having as a rule a more regular (linear) arrange-
ment than in the lumpsucker. Moreover, larger dots occur
at intervals all over the surface, resembling those seen in the
lumpsucker’s eggs removed from the stomach of young cod.
The yolk internally has several colourless oil-globules, from
three to nine, as mentioned by Mr. Holt, and they vary in
size from ‘015 millim. downward. The yolk itself is tinted
pale brownish or faintly reddish brown. Mr. Holt, who
carried on special observations on the eggs of this species at
St. Andrews, could not make out the passage of the oil-
globules through the yolk, as had been described by one of us
* Page 186.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 19
258 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
in the gurnard ; but, so far as observed in 1884, there was no
reason to doubt that the oil-globules followed the same move-
ments as in other forms. In the developing embryo the oil-
globules coalesce, so that but a single large globule remains.
In the tanks of the laboratory the eggs are readily eaten by
other specimens of the same species.
The development of this form is somewhat slow, especially
in cold seasons, so that masses of eggs with advanced embryos
are often found in April, and even in May. Mr. Holt found
the larval fishes on emerging from the egg 7:5 millim. in
Jength, and this accords with our own experience. The yolk
forms a comparatively small prominence ventrally, and the
large oil-globule lies at its front inferiorly. ‘The head is
large and broad; the profile of the snout abrupt; the eyes
large and fully pigmented; and the ear-capsules, of about
the same size as the eyes, lie close behind them. The mouth
is open, but the lower jaw is at first immovable” *. The
internal organs are well developed. The tail in May shows
only embryonic rays. ‘The breast-fins are large and fan-
shaped. ‘The heart and blood-vessels are in full activity, the
returning blood streaming over the yolk, and finally entering
the heart.
The coloration consists of a series of distinct black chroma-
tophores over the head and a few about the base of the breast-
fin. ‘They form a broad band on each side of the abdomen
over the yolk, and extend from the breast-fins to the vent.
“Pigment of a bright yellow colour by reflected, and orange
by transmitted, light occurs also at the base of the breast-
fins, on the top of the head, and on the abdominal roof.”
‘The eyes are black, with a metallic lustre. “In the post-
anal region the only pigment is a ventral line of black
chromatophores, sometimes very small or absent in the ante-
rior region, and ceasing before reaching the tail.”
On the 10th October on one occasion a larval form re-
sembling a sea-scorpion was captured in the tow-net. In
general outline it resembled that tigured in the ‘ Researches,’
with the vessels coursing over the yolk-sac. The oil-globule
remained at the anterior part of the yolk-sac. Small specks
ot black pigment occurred along the sides of the body, one
set forming a row near the upper-lateral region. No distinct
coloration was visible on the pectorals. ‘The eyes were
iridescent greenish, like the inner surface of Haliotis.
Hitherto it has been unusual to get larve at this season of
the year, so that the deposition of such eggs must have been
antedated by some months on this occasion, if the interpre-
tation of the nature of the larva be correct.
* E. W. L. Holt, Sc. Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soe. v. 2, p. 21 &c.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 259
Swarms of the early postlarval sea-scorpions, about 7 to
7°5 millim. (in spirit), are occasionally captured in the surface
tow-nets, as in the Forth, e. g. in March and April—indeed,
just after the absorption of the yolk. Such pelagic forms
have only embryonic rays in the tail-fin. The body and tail
are translucent, whilst the head and abdomen have a pale
greenish hue with black chromatophores, and the eyes have
a silvery lustre. A line of black pigment-specks runs along
the ventral edge of the muscle-plates behind the vent almost
to the tail.
Mr. Holt observed that the lower jaw is movable two days
after hatching and that the vent is open. In our examples a
thickening below the axis of the tail occurred. When six
days old the length is 8-4 millim. and the yolk has diminished,
while the oil-globule has been elevated to the gullet.
The young forms were kept in the tanks till the seventeenth
day, but development proceeded slowly under the somewhat
unfavourable circumstances. On the seventh day and during
the two or three subsequent days the pigment made great
progress, extending behind the vent, and passing from the
dorsum down the sides. On the tenth day the yolk had
disappeared, but the embryonic fin-rays were present only in
the tail. The absence of food would, as Mr. Holt suggests,
suffice to explain the slow progress, but not altogether, since
in the open sea specimens of 9°5 millim. are occasionally pro-
cured in a similar condition, viz. having a membranous dorsal
and anal, and only embryonic rays in the tail. Those in
confinement, however, differed in having no trace of the
ventral fins, and the thickening beneath the tail was better
marked in the free forms, while spines on the gill-cover were
also present.
In specimens of 7 millim. (in spirit) captured in the
bottom-net in the bay, the head has much increased in size,
the fish is thick-set, and the gill-cover has minute spines.
Embryonic rays are well developed in the tail, and a thick-
ening occurs beneath the notochord. The black pigment
has largely extended along the dorsum to a line behind the
vent, and it is more abundant on the head. Such a form
contrasts with the slender and ill-nourished specimens reared
in the tanks, for in the latter the abdomen was shrunken and
the end of the gut distended, as if the vent were closed. The
breast-fins, however, were large.
At the end of April and beginning of May pelagic forms of
from 9°5 to 10 millim. are not uncommon at the surface, e. g.
off the Isle of May. ‘The body has now considerably in-
creased in bulk, a series of sharp spines project from the gill-
cover and two on each side of the occiput. The larval tail is
19
260 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.
present, but it is bent upward by the development of the true
rays inferiorly. ‘The ventral fins appear as minute processes.
At 11 millim. many are still pelagic (17th May), and show
the three anterior gill-spines—the occipital, superciliary, and
nasal spines. The ventral fins are minute. The pigment
approaches that of the adult stage, only it is not so largely
developed. The larval tail is at the upper edge of the organ,
and the marginal fin is continuous and has only embryonic
rays.
They still occur as pelagic fishes in the tow-nets at 14 to
18 millim. The head and body are now larger and more
deeply pigmented, the former being entirely covered, the
pigment continuous with the dorsal and passing downwards
to the cheeks and chin. A bold bar in many exists at the
base of the breast-fins, another across the region of the first
dorsal fin, and one at the second dorsal, the latter, moreover,
extending downward on each side to the ventral edge. The
pigment on the two latter bars in some is specially dense,
though in others the tint is more uniform dorsally. The head
is Cottoid in appearance, the superciliary ridge and the
occipital tubercles with their spines being conspicuous. ‘Three
of the spines on the gill-cover are large, the fourth at the
inferior edge being small. The boldness in the demarcation
of the pigment gives the fishes a piebald aspect in spirit.
The larval tail is represented in the smaller forms by the
upturned notochord. ‘True rays now occur in all the fins.
The voracity of these young forms is remarkable. One of
16 millim., for instance, in captivity swallowed a young
flounder not much shorter than itself, just as the larger
examples cleared the young gunnels out of the tanks.
At 22 millim. (27th May, estuary of the Eden) the bar of
pigment behind the vent has sent a process backward to the
tail, but it goes no further than the basal region. Symme-
trical white spots—one dorsal and two ventral—occur in this
prolongation. ‘The occipital and supraorbital tubercles are
Jess prominent, but the supranasal are distinct. A large
spine occurs on the gill-cover. ‘The upper spine on the gill-
cover (preoperculum) is largest. ‘The first dorsal fin has 9
rays, the second 15, the variegated pectoral 16, ventral 3,
anal fin 13. The caudal has 12 long rays besides 4 or 5
shorter at each edge. The chief difference, therefore, between
this and the adult is the increase in the caudal, but the short
basal rays probably disappear during growth.
In June they reach 23 to 24 millim. and in July 38 millim.,
with adult characters, the first dorsal having 9 rays, the
second 16 rays, and the anal still constant at 13.
In September specimens 54, 65, and 85 millim. occur, the
On new Hymenoptera from Central America. 261
first being considered by Mr. Tosh * as the young of the
season at five and a half months. It would be difficult to
separate that at 65 millim. from the same series, but one at
85 is considerably older, probably by a year (or, as Mr. Tosh
puts it, one year and three months). ‘he usual arrangement
of the spines on the gill-cover in such forms is as follows :—
A spine points downwards at the ventral edge of the preoper-
culum, two short spines project above, then the upper long
spine, above which is the opercular spine. Two short spines
occur on the suboperculum.
Those of 57 and 74 millim. in February represent speci-
mens about a year old, while those of 98 millim. are in their
second year or approaching it. One of these (98 millim.)
had almost ripe eggs, so that the remark in the new edition
of the ‘Scandinavian Fishes,’ that it does not propagate its
species until about 150 millim. long, is not applicable to our
country.
XXV.—New Species of Hymenoptera from Central America.
By P. CAMERON, F.E.S.
Durine the course of publication of my work on the Hymeno-
ptera of Central America (Biol. Centr.-Am., Hymen. vols. 1.,
ii.) the following new species have come to hand, too late to
be inserted in their proper places. As it will be some time
before the Supplement of the ‘ Biologia’ can be commenced,
it is considered advisable to publish the following preliminary
descriptions.
Fam, Cynipide.
ANDRICUS.
Andricus, Hartig, in Germar’s Zeitschr. ii. p. 185.
Aphilothriz, Foerster, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1869, p. 335,
This is a dimorphic genus, Andricus being the spring
bisexual and ApAzlothrix the autumnal agamic (unisexual)
form.
Andricus (Aphilothrix) aztecus, sp. n.
Aphilothrix (2) aztecus, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hymen. i, t. xx.
fig. 23.
Ferrugineus ; alis hyalinis, nervis pallide flavis,
Long. fere4 millim. 9.
Hab. Mexico, Northern Sonora (Morrison).
* Twelfth Ann. Report Scot. Fish. Board, part iii. p. 333.
262 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
Head and thorax closely, finely, rugosely punctured, the
mesonotum finely transversely striated ; a longitudinal furrow
outside the parapsidal one, reaching to the apex, but not to
the base of the mesonotum ; the scutellum is more strongly
punctured than the mesonotum ; the sternum and the lower
part of the mesopleure black. Antenne entirely ferruginous.
The tips of the mandibles black. Abdomen of a lighter tint
than the thorax, shining. The legs have the tarsi lighter
coloured than the tibie or femora.
I believe this is a true Andricus (Aphilothrix). The third
joint of the antenne is hardly one third longer than the
fourth ; the parapsidal furrows are distinct and complete ;
the fovee at the base of the scutellum are broad, not very
acutely separated; the metanotal furrows are straight and
parallel. The radial cellule is entirely open at the fore
margin, the areolet obsolete. The claws have only one tooth.
Fam. Chalcidide.
Subfam. Cwarciprnm.
Smicra ardens, sp. n.
Long. fere 6 millim.
Hab, Mexico, Orizaba (F. D. Godman and H. H. Smith),
Antenne deep black, with a bright clear yellow line on the
underside of the flagellum, which is stout and thickly covered
with short black microscopic hair. Head lemon-yellow, the
occiput for the greater part black; the centre of the vertex
black, and from this runs a narrow black line to the bottom of
the occiput ; on the top and in front the head is thickly
covered with black hair. Thorax lemon-yellow, covered
rather thickly with black hair, the hair being longest on the
scutellum. The mesonotum in the centre is transversely
striolated, the sides coarsely punctured; at the base is a
black transverse line, narrowed at the sides; from this runs
to the scutellum a broad black line, narrowed at the base,
dilated towards the apex, which has also a transverse line in
front of the scutellum ; down the centre of the scutellum is a
black line, narrowed at the apex. The mesopleure and the
sternum are for the greater part black, the former having an
irregular yellow mark under the tegule in front and a smaller
one obliquely under it over the sternum; the metapleure are
yellow, bordered all round with black. The apex of the
scutellum is margined, narrowed to a blunt rounded point at
the tip. The median segment is short, not much longer
Hymenoptera from Central America. 263
than the petiole, irregularly reticulated. The abdomen is
nearly as long as the head and thorax united; the apical
segment entirely, the base, sides, and apex of the second
segment, and the apices of the other segments black. The
legs are of a paler, more lemon-tinted yellow than the thorax ;
there is a black line, dilated at the apex, down the centre of
the coxe ; the hind trochanters, a small mark near the centre
of the hind coxe above, a large irregular mark at the base, a
smaller one at its apex, both being united by a curved line
along the lower side, a short line on the top of the middle
femora, and a mark at the base of the hind tibiz black; a
large irregular mark on the inner side of the hind coxe at
the foot, and a smaller, narrower, more elongate one above it
black. There are sixteen femoral teeth of moderate size,
blunt, and becoming smaller towards the apex. In the wing
at the cubitus there is a small fuscous cloud.
Smicra divinatrix, sp. n.
Coccinea, flagello antennarum nigro ; alis fere hyalinis,
Long. 7 millim. @.
Hab. Honduras, Ruatan Island (Gawmer).
Head and thorax covered with black pubescence, the
pleuree with the pubescence shorter and paler. Flagellum of
the antenne deep black, covered with short, close, blackish
pubescence. Head uniformly coloured, except that the lower
part of the cheeks is paler, the tips of the mandibles black,
the vertex closely punctured ; the front transversely striated.
Prothorax sharply margined in front, the pronotum (especially
at the sides) longitudinally striated. Mesonotum transversely
striolated, the lateral lobes only on the inner side; the outer
side with scattered punctures. Scutellum strongly and
closely punctured, except behind. ‘The median segment
strongly reticulated. ‘The propleuree impunctate, shining ;
the mesopleurze striolated in front, the top and bottom punc-
tured. ‘lhe petiole short and thick, hardly half the length of
the hind coxe. Abdomen shining, the sides sparsely haired,
the ovipositor deep black. The legs coloured like the body,
shining, sparsely covered with pale hair; the tips of the tarsi
blackish ; the hind femora with nineteen short black teeth.
Wings with a smoky tint; the nervures fuscous ; a small
fuscous tint below the stigmal branch.
264 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
Smicra fasciola, sp. n.
Coccinea; flagello antennarum lineisque mesonoti nigris; alis
hyalinis ; femoribus posticis multidentatis.
Long. 4-5 millim. 9.
Hab. Mexico, Northern Sonora (Morrison).
Antennal flagellum deep black, covered with a close pale
pubescence; the scape pale ferruginous, lined with black
above. Head closely covered with blackish pubescence; the
lower part of the occiput and a broad line on the lower part
of the front black; face shining, the sides obscurely punc-
tured; the front obliquely striated from the ocelli to the
eyes; the vertex punctured, but not strongly; the teeth of
the mandibles black. Pronotum coarsely, rugosely punc-
tured; mesonotum not quite so coarsely punctured, the
middle lobe strongly transversely striolated, covered with
short black hair; the scutellum still more strongly punctured,
its apex roundedly margined, covered with much longer hair
than the mesonotum ; a transverse line bordering the base of
the mesonotum. ‘lhe edges of tiie middle lobe of the meso-
notum, a broader stripe down its centre, a small mark on
the centre of the lateral lobe and a line down the centre of
the scutellum, the base and sides of the median segment, a
broad line down its centre, a line on the mesopleura, be-
coming gradually wider towards the bottom, a mark at the
base of the metapleure, a line down the hinder coxe, and the
coxal teeth deep black, The petiole short, not much longer
than broad, black above ; the dorsum of the abdomen more or
less black; the apex of the ovipositor black. Wings almost
hyaline ; the nervures fuscous.
Allied to S. flammeola, Cresson.
Smicra armillata, sp. n.
Nigra, punctata, pedibus abdomineque rufo-maculatis ; alis hyalinis.
Long. fere5 millim. <6.
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Ff. D. Godman and H. H. Smith).
Antenne a little longer than the head and thorax united ;
stout, covered with a pale microscopic down; the scape
keeled broadly beneath, especially towards the apex. Head
coarsely punctured, not very deeply or broadly excavated in
the front, covered with short white hair. Mesothorax coarsely
punctured, without longitudinal furrows; the pronotum as
closely but not so strongly punctured. The scutellum is as
strongly punctured as the mesonotum, rounded and stoutly
flymenoptera from Central America, 265
margined behind. The median segment is strongly rugosely
punctured ; in its centre are two keels near each other at the
base, then near the middle curving towards the sides. The
pleurz are strongly and coarsely punctured, especially the
metapleure. The abdomen is a little shorter than the thorax ;
the petiole is about three fourths the length of the abdomen,
which is shining, impunctate, ferruginous, darker towards the
apex. The apical half of the fore femora and the fore tibie
and tarsi testaceous; the middle tibiw are infuscated; the
hind legs are black, the femora broadly ferruginous at the
base on the ner side, the tarsi pale testaceous. The wings
are hyaline, iridescent, slightly suffused with fuscous; the
nervures deep black.
In the large number of teeth (eighteen) on the hind femora
and in general coloration this species agrees with S. petioli-
ventris, Cam., from the Pacific slope of Guatemala; but it
is much larger, the petiole is longer and narrower, the thorax
is without markings, and the abdomen is ferruginous.
Subfam. Perraupr 2.
PERILAMPUS, Latr.
There are six described species of this genus from North
America and one from the West Indies. The genus is mode-
rately represented in Kurope. Nothing seems to be known
of the habits of the species.
Perilampus mexicanus, sp. n.
Nigro-cupreus, albo-pilosus, abdomine czruleo, geniculis, apice
tibiarum coxisque flavis ; alis hyalinis, nervis flavis. ¢.
Long. 4 millim,
Hab. Mexico, Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).
Antenne stout, black, the tip testaceous; the scape blue,
bare, furrowed beneath, especially towards the apex; the
flagellum covered with a close white pubescence. ‘The face
for the greater part black; the part immediately below the
antenne bare, blue, the rest densely covered with white hair;
the vertex green, with golden or coppery tints, finely punc-
tured; the tips of the mandibles testaceous ; the vertex and
the sides of the excavated face margined. Thorax above
coarsely rugosely punctured, reticulate at the sides and in
front, black, with green and coppery tints, densely covered
with white hair; the outer edge of the mesonotum smooth
and impunctate; the scutellum is more coarsely punctured
266 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
than the mesonotum, the apex margined, rounded; the meso-
pleure shining, impunctate, the edges with large deep punec-
tures; the propleure rugosely punctured. ‘The abdomen
blue, shining, impunctate, bearing white hair. Legs green,
covered with short white hair; the extreme apex of the
hinder tibize, the apical third of the middle tibia, the greater
part of the anterior tibiz, all the knees, and the tarsi yellowish,
the tarsi of a paler yellow than the tibie.
Perilampus antennatus, sp. n.
Long. 2°5 millim.
Hab, Mexico, Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).
A smaller species than P. mexicanus, from which it differs
in having the flagellum of the antennz entirely testaceous
beneath, the body uniformly coloured (wanting the green and
coppery reflections), the scutellum larger and more pointed,
and the legs darker in colour.
Antenne moderately stout ; the scape dark blue, shining,
almost bare; the flagellum covered with a pale pile, testa-
ceous beneath, black above. Head black, finely punctured
above, and with a close short pile; the face shining; the
central part broadly triangularly dilated, the base of the
triangle raised and separated by a furrow from the rest; the
tips of the mandibles testaceous. The thorax above is
closely punctured, the lateral lobes of the mesonotum only
slightly punctured and more shining than the rest. The
scutellum is large, coarsely punctured; the apex margined,
projecting a little over the apex of the median segment. ‘The
propleuree with large widely separated punctures in front ;
the mesopleure excavated in front, shining, the edges
with large deep punctures. The abdomen short, shining,
very dark blue. The legs are black, covered with long
white hair; the knees, the apex of the four hinder tibia,
the fore tibiz in front, and the tarsi testaceous, the extreme
tips of the tarsi blackish. The wings are clear hyaline, the
nervures testaceous,
Fam. Trigonalide.
TRIGONALYS, Westw.
It is evident that this genus will prove to be numerously
represented in Central America. I have called the family
Trigonalide ; but Foerster, it may be remarked, has named
it Diplomorpha, distinguishing it from his Hutrichocera
(= Stephanus) by the scape of the antenne not being filiform
Hymenoptera from Central America. 267
and by having the first abdominal segment not petiolate
(cf. § Ueber den systematischen Werth des Fliigelgeiders bei
den Hymenopteren,’ p. 23).
From Smith finding Zrigonalys bipustulata in a nest of
Polistes lanio, it is probable that the genus is parasitic in
wasp nests (cf. Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. i. (n. s.)
. 176).
; The six species here described may be separated as
follows :—
1 (2). Scutellum pyramidal, bifid at the top .......... scutellaris.
2 (1). Scutellum Hat, not divided at the top.
3 (4). Body yellow, marked with black; second cubital
cellule’ petiolate Teese fol 8. BS Tha oat ale maculifrons.
4 (9). Body black, marked with yellow; second cubital
cellule not petiolate.
5 (6). Abdomen fulvous, banded with black .......... apicipennis.
6 (5). Abdomen black, narrowly banded with yellow .. flavonotata,
7 (8). Thorax with many yellow marks; the wings not
smoky in frent.
8 (7). Thorax with few yellow marks ; the wings broadly
PERE S Ni 1M TOA ak a a Bats Cos, Ba vie: aaa Sasciatipennis.
9 (4). Body black, the petiole white ; wings violaceous. , Championi.
Trigonalys sgutellaris, sp. n.
Nigra, postscutello maculisque 2 metanoti, tibiis tarsisque flavis ;
alis fulvo-hyalinis. <6.
Long. 10 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 feet (1. H.
Smith).
Antenne entirely black, covered with a short black micro-
scopic down; the third joint distinctly shorter than the
fourth. Head impunctate, shining, densely covered, and the
mandibles alse, with long dark fulvous hair, the mandibles
entirely black. Thorax densely covered with long dark
fulvous hair, above coarsely rugosely punctured; postscu-
tellum pyramidal, yellow, depressed in the centre above,
making it bidentate ; the teeth blunt, rounded at the top; at
its sides the thorax is crenulated. The median segment
coarsely reticulated, the apex in the middle coarsely trans-
versely striolated, its extreme apex being also crenulated
behind the reticulated part; the pleure irregularly reticu-
lated, the base of the propleure and the apex of the meso-
pleuree smooth, the metapleure more strongly reticulated than
the mesopleure. Abdomen shining, impunctate; the base
of the third and sixth segments transversely, and of the
fourth and fifth segments more broadly, at the sides yellow ;
268 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
the seventh segment fulvous, blackish in the centre, and with
two small yellow marks; the ventral segments entirely black,
shining, shortly and sparsely haired.
In the above described example the neuration of the wings
is irregular; the stigma is black; the nervures are fuscous ;
the basal abscissa of the radius is oblique, straight; the first
transverse cubital nervure is curved. In one wing there are
two transverse cubital nervures between this latter and the
normal first and third, and in the other one beyond the usual
number, the position being irregular in both, the size of the
cellules, too, showing a difference.
A second specimen from Omilteme is probably a variety of
the same species. It is a little smaller; the scutellum is not
so sharply peaked and hardly bifid; there is no mark on the
median segment and no yellow lines on the abdominal
segments. ‘lhe alar neuration appears to be fairly normal;
the first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely curved and
is almost (in one wing quite) united to the second and to the
apex of the basal abscissa of the radius; the second nervure
is slightly oblique, the third almost straight; the first re-
current nervure is received quite close to the first transverse
cubital, the second shortly before the middle of the cellule.
Trigonalys maculifrons, sp. n.
Flava, nigro-maculata; alis hyalinis, anticis fumatis, nervis
fulvis. 9.
Long. 11 millim.
flab. Mexico, 'Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith).
Antenne rufous, the base of the flagellum blackish; the
scape black above; the third and fourth joints about equal,
Head lemon-yellow ; the upper part thickly covered with
short fuscous hair, the oral region and the mandibles with
longer white hair; the teeth of the mandibles, a line from the
end of the vertex to the antennal tubercles, becoming gradu-
ally wider to the apex, dilated at the sides, and enclosing a
yellow mark, broader than long, below the ocelli, a somewhat
oval mark on the occiput, from which (but not touching it) a
broad line runs to the eye, which it joins, and behind the top
of the eye a somewhat triangular mark, black. ‘The meso-
notum is coarsely punctured, thickly covered with short
fuscous hair; the parapsidal furrows are distinct; on the
outer side of these is a black line reaching to the scutellum,
and there is an equally broad line (but narrowed at the base)
down the centre ; the scutellum is bordered at the base and
sides with black, and in the apex in the centre is a black
Hymenoptera from Central America. 269
mark, triangularly pointed at the base and the apex, the
extreme apex being bordered with black. The median seg-
ment has a broad black line, slightly and gradually narrowed
towards the apex, and at the sides is a shorter and narrower
black line inside the spiracles, which does not reach the apex.
The propleure are coarsely punctured, except on the lower
part and close to the tegule, the punctures on the lower part
running into reticulations; the oblique furrow on the meso-
pleure is deep, moderately wide, but becoming narrowed
towards the apex. Petiole shining, impunctate, depressed
and black in the centre at the base. The second to the fifth
segments broadly black at the base, the black on the second
segment dilated in the middle and extending along the sides
to the apex as a narrow line. The ventral segments are
narrowly edged with black at the apex. Legs yellow, the
femora lined with black above, the hinder coxe black on the
lower side, the middle trochanters blackish. The second
cubital cellule is shorter than the third, oblique, shortly petio-
lated above; the third cubital cellule becomes wider towards
the apex ; the first recurrent nervure is interstitial, the second
received shortly before the middle of the cellule. The base
of the fore wing to the transverse basal nervure and the apex
to the middle of the cubital cellules suffused with fulvous.
This species bears a great resemblance toa wasp (Polistes),
which fact is of interest in connexion with their supposed
habits.
Trigonalys apicipennis, sp. n.
Nigra, dense fulvo pilosa, abdominis apice late fulvo, tibiis tarsisque
posticis testaceis ; alis fulyo-hyalinis, apice fumatis. 9.
Long. 8 millim,
Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).
Antenne as long as the thorax, the middle thickened, the
apical part gradually and sharply narrowed; almost bare,
the third and fourth joints testaceous ; black at the apex ;
the third joint distinctly longer than the fourth. Head closely
punctured on the front and vertex; densely covered, the
mandibles (except the teeth) and clypeus included, with long
fulvous hair; the clypeus shining, impunctate. Thorax
covered with fulvous hair, closely punctured ; the mesonotum
almost transverse at the base, depressed in the middle at the
base, and with a narrow indistinct furrow down the sides;
the scutellum rugosely punctured, thickly covered with long
fulvous hair, the sides at the apex with two narrow keels ;
270 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
the pro- and mesopleure strongly punctured, the former exca-
vated in the centre, the latter with a broad shallow oblique
furrow in the middle; the metapleure with an oblique crenu-
lated depression down the centre, the apex coarsely punc-
tured. Petiole flat above, impunctate, covered with long
white hair, the sides above and at the apex rufo-testaceous ;
the other abdominal segments covered closely with white
hair, the apex of the second and third segments broadly, and
the other segments entirely, rufo-fulvous; beneath, the
petiole and the second segment are rufo-fulvous at the apex.
Legs covered with white hair; the fore tibiee and tarsi in
front, the middle tibiz in the centre in front, the basal joint
of the middle tarsi entirely, the hinder tibie, except a
black line in the centre behind, and the metatarsus, except
at the extreme apex, yellowish testaceous. The wing-
nervures are fulvous, the stigma black ; the first transverse
cubital nervure is broadly curved and narrowed towards the
second, the second and third nervures are straight, oblique.
The second cubital cellule is much narrowed at the top, being
there not much more than the distance bounded by the re-
current and the first transverse cubital nervures ; the first
recurrent nervure is received quite close to the base of the
cellule, the second shortly before the middle and is largely
bullated at the top, the three transverse cubital nervures
being also shortly bullated near the bottom ; the tegule and
the tubercle beneath them are yellowish.
Trigonalys flavonotata, sp. n.
Nigra, thorace flavo-maculato ; pedibus flavis, femoribus late nigris ;
alis hyalinis, antice fumatis. <¢.
Long. 10 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero, 7000 feet
(H. H. Smith). |
Antenne as long as the bead, thorax, and petiole, thick-
ened towards the middle; the second joint and the base of the
third testaceous. Head shining, impunctate, densely covered
with long fuscous hair; the clypeus depressed at the apex ;
the mandibles covered with long white hair, piceous before
the teeth. Thorax densely covered with fuscous hair; the
mcsonotum with the parapsidal furrows moderately distinct,
converging towards the apex; the sides of the pronotum
closely obliquely striated, with an impunctate space at the
base, the apex with a yellow mark, broad at the tegule,
narrow in front. The mesonotum rather coarsely punctured ;
Hymenoptera from Central America. 271
a yellow elongated line at the base of the furrow and a shorter
broader one at the apex; towards the apex are two straight
shining lines. Scutellum coarsely rugosely punctured ; there
are two yellow marks on its base, and at the sides of these is
an oblique yellow mark close to the wings; at the sides of
the scutellum the mesonotum is shining, impunctate, and
marked with oblique keels ; at the apex of the scutellum the
punctuation runs into reticulations; at the sides of the scu-
tellum there are also short oblique keels reaching from the
wings to the apex of the scutellum, and with a short yellow
mark near the wings. The median segment stoutly trans-
versely striolated; at the base in the centre are two small
yellow marks, and at the apex laterally are two large yellow
marks. Mesopleure coarsely punctured, the punctures
running into reticulations at the apex, densely covered with
white hair; the metapleure excavated at the base, shining,
impunctate, the apical part punctured coarsely, the apex
crenulated. Abdomen shining, impunctate; all the segments
edged with yellow. The ventral segments without yellow,
shining; the first segment at the base crenulated, the apex of
the second and third segments projecting into two triangular
teeth; there is a smaller projection on the fourth segment.
Legs sparsely covered with pale hair; the coxe pale yellow,
the hinder pair black at the base; the trochanters yellow, the
front pair marked with black beneath ; the four front femora
are almost entirely black; the hinder pair black, yellow at
the base and apex. The radial nervure is curved and is
received shortly before the second transverse cubital nervure ;
the first transverse cubital nervure is sharply elbowed below
the middle, the second slightly oblique, the third straight ;
the first recurrent nervure is received in the basal fourth of
the cellule, the second before the middle; the second and
third cubital cellules at the bottom are about equal.
Trigonalys fasciatipennis, sp. n.
Nigra, capite et thorace albo-maculatis, femoribus posterioribus
brunneis ; alis hyalinis, anticis fumatis.
Long., 2 fere 10, ¢ 6 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz [9], Venta de Zopi-
lote in Guerrero [ ¢] (H. H. Smith).
Antenne slender, reaching to the middle of the abdomen,
brownish beneath in the middle; the apex of the scape
yellow. Head closely punctured, covered with a short
white pubescence; the orbits of the eyes to near the top,
272 Mr, P. Cameron on new Spectes of
a mark on the edge behind on the level of the top of
the eyes, the antennal tubercles, the sides of the clypeus,
and the mandibles before the teeth yellow. Thorax above
rather strongly punctured; the parapsidal furrows deep,
crenulated ; the scutellum flat, closely punctured; the
median segment rather strongly punctured, the punctures
running into reticulations at the base, where there is a
narrow shallow longitudinal furrow. ‘The pro- and meso-
pleure closely punctured, the apex of the former almost
striolated; the metapleure above reticulated, slightly exca-
vated, crenulated. A spot on either side of the base of the
mesonotum, two marks on the scutellum, one close to
the wings, the postscutellum and two marks on either side
of it, two large marks on the sides of the median segment
(somewhat oblique and broadest at the apex), the edge of the
pronotum, a large mark on the propleura, a large mark
incised at the apex, and a small mark over the middle coxe,
and two marks on the metapleure, yellow. Abdomen as
long as the thorax, shagreened, covered with a close pubes-
cence; the petiole deeply excavated at the base and also at
the apex in the middle, shining, black, the apex pale yellow ;
the other segments marked with pale yellow at the apices.
The apex of the petiole beneath and of the second ventral
segment yellow, the latter with the yellow dilated in the
middle. ‘The fore wings banded with fuscous from base
to apex in front, the band broadest near the centre of the
cubital cellules; the basal abscissa of the radius is curved
and united to the second transverse cubital nervure; the
second cubital cellule is longer and narrower than the third ;
the first recurrent nervure is received close to the first trans-
verse cubital cellule, the second near the apical third of the
cellule. ‘The four front trochanters are black, yellow at the
apex; the hinder pair and the base of the hind femora
yellow.
The male is much smaller (only 6 millim. long) ; it has the
thorax less strongly punctured; the yellow marks on the
scutellum are united and longer; the two yellow marks on
the median segment are larger and extend to the extreme
base and apex, and are not so oblique; there is no mark on
the mesopleure ; the stigma is paler; the legs are darker
coloured, wanting the rufous tinge; all the abdominal seg-
ments are yellow at the apex, and the mesonotum is not
nearly so strongly punctured.
Hymenoptera from Central America, 273
Trigonalys Championt, sp. n.
Trigonalys Championi, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hymen. i. t. xx.
fig. 24.
Nigra, ore, coxis, trochanteribus, basi femorum, segmento mediali
petiolique albis ; alis violaceis.
Long. 11 millim. ¢.
Hab, Guatemala, Panima in Vera Paz (Champion).
Antenne as long as the head, thorax, and petiole united,
moderately stout, entirely black, covered with a short pale
down ; the third joint as long as the fourth. Head densely
covered with white hair; the front strongly punctured ; the
antennal tubercles, the clypeus, and the base of the mandibles
yellowish white, the edge of the mandibles and the mandi-
bular teeth black ; the apex of the clypeus incurved. Thorax
above thickly covered with fuscous hair, coarsely rugosely
punctured, the punctures running into reticulations on the
median segment; the median segment with the punctures
more widely separated and with a wide and deep furrow at
the base ; the pleuree densely covered with fuscous hair, the
mesopleure closely punctured, the propleure more strongly
punctured and with a pale yellow pear-shaped mark in front;
the metapleure closely punctured, more strongly in the middle,
its apex broadly pale yellow, the part in front of the stigma
being black. The petiole is entirely pale lemon-yellow,
shining, impunctate, sparsely covered with long white hair;
the other abdominal segments are entirely black, strongly
punctured, covered with short black pubescence, the apex
with the pubescence longer and white; the ventral segments
are covered with long soft white hair. Legs covered with
white hair. The fore wings are entirely deep violaceous ;
the hinder pair clear hyaline, with the apex broadly viola-
ceous.
Fam. Proctotrupide.
Subfam. Berayrivz.
Epyris orizabe, sp. n.
Long. 7-8 millim. 6.
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (H. H. Smith and F. D. Godman).
Very nearly related to L. rugifrons, Cam., from the Pacific
slope of Guatemala, but smaller, less robust, the head coarsely
punctured behind the ocelli (in 2. rugifrons there is an im-
pmnctate space behind them), the middle lobe of the meso-
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 20
274 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
notum with some large deep punctures, and the head, thorax,
and abdomen much less pilose. ;
Antenne stout, densely covered with white pubescence, a
little longer than the head and thorax united, the third joint,
if anything, longer than the fourth. Head covered with long
soft pale hair; coarsely punctured all over. Prothorax
shorter than the head, coarsely punctured; the apex depressed,
very finely punctured. The mesonotum with wide furrows,
the lateral lobes coarsely punctured; the median lobe with
much fewer punctures, there being very few at the base.
The scutellum has some widely separated punctures on the
basal half. The median segment has in the centre three
central and four shorter lateral longitudinal keels; the apex
above is reticulated irregularly, the apex itself being semi-
perpendicular and reticulated, the reticulations running into
punctures. The propleure striolated behind, shining; the
mesopleure coarsely punctured ; the metapleure striolated.
The abdomen is as long as the thorax, smooth, impunctate ;
the apical segments bear white hair; the last segment with
the apical half pale. The legs are entirely black and covered
with white hair. The wings are suffused with a fuscous
tint; the costa and stigma are black; the nervures at the
base pale fuscous, at the apex they are almost obliterated ;
the first transverse cubital nervure is very pale, the others
and the recurrent nervures are indicated in white, but very
indistinctly.
Epyris palliditarsis, sp. n.
Niger, longe albo-hirtus ; tarsis posterioribus albis. 6.
Long. 11 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (//. H. Smith).
Head densely covered with long soft white hair, strongly
rugosely punctured, the punctures on the front running into
reticulations. Antenne a little longer than the head and
thorax united, distinctly tapering towards the apex, densely
covered with short white hair; the third joint slightly longer
than the fourth. Thorax shining; the pro- and mesothorax
densely covered with long white hair; the central part of the
mesonotum with the punctures large and widely separated,
especially towards the apex, those on thie sides smaller and
closer together. Scutellum rather strongly punctured, except
in the middle towards the apex. ‘The median segment has
the basal half longitudinally striated, the striations widely
separated, especially towards the middle, where there is a
clear space with only an interrupted longitudinal keel; the
Leas = — oy sare
Hymenoptera from Central America. 275
apical part is irregularly transversely striolated, the apex is
very slightly obliquely sloped and is finely and closely trans-
versely striated. The mesopleure coarsely punctured, except:
immediately under the wings ; the metapleure are irregularly
reticulated. ‘The abdomen is shining, the four or five apical
segments densely covered with long white hair, especially at
their apices. The legs are densely covered with long white
hair; the two anterior tarsi are entirely black; the posterior.
tarsi white, black towards the apex. ‘The lower part of the
wings and the apical part from the base of the stigma are
suffused with fuscous.
Allied to Z. rugifrons and £. orizabe.
&
Epyris scutellaris, sp. n.
Niger, capite viridi, scutello rufo; alis hyalinis, fusco-maculatis.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Tierra Colorada in Guerrero, 2000 feet.
(H. H. Smith).
The head, except at the oral region, where it is black,
metallic green, running into bluish shades on the vertex,
thickly covered with white hair, strongly and closely punctured.
The mandibles are pale testaceous towards the apex. The -
antenne are black, densely covered with white hair; the third
joint is distinctly longer than the fourth. ‘The prothorax is,
if anything, longer than broad, closely punctured, densely
covered with white hair and with a not very distinct furrow
down the centre. The mesonotum densely covered with white
hair ; the central furrows are deep, the lateral furrows
narrower and less distinct, and the mesonotum outside them
is dull rufous. ‘The scutellum is impunctate, shining, rufous.
The sides of the median segment project into stout teeth; at
the apex above there is a semicircular area, into which run
from the side of the segment a central and a lateral keel ; the
sides have some irregular keels, the apex is slightly oblique
and is transversely striated, with a central longitudinal keel.
The abdomen is shorter than the thorax, shining, covered,
especially at the sides and beneath, with white hair. The
legs are covered with white hair; the trochanters are pale
testaceous. ‘The basal and the radial nervures are black, the
others pale testaceous; the fuscous cloud extends from the
basal nervure to the middle of the radial cellule.
A prominent feature in this distinct species is the stout
projecting teeth on the median segment. . scutedlaris should
be placed near L, erythropoda, Cam., from Panama.
20*
276 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians
Epyris montezuma, sp. n.
Niger, antennis pedibusque testaceis; alis hyalinis, stigmate
nervisque pallidis. 9.
Long. fere 4 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (F. D. Godman and H. H. Smith).
Allied to E. guatemalensis, Cam., but easily separated from
it by the absence of the furrows on the mesonotum and by
the deep transverse depression at the base of the scutellum.
Antenne stout, as long as the thorax, testaceous, infuscated
towards the tip; the scape curved, dilated towards the apex,
as long as the following three joints united, these being of
nearly equal length. Head shining, faintly punctured,
sparsely haired ; the mandibles testaceous. The extreme base
of the pronotum depressed, testaceous ; the rest aciculated and
with a few shallow punctures. The mesonotum much shorter
than the pronotum, aciculated ; in front of the scutellum is a
wide, deep, somewhat curved furrow. The median segment
is longer than the mesothorax; above finely and closely
rugosely punctured, almost transversely striated towards the
apex ; there is a central keel reaching towards the apex and a
shorter lateral one; the apex is almost perpendicular and
finely transversely striated. ‘The abdomen is shining, pilose
at the apex, the apical segments rufous ; the basal segment is
gradually dilated towards the apex. Legs testaceous, the
femora more or less infuscated. Wings hyaline, the nervures
pallid yellow; the cubital and transverse cubital nervures
obliterated entirely ; the tegule are pallid yellow.
[To be continued. ]
XXVI.—A List of Reptiles and Batrachians from the Congo
Free State, with Descriptions of Two new Snakes. By
G. A. BouULENGER, F.R.S.
At the request of the Secretary of the Department of the
Interior, Congo Free State, I have undertaken to name a
collection of Reptiles and Batrachians formed in the State
within the last few years, and which will be exhibited at the
International Exhibition to be held this year in Brussels.
At the same time I accepted to look over the specimens from
the same region which are the property of the Brussels
University, where they are being arranged by the Curator of
the Collection, my friend M. L. De Pauw.
from the Congo Free State. 277
I give a list of the species of which I have identified
examples, with an indication of the localities. The latter
are thirteen in number, viz. :—
A. West Africa.
. Zambi-Banana, mouth of the Congo.
Zambi, Lower Congo.
Bongo-Congo, Lower Congo.
Boma.
. Leopoldville.
. Stanley Pool.
> OR 92 bo ps
B. Central Africa south of the Equator.
. Kuango River.
. Kassai River.
. Chuapa River.
. Lomami River.
. Nyangwe, Lualaba River.
ae
RePoweoasl
C. Central Africa north of the Equator.
12. Aruwimi.
13. Zongo, Ubangi Rapids.
REPTILIA.
EXMYDOSAURIA.
1. Crocodilus niloticus, Laur.—Kuango.
LACERTILIA.
2. Hemidactylus mabouia, Mor.—Zambi-Banana; Nyangwe.
3. Zonurus cordylus, L.—Aruwimi.
First record north of Angola.
4. Varanus niloticus, L.—Kassai.
5. Monopeltis Guenther, Blgry.—Kuango.
6. Ichnotropis capensis, Smith.— Kuango.
First record north of Angola.
7. Mabuia maculilabris, Gray.— Kassai.
8. Lygosoma Fernand, Burt.—Nyangwe.
First record south of the Gaboon.
9. Ablepharus cabinde, Bocage.—Bongo-Congo.
10. Heylinia Currort, Gray.—Zambi.
278 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians
RHIPTOGLOSSA.
11. Chameleon gracilis, Hallow.—Stanley Peol.
12. Chameleon dilepis, Leach.—Bongo-Congo.
OPHIDLIA. -
13. Typhlops punctatus, Leach.— Boma; Zongo.
14. Python sebe, Gm.—Zongo.
15. Tropidonotus olivaceus, Ptrs——Zambi-Banana; Zambi ;
Boma; Kassai.
16. Bothrophthalmus lineatus, Ptrs—Nyangwe; Kuango;
Kassai.
Black, with five yellow or red longitudinal lines, which
are narrower than the interspaces.
17. Boodon lineatus, D. & B.—Zambi; Kassai; Aruwimi;
Zongo.
18. Lycophidium capense, Smith.—Kuango ; Lomami.
19. Chlorophis heterolepidotus, Gthr.—Zambi.
20. Chlorophis trregularis, Leach. — Zambi; Nyangwe ;
Zongo.
21. Philothamnus semivariegatus, Smith.—Kassai.
22. Philothamnus dorsalis, Bocage.—Zambi-Banana; Zambi.
One of the specimens is melanotic:—Uniform black, except
the snout, which is of a pale brown, and the throat, which is
white. Another has dark brown bars across the neck.
23. Gastropyxis smaragdina, Schl.—Kassai.
24. Hapsidophrys lineata, Fisch.—lKassai.
25. Thrasops flavigularis, Hallow.—Kuango.
26. Prosymna Bocagit, sp. n.
Snout obtusely pointed, very prominent, and slightly turned
up at the end. Rostral very large, with angular horizontal
edge; a single internasal and a single prefrontal; frontal
large, more than half the width of the head, a little longer
ee ee
from the Congo Free State. ~ 279
than the parietals, its antero-lateral angles reaching the eyes ;
loreal longer than deep; a very small preocular; prefrontal
entering the eye; one postocular ; temporals 1+2; six upper
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; only cne pair of
well-developed chin-shields. Scales smooth, in 15 rows.
Ventrals 167; anal entire; subcaudals 19. Blackish brown
above and beneath, the ventrals and subcaudals edged with
pale brown.
Total length 340 millim. ; tail 28.
A single female specimen from Zongo, Ubangi Rapids.
This species, which I have the pleasure of naming in
honour of Prof. Barboza du Boeage, to whom we are in-
debted for much of our knowledge of the reptiles of West
Africa, is closely allied to P. ambigua, from which it differs
in the more prominent, slightly turned up snout, the minute
preocular, which allows the prefrontal to border the eye,
and the single postocular.
27. Scaphiophis albopunctatus, Ptrs.—Kuango; Kassai.
Two young specimens. 25 or 27 scales across the neck,
21 across the middle of the body; ventrals 202, 198;
subcaudals 55, 51.
28. Grayia Smythii, Leach.—Aruwimi.
29. Dasypeltis scabra, L.—Zambi; Kassai; Zongo.
Sc. 21-23 ; V. 199-232 ; C. 65-81. Some specimens are
uniform pale brown; others have the dark markings more or
less distinct, but always small.
30. Leptodira hitambeia, Laur.—Zambi; Bongo-Congo;
Boma; Kuango; Lomami; Zongo.
31. Dromophis lineatus, D. & B.—Chuapa.
First record south of the Equator.
32. Psammophis sibilans, L.—Zambi; Boma.
33. Thelotornis Kirtlandit, Hallow.—Kassai.
34, Xenocalamus Mechovii, Ptrs—Kuango.
‘The specimen measures 520 millim.; tail 55. Two minute
postoculars. V. 227; C. 34. |
35. Aparallactus ubangensis, sp. n.
Diameter of eye greater than its distance from the oral
border. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above;
internasals shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal a little longer
than broad, longer than its distance from the end of the
snout, shorter than the parietals; nasal divided, in contact
280 Reptiles and Batrachians from the Congo Free State.
with the preocular; one postocular ; no anterior temporal ;
seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, fifth
and sixth largest and in contact with the parietal; first lower
labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; ante-
rior chin-shields larger than the posterior and in contact with
four lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 163; anal
entire ; subcaudals 38. Dark brown above, with a yellow
nuchal collar ; orange beneath, with a few brown dots scat-
tered on the posterior part of the belly; subcaudals dark
brown, with orange posterior border.
Total length 390 millim. ; tail 55.
A single female specimen from Zongo, Ubangi Rapids.
36. Elapechis Guenthert, Bocage.—Kuango.
37. Nata melanoleuca, Hallow.—Zongo.
38. Naia nigricollis, Reinh.—Stanley Pool; Kuango.
39. Dendraspis Jamesonii, 'Traill—Zambi-Banana; Boma.
40. Dendraspis angusticeps, Smith.—Boma.
41, Causus rhombeatus, Licht.—Zambi-Banana; Zambi;
Boma; Stanley Pool ; Kuango; Kassai; Zongo.
42. Bitis artietans, Merr.—Leopoldville.
43. Atheris squamiger, Hallow.—Stanley Pool; Zongo.
Two specimens, with 7 or 8 keeled scales across the inter-
ocular region. The specimen from Stanley Pool is uniform
bright yellow, with a single series of scales between the eye
and the labials, 21 series of scales, 143 ventrals, and 52 sub-
caudals ; that from Zongo is dark green, with small yellow
spots ; one series of suboculars on the right side, two series
(one of which is incomplete) on the left side; 23 series of
scales, 163 ventrals, and 56 subcaudals,
44, Atractaspis trregularis, Reinh.—Zambi.
Sc. 27; V. 229; C. 25 pairs,
On a new Snake from German East Africa. 281
BATRACHIA.
1. Rappia tristis, Bocage.—Zambi.
Known from a single specimen from Angola.
2. Rappia marmorata, Rapp.—Zambi.
3. Bufo regularis, Reuss.—Zambi.
I seize this opportunity to point out that the three species
recently described by Mocquard (C. R. Congr. Intern. Zool.
Leyde, pp. 232-234) from the Upper Ubangi in the French
Congo are not new.
Mabuia Viancini, Mocq.,= M. Buettner’, Matschie ; Rana
oubanghiensis, Mocq.,=f. galamensis, D. & B.; and, as
recognized by the author himself, Nata yakome, Mocq.,=
NV. Goldit, Blgr.
XX VII.—Description of a new Snake from Usambara,
German East Africa. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.
Leptodira Wernert.
Body feebly compressed. Rostral once and two thirds as
broad as deep, scarcely visible from above ; internasals much
shorter than the pretrontals; frontal once and a half as long
as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout,
shorter than the parietals ; loreal deeper than long; one pra-
ocular, not reaching the frontal; two or three postoculars ;
temporals 1+2; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth
entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the ante-
rior chin-shields, which are a little longer than the posterior.
Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals 225; anal entire; subcaudals
101. Pale grey-brown above, uniform on the head and on
the anterior part of the body, the rest of the body and the
tail with darker spots more or less confluent into closely-set
cross-bands ; upper lip yellowish white; ventrals yellowish
white, mostly edged with dark brown on the sides; sub-
caudals brown.
Total length 370 millim.; tail 85.
A single specimen, presented to the British Museum by
Dr. F. Werner.
282 Ona new Species of the Genus Peecilopsaltria.
XX VIII.— Description of a new Species of the Genus Peecilo-
psaltria belonging to the Family Cicadide. By W. L.
DISTANT.
Herr Anton HAnpiirscw having lately submitted to me
for determination the Cicadide from Africa and Madagascar
contained in the “ Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum ”’ of Vienna,
I have found the following species from Madagascar requires
description and to be added to the nomenclature.
This museum has acquired the collection of the late
Dr. Signoret, which includes many of Stal’s types and deter-
minations. It must be remembered, however, that to many
of these specimens are attached MS. names; for my late
friend Dr. Signoret combined an enthusiasm for his study
beyond the time he could devote to it—which was not incon-
siderable—with the result that many species which he decided
were undescribed had MS. names affixed in his collection, but
received no publication at the time, for he preferred writing
on a group at some subsequent period.
Pectlopsaltria Handlirschi, sp. n.
Body above castaneous. Head with a triangular central
mark to front, lateral transverse strie to face, area of the
ocelli (from which emerge two fascie, of which the first
reaches the anterior lateral margin and the second is recurved
to eyes) black. Pronotum with the anterior margin, two
central lineate fascia, and the incisures black. Mesonotum
with four obconical spots starting from anterior margin, of
which the two central are smallest, and between the apices of
which is a central triangular spot, and the anterior margins
of the cruciform elevation black. Abdomen with the lateral
areas of the three basal and the whole of the remaining
segments black. Body beneath and legs pale castaneous.
‘egmina brownish ochraceous, the apical areas and
margin more or less purplish brown and mottled with greyish ;
a distinct greyish-white submarginal spot in upper ulnar
area. Wings brownish ochraceous, with rather more than
basal third darkly infuscated.
The rostrum reaches the posterior coxe.
Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 39 millim.; exp. tegm. 104 millim.
Hab. Madagascar (Schneider, 1880).
The description is based on one female specimen, and the
type is in the Vienna Museum. By the internal fuscous
area to the wings it is allied to P. Brancsiki, Dist., but the
remaining totally different coloration will alone serve to
distinguish it from that species.
Se Se ee
On some new Oriental Opiliones. 283
XXIX.—Descriptions of some new Oriental Opiliones recently
received by the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.
Suborder PLAGIOSTETHYI, Simon.
Family Phalangiide.
Genus GAGRELLA, Stoliczka.
Gagrella insculpta, sp. n.
Closely allied to G. scrobiculata, Thorell (Ann. Mus. Genov.
xxx. p. 117), from Borneo, but apparently differing in the
following particulars :—The colour of the trunk is black, but
there are some bright yellow spots near the sides of the cara-
pace, one on each side of the tergal shield of the abdomen,
and one on the anterior surface of the distal end of the fourth
coxa (these spots do not appear to be present in scrobiculata).
Mandibles yellow, spotted with brown in front in one speci-
men, but not nigro-piceous as in scrobiculata.
Legs black ; tarsi testaceous; the adjacent extremities of
the tibize and protarsi bright yellow. Sternal area of abdomen
with a wide flavous stripe on each side of it.
The sculpturing of the trunk appears to resemble that of
scrobiculata, except that the free abdominal terga are exceed-
ingly finely punctulate and not very finely ¢ granular.
The supramandibular eee are not acuminate and
narrow, but stout, with the apex digitate, each digitiform
process armed apically with small tubercles ; immediately
behind them on the carapace there is a low smooth eminence.
Length of trunk 8°5 millim., width 5.
Loc. Baram, Borneo. Several specimens obtained by
Mr. Charles Hose.
Suborder MECOSTETHI, Simon.
Fam. Oncopodide, Thor.
Genus Pexitnus, Thor.
(Ann, Mus. Genoy. xxx. p. 757 (1890).)
Pelitnus annulipes, sp. n.
Colour of upperside of trunk and of lower side of abdomen
a deep brownish black ; coxee fusco-ferruginous ; 3 legs brunneo-
fuscous, with the tarsi, trochanters, and apices “of femora,
patella, and tibize orange- yellow.
284 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
Trunk smooth though not polished, piriform; width of
abdomen a little more than two thirds length of trunk (5:7).
Carapace convex transversely, about twice as wide as long,
widely and transversely truncate anteriorly, its anterior lateral
angles rounded, its sides nearly parallel, the interocular area
elevated into an erect triangularly spiniform tooth, at the
base of which on each side the eye is situated; the area in
front of the tubercle nearly vertical, that behind it horizontal
in the middle, strongly sloped away at the sides, where there
is a distinct tubercle, and just above and behind it a deep pit
leading apparently into a tunnel which passes beneath a kind
of bridge formed by the union of the middle of the dorsal
surface of the carapace and the corresponding area of the first
segment of the abdomen; the middle of the upper surface of
this bridge marked with a deep pit, which evidently corre-
sponds to the shallow but wide sulcus which longitudinally
divides the anterior abdominal tergal ridges, but dies out on
the posterior ones ; these ridges are nine in number, counting
that in the first that forms the hinder half of the bridge ;
none of the terga are free and all the sterna are similarly
fused, being represented by transverse ridges, and the original
sutures between them by grooves.
Mandibles only moderately strong, the basal segment
distally expanded and terminating above in a bluntly rounded
prominence, its upper edge longitudinally straight, the forceps
weak, the digits scarcely sinuate; when extended these
appendages reach only to the end of the femur of the palp.
Palpi reaching just past the tibia of the first leg, bearing a
Single cylindrical process on the under surface of the maxilla,
trochanter, and base of femur.
Legs longish ; the coxe sending out in front and behind a
buttress to support the narrowed base of the trochanter; this
buttress on the posterior face of the second coxa is double,
and bears, in addition, a tubercle, while on the upper surface
of the segment there is a pair of large tubercles beneath the
edge of the carapace, and the inner angle of this segment is
armed with a forwardly directed angular tooth projecting
partially beneath the coxa of the first leg, upon which close
to the lip-like maxillary plate there is a low rounded promi-
nence; the rest of the coxe and of the segments of the legs
are without special processes. The coxo-sternal area between
the genital plate and the mouth-parts longitudinally depressed
and forming a deep wide channel.
Genital plate triangularly heart-shaped, about as wide at
the base as it is long.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 7;
new Oriental Opiliones. 285
width of abdomen 5, of carapace 2°5; length of first leg (ex-
cluding coxa) 9°5, of second 15, of third 10°5, of fourth 15.
Loc. Baram, Borneo. One specimen obtained by Mr. C.
Hose.
The only other known species of this genus is P. armillatus,
Thor. (/oc. ctt.), from Ajer Mantjur in Sumatra, which is
based upon a small example 2 millim. long and evidently
not adult. But it certainly differs from the species here
described in having the abdomen as wide as the trunk is long
and more than half the length of the fourth leg. The palpi,
moreover, are said to be unarmed, no processes being described
as present upon the lower side of its basal segments.
So far as | can judge of the characters of Gnomulus from
the description of the two known species published by
Dr. Thorell—namely G. rostratus (Ann. Mus. Genov. xxx.
p- 378), from Pinang, and G. swmatranus (loc. cit. p. 759),
from Mount Singalang—the genus Pelitnus only differs from
it in possessing a triangularly spiniform erect interocular
tubercle. ‘The two differ from the following genus Oncopus
in having the anterior two pairs of tarsi two-jointed and the
posterior two pairs three-jointed. In Oncopus all the tarsi
are composed of a single segment.
Genus Oncopus, Thor.
(Ann. Mus. Genoy. ix. p. 154 (1876).)
Oncopus Hose, sp. n.
Nearly allied to O. Dorie, Thorell, from Sarawak (Ann.
Mus. Genoy. ix. p. 138, 1876-77), but differing apparently
in the following particulars :—
The body is narrower as compared with its length, the
width of the abdominal region being considerably less than
two thirds the length of the dorsal surface.
On the abdomen there are only two distinct pairs of tubercles,
both of which appear to be relatively smaller and a little
closer together than those in O. Dorie. The third pair of
tubercles from the end depicted in the drawing of O. Dorie are
only just visible in O. Hosez.
The genital plate is distinctly longer than wide, and from
the inner angle of the coxa of the legs of the third paira
slender spiniform process runs forward, underlying the
maxillary process of the coxa of the legs of the second pair.
Palpi extending nearly to the apex of the protarsus of the
first legs ; femur has no processes below (in Dorte there are
said to be two processes, one at the base and the other in the
286 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
distal half), and I can see nothing of the nature of a blunt
bifid spine or process arising from the lower side of the
maxille, there being at most a low and undivided prominence
here. Moreover, on the coxe of the first leg there are
distinctly four processes visible below, one a largish conical
eminence situated in the middle of its lower surface, a second
small blunt tooth-like one on its anterior surface just below
Fig. 1.— Oncopus Hosei ; head and mandible.
Fig. 1 a.— Ditto ; coxee of second and third legs.
Fig. 2.—Oncopus alticeps ; head and mandible.
Fig. 2 a.—Ditto ; coxal area of carapace.
the maxilla, and the other two on its distal margin. All the
trochanters are without tubercles, but there is a distinct
process at the base of the upperside of the femur of the
second leg.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 9°3 ;
length of carapace 3, width 38; width of abdomen 5; length
of first leg (excluding coxa) 9, of second 13, of third 9, of
fourth 13°5.
Loc. Baram, Borneo. <A single specimen obtained by
Mr. C. Hose.
From the other known species of Oncopus, namely O. Fee,
Thorell (Ann. Mus. Genov, xxx. p. 875, 1890), from Pinang,
and O. truncatus, id. (tom. cit. p. 764), from Singapore, this
new species seems to differ in the same respects as those
pointed out by Thorell as distinctive of O. Doria.
new Oriental Opiliones. 287
Oncopus alticeps, sp. n.
Colour deep blackish brown, carapace and mandibles paler ;
extremities of the leg-segments and the entire tarsus pale.
Carapace very high, abruptly elevated behind at its junction
with the abdomen, strongly rounded from side to side, without
any broad elevated interocular prominence such as is seen in
O. Hoset.
Mandibles very strong, the basal segment suddenly raised
at the base and projecting forwards to a point nearly on a
level with the tip of the femur of the palp, which curves
round it, armed externally below with a spiniform tooth,
only a small portion of the second segment visible from
above.
The pa/p with the tarsus stouter than in Hose?, the claw
thick, short, tarsiform, and forming a small pincer with a
short process from the apex of the tarsus.
Legs asin Hosei; the coxe of the second, however, on
each side of the middle line are thickened and raised into a
warty eminence, which projects forwards and terminates in a
black bilobed maxillary process, and there are no forwardly-
directed processes on the inner extremities of the coxe of the
third legs.
Genital plate broader as compared with its length than in
Hoset.
Abdomen as in Hosez, but as broad as long, with three
pairs of distinct tubercles, the posterior being much the
longest; the five smooth transverse ridges on the lower
suiface not so thick as in Hose.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 9°5 ;
width of abdomen 6, length up to the lateral pit 7, to poste-
rior border of head 6.
Loc. Pinang Hill (2260 feet alt.). A single specimen
obtained by Mr. Stanley Flower, of the Royal Museum,
Bangkok, Siam.
The annexed table will serve to show the distinctive
characters of this and the other species of the genus known
LO me -—
a. The carapace very high and convex, its posterior
portion abruptly elevated above the level of the
abdomen; -the basal segment of the mandible
very long, reaching nearly to the extremity of the
femur of the palp, only a small portion of the
second segment visible from above; maxillary
process of second leg very large and thick ...... alticeps, sp. 0.
6. Carapace low, posteriorly but little orno higher than
the adjacent area of the abdomen; mandibles
288 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
much smaller, almost as much of the second seg-
ment visible from above as of the first, the latter
not extending beyond the middle of the femur of
palp; maxillary process of second leg relatively
small.
a‘, The anterior portion of the carapace produced
forwards and upwards into a blunt interocular
beak ; the last tergite of the abdomen with two
large tubercles; coxa of third leg furnished at
the base with a forwardly-directed spiniform
DIOCESES eminem 65S 3 64050” ve «eee Hosei, sp. n.
b!. The anterior portion of the carapace low, with at
most a small prominence ; last tergite of abdo-
men without tubercles; coxa of third leg
without basal spiniform process...........+4. truncatus, Thor.
The type of the genus, O. Dorie, and the remaining
species, O. Few, which seem to be closely allied, will fall,
apparently, alongside of //ose¢ under section a’ of the above
table ; but there is no mention in the description of either of
them of the presence of a spiniform process on the coxa of
the third leg. O. Fee is said to differ from O. Dorie in having
the dorsal part of the abdominal region longer, namely, more
than three times as long as the carapace instead of two anda
half times, the femur of the palp having only one tubercle
below at the base instead of two, &c. In Hose? there is no
tubercle in this position.
Of the Singapore species O. truncatus the British Museum
has from time to time received a number of specimens from
Mr. H. N. Ridley.
Suborder ANEPIGNATHI, Thorell.
(Ann. Mus. Genoy. 1882, p. 22.)
Family Sironide, Simon.
Genus Petraus, Thor,
(Ann. Mus. Genoy. vill. p. 469 (1876).)
This genus was founded by Thorell for the reception of
the species from Ceylon described by Cambridge as Cyph-
ophthalmus cimiciformis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi.
pp. 388-389, pl. xii. fig. 83,1875). The characters upon which
it was based and distinguished from Siro (Cyphopthalmus) were
the alleged presence of a fourth segment on the mandibles
and the bifurcation of the last dorsal plate of the abdomen.
In the species of this genus, however, that I have seen
there is no fourth segment on the mandible and the bifurca-
tion of the abdominal segment may be almost absent, varying
within the limits of the same species. Apart from this
new Oriental Opiliones. 289
character, however, the genus may be distinguished from
Siro by having the tarsi composed of a single segment,
whereas in Siro the proximal end of the tarsus is, according
to Simon (‘ Arachnides de France,’ vii. p. 144, pl. xxii.
figs. 10-13), separated off. Also in Siro the eyes appear to
be marginal as in Stylocellus, whereas in Pettalus the two
tubercles are nearly as far from the margins as they are from
each other. Jiopsalis, Thor. (Ann. Mus. Genov. xxx. p. 381,
1890), will probably prove synonymous with Pettalus.
Some facts connected with the structure of the stomotheca
and sternal surface of the carapace are perhaps worth re-
cording. The mazille lie vertically between the coxe of
the first pair of legs, their lip-like apices just appearing at
the hinder end of the stomotheca; these lips, which are
defined by a suture, are the maxillary lobes. The posterior
ends of the first coxe close the stomotheca behind, since they
just meet in the middle line; and lying alongside of their inner
edges is a narrow sclerite, ending below in a lip-like piece,
which appears to represent the maxillary lobe of this coxa.
The cove of the second pair end in long processes, which
meet in the middle line behind those of the first and separate
them from a large pentagonal plate lying between the coxe
of the third and fourth appendages. ‘This plate is furnished
with a pair of conical elevations, and in the middle line behind
them there is a small crescentic genital aperture.
Pettalus brevicauda, sp. n.
Colour (in alcohol) a uniform yellowish brown.
Body oval, short, not much longer than broad, broadest at
the posterior border of the carapace, covered above and below
with somewhat coarse granulation.
Carapace with its posterior border mesially convex above,
lightly concave at the side; ocular tubercles conical, broad
and circular at the base; the margin just above the base of
the mandibles prominent. Upper surface of abdomen com-
posed of eight distinct plates, separated by grooves, the
grooves scarcely granular, the granules along the anterior and
posterior edge of the plates coarser than the rest; the last
segment much smoother, marked with a deep longitudinal
groove and a deep posterior notch; beneath the bilobed plate,
and separating it from the circular anal plate, there is a
crescentic tergite, the sternite of which is a narrow plate
immediately in front of the anal sclerite. Rim of stigmata
forming nearly a complete circle.
Appendages.— Mandibles with basal segment cylindrical,
Ann. & Mag. \. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 21
290 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
about four times as long as wide, with a transverse crest at
its proximal end above and a strong prominence below,
granular throughout and about two
thirds the length of the second segment,
which is smooth and polished. Palpi
about equal to the mandibles in length,
the tibia one third longerthan the tarsus;
finely granular above and below; the
tibiz longer than the patellw, the pro-
tarsi nearly half the length of the tarsi;
lower surface of first tarsus distally
finely scopulate, much swollen in the
middle of its length; tarsus of fourth
with a rounded tubercular knob on its
posterior (inner) surface at the proximal
end, and from this a short tooth-like
process projects forwards and upwards.
Length 3°8 millim., width 2°5.
Loc. Punduloya, Ceylon (£. £.
Green).
Differs from Pettalus cimiciformis
(Cambridge) in its relatively weakly
lobate “ tail”? and much smaller pro-
cess on the fourth tarsus. A second
smallerspecimen, obtained by Mr. Green,
has no process on the fourth tarsus, and Fig. 3.—Coxal area of
the last tergite scarcely lobate and not _Stylocellus lionotus.
grooved. ‘This specimen is probably arms phe
either young or a different sex from the je 4¢—Last tergite of
type. Pettalus brevicauda.
Genus STYLOCELLUS, Westw.
Stylocellus, Westw. Thesaurus Ent. Oxon. p. 200, pl. xxvii. fig. 7 (1874).
Leptopsalis, Thor. Ann. Mus, Genoy. xviil. p. 23 (1883),
Judging from the species of this genus that I have had
an opportunity to examine, the sternal region of the cepha-
lothorax differs in some important and puzzling particulars
from the same area in Pettalus. The stomotheca is closed
behind by the coxe of the second pair of legs, which, like
those of the first pair, have their inner edges strongly
elevated. Moreover, the coxe of the legs of the fourth pair
apparently meet each other in the middle line in front of the
large transversely reniform genital aperture, and separate it
from a small sternal plate, which is wedged in between the
coxe and second pair of legs. The genital aperture is bounded
new Orvental Opiliones. 291
behind by a semilunar genital plate, which is fused behind
with the first abdominal sternite. I say that the coxe appa-
rently meet each other in front of the genital aperture, because
there appears to be no distinct suture, only integumental folds,
between their main portions and their inwardly-directed pro-
cesses. From a comparison of the figures of the coxal areas
of S. lonotus and Pettalus brachyurus it seems that the
maxillary lobes of the legs of the first pair in the former are
not represented in the latter, where the maxillary lobes of
the palpus appear to be the only organs that can be called
lips, and that the pentagonal plate with its two elevations
that lies in Pettalus between the coxe of the second, third,
and fourth pairs of legs and before the genital aperture is
represented in Stylocellus by the minute sternal plate and by
the inwardly-directed pregenital coxal lobes of the fourth
legs. But whether in the case of the Stylocellus the coxe
have grown inwards and obliterated the sternal area of Pet-
talus, or whether they have merely fused with it, I cannot at
present say. In Siro (cf. Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genov. xviii.
1882, p. 24, in note) there is a largish sternal plate lying longi-
tudinally between the coxe of the first, second, and third pairs
of legs at the sides, the genital aperture behind, and the apex
of the stomotheca in front. Stvro, therefore, 1s in some respects
intermediate between Pettalus and Stylocellus.
Stylocellus Wionotus, sp. n.
Colour of trunk black, of appendages very deep ferruginous.
Upper surface of trunk and lower surface of abdomen
smooth ; coxe mesially granular below, the first more thickly
so than the others.
Body about twice as long as wide.
The sessile eyes situated some distance—?. e. by a space
that slightly excels their diameter—in front of the ocular
tubercle.
Mandibles nearly as long as the palpi; basal segment
thickly granular below and bearing two tubercles, one at the
base, the other in the middle of their length, towards the
outside of the lower surface; the second segment granular
above at the base, smooth and polished elsewhere.
The legs and other organs apparently as in S. sumatranus,
Westw. (Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 200, 1874).
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 6; width 3;
height 2°25; length of first leg 9, of second 6°3, of third 6°5,
of fourth 8°8.
7S se
292 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on the
Loc. Sandakan, N. Borneo. A single specimen obtained
by Mr. Douglas Cator.
This species may be at once recognized from S. sumatranus
(=8. Beccariz, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genoyv. xviii. p. 25, 1882)
from Sumatra and from &. javanus (Thorell, loc. cit. p. 30)
from Java by having the upper surface of the trunk smooth
and not densely granular.
XXX.—A Contribution tothe Osteology of the Mesozoic Amioid
Fishes Caturus and Osteorachis. By A. Smita Woop-
WARD, F.L.S.
[Plates VIII.—XI.]
TuE well-known Leeds Collection from the Oxford Clay ot
Peterborough has already furnished many important illustra-
tions of the osteology of the Mesozoic fishes. Several more
examples, however, still remain to be utilized, and the present
contribution to our knowledge of the early Amioids is chiefly
based on a fine series of new specimens of Caturus and one of
Osteorachis in this collection. ‘The description of these is
followed by a brief note on a unique example of the Liassic
Osteorachis macrocephalus, which has hitherto been imper-
fectly known, but can now be elucidated with greater precision.
The whole series of observations shows more clearly than
ever how extraordinarily similar are certain Mesozoic rhombic-
scaled notochordal genera to the existing Amza, even in some
of the minute features of osteology.
I.— Carvervs, SP. IND., FROM THE OXFORD CLAY OF
NORTHAMPTONSHIRE AND WILTSHIRE.
There is still so much uncertainty as to the distinction of
the various species of Caturus known even by whole skeletons
that it seems inadvisable at present to give any specific names
to the comparatively fragmentary examples of this genus fiom
the English Oxford Clay. ‘Their great interest consists not
in their precise systematic relationships, but in their naturally
dissected condition, which adds so much to our knowledge of
the osteology ot the fish. It must suffice to remark that most
of the specimens belong to a species closely related to, if not
identical with, the typical Caturus furcatus of the Bavarian
Lithographic Stone; while some have comparatively larger
and tewer teeth. All these fossils have now been acquired
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 293
by the British Museum, and the numbers in brackets always
refer to the Register of the Department of Geology.
Cranium.
The chondrocranium exhibits extensive ossifications, but
was not sufficiently resistant to withstand complete collapse in
the soft clay. The basioccipital is deeply excavated on its
posterior face by a conical fossa for the notochord, and the
inferior aspect of the bone (no. P. 6901) is marked by a
longitudinal groove, though this is not covered by the para-
sphenoid and there is apparently no basicranial canal. There
are robust ossifications in the postfrontal and prefrontal
(lateral ethmoidal) regions, but cartilage must have persisted
in the mesethmoid, which can only have been small. In the
lateral wall of the cranium, immediately in front of the post-
frontal, there appears a very large ossification, longer than
deep, which is probably to be identified with the alisphenoid
(no. P. 6906) ; a smaller, nearly quadrate ossification adjoins
this behind, and seems to correspond with the pro-otic of
Amia (seen in same specimen); and a third bone, occurring
still further back, quite at the angle of the occiput (seen in
no. P. 6901), agrees well with the opisthotic of the same
genus. The latter element is shown to be pierced by a large
oval foramen, evidently for the exit of the vagus nerve.
z\ great parasphenoid sheaths most of the base of the
cranium, forked posteriorly and not quite reaching the
occiput, comparatively broad in advance of the basiptery-
goid processes, and provided in this region with an elongated
lenticular patch of very minute teeth. Hach basiptery-
goid process was evidently much elongated, reaching the
postfrontal above. The parasphenoid extends as far for-
wards as the prefrontal region, there expanding a little and
meeting the pair of large vomers. These two bones meet
throughout their length, but are not fused in the median
line, and each is about three times as long as broad, bearing
a few teeth only at its anterior end. The bases of about four
of these vomerine teeth are shown in no. P. 6901. The
membrane-bones of the cranial roof form a continuous flat-
tened shield, and in large individuals its principal elements
sometimes appear to be fused together. The occipital border
is straight (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, occ.), formed, as usual, by the
parietals and squamosals. ‘lhe parietals ( pa.) are shown, in
nos. 29049, P. 6908 ¢, to be relatively small, with the wavy
suture between them not quite mesially placed, and each sends
forwards at its outer margin a long pointed process inters
294 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on tite
digitating with the frontal (seen also in no. P. 6904). The’
squamosals (sq.), though considerably crushed and fractured
in the specimen figured, are observed to be much larger than
the parietals and extend further forwards. The frontals
(fr.) are relatively enormous, uniting in an irregular, often
interdigitating mesial suture, the outer surface especially
rugose in their anterior half, and irregularly marked with
rows of pittings which appear to be connected with the
sensory canal-system. It is not quite clear whether the
ossified postfrontal appears behind, but the prefrontal is ex-
posed in front (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, pr.f.), and between these
two elements the frontal is bordered by an irregular series of
supraorbital plates (Pl. VIIL. figs. 1, 2, sp.o.), which are
continued extensively down upon the cheek as a patch of
antero-posteriorly elongated tessere (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, #.).
This arrangement can also be seen in the typical species,
Caturus furcatus, from the Bavarian Lithographic Stone (e. g.
specimen in Brit. Mus., no. P. 908). The nasal bones
(Pl. VIII. figs. 1, 2, na., and Pl. IX. figs. 4, 4a) are small,
antero-posteriorly elongated, externally tuberculated, and
exhibit the usual little lateral process in the anterior half of
their outer margin. One specimen (PI. VIII. fig. 2) suggests
that a very small, transversely elongated, bilaterally symme-
trical membrane-bone (a) also covered the rostral end of the
mesethmoid; but this little element is crushed and fractured.
Facial Bones, Jaws, and Hyoid Apparatus.
The cheek is completely covered with thin plates. Imme-
diately in front of the preoperculum are two very large
plates of the suborbital (postorbital) series (Pl. VIII. fig. 3,
s.o.). ‘Two circumorbitals (c.o.), the lower broad and the
upper narrow, separate these from the orbit, and there is a
small series beneath the eye. ‘There is also at least one
antorbital plate (Pl. VIII. fig, 8, a.o.). The supraorbitals
have already been described, and it only remains to add that
portions of an ossified sclerotic can often be observed within
the cavity of the orbit (Pl. VIII. fig. 3, sel). The hyo-
mandibular (Pl. 1X. fig. 1, hm.) is large, much laterally
compressed and expanded, with a considerable process (p.)
for the support of the operculum. ‘The quadrate (Pl. 1X.
fig. 1, qu.) is triangular, meeting the front half of the lower
margin of the hyomandibular, and doubtless bordered behind
by an ossified symplectic, which has not yet been seen. ‘The
articular head of the quadrate is especially robust, with a
concave facette for the articulation of the mandible. The
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 995
pterygoid bones are too imperfect for description; but the
entopterygoid is clearly thin, expanded, and laminar, with
fine granulations on its oral face (Pl. IX. fig. 1 a, enpt.).
Another stouter bone, which is deepened in front and bears
a series of large teeth on its outer inferior margin, may be.
the ectopterygoid (Pl. IX. fig. 1, ecp#.). The palatine on its
inner face appears as a small lamina of bone below the ento-
pterygoid, and on its oral margin, which is apposed to the
maxilla, there is a single series of large teeth (Pl. VILLI.
fig. 4a, pl.) ; but viewed from without (Pl. VIII. fig. 4, p/.)
this element is shown to be in reality of robust proportions,
interposed as usual between the maxilla and prefrontal. The
maxilla (Pl. VIII. figs. 3, 4, mz.) is much elongated, some-
what deepened behind, thickened in front, and bearing a long
inwardly and anteriorly directed process immediately in
advance of its palatine articulation. Its oral border forms
an irregular concave arch, and bears a single series of teeth,
which are smallest behind; the hinder portion of its upper
border exhibits a facette (Pl. VIII. fig. 4, 4), which is over-
lapped by an elongated supramaxillary plate (Pl. VILLI.
fig. 3, s.mzx.). The premaxilla (Pl. VIIL. fig. 3, pmz.)
exhibits an extended oral border, with a series of teeth larger
than those of the maxilla; the nature and limits of its
ascending process cannot be satisfactorily observed. The
mandible-- (Pl. VIII) fig. 3; Pl. 1X. figs. 1) 1a) is very
narrow at the symphysis, hasa nearly straight inferior border,
and gradually rises into a high coronoid region near its hinder
end ; it comprises four, perhaps five, distinct elements. ‘The
long dentary (Pl. VIII. fig. 3; Pl. LX. figs. 1, 1a, d) occu-
pies the greater portion of the outer aspect, meets its fellow
of the opposite side at the symphysis, rises behind into the
coronoid, and bears a single series of relatively large teeth.
The splenial (Pl. LX. fig. 1 a, spl.) extends about as far as
the dentary on the inner side of the ramus, and is much
thickened where it enters the symphysis; its teeth are all
very small, and for at least the anterior half of the bone they
are arranged in a single series, while beyond they appear to
be clustered. The angular element (ag.) is large, forming
the greater part of the coronoid region, and immediately above
it is an elongated coronoid bone (cor.) completing the eleva-
tion. The articular (a7.) exhibits a convex facette at the
extreme hinder end of the mandibular ramus, but whether or
not this element is fused with the angular is as yet undeter-
mined. The epihyal (Pl. 1X. figs. 1, 1a, ep.d.) is small and
triangular in form, with a robust facette near the hinder end
of its upturned margin ; its extreme length is scarcely more
296 On the Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis.
than one third that of the ceratohyal (c.hy.), which shows no
evidence of twisting, is twice as deep behind as in front, and
is thickened at the anterior extremity for articulation with
the hypohyal. The hypohyal (Pl. IX. fig. 2) is especially
robust, narrowed and turned inwards at its anterior end.
Opercular, Branchiostegal, and Branchial Apparatus.
The gill-covers form a complete series of plates. The
preoperculum is large and much expanded at its angle, where
the exposed surface is rugose, and one specimen (Pl. IX.
fig. 1, p.op.) exhibits a facette-like excavation of its lower
extremity, as if it articulated with the inferior prominence at
the hinder end of the mandible. The operculum, suboper-
culum, and interoperculum are large, and do not merit special
description ; the suboperculum has a large ascending process
at its antero-superior angle (no. 29049). The branchiostegal
rays (Pl. VIII. fig. 3, dr.), slightly over twenty in number,
are all broad, but the uppermost especially so, and their free
ends are sometimes (e.g. no. P. 6904) shown to be pectinated.
In advance of the branchiostegal rays there is a very large
gular plate (Pl. VIII. fig. 3, gu.) extending between the
mandibular rami for more than half theirlength. A detached
example (Pl. IX. fig. 3), wanting its hinder portion, exhibits
a slight longitudinal median keel in its anterior half.
The branchial arches are only known by fragments
(Pl. VIII. fig. 5), which display the ordinary channelled bone,
mixed with small tooth-like gill-rakers (g.7.) and slender
calcified gill-filaments (fil.). One specimen (PI. IX. fig. 1,
gr.) shows that some of the gill-rakers at least were fixed on
the edge of little plates of bone, resembling those on the gill-
arches of the modern Amia.
Axial Skeleton of Trunk.
The examples of Caturus from the Oxford Clay of Peter-
borough do not afford any additional information as to the
axial skeleton of the trunk. The complete skeletons from
the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria and France have already
proved that the notochord was persistent and that the ossifica-
tions in its sheath were confined to separate hypocentra and
pleurocentra. A detached abdominal hypocentrum from
Peterborough, however, shown from three points of view in
Pl. 1X. figs. 5, 5a, 56, is interesting for comparison, and
bears the characteristic small lateral processes for the support
of the ribs. Whether any vertebral element was fused with
the basioccipital remains unknown.
On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, ce. 297
Appendicular Skeleton.
Resting upon the rim of chondrocranium which projects
behind the occipital border of the cranial shield is a single
pair of large supratemporal plates, each tapering towards the
middle line, and from beneath this shield there emerges
behind a pair of still larger post-temporal plates marked with
small pittings, apparently of the sensory canal-system, near
its outer border (Brit. Mus. no. P.6908a). There is nothing
worthy of remark in the imperfectly known pectoral arch
which these elements support, and the number of the pectoral
basals still remains to be discovered. ‘There are, however,
several good portions of pectoral fins, and when viewed from
below these exhibit the slightly lobate form of the appendage
(e.g. no. P. 6908c). The slender anterior fulcra seem to
have fused with the foremost ray, and this is hence remark-
ably stout; at its upper end it exhibits a very large concave
articular facette. The hindermost rays of the fin are short
and excessively delicate. The .pelvic bones are separate,
contracted mesially, and expanded at each end, and the small
pelvic fin is fringed with conspicuous slender biserial fulcra.
The fulcra on the median fins are also large, slender, and
biserial, and the tips of a few of the gradually lengthening
anterior rays of these fins are successively lost in the fulcral
series (no. P. 6909). At the base of these fins, it may be
added, the few fulcral scales are simple, not subdivided into
two halves.
Squamation.
The scales are very thin over the whole of the trunk and
only appear thickened on the atrophied upper caudal lobe
(no. P. 6909). Their exposed face is distinctly rhombic and
often punctate or partly striated, but chiefly marked by the
concentric lines of growth.
[To be continued. |
XXXI.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and
Corea. By Joun Henry Leccu, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
[Continued from p. 235.]
Genus RuMIA.
(Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 183 (1895).)
Rumia tridentifera.
Rumia tridentifera, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 30 (1887); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 184 (1895).
Five male specimens and one female received from Ta-
chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, and How-kow: June, July, and August.
298 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidopiera Heterocera
In one example from Pu-tsu-fong the large spot is only
outlined in black, the interior being brownish ; in a specimen
from How-kow this spot is entirely reddish brown and
rather less in size than in the specimens from Western China.
_ Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Western China and
Thibet.
Rumia trimacularia, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 9.)
Male.—Pale yellow. Primaries have a reddish patch at
the base, an oblong one on costa extending to median ner-
vure and enclosing a lunule, and a square one at apex; there
are two indistinct wavy transverse lines, the first com-
mencing in a reddish dot on costa, and the second from inner
edge of the apical patch. Secondaries have a blackish
central spot and narrow wavy band. Under surface yellow:
inner margin of primaries whitish and the costa tinged with
pinkish; there are two blackish transverse lines, but the
first one is nearer the base of the wing than on upperside ;
discal spot large, blackish} apical spot reddish, but faint:
secondaries have a blackish central spot and submarginal
line. ‘The central band of secondaries shows through on the
under surface, and the basal line on under surface of primaries
and the submarginal of secondaries are each more distinct than
on the upper surface.
Expanse 50-56 millim.
Female deeper yellow, apical patch of primaries absent.
Six male specimens and five females received from Moupin,
Che-tou, Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-ssu-kow, T'a-chien-lu, and How-
kow: July.
Hab. Western China and Thibet.
Rumia tnornataria, sp. nu.
Sulphur-yellow. Primaries have an annulation at end
of cell and two transverse lines on outer marginal area.
Secondaries have a discal dot, a central band, and line
beyond. All these markings, with the exception of the central
band on primaries, are shadowy and indistinct. The costa
of primaries is narrowly tinged with pink, and the fringes
are slightly tinted with the same colour. Under surtace :
primaries have a subbasal line, annulation at end of cell,
and asubmarginal line, all rather clearer than above : second-
aries have a central and a submarginal line, but neither are
very distinct.
Expanse 50 millim.
One female specimen from Che-tou, July.
Hab. Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 299
Rumia sulphurea.
Rumia sulphurea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 123 (1830);
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 54, pl. cxiv. fig. 6 (1836) ; Alph. Rom. sur
Lép. vi. p. 51 (1892).
Alphéraky records one female specimen from the Province
of Szechuen, taken in August.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Western China (A/phé-
raky).
Genus CorYMIca.
(Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 185 (1895).)
Corymica specularia,
Caprilia specularia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1867, p. 649,
pl. xxxili. fig. 11.
Thiopsyche Pryert, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 393 (1878) ;
Il. ‘Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 29, pl. xlviii. fig. 2 (1879).
Corymica vitrigera, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 101, pl. exxxv.
fig. 14 (1889).
Corymica specularia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 186
(1895).
Appears to be common in Central and Southern Japan ; it
also occurs at Gensan in Corea and at Chia-ting-fu, Moupin,
and Omei-shan in Western China, and Chang-yang in Central
China.
Varies a good deal in depth of colour and also in definition
of marking.
The Chia-ting-fu specimen agrees with C. vitrigera,
Butl., which Hampson considers synonymous with C. specu-
laria.
Iistribution. Dharmsala; Sikhin; Nilgiris; Ceylon
(Hampson) ; Japan; China.
Corymica gensanaria,
Corymica gensanaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 56 (May 1896).
One female specimen from Gensan, taken in July.
Hab. Corea.
Genus ILICRINIA.
(Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 186 (1895).)
Llicrinia cordiaria,
Geometra cordiaria, Hiibn. Geom. pl. viii. fig. 41, pl. Lxvi. fig, 342.
Eilicrinia cordiaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schm. p. 237; Meyrick, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 111.
Eilicrinia nuptaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 80, pl. vii. fig. 5.
Ilicrimia cordiaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 186.
300 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
There were several examples of the nuptarza or pale yellow
form of this species in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. South Europe; Syria; Kirghistan ; Amur ;
Japan; Yesso; Kulu.
Llicrinia flava.
Noreta flava, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 233, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1887).
Ilicrinia flava, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 187 (1895).
There is a specimen in the National Collection from Che-
kiang.
Distribution. Eastern China; Sikhim; Khéasis ; Ndgas.
Genus SPILOPERA.
(Warr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lona. 1893, p. 402.)
Spilopera debilis.
Heterolocha debilis, Butl. Dl. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 47, pl. xxxv. fig. 9
(1878).
Spilopera debilis, Warr. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 402.
‘There was a seriesin Pryer’s collection. I took the species
at Gensan in July, and | have received it from Hakodate.
Pratt met with it at Chang-yang in June and July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central China,
Spilopera gracilis.
Endropia gracilis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 871 (1879).
Paraclipsis gracilis, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 468 (1894),
Spilopera gracilis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 190 (1895).
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection. 1 took examples
at ‘I'suruga and Gensan in July.
Hampson considers S. umbrata, Warr., to be synonymous
with S. gracilis, Butl.
Distribution. Central and Southern Japan; Corea ;
Khdasis ; Assam. ;
Spilopera obliquilinea.
Epione obliquilinea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 229 (1887).
Spilopera obliquilinea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 192
(1895).
Five male specimens from Ichang and a female from
Moupin, June and July.
Distribution. Eastern Himalayas; Central and Western
China.
Spilopera angularia, sp. n.
Yellowish buff, suffused with brownish; outer marginal
from China, Japan, and Corea. 301
area of all the wings tinged with rosy ; a blackish-brown line
commencing one fifth from apex of primaries is acutely angu-
lated below apex and traverses both wings, terminating on
middle of the abdominal margin; this line is inwardly shaded
with olive-brown and followed at its termination by a blackish
patch ; there is a brown annular discal spot on primaries.
Fringes brown. Under surface yellow, freckled with violet-
grey ; outer marginal area of all the wings clouded with rosy
and limited by a violet-grey band; discal spot on primaries
as above.
Expanse 31 millim.
Two male specimens from Kia-ting-fu, June.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to Spilopera obliquilinea, Moore.
- Spilopera crenularia, sp. n.
Apex of primaries pointed, outer margin below apex
crenulate to obtuse angle at end of third median nervule ; outer
margin. of secondaries crenulate, angled about the centre. Pale
ochreous, powdered with darker on outer marginal area.
Primaries have two transverse rufous lines, the first is angu-
lated below the costa, the second is parallel with outer
margin and is followed on apical area by an almost square
reddish patch with a rosy centre. Secondaries have an
oblique rufous central line and an undulated dusky one
beyond, but the latter is not clearly defined. [Fringes pale
brown, marked with darker. Under surface similar to above,
but the outer line on primaries is broader and the outer one
on secondaries more distinct.
Expanse 52 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, August.
Hab. Central China.
Spilopera (?) roseimarginaria, sp. n.
Pale ochreous, clouded with pinkish, especially on costal
and basal area of primaries; the basal area of primaries is
limited by a diffuse fuscous band, which is angulated below
costa ; median band also fuscous and diffuse ; outer marginal
area greenish fuscous, tinged with rosy, mottled with
blackish, and limited by a fuscous line obliquely angled below
costa. Secondaries have a blackish discal dot and an inter-
rupted diffuse central band; outer marginal area rosy,
limited by a fuscous line, which is slightly incurved below
costa. Fringes fuscous brown. Under surface ratiier more
302 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
yellow, and the outer area of secondaries is not rosy, but
yellow, suffused inwardly with fuscous.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang and an example of
each sex from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Spilopera? divaricata.
Agathia? divaricata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 250, pl. viii. fig. 15 (1887).
Spilopera? divaricata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 192
(1895).
One male specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Distribution. Khésis; Western China.
Genus CRYPSICOMETA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 463 (1894).)
Crypsicometa incertaria.
Phasiane incertaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 49 (May 1891).
Phasiane incertaria, var. suffusa, Leech, 1. ¢.
Crypsicometa incertaria, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 463 (1894).
Several specimens of the type form from Yokohama (?) and
Gifu in Pryer’s collection, as well as an example of suffusa
from each locality. Two examples of the var. suffusa were
taken by my native collector in Kiushiu, and I received one
female specimen of that form from Moupin, taken in July.
Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Western China.
Genus NADAGARA. ;
(Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 193 (1895).)
Nadagara albovenaria, sp. n.
Pale brown, striated and freckled with blackish; neuration
whitish. Primaries have two whitish lines, both oblique;
the first is angled below the costa and outwardly edged with
dark brown ; the second is inwardly edged with blackish and
receded by a dark brown suffusion ; there is a short oblique
blackish dash from apex; discal spot black. Secondaries
have a black discal spot and a whitish slightly curved line
inwardly edged as on primaries. Fringes pale brown, tra-
versed by a line of dark brown, chequered with dark brown
on the primaries, except below apex, where there isa blackish
spot, and preceded by a dark brown line. Under surface
whitish brown, irrorated with fuscous, except on abdominal
from China, Japan, and Corea. 303
margin of secondaries; discal spot and outer line as on upper
surface.
Expanse 40 millim.
One example of each sex in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Allied to N. vigaia, Walk.
Genus RHYNCHOBAPTA.
(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 194 (1895).)
Rhynchobapta cervinaria.
Noreia cervinaria, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 253 (1887).
Rhynchobapta cervinaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 194
(1895).
Lozogramma (?) bilineata, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 48 (May 1891).
There were several specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s collec-
tion. I have also received examples from Ichang and Chang-
yang and from Omei-shan.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khasis (Hampson) ; Japan ; Central
and Western China.
Thynchobapta punctilinearia.
Nadagra punctilinearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891).
I obtained some specimens, including both sexes, at Naga-
saki in May, and my native collector also met with examples
in the island of Kiushiu.
Hab, Kiushiu.
Rhynchobapta flaviceps.
Nadagara flaviceps, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1881, p. 419.
sci adel Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 195
JO),
I obtained this species at Fushiki and T'suruga in July and
at Nikko in September. Mr. Manley sent me specimens
from Yokohama, and I have received examples from Kiushiu,
where they were taken by a native collector.
It also occurs in June at Ichang and at Omei-shan in
July, but I have only one example from each of these
localities.
Distribution. Khiasis (Hampson); Japan; Central and
Western China.
ERhynchobapta flavicostaria, sp. n.
Leaden grey, without traces of transverse bands; all the
wings have a black discal spot; costa of primaries yellow;
304 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
fringes yellow. Under surface as above, but fainter in
colour.
Expanse 27 millim.
One female specimen from Ichang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Genus LUXIARIA.
(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 195 (1895).)
Luxtaria contigaria.
Acidalia? contigaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 754 (1861).
Acidalia inexactata, Walk. op. cit. xxiii. p. 770.
Acidalia tephrosaria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 643.
Luxiaria fasciosa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 254 (1887).
sora contigaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 195
dvd).
Bihia eta Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 405 (1878); Tl.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 45, pl. lil. fig. 4 (1879).
This species appears to be common in Western China, and
all the forms enumerated above are represented. ‘There was
a series of the fasciosa (amasa) form from Ohoyama in Pryer’s
collection ; I obtained specimens of the same form at Tsuruga
and Gensan in July, and my collectors at Chang-yang and
in the island of Kiushiu.
Distribution. Dharmsdla; Sikhim; Khésis; Mahablesh-
war; Nilgiris; Ceylon; Sumatra; Borneo (Lampson) ;
Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central and Western China.
Luxiaria consimilaria, sp. n.
Whitish, irrorated with greyish brown, most densely on
costal area of primaries; there are three transverse pale
pinkish-brown bands on primaries, but the first two are
obscure, the third is fairly broad and extends from the apex
to middle of the inner margin; this band is preceded by a
series of black dots originating on the costa about one fourth
from apex ; there are also indications of a wavy submarginal
line. Secondaries have three transverse bands ; the first of
these appears to be a continuation of the third on primaries ;
the second is fairly broad and is edged inwardly by a wavy
blackish line; submarginal line obscure. Fringes whity
brown, preceded by a thin blackish line, which is dotted with
black at the extremities of the nervules. Under surface
whitish, freckled with greyish brown on primaries, especially
on costal and basal areas; all the wings have two transverse
dusky bands and a blackish discal spot.
kLxpanse 35 millim,
Srom China, Japan, and Corea. 305
One male specimen from Moupin and one male and two
females from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Closely allied to LZ. obliquata, Moore. Perhaps only a
local form of that species.
Genus KRANANDA,
(Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 648.)
Krananda semihyalina.
Krananda semihyalina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 648;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 199 (1895).
I met with this species at Nagasakiin May, and there were
a few specimens in Pryer’s collection from Central Japan.
Distribution. Dalhousie; Sikhim; Khédsis (Hampson) ;
Japan; Kiushiu.
Krananda lucidaria, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 10.)
Basal two thirds of primaries and half of secondaries
diaphanous, clouded with brownish; outer third of primaries
and half of secondaries clouded with purplish brown, except
on the outer margin of the latter.
Primaries have a velvety black subbasal band transversely
intersected by a pale sinuous line; on the inner margin
towards the boundary of the diaphanous area there isa slightly
oblique velvety-black bar, this is twice interrupted ; there are
some pale brown marks on costa before apex and on outer
margin below apex ; submarginal band sinuous, pale brown,
bordered inwardly with dusky, but suffused below the costal
portion. Secondaries irrorated with blackish; a brown cloud
represents a diffuse oblique band terminating in a_ black
mark just before abdominal margin ; discal spot black; sub-
marginal band pale, but not clearly defined. Under surface :
basal portion of the wings whity brown, outer portion (except
at apex of primaries and upper angle of secondaries) ferrugi-
nous brown, merging into ochreous on outer margin of second-
aries; primaries have a ferruginous-brown crescent in the
cell, which meets an elbowed transverse line of the same
colour; secondaries have a slightly curved subbasal band, also
ferruginous brown.
Expanse 58 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
“Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 22
306 Mr J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Krananda latimarginaria.
Krananda latimarginaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 56 (May 1891).
_ Trigonoptila latimarginaria, Warren, Novit. Zool. 1, p. 441 (1894).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection. I have also
received the species from Nikko and Gensan, July.
Distribution. Japan ; Corea.
Krananda oliveomarginata.
Krananda oliveomarginata, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.
p. 189
One specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Distribution. Khasis; Western China.
Genus ZANCLOPERA.
(Warren, Noyit. Zool. i. p. 441 (1894).)
Zanclopera straminearia, sp. n.
Pale stramineous. Primaries have the base and costa
tinged with pale ferruginous, and there is a transverse band
of the same colour beyond the middle with some black dots
inside it towards inner margin; this band is continued on the
secondaries. Under surface similar to above, but all the
wings have a black discal dot, and the transverse bands have
black dots on them.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Genus MAcARIA.
(Curtis; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 201 (1895).)
Macaria hebesata.
Macaria hebesata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 931; Butl. Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het. iii. pl. li. fig. 1.
Macaria sinicaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1650,
Macaria proditaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 81, pl. vii. fig. 7.
Macaria maligna, Butl. 1. ¢, pl. lil. fig. 3.
Macaria irrorata, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 440.
I have an extensive series of this very variable species,
which was common in most of the localities in Japan that 1
visited, with the exception of the island of Yesso, where I
did not see a specimen. Pryer, who had a fine series, seems
to have considered that drrorata was distinct from. sinicaria,
but in his ‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Japan’ he states,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 307
when referring to s¢nicaria, ‘‘hebesata I believe to be the
male, maligna the female.” I must confess, however, that I
cannot satisfactorily separate the specimens in my series into
even two species. The series comprises examples agreeing
respectively with each of the named forms, and all these are
connected by intergrades ; so that it is not possible to parcel
them out into well-defined groups of varieties. It seems
most probable that hebesata is the Asiatic representative of
the European estimaria.
Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103) places
proditaria, Brem., in Opisthograptis.
Distribution, China; Japan; Corea; Amur; E. Siberia ;
N. India.
Macaria pervolgata.
Macaria pervolgata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 930 (1861) ; Hamp-
son, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 205 (1895),
Two female specimens from Chang-yang, June and August.
One male example from Chia-ting-fu, July, and three females
from the island of Kiushiu. In one female from Chang-yang
the ground-colour is suffused with pale brownish, the discal
spot is very minute, and there are no black spots beyond
the outer line of secondaries.
Distribution. Bengal; Poona (Hampson) ; Central and
Western China; Kiushiu.
Macaria defixaria.
Macaria defixaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 932 (1861).
Macaria zachera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 405 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 45, pl. hii. fig. 2 (1879).
A common species in Central and Southern Japan. I have
received it from Gensan and Ningpo. It also appears to be
common in Central and Western China, July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Eastern, Central, and Western
China.
Macaria intermediaria, sp. n.
Allied to M. defixaria, Walk., but the ground-colour is more
suffused with brownish and the angulation of secondaries is
less pronounced ; the angle of third line of primaries is further
from outer margin, and below the angle the line is less
oblique. On the under surface the outer lines on both wings
are more broadly suffused with ochreous. The black spots
beyond the centre of transverse band are somewhat similar to
the same character in /. defixaria.
Expanse, d 34, 2 39 milim.
22%
308 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
One example of each sex from Wa-shan and two females
from Chia-ting-fu, July.
Hab. Western China.
Macaria cacularia.
Macaria cacularia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xv. p. 24, pl. iii. fig. 32
(1891).
Occurs at Chia-kou-ho, Chia-ting-fu, Huang-mu-chang :
July. I received specimens from each locality.
Hab. Western China.
Macaria monticolaria, sp. n.
Violet-grey. Primaries have three transverse lines; the
first and second are elbowed below costa and near together,
but not well defined; the third has an upward angulation
below costa, bordered below the angle by a dusky shade and
on the costa by a diffuse bracket-shaped mark. Secondaries
have two transverse lines; the first is faint, but the second is
double and well developed; beyond the outermost there is a
deep black spot and some scales of the same colour indicating
a second spot. All the wings have a faint blackish discal
dot. Fringes pale, marked with darker at the extremities of
the nervules and shaded with darker towards costa of
primaries. Under surface whitish, coarsely speckled with
dark brown: there are two dark, almost blackish lines on
each wing; the first is oblique, wavy, and the second oblique
and curved towards costa of secondaries ; beyond the second
line the outer margin is dark brown marked with ochreous,
and there are patches of the ground-colour at apex and
towards inner angle of primaries, and between the anal angle
and the middle ot outer margin of secondaries.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from the summit of Omei-shan, July.
Hab, Western China.
Allied to MZ. intermediaria.
Macaria elongaria, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 14.)
Apex of primaries obtusely produced; outer margin of
secondaries crenulate, with asmall angular projection about
the middle.
Whitish grey, powdered and clouded with brownish.
Primaries have three transverse oblique brown lines, com-
mencing as spots of tle same colour on the costa ; the first is
elbowed below costa, the second has a slightly darker discal
spot on it; the third is followed on the costa, below which it
from China, Japan, and Corea. 309.
is elbowed, by a rufous patch, and has a series of blackish
marks, intersected by a thin white line, on its outer edge
between the inner margin and the third median nervule ;
there is a brownish cloud below apex. Secondaries have
two brown lines; the first is oblique, the second double,
curved, slightly wavy, and enclosing a pale line; there are
a series of black specks indicating a submarginal line, and
the discal spot is black. Fringes pale at their base, darker
outwardly, and preceded by a brown line. Under surface
whitish, freckled with brownish, and tinged with ochreous on
costa of both wings; brown transverse lines, except the first
of primaries, which is absent, darker and broader than above ;
the outer one on each wing is followed by an outwardly
diffuse band, which does not reach the inner margin in either
case, and there are no black marks on that of primaries; the
apical area beyond the outer line is brown, tipped with
whitish ; discal spot black.
Expanse 44 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
On the under surface the markings approach those of
M, intermediaria.
Macaria proximaria.
Parasemia Pryeri, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 417 (nom.
przoc.).
‘There was a fine series from Central Japan in Pryer’s
collection. I met with the species at Nagasaki in May and
at Gensan in June. It also occurs in Central and Western
China in June and July.
Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central and
Western China.
Macaria shanghaisaria.
Macaria shanghaisaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. v, 926 (1861).
Semiothisa (Macaria) graphata, Hedem. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi.
p. 51, pl. x. fig. 4 (1881).
There were a few specimens in Pryer’s collection. I cap-
tured the species at Tsuruga in July and at Hakodate in
August.
This species seems far more closely allied to J. alternata
than to M. notata, with which latter Hedemann compares his
graphata. I am inclined to think that it may be a local
form of the first-named, which occurs in Amurland.
Distribution. N. China; Japan; Yesso; Amur.
510 My. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Graphata, Hedem., is included in the genus Opisthograptis,
Hiibn., by Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103).
Macaria Pryeri.
Macaria Pryeri, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 437 (1879).
There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection, and my native collector obtained a specimen
in the island of Kiushiu.
Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.
Macaria intersectaria, sp. 0.
Very near to MW. temeraria, Swinh., but the second and
third transverse lines of primaries are not sinuous; the latter
is double, enclosing a pale buff line, obtusely angled below
costa, and has a small black mark, intersected by the vena-
tion, above the middle; between the first and second lines
there is a dusky diffuse band, which is continued on the
secondaries ; the submarginal white line commences at apex
and terminates just above inner angle; it is slightly incurved
about the middle, and there is a whitish patch in this curve.
On the secondaries the white submarginal line terminates just
before anal angle; there is a dusky band on central area,
tapering towards costa and marked with black dots on the
neuration. Under surface very similar to that of JZ. teme-
rarva, but the transverse lines are not wavy.
Eixpanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Macaria temeraria.
Macaria temeraria, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p, 492;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 207 (1895). |
I took specimens at Ning-po in April and at Nagasaki in
June, and I have received the species from Chang-yang,
where it was taken in July.
Distribution. Simla; Khdsias; Négas (Hampson); Kiu-
shiu; Eastern and Central China.
Macaria ornataria, sp. n.
Pale brownish grey. Primaries have two interrupted
dusky transverse lines before the middle, each originating in
a brown spot on the costa; beyond the middle is a blackish
fascia extending from costa to just below first median nervule,
interrupted by the venation and separated by a line of the
from China, Japan, and Corea. SUE
ground-colour from a similarly interrupted blackish patch on
its lower outer edge ; between this fascia and the apex of the
wing there is a brown spot on the costa. Secondaries have
a dusky oblique line, which appears to be a continuation of
the second one of primaries; beyond the blackish discal dot
there is a blackish patch, interrupted by the median nervules
and transversely by a slightly wavy line, which is dusky
above and below the patch, but appears to be of the ground-
colour in passing through it. Fringes pale at their base,
darker outwardly, and preceded by a dusky lunulated line.
Under surface fuscous, variegated with silvery white and
suffused with ferruginous on apical area of primaries and sub-
marginal area of secondaries; the basal area of each wing
is also irrorated with silvery white.
Expanse 28 millim.
Two male specimens and two females from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus OPISTHOGRAPTIS.
(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 102 (part.).)
Opisthograptis semilutata.
Eubolia semilutata, Led. Sib. Schmett. p. 29, pl. vi. fig. 5.
Opisthograptis semilutata, Meyrick, Traus. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
Sey dictynna, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 45, pl. xxxv. fig. 7
‘ .
eibaeky Fentoni, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 412.
Occurs throughout Japan, and I met with it at Gensan and
at Ningpo. I have also received it from Chang-yang.
Distribution, Siberia; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Corea ;
Central China.
This species is exceedingly variable in colour, which ranges
from bright ochreous through brownish grey to bright reddish
brown; the markings, however, are fairly constant.
Opisthograptis corearia.
Halia corearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 50 (May 1891).
I took two male specimens and one female in June and one
example of each sex in July at Gensan. I have also two
males from Ichang. One of the male specimens from Gensan
is of a uniform brown colour on the upper surface, except
towards apex, where the ochreous yellow of the type form is
exhibited,
Distribution. Corea; Central China.
ole Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus STRENIA.
(Dup. Lép. i. p. 112.)
Strenta clathrata.
Phal. Geometra clathrata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 524; Clerck, Icon.
pl. ii. fig. 11.
Geometra clathraria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 152.
Chiasnua clathrata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 295. i.
Strenia clathrata, Dup. Lép. viii. pl. cevii. fig. 1; Guen, Phal. ii.
212,
Opisthograptis clathrata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
I captured specimens at Hakodate, June and July, and at
Nemoro in August; there were also a few examples in
Pryer’s collection from Yesso.
Distribution. Europe; Armenia; Altai; Amur; Japan;
Yesso.
Genus TEPHRINA.
(Dup. Cat. Lép. Eur. p. 246 (1844); Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, iii. p. 219 (1895).)
Tephrina verecundaria, sp. n.
Brownish grey, with a slight violet tinge, irrorated with
fuscous. Basal area of primaries rather darker, limited by a
fuscous line, which is slightly angulated below costa; discal spot
black ; transverse line beyond the middle dark brown, curved
below costa; the space between this line and the dusky waved
submarginal line, which is only distinct towards costa, is filled
in with darker. Secondaries have a black discal spot and
dark brown central line, the latter bordered outwardly with
darker. Fringes of the ground-colour, preceded on the
primaries by a black dotted line and on secondaries by a
series of black lunules. Under surface whity brown, mottled
with fuscous on basal two thirds of primaries and half of
secondaries, and ochreous yellow on outer marginal area; the
latter is limited by a fuscous line and traversed by a diffuse
fuscous band ; discal spot black on all the wings.
Expanse 29 millim.
Two female specimens from Chow-pin-sa, May and June.
This species superficially resembles Macaria hebesata, Walk.,
except that the transverse lines are not angulated.
Hab. Western China.
Tephrina arenacearva.
Geometra arenacearia, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 114.
Tephrina arenacearia, Guen. Phal, ii. p. 105.
‘: ofa
from China, Japan, and Corea. 313
Eubolia flavidaria, Eversm. Bull. Mosc. 1852, p. 162.
Tephrina flavidaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 104.
Diastictis arenacearia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
There were specimens of the typical form in Pryer’s collec-
tion, and I took examples of the flavidaria form at Gensan in
July.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan.
Tephrina capulata.
Lozogramma capulata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 441
(1879).
There was a series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection, and I obtained specimens in Satsuma in May.
Hab. Japan; Kiushiu.
Tephrina brunneata.
Geometra brunneata, Thnb. Diss. Ent. i. p. 9 (1784).
Geometra pinetaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 130, 2 (post 1797).
Fidonia yinetaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 157.
Diastictis brunneata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
There were specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Europe ; Altai; Amur; Japan.
Tephrina fuscaria.
Halia fuscaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 50 (May 1891).
Three specimens of each sex, from Oiwake and Yokohama,
in Pryer’s collection. One female from Ichang, August.
Distribution. Japan ; Central China.
Tephrina adzearia.
Halia adzearia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 33, pl. iv. fig. 62
(1893).
I received one male specimen from Moupin, taken in June,
and a female from Che-tou, taken in July.
Oberthiir records the species from Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. Western China.
Tephrina (?) flavescens.
? Eubolia flavescens, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 6,
(1892):
Alphéraky records one example of each sex, taken in
‘September at Termine-Bachine, North-western China.
314 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus HYPOSIDRA.
(Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 212 (1895).)
Hyposidra aquilaria.
Lagyra aquilaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1485.
Hyposidra aquilaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 214
(1895).
Hyposidra Davidaria, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p, 307, pl. vi.
ig, 1,
to)
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Ichang, Chia-ting-fu,
Moupin, Omei-shan: June and July.
Distribution. Sikhim; Shillong; N. China (Hampson) ;
Centrai and Western China.
[I received a series of Hyposidra talaca, Walk., from the
Loo-choo Islands. ]
Hyposidra faleigera.
Lagyra falcigera, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 45, pl. xxxyv. fig. 4
(i878).
Three female specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yesso.
Hab. Yesso.
Genus PoGoNITIS.
(Christoph. Bull. Mose. lv. p. 60 (1881).)
Pogonitis cumulata.
Pogonitis cumulata, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. 2, p. 61 (1881),
Deilinia cumulata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 110.
A fine series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Amur; Japan. .
Genus DILIniA.
(Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 216 (1895).)
Dilinia exanthemata.
Phalena exanthemata, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 218.
Geometra exanthemaria, Esp. v. pl. xxxiil. figs. 5, 4.
Deilinia exanthemata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 110.
Cabera exanthemaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 55,
I took one typical female specimen at Hakodate in August.
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 56) records a very
damaged female specimen from Ou-pin, Western China;
possibly this is referable to the Chinese form of D. Schafferi,
which I have described as var. sinicarta,
Distribution. Europe ; Armenia; Amur; Yesso.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 315
Dilinia Schefferi.
Cabera Schefferi, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 80, pl. vii. fig. 4 (1864).
I obtained specimens at Gensan in June.
This species can be readily separated from its allies by the
distinct yellow bands, which are not in the least serrated.
Var. sinicaria.
Pale ochreous white, irrorated with brownish. Primaries
have three rather broad, wavy, ochreous transverse lines,
the first two elbowed below costa, and the third angled.
Secondaries have two wavy ochreous lines. Fringes of the
ground-colour. Under surface paler than above; all the
wings have a dusky discal dot and indications of a transverse
line beyond.
Expanse 36 millim.
A good series received from Ta-chien-lu and Ni-tou, June.
Distribution. Amur; Corea; Western China.
Dilinia purus.
Thysanochilus purus, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 404 (1878) ;
il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 44, pl. li. fig. 12 (1879).
There was a good series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-
tion. I took the species at Gensan and Mr, Smith at Hakone
in June.
Distribution. Corea; Japan.
Dilinia conspersaria, sp. n.
White. All the wings have black discal and marginal
spots. Primaries have three, and secondaries two, brownish
macular bands. Under surface white, with black discal and
marginal spots and a brownish macular submarginal band ;
the costal area of primaries is suffused with fuscous, especially
towards the base.
Expanse, ¢ 38, ? 43 millim.
Two male specimens and six females from Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection.
The species varies in the intensity of the markings.
Hab. Japan.
Dilinia tinagmaria.
Cabera tinagmaria, Guen, Phal. ii. p.56 (1857).
A number of specimens were received from Omei-shan and
Moupin and one example from Chia-ting-fu, July. I took
316 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
the species at Ningpo in April and at Tsuruga in July; my
native collector met with it in June and July at Ningpo, and
also obtained specimens in the island of Kiushiu. Guenée’s
type was from North China. Pryer does not seem to have
met with this species.
Distribution. North and Western China ; Japan; Kiushiu.
Dilinia griseo-limbata.
Phasiane griseo-limbata, Oberth. Diagn. Lép. Ask. p. 1 (Aug. 1879) ;
Ktud. d’Entom. vy. p. 50, pl. iv. fig. 14 (1880).
Nematocampa straminea, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) i. p. 370
(Sept. 1879).
Stegania griseo-limbata, Hedem. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 245, pl. x.
fig. 2 (1881).
Stegania ustulataria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. (2) p. 63 (1881).
Deilinia straminea, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 110,
There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Hakodate in
August.
Distribution. Askold; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Dilinia capitata.
Pachydia capitata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 1019 (1861).
Tacparia ? morosa, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 403.
Dilinia capitata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 217 (1895).
There were two specimens in Pryer’s collection, and I
received one from Mr. Manley taken at Yokohama.
Distribution. Throughout India and Ceylon (Hampson) ;
Japan.
Dilinia fasciata.
Bargosa fasciata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1867, p. 634, pl. xxxii.
fig. 8.
Bargosa rivulosa, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1881, p. 410.
Dilinia fasciata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 217 (1895).
Butler’s type was from Tokio. I did not obtain this
species in Japan, and there were no specimens of it in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Khésis ; Japan (/Zampson).
Dilinia rufofasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries pale ochreous brown; basal area tinged and
clouded with rufous ; before the black discal dot there is an
obscure curved and recurved rufous transverse line, and
beyond the dot a diffuse rufous transverse band, becoming
obsolete towards costa and reduced towards inner margin ;
—_ ——_ — —
from China, Japan, and Corea. 317
on the outer margin there is a series of faint brownish spots.
Secondaries ochreous brown; outer margin bordered with
paler, the inner edge of the border wavy; discal dot black.
Under surface pale ochreous brown; primaries have a dusky
band beyond the middle.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, July.
Hab, Central China.
Dilinia albifrontaria.
.' Phasiane albifrontaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 49 (May 1891).
Several specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Allied to D. veaillaria, Guen.
Genus T'YCOONIA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 459 (1894).)
Tycoonta obliqua.
Tycoonia obliqua, Warren, Noyit. Zool. i. p. 489.
I have not been able to see the type of this species.
Hab. Japan.
Genus HYPEPHYRA.
(Butler, Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 101 (1889).)
Hypephyra terrosa.
Hypephyra terrosa, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 100, pl. exxxy
tig. 17 (1889).
Five male specimens were received from Chang-yang, one
female from Omei-shan, one male from Yokohama and one
from the island of Kiushiu.
Distribution. Simla; Dharmsala (Hampson); Japan;
Kiushiu ; Western and Central China.
FHypephyra Pryeraria.
Tacparia Pryeraria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 56 (May 1891).
Three male specimens and two females from Gifu in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. Japan.
318 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus CROCOTA.
(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 118; (part)
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 220 (1895).)
Crocota mundataria.
Phal. Geometra mundataria, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 243, pl. ecee. fig. H.
Geometra mundataria, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 375, 538.
Aspilates mundataria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 186; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi.
p. 70 (1892).
Aspilates tonghata, Feld. Reise Noy., Lep. v. pl. exxix. fig. 12,
Crocota mundataria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 119.
There were specimens from Fujisan in Pryer’s collection,
and I cbtained the species at Oiwake in June and July and
at Gensan in June. Specimens have been received from
Chang-yang and Kiukiang, taken in June; Alphéraky notes
the species from the Itel-got, a tributary of the Yellow River,
N.W. China, taken in August.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Armenia; Siberia; Amur;
Corea ; Japan; Central and North-western China.
Crocota formosaria.
Aspilates formosaria, Eversm. Bull. Mosc. 1837, p. 54, 1844, iii. pl. xv.
figs. 3a, b; Guen. Phal, ii. p. 185.
Crocota formosaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 119.
Aspilates gloriosaria, Boisd. Ind. Gen. p. 188.
Some examples from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained specimens at Fusan in June and at
Gensan and Nagahama in July; and my native collector took
the species at Hakodate in June. One specimen was received
from Chang-yang.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan; Yesso;
Central China.
Crocota curvaria.
Aspilates curvaria, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1852, i. p. 167; Alph. Rom, sur
Lép. vi. p. 70, pl. ili. figs. 5 a, b, ce, ¢ Q (1892).
One female is recorded by Alphéraky from the province of
Chan-si, taken in June.
Distribution. Siberia ; North-west China.
Crocota sordida,
Cleogene sordida, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 418.
Butler describes this species from Tokio.
Hab, Japan.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 319
Crocota (?) punctaria, sp. n.
Pale ochreous brown, irrorated and mottled with dark
greyish brown; there is a fuscous discal spot and a trans-
verse series of fuscous spots placed on the inner edge of a
dusky band on outer marginal area. Secondaries whitish
brown, with a blackish discal spot and a transverse series of
blackish spots beyond the middle, the third and fifth larger
than the others. Fringes greyish. Under surface as above,
but the primaries are suffused with fuscous and the second-
aries are irrorated with fuscous and tinged with ochreous on
the costa and outer margins.
Expanse 50 millim.
One male specimen from How-kow, July.
Hab. Thibet.
Crocota (?) geholaria.
Aspilates geholaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. vi. p. 18, pl. ix. fig. 3
(1881).
I am unacquainted with this species, but, judging from the
figure, which represents a female, it does not appear to be
rightly placed in Aspilates, 'Treit.,= Crocota, Hiibn.
Oberthiir records it from the Géhol Mountains and also
from the mountains to the north of Pekin.
Genus DISCOREBA.
(Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 394 (1878).)
Discoreba simplex.
Discoreba simplex, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 394 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 30, pl. xlviii. fig. 4 (1879).
Aspilates violentarva, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. (2) p. 82 (1881).
There were specimens of the typical form from Yokohama
and Gifu in Pryer’s collection.
Var. punctaria.
In both sexes of this form the transverse band of primaries
is replaced by an oblique series of dots on the neuration. The
ground-colour of the male is browner, and the primaries of the
female are thickly dusted with blackish.
There were examples of this form in Pryer’s collection, one
of which was from Gifu.
Distribution. Japan; Amur.
320 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus HYBERNIA.
(Latr. ; Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 120.)
Hybernia leucophearia.
Geometra leucophearia, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 101; Hin, Geom.
fig. 195.
Hybernia leucophearia, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. 156. figs. 4,5; Guen. Phal.
ii. p. 251.
Hybernia dira, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 50, pl. liii. fig. 7
(1879).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Dira, Butl., is an unusually large specimen of H. leuco-
phearia. Ihave but one example in my series of the species
which equals the type of dia in expanse, although several
agree with the said type in other characters. The large
specimen referred to was in Pryer’s collection, and there was
also a specimen which hardly expands one inch in the same
collection.
The specimens from Japan exhibit considerable variation,
but only one of the forms is peculiar ; and as I have not seen
an exact counterpart of it from Europe, I append the following
description :—
Var. nigrilinearia.
Primaries pale ochreous grey ; second line deeply indented
below the middle; space between this line and the curved
basal line thickly sprinkled with black scales, forming a dark
median fascia, in the central portion of which is placed a pale
oval patch ; median nervure conspicuously black ; before the
apex is a blackish, oblique, abbreviated fascia. Secondaries
normal,
Distribution. Europe ; Japan.
Hybernia bela.
Lozogramma bela, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 406 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 46, pl. li, fig. 5 (1879).
Several male specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Pryer, referring to this species in his ‘Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera of Japan,’ p. 73, says “the female is semi-
apterous, like Hybernia progemmaria.”
Hab, Japan.
Hybernia verecundaria, sp. n.
White, finely irrorated with fuscous, especially on pri-
from China, Japan, and Corea, 321
maries. There are three transverse blackish lines on pri-
maries—the first is slightly curved, the second serrated and
curved to just above inner margin, where it is obtusely angled,
the third is interrupted and merges into the dusky submarginal
line at fourth vein; there is a blackish transverse dash on
costa just beyond the first line and a dusky dot below it at
the origin of second vein. Secondaries have a blackish trans-
verse wavy line just beyond the middle ; this does not extend
to the costa, and on the inner margin is preceded by one and
followed by two blackish marks. Fringes of the ground-
colour preceded by blackish dots. Under surface whitish,
suffused with fuscous, especially on the primaries; all the
wings have a dusky discal mark, and the transverse lines of
upper surface are faintly indicated.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Genus APOCHEIMA.
(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 121.)
A pocheima lefuaria.
Biston lefuarius, Erschoff, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. viii. p. 317 (1872) ;
Hedem. xvi. p. 246, pl. xiii. fig. 15 (1881).
Nyssiodes olgaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vy. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 12
(1880).
Ereuxa maturaria, Christ. teste Hedem. Horze Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi.
p- 247.
Eremia maturaria, Christ. Bull. Mosc. ly. (2) p. 64 (1881) ; Stett. ent.
Zeit. liv. p. 55 (1893).
Apocheima lefuaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 121,
There were some nice specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
coliection. Mr. Andrews and my native collector took
examples at Hakodate in June, and I received a male
specimen from Chung-king.
Distribution. Amur; Askold; Japan; Yesso; Western
China.
Genus PHIGALIA.
(Duponchel, Lép. iv. p. 296.)
Phigalia sinuosaria, sp. n.
Resembles P. pedaria from Europe, but the transverse
markings of primaries are more wavy, the subbasal being
angled below the middle and the submarginal nearer the
margin of the wing ; the central line of secondaries is serrated
and always beyond the discal spot, and the outer line is evenly
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 23
322 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
curved. Larger than P. pedaria, and the thorax is far less
robust.
Expanse 48-58 millim.
Four male specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab, Japan.
Genus ZAMACRA.
(Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 121.)
Zamacra albofasciaria.
Apocheima albofasciaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 48 (May 1891).
Three male specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Hab. Japan.
The genus Zamacra was founded by Meyrick (Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 121) for flabellaria, Heeg., previously
placed in Apochetma, Hiibn.
Genus BIsTon.
(Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 245 (1895).)
Biston emarginaria, sp.n. (PI. VII. fig. 8.)
Outer margins of all the wings with two deep indentations.
Female.-—Primaries white, sparingly freckled with black ;
the basal area limited by an angulated black line and clouded
with brown ; outer marginal area brown, limited inwardly by
a sinuous black line and intersected by an indistinct dusky-
bordered whitish line, which terminates in a whitish patch at
inner angle. Secondaries have the basal two-thirds sparingly
freckled with black; the outer third is brown, bounded in-
wardly by a rather wavy black line and containing two white
patches ; the lower, placed at anal angle, is marked with
black. Under surface similar to upperside, but there is no
brown on basal area of primaries. Fringes: of primaries
blackish from costa to second indentation, thence white
chequered with black; of secondaries white, marked with
brown at the angle. Antenne white marked with black,
simple. Head and thorax creamy, the latter sprinkled with
black. Abdomen pale brown, marked with white and dotted
with black.
Expanse 65 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab, Western China.
Biston robustum.
Biston robustum, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 871 (1879),
A very fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 323
In one example of the male the ground-colour is decidedly
greyish,
Var. parva, nov.
Much smaller than the type; the inner line of primaries is
less acutely angled below costa, and the outer line rather more
sharply angled. The male has the pectination of antenne
shorter, and is without brown or ochreous in the composition
of its colouring and agrees almost exactly with the female,
which is typical except as regards the minor points of difference
referred to.
Expanse, ¢ 56, 2 64 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, one female from
Che-tou, and another from Ta-chien-lu: July.
Distribution. Japan; Western China.
Biston regalis.
Amphidasys regalis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 234 (1887).
Biston regalis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 245 (1895),
One male specimen from Ichang taken in June.
There is an example from Hakodate in the National Col-
lection, and this, hike the specimen from Central China
referred to above, has the basal, medial, and apical areas
whiter than in the Indian form.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Khdsis (Hampson) ;
Yesso; Central China.
Biston tendinosaria.
Amphidasys tendinosaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 73, pl. vi. fig. 17
(1864).
Pithonosema tendinosaria, Warr. Noyit. Zool. i. p. 428 (1894).
There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, Nikko, and
Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
I took the species at Gensan in June and at Fushiki in
July, and it has also been obtained at Tokio.
Liistribution. Amur; Corea; Japan; Yesso.
[| Biston fasciaria, Motsch. Bull. Mose. xxxix. p. 197.—
I am unable to identify this species. ]
Biston serratilinearia, sp. n.
Whitish brown, powdered with grey. Basal area of pri-
maries rusty brown, bordered with darker; outer line black,
serrated, followed by a diffuse rusty-brown band; sub-
marginal line of the ground-colour; discal spot blackish, with
23*
324 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
a dark brown cloud above it on the costa. Secondaries have
a dusky transverse central shade (sometimes present also on
the primaries), and beyond this there is a black serrated line
followed by a band as on primaries ; submarginal line of the
ground-colour; discal spot blackish. Fringes concolorous
with the wings, preceded by an interrupted line. Under
surface whitish grey, a blackish discal spot and dark central
line on each wing.
Expanse, ¢ 64-74, 2 83 millim.
One male specimen and two females from Moupin and
a male from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to B. recursaria, Walk., but distinguished by the
form of the transverse lines, and also by the rusty-brown
markings.
Biston recursaria.
Boarmia recursaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 374 (1860).
Agaisien superans, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. 11. p. 48, pl. xxxv. fig. 3
10).
Bee Dare, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 246
(1895.)
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection.
I captured examples at Nagasaki in May and at Shimonoseki
in July. My collectors in Western China obtained one female
specimen at Ta-chien-lu and another at Wa-shan, both in
June.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis; Bassein; Burma; Java
(Hampson) ; Japan; Kiushiu; Western China,
Biston invenustaria.
Amphidasys invenustaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 43 (May 1891).
Allied to B. recursaria, Walk.
Several specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s colléction.
Var. stinicaria, nov.
Differs from the type in having the transverse lines blacker
and the bands browner; between the second and submarginal
lines there are some brownish clouds.
In one female specimen the black lines are absent.
My collectors obtained examples of this form at Wa-shan,
Pu-tsu-fong, Ni-tou, Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, Chang-
yang.
: Distribution. Japan; Central and Western China.
Srom China, Japan, and Corea. 325
Liston suppressaria.
Amphidasys suppressarta, Guen. Phal. i. p. 210 (1857).
Buzura multipunctaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1531 (1862).
Buzura strigaria, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. elxxxviii. figs. 1, 1a, b, ¢
(larva) (1887).
Biston suppressaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 247
(1895).
Two male specimens and one female from Omei-shan, and
one female from Wa-shan: June.
The female example from Omei-shan is more heavily pow-
dered with black than the other specimens, and consequently
looks much darker.
There is a specimen from Japan in the National Collection
at South Kensington.
Distribution. Kangra; Sikhim; Assam; Calcutta ;
Ceylon; Japan (Hampson) ; Western China.
Biston thibetaria.
Amphidasys thibetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xi, p. 32, pl. v. fig. 30
(1886).
Specimens have been received from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Ta-chien-lu, Ni-tou, and Chia-ting-fu: June and July.
Oberthiir’s type was taken by M. Biet at Chapa.
Distribution. Central and Western China.
Genus MEGABISTON.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 429 (1894).)
Megabiston plumosaria.
Biston plumosaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 45 (May 1891).
Megabiston plumosaria, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 429 (1894).
‘There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection.
Hab. Japan.
Genus MEGAMETOPON.
(Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 58 (1892).)
Megametopon piperatum.
Megametopon piperatum, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 58, pl. iii. fig. 3, 3
(1892).
Alphéraky records this species from Tchin-Tassy, ii the
Province of Kan-sou: July.
Genus ELPuHos.
(Guen. Phal. i. p. 285 (1857).}
Elphos insueta.
Elphos insueta, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 48, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2
(1878).
326 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
A few specimens from Ohoyama, Oiwake, and Fujisan in
Pryer’s collection.
Mr. Smith took one example at Hakone in August, and my
collectors one at Moupin in July.
The Chinese specimen differs from Japanese examples in
the much fainter colour of the yellow markings.
Distribution. Japan and Western China.
Genus XANDRAMES.
(Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 654.)
Xandrames sericea.
Xandrames sericea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1881, p. 409.
Xandrames latiferaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 250
(1895).
Several specimens from Fujisan and Nikko, confounded
with X. latiferarta, in Pryer’s collection.
My native collector captured some specimens at Hakodate
in June or July. I have also received the species from
Chang-yang, Moupin, Chia-ting-fu, and T'a-chien-lu: June
and July.
I cannot agree with Hampson in regarding X. sericea, Butl.,
as synonymous with X. latiferaria, Walk. ‘The two insects
appear to me to be very distinct, especially as regards the
markings of secondaries. Hampson’s figure represents
X. sericea, and not X. latiferaria; the latter is well figured
by Butler (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. xlix. fig. 11).
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Central and Western China.
Xandrames latiferaria,
Pachyodes ? latiferaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi, p. 445 (1860),
Elphos latiferaria, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 36, pl. xlix. fig. 11
(1879).
One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I captured a male at Hakodate in August, and I have
specimens from Omei-shan, where they were taken in July
and August, and others from Kiukiang.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso ; Central and Western China.
Xandrames xanthomelanaria.
Xandrames xanthomelanaria, Pouj, Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr, 1895, p. 309,
pl. vi. fig. 6.
Poujade records a male specimen from Moupin. I have an
example of the same sex from Omei-shan, and one from
Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
HTab. Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 327
This species is allied to X. sericea, Butl., and X. latiferaria,
Walk., most nearly perhaps to the former. It is, however,
at once separated from either by the shape of the fascia on
primaries and yellow border on secondaries.
Xandrames agitata.
Boarmia agitata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 396 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 33, pl. xlviii. fig. 9 (1879).
Duliophyle agitata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 432 (1894).
Some specimens from Ohoyama and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection.
Mr. Smith took the species at Hakone in August, and
there are specimens in the National Museum from Tokio,
Yokohama, and Chiuzenji.
Hab. Japan.
Xandrames angustaria, sp. n.
Primaries ochreous, mottled and striated with dark brown;
there is a fuliginous patch at the base; a subbasal band and
a broad central fascia of the same colour, the latter interrupted
in the middle and bordered outwardly on the costa by a patch
of the ground-colour enclosing a dark irregular bar; sub-
marginal line interrupted, preceded by some dark clouds below
costa. Secondaries fuscous, finely striated with cupreous
brown ; there is a dusky discal dot and central line. Fringes
of the ground-colour marked with fuliginous. Under surface
fuscous, paler along costa of primaries; there is an irregular-
shaped pale fascia beyond the middle of the wing enclosing a
dark patch below costa; discal dot black.
Expanse 54 millim.
One specimen from Omei-shan, June.
Hab. Western China,
Genus GNOPHOS.
(Treitschke, Eur, Schmett. vi. p. 160 (1827).)
Gnophos muscosaria,
Gnophos muscosaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het, xxxv. p. 1596 (1866).
Gnophus muscosarius, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 251
(1895).
One female specimen from Moupin taken in July.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Western China.
Gnophos approximaria, sp. n.
Greyish, powdered and marked with dark brown. Pri-
maries have four transverse wavy lines and a transverse basal
528 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
shade: the first line is slightly indented below costa; the
second is placed a little beyond the black discal spot and is
closely followed by the third; this last is edged outwardly
with whitish, and is nearer to the second on the inner margin
than on the costa; the fourth (submarginal) is pale, preceded
by a dark brown cloud towards costa and also towards inner
margin. Secondaries have two wavy lines hardly traceable
towards costa but terminating near together on the middle of
abdominal margin ; there is a short diffuse bar near anal angle.
Fringes brownish, preceded by a black line. Under surface
brownish grey; all the wings have a blackish discal spot and
indistinct wavy central line.
Expanse, ¢ 50, 2 50-56 millim.
One male specimen and five females from Pu-tsu-fong,
July.
ae the male is not in good condition, I have described
a female as the type; but the sexes do not appear to differ in
markings.
Hab. Western China.
Gnophos pullata.
Gnophos pullata, Treit. Schm. vi. p. 179 (1827).
Pseudopanthera pullata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 117.
One male specimen, taken at How-kow in July, appears to
be referable to this species.
The wings are dark grey, tinged with brownish as far as
the second line on primaries and the central line on second-
aries. The under surface is also darker, In some respects
this specimen seems to agree with var. confertata, Staud.
(Cat. p. 167) =var. a, Guen., from Styria.
Gnophos minutaria, sp. n.
Male.-—Basal two-thirds of all the wings ochreous grey,
irrorated with dark grey and limited by a serrated dark grey
line which is followed by a whitish band; outer marginal
area ochreous grey, clouded with dark grey and traversed by
a whitish band; discal spot whitish, surrounded with dark
grey. Fringes whitish grey, preceded by an interrupted black
line. Under surface pale greyish; primaries suffused with
fuscous, traversed by an ill-defined pale band; secondaries
have a curved dusky band.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the dark grey clouding
is less distinct.
Expanse, ¢ 24, 9 30 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong and one female from
Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 329
Very similar to G. variegata, Dup., on upper surface, but
on the underside there is no heavy black marking on the
outer margins.
Gnophos lentiginosaria, sp. n.
Male.—All the wings white, heavily freckled and clouded
with fuliginous grey. The primaries have a blackish patch
on the costa extending to and enclosing the black discal spot ;
a smaller spot of the same colour lies between this patch and
the base of the wing and a larger one beyond it, from which
an interrupted narrow blackish band proceeds across the wing
to the inner margin ; just beyond this line is a large rather
round blackish spot. Secondaries have a blackish discal spot.
Fringes fuliginous grey, marked with white but hardly
chequered, and preceded by a blackish line. Under surface of
all the wings white; primaries are fuliginous grey on basal
area, and a broad streak of the same colour extends to a break
in the fuliginous-grey border of outer margin; the costa is
narrowly ochreous and has three blackish spots on it, the
second of these extends to the discal spot, and the third gives
rise to a narrow blackish band, which crosses the wing almost
to the submedian nervure: secondaries have the costa nar-
rowly striated with dark grey, a blackish discal spot, and six
or seven blackish spots forming a curved series from costa to
inner margin. Antenne simple. Head blackish. Thorax
corresponds with the wings. Abdomen above greyish, marked
with ochreous on the segmental divisions; entirely ochreous
beneath; the legs also are greyish above and ochreous
beneath.
Female.—Rather more ample in the wing, but colour and
marking similar to the male.
Expanse 47-52 millim.
A nice series, comprising specimens from Ta-chien-lu,
Pu-tsu-fong, Ni-tou, Moupin, and Omei-shan, the majority
from the last-named locality: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Gnophos accipttraria.
Gnophos accipitraria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 300 (1857).
Gnophus accipitrarius, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 252
(1895).
One female specimen from Omei-shan and one from Moupin,
May.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Shillong; Sibségar, Assam
(Hampson) ; Western China.
330 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Gnophos lichenea.
Gnophos lichenea, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 33, pl. v. fig. 33
(1886).
Gnophus licheneus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 253
(1895). ;
I have a long series, comprising both sexes, from Pu-tsu-
fong, Moupin, Omei-shan, and Chang-yang: July.
Oberthiir received the species from ‘l'4-tsien-Lod.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Western and Central
China.
Gnophos theuropides.
Gnophos theuropides, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xv. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 28
(1891).
Nine male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one example of
the same sex from Moupin: June and July.
Oberthiir records specimens from TA-tsien-Lof, captured
by Mer. Biet.
Hab. Western China.
Gnophos incolaria, sp. n.
Male.—Whitish grey. Basal half of primaries and the
outer marginal area darker, the former traversed by an
indistinct band of the paler ground-colour, in which there are
some darker marks, and the latter intersected by a wavy line
of the ground-colour; the whitish-grey area between these
dark portions is clouded on the costa and inner margin, and
is traversed by a wavy black line. Secondaries have the
outer marginal area dark grey intersected by a paler wavy
line and limited by a wavy black line; the remainder of
the wing is sprinkled with dark grey scales; discal spots
black. Fringes rather brownish grey. Under surface white,
with black discal spots; basal area of primaries sprinkled
with greyish, and the whole of the outer marginal area, except
the apex, of primaries is dark grey ; the secondaries have a
dark grey submarginal band, and the lower two-thirds of the
area beyond is sprinkled with dark-grey scales ; fringes white,
marked with brownish grey at the extremities of the nervules.
Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 50 millim.
Two male specimens from Kwei-chow, June.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to G. eolaria, Guen.
Gnophos eolaria.
Gnophos eolaria, Guen, Phal. i. p. 294.
Gnophus eolarius, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 253
(1895).
from China, Japan, and Corea. 331
Two male specimens from Kwei-chow and one example of
each sex from How-kow, July.
One of the examples from Kwei-chow is whitish grey,
suffused with ochreous brown ; the other is greyish, irrorated
with pale brownish on the basal area of all the wings. The
How-kow male is brownish grey, and the female is similar
but more brownish on submarginal area.
Distribution. Himalayas; Punjaub; Khdsis (Hampson) ;
Western China; Thibet.
Gnophos mandarinaria, sp. n.
Whitish, striated and mottled with grey and tinged with
ochreous on lower half of primaries and submarginal area of
secondaries ; a black discal spot on all the wings. ‘The first
line on primaries, which is slightly curved and rather wavy,
commences as a spot on the costa and is marked with black on
the nervures; the second line is serrated, slightly curved,
and marked with black on the nervules; between these
lines, but nearer the second, there is a dark fascia-
like shade; submarginal line whitish, with a grey cloud
before it at the costa, another just below, and a third
on inner margin. Secondaries have a dark grey serrated
central line, edged externally with whitish and preceded bya
dusky shade; submarginal line as on primaries. Fringes
grey, preceded by a series of black spots placed on a black
line. Under surface of primaries brownish fuscous, paler on
the margins, and of secondaries ashy ; all the wings have a
small discal spot and indications of a central line.
Expanse 44-50 millim.
Three male specimens from Wa-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
This species is allied to G. seroténarta, Hiibn. It varies
in the intensity of the grey mottling.
Gnophos punctivenaria, sp. n.
Male.—Whitish, powdered with brownish grey. The first
and second transverse lines on primaries are greyish, their
course indicated by black dots on the nervures and nervules
respectively ; the second line is preceded and followed by an
olive-brown band which together with the dotted transverse
line give the appearance of a fascia; the submarginal line is
pale but indistinct, and is preceded by some olive-brown cloud-
like patches. Secondaries have a serrated black central line
becoming indistinct towards costa, preceded by an olive-brown
shade; beyond there is an inwardly olive-brown bordered pale
submarginal line; all the wings have a black discal spot.
332 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Fringes brownish grey, preceded by a series of black elongated
spots. Under surface of primaries fuscous with paler margins,
and of secondaries greyish ; blackish discal spot on ail the
wings, and the second line of primaries is indicated on the
nervules. Antenne more than half the length of primaries,
bipectinated.
Female.—Rather browner, and the submarginal line on all
the wings appears more distinct.
Expanse, ¢d 52, 2 46 millim.
I have specimens trom Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Wa-shan,
Pu-tsu-fong, and Che-tou, taken in May and June.
flab. Western China.
This species is subject to variation in tint and in the
definition of the markings. Some examples are greyer than
the specimens I have selected as types, and in others the
markings are somewhat confused, but the black dots on the
neuration appear to be a constant character.
Gnophos lilliputata.
Gnophos lilliputata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 308, pl. vi.
figs. 7, 7 a.
One example of each sex recorded from Moupin by Poujade.
Hab. Western China.
Grnophos (?) thibetaria.
Gnophos thibetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, ix. p. 21, pl. i. fig. 3
(1884).
Oberthiir refers to the type as a very fresh female
specimen which was taken by Mgr. Biet at Taé-tsien-Loa.
The figure of this species does not seem to exhibit the
characters of a Gnophos.
Gnophos gnophosaria.
Psodos gnophosaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 28, pl. iii. fig. 45
(1893).
Judging from the figure, I should say that this species is
referable to Gnophos, and appears to be a close ally of G. ob-
scurartia, Hiibn., if it is not really a form of that species,
from which it only appears to differ in the more pronounced
character of the transverse line on under surface of the
wings.
Hab. Western China.
Gnophos (?) creperaria.
Gnophos creperaria, Ersch. Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross. xii, p. 387 (1876) ;
Hedem. op. cit. xvi. p. 247, pl. xiii, fig. 3 (1881).
Gnophos ? creperaria, Alph. Rom, sur Lép. vi. p. 63 (1892).
from China, Japan, and Corea. 333
Alphéraky records a specimen, taken in September, at Youi-
line-tchouan in the Province of Kan-sou, Western China,
which he considers to be the female of G. creperaria, Ersch.
Greser also records the species from Amurland.
Distribution. Siberia; Amur; Western China.
Gnophos fumosa.
Catascia fumosa, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 129 (1895).
Hab. Japan.
I have been unable to examine the type of this species.
Gnophos (?) exculta.
Tephrosia exculta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 408.
There were two female specimens from Yokohama and
Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I have received two examples
of each sex from Ta-chien-lu, and a female from Ni-tou:
June and July.
Var. brunnearia, var. nov.
This form, of which I have only a male example from
Omei-shan, differs from the type in its smaller size, pale
brown ground-colour, and blackish blotch above outer angle
of primaries; the indented marginal line of primaries is
absent.
Distribution. Japan; Western China.
Genus BYLAZORA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1549 (1862).)
Bylazora nigropunctaria, sp. n.
Primaries olive-green, marked with black at the base and
on the neuration; there is a transverse line before the middle
and one beyond the middle, each represented by black dots
on the nervures and nervules, the dots in the first series are
edged inwardly and those in the second series outwardly with
whitish ; submarginal line whitish, angled towards costa and
curved towards inner margin, and followed by an interrupted
and irregular black band; discal spot black, oval, enclosing
a line of the ground-colour; fringes of the ground-colour,
preceded by a series of whitish-edged black lunules. Second-
aries whitish, freckled with fuscous grey ; fringes brownish
grey, preceded by a series of pale-edged blackish lunules.
Under surface pale whity brown, freckled with fuscous ; all
the wings have a blackish discal mark and a transverse series
334 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
of blackish dots beyond ; primaries are suffused with fuscous
on the disc, and have an interrupted blackish submarginal
band.
Expanse 42 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to B. pilicostata, Walk.
Genus OPHTHALMODES.
(Guen, Phal. i. p. 283 (1857).)
Ophthalmodes ocellata.
Boarmia ocellata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1889, p. 143, pl. ix.
fie. 11.
Diastictis saturniaria, Grees.; Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892,
p. 104.
Seven fine specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I received specimens from Kiukiang, Ichang, Chang-yang,
Moupin, Omei-shan, Wa-shan, and the Province of Kwei-
chow: May, June, and July. In the National Collection
there is a specimen labelled from Ningpo.
The Japanese specimens are rather whiter in ground-
colour than the Chinese.
Distribution. Japan; Central, Western, and North-eastern
China. ;
Meyrick appears to consider ocellata to be synonymous
with saturniaria, Gres., but from the description alone of
the latter it is rather difficult to decide upon this point.
Ophthalmodes herbidaria.
Ophthalmodes herbidaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 2883 (1857); Moore, Lep.
Ceyl. iii. p. 417, pl. exci. fig. 4, 2 (1887).
Ophthalmodes diurnaria, Guen, . ¢. p. 284.
Boarmia pertusaria, Feld. Reise Nov. pl. exxv. fig. 17, g (1874).
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Omei-shan, and the
Province of Kwei-chow : July.
Distribution. N.W. and E. Himalayas; Assam; Ceylon
(Lampson) ; Central and Western China.
Ophthalmodes cordularia.
Ophthalmodes cordularia, Swinh. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 155
(1893) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 256 (1895).
One specimen from the Province of Kwei-chow, taken in
July. ‘This agrees with O. cordularia, Swinh., but, except
that it has black palpi, is almost identical with O. herbidaria,
Guen. ede
Distribution. Sikhim ; Khésis (Z/ampson) ; Western China.
Os
Oo
Or
from China, Japan, and Corea.
Ophthalmodes sene.
Boarmia senex, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 396 (1878); IL.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 34, pl. xlix. fiz. 3 oe
Boarmia hedemannt, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly, (2) p. 79 (1881).
Diastictis senex, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
Some nice specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured the species at Gensan in July, and it was
obtained by my collectors at Chang-yang and most of the
localities in Western China that they visited.
The species seems to vary a good deal in size and also in
the ground-colour, but this last may probably be due to
condition.
Distribution. Amur; Corea; Japan; Central and Western
China.
Ophthalmodes subpicaria, sp. n.
White, sparingly dusted with brownish, especially along
the nervures and inner margins. Primaries have four equi-
distant brownish spots on costa ; the fourth near apex and
limiting, at that point, a broad greyish band on outer
margin, which is interrupted about the middle, clouded with
brownish above and below the interruption, and intersected
by a whitish wavy line commencing in external edge of
fourth costal spot, and terminating at inner angle. Second-
aries have a dusky central spot, a curved series beyond, each
spot placed on a nervule (a similar series of spots is present
on primaries, but not so well defined) ; the outer margin is
clouded with brownish towards both angles. Fringes brown-
ish, faintly chequered with grey, and preceded by an inter-
rupted black line. Under surface: primaries white, clouded
with blackish on the costal portion of basal area and before
apex ; there is also a lesser cloud on the outer margin just
above anal angle; discal spot black and conspicuous, showing
through on upper surface; costa marked with black and
dusky: secondaries have two black spots on costa, with some
streaks of the same colour between them and towards the
base of the wing; submarginal band blackish, interrupted
about the middle and terminating before inner margin.
Antenne blackish ; bipectinated in the male.
Expanse, ¢ 68, 2 72 millim.
One example of each sex from Omei-shan, and one male
from Chang-yang: June.
Hab. Central and Western China.
336 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus BUPALUS.
(Leach ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 107.)
Bupalus mirandus.
Bupalus mirandus, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1881, p. 599.-
Butler’s type from Yokohama isa male. ‘The female is
ferruginous brown in colour, and the white markings are not
quite so broad as in the male.
There was an example of each sex in Pryer’s collection.
Hab, Japan.
Bupalus (?) davidaria.
Fidonia davidaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vi. p. 18, pl. ix. fig. 4
(1881).
Oberthiir’s type is a female taken in the north of China by
M. Abbé Armand David. I have not seen an example of
the species,
Genus NARRAGA.
(Walk. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 107.)
Narraga fasciolaria.
Fidonia fasciolaria, Rott. var., Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 64 (1892).
Narraga fasciolaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 107.
Alphéraky records one female example of a form of this
species from the Province of Chan-si, North-western China.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Ural; Amur; North-
western China.
Genus SELIDOSEMA.
(Hiubn. Verz. Schmett. p. 299.)
Selidosema catoteniaria.
Selidosema catoteniaria, Pouj. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr, 1895, p. 313, pl. vii,
figs. 15, 15 a,
Poujade’s type was from Moupin; I received specimens
from that locality and also from Ta-chien-lu and Chang-yang,
taken in June.
Var. restrictaria.
In this form the patches do not extend to the margins and
the band on the secondaries is considerably restricted in
width.
A male specimen from Wa-shan and a female trom Chang-
yang, June.
Hab. Central and Western China.
9
from China, Japan, and Corea. 337
Selidosema sordida.
Selidosema sordida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 406 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 46, pl. lit. fig. 7 (1879).
A fine series from Ohoyama, Nikko, and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. My native collector obtained the species at
Hakodate in June.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Genus TEPHROSIA.
(Boisd. Ind. p. 198 (1840).)
Tephrosia luridata.
Geometra luridata, Bork. vy. p. 235 (1794); Zell. Stett. ent. Zeit.
1853, p. 414.
Geometra extersartia, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 159 (post 1797).
Tephrosia extersaria, Boisd. Ind. p. 198 (1829).
Ectropis luridata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 104,
There were a few specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
My native collector took the species at Hakodate in June.
Japanese specimens are rather smaller than European
examples ; they are also more thickly powdered with brown-
ish, and the pale spot on outer marginal area of primaries is
of less size.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan.
Tephrosia costipunctaria,
Tephrosia costipunctaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 47 (May 1891).
There were three specimens of each sex from Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection.
Allied to 7. luridata and also to T. punctularia from
Europe, but it is not likely to be confused with either of
those species.
Hab. Japan.
Tephrosia biundularia.
Geometra biundularia, Bork. Eur. Schmett. v. p. 162 (1794).
Geometra crepuscularia, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xxx. fig. 158,
Tephrosia crepuscularia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 268,
Ectropis biundularia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond, 1892, p. 104.
Boarmia crepuscularia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 260
1895).
Pes nikkonis, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1881, p. 406.
Tephrosia excellens, Butl, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 275
(1884).
There were several specimens from Nikko and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Ningpo in April ;
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 24
338 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May; at Nagasaki, Tsuruga,
and Gensan in July; at Hakodate in August. My native
collector met with it in the island of Kiushiu.
I have also received a number of specimens from the
various localities visited by my collectors in Central and
Western China.
This species varies considerably in size both in China and
Japan. The smallest specimen is only 26 millim. in expanse,
whilst the largest measures 58 millim.
Nikkonis, Butl., is a strongly-marked example of the type
form, and although rather larger is not otherwise different
in any material respect from specimens I have seen from
Scotland.
Excellens, Butl., is an unusually large form of the species;
I have examples of it from Japan and Yesso.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan; Central and
Western China. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim and Khisis
(Hampson).
Tephrosia grisescens.
Ectropis grisescens, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 484 (1894).
Probably a form of 7. btundularia.
The types are from China and Japan.
Tephrosia pongaria.
Tephrosia pongaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 27, pl. iv. fig. 53
(1893),
Recorded by Oberthiir from Té-tsien-Lot (Ta-chien-lu).
I received two specimens from Moupin, where they were
captured in June.
Hab. Western China,
Tephrosia punctularia.
Geometra punctulata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 317.
Boarmia punctulata, Dup. vii. pl. clxiii. fig. 5.
Tephrosia punctulata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 269.
Ectrepis punctularia,. Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond. 1892, p. 104.
Tephrosia ignobilis, Butl, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 897 (1878);
Hl. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 35, pl. xlix. fig. 6 (1879).
There were specimens from Gifu and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
I obtained the species at Ningpo in April, and at Yokohama
and Nagahama in June.
T. ignobilis, Butl., cannot be specifically separated from
T. punctularia. ‘The figure given in ‘ Illustrations’ is not
ood.
Distribution. Europe; Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso;
North-eastern China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 339
Tephrosia pygmearta, sp. n.
Whitish, striated with yellow on outer half of all the wings.
Primaries clouded with blackish on basal area; subbasal band
represented by an upright blackish dash on inner margin, a
cloud on costa; beyond the black discal spot there is a
curved and recurved blackish band, followed by a curved
series of blackish dots, which coalesce with the band towards
inner margin ; submarginal band blackish, twice interrupted
and separated from an interrupted marginal band by a trans-
verse line of the ground-colour.. Secondaries clouded and
spotted with blackish on basal area; submarginal'and mar-
ginal bands as on primaries. Fringes yellow chequered
with black. Under surface similar to above.
Expanse 20-24 millim.
Two male specimens from Chang-yang, June and July.
Hab, Central China.
Tephrosia brunnearia, sp. n.
Male.—Grey-brown, powdered with dark brown. Trans-
verse lines of primaries dark brown and rather wavy; the
inner is slightly elbowed below costa and thence oblique to
Inner margin; the outer is elbowed below costa and thence
oblique to just above the inner margin, where it is slightly.
angled ; between these lines there is a curved black discal
spot and a dusky central Jine, the upper portion of the latter
touches the extremities of the curved spot, forming together
an annulated mark; beyond the second line the wing is
clouded with dark brown and traversed by a whitish line.
Secondaries have a slightly curved wavy brown outer line
and an oblique brown band between it and the base of the
wing; the area beyond the outer line is clouded with brown
and intersected by a whitish line. Fringes agree in colour
with the wings, but are rather darker at the ends of the
nervules. Under surface ochreous, slightly powdered with
brown scales, whitish along inner margin ot primaries ; lines
brown as above, but faint; discal spot of primaries large,
blackish ; some dusky clouds on the outer marginal area of
the wing. Antenne finely ciliated.
Female less powdered with dark brown; transverse lines
more distinct.
Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 32 millim.
A long series from Ichang and Chang-yang: June, July,
and August. One male specimen from Moupin and one
from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
24*
340 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Tephrosta noctivolens.
Tephrosia noctivolens, Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1881, p- 598,
A fine series in Pryer’s collection. The specimens are
from Oiwake and Gifu, but chiefly from the former locality.
Fenton obtained it at Tokio.
Hab. Japan.
Tephrosia (2) tindzinaria.
Tephrosia tindzinaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii, p. 26, pl. v. fig. 75
(1893).
Recorded by Oberthiir from Té-tsien-Loa (T'a-chien-lu).
My collectors did not obtain this species, which, judging
from the figure, is probably referable to Cidaria.
Hab. Western China.
Tephrosia (?) tamaria,
Tephrosia tamaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 26, pl. v. fig. 78
(1893).
Oberthiir describes this species from specimens received by
him from Té-tsien-Loi (Ta-chien-lu).
I have not seen an example, but from the figure I should
consider that it is probably referable to Cidaria.
Hab. Western China.
Genus BoARMIA.
(Treitschke, Eur, Schmett. v. p. 483 (1825).)
Boarmia farracearia, sp. n.
Slaty grey, mottled and powdered with whitish; the most
conspicuous of these pale marks on the primaries are a large
patch on the costa enclosing the discal spot, one at apex, and
a third about the middle of the outer margin ; all these mark-
ings are more or less powdered with grey; there are three
dark transverse lines or bands, but these are not well defined;
submarginal line white and sharply serrated. Secondaries
have two indistinct blackish transverse bands and a black
discal spot; submarginal line as on primaries. Fringes
white and dark grey, spotted with black at their base.
Under surface whitish: primaries have the costa dusky and
a deep blackish band on outer margin, spotted with whitish
at apex and on the middle; secondaries have a broad blackish
antemarginal band; all the wings have a black discal spot
and central line.
Expanse 42-46 millim.
from China, Japan, and Corea. d41
Five female specimens and one male from Wa-shan, 'l'a-
chien-lu, Chow-pin-sa, and Chia-ting-fu; and one example
of each sex from Moupin: June and July.
These eight specimens exhibit a good deal of variation in
the amount of white: one example might be described as
having the primaries whitish, with dark grey basal patch
and broad submarginal band; this specimen, however, is
rather worn. In two others the primaries are shorter and
the outer margin rounder than in the type.
Var. fuliginaria.
Entirely suffused with fuliginous; submarginal line pale
and conspicuous.
One male specimen from Ichang, June.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Boarmia duplexa.
Cleora duplexa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 259 (1887).
Boarmia duplex, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 258 (1895).
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, and a female from
Omei-shan: July.
Distribution. Nepal; Sikhim (Hampson) ; Western China.
Boarmia nigrilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries ochreous grey, tinged with violaceous and irro-
rated with blackish ; first line black, curved, preceded by a
transverse blackish shade; second line black, sinuous, followed
by a cupreous band-like shade; submarginal line blackish,
wavy, most distinct towards costa ; discal dot black. Second-
aries grey, suffused and mottled with fuscous on discal area,
the abdominal margin irrorated with blackish and marked with
ochreous towards anal angle; central line blackish but rather
obscure. Fringes grey, marked with fuscous, and preceded
by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface grey, suffused
and irrorated, especially on secondaries, with fuscous; all
the wings have a dusky discal dot and central line; primaries
have traces of a submarginal line most distinct towards the
costa.
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen from Kia-ting-fu, June.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia lenticularia, sp. n.
Primaries whitish, dusted with black and clouded with
olivaceous; there is a black spot at the base; first transverse
342° Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
line slightly indented; second line dentate, curved from
below costa to above inner margin; submarginal line black,
interrupted and indistinct ; discal spot elongate. Secondaries
whitish, freckled with brownish; discal spot black; central
line blackish, interrupted. Under surface whitish, freckled
with brown; the transverse markings of upper surface
faintly reproduced on all the wings.
* Expanse 34 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-ssu-kow, June.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia recurvaria, sp. n.
Primaries brown, rather reddish on inner marginal area,
and clouded with black at the base; there are two black
transverse lines: the first is elbowed below costa and then
runs almost straight to inner margin, the second commences
in a spot on costa above the elongate black discal spot and is
then curved and recurved to inner margin; submarginal
line brownish black, indented below costa, interrupted below
the middle, and outwardly edged with pale brown ; the space
between first and second lines is rather tinged with grey, and
its upper portion sprinkled with black scales; the outer mar-
ginal area is also sprinkled with black scales. Secondaries
pale brown, freckled with fuscous, except on the upper
portion of the outer marginal area; discal spot and central
line black, from the middle of the former there is a short
downward streak which gives the idea of a line running
in the direction of the anal angle. Fringes concolorous with
the wings, and preceded by a blackish line. Under surface
pale brown, basal and outer third of primaries darker, discal
spot black ; secondaries freckled with fuscous as above; spot
and line also as above. Antenne ciliated.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia decoraria, sp. 0.
White, sparingly powdered with brown, more thickly on
basal area, which is limited by a double blackish line in-
dented below costa and above inner margin; there are
indications of a central band most conspicuous on the costa ;
outer marginal area, limited by a curved and recurved blackish
wavy line, has two brownish clouds on apical portion; sub-
marginal line blackish, much interrupted and inwardly
bordered with brownish. Secondaries have a blackish discal
from China, Japan, and Corea. 343
dot, and the outer marginal area is marked similar to that of
primaries. Fringes whitish, marked with brownish, and
preceded by an interrupted black line. Under surface
whitish, powdered with fuscous ; all the wings have a black
discal dot, an ill-defined dusky central shade, and a series of
blackish dots beyond.
Expanse 25 millim.
A female specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia tripartaria, sp. n.
Primaries brownish, with a broad whitish central band:
first line curved ; second line sinuous—these lines are black
and there is blackish suffusion beyond the middle of the
central band; there is a small blackish cloud on middle of
costa. Secondaries greyish white, with a brownish, oblique,
central line. Fringes brown and grey. Under surface
greyish, freckled with darker: all the wings have dusky
central lines. Antenne finely ciliated.
Expanse 40 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
flab. Western China.
This species superficially resembles Boarmia grisea, Butl.
Boarmia lutearia.
Fidonia lutearia, Leech, Entom., Supp]. p. 50 (May 1891).
Three specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Hab, Japan,
Boarmia petrosa.
Tephrosia petrosa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p, 372 (1879).
Several specimens from Oiwake and one from Gifu in
Pryer’s collection.
I obtained the species at Tsuruga in July. Pryer also
records it from Ohoyama and Nikko, and there is an ex-
ample from Hakodate in the National Collection at South
Kensington.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Boarmia opertaria, sp. n.
Primaries greyish, freckled with blackish ; basal and outer
marginal thirds brownish, each limited by a blackish line ;
there is a central, blackish, transverse shade with the black
discal spot upon it, this terminates on inner margin near to
the limiting line of outer third; submarginal band of the
344 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
ground-colour, indistinct towards inner margin, and inwardly
edged with fuliginous. Secondaries brownish, freckled and
striated with blackish ; the blackish discal spot is preceded
by a blackish transverse band, and followed by a series of
blackish dots representing a central line; submarginal line
as on primaries but more obscure. Fringes pale brown, pre-
ceded by a black lunulated line. Under surface greyish
brown, suffused on the disc with fuliginous; all the wings
have two blackish transverse lines, with the discal spot upon
the first one; costa of primaries pale ochreous brown, striated
with blackish. Antenne fasciculate.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen in Pryer’s collection, and I received
one from Mr. Manley of Yokohama.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia tristaria, sp. n.
Brownish grey. Primaries have fuliginous-brown sub-
basal, central, and outer bands, the two latter approximating
on inner margin: all these markings are repeated on second-
aries. The submarginal line is whitish on all the wings,
but not so well defined as in B. mwsta. Under surface pale
ochreous brown powdered with darker, and suffused with the
darker colour on primaries; discal spot black; outer line
only reproduced. Antenne fasciculate.
Expanse 44 millim.
Two male specimens from Kiukiang, June.
Hab, Central China.
This species agrees with B. mesta in the style of marking,
but the ground-colour is darker and without any tinge of
purple. ‘Theantenne also are fasciculated and not bipectinated
as in B.mesta. It belongs to the Prochina section of
Boarmia, Hampson, as also does B. opertaria.
Boarmia charon.
Tephrosia charon, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 397 (1878);
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 35, pl. xlix. fig. 4 (1879).
A few specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I captured examples at Nagasaki in May.
One female specimen from Chang-yang, June.
Distribution, Japan; Kiushiu; Central China.
Boarmia conjunctaria, sp. 0.
Male.—Pale brown, heavily clouded and suffused with
dark and rufous brown. Primaries have two black, wavy,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 345
transverse lines and a dusky central transverse shade, the
latter connected with second line just above inner margin ;
interrupted submarginal band of the ground-colour, bordered
inwardly with fuliginous. Secondaries have a_ blackish
subbasal band and an indistinct blackish central line; sub-
marginal band as on primaries, but more deeply bordered
with fuliginous. Fringes dark brown, paler at their base,
and preceded by a lunulated black line. Under surface
greyish brown; all the wings have a blackish discal dot
and a series of short streaks indicating a transverse line
beyond ; outer margin of primaries bordered with fuliginous,
especially towards apex. Antenne fasciculate.
Female rather darker.
Expanse 42-44 millim.
One example of each sex from Ta-chien-lu, June.
Hab. Western China.
Superficially resembles B. displicens, Walk.; this and the
preceding species belong to the subsection Paradarisa of
Hampson’s genus Boarmia.
Boarmia dilectaria, sp. n.
Whity brown, heavily powdered and clouded with rufous
brown, and finely striated with blackish. Primaries have
the basal patch darker brown, limited by a double, wavy,
blackish line originating in a dark quadrate spot on the
costa; discal spot black, surmounted by a blackish spot
on the costa; beyond there is a blackish transverse line,
which is angulated below costa and again above inner
margin; submarginal band represented by a dark cloud on
costa, with one below it and an upright elongate patch from
inner margin. Secondaries have a black discal spot ; serrated
blackish central line; submarginal band interrupted above
the middle and indistinct towards costa. Fringes of the
ground-colour, chequered with blackish, and preceded by a
black lunular line. Under surface ochreous brown; mark-
ings of upper surface faintly indicated. Body dark brown.
Antenne fasciculated.
Expanse 50 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, June.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia boarmiaria.
Hypochroma boarmiaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 282 (1857).
Boarmia inconclusa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 382 (1860).
Boarmia boarmiaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 261
(1895).
One specimen from Kagoshima, in the province of Satsuma,
in Pryer’s collection.
346 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Distribution. Formosa; Sikhim; Assam; Négas; Ceylon
(Hampson) ; Kiushiu.
Boarmia parvularia.
Tephrosia parvularia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 47 (May 1891).
Two specimens of each sex from Gifu in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
This species is allied to B. dtnceptaria, Walk., which
Hampson places in the Psdlalcts section of Boarmia.
Boarmia Rybakowt.
Boarmia Rybakowi, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 61, pl. iii. fig. 4, fo
(1892),
Alphéraky records this species from Ou-pin, province of
Kan-sou, July.
Boarmia selenaria.
Geometra selenaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 163.
en oe cretacea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p, 375
79).
Bari selenaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 264
95).
Ae aren Meyrick, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 106,
There were four male and three female specimens in Pryer’s
collection.
I met with the species at Nagahama in June, and at
Fushiki and Gensan in July.
I have also received the species from Ichang, Omei-shan,
Ta-chien-lu, Chow-pin-sa, Chia-ting-fu: June and July,
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 60) records it from the
province of Kan-sou, taken in September.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Nepal; Khédsis ; Congo;
S. Africa (Hampson); Europe; Altai; Amur; Corea;
Japan; Central and Western China.
Boarmia sordida,
Ascotis sordida, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 435 (1894).
Probably a small form of B. selenaria.
Hab, Corea.
Boarmia stipitaria.
Boarmia stipitaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, v. p. 45, pl. iv. fig. 6, d
(1880); Greeser, Berl. ent. Zeit, 1888, p. 400,
Six male specimens and one female, from Oiwake and
Yesso, in Pryer’s collection. I captured one male example at
Gensan in June.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 347
The wings of this species are white, as Oberthiir correctly
describes them; but his figure represents a brownish-tinged
insect.
Distribution. Askold; Amur; Japan ; Corea.
Boarmia glabraria.
Geometra glabraria, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 162, 339.
Cleora glabraria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 233.
Selidosema glabraria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 106.
There was one specimen in Pryer’s collection, and I took
two examples at Shikotan (Kurile Islands) in August. I
have one female from the province of Kwei-chow, taken in
July; this specimen has a rather broad border on outer
margin of primaries.
G Distribution. Europe; Japan; Kurile Islands; Western
hina.
Boarmia repandaria.
Phal. Geometra repandata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 866.
Boarmia repandaria, Treit., Guen. Phal. i. p. 238 (1857).
Selidosema repandata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 106.
Boarmia perspicuata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 630.
Boarmia trikotaria, Feld. Reis. Nov. vy. pl. exxvi. fig. 10 (1874).
Boarmia tterata, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 389.
Alcis nudipennis, Warr. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 320.
Boarmia repandata, var. nobilis, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 61 (1892).
Appears to be a common species in Central and Western
China.
Some of the specimens are not separable in any way from
more or less typical European examples. The majority,
however, although modifications of the form, are referable to
trikotaria, Feld. There are also specimens agreeing with
iterata, Butl., on the one hand, and with nudipennis, Warr.,
on the other, and the connecting-links between these two
forms are represented.
One specimen of the dterata form was taken by my native
collector at Ningpo.
Var. obsoletaria, nov.
Pale brownish grey; markings, with the exception of
discal dots and obscure dark transverse lines, obsolete.
Four male specimens from How-kow, Thibet: July.
Distribution. Europe; Armenia; Altai; Siberia; Amur ;
N.W. India; Central, Western, and North-eastern China ;
Thibet.
348 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &e.
Boarmia picata.
Boarmia picata, Butl. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1881, p. 408:
Three specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection;
Butler’s type was from Tokio. :
I am inclined to think that B. pieata, Butl., is only a form
of B. repandata, but should like to see a larger number of
specimens before giving a definite opinion.
The markings are, as regards colour, similar to those of
B. repandata, var. conversaria, but they are transposed.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia columbinaria, sp. n.
Basal half of primaries dark grey, its external edge clearly
defined, dentated and marked with black on the costa and
inner margin; beyond there is a large white patch, the costal
portion of which increases in width as it approaches the inner
margin; a wavy white line traverses this pale band from the
white patch to ner margin, where it is most distinct; the
outer marginal area is not quite so dark as the basal half of
the wing, and about its middle there is an almost square
pale patch ; submarginal line whitish, bordered inwardly with
dark grey. Secondaries have the basal third dark grey,
clearly defined; outer third not so dark as the basal; the
intermediate area is whitish, dusted with grey, most densely
towards the outer area, and traversed by a narrow inter-
rupted blackish band. Fringes pale grey, variegated with
darker and preceded by a lunulated blackish line. Under
surface fuliginous grey, with pale patches on central area,
apex, and middle of outer margin of primaries ; the basal two
thirds of secondaries also pale. Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 48 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Boarmia secundaria,
Geometra secundaria, Hiibn. Geom, pl. xxix. fig. 156.
Boarmia secundaria, Dup. Lép. iv. pl. clxii. fig. 2; Guen. Phal. i.
. 237.
Selidosema secundaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 106.
Four specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection seem to be referable to this species. The trans-
verse markings, however, are not so distinct, and the second
line of primaries is less serrated.
This form may be known as var. simpliciaria.
Distribution. Europe; Japan.
On a new Mouse from Damaraland. 349
Boarmia cinctaria.
Geometra cinctaria, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 101; Hibn. Geom. fig. 166.
Boarmia cinctaria, Treit. Schmett. vi. 1, p. 188; Dup. Lép. vii.
pl. clix. figs. 2, 3.
Selidosema cinctaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 105.
Boarmia insolita, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 396 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 34, pl. xlix. fig. 5 (1879).
There was a fine series from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection. My native collector took specimens at Hakodate
in June.
Some of the specimens are identical with European examples,
but others are of the pale form which Butler has described as
insolita, a variety of B. cinctaria, which, according to
Greser, also occurs in Amurland.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Eastern Siberia; Amur;
Japan; Yesso.
[To be continued. ]
XXXII.—On a new Mouse from Damaraland.
By W. E. DE WINTON.
In a paper on a small collection of rodents made by Mr. C. J.
Andersson in Damaraland, Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1882,
p- 266) refers four specimens of a mouse to Mus sdlaceus,
Wagn. This determination was found to be wrong by
Mr. Thomas himself on visiting the Munich Museum some
years later, when he was able to examine Wagner’s type.
As I have lately been working at the rodents of South Africa,
Mr. Thomas very kindly asked me to look at these mice,
giving me the benefit of his valuable notes and drawings of
the skull of Mus stlaceus made on the spot. I find the
Damaraland mice belong to an undescribed species of a group
of which I believe the form hitherto known is Mus nigricauda
from the same locality and described in the paper referred
to above.
The species may be known as
Mus damarensis, sp. n.
Size somewhat larger than Mus sylvaticus. Fur long and
soft, of that peculiar colour usually associated with desert-
living species. Colour above reddish fawn or isabelline,
sparingly sprinkled with very fine darker hairs, the colour
richest along the dorsal line, fading gradually imto grey on
the sides and cheeks, all the lower parts with the feet and
hands pure white, the hairs being white to their bases. ars
350 Geological Society.
very large, covered inside and out with short reddish hairs.
Whiskers long and numerous. Tail long, about equal in
length to the head and bedy; the proximal half having short
hairs of the same colour as the back; on the distal portion the
fine silky hairs gradually lengthen till it may be called-bushy ;
these longer hairs are almost liver-colour throughout. The
scales, which are almost entirely concealed by the hair
throughout the length of the tail, are exceedingly fine, about
twenty to the centimetre. The feet are thick in the digital
portion, the pads very large and rounded, entirely covering
the fore part of the foot. The claws of both fore and hind
feet are very small and curved, almost concealed by the
hairs.
The actual locality of the type (B. M. no. 97, 2. 18. 1) is
unknown, but one of the specimens is endorsed “ Otjimbinque,
Damaraland.”
Measurements (taken from the skin) :—
Head and body 135 millim.; tail 135*; ear (relaxed)
20:5; hind foot (relaxed) 24.
The skull is chiefly remarkable in having extremely wide
open infraorbital openings and very short snout. ‘The supra-
orbital ridges are well developed, but not beaded. The teeth
are rather broad. The palate narrow and furrowed; the
foramina extend back about half the length of ™1, the back
of the palate is even with the back of the molars.
Measurements :—Skull 31 millim.; br. 16; constr. 4°5;
nasals 10°5 x 2°5; interpar. 4°5x9°5; hens. to back of pal.
13:1; pal. foram. 7°5; ™% 5:35 diastema 7°55; br. outside
ms.1 6, inside 2°5; mandible, length (bone only) 17, to tips of
incisors 20, height 9-2.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
January 6, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communication was read :—
J. ‘On the Structure of the Skull of a Pliosaur” By C. W.
Andrews, Esq., B.Sc., F.G.S.
The paper deals with a specimen of the Plesiosaurian known as
Pliosaurus ferov, Sauvage, obtained by Mr. A. N. Leeds from the
Oxford Clay near Peterborough, and now in the British Museum,
* The tail of the type specimen being broken, this measurement is
taken from another specimen (B. M. no, 81. 8. 3. 11) from the same locality
of about the same size.
Geological Society. 351
and perhaps the finest Pliosaur skull known. It bears a great
similarity to Peloneustes philarchus, but there are a number of
differences which tend to show that the subject of the present
communication is not the skull of an old individual of Peloneustes.
Although the teeth of the fossil here described agree precisely with
those described by Sauvage from the same horizon at Boulogne
under the name Liopleurodon ferox, they differ considerably from
those of the Kimeridge Clay upon which Owen founded the genus
Plosaurus; they, however, show a distinct tendency towards the
typical form, and since the skull and skeleton of the Oxfordian and
Kimeridgian forms are, so far as known, closely similar, the Author
prefers for the present to follow the British Museum Catalogue in
referring them both to one genus, Pliosaurus.
The Author gives a detailed description of the skull which forms
the subject of the paper.
February 3, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communication was read :—
1. ‘The Subgenera Petalograptus and Cephalograptus.’ By
Miss G. L. Elles.
The forms referred to in the paper are accepted as subgenera
of Diplograptus, as defined by Lapworth. The two subgenera
have frequently been much confused, but examination of specimens
preserved in relief shows that they have very distinctive characters,
especially at the proximal ends. The Author gives diagnoses of
the two subgenera, and detailed descriptions “of the following
forms :—Petalograptus folium, His.; P. palmeus, Barr., and varieties
latus, Barr., tenuis, Barr., ovato-elong gatus, Kurck; P. ovatus, Barr. ;
aI Sp.. 5 Cephalograptus cometa, Gein. ; and C. n. sp.
She concludes that Petalograptus has been derived from Ortho-
gruptus foliaceus, O. truncatus having been a step onthe way. The
latter form has an almost horizontal eqnieckine-canal, so that the first
of the second series of hydrothecz arises at nearly the same level as
the first of the primordial series; whilst, if the connecting-canal
became more oblique and the thecz more concavely curved, a form
identical with P. palmeus would be the result. Further changes
would give rise to P. n. sp., and subsequently to P. folium. W ee
the first. theca of the second series arises so late that the sicula is
entirely free on the side remote from that on which the first of the
primordial series arises, an important stage is reached, and the form
becomes a Cephalograptus. Such a form is furnished by C. n. sp.,
which is in some respects intermediate between Petalograptus and
Cephalograptus. The extreme form is reached in C. cometa, in
which the first hydrotheca of the second series is still later, the
hydrothece are still longer than those of earlier forms and almost
parallel to the long axis of the rhabdosoma. The other known
forms of Petalograptus may have been derived from P. palmeus.
352 Miscellaneous.
Tt seems exceedingly likely that the Petalograpti had a Phyllo-
graptus as a remote ancestor, but the evidence for this is not yet
complete, nor can the Author state whether Cephalograptus had a
further stage in a form of Dimorphograptus.
MISCELLANEOUS.
What are the Names of the Crayfish and Lobster?
By R. I. Pocock.
Tur hope of being able to supply an answer to the above question
gives me the courage at this juncture to intervene in the discussion
concerning Astacus and Potamobius started in the ‘ Annals’ of last
December by Prof. Bell; for, in spite of all that has been written
on the subject, it may be doubted whether those who are not
specially conversant with the questions of nomenclature that have »
been raised are any more enlightened as to the correct names of
these now famous crustaceans than they were before the contro-
versy began.
It seems to me, however, that the question may be set at rest by
the application of a principle in nomenclature which is becoming
widely accepted amongst systematic zoologists, and will doubtless be
universally admitted when our views are a little more coherent and
advanced than they are at the present time. It is one of the
principles for selecting the type species of a genus when no type
has been designated by its author, and may be stated as follows :—
When the name of a genus is the same as that of one of its compo-
nent species, that species is the type of the genus.
If this principle be applied to the case of the lobster and the
crayfish, it will be found that the name Astacus must be attached to
the latter, for in both the tenth and twelfth editions of the
‘Systema’ Linneeus called the Swedish crayfish Cancer astacus ;
and since Astacus was subsequently used by both Gronovius and
Fabricius as a generic term for a group comprising amongst other
species the Cancer astacus of Linnzeus, the latter is ipso facto the
type of the genus Astacus. Therefore the name of the Swedish
crayfish is Astacus astacus (Linn.). With Astacus thus fixed
definitely on to the crayfish, Homarus will, it seems, without let or
hindrance, resume its place for the lobster, with the specific name
gammarus which Linnzus assigned to it.
This appears to me to be asensible and simple solution of this and
other similar cases. In the present instance it does away with
difficulties arising in connexion with the subsequent actions of
Leach, White, Milne-Edwards, and others, and is independent of the
selection of the tenth or twelfth edition of the ‘Systema’ as the
starting-point in systematic zoology.
In conclusion, there is one little point about which it may perhaps
be permitted to me to put Mr. Stebbing right. From some words
that appear in his contribution to the present discussion it is to be
inferred, though perbaps wrongly, that he considers a semi-official
system of nomenclature to be in vogue at the Natural History
Miscellaneous. 353
Museum, and agreement on this point to exist amongst the members
of the staff. Happily nothing could be further from the truth.
There may be some subjects about which unanimity could be
found, but nomenclature is certainly not one of them.
The Lobster and the Crayfish: a Reply.
By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Srespine, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.
Pallas, in his ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica,’ fasc. ix. p. 81, speaks of a
erayfish as Astacus dauuricus. Since this was in 1772, Dr. Arnold
Ortmann, in a courteous letter, asks what bearing this may be
thought to have on the claim of Fabricius in 1775 to rank as the
first Linnean authority for <Astacus. Dr. Ortmann indicates in
advance his acceptance of the appropriate answer. Pallas is neither
defining a genus nor even instituting a new species, for he speaks of
Astacus dauuricus as a variety of the common crayfish, and proceeds
to give a “Descriptio Cancri dauurici,” in which he says that
“Forma atque proportione Astaco nostrati minori persimilis est.”
It is evident that he is using Astacus only as a customary designa-
tion for a subdivision of the still-maintained genus Cancer, and by
his reference to a minor Astacus he implies a major species, which
would have had preference as type if at that time any question
had arisen as to the proper type species of Astacus. In his index
dauuricus becomes dauricus, but under neither spelling can it become
the type of a genus which by the very terms of the description
possessed an earlier species.
From Pallas I must return to Professor Bell and endeavour to
deal in orderly method with the six points of his crushing reply.
(i.) In regard to the date of Nephrops, he is surprised at my
supposing that he referred to Leach’s article ‘‘ Crustaceology,”
instead of to Leach’s paper in vol. xi. of the Linnean ‘ Transactions.’
Yet what else could or can be supposed, since he himself gave the
date 1814, which applies to the former and does not apply to the
latter? To be sure the ‘“Crustaceology ” is unsigned, and an
edition of it may have appeared in 1813, but, seeing that Leach
claimed it as his own on the very first day of January, 1815, it is
rather my turn to be surprised that Professor Bell should refer to
it as “ an anonymous article of uncertain date.”
(ii.) That the genera of Gronovius “ are as good as those of”
Brisson may or may not be true, but that the particular genus
Astacus was instituted by Gronovius, or was so defined or so used
by Gronovius as to give him any title to be the authority for it, may
be with confidence denied, Besides, the whole question turns on
the choice of a type species, and the Gronovian species are admittedly
out of court.
(iii.) That 1758 has long been held by many naturalists to be
“ the zoological ab urbe condita of binominal chronology ” I was not
unaware ; but in 1890 the authorities of the British Museum had
not yet endorsed that excellent opinion. To the question whether
I know “ that 1758 has been well called” by the terms of the above
quotation, my answer would be in the negative, for, though the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 25
354 Miscellaneous.
sentiment is sound, it is not well but ill expressed. There was no
need for a confusion of languages in the macaronic style, nor for
comparing the definite and well-known year 1758 with the disputed
and uncertain date of the foundation of Rome. But I fear that
Professor Bell only asked the question mischievously, to lure me
into ‘‘ gibing,” as he calls it, at some fearfully eminent person.
(iv., v.) It seems essential once more emphatically to explain
that Desmarest never mentions Potamobius at all, though Professor
Bell, misquoting himself as well as Desmarest, insists that he does.
In his first paper the professor accurately cited Desmarest’s sugges-
tion that Potamobia of Leach might be the same as the river-crab
Thelphusa. Now he persuades himself that Desmarest definitely
said that “ Leach’s Potamobius was a river-crab.” Leach, in 1818,
applied a French name—Potamobie—to some genus of crustaceans,
but without a single word of description ; so that, had the name
been valid in form, it would still have ‘been absolutely without any
scientific importance. In 1823 Desmarest Latinizes the name into
Potamobia, and hazards a guess at the application intended. Mean-
while, in 1819, through Samouelle’s ‘Compendium,’ and very obviously
without the knowledge of Desmarest, Leach had assigned the cray-
fish to a properly constituted genus Potamobius. Now, lastly, in
1897 Professor Bell apparently wishes us to believe that Potamobius
was somehow preoccupied in 1819, because Desmarest made a
casual allusion to a wholly indefinite Potamobia in 1823!
(vi.) From the solemn severity of tone in his closing paragraph
it seems as if Professor Bell imagined that his reputation as a
naturalist was involved in this discussion. He should not harbour
such a thought. The controversy has been, not about nature, but
about names. From Leach’s ‘ Malacostraea Podophthalmata Bri-
tannic,’ as completed in recent times by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, it will
be seen that I have been fighting on the side of a long line of
authorities of the British Museum. Professor Bell, out of charity
or out of friendship, should allow this to weigh in the balance
against the sad offence—of which he hopes (perhaps against hope)
that I have by this time repented,—the unwitting offence of gibing
at men of renown, living and dead, infallible, authors of text-books.
Nocturnal protective Coloration in Mammals, Birds, Fishes, Insects,
&c., as developed by Natural Selection*. By A. E. Verrr1,
Much has been written in respect to the imitative and protective
colours of these groups, as seen by daylight, and the bearing of
these facts on natural selection is well known. Very little attention
has been paid to their colours, as seen by twilight, moonlight, and
starlight. Yet it is evident that protection is more needed during
the night than in the daytime by a very large number of species.
This is the case with those that move about in search of their food
at night, as is the habit of numerous forms of small mammals, such
as rodents (rats, mice, arvicole, &c.), insectivores (moles, shrews,
&c.), many herbivores, various marsupials, and members of other
* Abstract of a paper read before the Morphological Society, Dec. 30,
1896.
Miscellaneous. 355
orders. Many carnivorous species, which seek their prey at night,
will also find advantages in such protective colours, for thus they
will more easily escape the notice of their prey. Hence many
nocturnal carnivores are black or nearly so, as the mink, fishes,
some bears, &c. The same principles will apply to birds, reptiles,
fishes, and to insects, both in their larval and adult states, for many
members of all these groups are very active at night and hide away
in holes or beneath dense herbage by day. Moreover, large numbers
of birds, fishes, and insects, that are active by day, rest in exposed
situations at night, and are thus liable to be destroyed by nocturnal
enemies. Most small birds roost in trees, bushes, or reeds, and
therefore need protection while sleeping. Most small fishes, that
are quiet at night, rest among sea-weeds, grasses, and stones, or
else directly upon the bottom, exposed to the attacks of many
nocturnal carnivorous species. The struggle for existence is severe
among such species. It is to be expected, therefore, that instances
of nocturnal protective coloration will become numerous when
looked for. The chief object of the present paper is to call the
attention of more observers to this subject.
In many cases the same colours are equally protective in daylight
and at night. This is the case with the green colours, so often
seen in the plumage of birds that live among foliage, and with the
various shades of brown and grey,—common colours of birds, and
mammals that live on the ground, among rocks or dead leaves, and
ot those that live on or among tree-trunks. The same applies to
the white colours of mammals and birds in winter and in the arctic
regions. But there are many colours that are not in the least pro-
tective by day, yet are eminently so by night. In general, the
black and very dark colours, common in mammals, birds, and insects,
are protective at night and not by day. One of the most obvious
effects of moonlight is to give very strong or black shadows, in
which black or dark animals become invisible, or nearly so. This
invisibility is often increased by sharply contrasted stripes or
patches of white or light yellow, which look like patches of moon-
light falling across a dark shadow, and thus serve to break up the
outlines of bird or beast that might otherwise be recognized.
Transverse black or dark brown bands on fishes that rest among eel-
grass or sea-weeds tend to render the outlines of the fish indistinct,
because they look like the shadows and shaded surfaces of the
weeds. Black fins and tails have a similar effect in concealing or
destroying the outline of fishes. The striped colours of the tiger
have the same effect when it lives among the stalks of reeds, etc.,
and are probably much more effective in twilight or moonlight than
by day. The same is true of the spotted pattern of the leopard,
panther, and jaguar.
A great number of small nocturnal mammals, belonging to diverse
groups, have dark grey and greyish-brown colours (mouse-colours),
which are highly protective at night, but are usually not at all so
in the daytime, for such colours are conspicuous among the green
herbage which they frequent and on which most of them feed.
Moreover, nearly all such mammals hide away in holes in the day-
356 Miscellaneous.
time. I have noticed that our common meadow-mouse (Arvicola),
which is very dark grey, is scarcely to be seen even in a moonlight
night in localities where it is very abundant among grass, and when
large numbers are so near that the sound made by their teeth in
feeding is very evident. Among insects there are multitudes of
instances of colours that are evidently nocturnally protective and
which can be explained only on the basis of natural selegtion,
favouring the variations in colour that are in this way most useful.
Such colours may or may not be more or less protective in the
daytime. Frequently they appear to be just the opposite of pro-
tective in the daytime. Thus many butterflies have bright colours
that are very conspicuous by daylight and which do not in any way
match their customary surroundings. This applies to those species
that are black or dark blue, striped or blotched with white, yellow,
or orange, and to many species that are spotted or striped with red,
orange, and black on the upper surface of the wings, and often also
beneath, so that they are conspicuous whether flying or at rest.
Their active habits and acute senses probably give them fair pro-
tection by day. At night, when resting with the wings folded, the
colours of the underside of the wings usually blend very perfectly
with those of the flowers on which they roost. Many of our species
of Argynnis and allied genera are marked with red, orange, and
brown, while there are bright silvery patches on the underside of
the wings, which are exposed when at rest. I have observed that
these butterflies become very inconspicuous in the moonlight, when
sleeping on the goldenrod and other favourite flowers, and that their
silvery spots imitate very closely the dew-drops that surround
them.
Numerous nocturnal insects that live on the ground are black or
dark brown, which are colours that are protective only at night.
This is true of most ground-beetles, many crickets, cockroaches,
ants, &c. Many of these insects hide away in the daytime, so that
no protective colours are then needed. But many insects that are
exposed both during the day and at night have acquired green or
yellowish colours that are protective at all times, when living among
foliage. Green grasshoppers, katydids, &c. are examples.
In general, patches, stripes, or spots of strongly contrasted dark
and light colours are more likely to be of use by moonlight than by
daylight, whether on birds or insects. Reptiles are to a large
extent diurnal in their habits and many kinds hide in holes and
crevices when at rest, so that our native species of this group
appear to afford few good instances of evident nocturnal protective
colours, though many may occur when the habits of tropical species
become better known. Among nocturnal amphibians protective
colours are common, and in many cases they appear to be exclusively
for nocturnal protection. Our native nearly black species of
salamanders (Amblystoma punctatum and A, opacum) have con-
spicuous spots or blotches of white or light yellow. It is evident
that these colours have been acquired by natural selection in conse-
quence of the nocturnal protection that they afford.—Amer. Journ.
Sct., February 1897, pp. 132-134.
ATT) TS 7 ;
CAPES. Mintern Eros .inp
d.Green del etlith S
L. XIX. PL IX.
0
dra. & Mag. Nat. Hist.5.6.\
J@reen del.et lith.
CARAS.
Mans srnores,.amip.
| ie ea
» ideale Tad) abated,
-?
x «
te
\
_
v,
vil
=
.
*
°®
4 ‘
1
>; en?
$ a
oon
<=,
‘4 .
+ Te, i i
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SIXTH SERIES.]
No. 112. APRIL 1897.
XXXIII.—Report upon the Scorpiones and Pedipalpi obtained
on the Lower Amazons by Messrs. E. E. Austen and F. Pickard
Cambridge during the trip of Mr. Siemens’s Steamship
‘Faraday. By R. 1. Pocock.
THouGH all the species of Pedipalpi brought back by
Messrs. Austen and Cambridge prove referable to previously
known species, they are nevertheless of considerable interest
as desiderata to the collection of the British Museum and as
serving to fill important gaps in our knowledge on points of
geographical distribution, constancy of structural features, &c.
Of the species of Scorpions, all but one—namely, Brotheas
Gervaisti—appear to be undescribed. The discovery, how-
ever, even of this form is of value, since the species was
established upon two specimens of which the locality was
unknown. ‘lhe other species are nearly allied to forms that
occur in the north and north-western countries of South
America (Guiana, Colombia, &c.); but it is interesting to
note that no member of the family Bothriuride nor of the
genera Centrurus, Hadruroides, Caraboctonus, Chactas, Opis-
thacanthus, Diplocentrus, &c., which occur in other parts of
the continent, seem to be represented on the Lower Amazons.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 26
358 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpiones and
Order PEDIPALPI.
Family Tarantulide.
Subfamily Apwerrm#, nom. nov.
(= Tarantuline, Simon; Neophrynine, Kraepelin.)
Genus ADMETUS, C. Koch.
Admetus, C. Koch, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystem, 1850, p. 81;
Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p: 51.
Neophrynus, Kraepelin, Abh. Hamburg. Anst. xiil. pp. 21 & 23 (1895).
The genus Admetus was established by C. Koch for the
following species of Phrynus :—pumilio, Perty, fusc’manus,
C. K., marginemaculatus, C. K., and palmatus, Herbst; and
since none of these species have any other generic name older
than Admetus by which the group could be designated in
accordance with accepted rules of nomenclature, Admetus,
being unpreoccupied, must be reserved for one of the species
mentioned ; and since Simon, in 1895, distinctly selected
zamatus, Herbst, as its type, and correctly diagnosed the
genus, it is not easy to see Kraepelin’s reasons for proposing
the new name Neophrynus for the same section upon dis-
covering that the names 7arantula and Phrynus, by which it
had been previously (though erroneously) known by Karsch,
Thorell, and myself, had to be used in a totally different
sense. ‘Lhe tact that pumilio, one of the species referred by
Koch to Admetus, is not congenerie with the others, does not
interfere with Simon’s right to apply Admetus to one of the
latter, nor confer upon Kraepelin the power of disregarding
the name as unusable.
Thus compelled to adopt Admetus, I venture to propose
the new name Admetine for the subfamily embracing the
three genera, Admetus, Koch, Heterophrynus, Poc., and
Phrynopsis, Poe. .
Admetus santarensis (Poc.).
Tarantula santarensis, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 284
(1894).
Many specimens were taken at Santarem, one in a house, a
few in the forest, and many from a termite’s nest upon the
campos. ‘The species was based upon a single female example
brought from Santarem by Mr. Wickham.
This species differs from the forms that I have named
barbadensis, pulchripes, and Gervaisti in possessing six long
spines upon the trochanter of the chela instead of five.
Pedipalpt from the Lower Amazons. 559
The young are much more variegated in colour than the
adults, the terga of the abdomen being ornamented with a
pair of pale spots, which converge and become united upon
the seventh segment.
Genus HETEROPHRYNUS, Poe.
Heterophrynus longicornis (Butler).
tee longicornis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 128
73).
nails longicornis, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.
p. 287 (1894).
Several specimens of this species were obtained under tiles
and bricks at Pard, others in termites’ nests in the forest at
Santarem, and one at Monte Alegre. It has been previously
recorded from the two first-mentioned localities.
The only comment that it seems necessary to make in
connexion with these specimens is that the shortness of the
chela or palp in the male, which I pointed out as distinctive
of this form as compared with chiracanthus and Batesi,
though regarded as of no importance by Dr. Kraepelin, seems
to be a perfectly constant, and therefore important, character.
In Batesti and chiracanthus the femur of the chela is about
twice the width of the carapace in length, whereas in /ongi-
cornis the length of the chela only just exceeds the width of
the carapace in the adult and is much less than the length of
the femur of the second leg, instead of being approximately
equal to it or greater than it, as in chtracanthus or Batesiv.
It is true that the chele are much shorter in the young than
in the adult, but that the shortness of the organ in longicornis
is not attributable to youth seems proved by the circumstance
that it obtains in the largest specimens examined—specimens
with the carapace attaining a width of 16-18 millim., the
femur of the palp being but 19-20 millim., whereas in
examples of Gatesd? with the carapace 12°5 millim. in width
the femur of the appendage in question measures 25 millim.
In an ovigerous female ot /ongicornis from Pard, with the
carapace 15 millim. wide, the femur of the chela measures
14°5 millim.
Family Thelyphonide.
Genus 'THELYPHONELLUS, Poe.
Thelyphonellus amazonicus (Butler),
Thelyphonus amazonicus, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. p. 201,
pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1872).
Thelyphonellus amazonicus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv,
p. 133 1894),
26%
360 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpiones and
Specimens obtained in the forest at Santarem and at
Parintins under leaves and rotten wood.
The type of this species was obtained by H. W. Bates
at Altar do Chad, Santarem.
Order SCORPIONES.
Family Buthida.
Genus Isomerrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.
Isometrus maculatus (De Geer).
A specimen of this ubiquitous species was taken on the
vessel at Pard.
Genus Tiryus, C. Koch.
Tityus Cambridget, sp.n. (Figs. 1, 1 a, p. 362.)
? .—Colour of upperside a uniform black or reddish black
throughout, paler below; pectines testaceous; a triangular
smooth testaceons area on the middle of the hinder border of
the third sternite.
Sculpturing, granulation, &c. as in the Bogoté form
forcipula, Gervais (=americanus, Thorell, Kraepelin, &c.),
but not so coarse.
Tail parallel-sided, segments 2 and 4 of equal width, the
fourth twice as long as wide ; the inferior crests on segments
2-4 not confluent, the median lateral crest of the second
only visible on the posterior fourth of the segment, or, at
most, represented in front by minute granules; tail about 54
times the length of the carapace; the hand and digit a little
less in length than the first two segments and half the third,
and twice the length of the carapace; width of the fourth
segment equal to half its length, width of the fifth a little less
than half its length.
Hand as wide as the brachium, the latter only a little
longer than the carapace and less than three times as long as
broad; hand-back two thirds the length of the carapace and
half the length of the movable digit, which has 15 rows of
teeth.
Pectinal teeth 22; base of shaft lobate.
3.—Tail feebly incrassate posteriorly as in the female,
about 64 times the length of the carapace ; the finger and
hand as long as its first two segments and half the third, and
2} times the length of the carapace ; filth caudal segment
nearly three times as long as wide.
Chela long and slender. Carapace about $ the length of
Pedipalpi from the Lower Amazons. 361
the brachium, which is at least four times as long as broad ;
hand long and slender, externally concave, its width equal
to that of the brachium and about one third the length of
the hand-back, which is a little Jess than the length of the
carapace and more than half the length of the movable digit ;
digits in contact only feebly lobate basally.
Pectinal teeth 21-22.
Measurements in millimetres.— 3 . Total length 72; length
of carapace 7°8, of tail 43, length of its fourth segment 7:5,
width 3°8; width of vesicle 2°8, of brachium and hand 2°8;
length of brachium 8°5, of hand-back 5, of movable digit 10-2.
3- Total length 80; length of carapace 7:6, of tail 52,
length of fourth segment 9°5, width 3°5; width of vesicle 3,
of brachium and hand 2°5; length of brachium 11, of hand-
back 7, of movable digit 12.
Loc. Par& (type, two males and a female).
Apart from finer granulation &c., this, species may be
distinguished from TZ. forcipula, Gervais, by the following
features :—
In the female of forcipula (co-typical example) the tail is
very distinctly incrassate, the tourth and fifth segments being
distinctly wider than the first, and their width about ? their
length; the crests are much stronger and the median lateral
on the second is complete, though weaker forwards. Still
more striking are the differential characters of the male: as L
have already pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., June
1889, pp. 54-56), the male of forcipu/a has the tail of normal
length, but enormously thickened posteriorly, the width of
the fourth segment being almost equal to its length; again,
the chele are not elongate, but the hand is enormously
thickened, nearly twice the width of the brachium, the digits
being widely separated, sinuate and lobate.
In its sexual features Cambridget resembles androcottoides
of Karsch, but, apart from the differential feature presented
by the distinctness of the inferior caudal keels, the hand of
the male has a different form, as also has the vesicle of the
tail.
Tityus metuendus, sp.n. (Figs. 2, 2a, p. 362.)
? .—Very like that of 7. Cambridge?, but the tail thicker,
the width ot the fourth segment considerably more than half
its length; the granulations of the tail also much less distinct.
Hand distinctly wider than the brachium and much less
strongly crested than in Cambridget.
Pectinal teeth 19.
362 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on Seorpiones and
¢-—Strikingly different from male of Cambridge and
approaching that of forcipula in the nature of its sexual
characters. ‘l'ail incrassate to the middle of the fifth segment ;
width of the fourth and fifth considerably more than half
their length, the whole tail about 6} times the length of the
carapace; the finger and hand as long as the first two
segments and one third of the third, and only a little more
than twice the length of the carapace; vesicle granular below
and about equal to the brachium in width,
ceececere
(
~
¢
MCSE C CLEC EKEE
Fig. 1.—Hand and forearm of Tityus Cambridge ¢.
Fig. 1 a.—Posterior end of tail of ditto.
Fig. 2.—Hand and forearm of 7. metuendus ¢.
Fig. 2a.—Posterior end of tail of ditto.
Fig. 3.—Vesicle of 7. silvestris,
Fig. 3a.—Ditto of 7. paraguayensis, Kraep.
Chela moderately elongate; brachium not four times as
long as wide; hand much expanded, much wider than
brachium, its width about two thirds the length of the hand-
back; the movable digit strongly lobate at the base, the
immovable sinuate, leaving a narrow space between them
when closed.
Pectinal teeth 20-21,
Pedipalpi from the Lower Amazons. 353
Measurements in millimetres.— ¢ . Total length 77; length
of carapace 8, of tail 46, width of its first and fourth seg-
ments 5, length of fourth 8; width of vesicle 3, of brachium
3°3, of hand 4; length of brachium 9, of hand-back 5:1, of
movable digit 10°8.
3. Total length 97; length of carapace 9:5, of tail 61,
width of first segment 5, length 7°7, width of fourth 6:3,
length 11; width of vesicle 3-8, of brachium 3°6, of hand 5:8 ;
length of brachium 11-5, of hand-back 8, of movable digit 13.
Loc. of type (g¢). Above Iquitos, on the Marafion or
Amazons.
The Museum has two males and three females of this form
from the above locality, and Mr. Cambridge procured one
male specimen at Parintins, up the river above Santarem.
This example has the chele rather more slender than in the
two males trom Iquitos; but since these two are not quite
alike in the structure of the appendage, it would be incautious
to attach a new name to the Parintins specimen without
further material wherewith to test the constancy of the differ
ences. he distinctions between this form and foredpula
will be further discussed in a future paper.
Tityus silvestris, sp. nu. (Fig. 3, p. 362.)
Belonging to the columbianus group of species and approach-
ing most closely to the Demerara form 7. Quelchii, Poe.
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 314, pl. xiv. tig. 1, 1893),
and to the Paraguayan form 7. paraguayensis, Kraepelin
(Jahrb. Hamburg. Anstalten, xii. p. 19, 1895), of which the
British Museum has examples collected at Assuncion by
Dr. Bohls.
The dorsal and sternal surfaces of the trunk densely spotted
black and yellow; there is, however, a conspicuous bright
yellow T-shaped mark on the fore part of the carapace, a
similar mark being much less conspicuous in paruguayensis
and not noticeable in Quelchi?, which is of a much more
uniform tint and less distinctly mottled.
In silvestris, moreover, not only are the maxillary lobes
infuscate throughout their length, but the dark pigment, in
addition, spreads on to the coxe of the second, third, and
sometimes also of the fourth leg, whereas in the specimens of
the other two species that I have seen the maxillary lobes are
infuscate only at the tip, there being, however, in paraguay-
ensis also a single spot upon the coxee of the second leg.
In structural features Quelchii has better developed granu-
lation and stronger keels, the sculpturing of paraguayensts
564 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpiones and
being finer than in szlvestris, as is particularly noticeable on
the superior caudal crests. And, lastly, in s¢/vestris the vesicle
is higher than in the other species, the tooth beneath the
aculeus being very high, with a blunt and obliquely truncate
apex.
Pectinal teeth 14-16 (in a young specimen 12-13). The
single male example has 15. Rows of teeth on digit 14 (not
including small apical rows) ; 15-16 along the outer row.
(In Quelchii there are 13-14 rows of teeth, and not 11-12 as
erroneously stated in the original diagnosis.)
The sexual characters are the same as in paraguayensis,
but the fourth and fifth segments are much less strongly
elevated.
?. Total length of body and tai! 34 millim., of tail 19°5;
width of first segment 2, of fifth 1:5; width of brachium and
hand 1°8.
3. Total length 30°5, of tail 19, width of its first and
fifth segments 2; width of brachium 1:5, of hand 2.
Loc. Santarem. Several specimens collected in the forest
by Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge.
Note.—In addition to the specimens of Z7tyus here recorded,
other examples belonging to the americanus type were col-
lected at Parand Buyassu and in the forest at Santarem ; but
since only females were obtained, I have refrained from defi-
uitely attaching names to them, seeing that they are not
structurally identical with the females either of Cambridget
or of metuendus.
Family Iuride.
Subfamily Cxacrry,
Genus BroreocHactas, Poe.
Broteochactas parvulus, sp. n.
9 .— Colour a tolerably uniform blackish brown, redder on
chela and vesicle; legs fulvous, with femur and _ patella
externally infuscate ; lower surface fulvo-fuscous ; pectines
testaceous.
Carapace with its anterior border very slightly emarginate ;
the interocular area and the dorsal portion of the area behind
the median eyes smooth; lateral portions closely and finely
granular, with a few larger granules intermixed.
~ Terga shining, nearly smooth, finely granular laterally and
mesially, with a few larger granules intermixed, the last
more coarsely granular, but without distinct crests.
Pedipalpi from the Lower Amazons. 365
Sterna entirely smooth and polished; a few large punc-
tures here and there.
Tail a little more than three times as long as carapace,
posteriorly narrowed ; lower surfaces of segments 1-3 smooth,
polished, keelless, but furnished with long bristles; the supe-
rior and superior lateral keel distinct and weakly granular,
terminating on the second segment in an angular tooth ; fourth
segment like the third, but sparsely g granular below, upperside
of these segments sparsely eranular ; upperside of fifth
without granules except on the side margins; the sides
granular, the lower surface coarsely but not closely granular,
lateral keels granular; vesicle coarsely granular below,
hairy, smooth at base of aculeus.
Chela with humerus granular above on its anterior and
posterior keel; brachium smooth, not keeled, hairy ; hand
smooth, polished and punctured above except towards the
inner edge and tle base of the immovable digit, where there
is coarse granulation, the inner edge with a distinct basal
tooth ; hand-back and lower surface quite smooth, immovable
digit stout, punctured, rugose.
Legs smooth except for the femora of third and fourth,
which are finely granular externally.
Pectinal teeth 6-7.
6 -—Like the female, but with the carapace, terga, the sides
of the caudal segment, including also the lower surface of the
third and fourth, and the lateral portions of the sterna finely
shagreened with granules.
Pectines \ar ger, 8-9 teeth, im which the sensory area extends
up to the base; upper surface of hand not so smooth as in
the female, but only very finely shagreened externally.
Measur AVE in millimetres.— 9. Total length 27 ; length
of carapace 3°5, of tail 13, width of its first segment 2,
3. Total length 24; length of carapace 3:5, of tail 13°8.
Loc. Santarem. Several specimens taken in the forest
beneath rotten wood by Mr. Cambridge.
The three known species of this genus may be recognized
by the following table :—
Female.
a, Carapace and terga and external surfaces of fe-
mora of legs smooth, without granules; hand
and brachium also almost entirely smooth, as
well as the sides of the fifth caudal segment... Gollmert (Karsch)
(=nitidus, Poc.). (Ve-
nezuela and Trinidad.)
6, Carapace, external surface of femora of third
and fourth legs, sides of fifth caudal segment,
366 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorp/ones and
and at least the inner portion of the upper
surface of the hand distinctly granular.
a', Upper and outer surfaces of brachium and
hand covered with a reticulated pattern of
granules ; lower surface of hand and crest
of hand-back also granular: length of
adult ‘about 60 mualliia: 3)... “Ae aa . delicatus (Karsch).
(Guiana. )
é'. Brachium, lower surface of hand and keel of
hand, and area of hand adjacent to it
smooth: adult less than 50 millim....... pérvulus, sp.n. (San-
tarem.)
Male.
a, Carapace and terga more closely and coarsely
granular; sterna distinctly granular at the
sides, the anterior ones more so than the
posterior; lower surface of hand and upper
surface externally smooth ................ parvulus, sp. n.
4. Carapace and terga less closely granular; sterna
almost entirely smooth; hand distinetly
granular above and below.
a’, External portion of upper surface of hand
and crest of hand-back only very finely
granular: less than 40 millim. .......... Gollmeri (Karsch).
4, External portion of upper surface of hand
and keel of hand-back coarsely granular :
over 40 millim. in length .............. delicatus, Karsch,
Genus Brorueas, C. Koch.
Brotheas Gervaisii, Poe.
Brotheas Gervaisii, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 78 (1893).
A single female specimen obtained at Gurupa.
This example differs from the type in certain characters,
which, in the absence of more material, can hardly be regarded
as of specific :importance. For example, the intercarinal
spaces of the tail are a little less granular and the carapace
and terga a little more so than in the typical female of
Gervaisti, Poc. Again, the vesicle is very much narrower
than the fifth caudal segment, whereas in Gervaisii it is
nearly as wide. These are characters, however, which
appear to be subject to variation with age, for small examples
ot Herbst’i taken in Demerara by Mr. W. L. Sclater are far
more granular than adults captured by the same collector in
the same locality, and they have the vesicle noticeably
narrower. Consequently the distinctive features of this
Gurupa specimen may be provisionally attributed to imma-
turity. ‘The discovery of the specimen is, however, of great
interest, inasmuch as no locality was previously known for
the species.
Pedipalpi from the Lower Amazons. 367
In connexion with Prof. Kraepelin’s latest utterances upon
the subject of the genus Brotheas, the following observations
may be made (see JB. Hamburg. Anst. xi. no. 1, p. 173,
1894) :—
In the first place, this author reserves the name maurus,
Herbst, for the type of the genus, on the grounds that the
species identified as Scorpio maurus by Herbst is generically
distinct from the Scorpio maurus of Linné. He therefore
admits in his system both Heterometrus maurus (Linn.) (=the
true Scorpio maurus, Linn.) and Broteas maurus (Herbst)
(= Scorpio maurus, Linn., Herbst). This, however, is not
the practice that is usually followed in such matters. Nor
has Kraepelin himself applied this principle of nomenclature
in analogous cases: if he had done so, consistency would
have compelled him to adopt such names as Parabuthus
australis (Herbst), Androctonus australis (Linn.), Centrurus.
australis (De Geer) ; or, again, Tarantula rentformis (Linn.),
Neophrynus reniformis (Fabr.), and Heterophrynus reniformis
(Pallas).
In the second place, if maurus be retained as the specific
name of the type species of Brotheas, De Geer, and not
Herbst, should be cited as its author, the former in 1778
being the first to start the error, which was subsequently
handed on by Herbst and C. Koch. This, however, is a
matter of but little importance, seeing that the name maurus
cannot be retained for the species. For this I adopt the
name Herbsti’, proposed by Thorell (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) xvii. p. 14, 1876). It is to be observed, however, that
‘Thorell primarily gave the name ferbstii to the species
wrongly identified as maurus by De Geer and later writers,
without regard to the possibility of more than one species
being involved. But the type of Brotheas, C. Koch, must
presumably be the species upon which C. Koch establishes.
the genus. ‘l'herefore it seems that it is to this species that
the name Herbstiz must be atfixed. ‘The fact that the species
came from Cayenne renders it probable that my identification
of certain specimens from Demerara in the British Museum
as Herbstii is correct, and at the same time throws doubt
upon the identity of Simon’s /erbst7i from La Plata (see Aun.
Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 241). Finally, it may be added that
the description of Simon’s species paraensis (Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1880, p. 881) does not apply to the females of the
Demerara specimens mentioned above, so that if the latter
are correctly named, as [ venture to think probable, it is
impossible to follow Kraepelin in regarding paraensis as a
synonym of Herbstit.
368 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
The females of the two species known to me in nature may
be recognized as follows :—
a. Lower surface of first caudal segment coarsely x
granular, its median keels granular ........ Herbstit, Thor.
; (Guiana.)
b. Lower surface of first caudal segment smooth,
punctured, without granules, its keels obso- ie.
Obes soe antec Be AY Sone Gervaisti,Poc. (Ama-
ZOnS. )
B. paraensis, Sim., from Paré, based probably upon a
female, differs from the above in having the carapace entirely
devoid of granules; while B. granulatus, on the contrary,
from Cayenne, the type of which is doubtless a male, is not
from the description distinguishable from the iales identified
as Herbstit in the Museum collection.
XXXIV.—New Species of Hymenoptera from Central
America. By P. CAMERON, F.K.S.
{Concluded from p. 276.}
Fam. Sphegide.
PopIuM.
Podium crassipes, sp. n.
Nigrum ; alis fuliginosis. o.
Long. 40 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Omealea, near Orizaba (JZ. Trajillo).
Antenne reaching to the scutellum, bare, pruinose. Head
below the ocelli with widely separated punctures; the front
thickly covered with long black hair; the vertex glabrous; a
narrow thin furrow leading to the ocelli, uniting to a short,
shallow, narrow transverse one behind them; there is a
narrow longitudinal keel above the ocelli. The antenne are
inserted immediately over the clypeus, which at the apex
projects, is roundly concave, and is roundly and rather
deeply incised, and bears a few shallow punctures. The eyes
reach to the base of the mandibles and converge slightly
above. ‘The prothorax is elongate, being nearly as long as
the mesonotum; the anterior is separated from the longer
posterior portion by a deep transverse furrow, its centre being
raised behind; the anterior region is punctured and bears
long black hairs, the punctureless part of the posterior portion
Hymenoptera from Central America, 369
being almost glabrous. The anterior part of the mesonotum
is covered with long black hairs and with distinctly separated
punctures, the sides, too, towards the apex being longitu-
dinally depressed. The median segment is as long as the
pro- and mesothorax united; above, it is thickly covered
with long black hair, closely transversely striated, a broad
and deep depression down its centre, and there is another
broad depression at its sides at the base and a narrower one
in the middle at the sides. The pleure are covered with long
black hairs. The propleure have a broad deep oblique
depression in the centre, behind which they are rather
strongly punctured, in front of it with only a few punctures.
The mesopleure bear distinctly separated punctures, except
on the sides of the oblique depression in the centre, above
which they are obscurely longitudinally striated. The meta-
pleure are impunctate. The mesosternum is covered with
long black hairs and with distinctly separated punctures ;
there is a deep longitudinal channel down its centre, at the
end of which it becomes depressed, rising again towards the
mesocoxe#, the space between being hollowed and at the sides
longitudinally crenulated, the part between the coxe being
slightly punctured at the sides and broadly furrowed down
the centre, the sides of the furrow towards the apex having a
few longitudinal keels. The petiole is longer than the hind
coxe and the second abdominal segment; the other abdominal
segments shining, glabrous, the second segment depressed at the
base in the centre. ‘The third to the sixth ventral segments
are alutaceous. Wings deep dark violaceous, the nervures
black; the first recurrent nervure is received at half the
distance from the base that the second is from the apex. The
legs are almost glabrous; the tarsi spinose; the hind tibie
spinose on the inner side, and with six irregular somewhat
oval depressions on the outer side. ‘The hind trochanters are
twice the length of the coxe. The hinder femora are
broadly dilated towards the apex ; the apex on the outer side
is somewhat hollowed and depressed above, the top of the
depression being distinctly margined, the middle above at the
apex having five stout curved keels, in front of which are
a few narrower oblique keels; beneath near the apex the
centre is raised and the sides in the middle at the apex project
into two stout teeth, between which the tibie fit when bent
downwards.
P. crassipes may be known from the other species of
Podium described by me by the longer bipartite prothorax,
the longer hind trochanters, and the longer clavate hinder
femora. ‘The hind claws lave two teeth at the base. The
hind tarsi are twice the length of the tibie.
370 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
SpHEX, Fabr.
Sphex (Priononyx) laerma, sp. n.
Long. 28 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Rio Papagaio in Guerrero, 1200 feet (H. H.
Smith).
Agrees in coloration with S. Thome, Fabr., except that the
wings are deep dark violaceous ; differing otherwise in being
much longer, in the thorax wanting the thick pale pubescence,
and in the scutellum being broadly furrowed down the
middle.
Eyes parallel. The hinder ocelli separated from each other
by about the same distance they are from the eyes. Cheeks
and clypeus covered with silvery pubescence; the vertex
sparsely clothed with moderately long black hair, below the
antenne with longer black hair. Apex of the clypeus
transverse and with a small indentation in the centre; the
sides broadly rounded. Behind the ocelli is a shallow curved
furrow, behind which at the sides is a small roundish depres-
sion; there is a shallow longitudinal furrow between the
ocelli and at the sides of the hinder pair, the front one being
surrounded by a furrow. The scape of the antenne is sparsely
covered with long black hair; the flagellum pruinose. The
pronotum is depressed near the base, the depression being
shining and impunctate; the apex is finely transversely
shagreened and slightly longitudinally depressed in the
middle ; the pleura alutaceous, except a shining spot on the
lower part at the apex; the base longitudinally striated; at
the apex is a curved narrow fringe of pale golden pubescence.
Mesonotum opaque, covered with short pale hair; closely
longitudinally striated, furrowed down the middle, the furrow
at the base wide. Scutellum wide, raised, the middle de-
pressed broadly ; shagreened, the sides shining, impunctate,
Median segmeut alutaceous, covered closely with pale soft
hair; closely transversely striolated, the apex before the
depression broadly furrowed. ‘The mesopleure closely and
rather strongly, the metapleure obliquely, striated. The
petiole is black and is as long as the hinder cox, covered
with Jong pale soft hair. The rest of the abdomen is shining
rufous ; a black triangular mark on the second segment, the
narrowed part at its base ; the third segment is broadly black
at the base. Wings uniformly dark violaceous ; the first
and second transverse cubital nervures oblique, both bullated
at the lower part, the third curved and much narrowed
towards the second at the top, the space between them there
Hymenoptera from Central America. Sua
being about the same as that bounded by the first recurrent
and first transverse cubital nervures. The fore femora have
a line of coarse deep punctures on the lower side; the tibiz
and tarsi are strongly spinose; the hind claws bear four
stout blunt teeth, closely pressed together.
This species approaches the North-American Sphew bifove-
atus, 'Taschenberg, but, ¢nter alia, is readily separated by
the dark violaceous wings, ‘i'aschenberg’s insect having
them ‘ subbyalinis.”
Fam. Bembicide.
BeEMBIDULA, Burm.
Bembidula affinis, sp. n.
Long. fere 11 millim. 9.
Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).
Allied to B. capnoptera, Handl., but smaller, the markings
of a paler yellow, and the labrum entirely black.
Antenne black, the scape yellow beneath ; covered with a
pale down, which is thicker towards the apex of the flagellum ;
the clypeus is yellow, except round the apex ; the inner orbits
yellow to a little above the middle of the eyes, the outer orbits
more narrowly lined with yellow, except at the top and apex.
The labrum, front, and vertex rather thickly covered with
silvery-white hair. Thorax thickly covered with short
silvery pubescence, which becomes golden in hue towards the
base of the mesonotum; two short marks at the base of the
mesonotum, a broad line from near the base of the tegule to
the base of the scutellum, two broad marks at the side of the
scutellum, but not reaching its apex, the postscutellum, an
interrupted line (broad at the apex) along the side of the
median segment, a line on the mesopleure under the tegule,
and the apex of the median segment at the sides, broadly,
lemon-yellow. The mesopleuree are obscurely punctured,
thickly covered with white hair; the metapleure more
shining and deeply excavated. ‘The abdominal segments are
broadly banded with lemon-yellow at the apex, the bands
being distinctly interrupted in the middle; the apical segment
above with some large distinctly separated punctures ; beneath
bluntly keeled down the middle. Legs: the coxe, tro-
chanters, and femora to near the apex black, for the rest
yellow, except the tarsi, which have a rutous tinge, especially
towards the apex, the base being clear yellow. ‘The wings
have a faint fulvous tinge.
372 Mr. P. Cameron on new Speeivs of
Fam. Pompilide.
PSEUDAGENIA, Kohl.
Pseudagenia tarsalis, sp. n.
Nigra, tarsis rufis; alis lacteis, fusco-bifasciatis. 9.
Long. fere 12 millim.
Hab. Guatemala, Purula in Vera Paz (Champion).
Antenne stout, pruinose; the third and fourth joints for
the greater part rufous. Head covered with a fulvous micro-
scopic pile ; the eyes almost parallel, only very slightly con-
verging above; the hinder ocelli separated from the eyes by
about the same distance they are from each other; the tips
of the mandibles piceous. ‘Thorax densely pruinose, silvery,
inclining to golden on the mesonotum. ‘The apex of the
median segment irregularly transversely striolated. The
apex of the mesopleure crenulated, and there is an indistinct
oblique furrow across its middle. Abdomen shining, pruinose.
The first cloud in the fore wings extends equally across the
transverse basal nervure, the second and wider cloud ex-
tending from the first cubital to the third transverse cubital
nervure ; the first and second transverse cubital nervures are
oblique, straight, the third roundly curved in the middle and
narrowed towards the second at the top; the first recurrent
nervure is oblique and received shortly before the middle of
the cellule, the second curved and recurved distinetly in front
of the middle of the cellule.
Agrees closely with P. Championi, Cam., from Panama;
but the wings at the apex are not fulvous, the basal cloud is
much wider, the third cubital cellule is hardly narrowed at
the top (while it is very much narrowed in P, Championt),
and the tarsi are rufous.
Sauius, Fabr.
Salius incomptus, sp. n.
Niger, longe nigro-hirtus; medio antennarum date rufo; tarsis
posticis late flavis ; alis flavis, fusco-bifasciatis. o¢.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 feet (77. ZH.
Smith).
Antenne somewhat shorter than the body; the basal three
and the apical four joints black, the others orange-yellow ;
the scape covered with longish black hair, the flagellum with
a microscopic down. Head densely covered with long thick
Hymenoptera from Central America. 373
black hair; the inner orbits above the antenne and the entire
face below them yellow; the apex of the clypeus waved, the
centre dilated; the mandibles and palpi entirely black.
Thorax densely covered with long black hair. The median
segment gradually rounded and obscurely transversely striated;
at the base in the centre is a short, wide, deep longitudinal
furrow united to a longer narrower transverse one. The
propleure are slightly hollowed; immediately over the cox
is a sharp, distinct, oblique keel, which towards the middle
of the coxe bends more obliquely downwards, and from this
bend a narrow curved keel runs up towards the tegule, but
not reaching them. At the base of the metapleure shortly
below the middle is a moderately large fovea. Abdomen as
long as the head and thorax united, densely covered with
black hairs, especially towards the apex. Legs long, sparsely
haired ; the front knees and tibiez and the hinder tarsi, except
the apical joint, orange-yellow. ‘The first cloud in the wings
extends from the base of the first recurrent to shortly beyond
the second recurrent nervure ; the apical cloud commences at
the end of the radial nervure ; the nervures are orange, except
in the clouded parts; the second cubital cellule at the top and
- bottom is a little shorter than the third ; the recurrent nervures
are both received shortly before the middle of the cellule.
The hind wings are clouded at the apex.
Allied to S. omiltemius.
Salius imitatriz, sp. n.
Niger, basi antennarum pedibusque anterioribus rufis; alis hyalinis,
fusco-bifasciatis. 9.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Cuernavaca in Morelos (H. H. Smith).
Almost identical in coloration with Pseudagenia isthmica,
Cam., from Chiriqui. Antennz covered with a microscopic
down; the basal three joints rufous. ‘The head from a little
above the antenne covered with a pale golden pile; the
mandibles pale at the base, piceous before the teeth, which
are black ; ashallow furrow leads down from near the ocelli ;
the hinder ocelli are separated from each other by a slightly
greater distance than they are from the eyes, which converge
a little at the top. Thorax covered with a pale golden down;
the collar white on either side above. Abdomen pruinose,
the apex densely covered with rather long pale yellowish
hairs. The four front femora have the basal halt black and
the apical half reddish ; the fore tibiz, the two basal joints of
the fore tarsi, the middle tibiez broadly at the base, and the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 27
O74. Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
two basal joints of the middle tarsi, rufous; the front calcaria
rufous, the four hinder calearia black. ‘The first cloud in the
fore wings is at the transverse basal nervure; the second
cloud is enclosed by the first and third transverse cubital
nervures ; the second and third cubital cellules at the top
are as wide as the space bounded by the recurrent and the
transverse cubital nervures.
In my arrangement of the species in the ‘ Biologia Cen-
trali-Americana,’ Hymen. ii. p. 182, S. dmitatrix should
follow S. nivalis, Cam.
Pompiuus, Fabr.
Pompilus ceres, sp. n.
Niger, abdomine albosex-maculato; alis fumatis, albo-trifasciatis. 9.
Long. 18 millim.
fab, Panama (Boucard).
Antenne short, stout, covered with greyish pubescence.
Head elongate in front, covered with a golden pubescence
and with longish black hair; the eyes sinuate at the top,
only very slightly converging at the bottom. Pronotum more
than twice the length of the head, densely covered with long
black hair. The mesonotum covered with long black hair,
its base and the scutellum with pale golden pubescence; the
apex of the scutellum with a distinct bordering keel, behind
which it is covered with dense silvery pubescence at the sides,
the central part being raised. ‘The median segment velvety ;
the centre indistinctly keeled ; the apex oblique, its sides and
apex bearing velvety pubescence. ‘The pleure are covered
with a silvery pile. ‘The legs covered with a black pile; the
four hinder calearia white. Abdomen a little, but distinctly,
longer than the head and thorax united ; the apex of the first
and second segments incised in the middle; the white marks
on the second to the fourth segments become successively
smaller, and there is a large oval white mark on the top of
the apical segment; the ventral segments axe pruinose, the
apical ones sparsely covered with long black hair. ‘The wings
are short, not reaching to the apex of the fifth abdominal
segment. ‘They are dark fuscous ; there is an elongate white
cloud under the costa, shortly in front of the transverse basal
nervure, a broad band going completely across in front of and
enclosing the lower part of the first transverse cubital nervure,
and the extreme apex is also hyaline, but not so white as the
other two clouds; both the transverse cubital nervures are
curved and approach each other at the top; the first recurrent
Hymenoptera from Central America. 375-
nervure is received at a slightly greater distance from the base
than the second is from the apex of the cellule.
A very distinct species. It belongs to my first section of
the genus, near P. tmpudicus, Cam.
Pompilus rinconensis, sp. n.
Long. 18 millim. 9.
Hab. Rincon in Guerrero (1. H. Smith).
Agrees closely with P. ¢mpudicus, Cam., from Panama,
but it is much larger; the pile on the thorax is not orange,
the head only hairy at the top, and the hinder ocelli are
separated by a greater distance from the eyes.
Black: the prothorax, the base of the mesonotum, and
the third and fourth abdominal segments covered densely
with orange pubescence; the top and sides of the median
segment, the sides and apex of the basal abdominal, and the
first to the fourth ventral segments, the sternum, and the
legs, densely covered with a greyish pruinose pubescence.
The wings smoky, with a cloud before the transverse basal
nervure, one in front of it, and the apex milky hyaline.
Antenne short, black ; the apex of the scape, the second
joint, and the base of the third rufous; the flagellum covered
with a microscopic down. Head shining, impunctate; the
vertex behind the ocelli densely covered with golden pubes-
cence ; the hinder ocelli separated by a much greater distance
from the eyes than they are from each other. The black
central part of the thorax has a slight violaceous tinge. The
sternum, the sides of the pleuree above it, and the metapleurz
densely covered with a greyish pile. The apex of the median
segment black, slightly excavated, the sides with some stout
transverse striolations. The first and third transverse cubital
nervures are roundly curved, the second straight and hardly
oblique; the first recurrent nervure is received in the apical
third, the second almost in the centre of the cellule.
A second specimen, from Iguala in Guerrero (/7ége), no
doubt belongs to the same species; it has the pile on the
thorax and head deep orange, this being also the case with
that on the fourth and fifth abdominal segments, the sides of
the pleurze entirely covered with a grey pubescence, and,
apparently, the abdomen is a little longer compared to the
length of the thorax ; it is also smaller.
Pompilus idris, sp. n.
Long. 8 millim. 9.
Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (ZZ. HL. Smith).
27%
376 Mr. P. Cameron on new Species of
Black ; two large marks on the side of the second abdo-
minal segment and the fourth and fifth entirely dull orange-
yellow ; the wings smoky, the base, apex, and a cloud behind
the stigma whitish hyaline.
Antenne short, thick, covered with an obscure microscopic
pile, the base and apex of the scape piceous beneath. The
apical half of the mandibles piceous. Above the antennz
the head is densely covered with golden pubescence, barer in
the middle, but this may be owing to it having been rubbed
off. The eyes curved, slightly converging towards the bottom.
The hinder ocelli are separated from each other by the same
distance they are from the eyes. The yellow-golden pile on
the mesonotum extends to the base of the scutellum; in front
the mesonotum is much barer, probably through being rubbed.
The scutellum is covered with a dull brownish down. ‘The
median segment is clothed with a short pale golden pubes-
cence, especially on the middle above; behind, it is hollowed
slightly and in the middle is not so thickly haired as on the
sides. ‘lhe pro- and metapleure are covered closely with a
short, the mesopleure with a still shorter, pale golden pubes-
cence. Abdomen shining, pruinose; the marks on the second
segment are at the base at the sides and extend to the
middle; the fourth and fifth segments are only orange-yellow
above ; the base of the sixth segment is orange in the middle.
The femora and tibiz are densely pruinose, appearing greyish ;
the tarsi are bare. The recurrent nervures curve towards
each other above, the first having a broader curve; the third
transverse cubital nervure is obliterated entirely, but both the
recurrent nervures are present, the first being received shortly
before the middle of the cellule.
Near P. pictus, Kohl.
Fam. Mutillide.
SPHZROPHTHALMA, Blake.
Spherophthalma posticata, sp. n.
Long. 11 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero (//ége).
Allied to S. pallene, Cam., from Durango, but differing
from it in having the black on the anterior part of the abdo-
men not continuous at the base, the black being triangularly
narrowed in front and produced into a sharp point (instead of
being incised) at the apex. ‘The shape of the abdominal
black mark is very like that of S. toluca, Blake, but that
species differs from the present insect in many other respects.
Hymenoptera from Central America. od
Head a little narrower than the mesothorax, densely
covered all over with long pale fulvous hair; black, below
the eye largely rufous ; the mandibles black, sparsely covered
with pale hair. The thorax above broadly black, the black
at the apex rounded. The median segment with an oblique
slope ; the pleure black, coarsely punctured, sparsely covered
with long pale fulvous hair. The basal segment of the
abdomen black, covered with long pale hair. ‘The base of the
second segment is black, with two pale orange marks, one on
either side, the black band between them being broadly trian-
gular in the middle; at the apex in the middle the black also
projects a little; the apex of the second segment is broadly
black at the side, the extreme apex in the middle being only
narrowly banded with black; the third segment is broadly
black at the sides. The ventral segments are covered
densely with pale hair; the apices of the segments narrowly
black. Legs black, densely covered with long white hairs.
Spherophthalma latebalteata, sp. n.
Ochracea, abdominis basi medioque late nigro-balteatis ; pedibus
nigris, longe albo-pilosis.
Long. 12 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Cordova and Jalapa in Vera Cruz (Hége).
Head distinctly narrower than the mesothorax, densely
covered with long fulvous hair; the part behind the head
roundly narrowed; the mandibles black, slightly rufous
towards the middle; the antennal tubercles rufous at the
apex. The antenne black; the scape bearing long silvery
hair, the flagellum with an obscure pale down. ‘The thorax
obliquely narrowed from the middle; above thickly covered
with reddish-fulvous hair; the apex oblique, bearing large
round deep punctures, and sparsely covered with long
whitish hairs; the mesopleure coarsely punctured, sparsely
covered with long whitish hair. The base of the abdomen
bears long whitish hairs; the second segment with pale
fulvous hair, the base broadly black, the base of the fulvous
part roundly incised; the third and fourth segments covered
all over with pale fulvous hair; the pygidial area black, the
base and sides bearing long pale fulvous hair, longitudinally
striolated. ‘The ventral segments black, fringed with long
pale fulvous hair, their apical half strongly punctiired, the
rest finely transversely striolated. Legs covered with long
pale hairs ; the spines black.
Agrees closely with S. connectens, Cam., from Chihuahua,
but larger and stouter, the abdomen more abruptly narrowed,
378 On new Hymenoptera from Central America.
more broadly black at the base, and with a broad black band
towards the apex, S. connectens having only the base black ;
the legs, too, are more strongly haired.
Spherophthalma chiron, sp. n.
Long. 18-20 millim.
Hab. Mexico, Venta de Zopilote (H. H. Smith), Acapulco
in Guerrero (/ége).
This species has the general coloration of S. artadne, Blake,
but it is much larger. From S. Cressoni, Blake, it may be
known by the central black mark on the base of the abdomen
being completely separated from the smaller lateral black
marks. In general coloration it agrees, too, with S. ravula,
Cam., but the head in that species is quite differently formed.
Head distinctly narrower than the thorax, covered with
pale golden pubescence, except on the oral region; the
mandibles black. Antenne black; the flagellum covered
with a pale pile. ‘Thorax narrowed abruptly behind and
rounded in front; black, a broad band of pale golden in the
middle above; the mesopleuree covered with short silvery
pubescence. The petiole covered with pale hairs. The
second abdominal segment fulvous in the centre; extending
from the base to near the middle is a black mark, longer than
broad, gradually and slightly dilated to the apex, which is
rounded ; the sides of the segment black to the apex, and in
their centre is a large black mark, rounded at the base, the
apex more oblique; the third and fourth dorsal segments
black, the black being at the base slightly oblique from the
centre ; the penultimate segment black at the sides; the pygi-
dium black. The third to the fifth ventral segments densely
covered with pale silvery hair; the last segments black.
Legs densely covered with silvery hair.
Spherophthalma myrmiciformis, sp. 0.
Pallide aureo-pilosa, antennis pedibusque nigris. 9°.
Long. fere 12 millim.
Hab. Panama, Bugaba (Champion).
This species bears a great resemblance to the not uncommon
Central-American ant Camponotus sericeiventris, amongst
specimens of which it was placed in the box when received
by me; but I know not if they are found together in nature.
The entire body covered with a silky depressed pale golden
pubescence, shining; the head rather closely covered with
On the Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 379
moderately long black hairs, the thorax and abdomen with
longer and more sparsely distributed hairs. Antenne black,
thick ; the scape covered with long black hairs, the flagellum
with a microscopic down. Head large, wider than the thorax,
developed behind the eyes to rather more than twice the length
of the eyes; the mandibles sericeous and bearing some long
black hairs. There is a black transverse band on the base
of the mesonotum, one down the centre of the median seg-
ment and a narrower one down each of its sides. Abdomen
not much longer than the thorax ; its petiole short, obliquely
raised from the bottom to the top. The ventral segments
clothed, like the dorsal, with pale golden pubescence. Legs
entirely black, sparsely clothed with longish black hairs.
S. myrmiciformis belongs to the group of S. ocyroe.
XXXV.—A Contribution to the Osteology of the Mesozoic
Amioid Fishes Caturus and Osteorachis. By A. SMITH
Woopwarb, F.L.S.
[Concluded from p. 297.}
II.— Osrroracuis Leepst, SP. N., FROM THE OXFORD CLAY
OF PETERBOROUGH.
The unique specimen of Osteorachis in the Leeds Collec-
tion (Brit. Mus. no. P. 8388) comprises the hinder portion of
the skull, fragments of the jaws, opercular apparatus, and
pectoral arch, and part of the vertebral column, all undoubt-
edly belonging to one and the same individual. It is of
interest not only on account of its gigantic size, but also as
being the first known example of the genus of Upper Jurassic
age. As its teeth are relatively larger and stouter than those
of the typical species (O. macrocephalus) from the Lower
Lias, while their enamelled apex seems to be shorter, the
species it represents is evidently new, and may be named
O. Leedsi, in honour of its discoverer. In the anterior half
of the dentary in the Oxfordian fossil the length occupied by
the bases of three consecutive teeth at least equals, and usually
exceeds, the depth of the bone bearing them; whereas in
O. macrocephalus the corresponding length is always less
than the depth of the bone.
The following are some of the principal measurements
obtainable :—
380 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the
m.
‘Width Of ocetpitt: \. lon) ciety Sais oh mee me OO 0:20
Length from occiput to orbital rim........ 103, OLS
Maximum depth of hyomandibular............ 0:23
Width of upper end of ditto, about............ 0:09
Length of post-temporal ..............s0008 0:16
Depth) of supraclaviele. «51 <..«ya'o0n steele ae 0-20
Maximum width of ditto .... 3 Sc us- + <a pemenee 0:05
Cranium.
The cranium has lost the rostral region, and the floor of
the brain-case with the parasphenoid is broken into three
pieces separate from the main mass. The hinder portion of
the cranial roof is well-preserved and shown of two fifths the
natural size in Pl. X. fig. 1. The right post-temporal (p.t.)
and some of the vertebral elements (h.c., pl.c., n.) are crushed
upon the occiput, which is thus a little obscured; but the
characteristic narrow projecting portion of chondrocranium
beyond the roofing membrane-bones is conspicuous. ‘The
parietals (pa.) are remarkably unsymmetrical, that of the
right side being twice as broad as that of the left, and the
former exhibiting only a small antero-lateral point, while the
latter extends far forwards into the frontal by its corresponding
process. Except on their overlapped hinder border these
bones are entirely covered by a fine rugosity and tubercula-
tion, but without any traces of enamel. ‘The relatively large
frontals (/r.) are approximately equal in maximum width,
but that of the mght side is narrowed behind, and their
median suture is extremely wavy, with one large acute loba-
tion just behind the interorbital region, and numerous small
interdigitations in front, where the fossil is fragmentary and
then terminates. Posteriorly the ornamentation is a little
more sparse than that of the parietals, anteriorly it becomes
much coarser, and there is a tendency to radiation towards
the margin of the bone. The squamosals (sq.) are relatively
large and form a symmetrical pair, each gradually tapering
forwards as far as the exposed portion of the postfrontal
(pt.f.), and then rapidly terminating in an anterior acute
point. They are ornamented like the frontals, and exhibit
a conspicuous narrow smooth area, widest behind and tapering
forwards, close to the inner margin of the element. The
postfrontal ( pt.f.) is only exposed for a very small space on
each side, and appearances suggest that the cartilaginous
element itself is shown without any investing membrane-
bone. There are no marks of regularly disposed sensory
canals on any part of the roof.
The chondrocranium itself is imperfectly ossified, but when
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 381
viewed from below in the fossil (Pl. X. fig. 1 a) some of its
characteristic features can be distinguished. The opisthotic
(op.o.) is a well-formed bone, with the usual large oval
foramen for the exit of the vagus nerve, and in front it
clearly articulates by a wavy suture with the equally well
ossified pro-otic (pr.o.), which is broken away anteriorly.
The postfrontal or sphenotie (pt.f) is also massive and
distinct, with a very well-defined hinder border for union
with the rest of the upper part of the otic capsule, which
seems to have remained unossified, as in Ama. There may
have been a granular calcification of the cartilage here, but
nothing more. ‘The ossifications and calcifications in the
interorbital region of the chondrocranium are almost entirely
broken away, but there are just traces of the interorbital
septum (s.), showing the anterior production of the cerebral
cavity for the passage of the olfactory nerves. On the left
side of the fossil there are also indications of a robust pre-
frontal or ecto-ethmoidal ossification.
The imperfect separated basicranial axis cannot be fitted to
the rest of the fossil, and the sutures between its component
elements are not distinguishable. The robust parasphenoid
is, indeed, firmly fused at least with the basioccipital. This
basal membrane-bone exhibits a slight cleft behind and is
expanded in front in the usual manner for squamous union
with the vomers ; it does not bear teeth, but there is an irre-
gular bony excrescence a little behind the middle, where
small teeth usually occur in allied fishes. The upper or
cerebral aspect of the specimen is interesting on account of
the configuration of the basioccipital. ‘This bone is not
curved upwards at the sides, but agrees exactly with the
corresponding element of Amza in displaying a conspicuous
median ridge, which looks like a distinct bone thrust into a
cleft.
Jaws, Facial and Opercular Bones.
The hyomandibular is preserved on both sides, and one
specimen is shown of two fifths the natural size from the
inner aspect in Pl. XI. fig. 1. The bone is slightly more
than twice as deep as its maximum width measured at the
process (p.) for the support of the operculum; it is much
laterally compressed, strengthened by a median longitudinal
thickening, and by another extending from this along the
base of the opercular process. ‘The upper end was evidently
capped with cartilage; the anterior margin, completely
preserved in the fossil, is gently excavated, and below the
opercular process behind there seems to have been an ex-
382 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the
tremely delicate wing of bone probably of the form indicated
by the dotted line in the figure. It is also interesting to
note that the bone is pierced by a short vertical canal exactly
as in Amia, the upper opening (/.) being on the inner, the
lower opening on the outer face. The quadrate of the left
side is nearly complete and is remarkable for the very large
size of the articulation for the mandible, which is much
elongated antero-posteriorly. The hinder margin is a little
curved outwards and thickened, and remains of a tuberculated
external plate are crushed upon this prominence. Of the
pterygo-palatine arcade only fragments are preserved ; but it
may be said that these laminar bones bear clustered patches
of teeth, which are small near the margin of the jaw and
become merely minute tubercles or granulations beyond.
One piece of bone, which seems to have been palatine, bears
an irregular cluster of teeth as large as those of the splenial.
The imperfect right maxilla (Pl. XI. fig. 2) shows that this
element is very long and narrow, the dentigerous border
being somewhat concavely arched and furnished with a single
close series of large teeth, which are largest in the middle of
the bone, and all seem to be approximately circular in trans-
verse section. ‘The outer face is very coarsely rugose and
seems to have formed a little parapet outside the bases of the
teeth, as indicated by a fragment behind, which is acciden-
tally ‘overlain by another piece of bone (2). There is some
indication of a surface of overlap for the supramaxilla. The
mandible is also remarkably long and slender, but is known
only by the portion of the left ramus shown of two fifths the
natural size from the outer and superior aspects in Pl. XI.
figs. 3, 3a. The dentary (d.) bears a single close series of
teeth still larger than those of the maxilla, but they are
unfortunately only indicated by their bases, which are ovoid
in shape, with the long axis coincident with that of the jaw.
The outer face of the bone is coarsely and irregularly rugose,
and its lower portion is a thin vertical lamina with an acute
inferior border. The splenial (sp/.) is comparatively robust
and forms a broad ledge on which small teeth are irregularly
clustered, but it is broken in front, and its precise extent is
unknown.
Very few traces of the cheek-plates remain, and nothing
is known of their arrangement. Like the other external
bones, all are destitute of “enamel on the tubercular or rugose
ornament. A fragment of the anterior border of the left
operculum is almost smooth, though with irregular surface.
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 383
Dentition.
The teeth are all simple hollow cones, and the internal
cavity in the fossil is usually filled with calcite. They are
rounded in section, without any longitudinal keels, and the
slender apical portion alone is enamelled. ‘The apex is more
or less curved and usually marked only with very delicate
striz, though one splenial tooth is crimped in the lower part
of the enamel. The smooth brown base seems to have had a
relatively thin wall in the larger teeth, judging from fractures
by crushing, and one of the supposed palatine teeth shows a
natural indent of its outer face at the attached end. All the
teeth are fixed in shallow depressions and fused with the
supporting bone, and the only complete tooth of the maxillary
series seems to be worn (during the life of the animal) at the
apex. No successional teeth are observable.
Axial Skeleton of Trunk.
The vertebral column is represented by 12 of the pleuro-
centra, 15 of the hypocentra, and a few fragments of the
arches. As already mentioned, one pleurocentrum (pi.c.),
one hypocentrum (f.c.), and one neural-arch-shaped fragment
(n.) are crushed in the matrix at the occiput; the others are
all detached. A typical pleurocentrum is shown of two thirds
the natural size in end view and from the superior and lateral
aspects in Pl. XI. figs. 4, 4a, 46.
All the specimens are crushed and some much distorted,
but that here represented seems to retain approximately its
original form. It is not quite bilaterally symmetrical, one
side being longer than the other, and in this respect it differs
from the remainder of the series, which have a more regular
ficure. In end view five distinct facettes are observed. Be-
tween the two branches of the bone there is the smooth
saddle-shaped surface (not.) which would be directly in
contact with the persistent notochord; above this is a pair of
small ovoid facettes of finely granulated aspect (n.a.), to
support the basal segment of the neural arch, and each diver-
gent branch bears a great rugose flattened surface, which
would be apposed to the corresponding surface of the hypo-
centrum. When viewed from above (fig. 4a) the pair of
facettes for the support of the neural arch is seen to occur on
both ends of the bone, with a small intervening space, this
indicating that the arches alternated with the vertebral bodies
asin Amia. It is also noteworthy that a conspicuous little
boss of variable development projects trom the restricted area
between each pair of these neural tacettes. Inside view (fig. 46)
384 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the
the pleurocentrum appears as a very short bone tapering to
its pointed lower end. The hypocentra are larger and more
massive than the pleurocentra. A typical example from theab-
dominal region is shown of two thirds the natural size from the
anterior, inferior, and lateral aspects in Pl. XL. figs. 5, 5 a, 5d.
The smooth saddle-shaped surtace (not.) originally in contact
with the persistent notochord is again conspicuous, and the
great rugose surface on each branch of the bone resembles that
of the pleurocentrum which it meets. The stout lower portion
of the element is often a little distorted by crushing during
fossilization, but it always exhibits a pair of small rounded
depressions (#) in front and behind, as if they were facettes
for some relatively small intercalated parts which have disap-
peared. When viewed from below (fig. 5) a the hypocentrum
is seen to be flattened in the middle of the inferior face and
marked with a slit-like pair of longitudinal depressions, while
between this flattening and the transverse processes (#.) the
surface of the bone exhibits a slight concavity. ‘The processes,
seen also in side view (fig. 50, tr.), are very short and stout,
and there is always a small irregular bony boss (y) at their
base antero-inferiorly ; in the specimen figured they are placed
on the hinder half of the bone, the disposition of parts doubt-
less indicating that it belongs to the posterior abdominal
region. ‘The end of the lateral branch of the hypocentrum is
rather truncated than pointed (fig.5 6). Two detached hypo-
centra are exceptional in being much stouter in every way
than the others, and are remarkable as exhibiting a pair of
deep depressions in place of the usual transverse processes.
Comparison with the partially obscured example crushed
upon the back of the skull suggests that these belong to the
most anterior part of the vertebral column.
Among the remains of vertebral arches the only satisfactory
specimens are some detached bases of theneural elements. One
of these, imperfect at its upper end, is shown of two thirds the
natural size from the anterior and externo-lateral aspects in
Pl. XI. figs. 6, 6a, and the first figure is rendered more
instructive by an outline restoration of its fellow of the oppo-
site side. ‘lhe specimen obviously belongs to the abdominal
region. The bone is comparatively massive at the proximal
end, and shows very clearly the facettes (c) for articulation
with two contiguous pleurocentra, It meets its fellow of the
opposite side in another considerable articulation (a) above
the neural canal (n.c.), which is shown to have been re-
markably small, and there seems to have been even another
slight meeting below this canal. On the outer side of its
base the bone bears a prominent little boss (p.), which is
directed upwards and almost pointed.
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 385
Appendicular Skeleton.
Of the appendicular skeleton scarcely any parts are pre-
served, but the right post-temporal and supraclavicle are
worthy of note. The post-temporal (Pl. X. fig. 1, p.¢.) agrees
in general characters with that of Am/a, exhibiting the down-
ward and forwardly directed process near the outer margin ;
but its hinder portion is relatively longer and narrower, with
an almost spatulate end. There is an irregular rugose and
tubercular ornament on its middle region. The supraclavicle
is truncated above, with a concave faceite about half its width.
It is a gently arched laminar bone, about four times as deep
as its maximum width, which is at the upper end. ‘There is
an irregular coarse rugosity on its exposed hinder half.
II].— OsrroraAcuis MACROCEPHALUS, FROM THE LOWER LIAS
or Lyme Reais.
The foregoing and other recent observations necessitate a
few supplementary remarks on the fine example of Ostzo-
rachis trom the Lower Lias of Lyme Regis originally
described by Davis under the name of Heterolepidotus grandis*.
This specimen has lately been acquired by the British Museum,
and its reference to the genus now under consideration can
thus be verified by direct comparison with the type specimens.
‘The imperfect cranium in this unique fossil (Brit. Mus.
no. P. 7797) is exposed from above, but the rostral end is
wanting and the anterior half of the frontals is shown only in
impression. ‘The whole is much fractured, and is merely of
interest as displaying the prominent tubercular ornament in
the hinder region and the extremely wavy suture between
the frontals where they begin to become smooth. The
squamosal is lost on the right side, so that the original figure
of Davis does not indicate the total width of the occiput.
The jaws and tacial bones are entirely wanting, and the
appearances described by Davis as “lower jaws 5 inches in
length” are better explained as a portion of clavicle crushed
upon the branchial apparatus. Nearly all the remains below
the skull, indeed, may be ascribed to the hyoid and branchial
arches. The branchial bars are delicate and covered with the
scattered gill-rakers in the form of minute enamelled denticles.
These are especially interesting as being often clustered on
* J. W. Davis, “On Heterolepidotus grandis, a Fossil Fish from the
Lias,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xviii. pp. 293-298, pl. vii. (1885).
See also A.S. Woodward, ‘On the Liassic Fish, Osteorachis macrv-
cephalus,” Geol. Mag. [4] vol. ii. pp. 204-206, pl. vii. fig. 10 (1895).
386 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the
little triangular plates of bone, much like those of Caturus
and Amza. In the description by Davis they are erroneously
ascribed to the jaws. Just below and behind the head
(scarcely indicated in Davis’s figure) there is a fragment of
the vertebral column clearly segmented into wedge-shaped
pleurocentra and hypocentra, and one of the latter displays
the short transverse process for the rib. ‘The remainder of
the axis is obscured by pyrites as far as the middle of the
tail, where the overlapping scales and crushing are also
detrimental to precise observation ; but the pleurocentral and
hypocentral ossifications in the hinder half of the tail are
either comparatively feeble or absent. ‘The upper caudal
lobe is atrophied as much as usual in the Protospondylic
fishes, and the caudal fin is quite normal. ‘The supposed
“second series of intermediate bones to which the fin-rays
are attached ” (Davis) are merely the short unjointed bases of
the rays themselves. ‘The fulcra on the upper caudal lobe
are also quite normal, the “five prong-like rootlets” depending
upon an error of interpretation. The well-preserved dorsal
fin seems to exhibit “ smaller intermediate” rays between its
principal rays as the result of a little distortion by crushing ;
the right and left halves of the rays in question are evidently
somewhat displaced, and that of the right side becomes ex-
posed in posterior view just behind its fellow of the left side.
‘This often happens in fossilized fishes. ‘The well-preserved
pelvic fin is interesting as showing for the first time in Osteo-
rachis the biserial character of its slender fulcra. ‘There are
remains of large finely ornamented post-clavicular plates, and
the characteristic squamation is very well preserved over the
greater part of the trunk.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PxiaTE VIII.
Fig. 1. Caturus, sp.; cranial roof, two thirds nat. size.—Oxford Clay ;
Christian Malford, Wiltshire. [B. M. no, 29049.]
Fig. 2. Caturus, sp.; anterior end of cranium, two thirds nat. size.—
Oxford Clay; Peterborough. [B. M. no. P. etal
Fig. 3. Caturus, sp.; head, right lateral aspect, two thirds nat. size.—
Ibid. [(B. M. no. P. 6907.)
Figs. 4, 4a. Caturus, sp.; right maxilla and palatine, outer and inferior
aspects, two thirds nat. size—Ibid. |B. M. no. P. 6910.)
Fig. 5. Caturus, sp.; portion of gill-arches, two thirds nat. size.—Ibid.
(B. M. no. P. 6906.)
a.o., antorbital; a.p., articular process of maxilla; ay., angular; dr.,
branchiostegal rays; c.o., circumorbital; d., dentary ; 7r., fron-
tal; gu., gular plate; m2., maxilla; na., nasal; oce., occipital
border; pa., parietal; pl., palatine; pmw., premaxilla; s.mz.,
Osteology of Caturus and Osteorachis. 387
supramaxilla; s.0., suborbitals; scl., sclerotic; sp.o., supra-
orbitals ; sg., squamosal ; ¢., bony tessere ; 2, dermal bone on
ethmoid.
Peatc TX,
Figs. 1, 1a. Caturus, sp.; suspensorium, mandibular, and hyoid arches,
outer and inner aspect, two thirds nat. size—Oxtord Clay ;
Peterborough. [B. M. no. P. 6901.]
Fig. 2. Hypohyal of same specimen.
Fig. 3. Gular plate of same specimen, imperfect behind.
Figs. 4, 4a, Nasal bones of same specimen, outer and inner aspects,
Figs. 5, 5a,56. Caturus, sp.; hypocentrum, anterior, lateral, and inferior
aspects, nat. size.—Ihbid.
ag., angular; ay., articulation of mandible; ¢.y., ceratohyal; ¢.0., cireum-
orbital ; cor., coronoid; d., dentary ; ecpt., ectopterygoid ; enpt.,
entopterygoid ; ep.hy., epihyal; g.r., gill-rakers; hm., byoman-
dibular; /.f., lower articular facette; p., process of hyoman-
dibular for operculum; p.op., preoperculum; quw., quadrate ;
spl., splenial.
PLATE X.
Figs. 1, 1a. Osteorachis Leedsi, sp. n.; hinder portion of cranium
superior and inferior aspects, two fifths nat. size.— Oxford,
Clay; Peterborough. [B. M. no. P. 8388.]
fr., frontal; f.c., hypocentrum ; n., neural arch; op.o., opisthotic; p.t.,
post-temporal ; pa., parietal; p/.c., pleurocentrum ; pr.o., pro-
otic; ptf, postirontal ; s., interorbital septum ; sq., squamosal.,
PLATE XI.
Fig. 1. Osteorachis Leedsi, sp. n. ; hyomandibular of type specimen, inner
aspect, two fifths nat. size. f, foramen; p., process for support
of operculum.
Fig. 2. Right maxilla of same specimen, outer aspect, two fifths nat. size.
z, bone-fragment.
Figs. 3, 3a. Portion of left mandibular ramus of same specimen, outer
and oral aspects, two fifths nat. size. d.,dentary ; sp/., splenial.
Figs. 4,4 a, 46. Pleurocentrum of same specimen, anterior, superior, and
lateral aspects, two thirds nat. size. mot., surface for notochord ;
n.a., facette for neural arch.
Figs. 5,5a,5). Hypocentrum of same specimen, anterior, inferior, and
lateral aspects, two thirds nat. size. nct., surface for notochord ;
ir., transverse process ; x, depression ; y, bony prominence.
Fugs.6, 6a. Right half of neural arch of same specimen, anterior and
externo-lateral aspects, two thirds nat. size, the left half restored
in outline in fig. 6. a, median articulation; c, facettes for
pleurocentra; n.c., neural canal; p., prominence.
The numbers in square brackets refer to the Register of the Department
of Geology in the British Museum, where the original specimens are
preserved.
388 On a new Dormouse from Mashunaland.
XXXVI.—On a new Dormouse from Mashunaland.
By OLpFIELD T'HOMAS.
Mr. J. FFOLLIOTT DARLING, whose large collection of smail
mammals from Mazoe, Mashunaland, has just been described
by Mr. de Winton *, has, now that the war is over, recom-
menced work at Enkeldorn, halfway between Salisbury and
Buluwayo, whence he has sent to the National Museum a
further small consignment of mammals. Among these there
is one example of Herpestes caffer, one of Georychus Darlingt,
and one of. a dormouse which is clearly not the species he
sent from Mazoe, but a much larger and quite distinct one,
and which appears to be new. It may be called
Graphiurus platyops, sp. n.
Allied and fairly similar in external appearance to G.
murinus, but rather larger and with a more bushy tail, of
which the hairs are 25 to 28 millim. in length, and are brown,
broadly tipped with white. In other external characters,
colour, size and shape of ears, and character of fur, specimens
of G. murinus may be found quite to match the new form.
Skull distinguished from that of G. murinus, as from that
of every other known dormouse, by its remarkable flatness
and breadth, which give it a most peculiar aspect. 'The
flattening is most marked in the face, so that the vertical
height from the palate to the nasion, measured with sliding
calipers, is only 5°2 millim., as against 6°0 millim. in the
smaller G. murinus. This difference of nearly a millimetre
in height, combined with a greater breadth both of brain-case
and zygomatic spread, makes a very material difference in
the general aspect.
Looked at from above the muzzle appears broad and heavy,
especially across the lacrymal region; nasals long; inter-
orbital region narrow; brain-case broad and depressed ; ante-
orbital foramina widely open, molars small; palate ending
opposite the back of ™-%. Bulle low and flattened.
Dimensions of the type (an adult male), measured by the
collector in the flesh :—
Head and body 106 millim.; tail 69; hind foot 233;
ear 14°2.
Skull: basal length 26°63; basilar length from henselion
24-2; zygomatic breadth 17; nasals 13 x 3°6; interorbital
* P. Z. S. 1896, pp. 798-808.
Mrs. M. K. Thomas on Deridea, Westwood. 389
breadth 4-2; breadth of brain-case behind zygomata 14;
interparietal 8°8x 3:2; palate length from henselion 10;
diastema 7°7; length of upper molar series 3:1.
Hab. Enkeldorn, Mashunaland.
Type: B.M. no. 97. 2. 16. 2. Collected by J. ffolliott
Darling, Oct. 10, 1896, and presented by him to the British
Museum.
XXX VII.—Note on Deridea, Westwood (Lyttide), with the
Description of a new Species. By Mrs. M. K. THomas.
Derive was described by Westwood as a new genus, which
he referred with doubt to the family Helopide, probably
through a mistaken conclusion that the claws were simple.
Fairmaire *, in remarking on this, discusses the position that
ought to be assigned to the genus, and observes that at the
first glance it approaches Nemognatha, but differs by the
claws of the tarsi being simple, and considers therefore it
should be placed at the end of the Cantharidz, leading up to
the Gidemeride.
This is, however, an error on his part, as the claws really
are divided, although not pectinated, as in Nemognatha.
Furthermore, from a supposed resemblance to an insect he
terms Leptura tenuicollis, Fabr. (placed by Schénherr among
the Zonitide), he throws doubt on the validity of Deridea
curculionoides as a species. It is, however, quite different to
the specimen labelled (and apparently correctly) Zonitis
tenuicollis in Mr. Bates’s collection.
Deridea notata, sp. n.
Head glabrous, anteriorly black, posteriorly dark rufous-
coloured.
Antenne black, delicate, slender, not very long. The first
joint long, the second very short, the third equal to the first,
the remainder gradually diminishing in length.
Prothoraz bright rufous-coloured, elongated, widening
posteriorly, glabrous, thinly punctured; no median line ;
slightly pubescent, with sparse white or pale yellowish hairs.
Elytra finely punctured, shining, with pale yellow or white
pubescence ; nerves marked, entirely rufous-coloured, with
the exception of the posterior half of each elytron, along the
outer edge of which there is a narrow black band.
* Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 266.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 28
390 Mr. W. L. Distant on
Underside and legs black, shining, pubescent, the abdo-
minal segments bright rufous. Legs pubescent, rufous ;
knees, trochanters, and tarsi infuscated ; claws reddish, divided,
but not pectinated.
Length 10, breadth 4 millim. :
Hab. WUahej, near Aden. Collected and presented by
Col. J. W. Yerbury.
This species differs from Deridea curculionoides chiefly in
its colouring (which is almost entirely rufous), in having no
median line down its prothorax, and in not being so glabrous,
but more pubescent.
There is a second specimen from the same locality in the
collection differing slightly from the type in the colouring of
the head and underside, which is entirely rufous, without
any black at all.
XXXVIII.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the
Transvaal. By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Saturniide.
I obtained a very fair collection of these fine moths during
my last three years’ sojourn in the Transvaal, and my success
was principally owing to the electric lamps which now light
Pretoria, and did not do so when I first visited the country.
In fact, I think I may state that all my specimens of Satur-
niide were taken at light. These huge moths strike against
the glass and fall to the ground, when they may be picked up;
a net is seldom required, and specimens may often be taken
in the early morning which have not sufficiently recovered
from the collision of the previous night.
In the following enumeration I have only referred to the
specimens obtained in the ‘Transvaal, and have added notes
on variation and described two new species. Where not
otherwise specified, the captures were my own.
Species obtained in the Transvaal.
Epiphora mythimnia, Westw. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall and J. R.
Harrison).
Bunea angasana, Westw. Pretoria.
Gonimbrasia pygela, Druce. Pretoria.
Antherea arabella, Auriv. Pretoria, Middelburg.
arata, Westw. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).
cytherea, Fabr. Pretoria.
belina, Westw. Pretoria.
Heterocera from the Transvaal. 391
Antherea menippe, Westw. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
—— tyrrhea, Cram. Pretoria.
bracteata, sp.n. Pretoria.
Gynanisa maia, Klug. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Lydenburg.
Cirina forda, Westw. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
similis, sp. n. Pretoria.
Heniocha flarida, Butl. Pretoria.
—— dyops, Maass. & Weym. Pretoria.
Variation.
So great is the variation of markings in these moths that,
had I not possessed a reasonable series, I must have inevitably
either failed to identify some of the species, or have been
led to describe them as new. This variation consists prin-
cipally in the relative position of the transverse fascie to the
anterior wings (Antherwa) and the position of the ocellated
spot to the posterior wings (Bunea and Antherea). The
first is so strikingly dissimilar that had I not the same varia-
tion in two different species, I should have considered it of a
specific and not varietal character. It is also probably not a
case of seasonal dimorphism.
Bunea angasana.
Saturnia angasana, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1849, p. 52. n. 19;
Ang. Kaff, Ill. t. xxx. fig. 16 (1849).
This species is not unreasonably considered by Mr. Roth-
schild (Nov. Zool. vol. ii. p. 39) to be an aberration of
B. caffraria, Stoll. It is, however, in my experience the
only form in the Transvaal, where I have never met with
B. caffraria, which is common enough in the Cape Colony
and Natal. There can be no doubt as to the close alliance
of the two species(?), and breeding must decide the point.
All my specimens of B. angasana are also larger than
B. caffraria. In both forms or species (?) the usual position
of the ocellated spot on the posterior wings is in more or less
connexion with the outer transverse fascia. In one of my
specimens of &. angasana the spot holds a discal or central
position.
Gonimbrasia pygela.
Bunea pygela, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 409, t. xxxviii.
fig. 1.
Mr. Druce’s description and figure are evidently taken from
a somewhat rubbed specimen. In fresh examples the whole
surface of the anterior wings is bright pinkish brown, save
the outer margins, which are indistinctly violaceous. The
28*
392 Mr. W. L. Distant on
posterior wings are very bright orange-yellow, the outer
margin pale violaceous, with the fringe pink. .
Antherea menippe.
Saturnia menippe, Westw. Proc. Zool,.Soc. Lond. 1849, p. 43. n. 6,
t. ix. fig. 2.
Mr. Rothschild (7. c. p. 43) has described a form of this
species from Taveta as A. (N.) menippe fumosa, subsp. nov., in
which the colour is ‘‘ smoky brown all over, instead of dull
crimson.” In Barberton specimens taken at the same time
the outer margins of the wings are either pale ochraceous or
smoky brown.
Antherea belina.
5 ale belina, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1849, p. 41. n. 4, t. viii.
g. 2.
This species is evidently of a most variable character.
Mr. Rothschild (7. c. p. 42) has included the form A. (N.)
Huebneri, Kirby, as a synonym, and I should have considered
the large male, I now describe as a variety, rather as possessing
all the characters of a distinct species, had not a similar
aberration occurred with A. cytherea.
Var. a (¢).—Larger than the ordinary form, of which I
obtained examples at Pretoria. Anterior wings with the
transverse fasciee much wider apart. Posterior wings with
the ocellated spot on disk, and somewhat widely separated
from the submarginal fascia.
This cannot be considered a seasonal form, having been
taken at Pretoria in November, and the normal form of the
species on the 30th October.
Antherea cytherea.
Bombyx cytherea, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 557. n. 5 (1775).
This variable species, not included in Mr. Rothschild’s list
of species of the genus (Nudaurelia, Rothsch.), is well known
to vary greatly in hue, as a long series now before me amply
testifies. From Pretoria I obtained normal specimens, but
also a very large male exhibiting the aberration described in
the last species.
Var. a (g).—Much larger in size than ordinary forms of
the same sex. Anterior wings with the transverse fascia
very much wider apart. Posterior wings with the ocellated
spot more removed from the submarginal transverse fascia.
Taken with typical forms in February at Pretoria.
Heterocera from the Transvaal. 393
Antherea bracteata, sp. n.
Wings, body above and beneath, and legs bright golden
yellow ; antennz brownish ochraceous, with the apical joints
(excluding extreme apex) blackish.
Anterior wings at about one fourth from base crossed by a
single waved, transverse, plumbeous fascia, a similarly
coloured but more pronounced transverse fascia at about one
third from outer margin, and faint indications of a similar
submarginal fascia. At end of cell are faint indications of a
bright ocellated spot beneath.
Posterior wings with a large ocellated spot at end of cell,
plumbeous, with a small grey centre and a bright black outer
margin, and with two plumbeous outer transverse fasciaa—
one submarginal and the other at about one fourth from
margin.
Wings beneath with the fascie almost obliterated ; ante-
rior wings with a bright black ocellated spot centred with
greyish at end of cell, and posterior wings with the spot
above almost obliterated beneath.
Exp., ¢ 135 millim.
Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).
This species, which seems to be nearest to A. (Nudaurelia)
aurantiaca, Rothsch., is not only very distinct in coloration
and markings, but has the peculiarity in the ocellated spots,
that in the anterior wings they are very distinct beneath and
almost obliterated above, while in the posterior wings the
process is reversed, being brightly pronounced above and very
indistinct beneath.
Cirina similis, sp. n.
Closely allied to C. forda, Westw., but differing structurally
by the larger size of both sexes, and by the females showing
no angulation on the posterior margin of the hind wings,
which is plainly seen in C. forda ?. Other differences are
found in the ocellated spot of the posterior wings being much
more discal and therefore less contiguous to the . transverse
fascia.
Exp., ¢ 117, ? 110-128 millim.
Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).
I took both this species and C. forda in Pretoria, and,
allowing for all the undoubted variation in Saturniide, am
compelled to separate them specifically.
The British Museum possesses a female specimen from
Gambia.
394 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Hymenoptera
FHleniocha dyops.
Saturnia dyops, Maass. & Weym. Beitr. Schmett. i. fig. 21 (1872).
I acquired a fair series of specimens of this species at
Pretoria, and found it to be very variable in markings. One
specimen agrees with the typical figure in having the ocellated
spot of the anterior wings connected with the transverse fascia ;
in all other specimens they are more or less widely separated.
The discal spot to the posterior wings is sometimes very
distinct, or absent on one wing, or totally wanting on both ;
the inner transverse fascia to the same wings is either com-
plete or sometimes abbreviated.
I have not seen the type of H. marnois, Rogenh., but from
the description think it is but a varietal form of H. dyops ;
and as Mr. Rothschild is inclined to unite Rogenhofer’s
species with H. bioculata, Auriv., there must, if my surmise
is correct, be considerable synonymy among the species of the
genus.
XXXIX.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological
Station.—V. Some new Hymenoptera from the Mesilla
Valley, New Mexico. By T. D. A. COCKERELL.
Apidz.
Centris cesalpinia, sp. n.
? .—Length 15-18 millim.
Black ; head and thorax with pale ochraceous pubescence,
short and very dense on thorax, clypeus and sides of front
bare. Eyes, clypeus, labrum, and basal three fifths of
mandibles crimson. Clypeus shining, very sparsely pune-
tured. Mandibles truncate at tips and with four denticles,
alternating large and small, on inner side. Some very long
hairs spring from near the base of the mandibles beneath.
Antenne black, the end of the scape slightly tinged with
rufous. Front very broad, inner orbits parallel. Tegule
whitish. Wings smoky hyaline, nervures and stigma fus-
cous, third submarginal cell narrowed more than half to
marginal, no distinct stump of a nervure springing from lower
outer corner of third submarginal. Legs black or dark
piceous, with black pubescence, and more or less pale
brownish pubescence on the four anterior legs; hind tibiz
and basal joint of tarsi broadly dilated, with dense black
hairs. Claws large, rufous at base, seeming to be entire, but
rom the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. 395
when seen from above a small denticle is visible on the inner
side. Abdomen almost bare, what little pubescence there is
is black, except some pale pubescence at base of first segment.
Apex witb very dark blackish-brown hairs. Pygidium
rufescent at base, narrow at end, longitudinally sulcate on
each side.
¢ .—Length 16 millim.
Eyes olive-green; clypeus and labrum bright lemon-
yellow ; scape wholly dark; mandibles dark reddish brown,
with black tips; claw-jomts rufous; legs with more pale
pubescence ; hind femora broad, the pubescence without pale,
except at end. Apex of abdomen with pale hairs.
Var. nov. rhodopus.
? .—Length 12-134 millim.
Scape rufous in front ; mandibles sharp at tip; femora and
tibia rufous. Segments 2 and 3 of abdomen with narrow
lateral pale hair-bands on hind margin.
6 -—Length 113-123 millim.
Scape yellow in front. Mandibles more or less yellow
without. A small yellow spot on each side between clypeus
and orbital margin. Legs more or less rufous. Hind
femora with the long hairs on outer side white, strongly
contrasting with the spreading black hairs of the first tarsal
joint. First segment of abdomen covered with pale almost
silvery pubescence. Segments 2 to 4 with lateral apical
white bands, that on 2 becoming very broad at the side.
Wings clear.
Hab. Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. A typical female was
taken by the late Mr. S. Steel at Las Cruces, May 17, some
years ago. This year, on May 18, I caught on the College
Farm, at flowers of Casalpinia falcaria,3 2,1 @ of the
type, and 2 9, 2 ¢ of the var. rhodopus. It is probable
that the var. rhodopus represents a distinct species.
Centris Hoffmanseggia, sp. n.
¢ .—Length 12 millim.
Black, with white pubescence, that on thorax above tinged
with ochraceous. Eyes greyish, front narrow, hardly as
broad as an eye, scape wholly black; clypeus, a line above
transversely, labrum, and basal portion of mandibles yellowish
white. Mandibles rufous at the junction of the white with
the black ends; a strong inner denticle. Clypeus bare, with
sparse shallow punctures. Pubescence of thorax dense.
Tegule reddish testaceous. Wings hyaline, nervures and
396 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Hymenopiera
stigma piceous. ‘Third submarginal narrowed about one
half to marginal. A dark shade looking like a stump of a
nervure at lower outer corner of third submarginal. Pubes-
cence of legs wholly pale, hind legs not dilated, the white
hairs long on outer side, but not forming a broad dense mat,
as in other species. Claw-joints and basal half of claws
rufous. Claws deeply bifid. Abdomen with short greyish-
white pubescence, tolerably dense on first two segments, sparse
on the others, giving way to fuscous on 4 and 5, but the
hind margins with narrow thin white hair-bands. Apex
with white hairs.
9 .—Length 12-14 millim.
Very much like the female of cesalpinie, with the same
broad black brush of hairs on the hind legs, the same black
abdomen, &c. ‘The thoracic pubescence averages paler than
in casalpinie. Eyes grey. Clypeus and labrum dull
orange-yellow, the upper corners of the clypeus more or less
black, frequently the whole upper margin of the clypeus
broadly black. Scape wholly black. Mandibles rufous, with
black ends and base. Pubescence of abdomen very sparse
and black, first segment sometimes with pale pubescence, but
never the second. Claws small, with a little tooth within.
Wings smoky hyaline. Front broad, inner orbits parallel.
Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., at flowers of
Cesalpinia falcaria, May 18, 1896, 1 6,7 ¢.
I had at various times swept over the flowers of Cesalpinia
(Hofimanseggia) falcaria, var. stricta (Benth.), without getting
any bees, and had wondered why this was. But on May 18
I observed that they were indeed visited by bees of the genus
Centris, which were much too agile to be caught by sweeping.
The C. ceesalpinia, in its typical female, was especially hard
to catch, hovering over the flowers with a curious swinging
motion, darting away at the least alarm. It was interesting
to find several species of Cenéris, a neotropical genus with
only one hitherto recorded U.S. species, at flowers of Casal-
pinia, a typically tropical genus of plants.
When 1 came to arrange all the specimens of Centris
caught in the Mesilla Valley, 1 found 1 had four different
males and four different females, presumably belonging to
one another. ‘he females are much alike, but the males
present wider differences; and while | think I have the sexes
properly associated, it must be admitted that there is a certain
probability of error. Three of the forms—cesalpinie, rhodo-
pus, and Hoffmanseggia—are described above. ‘The fourth is
C. lanosa, Cresson, originally described in 1872 from three
males caught by Belfrage in Texas. Cresson’s description is
from the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. 397
inadequate, but I have a male from Las Cruces collected by
Prof. C. H. T. Townsend, and identified as /anosa by Mr. Fox.
I also have a male of the same collected by Mr. Alfred Holt
on the College Farm, May 2, 1895. I associate with these
male danosa tour females—one on Cesalpinia falcaria, May 18,
1896 (Ckil.), two on mesquite, May 13, 1895 (Alfred Holt),
and one caught on May 17 by the late Mr. S. Steel, all from
the Mesilla Valley.
The following notes on danosa will be found useful :—
Centris lanosa, Cr.
$ .—This resembles the male of cesalpinie, var. rhodopus,
in size, general structure, and appearance, and differs at a
glance trom the male of Hoffmanseggie ; but it is distin-
guished at once from cesalpinie or its var. rhodopus by its
narrow front, in which character it is like the male of Hof-
manseggie. ‘lle clypeus is yellow and the eyes are green,
as in rhodopus, but the clypeus is necessarily narrower, owing
to the shape of the face. The first segment of the abdomen
is covered with pale hairs, but the other segments show no
pale hair-bands. The hairs at the tip of the abdomen are
dark or, at most, slightly pallid, not conspicuously pale as in
cesalpinie and rhodopus. The scape in my examples is
dark, though Cresson’s description reads otherwise.
@ .—I had mixed what I now consider to be female lanosa
with female Hoffmanseggie, and probably would not have
separated them but for the necessity of tinding females for
the very different males of these species. The female lanosa,
however, average decidedly larger than the Hoffmanseggie,
and the second abdominal segment, as well as the first, is
delicately pruinose. ‘The claws also are noticeably larger and
the black upper margin of the clypeus is broader, so that the
yellow or orange is reduced to the shape of a half-circle.
The following tables may be found convenient :—
Females.
ig OCHe EREMISON?. ics. ¢ saiesis ae « 3. «aie Aeiealata gies 1
Clypeus yellow or orange, its upper border more
PRPS CBAD A eras cain Ae * «9's aie 4 wala ste ea 2.
1, Length over 14 millim. ; legs black ...... cesalpinie, Ckll.
Length under 14 millim.; femora and tibize
TORE EIB fig cass ohn 6.5 913.976 « «kids alee Ee rhodopus, Ckll,
2. Second abdominal segment pubescent ...... lanosa, Cr.
Second abdominal segment bare .......... Hoffmanseggia, Ckll.
Males.
URIS NOHO city sis hy os haie's so sss 42 na cinerea J
398 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Hymenoptera
1. Length over 14 millim.; scape without
WELL OW,. sina se i's obs $1 RE ee oe cesalpinia, Cll.
Length under 14 millim.; scape yellow in
ITOUY © 550 5s,0 one ee ae ee rhodopus, Cxll.
2, Abdomen with narrow hair-bands; clypeus
yellowish: whiter si) JN ive .. Hoffmanseggia, Cx.
Abdomen without hair-bands; clypeus
lomon-yellow 55. gainjaiaie se & «tts ele ties lanosa, Cr.
Mr. Fox has suggesed (Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. 1893, p. 22)
that lanosa is very likely identical with mexicana, Smith.
C. mexicana was described from a female, which is at all
events quite different from that which I have here referred to
lanosa. I am much indebted to Mr. L. O. Howard for
sending me copies of a number cf descriptions of Centris
to which I had not access.
Perdita perpulchra, Ckll., 1896.
This species was described from the female only. The
male is new. It is slightly smaller than the female, and the
light markings are all lemon-yellow. The face is all yellow
beneath the level of the antenne, except the usual clypeal
dots and a little black round the dog-ear marks; supra-
clypeal mark much broader than long, extending only as far
as lower level of antennal sockets, while the lateral marks
end broadly at the higher level. Cheeks unarmed. Eyes
sage-green. Scape wholly yellow. Prothorax with less
pale colour, but the hind margin continuously yellow. Meta-
thorax bluer. Hind femora black above, except terminal
fourth. First segment of abdomen with more black ; bands
on remaining segments reduced, more or less broken into
spots. Apex yellow, inclining to orange. Venter yellow,
with a series of transverse black patches.
Hab. College Campus, Mesilla Valley, N. M.,. on Verbe-
sina encelioides, Sept. 16, 1895 (Miss MacGilmore).
In my key to the species of Perdita (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philad. 1896, p. 48) this will fall in with spheralcee g,
from which it is readily distinguished thus :—
Stigma margined with brown; venter of abdomen im-
mutilate m middle |, swiss aks + «saemaey este ee etme = spheraleee ¢.
Stigma pale orange, not margined with brown; venter
with a series of large black patches down the middle. perpulchra ¢.
Perdita erigeronis, sp. n.
¢ .—Length 43 millim.
Head tolerably large, cheeks unarmed, bearded with white
from the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. 399
hairs; colour of head dark green, face below antenne wholly
bright lemon-yellow, the yellow sending a short rather broad
projection upwards in the median line, and laterally extending
to the same level on the orbital margin, just to the lower end
of the anteorbital pit, broadly, obliquely truncate as in affinis.
A small projection passes from the lateral marks over the
bases of the antenne. Cheeks dark, but a narrow yellow
stripe passes halfway up the orbital margin. Vertex very
distinctly granular. Scape yellow, with a black stripe above ;
funicle yellow below, black above; flagellum dark brown,
more or less yellow beneath. Thorax dark green, minutely
sculptured and rather dull; metathorax dark blue. The
metathorax may be also green, but then of a bluer green
than the mesothorax. ‘The pleura may become bluish.
Mesothorax with sparse punctures, parapsidal grooves
distinct. Pubescence of thorax sparse, tinged with ochreous
on dorsum. Legs black; knees, stripe on anterior femora,
anterior and middle tibize and tarsi in front yellow. ‘Tubercles
and two patches on hind border of prothorax yellow. Pleura
wholly dark. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures and
stigma dark sepia-brown; stigma hyaline in middle, third
discoidal cell distinct ; marginal cell appendiculate, its post-
stigmatal portion about as long as the substigmatal; second
submarginal narrowed about half to marginal. Abdomen
piceous, with bright yellow clean-cut bands, interrupted in
the middle, on the first three segments. The degree of
interruption is variable and the band on the third segment
may be reduced to two narrow stripes. Extreme tip of
abdomen orange-brown. Venter dark.
Hab. Three males on flowers of Erigeron divergens (det.
E. O. Wooton) at the Woodlands Orchard, Mesilla, N. M.,
May 9, 1896.
This greatly resembles the male of P. afinis, but is smaller
and undoubtedly distinct. I am now persuaded that what I
considered to be the male of P. rectangulata really belongs
to affinis. P. erigeronis also resembles P. fallax, but that
has white abdominal marks. It is, moreover, a vernal species,
while fallax, affinis, and other allied forms are autumnal.
On the Hrigeron, at the same place and time, I took one
Augochlora pura, Say, ?, and an Halictus.
Podalirius Lesquerelle, sp. n.
3 -—Length about 14 millim. ; width of abdomen 5 millim.;
length of anterior wing 84 millim.
Stoutly built, black, the pubescence short, close, delicate
400 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Hymenoptera
grey, tinged with ochraceous on the metathorax, white on
the face and underside of body. Clypeus except its lower
margin, labrum except its lower margin, and lateral face-
marks primrose-yellow. Lateral marks triangular, rapidiy
narrowing above on orbital margin. Anterior edge of. labrum
with a small round notch. Pubescence of face dense. Man-
dibles wholly black, with a large denticle on the inner side.
Antenne black, scape chrome-yellow in front, first joint of
flagellum very long. Eyes olive-green. Thorax densely
pubescent, scattered black hairs mixed with the pale ones, as
is also the case on vertex. ‘Tibiz and tarsi grey pubescent
on outer side; hind femora with long hairs, black and white
intermixed. Last joint of middle tarsus with a very broad
brush of black hairs on each side, the outline of the two
brushes together making about a circle. Claws rufous, with
black ends, deeply cleft. Tegule piceous; wings hyaline,
marginal cell appendiculate. Abdomen with the first segment
densely pubescent, the others with only short bristles, which
do not conceal the surface. Hind margins of second and
following segments narrowly testaceous. Apex truncate,
very broadly and shallowly emarginate. Ventral segments
with thin bands of white hairs.
Hab. Little Mountain, Mesilla Valley, N. M., three on
flowers of Lesquerella Fendleri, April 1, 1895 (Jessie Casad) ;
College Farm, Mesilla Valley, one on Lycium, April 16,
1895 (Jessie Casad).
Of the species found in the Mesilla Valley this most
resembles 4. (P.) urbana, Cr., which I have taken on Solanum
at Las Cruces, July 13, the specimen having been determined
by Mr. Fox. It is distinguished at once from urbana, how-
ever, by the black brush on the middle tarsi. It agrees with
nothing in Dours’s monograph, but is evidently close to
Anthophora Crotchit, Cresson, from which it differs by its
dark mandibles, colour of pubescence, &e. .
Alcidamea biscutelle, sp. n.
é.—Length about 13 millim.
Rather stoutly built; in size, colour, pubescence, and
general appearance much like Andrena electrina, which
occurs in the same vicinity. Black, pubescent, the pubes-
cence white, becoming mouse-grey on dorsum. Head some-
what broader than long, face covered with long silky white
hairs, which radiate from the centre; vertex sparsely hairy
in middle, bare at sides, shining, strongly punctured; man-
dibles black ; antenne black, scape gradually broadening to
from the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. 401
the end, flagellum not so stout proportionately as in A. pro-
ducta, last joint coming to a curved point, all the joints flat-
tened. Cheeks and occiput quite hairy, occipital hairs
greyish. Dorsum of thorax with erect, rather thin grey
pubescence; mesothorax and scutellum shining, strongly
punctured. Metathorax smooth and shining at base; pleura
with long white hairs. Legs black, with white hairs. Claws
rufous, with black tips, which are bifid, the inner denticle
being shortest. Tegule shining piceous; extreme base of
wings rufescent. Wings hyaline, marginal cell and outer
margin broadly smoky. Nervures and stigma piceous,
second submarginal cell very long. Marginal cell more
pointed than in A. producta. Abdomen strongly punctured,
black, with thin greyish-white pubescence, hind margins of
segments with narrow continuous white hair-bands. Hind
margin of fifth ventral segment excavated roundly, with a
broad conspicuous brush of appressed tawny hairs, ‘Tip of
abdomen strongly tridentate, the teeth widely separated, the
middle one longest and narrowest, the lateral ones obliquely
truncate. The lateral teeth are much more developed than in
A. producta.
Hab. Close to the Agricultural College, Mesilla Valley,
N. M., on Biscutella Wislizenit, April 20, 1896 (Prof. E. O.
Wooton).
A very distinct species, much larger than A. producta,
which it most nearly resembles in the apex of the abdomen.
Chrysidide.
Chrysis bigelovice, sp. n.
Length about 5 millim.
Deep blue, with green reflections ; occiput, anterior margin
of mesothorax, postscutellum, metathorax, and margins of
abdominal segments more or less purple. Punctures large
and close, somewhat smaller on abdomen than on thorax.
Basin of face minutely punctured ; sides of face and a trans-
verse patch above the antenne with glittering white pubes-
cence. A transverse carina on front, somewhat angled in the
middle. No tubercles on vertex. Scape and funicle green ;
flagellum piceous, the first three joints white beneath, with
short silvery pubescence. Parapsidal grooves strongly
curved. Lateral tooth of metathorax long. 'Tegule with an
elongate white patch. Wings hyaline, nervures piceous.
Knees, bases of tibia, and tarsi more or less white, nearly
the basal half of hind tibie white, terminal joints of tarsi
402 On new Hymenoptera from the Mesilla Valley.
fuscous. Abdomen with only the faintest indication of a
median ridge on second segment; covered bases of segments
black. Margin of third segment strongly bidentate, the
notch between the teeth broad and deep, the teeth large, the
margin beyond them gently curved, nearly straight, not
angled, narrowly white. Pits about sixteen in number.
Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico, on Bigelovia Wrighiit,
Sept. 23, 1895.
Structurally this is almost exactly like C. mesille, but it
shows none of the crimson colour of that insect, and the para-
psidal grooves of mesille are almost straight. It resembles
also C. perpulchra, Cr., but that has the basin of face cross-
striated, and C. quadrituberculata, Cam., but that has
tubercles on the vertex.
Pemphredonide.
Ammoplanus salicis, sp. n.
2? .—Length about 43 millim.
Shining black, naked, with brilliant silvery pubescence on
face and cheeks and very sparse short pubescence on pleura
and abdomen. Head large, quadrate, broader than long.
Eyes converging below, front rather sparsely punctured,
median groove very distinct, scape yellow in front, funicle
yellow at extreme apex, flagellum piceous black. Anterior
median edge of clypeus broadly truncate, the truncation with
a notch on each side. Mandibles black at extreme base,
rufous at tips, otherwise white, with a conspicuous denticle on
the inner side, perhaps a little nearer to the base than the
apex. Mesothorax rather sparsely punctured, scutellum
obscurely punctured, tubercles with a yellow spot, basal
middle of metathorax smooth. Knees, anterior and middle
tibiz except a black stripe behind, basal two fifths of hind
tibia, and basal joints of tarsi cream-colour or very pale
yellow. Ends of tarsi rufescent. Tegule dark testaceous.
Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma black. Marginal cell
about or nearly as long as first (and only) submarginal, but
not so broad, its apex broadly truncate. Recurrent nervure
joining marginal cell at its middle. Abdomen rather small,
punctures minute and scattered, first segment smooth. Py-
gidium with strong sparse punctures.
Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico, on Salix, May 2, 1896.
The silvery hairs of the face are broad and flattened,
representing the first advance towards plumosity. A smaller
species of Ammoplanus is found at Santa Fé.
On new Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 403
Chalcidide.
Spilochaleis mesille, sp. n.
2 .—Length about 7 millim. or slightly over.
Head and thorax bright yellow, marked with black and a
little rufous; first four legs yellow; abdomen (except the
yellow petiole) and hind legs bright orange-rufous. Head
with obscure shallow punctures ; thorax with large punctures,
largest and closest on scutellum, which becomes almost sub-
cancellate; mesonotum transversely striate, the strize much
stronger and amounting to grooves in the middle; scutellum
unarmed ; abdomen smooth and shining, hind femora duller
but smooth; petiole short, not half length of hind coxe;
hind femora with 16 minute teeth. Abdomen rather long,
pointed, exclusive of petiole about as long as head and thorax.
Antenne black, funicle rufescent, scape yellow in front;
occiput black, sending a black line forward between the ocelli
to enlarge to a broad black frontal band, extending down to
the antennal sockets. Mandibles bifid at apex, which is
black. Thorax with a black median band running its whole
length antero-posteriorly, pinched at hind margin of pro-
notum; on pronotum a little and on mesonotum in front
broadly bordered with rufous. ‘Thoracic sutures narrowly
black ; sides of metanotum with an elongate patch, black in
front, rufous behind; anterior part of pleura black; middle
coxe marked with piceous; hind coxee with a broad black
stripe on outer side; femoral teeth darkened, but no marks
on hind femora; abdomen immaculate, ovipositor slightly
projecting, black.
Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., near to the Agricultural College,
on Bahia or some similar Composite, Oct. 5, 1895.
A very pretty species.
XL.—Descriptions of further new Species of Butterflies from
the Pacific Islands. By H. Grose Smitu, B.A., F.G.S.,
F.Z.S.
Delias callistrate.
Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings white, with the apex
broadly greyish black, the black apical area extending from
the costa at one third from the apex, thence narrowing across
the disk to a little below the lowest median nervule on the
outer margin, base and costal margin narrowly grey; near
404 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new
the apex are two rather large white patches, with an indica-
tion of a smaller patch above and another below them. Pos-
terior wings with a marginal black band extending from the
anal angle to the lowest subcostal nervule.
Underside. Anterior wings white, with the costal and
apical areas more broadly black;; in the black apical area
are situate five spots, of which the three uppermost are yellow,
the two nearest the costa are oval, the second being the largest,
the third is more conical, the two lowest spots are nearer the
margin and whiter and smaller. Posterior wings bright yellow,
inclining to orange towards the anal angle, with the marginal
black band wider than on the upperside, in which are situate
five yellow subconical spots, the spot nearest the anal angle
almost obsolete and the spot nearest the apex merging into
the yellow area.
Female.— Upperside. Both wings white, with the black
costal and marginal bands much wider than in the male, and
on the anterior wings extending broadly along the outer
margin to the inner margin at about one fourth from the
outer angle; the white subapical patches on the anterior
wings as in the male.
Underside nearly as in the male, but all the spots are
yellow, with an additional spot in the black apical area of the
anterior wings, and on the posterior wings the yellow area
is shaded with white and the yellow spots are larger and more
conical.
Expanse of wings 24 inches.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
In the collections of the Hon. Walter Rothschild and
Mr. Grose Smith (types male and female).
Nearest to Delias Georgiana, Grose Smith, D. Jobiana,
Oberth., and D. sacha, Grose Smith.
Delias caliban.
Male.— Upperside does not differ from D. ladas, Grose
Smith.
Underside. Anterior wings differ from those of D. /adas in
the black area being more extended, only the basal two thirds
of the cell and the space below it to the inner margin being
white, the white area extending obliquely: over the lower part
of the disk, but ceasing on the inner margin before the outer
angle. Posterior wings black, with the basal third densely
irrorated with yellow scales from the costal margin at one third
from the base, thence transversely across the cell to the inner
margin a little above the anal angle; the yellow subapical
Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 405
spots on both wings are almost identical with those on the
underside of D. ladas.
Expanse of wings 22 inches.
Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek).
In the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild.
D. caliban is a much larger insect than D. ladas; the
irrorated yellow basal area on the underside of the posterior
wings is a very distinct feature, apart from other differences.
. Two examples were in the collection.
Delias maga.
Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, with costal
margin narrowly and apical third very broadly black, the
black area extending obliquely across the disk and narrowing
to below the lowest median nervule, thence becoming linear
to a little below the submedian nervure; two small clusters
of white scales a little before the apex. Posterior wings with
a black outer marginal band nearly three times as broad as
in D. mysis, Fabr., and other allied species or varieties.
Underside. Anterior wings with the black area as on the
upperside, in which a little before the apex is a row of five
spots, of which the three upper spots are the largest, situate
obliquely and coloured yellow; the two lower spots are
white and smaller and narrower; base tinged with yellow.
Posterior wings with a very broad marginal black band,
sinuate on its inner edge, and extending over the outer third,
in which is a row of seven contiguous red spots or lunules,
rather narrower than in J. mysis and D. lara, de Haan,
which traverses the black band at about one third from the
outer margin ; the basal half of the wings bright yellow, the
yellow area extending over the whole of the cell and below it
until reaching the black band.
Expanse of wings 23 inches.
Hab. Sud-Est, British New Guinea (Woodford).
In Mr. Grose Smith’s collection.
Closely allied to D. mysis, D. lara, and D. cruentata, Butl.,
but distinguished by the much broader black areas on both
sides of the wings.
Huphina leucophora.
Male.—Upperside. Both wings creamy white, with broad
black outer marginal bands. Anterior wings with the base
and costal margin dusted with grey scales; the apical third
and outer marginal area broadly black, having its inner edge
irregularly indented between the veins and being narrowest
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 29
406 On new Butterflies from the Pacific Islands.
at the outer angle ; in the middle of the black area is a row
of six white spots between the veins, the spot nearest the
costa linear, the second (which is the largest of the series)
and the third each bordered on the inner side by an elongate
streak of white scales; the three lowest spots are smaller.
The posterior wings are broadly’ bordered with black, in
which, between the lowest subcostal and discoidal nervules,
is a small patch of white scales near the inner edge of the
black border.
Underside. Anterior wings as on the upperside, but the
costal area is rather broadly brownish black and the base
tinged with yellow; the row of white spots of the upperside
is represented by the same number of spots, but they are
more uniform in size, and the three upper spots are yellow.
Posterior wings bright lemon-yellow, with a brownish-black
outer marginal band, broader than on the upperside, in the
middle of which is a series of indistinct yellow streaks or
spots; the inner edge of the black band is very irregularly
defined.
Female.— Upperside. Both wings purer white than in the
male, with the dark marginal areas broader and browner.
Anterior wings with the costa and basal third densely irro-
rated with grey scales, and three subapical white spots, of
which the middle spot is the largest and the uppermost nearly
obsolete. Posterior wings with the white area more or less
densely irrorated with grey scales, and a small cluster of
white scales above the discoidal nervule in the dark area.
Underside. Anterior wings with the series of yellow spots
before the apex larger, and the three lowest spots nearly
obsolete. Posterior wings pale yellow, with the veins crossing
the pale area white, and two yellow spots situate before the
apex in the dark area.
Expanse of wings 2} inches.
Hab. Kiriwini Island, Trobriands (Meek).
In the collections of Mr. Grose Smith and others.
Nearest to H. scyllara, Macleay, H. lanassa, Boisd., and
H. pallida, Grose Smith.
Hypolimnas pallas.
Male.— Upperside. Both wings brown. Anterior wings
crossed obliquely halfway between the end of the cell and
the apex by an obscure ferruginous band, commencing on the
costa and becoming obsolete between the two upper median
nervules some distance before reaching the outer margin; a
subapical oval white spot, bordered inwardly by an elongate
Col. C. Swinhoe on new Hastern Lepidoptera. 407
ferruginous streak extending nearly to the oblique ferru-
ginous band. Posterior wings with a broad fulvous sub-
marginal band across the disk, in which between the veins is
a row of black spots, some of which are centred by a minute
white spot.
Underside paler brown. Anterior wings with three spots
edged with black in the cell at its upperside, and an irregular
brownish-white streak a little beyond the end of the cell,
followed by an irregular triangular broad band of brownish
white, placed obliquely, the base of the triangle resting on
the costa and the apex, which is elongated outwardly, termi-
nating on the upper median nervule ; a pale brownish-white
patch a little before the apex; a row of seven black spots
centred with white crosses the disk beyond its middle, outside
which are two submarginal sinuate pale brown lines. _Poste-
rior wings closely resemble those of H. formosa, Her.-Schiiff.,
but the pale band, which crosses the disk of that species in
which the spots are situate, is more obscure.
Expanse of wings 34 inches.
Hab. New Hebrides.
In Mr. Grose Smith’s collection.
Nearest to H. formosa, but a much larger insect, and the
wings are more elongate.
XLI.—New Eastern Lepidoptera.
By Col. C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S.
Fam. Nymphalidae.
Neptis xenia, sp. n.
9. Upperside bright brownish black, markings ferrugi-
nous, both of the colour and shade in N. ananta, Moore.
Fore wing with the discoidal band narrower, its extremity
pointed, indistinctly divided by the discoidal veinlet, and with
a streak below its extremity as in N. radha, Moore; the
interrupted discal band with its upper portion asin N, ananta,
but narrower, its lower portion not macular, but in one almost
uninterrupted narrow band: hind wings with both bands
much narrower, the medial band recurved and angulated out-
wardly below the costa, followed by a pale indistinct band ;
the outer band is also somewhat recurved hindwards ; a pale
thin band is close outside the outward band on both wings,
and another similar indistinct thin submarginal band.
Underside very unlike N. ananta; the ground-colour of
29
408 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Lepidoptera.
the wings is dark ochreous brown, and the bands all more or
less dark rich ochreous. Fore wings with a subcostal streak
from the base; discoidal and discal bands as above and
double submarginal thin bands, the latter more grey than
ochreous: on the hind wings there are seven bands, all
ochreous, basal and subbasal, the medial as above, followed
by another broad though less prominently coloured band, an
outer band, and two submarginal bands—all these bands
being twice as broad as they are on the upperside.
Expanse of wings 2,45 inches.
Batchian,
Allied to N. neriphus, Hew.
Neptis quilta, sp. n.
3 °. Upperside olive-black, the veins outwardly lined
with brownish grey, the discoidal streak on fore wing, trans-
verse discal and submarginal bands on both wings as in
NN. amba, Moore, but all narrower and less prominent, those
of the male being more sullied white and of the female
olivescent white, the outer marginal lunular line brownish
grey.
Underside darker purpurescent brown than in NV. améa, all
the markings very similar, but comparatively narrower and
less prominent.
Expanse of wings, g 2y/5, ? 3 inches.
Cherra Punji.
‘The upperside has much the appearance of JV. nashona
Swinh., but that species is allied to N. cartica, Moore, an
is easily distinguished by the underside of the hind wings
possessing only one basal white band, whereas in N. quilta
and in NV. amba there is a basal as well as a subbasal white
band.
Eulepis sumbaensis, sp. n.
3 ?. Differs from 2. athamas, Drury, in the form of the
olivescent yellow patch or spot above the outer end of the
transverse band of the fore wings; in athamas it is obliquely
quadrate, sometimes nearly round and lies between veins 5
and 6; in this form there is another spot, wedge-shaped, with
its point outwards, in the interspace above, divided from the
lower spot by vein 6, and about half its size: on the hind
wings the submarginal white spots are much larger than in
athamas, and in place of the ochreous-red lunules that are
faintly distinguishable in some examples of that species close
to the outer margin is a band of orange-pink divided by the
Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Lepidoptera. 409
veins, and this colour runs down the centre of both tails,
replacing the blue streaks in athamas ; on the margin between
the first tail and the anal angle the band is nearly pure white.
The underside is much as in athamas, except for the double
spot on the fore wings.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 23%, 2 3-3y5 inches.
Waingapo.
No doubt a local form of E£. athamas, Drury. I have
received a good number of specimens, two of them being
females, from the same locality, and they do not differ in any
of these characters from each other.
Fam. Lycenide.
Rapala ranta, sp. n.
g. Above as in Rapala rectivitta, Moore,=R. buxaria,
de Nicév. The blue sheen on the fore wings runs below the
median vein nearly to the margin, and on the hind wings
from vein 2 to vein 6, but is not of so deep purple in colour
as in rectivitta ; the tail, anal lobe, and cilia are similar, the
anal lobe having a slight orange mark above the black spot
almost hidden by the grey hairs above it. On the underside
the coloration is paler than in rectivitta, with an ochreous
tint ; the discal lines are thin, well curved (outwardly), and
are outwardly edged with white, and the double lines at the
anal angle above the lobe are more widely separated and are
black with prominent white edgings; the tail-spot is small
and the anal lobe spot large, pure black. The wings are
broader, with the outer margins more rounded than in recti-
vitta, and the glandular patch of scales on the hind wing
above is ochreous grey and very prominent.
Expanse of wings 13 inch.
Jaintia Hills. Several examples.
Might be a varietal form of /. nissa, without the red patch
above, many male examples of nissa having no indication of
this patch ; but the sheen on the wings above is rich purple-
blue, not steel-blue, as is invariably the case in nissa, and the
thin outwardly curved transverse bands below are not repre-
sentative of any example of nissa that I have ever seen, and
I have one hundred and twenty-three with and without the
red patch in my collection.
Rapala buxaria, de Nicév., is undoubtedly the same as
R. rectivitta, Moore. I have Moore’s type of the latter now
before me, also many examoles from the Khasia Hills and
one from Bhutan. The sheen above is identical, the transverse
bands below are identically the same, but are not always ot
410 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Eastern Lepidoptera.
the same thickness; even the orange line on the inner side of
the anal lobe below is visible in Moore’s type, in the Bhutan
examples, and in some from the Khasia Hills, though not in
all. Mr. de Nicéville misidentified rectivitta (Butt. of India,
ill. p. 464), the type of which he had not seen, and compared
it with his Rapala tara and R. nissa, Kollar, neither of which
does it resemble.
Rapala testa, sp. n.
3. Wings above of a dull red colour, much the same as in
Rapala petostris, Hew. Fore wings with broad black marginal
band, as broad on the costa as it is in R. wenophon, Fabr.,
varying in the outer margin in the two male specimens before
me, one being broader than the other; narrow and diffuse on the
hinder margin: hind wings with the outer margin with a thin
black line; costal and abdominal marginal spaces suffused
with brown; anal lobe black, centred with pale pink ; tails
black, tipped with white; cilia red, but from the tail to the
lobe and around it the cilia are white, tipped with black.
Underside dull ochreous, the transverse lines as in FR. weno-
phon; the tail-spot black, without the inner orange mark,
anal lobe black, some white scales on a slate-coloured patch
between them; marginal line black, white on inner side;
cilia as above.
?. Brown above; anal lobe pale yellowish, with a black
inner spot and ringed with black; tails black, with white
tips; cilia as in the male. Underside as in the male, colour
brighter yellow ; cilia on both wings brown.
E:xpanse of wings 1,4, inch.
Jaintia Hills.
Nearest to Rapala laima, H. H. Druce, from Borneo.
Fam. Lasiocampida.
Odonestis fossa, sp. n.
3 ¢. Upperside of a uniform rufous-brown colour, the
female rather paler than the male. Fore wings with very
faint indications of an outwardly curved antemedial line near
the base of the wings; a small white spot at the end of the
cell; a brown straight line from the hinder margin before the
centre to the apex of the wing; a very indistinct waved line
with brown points between this and the margin: hind wings
with indications of a straight medial grey band. Underside
coloured as on upperside; both wings with a straight, rather
broad, and diffuse transverse brown band.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 9 2,% inches.
Jaintia Hills.
Messrs. M. Caullery and F. Mesnil on Spirorbis. 411
XLII.—On Spirorbis: Asymmetry of these Annelids and
Phylogenic Connexion of Species in the Genus. By MM.
MAURICE CAULLERY and FELIX MESNIL*.
WE have recently had occasion to examine a great number of
Sptrorbes from different parts of the globe (Channel, Arctic
seas, Mediterranean, Cape Horn, Panama), some twenty
species, of which many are new. From a study of these,
both from the anatomical and phylogenic point of view, we
have arrived at the conclusions which follow.
The genus Sprrorbis belongs to the family Serpulide ;
it is easily recognizable by its calcareous tube, fixed to a
support and rolled in a regular spire with contiguous whorls.
The thorax of the animal comprises in general three seti-
gerous rings, the last two having on each side only a ventral
row of uncini. Then follows a long achetous region, en-
closing ovules, followed by the abdomen, which is made up
of eight to forty segments, of which some contain sperma-
tozooids. The prostomium of the animal carries a crown of
feathery branchize; one of the branchial rays is modified,
deprived of pinnules, and terminated by a calcareous piece—
the operculum—which closes the tube when the animal with-
draws itself into it.
We have drawn attention for the first time to the adapta-
tions and modifications in the anatomy of Spirorbis induced
by its habitat in the interior of a spiral tube. These Annelids
have become entirely asymmetrical, of which the facts which
follow are the proof :—
1. The direction of the turn of the spire is constant for a
given species. We have called this left-handed in species in
which this turning, considered in relation to the free face of
the tube, has the same direction as the hands of a watch ;
right-handed when the turn is in the reverse direction. Now
in the right-handed species the operculum is always borne by
the second branchial ray on the right, starting from the medial
dorsal line ; in left-handed species it is borne by the second
on the left. It is also always found on the concave side of
the animal.
2. The longitudinal muscular fibres are much more deve-
loped on the same concave side.
3. The viscera (digestive tube, ovary) are thrown towards
the concave side.
4, The uncini on the thorax and abdomen are larger and
more numerous on the concave side.
5. The abdomen presents, as a rule, m rows of uncini on
* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tom, cxxiy. pp. 48-50.
412 Messrs. M. Caullery and F. Mesnil on Spirorbis.
the convex side and n+p rows on the concave side, where
=2—4,
6. We find a series of species, both right- and left-handed,
in which the thorax presents, on the concave side only, a third
row of uncini, representing a fourth thoracic setigerous ring,
otherwise absent. In Sp. eancellatus, Fabr., this ring carries
besides on the concave side dorsal bristles.
This group of arrangements shows in the clearest manner
possible the influence of the spiral twist in the tube. All
can be explained by the movements made by the animal. It
is by thrusting itself by means of the uncini of the concave
side against the calcareous wall of the tube that it emerges
from it or retires. The greater activity of the organ of loco-
motion on this side has brought about their greater develop-
ment, and the viscera have been thrown to the opposite side.
This is especially obvious in the ovary ; the ovules in course
of maturation are always on the convex side.
We recognize that a natural (phylogenic) classification of
Spirorbis should have for its basis the direction of the twist
in the tube and that in each of the two series, right- and left-
handed, must be grouped the species provided with a fourth
setigerous thoracic ring on the one hand, and, on the other,
those in which this does not exist. From this results the
division of Spirorbis into four subgenera :—
Right-handed 1 setigerous thoracic rings ........+. Dexviosmra.
species 4 ‘i * bee Na kta Riviere 2 Paradexiospira,
Left-handed | 3 e as Ag Neo th vin eens Leospira.
species 4 = 5s gic taaaoher ee Paraleospira,
Lastly, we have been able to further define the phylogeny
of the group by the consideration of certain anatomical
characters, such as the form of the bristles of the first and
third setigerous thoracic rings, the modifications of the oper-
culum, especially in the cases in which it functions as an
incubating organ,
On all these matters, and also for the new species we have
created, we would refer to our detailed memoir on these
animals.
Note by M. EpMonD PERRIER on the above Communication *,
The observations of MM. Caullery and Mesnil have
considerable interest from the point of view of the precise
* ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxiv. pp. 50-51.
Messrs. M. Caullery and F. Mesnil on Spirorbis. 413
determination of tie relation between Mollusca and Vermes.
The early notions on this subject extend far back; it has
been set forth in various ways more or less explicit since
1844 by Quatrefages, P. J. van Beneden, Carl Vogt, de
Lacaze-Duthiers, Mérch, Gegenbaur, von Ihering, Giard,
Hatschek &e.
In 1881 (‘ Les Colonies animales,’ p. 631 e¢ seq.) I
endeavoured to approach more closely than my predecessors
the question which I had already treated in my course at the
Museum in 1877, and to define the resemblances of the
Gasteropods, considered as the basis of the Mollusca, to the
tubicolar Annelids. J remarked in particular (‘ Les Colonies
animales,’ p.640) that the cephalobranchiate Annelids present,
like the Gasteropods, ‘‘numerous traces of asymmetry ;
the Spirographs have one of the cephalic branchiz almost
entirely atrophied. Normally in the Serpulide there should
be two opercular appendices, usually but one is developed.
The twist of the spiral, so frequent in Gasteropod Molluscs,
is found among the Annelids in Spirorbdis.”” This twisting is
complicated, according to the interesting researches of
MM. Caullery and Mesnil, by an asymmetry external and
internal of the most marked kind, and which is equally charac-
teristic of Gasteropods. The resemblances of Mollusks to
cephalobranchiate Annelids is thus strongly accentuated ;
they are, in truth, in part the resemblances of convergence.
Is it now permissible to attribute the asymmetry of Spirorbis
entirely to adaptive modifications in their anatomy induced
by their habitat in the interior of a spiral tube? ‘There are
certain distinctions to be drawn. We have seen already
that there are very clear indications of asymmetry in the
Serpulidz whose tubes are not spiral; on the other hand, it
is the Spzrorbis which has constructed its tube, and this tube
cannot roll itself into a spiral by reason of an asymmetry
already existing, partly at least, in the animal which has
produced it. ‘This initial asymmetry is no doubt due to an
active cause like that which shows itself in Mollusks (Perrier,
‘ Traité de Zoologie,’ p. 2071) ; once the tube is formed, it can
accentuate itself by reason of the special conditions of exist-
ence it imposes on the animal. J5ut it is essential to remark
that these things do not occur here as in the Paguride, which
have adapted for their habitation helicoidal tubes already
made.
414 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
XLIUI.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and
Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.
[Continued from p. 349.]
Boarmia venustaria. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)
Boarmia venustaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 44 (May 1891).
Five specimens, including both sexes, from Oiwake in
’ Z ? ?
Pryer’s collection.
Hab, Japan.
Boarmia leucophea.
Boarmia leucophea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 395 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 33, pl. xlviii. fig. 12 (1879).
Boarmia elegans, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 31, pl. i. fig. 4 (1884).
A very fine series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection, exhibiting considerable variation. My specimens
of the male agree exactly with Butler’s type of B. leucophea
and also with Oberthiir’s figure of elegans; therefore I do
not hesitate to consider the latter synonymous with the
former.
The female is somewhat smaller than the male and the
ground-colour is grey.
Var. nigrofasciaria, nov.
Central shade of all the wings black and conspicuous ;
there is an oblique streak from this to outer margin, and all
the transverse lines are very distinct.
Distribution. Japan; Askold.
Boarmia angulifera.
Boarmia angulifera, But). Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 896 (1878) ;
Nl. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 33, pl. xlix. fig. 1 (1879). ~
Alcis angulifera, ab, albifera, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 434 (1894).
There were several specimens from Oiwake and Nikko in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Shikotan in
August and at Nikko in September; my native collector
captured a few examples at Gensan and in the island of Kiu-
shiuinJuly; Butler’s type was from Yokohama; and I received
one female specimen from Omei-shan, taken in July.
In some specimens the space between the central lines on
primaries is hardly paler than the rest of the wing, in other
examples it is almost white.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Kiushiu; Kurile Islands ;
Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 415
Boarmia obliquaria.
Mibernia obliquaria, Motsch. Etud. 1860, p. 37.
There was a nice series from Gifu in Pryer’s collection and
there are specimens from Tokio and Yokohama in the National
Museum at South Kensington.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia mesta.
Boarmia mesta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 407.
Stenotrachelys cinerea, Butl. op. cit. p. 409.
There were four specimens in Pryer’s collection; three of
these are from Oiwake and were placed with B. conferenda.
The fourth specimen is Pryer’s no. 328, which he states was
from Fujisan, taken at an elevation of 12,365 feet.
Butler’s type of masta was from Yokohama and his eznerea
from Tokio.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia crassestrigata.
Boarmia crassestrigata, Christoph. Bull. Mose. iv. (2) p. 72 (1881).
Synopsia crassestrigata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 109.
A few specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. I cap-
tured some examples at Gensan in June and at Tsuruga in
July.
Distribution. Amur ; Japan, Yesso ; Corea.
Boarmia Biittneri.
Boarmia Biittneri, Hedem. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 54, pl. x.
fig. 6 (1881).
I took a nice series at Gensan in June, including one
example of the female, which differs from the male in having
rather broader wings.
All my specimens are deeper in colour than Hedemann’s
figure.
Distribution. Amur; Corea.
Boarmia appositaria.
Boarmia appositaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 46 (May 1891).
A male specimen of this species, which is closely allied to
B. Biitinert, Hedem., was taken by my native collector at
Gensan in July. I have also received two male specimens
from Chang-yang and one from Moupin.
Distribution. Corea; Central and Western China.
416 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Boarmia grisea.
Boarmia grisea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 396 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 33, pl. xlix. fig. 2 (1879).
A nice series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
I obtained the species at Gensan in July, and at Ningpo I
met with it in the month of April.
I have received a male specimen from Kiukiang, taken in
May, and a female from Omei-shan, taken in July.
In some specimens the central fascia is very distinct, but
in others it is obscured by the ground-colour.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; North-eastern, Central, and
Western China.
Boarmia jejunaria, sp. n.
Brownish grey, with slight violet tinge; basal area
suffused with ochreous. Primaries have a blackish discal
spot surmounted by some blackish scales, and there are
three transverse black lines—the first is slightly curved
towards costa, the second is obtusely angled below costa and
represented by dots on the neuration below the middle; the
space between the lines is rather paler than the rest of the
wing ; submarginal line blackish and wavy, but not distinct.
Secondaries have an indistinct black discal spot, a wavy
blackish central line, and an indented submarginal line, also
blackish ; the basal area is freckled with blackish. Fringes
of the ground-colour, with black dots at their base between
the nervules. Under surface whitish brown; all the wings
have a black discal spot, followed by an indistinct transverse
line, which does not extend to inner margin on primaries.
Expanse 38 millim.
One female specimen from Ni-tou, July.
Hab, Western China.
Boarmia basifuscaria. (Pl. VII. fig. 14.)
Boarmia basifuscaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 46 (May 1891).
There was one male specimen in Pryer’s collection, and I
took an example of the same sex at Oiwake in October.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia corearia.
Boarmia corearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 44 (May 1891).
I took four male specimens and one female at Gensan in
from China, Japan, and Corea. 417
July, and I have received one male example from Chang-
yang, also taken in July.
Allied to B. grisea, Butl., but differs from that species in
the non-angulation of the second line.
Distribution. Corea ; Central China.
Boarmia sinuosaria.
Boarmia sinuosaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 47 (May 1891).
One male specimen taken by myself at Ningpo in April.
Hab. North-east China.
Boarmia definita.
Boarmia definita, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 407.
One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Butler’s type was taken by Fenton at ‘Tokio.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia fuscomarginaria.
Boarmia fuscomarginaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 45 (May 1891).
One female specimen taken by Mr. Smith at Hakone in
August.
Allied to B. corearta, but the lines on upper surface are
not angulated in the same way and the markings on under
surface are different.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia fumosaria, (Pl. VII. fig. 5.)
Boarmia fumosaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 44 (May 1891).
Ten specimens, including both sexes, from Oiwake and
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia ornataria. (Pl. VIL. fig. 15.)
Boarmia ornataria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 45 (May 1891).
Boarmia ornataria, var. nornataria, Leech, l. e.
One example of the type form taken by a native collector
in the island of Kiushiu; there was one specimen of the
variety in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.
Boarmia flavolinearia.
Boarmia flavolinearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 47 (May 1891).
There were two male specimens in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
418 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Boarmia montanaria, sp. n.
Primaries brown; first line blackish, slightly curved and
preceded by a fuscous transverse shade ; second line blackish,
angulated below costa, thence oblique to inner margin ;
between these lines the costal area is filled in with pale
brown; submarginal line whitish, preceded by a fuscous
shade, which is broadest below the angle of the second line
and almost fills up the space between this line and the sub-
marginal; discal spot black and curved, its extremities
touching the blackish central shade and forming an annu-
lated mark. Secondaries grey-brown, striated and powdered
with darker brown ; the central line is indicated by a series
of black dots on the nervules; there is an oblique dusky sub-
marginal streak and the anal portion of the indistinct pale
submarginal line is also bordered inwardly with dusky.
Fringes brown, marked with darker at extremities of the
nervules and preceded by a black lunulated line. Under
surface greyish, darker on apical area of primaries, and tinged
with ochreous on the costal area between the transverse lines ;
this last and also the discal spot are rather indistinct.
Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 38 millim.
Seven male specimens from Omei-shan, Ni-tou, and Che-
tou: July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia roboraria,
Geometra roboraria, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 101; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 169.
Boarmia lunifera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 895 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 82, pl. xlviii. fig. 10 (1879).
Boarmia arguta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 872 (1879).
Diastictis roboraria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103,
There were specimens from Ohoyama and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
I obtained a specimen at Nagasaki in May, one at Hako-
date in August, and one at Nikko in September. Mr, Smith
took this species at Hakone in August.
B. lunifera, Butl., is identical with the dark form of
B. roboraria, which Staudinger has named var. infuscata.
B. arguta, Butl., is also a form of B. roboraria in which the
transverse markings are well defined and conspicuous.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu.
Boarmia displicens.
Boarmia displicens, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Fist. (5) i. p. 395 (1878) ;
Ill, Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 32, pl. xlviii. fig. 11 (1879).
There were some specimens from Ohoyama and Nikko in
from China, Japan, and Corea. 419
Pryer’s collection. Mr. Smith took one at Hakone in August,
and I received a male specimen from Ichang, also taken in
August.
Distribution. Japan ; Central China.
Boarmia consortaria.
Geometra consortaria, Fabr. Mant. Ins. p. 187 ; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 168.
Boarmia conferenda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 395 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 32, pl. xlviti. fig. 8 (1879).
Diastictis consortaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 103.
A common insect in Japan and Corea. My collectors met
with it in all the localities they visited in Central and
Western China.
The Japanese specimens (referable to conferenda, Butl.)
are generally darker in colour, but they all have the charac-
teristic markings of consortaria.
The Chinese specimens are tinged with cinnamon-brown,
and some examples are much larger than the type.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Askold; Corea; Japan;
Western and Central China.
Boarmia corticaria, sp. n.
Male.—Pale brown, powdered with dark brown. Primaries
clouded with blackish before the whitish submarginal line :
first transverse line wavy, second oblique throughout the
middle of its course, but dentate below costa and above inner
margin, both black; between these lines there is a black
spot and a blackish central shade, terminating in a dark
brown cloud on inner margin, and beyond the second line
there is a dark shade connecting the blackish clouding before
submarginal line with a smaller cloud on inner margin; from
this shade there are projections along the median nervules.
Secondaries have a black central spot, two transverse lines,
and a whitish submarginal line; the latter is shaded inwardly
with blackish and the second black line is bordered outwardly
with dark brown. Fringes brown, preceded by a black
lunulated line. Under surface pale brown, irrorated with
darker brown ; there is a black spot and a broad submarginal
fuscous-brown band on each wing; the latter is preceded by
a brownish line, which is bifurcated towards abdominal
margin and followed by some whitish patches on the outer
marginal area. Antenne bipectinated. Thorax agrees with
wings in colour; collar dark brown; tip of abdomen with a
tult of long silky pale brown hairs.
Female.—Rather paler than the male on both surfaces.
Expanse, ¢ 76, ? 80 millim.
420 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Three specimens. One example of each sex from Chang-
yang and a male from Ichang: June and July.
Hab. Central China.
Boarmia stolidaria, sp. n.
Whitish brown, finely striated with reddish brown. Pri-
maries have a dark irregular basal patch; an obscure dark
brown subbasal transverse line, commencing in a darker
quadrate patch ; beyond there is a curved and recurved dark
brown transverse line, clouded on its middle; the submar-
ginal band is twice interrupted. Secondaries have a slightly
elongate blackish discal spot, and a serrated dark transverse
line, marked with black on the nervules, beyond; submar-
ginal band as on primaries. Under surface similar to above,
but the transverse lines of primaries are only faintly indicated.
Fringes brownish, tipped with blackish and preceded by a
black line.
Expanse, ¢ 64, 2 70 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang and a female from
Ni-tou: July.
Hab, Central and Western China.
Boarmia majuscularia, sp. n.
Ochreous brown, irrorated with fuscous. Primaries have
three purplish-brown transverse lines, commencing in clouds
of the same colour on the costa; the first is slightly curved,
the second is elbowed below costa, and the third is crenulate
and undulated and is followed by a large diffuse purplish-
brown cloud about the middle; submarginal line whitish,
interrupted about the middle—the upper portion is inwardly
bordered with purplish brown towards costa, and intersects a
large patch of the same colour; the lower portion is also
inwardly edged with purplish brown. Secondaries have a
brown discal spot and two transverse lines of the same colour ;
the outer one edged externally with whitish towards abdo-
minal margin. Fringes grey, marked with paler and preceded
by an interrupted brown line. Under surface similar to
above, but the ground-colour is paler and the transverse
markings are only faintly indicated on primaries.
Expanse 74 millim.
One female specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia Pryeraria, sp. n.
Whity brown, tinged with ochreous and marked with
from China, Japan, and Corea. 421
black. Primaries have a subbasal band indicated on costa
and inner margin; a large discal spot and two larger spots
on outer margin ; central line macular and sinuous; submar-
ginal line whitish and sinuous; the space between these lines
is clouded with black. Secondaries have a discal dot; the
whitish, wavy, submarginal line is broadly bordered inwardly
with blackish, and there are some spots on the nervules
representing a central line. Fringes of primaries black
and of secondaries whity brown preceded by a lunulated line.
Under surface whity brown; the outer marginal area of pri-
maries is blackish, enclosing a patch of the ground-colour at
apex and another about the middle; the discal spot is
distinct; secondaries have a blackish discal spot and sub-
marginal band, the latter encroaching on the outer margin
towards apex and again towards anal angle.
Expanse 33 millim.
One female specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Boarmia sinicaria, sp. 0.
Primaries whitish grey, powdered and suffused with
brownish on the costa and on inner marginal area; there is a
blackish spot at the base of the wing; basal third suffused
with brownish and limited by a double, blackish, nearly
straight line ; the outer third purplish brown, with an angu-
lar projection from the middle to the annular blackish discal
spot, and limited by a black angulated line; submarginal
line black, marked with whitish on the costa and bordered
with violet-grey below; there is a blackish mark on the costa
above the discal spot and another beyond it. Secondaries
pale whity brown ; the outer marginal area is dark grey, and
there is a short oblique dash of the same colour above anal
angle; discal spot dark grey. Fringes of primaries purplish
brown, spotted with yellowish, the central spots are confluent ;
of secondaries whity brown, slightly darker at the extremity
of the nervules; the fringe on all the wings preceded by a
series of black lunules. Under surface pale whity brown,
costa of primaries yellowish ; all the wings broadly bordered
with fuscous, and this colour projects on the primaries to the
annulated discal spot; the basal two thirds of secondaries
are powdered with fuscous, discal spot blackish.
Expanse 36 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to B. semiclarata, Walk.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 6. Vol. xix. 30
422 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Boarmia subochrearia, sp. n.
Primaries brownish grey, suffused with fuliginous on outer
marginal area; there are three black transverse bands—the
first is curved, the second is elbowed below costa and again
above the inner margin, the third (submarginal) is sinuous ;
on the middle of the outer marginal area there is a more or
less quadrate pale spot, and the inner margin is tinged with
reddish brown; discal dot black. Secondaries ochreous
brown, suffused with dark grey towards the base and along
the abdominal area; discal dot black. Fringes ochreous
brown, marked with dark grey at extremities of the nervules,
and preceded by a series of black lunules. Under surface:
primaries ochreous grey, with a blackish discal dot and some
fuscous clouds beyond it and below apex; of the transverse
bands of upper surface only the first is clearly reproduced ;
secondaries ochreous brown, sprinkled with dark grey ; discal
dot black.
Expanse 36 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan.
Hab. Western China.
Nearly allied to B. semiclarata, Walk.
Boarmia bilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries olive-brown, closely striated and mottled with
dark brown, traversed by two blackish lines—the first is
elbowed below costa, and then curved and recurved to inner
margin; the second is strongly serrated; there is a short
blackish oblique apical streak. Secondaries greyish brown,
mottled with dark brown; discal spot black ; transverse line
blackish, attenuated from abdominal margin to just beyond
middle, where it becomes obscured. Fringes agree with the
wings. Under surface pale greyish brown, irrorated with
darker ; discal spots blackish, and indications of a dusky band
beyond the middle of each wing.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia punctimarginaria, sp. n.
Fuliginous. Primaries have a pale brown patch at the
base limited by a black line; central shade blackish, with the
black discal dot on it; beyond there is a black dentate line
followed by a blackish shade; on the outer margin there is a
series of whitish dots, each dot preceded by a blackish one.
JSrom China, Japan, and Corea. 423
Secondaries similar, but the basal patch is of less extent.
Under surface grey-brown ; all the wings have a conspicuous
black discal spot, and the markings of upper surface are
indicated.
Expanse 28 millim.
One male specimen from Kiukiang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Boarmia (?) nigrofasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries whity brown; central fascia blackish, tapering
towards inner margin, and enclosing a black curved discal
spot, the edges dentate; there is a blackish cloud on the
costa just beyond the fascia, one on outer margin above the
middle, and one towards outer angle; submarginal line pale
but indistinct. Secondaries whity brown, with a blackish
discal spot and dentate central line. Fringes of the ground-
colour preceded by a black line. Under surface similar to
above, but markings are fainter. Antennz bipectinated, the
branches rather long.
Expanse 33 millim.
One male specimen from each of the following localities :—
Chow-pin-sa, Chia-ting-fu, Pu-tsu-fong : June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia divisaria, sp. n.
Basal two thirds of primaries brownish, traversed by a
blackish line, which is curved towards costa and limited by a
dentate black line; outer marginal area brownish, inwardly
limited by a waved serrated black line ; the area between this
line and the basal two thirds is whitish; submarginal line
wavy, whitish, preceded by black marks; discal spot black,
elongate. Secondaries pale grey, irrorated with fuscous,
especially on basal and outer marginal areas ; discal dot and
central line dusky, the latter almost straight ; submarginal
line whitish, wavy. Fringes pale brownish grey, preceded
by a lunulated brownish line. Under surface ochreous
grey, lrrorated with fuscous; all the wings have a blackish
discal mark and a narrow dusky transverse band beyond, the
latter marked with blackish on the neuration. Antenne
bipectinated.
Eixpanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or
July.
Hab. Western China.
30%
424 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Boarmia decoloraria, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 4.)
Male.—Whity brown, finely powdered with darker brown.
Primaries have a brownish basal band (sometimes only
represented by a spot on the costa and a dot on each nervure
below it) ; a dark brown serrated central band commencing
in an angular mark on the costa, represented by dots on the
nervules, and terminating in an oblique dash on the inner
margin; submarginal band dark brown, irregular in width
and externally edged with whitish, as also is tlie central
band ; there is also a brownish spot on costa between basal
and central bands, from which a dark shade is sometimes
projected to the wide portion of central band. Secondaries
have three brownish transverse bands, the first nearly straight,
the second narrow and attenuated, and the third of irregular
width, the last two edged externally with whitish. All the
wings have a blackish discal spot. Fringes brown, preceded
by dark brown lunules between the nervules. Under surface
of primaries fuscous brown, except the outer and inner
margins, which are whity brown; of the secondaries whitish,
sprinkled with brown scales ; a blackish discal spot on each
wing, but only the primaries have the transverse markings,
and these are not always clear. Antennz broadly bipectinated.
Female.—Generally paler than the male, and the under
surface of all the wings is usually whity brown, powdered
with brown scales (this is also the case in some males) ; the
antenne are simple.
Expanse, ¢ 40-45, 9 36-42 millim.
A long series taken in June and July at Chang-yang;
Moupin; Ta-chien-lu; Omei-shan; Wa-shan; Pu-tsu-fong ;
Chia-ting-fu ; Ni-tou.
Fab. Central and Western China.
Near B. noorarta, Brem., from Amurland.
Boarmia abietaria.
Geometra abietaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 160.
Deileptenia abietaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett, p. 316; Meyrick, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 105.
Boarmia abietaria, Treit. Schmett. vi. 1, p. 204; Dup. Lép. vii.
pl. clx. tigs. 2,3; Guen. Phal. i, p. 243.
There were a few specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection, and I have received one example of each sex from
Mr. Manley, who took them at Yokohama.
The Japanese specimens are rather larger and more strongly
marked than European examples.
Distribution. Europe; Japan.
EEE
From China, Japan, and Corea. 425
Boarmia approvimaria, sp.
Allied to B. abietaria, Hitbn. Greyish, heavily powdered
and clouded with brown; the first line of primaries is
straighter, the second more deeply elbowed below the costa
and more oblique thence to inner margin, where it terminates
closer to the first line. The under GAS is fuscous and not
ochreous as in B. abietaria, and the only markings are a
discal spot on primaries and indications of a central transverse
line on each of the wings.
Expanse, ¢ 48, 2 52 millim.
One example of each sex from Ni-tou and a male from
Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. We aso d euiatis
Boarmia dolosaria, sp. n.
Fuliginous grey. Primaries traversed by two black lines—
the first, commencing in a spot on the costa, is sharply angled
below costa and again above inner margin; the second is
serrated, curved below costa, thence oblique to inner margin.
Secondaries have a dusky band with the blackish discal spot
on it and a rather sinuous black line beyond; submarginal
band dusky, edged outwardly with greyish. Fringes agree
with the wings in colour and are preceded by a lunulate
black line. Under surface silky fuscous grey ; all the wings
have a black discal spot, a transverse line, and a_ broad
dusky submarginal band. Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 42 miilim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang.
Hab, Central China.
Allied to B. admissaria, Guen.
Boarmia tncongruaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries brown ; first transverse line darker and
only distinct on costal area ; second line also darker, slightly
elbowed below costa, thence oblique to inner margin; between
the lines is a black discal dot and a curved brownish central
shade; submarginal line whitish, dentate, preceded by a
blackish band. Secondaries rather paler than the primaries ;
submarginal line pale, bordered inwardly with blackish, but
not so strongly as on primaries. Fringes concolorous ‘with
the wings. Underside whitish brown ‘slightly tinged with
fuscous: primaries have a_ blackish submarginal band ;
secondaries a blackish central dot and a whitish transverse
line, both indistinct. Antenne bipectinated.
426 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Female.—Similar to the male, but the secondaries have a
blackish central line outwardly edged with whitish, and
between this and the base of the wing there is a brownish
transverse shade,
Expanse, ¢ 38, 9 40 millim.
One example of each sex. The male from Geer shan
and the female from Ni-tou, July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia punctilinearta, sp. n.
Pale greyish brown, suffused with darker ana striated with
blackish. Primaries have a black discal spot and two black
transverse lines—the first wavy, preceded by a blackish
cloud, and the second serrated, with black dots upon it, and
followed on the costa by a clear space of the ground- colour ;
submarginal band blackish, interrupted. Secondaries have
a black discal dot and a serrated black transverse line with
black dots upon it; submarginal line as on primaries, but
less distinct. Fringes agree with the wings and are preceded
by an interrupted black line. Under surface grey, powdered
with fuliginous and bordered on outer margins with the
same colour; all the wings have a black discal spot and
there are indications of one transverse line. Antenne
bipectinated.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Huang-mu-chang, July.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia olivacearia, sp. n.
Dark greyish brown tinged with olivaceous. Primaries
have two transverse blackish lines—the first appears to be
curved, but is only to be traced from costa to median
nervure ; second line waved and angled below costa; sub-
marginal line whitish, preceded on the apical area of the
wing by a reddish-brown cloud ; there is a small black discal
spot rand a dusky shade beyond extending from the costa to
the middle of the wing, the continuation of this shade is
represented by a quadrate dusky spot on the middle of the
inner margin. Secondaries have a black discal spot and
blackish wavy central line; submarginal line as on primaries,
the area between the lines is faintly clouded with reddish
brown. Fringes grey, marked with brown at the extremities
of the nervules, and preceded by a dark dotted line. Under
surface brownish grey; all the wings have a blackish waved
line, indicated by short dashes on the nervules, a dusky
oe Dyes
from China, Japan, and Corea, 427
transverse shade between this line and the base of the wing,
and a broadish pale band before outer margin. Antenne
bipectinated.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
Boarmia projectaria, sp. n.
Primaries blackish grey irrorated with whitish; basal line
blackish, indented below costa, and edged internally with
whitish; beyond the middle there is a rather broad whitish
band forming a double angle about the middle, and outlining
in its course a conspicuous quadragular projection of the
ground-colour ; submarginal line pale but indistinct, with a
small blackish cloud on it towards costa; discal spot black.
Secondaries whitish, irrorated with ‘blackish grey; discal
spot black; central line black, crenulate, with a double-
toothed projection about the middle, increasing in width
towards abdominal margin. Fringes yellowish, marked with
dark grey, and preceded by a series of black spots on the
primaries, and by an interrupted black line on secondaries.
Under surface similar to above, but the first line is absent.
Expanse, ¢ 28-30, ? 33 millim.
Nine specimens, including beth sexes, from the following
localities, Pu-tsu-fong, Ni-tou, Che-tou, and the Province of
Kwei-chow: July.
Hab. Western China.
In some specimens the white band of primaries is suffused
with blackish grey, and the secondaries are thickly powdered
with the same colour, Antenne bipectinated in the male.
Boarmia mirandaria, sp. 0.
Primaries grey-brown, basal patch pale reddish limited
by a curved dark line; a pale reddish patch occupies a
large portion of the outer two-thirds of the wing, but does
not extend to the costa, and is separated from outer margin
by an undulated whitish line, this patch is traversed by a
dark wavy line edged with whitish and angled below costa,
Secondaries pale reddish, with a patch of grey-brown en the
base and on lower portion of the outer marginal area; sub-
marginal line pale; discal spot black. Fringes whitish,
preceded by a dark line. Under surface pale brown slightly
suffused with fuscous; all the wings have a serrated blackish
transverse line beyond the middle, and a dusky shade between
428 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
it and the base of the wing; secondaries have a blackish
discal dot. Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from Ichang, June.
Hab. Central China.
Boarmia insolitaria, sp. n.
Primaries have the costal area drab, freckled and clouded
with darker brown, and the inner portion of the wing brown,
tinged with ferruginous, and clouded with drab on outer
margin; there are indications of two dusky transverse lines
and a pale submarginal line. Secondaries are drab at the
extreme base on outer marginal third, the intervening space
being fuscous brown; there is a brownish cloud tinged with
ferruginous above anal angle. All the wings have a blackish
discal spot, that on primaries only is distinct. Under surface
pale brown, clouded and suffused with fuscous; there is a
straight dusky central line on which is the discal spot, and
beyond there is a slightly curved but indistinct dusky line;
the latter is followed by a ferruginous-brown band; the
secondaries are similarly marked.
Expanse 42 millim.
One female specimen from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
Boarmia moupinaria, sp. n.
Pale grey powdered with darker. Basal half of primaries
darker; first line curved, second line almost straight, inter-
rupted in the middle, and bordered with ochreous grey, both
are blackish and between them there is a dusky fascia; sub-
marginal line pale grey inwardly edged with blackish. Basal
third of secondaries darker; central line blackish, almost
straight, and edged with ochreous grey; submarginal line
pale grey inwardly edged with darker. Fringes of the
ground-colour, preceded by a black line on secondaries and a
series of dots on primaries. Under surface whitish grey;
costa and outer marginal area of primaries tinged with
fuscous ; all the wings have a black discal spot.
Expanse 44 millim.
One female specimen from Moupin, June.
Hab. Western China,
Boarmia flavimacularia, sp. n.
Purplish brown. Primaries traversed by two brownish
and one silvery-grey line, the latter bordered on each side
from China, Japan, and Corea. 429
with reddish brown, and preceded on costal area by a brown
and grey suffusion ; the base is powdered with silvery grey,
and there is a large pale buff apical patch transversely
clouded with brownish, and having two black dots on its
outer edge. Secondaries have a dusky subbasal line and
discal spot, and beyond these are two wavy lines, which
become indistinct towards costa: the first of these is inwardly
bordered with brownish and has a pale yellow dot on its
edge above the middle. Under surface fuscous: primaries
have the apical patch as above, and the secondaries are
sparingly freckled with pale buff.
Expanse 34 millim.
Five specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, Chia-ting-fu, Chang-
yang: July and August.
Hab. Central and Western China.
3
Genus JANKOWSKIA.
(Oberth. Evud. d’Entom. ix. p. 25 (1884).)
Jankowskia athleta.
Jankowskia athleta, Oberth. Etud. @Entom. ix. p. 265, pl. il. fig. 7
(1884).
Recorded by Oberthiir from Sidemi, Manchuria.
Jankowskia thoractaria.
Jankowskia thoraciaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, ix. p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 8
(1884).
Recorded by Oberthiir from Sidemi, Manchuria.
Jankowskia fuscaria.
Boarmia fuscaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 45 (May 1891).
One male and two female specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
I received the species from Chang-yang, Ichang, Moupin,
Omei-shan: June and July.
Allied to J. athleta, Oberth., but can at once be dis-
tinguished by the yellow marking on the under surface of
the costa of primaries.
Distribution. Japan; Central and Western China.
Genus SYNOPSIA.
(Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 316.)
Synopsia paupera.
Boarmia paupera, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 406.
Several specimens from Oiwake, Fujisan, and Yokohama
in Pryer’s collection.
430 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
T took the species at Sendai in September, and at Yokohama
in October.
Hab. Japan.
Synopsia austeraria, sp. n.
Pale brown, powdered and clouded with darker. Primaries
have a black discal dot and two transverse lines—the first is
wavy and angulated below costa, the second is slightly ser-
rated, oblique, and preceded by a transverse dusky shade ;
marginal area clouded with ashy. Secondaries have a
blackish discal dot and a blackish serrated transverse line,
preceded by a dusky transverse shade; outer marginal area
clouded with ashy. Fringes preceded by a dark line.
Under surface greyish brown, powdered with darker, and
with blackish discal spots and faint indications of transverse
lines.
Expanse 49 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus HEMEROPHILA.
(Steph. Il. Brit. Haust. iii. p. 189 (1829).)
Hemerophila Dejeant.
Hemerophila Dejeani, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 80, pl. i. fig. 12
(1884); Alph. Rom, sur Lép. vi. p. 60 (1892).
This appears to be a common species in June and July at
Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, and Pu-tsu-fong. I also received
specimens from Ni-tou, Che-tou, and Wa-shan; and Alphéraky
records the species from Ou-pin.
It is exceedingly variable in coloration, which ranges from
reddish brown to dark olive-brown, and the central area is
often very pale.
Hab. \Vestern China.
Hemerophila senilis.
Hemerophila senilis, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 48, pl. xxxy. fig. 12
(1878).
Several specimens from Oiwake, Nikko, and Gifu in
Pryer’s collection.
My native collector captured the species at Hakodate in
June or July.
Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 275) considers
H., senilis to be synonymous with //, subplagiata, Walk.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Srom China, Japan, and Corea. 431
Hemerophila conjunctaria, sp. n. (Pl. VII. fig. 9.)
Female.—Allied to H., senilis, Butl., but the basal fascia,
which, together with the outer marginal area of primaries,
is purple-brown in colour, ornamented with lilacine at apex
and on inner margin, is broader and more deeply indented
below the costa; the central transverse line of secondaries is
sinuous, not curved below costa, and there are some lilacine
dashes on outer margin; discal spot on all the wings dis-
tinct. Under surface whitish, freckled with brownish and a
little suffused with dusky on the outer margin of primaries ;
there is a black discal spot and a dotted line, also black, on
each wing. ‘The posterior portion of the thorax is edged
with white.
Expanse 46 millim.
‘Two female specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Hemerophila atrilineata.
Hemerophila atrilineata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 405.
Phthonandria atrilineata, Warren, Novyit. Zool. i. p. 434 (1894).
There were some examples from Oiwake and Nikko in
Pryer’s collection, and I captured specimens at Tsuruga in
July. My native collector took the species at Hakodate and
Gensan, also in July, and I have received one male specimen
from 'T'a-chien-lu, taken in June.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Corea; Western China.
Hemerophila rimosa.
Boarmia rimosa, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 372 (1879).
A few nice specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection ; my native collector took the species in the island of
Kiushiu.
Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.
Hemerophila obscuraria, sp. n.
Reddish brown, much powdered with darker. Primaries
have two oblique black lines—the first curves a little as it
approaches the inner margin, and the second is wavy
throughout and curved towards costa, both are preceded by a
blackish shade; there is a dark cloud below the apex and
another below it extending to inner margin near the angle,
this latter is interrupted. Secondaries have a black line,
broad on abdominal margin and tapering towards costa, this
is preceded by a dusky transverse shade and followed by two
432 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
paler bands. At the base of the fringes, which are con-
colorous with the wings, there is a blackish wavy line.
Under surface rather silky brown: primaries have two trans-
verse black lines, chiefly indicated by dots on the neuration,
which converge towards the inner margin; secondaries have
two equidistant, curved, and wavy black lines. .
Expanse 50 millim.
T'wo specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Hemerophila latimarginaria, sp. n.
Pale cinnamon-brown, with a black discal spot on all the
wings. Primaries have an irregular dark brown line beyond
the middle limiting the outer marginal area, which is darker
brown and is traversed by a dusky submarginal band; the
basal area is slightly irrorated with darker brown. Second-
aries have a curved and slightly wavy dark brown central
line, the area beyond is darker brown traversed by a dusky
submarginal band. Under surface whitish brown, suffused
with darker on primaries, and these wings have a blackish
discal spot.
Expanse 40 millim.
One female specimen from Ichang, April.
Hab, Central China.
Hemerophila (?) tachraparia.
Hemerophila tachraparia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 25, pl. v.
fig. 63 (1893).
I have not seen this species. Oberthiir describes it from
specimens received by him from 'Ta-chien-lu, Western China.
Genus MEDASINA.
(Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 408 (1886); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 283 (1895).)
Medasina scotostaria.
Deinotrichia scotosiaria, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 420,
pl. xxx. fig. 9. sd
Medasina scotosiaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths, iii. p. 284
(1895).
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Distribution. Sikhim (/Zampson) ; Western China.
Medasina diffusaria, sp. n.
Brown, irrorated with fuscous on secondaries and margins
from China, Japan, and Corea. 433
of primaries. There are indications of two transverse lines
on primaries, the outer one represented by blackish dots on
the neuration ; submarginal band blackish, diffuse and inter-
rupted. Secondaries have a blackish discal spot, two trans-
verse lines, and a diffuse blackish submargimal band, the
latter does not extend to costa. Fringes of the ground-colour,
preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface
rather paler than above; all the wings have a blackish discal
spot and an obscure dusky band beyond.
Expanse 74-84 millim.
Four male specimens from Chang-yang, taken in July.
Hab, Central China.
Allied to IL. creataria, Moore.
Medasina creataria.
Hemerophila creataria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 217 (1857).
Medasina creataria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p, 286
(1895).
Two female specimens from the Province of Kwei-chow,
June.
Distribution. Sikhim; Assam ( Hampson); Western
China.
Medasina albidaria.
Boarmia albidaria, Walk, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1582 (1866).
Medasina albidaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 289
(1895).
I received one male specimen from Ichang, April; one
example of each sex from Omei-shan; and a female from
Moupin, July.
Distribution. Simla; Dharmsdla; Sikhim; Khdsis (Hamp-
son) ; Central and Western China.
Genus ARICHANNA.
(Moore, Proc. Zvol. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 658 ; Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 290 (1895).)
Arichanna tetrica.
Cidaria tetrica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 451 (1878) ; Ill,
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 55, pl. lv. fig. 10 (1879).
Cidaria tetrica, Butl., 2; Alph. Rom. sur Lép, vi. p. 78, pl. iii. fig. 11
(1892). '
There was an example of each sex from Ohoyama in
Pryer’s collection, and my native collector took a female
specimen at Hakodate in June.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
434 Mr J. 1. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Arichanna interruptaria, sp. n.
Primaries whitish, powdered with blackish grey; there
are three transverse bands interrupted by the brown neuration
and intersected by white or whitish lines; discal spot black,
separated from a spot on costa by the brown subcostal ner-
vure ; from the lower end of discal spot there is a blackish
diffuse line, which appears to be part of the second or central
band. Secondaries whitish, powdered and freckled with
greyish ; discal spot blackish. Fringes pale brown, chequered
with darker, preceded by a brown line on secondaries and by
a row of black dots on primaries. Under surface pale brown,
powdered and freckled with darker: the primaries have a
smoky suffusion, a black discal spot, and indications of the
transverse bands of upperside ; the secondaries have a black
discal spot and dark brown wavy central band. Antenne of
the male ciliated.
Expanse 42-46 millim.
‘wo male specimens and four females from Omei-shan :
July and August.
The markings are very similar to those of <A. similaria,
but they are blackish rather than olive-brown, and the
neuration is brown instead of pale olive. The structure of
the antenne is quite different.
Hab. Western China. >
Arichanna ramosa.
Scotosia ramosa, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1688 (1866).
Arichanna ramosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 291
(1895).
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Distribution. Sikhim (/Zampson) ; Western China.
Arichanna similaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries white, powdered with brownish; the
base is dark olive-brown, and there are four transverse bands
of the same colour interrupted by the broad pale olive
neuration ; the second and third of these bands unite on the
inner marginal area, where they represent a quadrate patch ;
the fourth is intersected by an interrupted white line, as also
is the third above the quadrate patch referred to. Second-
aries whitish, freckled with greyish ; central band and
incomplete submarginal band greyish ; discal spot blackish,
Fringes pale olive, chequered with darker. Under surface’
whitish, powdered and freckled with greyish brown: primaries
suffused with shining fuscous except at apex ; secondaries
from China, Japan, and Corea. 435
have a discal spot and central band as above. Antenne
brown, bipectinated. .
Female.—Markings of primaries as in the male ; bands of
secondaries not well defined beyond abdominal area.
Expanse, ¢ 48, ¢ 50 millim.
Allied to A. ramosa, Walk., and A. teérica, Butl.
One example of each sex from Omei-shan, July.
fiab, Western China.
Arichanna clavaria, sp. n.
Male.—Greyish brown, powdered and mottled with darker.
Basal area of primaries marked with black and limited by a
double-indented black line; discal spot black, preceded by a
whitish quadrate patch, and followed by a dusky cloud-like
band; on the outer marginal area there is a series of black
bars intersected by an interrupted white line; submarginal
line white, macular. Secondaries have a dusky discal spot,
central band, and interrupted submarginal band. Fringes
pale brown marked with darker. Under surface of primaries
greyish brown, suffused with blackish, discal spot black ;
beyond the middle of the wing there are indications of a pale
transverse line : secondaries as above. Antenne bipectinated.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the ground-colour is
browner, the whitish patch before discal spot on primaries is
absent, and the bands on under surface of secondaries are less
distinct.
Expanse, d 42, 2 44 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in August, and
a female from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Arichanna Pryeraria.
Arichanna Pryeraria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 51 (May 1891).
I received a male specimen from Mr. Manley of Yokohama,
and there was a female example from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
Allied to A. furcifera, Moore.
Hab. Japan.
Arichanna diffusaria, sp. 0.
Primaries whitish, with, interrupted and irregular fuli-
ginous-brown subbasal, central, and marginal bands, the
latter intersected by an oblique streak of the ground-colour
from apex; the space between subbasal and central bands is
436 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
dotted with fuliginous brown, as also is that between central
and marginal bands at middle and towards costa and inner
margin; costa and nervures marked with ochreous. Second-
aries whitish spotted with fuscous grey, the larger of the
spots representing central, submarginal, and marginal bands,
Under surface similar to above, but the markings, which are
pale fuscous on primaries, are fainter, and on secondaries
rather stronger.
Expanse 56 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Arichanna albomacularia. (Pl. VIL. fig. 10.)
Arichanna albomacularia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. 0. 51 (May 1891),
Two male and five female specimens, from Gifu and
Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection.
Allied to A. tetrica, Butl., but distinguished by the large
white spot on primaries.
Hab. Japan.
Arichanna consocia.
Abraxas consocia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 226 (1880).
Icterodes consocia, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 84, pl. exix. fig. 11
(1886).
Arichanna lapsariata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 293
(1895).
One female specimen from Ni-tou, July.
Distribution. N.E. Himalayas (Butler) ; Western China,
Arichanna melanaria.
Phal. Geometra melanaria, Linn, Syst. Nat. x. p. 525; Clerck, Icon.
pl. iv. fig. 2. Niet
Geometra melanaria, Esp. y. p. 115, pl. xxiii. fig. 1; Hiibn. Geom,
fig. 26.
Diastictis melanaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 104.
Rhyparia fraterna, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. xxxvii. fig. 9
(1878).
Rhyparia askoldinaria, Oberth. Etud, d’Entom. v. p. 52, pl. ix. fig. 11
(1880). b reat .
Ictervdes sordida, But), Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) xi. p. 116.
Fraterna, Butl., is a pale form of A. melanaria, and is
almost exactly identical with some European examples of the’
species in my collection, Sordida, Butl., is a dark torm also
agreeing with some European specimens, and askoldinaria is
a form intermediate between the two. Alphéraky mentions
a variety of the species from Pei-choui (Rom. sur Lép., vi.
p- 99).
from China, Japan, and Corea. 437
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yoko-
hama, Oiwake, and Nikko. I obtained the species at Gensan
in June.
Distribution. Europe; East Siberia; Amur; Askold;
Corea; Japan.
Arichanna confusaria, sp. n.
Primaries white; basal area limited by an interrupted
blackish band, clouded and marked with the same colour ;
the central fascia and submarginal line are also blackish, the
former encloses spots of the ground-colour and the latter is
macular; the spaces between the transverse markings are
freckled with blackish. Secondaries whitish, freckled with
grey before the blackish, wavy, central band, and ochreous
beyond it; submarginal band blackish, broken up into spots,
of which that nearest the middle is the largest. Fringes of
primaries blackish, chequered with white, and of secondaries
yellow, chequered with black, preceded on all the wings by a
row of blackish spots. Under surface of primaries have the
markings of the upperside indicated, and on the secondaries
the markings are reproduced, but the outer half of the wing
is only tinged with yellow.
Expanse, ¢ 40-44, 2 38 millim.
Two male specimens from ‘T'a-chien-lu and one female
from Pu-tsu-fong: June.
Hab. Western China.
In one male the markings on primaries are brownish, but
not clearly defined, and the outer margin appears to have a
brownish border intersected by a transverse wavy white line.
Arichanna flavovenaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries whitish grey suffused with blackish; the
basal area is marked with black and limited by a black band
intersected by the fulvous venation; discal spot black ; sub-
marginal band paler than the ground-colour, followed by a
broad black band, which is intersected by the venation and
outwardly edged with whitish. Secondaries yellow ; basal
area fuliginous grey; there are three rows of black spots,
those forming the first row being more or less confluent, but
not forming an interrupted wavy band as in A. undularia.
Under surface of primaries fuliginous grey and of secondaries
as above, but paler in the ground-colour.
Female.—Similar to the male, but exhibiting more of the
ground-colour on primaries above. Under surface of all the
wings yellow; primaries flecked and clouded with blackish ;
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 31
438 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
secondaries marked as above, but the basal area is only
slightly tinged with fuliginous grey.
Expanse, ¢ 51, 2 54 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan and a female from
Pu-tsu-fong: July.
Hab. Western China.
Arichanna flavomacularia, sp. n.
Primaries black ; venation and costa broadly grey, the
latter marked with five black spots, and the former, together
with seven interrupted yellow lines, breaking up the ground-
colour into macular transverse bands. Secondaries have the
basal third grey from costa to anal angle and the outer two
thirds yellow; the latter has a central black spot, an outer
series of six Jarge grey spots (the first and sixth of which are
double), and a marginal series of seven or eight small spots
of the same colour. Fringes of primaries blackish and of
secondaries yellow to the anal third, where they are blackish.
Under surface of primaries fuliginous grey, with black spots
of upperside reproduced ; secondaries as above.
Expanse, ¢ 56-60, 2 54 millim.
A fine series from Wa-shan and Ta-chien-lu, June and
July. All but one are males.
Hab. Western China.
Arichanna undularia, sp. n.
Male similar to A. flavomacularia, but smaller, and the
interrupted yellow transverse lines on primaries are less
clearly defined. On the secondaries there is a rather broad
transverse black band in addition to outer and marginal series
of spots ; the blackish basal third does not extend beyond the
limit of waved band, but encroaches further along the costa
and encloses the discal spot. Fringes of all the wings
blackish. Under surface: primaries fuliginous grey, with a
black discal spot and a few yellowish dots beyond ; second-
aries marked as above, but the ground-colour is paler.
Expanse 53 millim.
Four male and two female specimens from Ta-chien-lu,
Omei-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-shan: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Arichanna lateraria, sp. n.
Primaries grey, with a slight fuliginous tinge; the basal
area is spotted with black ; a conspicuously large black spot
from China, Japan, and Corea. 439
with black cloud above on costa, and four pairs of spots of the
same colour below, represent a broad central fascia (the lower
pairs coalesce, forming bars); beyond these are three trans-
verse series of black spots—the first is composed of double
spots towards costa, the spots of second series are surrounded
with whitish, the third series is on outer margin. Second-
aries have the basal half grey and the outer half yellow; two
large black spots beyond the central one form a longitudinal
series of three between the limit of basal half of the wing and
the outer margin; there is a larger black spot at the outer
angle, three others below the outer one of longitudinal series,
and a row of smaller spots before the outer margin. Fringes
agree in colour with the wings. Under surface similar to
the upper surface, but the primaries are more uniform in
colour.
Expanse 60 millim.
Three males, Wa-shan, Moupin, and Pu-tsu-fong: July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to A. jaguararia, Guen.
Judging from the three specimens under observation, this
species would seem to be rather variable in number of black
markings on secondaries, as in one example there is a fourth
spot above those of marginal series, and in another specimen,
which also has this fourth spot, there are, in addition, two
spots above and two below the middle one of longitudinal
series of three, thus forming a macular band.
Arichanna jaguarinaria.
se A lana Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vi. p. 17, pl. ix. fig. 1
881).
See jaguarinaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 295
(1895).
One male specimen from Wa-shan, June.
Oberthiir’s type was from the province of Kwei-chow.
Hab. Western China.
This is probably only a form of L. jaguarartia, Guen., in
which the central macular band of secondaries is either obso-
lete or only faintly indicated ; the yellow on these wings does
not extend much beyond the submarginal series of spots.
Arichanna jaguararia.
Rhyparia jaguararia, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 198 (1857).
Several specimens from Ohoyama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I took the species at Tsuruga in July, and I have
received it from Kiukiang and Ningpo. Guenée’s type was
31*
440 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
from N. China, and there are specimens in the National
Collection at South Kensington from Yokohama, Hakone,
Tokio, and Ashi-no-yo.
The specimens from Oiwake differ from the typical form in
having the ground-colour of primaries and basal area of
secondaries whiter, and for this form I propose the varietal
name pallidaria.
Distribution. Japan; Central and Northern China.
Arichanna Gaschkevitchit.
Boarmia Gaschkevitchit, Motsch. Bull. Mosc, xxxix. p. 197 (1866).
Probably this species is identical with Arichanna (Rhy-
paria) jaguararia, Guen.
Arichanna flavomarginaria.
Rhyparia flavomarginaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 838, pl. vii. fig. 11
(1864).
Abraxas flavomarginaria, Greeser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 390.
Diastictis flavomarginaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 104.
Several specimens were captured by my native collector at
Gensanin July. I have also received the species from Chang-
yang, Moupin, and the province of Kwei-chow: June and
uly.
Distribution. East Siberia; Amur; Corea; Central and
Western China.
The specimens in my series exhibit considerable variation
in the size, number, and intensity of the black markings.
Genus EREBOMORPHA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 494 (1860).)
Erebomorpha consors.
Erebomorpha consors, Butl. Tl. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52, pl. xxxvii.
fig. 3 (1878).
Mesastrape consors, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 452 (1894).
A few specimens from Fujisan and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection.
My native collector obtained the species at Hakodate in
June or July, and there are specimens in the National Col-
lection from Yokohama and Tokio. I have also received
examples from Moupin and Chang-yang, July.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Western and Central China.
Some of the Chinese specimens appear to be intermediate
between £. consors, Butl., and EL. fulgurita, Walk.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 44]
Genus PHYLLABRAXAS, nov.
Palpi porrect, reaching slightly beyond the frons and
clothed with long hair; outer margins of wings rounded.
Primaries of male with fovea. Neuration as in Arichanna.
Antenne of male ciliated and finely serrated. Hind tibie
dilated, with a tuft of long hair and two pairs of moderately
Jong spurs.
Type P. curvaria.
Phyllabrazas curvaria, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.)
Whitish, sparingly powdered with brownish. Primaries
suffused with olive-grey and marked with fuliginous brown
as follows :—a spot at the base ; an angulated subbasal band
united at the angle with a central fascia, the latter encloses
a patch of the ground-colour at each end and its outer edge is
curved and recurved; on the outer margin below apex there
is a more or less quadrate spot, and on the costa betore apex
there is a similar one (these spots are united at their opposed
angles), the lower encloses two white dots, which represent
portions of a much interrupted submarginal line ; on the outer
marginal area above outer angle there is a third spot, and
from the inner edge of this a streak descends to inner margin.
Secondaries have a blackish discal spot and a submarginal
band, the latter indicated by a brown spot on thie costa, one
about the middle, and a dash above anal angle. Fringes of
primaries black, chequered with whitish towards inner
margin ; those of secondaries whitish marked with blackish.
Under surface: primaries whitish, the apical spots are
blackish and the basal area is suffused with the same colour;
secondaries are whitish powdered with blackish, and have an
incomplete central band in addition to the macular submar-
ginal band as above, but both are blackish.
Expanse 42-46 millim.
Five specimens, including both sexes, from Ta-chien-lu,
Moupin, and Omei-shan: July.
Hab. Western China.
In one female from Ta-chien-lu (the only specimen from
that locality) the apical markings are browner.
Phyllabraxas similaria, sp. n.
Primaries sordid whitish, freckled with blackish and
marked with reddish brown as follows:—a small patch at
the base ; a straight narrow subbasal fascia, commencing as
a spot on costa; an outwardly diffuse central fascia, broadest
449 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
on costa, and enclosing a patch of the ground-colour at each
end; a rather quadrate patch on costa before apex and a
similar one on outer margin below apex, united at opposed
angles; from the inner edge of the lower patch a straight
narrow fascia descends to inner angle, but is only clearly
defined below the second median nervule ; discal spot black.
Secondaries white, freckled with pale grey; discal spot
blackish ; central and submarginal fascie, the former hardly
darker than the freckling, the latter represented by a blackish
spot on costa, another about the middle, and a short blackish
bar above anal angle. Fringes pale grey-brown, preceded on
primaries by a row of black dots, becoming lunular towards
inner angle, and on secondaries by a thin brownish line.
Under surface: primaries fuscous grey, tinged with ochreous
on costa, markings of upperside faintly reproduced ; second-
aries whitish, with the markings as above, but the central
fascia is rather darker and the submarginal less distinctly
indicated.
Expanse 40-42 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Omei-
shan: July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to P. curvaria, but it differs in size and colour and
also in the form of the fascia.
Phyllabraxas exsoletaria, sp. n.
Primaries whitish grey, speckled with black and suffused
with smoky grey at the base of the wing and on outer mar-
ginal area ; central fascia broad, slightly olivaceous, its inner
edge black and undulated and its outer edge black and
obtusely angled below costa; before the black discal spot
there is a short black line from the costa, this is connected
by a blackish suffusion with the external edge of fascia, thus
forming a more or less quadrate patch on the outer costal
portion of the fascia; the short line referred to has a dusk
continuation to the inner margin, but it is not clearly defined ;
beyond the angle of fascia there are some black dots, and
some other dots are placed towards inner margin and parallel
with edge of fascia; submarginal line whitish, interrupted,
Secondaries rather smoky white, with a black discal spot and
indications of a central line, Fringes grey, preceded on the
primaries by black dots between the nervules. Under surface
smoky grey ; basal area of primaries limited by a pale undu-
lated and exteriorly diffuse band; secondaries greyish,
speckled with darker; discal spot black; there is another
Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 443
black spot about centre of the wing and blackish suffusion
along abdominal margin.
Expanse 45 millim.
Three male specimens from Pu isu-fong, June and July.
Var. divisaria.
The primaries are suffused with brownish; the central
fascia is divided transversely into two parts, the outer being
dark brown and the inner paler brown. Secondaries whitish,
with discal spot and dusky central line which swells out into
a spot about the middle and towards each extremity.
Expanse 43-48 millim.
Two male specimens from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Phyllabraxas conspicuaria, sp. n.
Primaries white, with olivaceous markings; basal patch
pale olive-brown ; central fascia clouded with darker olive-
brown, enclosing white discal spot and limited outwardly by
an oblique series of black dots; the inner edge is slightly
curved below costa; outer marginal area clouded and suffused
with dark olive-brown, limited inwardly by a pale olive-
brown band and enclosing two diffuse white spots. Second-
aries white, freckled with greyish ; incomplete central band,
discal spot, and shade between the latter and abdominal
margin darker grey. Fringes grey and whitish, preceded by
an interrupted blackish line. Under surface: primaries have
the basal two thirds dusky, limited by a series of darker dots
and enclosing a white discal spot; outer area dusky, with a
whitish spot at apex and another about the middle: second-
aries are whitish, freckled with grey-brown; central band
blackish, macular; discal spot, a small cloud on abdominal
margin, and three spots on cesta also blackish.
Expanse 39 millim.
Three male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus ABRAXAS,
(Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 297 (1895).)
Abraxas evanescens.
Callabraxas evanescens, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1881, p. 420.
A fine series from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
My native collector took the species at Hakodate in August.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
444 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Abraxas placida.
Abrazas placida, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 441 (1878);
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 48, pl. liii. fig. 1 (1875).
Callabruxas propinqua, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 420.
A few specimens from Oiwake, Nikko, and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. J captured several examples at Hakodate
in August.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Placida, Butl., appears to be an aberrant form of propinqua,
Butl., but as it was the first to receive a name, it must stand
as the type of the species, and propingua, which is really the
normal form, must rank as a variety. ‘This is certainly
unfortunate, but is not by any means a singular case.
Abraxas Whitelyt.
Abravas Whitelyi, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52, pl. xxxvii. fig. 4
(1878).
A nice series from Oiwake, Yesso, and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection.
I captured specimens at Gensan in June, and my native
collector at Hakodate in June or July. I have also received
two specimens from Mr, Manley, of Yokohama.
There is a good deal of variation in the size of the black
markings. In some of the specimens, including all the
examples from Oiwake, the large spots on costa and inner
margin, representing the central band, are not intersected by
the ground-colour as in the type. These specimens have
also distinct macular submarginal and marginal bands on all
the wings.
Distribution. Amur (Greser) ; Corea; Japan; Yesso.
Abraxas languidata.
Abraxas languidata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1122 (1862),
Callabraxas languidata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 518
(1895).
Four specimens from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured a specimen at Shimonoseki in July, and have
received two examples from Omei-sban, also taken in July.
Distribution. Japan and Western China.
Abraxas martaria.
Abraxas martaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 205 (1857) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, iii. p. 300 (1895).
I took a specimen at Foochou in April, and have received
. re . my . °
the species from Kiukiang, ‘’a-chien-lu, and Moupin: June.
———
from China, Japan, and Corea. 445
This species may be distinguished from all the forms of
A. sylvata by its larger size, more intense dark markings, and
by the almost uninterrupted dark costal border.
Hampson considers A. pusilla, Butl., to be a small form of
A. martaria, Guen., and the latter as possibly an extreme
form of A. sylvata.
Distribution. Nepal; Sikhim; Bhutén ; Assam (Hamp-
son) ; Eastern, Western, and Central China.
Abraxas sylvata.
Phalena sylvata, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 220 (1763).
Zerene leopardina, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 490.
Abraxas sylvata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 299 (1895).
Abraxas miranda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 441 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 48, pl. lii. fig. 12 (1879).
Abraxas suffusa, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 417 (1894).
Abrazas latifasciata, Warr, 1. c. p. 419.
Abraxas fulvobasalis, Warr. l. ¢.
Abraxas suspecta, Wary. 1. c.
Abraxas deminuta, Warr. 1. c.
Abraxas degener, Warr. 1. c.
This species appears to vary in Eastern Asia to even a
greater extent than in Europe. I have specimens from
various localities in Japan and from all the localities visited
by my collectors in Central and Western China. Among
these are examples agreeing more or less exactly with the
forms named above, together with others that are intermediate
between such forms and the more typical specimens. The
largest individual in the series measures 60 millim. in expanse
and the smallest 31 millim.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Corea; Central
and Western China.
Abraxas concinna.
Abraxas concinna, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 421 (1894).
Described from Thibet. My collectors did not meet with
this species.
Abraxas grossulariata.
Phal. Geometra grossulariata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 525.
Abravas conspurcata, Butl. Ul. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 48, pl. lii. fig. 11
(1879).
Abraxas flavisinuata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 420 (1894).
There were four examples of the conspurcata form from
Oiwake and two of the flavistnuata form from Fujisan in
Pryer’s collection.
In the form conspurcata the markings on secondaries are
446 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
certainly more decided than in any European specimen of
grossulariata that I have seen, but the pattern is only a com-
plete development of markings seen more or less clearly
indicated in the majority of European grossulariata. Neither
of the Japanese forms of this species diverge so widely from
the type as do certain varieties of the species known to British
entomologists.
I have received a nice series from Chang-yang, taken in
July. In these specimens the markings on primaries are
somewhat similar to those of A. picaria, Moore, but the
markings on secondaries are much the same as in typical
A, grossulariata, though not so pronounced—fuscous instead of
black on all the wings. ‘The yellow markings are in all
cases less distinct, and in several specimens entirely obsolete.
] propose the name sinicaria for this form.
Distribution. Europe; Siberia; Amur; Japan; Central
China.
Abraxas picaria.
Abraxas picaria, Moore, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 652.
Appears to be a common species in Western China, occur-
ring in July and August.
Specimens of the typical form exhibit considerable modifi-
cation in the amount of black on primaries ; in some examples
this colour largely predominates. In addition to what may
be regarded as ordinary aberration, there are three forms of
the species from Western China, each of which appears to be
worthy of a distinctive name.
Var. tortuosaria, nov.
In this form the only prominent markings on the primaries
are the costal portions of subbasal line, the discal spot, the
sinuous and deeply angled transverse line beyond the middle,
and a series of spots on outer margin; the secondaries are
only sparsely dotted with fuscous on basal area, but the other
markings are much as in the type.
Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Moupin: July.
Var. grisearia, nov.
Primaries whitish, heavily clouded and spotted with grey ;
the base is yellow, edged with black ; discal spot black, with
a black cloud-like spot before it on the costa, from the last
there is sometimes a blackish shade extending to inner
margin; submarginal band blackish, mixed with yellow,
elbowed just above the middle. Secondaries whitish, spotted
= ~~.
From China, Japan, and Corea. A47
with blackish, especially on abdominal area, which is tinged
with yellowish ; discal spot blackish ; a yellow band dotted
or edged with black extends from just above anal angle to a
little beyond third median nervule. Fringes grey on
primaries, whitish on secondaries, preceded on each wing by
a row of black spots. Under surface similar to the upper-
side, but the transverse markings are not distinct on primaries
and there is a black spot on the middle of the costa of
secondaries.
Expanse 44-46 millim.
Nine male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Var. nebularia, nov.
Primaries whitish, mottled and clouded with smoky brown ;
discal spot blackish, placed in the lower end of a cloud on
costal area; basal area marked with yellow; beyond the
middle of the wing there is a yellow irregular line, but this
is not clearly defined. Secondaries whitish, sprinkled with
brownish ; there is a small cloud-like spot on the middle of
the abdominal margin, and a short dash of yellow, bordered
on each side by brownish spots, above anal angle; central
spot blackish. Fringes brownish, marked with whitish at
ends of the nervules. Under surface similar to above, but
the yellow markings of primaries are absent and there are
some yellow hairs at the base of secondaries.
Expanse 44-54 millim.
T have a long and rather variable series of this form, the
specimens comprised therein being from Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-
fong, Ni-tou, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, and Chia-ting-fu : July.
Distribution. Kumaun; Sikhim (Hampson) ; Western
China.
Abraxas punctisignaria, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 13.)
Primaries pale yellowish buff, marked with yellow at the
base of costa and sparingly spotted with black; the most
conspicuous of these spots are three or four on basal portion
of costa and a transverse series beyond the middle of the
wing, the spots forming the lower portion of the series are
rather larger than the others and are placed on a yellow
abbreviated band from the inner margin. Secondaries paler
than primaries, but more liberally spotted with black, the
central series followed on abdominal margin by a yellow
atch; all the wings have a black discal spot. Fringes pale
yellowish buff. Under surface similar in colour to that of
the upperside of the secondaries; black markings as above,
448 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
but there is no trace of yellow. Body yellow, marked with
black on the back and sides.
Expanse 40 millim.
Two male specimens: one from Moupin, July, and one
from the summit of Omei-shan, August.
Hab. Western China.
Abraxas flavobasalis, sp. n.
Male.—Creamy white; basal area of primaries yellow,
spotted with black and limited by a black macular line
elbowed at costa; some blackish spots beyond the discal spot
form fairly regular central and submarginal series, the latter
outwardly bordered towards the inner margin with yellow;
marginal series much interrupted and not well defined.
Secondaries have a blackish spot at the base and some other
spots of the same colour arranged in three transverse series,
the middle series bordered with yellow towards anal angle.
Under surface whitish, spots as above, but no yellow markings.
Body yellowish, marked on the sides of abdomen with black
and also on the dorsal surface of the seventh, eighth, and
ninth segments.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the ground-colour is
rather whiter.
Expanse, d 36, 2 39 millim.
One example of each sex from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
Abraxas punctaria, sp. n.
Female.— Yellowish buff. Basal area of primaries yellow,
dotted with black and limited by three black dots, one on the
median and submedian nervures respectively and one between
the costa and subcostal nervure; beyond the discal spot there
are four transverse series of black dots, with a short yellow
band between the second and third, starting from inner
margin. Secondaries have four transverse series of black
dots, with a yellow abbreviated band between the second and
third, as on primaries ; immediately preceding the innermost
of these series there are some diffuse dots above the abdo-
minal margin. Under surface whiter than above ; transverse
series of dots hardly so distinct ; no yellow markings. Head
and thorax yellow, dotted with black ; abdomen pale yellowish,
with a black dot on the back and side of each segment except
the terminal one and that next the thorax.
Expanse 32 millim.
One female specimen from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 449
Abrawas reticularia, sp. n.
Primaries white, sparingly dotted with brownish; traversed
by two diffuse blackish-brown transverse bands and a diffuse
longitudinal band of the same colour ; the outer of the trans-
verse bands is bifurcate on the costa and expands on the
inner margin, sometimes it is intersected by a thin whitish
line; above the black discal spot there is a blackish cloud,
from which a spur descends to longitudinal band. Second-
aries white, speckled with brownish and exhibiting traces of
a brownish central band; discal spot blackish. Fringes
white, more or less chequered with brownish. Under surface
similar to the upper. Body yellow, marked with black.
Expanse 40-44 millim.
Five male specimens and one female from Ta-chien-lu,
Omei-shan, Ni-tou, and Che-tou: July.
Hab. Western China.
Abraxas curvilinearia, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 12.)
White. Primaries sparingly freckled with greyish brown ;
basal patch dark ochreous, bordered with brown; discal spot
brown, surmounted by a brownish cloud on costa; there is a
transverse curved and recurved brown band beyond the middle,
expanding towards inner margin. Secondaries have a series
of five brownish spots, terminating in a brownish bar, out-
wardly bordered with yellow, on abdominal margin. Under
surtace : colour as above, markings faintly reproduced.
Expanse, d 44, 2 46 millim.
One example of each sex from Chia-ting-fu, July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus Liapra.
(Guen. Phal. ii. p. 209 (1857).)
Ligdia japonaria, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 1.)
White. Basal area of primaries smoky brown, spotted
with black and limited by a curved series of black spots ;
above the anal angle there is a smoky-brown patch, inter-
sected by the median nervules and connected by a narrow
blackish band with a blackish blotch on the costa; discal
spot blackish, with a spot above it on the costa and one below
it on inner margin, and there are some spots and clouds of
the same colour on the outer marginal area. Secondaries
have a blackish central spot and broad transverse band, and
there are some marks of the same colour on abdominal margin
450 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
and also on the outer margin. Fringes greyish white,
marked with darker on primaries. Under surface similar to
above, but the basal area of primaries is clouded with blackish
and all the markings are of the same colour.
Expanse, ¢ 28, ? 31 millim.
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake.
Hab. Japan.
Allied to Oe adustata, Schiff.
Ligdia ciliaria, sp. n.
White. Primaries have a blackish basal patch and border
on outer margin, the latter is broadly interrupted in the
middle; discal spot black. Secondaries have a black discal
spot and the outer margin is bordered as on primaries ; there
is a blackish cloud on the middle of the abdominal margin;
all the dark patches are suffused with golden brown. Fringes
golden brown, marked with a rather darker shade. Under-
side similar to above, but the borders are not quite so broad.
Expanse 28 millim.
One female specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Also allied to Z. adustata, Schiff.
Genus LoMASPILIs.
(Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 316.)
Lomaspilis marginata.
Pha. Geometra marginata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 527; Clerck, Icon,
]. ii. fig. 5
ae marginata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 116.
Lomaspilis opis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 442 (1878) ;
Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 49, pl. “Vii. fig. 3 (1879).
There were several specimens from Oiwake, Nikko, and
Yesso in Pryer’s collection. I have also received the species
from Chang-yang, June.
Most of the Japanese examples of LZ. marginata in my
series are referable to the form which Butler has named opis,
but some are very typical.
Greer also records var. opts from Amurland (Berl. ent.
Zeit. 1888, p. 391).
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Central
China.
——
from China, Japan, and Corea. 451
Genus METABRAXAS.
(Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1881, p. 419.)
Metabrazas clerica.
Metabravas clerica, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 419.
Metabrazas clerica, var, inconfusa, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 415
(1894).
There were a few specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection.
I captured several examples at Hakodate in August, and
have received one female from Chang-yang, where it was
taken in July. Butler’s type was from Tokio.
The black spots are variable in size and degree of con-
fluency ; in var. inconfusa, Warr., they are well separated.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Central China.
Metabraxas luridaria, sp. n.
White. Basal area of primaries leaden grey, marked with
ochreous ; costa broadly marked with leaden grey; central
fascia, submarginal and marginal bands also leaden grey, the
first two macular, the second united with the third on apical
area and also towards inner margin. Secondaries have the
following leaden-grey markings :—a spot on median nervure,
with one between it and a spot on abdominal margin ; a central
fascia, the middle portion of which is broken up into twin
spots; a macular submarginal and a marginal band united
as on primaries. Fringes grey. Under surface as above,
but the base of the primaries is not marked with ochreous.
Antenne of the male ciliated. Head brownish grey, face
whitish. Thorax light brown, marked with darker. Abdo-
men grey, with two black spots on each segment above.
Legs grey.
Expanse 54 millim.
One male example from Moupin, July.
Hab. Western China.
In general appearance this species greatly resembles J, rufo-
notaria, but the antenne of the male are different in structure
and the arrangement of the markings, although very similar,
is not identical.
Metabraxas rufonotaria, sp. n.
White, with leaden-grey and brownish markings. On the
primaries the leaden-grey markings comprise a basal patch
and a streak along the costa, a broad central fascia interrupted
452 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
just above the middle; a submarginal band, also interrupted
above the middle, and only separated from the marginal band
by a transverse row of spots of the ground-eolour; between
the basal patch and central fascia there is a short interrupted
dash from the costa; the brownish marks are placed on the
basal patch and costal portion of short dash beyond and aiso
on the costal and inner marginal portions of the central fascia.
Secondaries have a blackish discal spot and a smaller spot on
the first fork of median nervure; the leaden-grey central
fascia is interrupted about the middle and sometimes before
inner margin; marginal and submarginal bands as on
primaries, but the latter is not marked with brown. Fringes
dark grey in the male, paler in the female. Under surface as
above, but there are no brownish markings on primaries.
Antenne of the male bipectinated. Head greyish, face
brownish. Thorax grey, marked with brown. Abdomen
yellow, with two black spots on each segment above. Legs
yellow, tarsi marked with black.
Expanse, ¢ 54, 2 56 millim.
Four specimens (three males and one female) from Omei-
shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Metabraxas incompositaria, sp. n.
Male.—W hite, spotted and marked with dingy grey. On
the primaries these markings represent a basal patch and
central fascia, with a short band between them from costa to
discal spot, and a broad band on outer marginal area, the last
is composed of smaller spots. Secondaries have an interrupted
central band, a discal spot, and some smaller spots between
it and the base of the wing; some scattered spots on outer
marginal area. Fringes grey, narrowly interrupted with
white on the secondaries and towards the inner angle of
primaries. Under surface: markings as above, but blacker.
Antenne of the male bipectinated. Head and thorax yellow,
spotted with black, face blackish, Abdomen yellowish.
Legs grey, marked with blackish,
Female.—Similar to the male, but the spots on basal and
inner marginal areas are smaller and those on outer marginal
area fewer in number, especially on the secondaries.
Expanse 62 millim.
Seven male specimens and one female from Chang-yang,
June.
Hab. Central China.
from China, Japan, and Corea, 453
Metabrazxas molossarta.
Abraxas molossaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 32, pl. ili. fig. 10
(1884).
This species is described by Oberthiir from Tong-Tchéou
(province of Kwei-chow). My collectors did not meet with
it in any part of China that they visited.
Oberthiir states that this is a variable species and that he
has received a melanic form of it from Northern India.
Hab. Western China.
Metabraxas (?) nigromarginaria, sp. n.
White, with broad fuliginous borders to all the wings;
these borders are preceded by a series of spots of the same
colour; on the primaries there are, in addition, a broad fuli-
ginous streak along the costal portion of the basal third of
the wing and some yellow markings at the extreme base;
discal spot black, with a short interrupted band beyond; the
apical portion of the marginal border of primaries is very
broad and encloses some spots of the ground-colour; the
inner marginal area of these wings is rather thickly spotted
with fuliginous. Secondaries have a few dark spots at their
base. Fringes of primaries fuliginous, slightly marked with
white; of secondaries white, chequered with fuliginous.
Under surface as above. Antenne bipectinated nearly to the
tip. Body black, marked with yellow.
Expanse 54 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus DILOPHODES,
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 416 (1894).)
Dilophodes elegans.
Abraxas elegans, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. xxxvii. fig. 6
(1878).
Dilophodes elegans, Warren, Novit. Zool. 1. p. 416 (1894); Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 805 (1895).
Several specimens from Ohoyama, Nikko, and Gifu in
Pryer’s collection.
I captured the species in Satsuma in May, and Mr. Smith
at Hakone in August. One male specimen was obtained by
my collectors in the province of Kwei-chow, a female example
at Omei-shan, and several specimens at Chang-yang: July.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 32
454 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
The black markings of the Japanese specimens are larger
and more confluent than in Chinese examples.
Distribution. Japan; Western and Central China. Khasis
(Hampson).
Dilophodes conspicuaria, sp. n.
White, marked with black. Primaries spotted on basal
area; central fascia interrupted, broadest on costa; outer
marginal area banded with black; this band, which is
narrowest in the middle, is intersected with white or whitish
along the neuration and traversed by a white line; between
the central fascia and marginal band is a spot on costa, some-
times united with the former. Secondaries have a spot at
the base and one between it and the discal spot; there is
also a spot on the middle of abdominal margin; outer mar-
ginal area as on primaries. Fringes of primaries black,
tending to grey towards the inner angle ; those of secondaries
are pale grey. Under surface similar to the upperside, but
there is a broad black dash along the costa of secondaries
extending {rom basal spot to outer marginal band. Head
and thorax ochreous, the latter spotted above with black and
the patagia marked with whitish; abdomen white, dorsally
marked with black, and the terminal segment with a tuft of
long silky grey hairs.
Expanse ¢ 58-64, 2 52-60 millim.
There were two male specimens and four females from Gifu
in Pryer’s collection. I have also received two males from
Central China, where they were captured at a place thirty
miles north-west of Ichang in July; in one of these the line
traversing the outer marginal border is obsolete.
Distribution, Japan ; Central China.
Genus PEeRCNIA.
(Guen. Phal. ii. p. 216 (1857).)
Perenia foraria,
Perenia foraria, Guen, Phal. ii. p. 217 (1857); Leech, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 146; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii,
p. 807 (1895),
Xenoplia foraria, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 415 (1894).
There were a few specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection.
I received the species from Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-
shan, and the province of Kwei-chow: June and July,
Distribution. Dharmsidla; Simla; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Japan; Central and Western China.
Oe
from China, Japan, and Corea. 45:
Percnia belluaria.
Perenia belluaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p.217 (1857).
Perenia guttata, Feld. Reis. Nov. v. pl. cxxx. fig. 15, ¢ (1874).
Perenia belluaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 308 (1895).
Three specimens from Chang-yang, one from Wa-shan,
four from Pu-tsu-fong, and one from Omei-shan: June and
July. I took this species in September in Southern Kashmir
and I have received it from Kulu.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis (Hampson) ; Kulu; Kash-
mir; Central and Western China.
Percnia grisearia, sp. n.
Male.—Whitish. Primaries tinged with cinnamon-grey
at the base and clouded with blackish on basal half; all the
wings are traversed by series of black dots arranged as in
P. fumidaria, but the bands are blackish grey and considerably
interrupted, especially on the lower portion of outer margin of
primaries and on the secondaries. Fringes whitish grey,
becoming darker towards apex of primaries. Under surface
of primaries much clouded with blackish grey, that of second-
aries very similar to upperside, but the markings are rather
paler. Thorax and abdomen cinnamon-grey, spotted with
black.
Female.—Winegs rather more ample; outer margin of
primaries rounder. The blackish-grey central band of
primaries is much broken up and the bands on secondaries
are almost obsolete; the under surface of primaries is free
from blackish-grey clouding except on basal portion of costa
and on apical area of primaries.
Expanse, g 58, ? 60 millim.
Ten specimens (seven males, three females) from Kiu-
kiang, Ichang, Chang-yang, Kwei-chow, and Chia-ting-fu.
Hab. Central and Western China.
This species and also P. fumidaria are allied to P. belluaria,
Guen.
Percnia fumidaria, sp. 0.
Male.—Whitish. Primaries suffused with pinky grey on
the basal half and traversed by five rows of black dots, those
of central and two inner series placed on the neuration and
those of outer series placed between the nervules; the central
series is followed by a broad band of pinky grey and the
space between the two outer series is grey, with the exception
of some bars of the ground-colour between the opposed dots ;
5]
12-)%
=
456 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
the discal spot is black and there are two black dots at the
base of wing. On the secondaries the arrangement of black
dots and pink-grey bands corresponds with taat on primaries,
except that there are only two black dots and the discal spot
between the central series and the base of the wing. Fringes
pinky grey. Under surface whitish ; discal spot on all the
wings black, larger than above and followed by a transverse
series of short black dashes on the nervules ; two outer series
of dots as on upperside, but those of primaries obscured by
a band of grey.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the wings are rather
more ample, and the outer margin of primaries rounder; the
pinky-grey suffusion is more restricted to basal area.
Expanse, ¢ 46, ¢ 52 millim.
Several examples of each sex from Chang-yang and Ichang
and a pair from Chia-ting-fu: July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Percnia giraffuta.
Abraxas giraffata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 205 (1857).
Rhyparia grandaria, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. 1862, p. 39; Reise Nov.
pl. cxxix. fig. 28 (1874).
Perenia giraffata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 8309 (1895).
Two specimens from Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. Three
specimens from Chang-yang, one from Wa-shan, two from
Omei-shan, one from Moupin, and one from the province of
Kwei-chow: June.
Distribution. Sikhim and Burma (Hampson); Japan;
Central and Western China.
Percnia exanthemata.
Culcula exanthemata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 266 (1887).
Percnia exanthemata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 308
(1895).
Buzura abraxata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 143, pl. ix.
fig. 14, Q.
I received specimens of this species from Kiukiang, Moupin,
and Omei-shan, all taken in July.
The males range from 64-72 millim. in expanse and the
females from 74-90 millim.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdésis (Hampson) ; Central and
Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 457
Genus OBEIDIA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1139 (1862).)
Obeidia vagipardata.
Oberdia vagipardata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1139 (1862).
Common at Chang-yang, Kiukiang, and in all the localities
visited by my collectors: June and July.
There is considerable variation in the size of the black
spots ; those on the secondaries are often confluent and form
more or less complete bands. In one male specimen from
the province of Kwei-chow the secondaries are almost entirely
blackish and the outer and inner marginal areas of primaries
are broadly marked with the same colour.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Obeidia rongaria.
Rhyparia rongaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 35, pl. ii. fig. 22
(1893).
Described by Oberthiir from a specimen received by him
from ‘l’sé-kou.
Hab. Western China.
Obeidia tdaria.
Rhyparia idaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 35, pl. v. fig. 73
(1893).
Oberthiir’s type was from T'sé-kou.
Hab. Western China.
Obeidia tigrata.
Abravas tigrata, Guen. Phal. ii, p. 202 (1857).
Obeidia tigrata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 309, fig.
(1895).
Rhyparia leopardaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vi. p. 17, pl. ix. fig. 6
(1881).
A large number of specimens were received from Moupin,
Omei-shan, Chia-ting- fu, Kiukiang, and Ohang-yang: June
and July. I captured the species at Gensan in July.
‘This species varies in expanse, in the tone of the yellow
coloration, and also in the size of the black spots; in some
specimens the spots on secondaries are confluent and form
bands.
Leopardaria, Oberth., is certainly a form of this species ;
458 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
I have a specimen from Moupin which is almost exactly
identical with Oberthiir’s figure.
Distribution. Sikhin ; Nigas; Penang (Lampson) ; Corea ;
Central and Western Guin
Obeidia gigantearia, sp. n.
Male.—Yellow, central area of all the wings white ; basal,
costal, and marginal areas heavily spotted with black. All
the wings have a black irregular fascia and a diffuse submar-
ginal band: there is also a more or less complete subbasal
band on the secondaries. Fringes yellow, chequered with
black. Under surface as above.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the central fascia and
submarginal band on all the wings are broken up into spots,
as also is the subbasal band on secondaries.
Expanse 56-92 millim.
A large number of specimens from the province of Kwei-
chow and from Omei-shan and Moupin, also one example
from Chang-yang: June and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Obeidia conspurcata, sp. n.
Male.—Yellow, central area of all the wings white ; basal,
costal, and marginal areas spotted with blackish; all the
wings have a broad central fascia and an ill-defined submar-
ginal band, the former composed of large blackish spots and
the latter of smaller spots. Fringes yellow, chequered with
blackish. Under surtace as above.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the wings are rather
more ample and the spots forming the central fascia are
smaller and more scattered.
Expanse 70-72 millim.
A long series from Chang-yang, also several specimens
from Omei -shan, Moupin, and Kwei-chow: July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
‘Lhis species is very like O. gigantearia, but it is smaller
and the maculation is not so black or so heavy, and the bands
are never so well detined.
Obeidia (?) Largeteaut.
Rhyparia Largeteawi, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 82, pl. i. fig. 5
(1884).
Appears to be common at Ichang, Chang-yang, and Omei-
shan. I also received one specimen from Chia-ting-fu: June
and July.
Hab. Centra! and Western China.
ot >
from China, Japan, and Corea. 459
Oberdia (?) aurantiaca.
Halthia aurantiaca, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 56, pl. iii. fig. 2, 3
(1892),
Alphéraky records a male specimen from the river Hei-hd,
in the province of Kan-Sou: July.
Genus VITHORA.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 818 (1855).)
Vithora stratonice.
Phalena stratonice, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 254, pl. ecexcviil. fig. K.
Cystidia stratonice, Hiibn. Verz. Schm. p. 174 (1800).
Vithora agrionides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xv. p. 187 (1875) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. pt ii. p. 3, pl. xxii. fig. 3 (1878).
Vithora stratonice, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 614.
Cistidia stratonice, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 116.
I met with this species at many places in Japan during
the months of May, June, and July; at Gensan in June ;
and I have received two specimens from Kiukiang.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Central China.
Vithora indrasana.
Vithora indrasana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 795, pl. xlii.
fig. 5.
Halthia nigripars, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 16, pl. i.
fig. 1
Vithora indrasana, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 311 (1895).
I have a long series of this species from Moupin and Omei-
shan, captured in July.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Khdsis (Hampson) ; Western China.
‘The specimens agree better with the form nigripars from
Khadsis than with Sikhim specimens. The central white
markings on secondaries, however, are smaller, especially the
dash in cell, which is represented by a patch in the cell and a
small spot just outside.
Vithora couaggaria.
Abraxas couaggaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 202 (1857).
Halthia eurypyle, Mén, Bull. de Acad, Pét. xvii. p. 217 ; Schr. Amur-
Reise, p. 47, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1859).
Halthia eurymede, Motsch. Etud. d’Ent. 1860, v. 30.
Cistidia couaggaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 116.
Abravas interruptaria, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon, 1862, p. 39; Reise der
Nov. pl. cxxix. tig. 29; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 145.
Abraxas lithostaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1125 (1862).
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection, and I
460 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
captured some fine examples at Nagahama and Gensan in
July. I have also received the species from several Chinese
localities. ‘.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Amur; Central and Western
China. ]
The very extensive series that; I have retained comprises
all the intergrades between a specimen which is white in
ground-colour, with narrow black bands, and one which is
black in colour, with three small white spots on the basal
area and two spots, rather larger, on the outer third of
primaries. The secondaries of this specimen are black, with
two white bands.
Genus NEOLYTHRIA.
(Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 72 (1892).
Pp P Pp
Neolythria djrouchiaria.
Abraxas djrouchiaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 34, pl. iii. fig. 37
(1893).
I received a number of specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Moupin,
and Che-tou. In some of these the black transverse band of
primaries is not intersected by a yellow line.
Var. montana, nov. (PI. VII. fig. 11.)
Smaller than the type ; the transverse band of primaries is
broader, the black spots on outer margin of each wing are
united and form a marginal band, the secondaries have a
distinct macular submarginal band.
A long series was taken on the summit of Mount Omei in
August.
In one female example of this form the ground of primaries
is yellowish, and the secondaries are tinged with the same
colour.
Hab. Western China.
Neolythria abraxaria.
Metey abraxaria, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 72, pl. iii. figs. 8 a, }
This species was first discovered in the province of
Szechuen. ‘I'he specimens I have received from Western
China do not agree with the type; I therefore describe them
as var. confinaria, nov.
In this form the white submarginal band on primaries is
much narrower and its edges are serrated; the lower discal
streak is shorter, and there is sometimes a small triangular
a
from China, Japan, and Corea. 461
spot between this and the upper streak ; on the secondaries
the marginal black spots are larger.
Three specimens from Che-tou and two from Ta-chien-lu,
July.
Hab. Western China.
Neolythria tandjrinaria.
Abravas tandjrinaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 34, pl. ii. fig. 23
(1893).
Occurs not uncommonly at Chin-kou-ho, Wa-shan, Huang-
mu-chang, and Chang-yang: June and July.
Among the specimens from Chin-kou-ho was an example
of the female, and as this sex has not been previously
described, I append a short description.
Female.—Yellow band, together with the black internal
border, on outer margin of primaries much narrower than in
the male ; the inner row of spots only represented by two or
three on the costal portion. On the secondaries the spots of
the inner row on outer margin are linear and almost touching
the outer ones.
Hab, Western and Central China.
Neolythria consimilaria, sp. n.
Similar to A. tandjrinaria, Oberth., but the black border of
the yellow band on outer margin of primaries, which is rather
fulvous in tint, is deeply indented on costal area; the black
spots forming the inner series are larger, especially the costal
one and that below it; the two rows of black spots on outer
margin of secondaries are wider apart; all the wings have a
distinct black discal spot.
Expanse 30-32 millim.
Several specimens (all males) from Wa-ssu-kow ; examples
have also been received from a-chien-lu and Pu-tsu-fong :
June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Neolythria Oberthiirt, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 6.)
Also similar to A. tandjrinaria, Oberth., but the outer
marginal band of primaries is not tapered, but of almost
uniform width from costa to inner margin; the inner row of
black spots is free and does not unite with the black bordering
line at any point. On the secondaries the marginal series of
black spots are even wider apart than in A. consimilaria, and
there is a black dot on each nervule before the inner series ;
462 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China ke.
the black discal spot of primaries is linear and slightly curved,
that on secondaries, when present, is punctiform.
Expanse, ¢ 36, ¢ 38 millim.
Seven male specimens and three females from Moupin and
Hiuang-mu-chang: July and August. :
flab. Western China.
Neolythria nubiferaria, sp. n.
White, slightly tinged with smoky, venation blackish.
Primaries: costa blackish, most broadly so near the white
transverse line, which precedes a deep blackish border on
outer margin; discal spot black. Secondaries have a small
black discal spot. Fringes whitish, preceded by a series of
blackish lunules. Under surface similar to above.
Expanse, g 26, 9 28 millim.
One example of each sex from How-kow.
Hab. Thibet.
Genus XANTHABRAXAS.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 422 (1894).)
Xanthabraxas hemionata.
Abravas hemionata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 208 (1857).
Xanthabravas hemionata, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 422 (1894).
I received four specimens from Chang-yang, one from Kiu-
kiang, and five from Moupin: July.
Hab, Central aud Western China.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE VI.
Fig. 1. Heterocallia truncaria, sp. n., p. 212.
Lig. 2. Urapteryx subpunctaria, Leech, p. 192.
Teg. 3. —— similaria, sp. n., p. 192.
Ig. 4. Anonychia preditaria, sp, n., p. 226.
hig. 5, Nylescia biangularia, sp. n., p. 210.
Lig. 6. Oberthiiria nigromacularia, sp. 0., p. 189.
Fig. 7. ——flavomarginaria, sp. n., p. 188.
fig. 8. LHeterolocha quadraria, sp. n., p. 231.
fig. 9. Rumia trimacularia, sp. n., p. 298.
Fiy. 10. Krananda lucidaria, sp. n., p. 305.
Fig. 11. Psychostrophia picaria, sp. n., p. 189,
Fig. 12. Venilia flavaria, sp. n., p. 233.
Fig. 13. Myrteta sinensaria, sp.n., p. 194,
Fig. 14, Macaria elongaria, sp. n., p. 308.
Lig. 15. Pericallia marmorataria, sp. 0., p. 207.
On new Muride from Central and West Africa, 468
PuaTeE VII.
Fig. 1. Ligdia japonica, Leech, p. 449.
Fig. 2. Boarmia venustaria, Leech, p. 414.
Fig. 3. Phyllabravas curvaria, sp. n., p. 441.
Fig. 4. Boarmia decolvraria, sp. n., p. 424.
Tiga 8. Sumosaria, Leech, p. 417.
Fig. 6. Neolythria Oberthiirr, sp. n., p. 461.
Fig. 7. Selena adustaria, Leech, p. 205.
Fig. 8. Biston emarginaria, sp. n., p. 522.
Fig. 9. Hemerophila conjunctaria, sp. n., p. 431.
Fig. 10. Arichanna albomacularia, Leech, p. 436.
Fig. 11. Neolythria djrouchiaria, Oberth., var. montana, nov., p. 460.
Fig. 12. Abraxas curvilinearia, sp. n., p. 449.
Fig. 13. punctisignaria, sp. n., p. 447.
Fig. 14. Boarmia basifuscaria, Leech, p. 416.
Fig. 16. - ornataria, Leech, p. 417.
XLIV.—Descriptions of Two new Muride from Central
and West Africa. By W. E. De WInTOoN.
THE examination of some specimens of West-African Muride
lately acquired by the British Museum and kindly entrusted
to me for determination by Mr. Oldfield Thomas shows the
necessity for descriptions being drawn out and names given
to two forms. One I propose to name Jus sebastianus, the
peculiarity of the fur suggesting arrows sticking in its skin.
‘The other I name Malacomys centralis ; the examples of this
species were collected and presented to the British Museum
by Dr. Emin Pasha ten years ago, and referred to by
Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 11) as Il. longipes, but have
until now never been compared with specimens of J. longipes,
M.-Edw. The Museum has since acquired several specimens
of this West- African form.
Mus sebastianus, sp. n
Size rather smaller than JM. rattus: whole of the upper
parts dull coffee-brown, fur soft and rather woolly, inter-
spersed with long shining lance-shaped darker hairs; beneath
greyish white, not sharply separated from the colour of the
upper parts ; feet and hands covered with fine short adpressed
brown hairs; nails pale horn-colour, small on the fore feet,
those on the hind feet much larger and stronger, curved, but
not very sharp; front part of the face and nose thickly
haired ; whiskers all black-brown, long, reaching well beyond
ears ; in the alcoholic specimens the ear laid forward just
reaches to postcanthus of the eye; tail very long, unicoloured
dark slate, smooth and practically naked.
464 Mr. W. E. de Winton on Two new
The general colour of this mouse seems to come between
“vandyke” and “burnt umber” of Ridgway. The long
shining hairs are very conspicuous, as they are fully twice
the length of the rest of the coat and wave with their own
weight as the specimen is turned about in the hand 3. a closer
examination shows that these Hairs are of very peculiar
shape, being exceedingly fine for more than half their length,
then increasing several diameters and ending in a point; thus,
when a single hair is extracted and laid on the table it
resembles a miniature porcupine-quill on the end of a fine
piece of wire. The fore feet are very typical of the genus,
and there is nothing out of the common in the structure of
the hind feet ; the first toe reaches to base of second, fifth to
end of first phalanx of fourth ; pads, first four are large, last
two small, all pointed; soles smooth and naked.
Type, 2? in al. (97. 2. 21. 4 in British Museum) :—
Mamme 1—2=6. Head and body 141 millim.; tail 190;
hind foot 29; ear 18.
A younger 3 :—Head and body 132; tail 185; hind
foot 28 ; ear 17.
Loc. Efulen, Cameroons.
The skull somewhat resembles that of MZ. univittatus, but
is more ridged. In profile it is arched; it is rather short and
broad, bumpy and angular ; supraorbital and temporal ridges
strongly developed, forming well-marked angles at the junc-
tion of the frontals and parietals, and also in the middle of
the latter over posterior roots of zygomata ; the ridges con-
tinue back to join the occipital ridge, forming a polygonal
pattern on the top of the skull, only open across the inter-
orbital constriction ; the zygomata, bowed evenly downwards,
are of nearly equal thickness throughout. Auditory bulla
very small. The molars are exceedingly simple ; in neither
of the specimens to hand is there any sign of cusps, and the
pattern of the enamel folds is periectly plain, with none of
the minor folds found in a greater or less degree of develop-
ment in the teeth of nearly every member of the genus.
Upper incisors orange-yellow, lower rather paler. The
palatal foramina barely reach a line drawn between the front
roots of molars; the postnarial opening is rounded and open,
the back of the palate barely extending to the level of the
back of the molar series,
Mandibles short and deep, condyles set very high nearly to
level of coronoids, which are small; the back line is very
little bowed in trom the perpendicular.
Skull measurements :— Greatest length 37:5 millim.,
greatest breadth 18°5; breadth of brain-case 15, constr. 6°5 ;
ee eee Ses
Muride from Central and West Africa. 465
interpar. 5x 10; nasals 13 x4°5; basal length 31:5; hens.
to back of pal. 16°5; back of pal. to for. mag. 12°5; pal. for.
8x2°7; ™: 6:1; diast.10; outside ™*! 7:8, inside 3°5; man-
dible, length (bone only) 20, height 12:1.
This mouse may possibly be identical with M. hypoleucus,
Pucher.; but as that name had already been applied to a
mouse from Natal by Sundevall (CXtvers. Vet.-Ak. Stockh.
1846, p. 121), it cannot be considered.
I think there is no doubt that we here have the animal
described by Prof. Tullberg (‘ Muriden aus Kamerun,’ p. 36,
1893) as Dasymys longicaudatus, which is certainly not a
Dasymys, as is clearly shown in the figures given of the skull,
and, being a Mus, the specific name cannot stand, being
rendered useless by having been applied by Bennett (P. Z. S.
1832, p. 2) to a South-American mouse now known as Ori-
zomys longicaudatus. But, presuming this to be the case, it
-1s scarcely credible that the very striking peculiarity in the
fur could have remained unnoticed unless the season of the
year prevented this peculiarity being apparent.
Prof. Tullberg sets Mus univittatus down as an Isomys :
this mouse has a fairly well-marked dorsal streak, and its
hind feet approach the Lsomys, or, as it should be called,
Arvicanthis torm; but in every other character it is a true
Mus. I feel sure that if more specimens had been examined
Mus (Isomys) rufocanus would never have been described,
for among the specimens of Jfus univittatus in the British
Museum from the same locality will be found variations
greater than those separating these two forms, with every
intermediate step. I shall therefore consider them as identical.
Malacomys centralis, sp. n.
Size rather larger than J. longipes, but in texture and
colour of fur and proportions of all parts it closely resembles
that species. ‘The soft velvety fur is very shrew-like and
suggests the colour of Sorex minutus. Kars very long and
naked.
Colour above dull liver-brown, slightly mixed with grey,
rather more golden on the head, neck, and rump; a dark
oval sooty-coloured patch surrounds each eye; whiskers fine,
long, liver-coloured; front part of the face very scantily
haired ; the whole of the underparts greyish ; feet and hands
clothed with extremely fine short whitish hairs, not much
more developed than the bloom on a peach; tail distinctly
bicoloured, but varying somewhat in clearness, smooth and
naked.
466 On a new Species of Lagidium.
Type, d (87. 12. 1. 60 in British Museum). Measure-
ments taken from skin:—Head and body 180 millim. ; tail
175; hind foot 40; ear 25; heel to front of last foot-pad 20 ;
fitth toe to half first phal. of fourth; first toe short, not
reaching to base of second. Foot-pads 5, between bases of
second and third toes, between bases of third and fourth, at
base of fifth, at base of first, and one about its own length
posterior to that at base of first.
Loc. Tingassi, Mombuttu.
A female shows the mamme 1—2=6.
Skull (broken): length to lambda 35:5 millim.; breadth 18 ;
breadth of brain-case 16°5; constr. 7; nasals 16°5 x 4°3; hens.
to back of pal. 18°43; pal. for.63x3; ™:6; diast. 12°3; out-
side ™s-! 7°8, inside 4°5, mandible, length (bone only) 22,
height 12,
In comparison with M. longipes the skull is larger, as also
the length and breadth of the molars; the brain-case broader
and more rounded; the angle of juncture of fronto-parietal
suture more obtuse; and in the mandible the greater length
of the coronoid is evident. This is now the third known
species in this genus, and is larger than JZ. longipes, M.-Edw.,
from theGaboon and Cameroons, or the more brightly coloured
graceful form JM. Edwards?, Rocheb., from Liberia.
XLV.—On a new Species of Lagidium from the Eastern
Coast of Patagonia. By OLvFiELD THOMAS.
THE genus Lagidium has not hitherto been known to occur
away trom the chain of the Andes, and it has therefore been
with much interest that I have examined an example of this
genus obtained in the hills near Chubut, Eastern Patagonia.
By the kindness of Dr. Moreno, of the La Plata Museum,
the specimen has been acquired by the British Museum.
On the whole, considering its geographical isolation, the
Chubut Lagidium is surprisingly like the Andean forms,
those from the southern end of the Andean chain being natu-
rally most nearly allied to it, while the more northern ones,
such as L. peruanum and L, pallipes, are considerably more
distinct.
Though Jike, however, it cannot be assigned to any
described species, and | would therefore propose to name it,
in honour of the distinguished Director of the La Plata
Museum,
a
On a new Lizard from Obok. AG?
Lagidium Morent, sp. n.
Size large. General colour above silvery or pale ashy
grey, without yellowish suffusion, paler than in any Andean
specimen in the Museum. Dorsal line well marked, running
from withers to loins. Whiskers black. Lars rather short,
their backs thinly haired, brownish, with white edges. Belly
buffy yellow, rather sharply defined from the grey of the back
and sides; bases of hairs brownish grey as usual. Hands and
feet white, with a faint buffy tinge. ‘Tail black below,
grizzled, with mixed black and white hairs above.
Skull large and heavy, with the muzzle much elongated,
but the nasals shorter and less inflated than in many of the
Andean forms; anteriorly these bones do not nearly reach
forwards to the level of the gnathion, but stop short at the
level of the middle of the anterior mesial palatal foramina;
behind again they are markedly exceeded by the ascending
processes of the premaxillaries, which surpass them by fully
5 millimetres. Brain-case broad and rounded. Posterior
edge of palate level with the middle of ™*. ‘Teeth as usual.
Dimensions of the type (an adult female) measured on the
dried skin :—
Head and body (c.) 480 millim.; tail imperfect at tip;
hind foot 102; ear 72.
Skull: basal length 78, greatest breadth 46; nasals 30x
11-5; interorbital breadth 18°3, intertemporal breadth 23:5 ;
brain-case, breadth 38°5; palate length trom henselion 41:5;
diastema 27°2; palatal foramina 16°3 x 3:5; length of upper
molar series (crowns only) 19:2.
Hab. Chubut, Patagonia.
Type: TB. M. 96. 102%,°T.
XLVI.—Deseription of a new Lizard from Obok.
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.
Eremias Martini.
Snout moderately long, obtusely pointed. Nostril between
three swollen nasals; frontonasal separated from the
rostral by the upper nasals; two pretrontals; no frontal
groove ; four supraoculars, first and fourth very small,
first in contact with the loreal, second in contact with the
prefrontal; a series of granules between the two principal
supraoculars and the supraciliaries; interparietal elongate
pentagonal, in contact with a small occipital; temporal
468 Ona new Genus and Species of Tortoises.
scales granular, smooth; no auricular denticulation; lower
eyelid scaly ; subocular bordering the lip, between the fourth
and fifth upper labials; the three anterior. pairs of chin-
shields in contact. A feeble transverse gular fold, connecting
the ears; collar distinct only at the sides. Dorsal scales
rhomboidal, subimbricate, obtusely- tectiform, 37 across the
middle of the body. Ventral plates in straight longitudinal
and transverse series, broader than long and subequal in
size, in 8 longitudinal and 26 transverse series. A large
preanal shield, bordered by two semicircles of scales. The
hind limb reaches halfway between the arm and the ear.
One series of large and two series of small subtibial shields.
12 femoral pores. ‘Tail twice and a half the length of head
and body ; upper caudal scales strongly keeled, lower smooth.
Sandy grey above, with three blackish streaks on each side,
the middle one broadest, extending to the eye and separated
from the lower one by a pure white stripe; lower parts
uniform white.
millim
Potel length Jai eb shah see ie peas 106
FL Ga Gs «his fatceeasds see exis siete Kees 75
Wadth:or head s:\.5:.c ee aa oe ee 4:5
From end of snout to fore limb........ 14
From end of snout to vent............. 31
Hore limb 3.3 a5 5 ae te Wani ee ee ee ll
Fintdilimy pissed tot oe eee abe ae 18
TST mee eee re ont ae ee Re a ee 75
A single male specimen was obtained by Dr. Henry Martin
in February 1895 on rocks about a mile froim the coast of
Obok, at the entrance of the Red Sea. It is now preserved
in the private collection of his son in Paris.
It is interesting at the same time to record the occurrence of
a sea-snake, Hydrus platurus, L., on the same coast. A
specimen was taken by fishermen in their nets among rocks
near the coast and brought by them to Dr. Martin. No
sea-snake had as yet been reported from the Red Sea or the
Gulf of Aden.
XLVII.—Description of a new Genus and Species of
Jortoises from Borneo. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.
LieMyYs.
Neural plates hexagonal, the antero-lateral sides shortest.
Plastron extensively united to the carapace by suture, with
moderately long axillary and inguinal buttresses, the latter
anchylosed between the fifth and sixth costal plates ; ento-
plastron anterior to the humero-pectoral suture. Skull with a
broad bony temporal arch; alveolar surfaces of upper jaw
On a new Butterfly from N.E. Borneo. 469
broad, with a strong median ridge; choane between the eyes.
Skin of hinder part of head divided into small shields.
Digits fully webbed. Tail very short.
LIiemys inornata.
Carapace moderately depressed, smooth and rounded, the
border not serrated ; nuchal moderately large, an equilateral
triangle with the apex turned forwards; vertebral shields
narrower than costals, first, fourth, and fifth broader than
long, second and third slightly longer than broad, with
the antero-lateral borders convex and the postero-laterals
concave; 25 marginals, including the nuchal. Plastron
smaller than the opening of the shell, truncate anteriorly,
deeply notched behind; the width of the bridge equals the
length of the hind lobe; the suture between the gular shields
equals that between the humerals and exceeds that between
the anals; suture between the pectorals longer than that
between the humerals, as long as that between the femorals,
and two thirds that between the abdominals; suture between
pectoral and abdominal curved; axillary and inguinal
present. Head moderately large, short and broad; snout
slightly shorter than the orbit, much less than the interorbital
width; upper jaw notched in the middle, with a very in-
distinct cusp on each side ; diameter of mandibular symphysis
a little greater than the orbit. Digits webbed to the claws;
front of forearm and outer side of leg with large transverse
band-like scales. Upper parts uniform blackish brown;
lower surface of shell uniform yellow; soft parts pale brown
beneath.
Length of shell 39 centim.
‘Two specimens (females), collected in the Lobuk Antu
district, Sarawak, by Mr. C. Hose, are now in the British
Museum.
This new tortoise belongs to a very distinct type of fresh-
water Testudinide, combining characters of Ocadia and
Bellia.
XLVIII.—On a new Nymphalid Butterfly from N.E. Borneo.
By ArtHur G. ButTuer, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior
Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.
Tue following species was collected and recently presented
to the Museum by W. B. Pryer, Esq., of Sandakan. It is
allied to Zeuxidia amethystus and Z, victrix, but differs con-
siderably in the scaling and tufting of the secondaries. As
a new genus is certain to be founded sooner or later for this
section of Zeuxidia, | may as well name it at once :-—
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 33
470 Miscellaneous.
ZEUXALTIS, subgenus novum.
Outline and neuration of Zeuxidia, but the secondaries
thinly scaled and semitransparent, with the exception of a
broad border encircling the wing and an arched series of six
broad internervular elongated patches crossing the outer
portion of the basal half from the costal vein across the dis-
coidal cell to the submedian vein; the first three of these
patches are much thickened and covered by broad flattened
tufts of long hair.
Zeuxidia (Zeuxaltis) Pryeri, sp. n.
Primaries above nearly as in Z. victriz, but the apical area
much wider between the blue arched belt and the outer
margin, especially towards costa: the secondaries considerably
paler owing to the thin scaling on these wings excepting in
the borders and glandular patches; the first three of these
pale in colouring, but almost concealed by blackish tufts of
hair, the remaining three much more elongated and deep
pitchy brown, the last (upon interno-median area) very much
elongated ; the costal, outer, and inner borders pitchy brown,
the basal half of the submedian vein bearing a fringe of long
hair; a very well-defined wavy blue submarginal band, partly
concealing the brown outer border and emitting an oval elon-
gated spot inwards upon the first median areole. The under
surface resembles that of the allied species, which this insect
corresponds with in expanse of wings.
é. Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. Type coll. B. M.
The narrow wavy submarginal band of the secondaries and
the different arrangement of tufts on the secondaries, as well
as the curiously diaphanous character of these wings, due to
the somewhat different structure of the scales, readily distin-
guish it from all the known forms of Zeuxidia, Amathusia,
Amathuxidia, &e.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Astacus vindicated as the Lobster’s Genus.
By the Rey. Tuomas R. R. Sreppine, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.
A CLEVER man invented a mechanical speaking figure, and subse-
quently, it is said, in a frenzy of disappointment at the results of
his ingenuity, himself destroyed it. A similar course, apart from
the frenzy, may be strongly recommended to Mr. Pocock for the
treatment of his new principle in zoological nomenclature, “ for
selecting the type species of a genus when no type has been desig-
nated by the author.” He says that it may be stated as follows :—
“When the name of a genus is the same as that of one of its
component species, that species is the type of the genus.”
Miscellaneous. 471
Coupling this piece of legislation with the facts that Linneus
called the Swedish crayfish Cancer astacus and that this species was
included with others by Gronovius and Fabricius in the genus
Astacus, Mr. Pocock draws the conclusion that Astacus astacus
(Linn.) is the proper designation of the Swedish crayfish, and that
for the European crayfishes in general Astacus, and not Potamobhius,
is the right generic name.
In February last Professor Bell kindly directed my inexperienced
attention to certain Rules and Recommendations put forth under
the auspices of the British Association. On comparing these with
the proposed improvement of them above quoted, one is forcibly
reminded of Medea’s advice to her cousins to restore their father’s
youth by cutting him up and boiling the pieces in a pot with other
ingredients. The Stricklandian rule says, “A new specific name
must be given to a species when its old name has been adopted for
a genus which includes that species.’ The sensitive ears of Strick-
land’s committee objected to such combinations as Pyrrhocorax
pyrrhocorax. Later on a revising committee, with Sir W. Jardine
as reporter, agreed that when a specific name has been unhappily
adopted as generic, ‘‘it is the generic name which must be thrown
aside, not the old specific name.” Both of these rules must be set
aside to justify the use of <Astacus astacus. But another Strick-
landian rule says, “‘ When the evidence as to the original type of a
genus is not perfectly clear and indisputable, then the person who
first subdivides the genus may affix the original name to any portion
of it at his discretion, and no later author has a right to transfer
that name to any other part of the original genus.” Now, my
contention is that the synonymy in the ‘ Fauna Suecica’ of Lin-
nus, 1746, clearly and indisputably shows that the common lobster
had a prescriptive right to be regarded as the type of the genus
Astacus. But if on technical grounds that evidence be disallowed,
then it was Leach who first subdivided the genus, and who, at his
discretion—surely his very sound discretion—affixed the original
name to that portion of it containing the common lobster.
As to the general question whether such forms as “ Astacus
astacus”’ are in any case permissible, an answer may be humbly
suggested. When they have been actually used as the first binary
combination of names applied to a species, in the interests of priority
it would be well to let them stand, unless they have some other
weakness besides the tautophonical. But a rule for introducing
them into parts of zoology where they have not previously been
used or perhaps even thought of will not, one may trust, obtain any
eurrency, even though proposed by so sound and sagacious a natu-
ralist as my friend Mr. R. I. Pocock. To take a single example,
the Pagurus aniculus of Fabricius was changed by Dana, in accord-
ance with the Stricklandian rule valid at the time (1852), into
Aniculus typicus, and this, on Mr. Pocock’s principle, would, “ zpso
facto,” as he says, become Aniculus aniculus, to which any mode-
rately intelligent echo could only reply “ridiculous, ridiculous ! ”
And if that and various other objectionable results of the new
principle were accepted, it still would not follow that ‘* Astacus
472 Miscellaneous.
astacus (Linn.)” could be upheld. The instances are numerous in
which authors, in subdividing a genus, have borrowed the name of
one of its old species and bestowed it upon one of the new genera,
and in these it is natural to suppose that the species which supplied
the name was regarded as the type. In Dana’s Aniculus typicus
this view finds definite expression. To the Homarus vulgaris of
Milne-Edwards it is an additional objection that that distinguished
author adopts for the generic name of the lobster the specific name
which Linnzus applied to the crawfish. This would not of itself
in any way invalidate the term Homarus, but it may contribute to
our satisfaction in finding it on other grounds untenable. Now,
when we turn from these examples to regard the proposal to call
the Swedish crayfish Astacus astacus (Linn.), it really looks as if
Mr. Pocock thought that Gronovius and Fabricius had borrowed
the generic name Astacus from the Linnean species Cancer astacus.
Yet the third volume of Seba’s ‘Thesaurus’ bears the very same
date as the tenth edition of Linnzeus’s ‘ Systema,’ and was probably
in print before it, though perhaps not issued till later; and this
volume of Seba contains many species of Astacus, but not the Cancer
astacus of Linneus. The zeal for giving paramount authority to
that unlucky species is peculiarly misplaced: neither in the genus
nor in the species has it any decent right to the title Astacus. As
Mr. Walter Faxon showed in 1884, through more than three
centuries of modern science its accepted specific name almost without
interruption has been fluviatilis, The genus Astacus, in the wide
and vague extension given to it by naturalists earlier than Leach, was
well known long before Linneus was born, and nothing could be
much more absurd than to give him, of all men, special rights over
it because both generically and specifically he misnamed the Swedish
crayfish.
In opening this controversy Professor Bell accused me of
“courage” for having, as he supposed, in my ‘ History of Crustacea’
altered the Latin names of the common crayfish and the common
lobster. In defending Astacus gammarus as the name of the
European lobster and Potamobius fluviatilis as the name of one of
the European crayfishes I have sheltered my timidity behind
successive authorities of the British Museum itself. Professor Bell
was writing apparently in the interests of conservatism, to defend
accepted names against innovation. His colleague comes forward
to help him, and devises a principle which would make the time-
honoured Maia squinado and many other well-known names unstable,
and would almost justify one in borrowing Professor Bell’s indignant
eloquence to declare that it ‘will throw into confusion not only
carcinological literature, but every text-book in every language
under the sun.” ‘This will it do without in any way touching the
position of the “ priority purists” or giving them that ‘ short shrift”
their censor has so long wished them. One is tempted to believe
that when, on the Kalends of March, the two augurs met in the
corridors of the Museum, instead of rushing into Mr. Pocock’s arms
in a transport of gratitude, the professor must have eyed him with
a glance of scornful suspicion and exclaimed—
“ Non tali auxilio nec defensoribus istis.”
Ann. & Mag. Nat. HistS. 6, Vol.X1X. PLVI
ID ©
oak Senter vera
A Mee Lp ae nth
Len!
>. Vol_XIX. PU.VIT.
y. Nat Hist. S. ¢
Ann. & Mac
.
mp ©
W Purkiss, del.
An. & Mag.. Vat. Hist.S.6.Vol. XIX. PU.X.
Green del et hth eee Mintern Dros. imt
X. PU. XT.
UXL
Vo
6
Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.
ne
OSTEORACHIS
Mintexn Bros imp
‘J Green del. et lith.
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(SIXTH SERIES. ]
No. 113. MAY 1897.
XLIX.— Notes on the Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm., with
Descriptions of New Species. By C. J. Ganan, M.A.,
of the British Museum (Natural History).
TuHrouGH the kindness of M. René Oberthir I have been
enabled to compare the series of types belonging to the
genus Glenea which are contained in his collection, with the
types in the British Museum, now largely augmented by
the addition of those contained in the collection of the late
Mr. Pascoe. As a result I have prepared a list of synonyms,
which will show that the suspicions entertained by M. Ober-
thiir and myself as to the identity of many of the species
described by Thomson and Pascoe are fully confirmed.
The close examination of species necessary in making these
comparisons has led to the observation of certain characters,
previously overlooked, to which I call attention in the
following notes. Descriptions of some new species are
added, and a new genus is characterized for the reception of
two species hitherto placed in Glenea.
1. On the Structure of the Tarsal Claws in the
Genus Glenea.
In a note appended to his description of the genus Glenea
Lacordaire* writes in reference to the tarsal claws :—“ Je les
ai examinés chez un grand nombre d’espéces et les ai trouvés
* ‘Genera des Coléoptéres,’ tom. ix. p. 843 (3).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 34
A474 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
simples dans les deux sexes, avec un léger feston, souvent
absent, a leur base. M. Pascoe cite cependant certaines
espéces (ambotnica, cyanipennis) chez les males desquelles
ce feston se convertit en une dent aigué.” Here two con-
ditions of the tarsal claws are indicated—first, in which the
claws are simple in both sexes; second, in which the claws
of the female are simple, while those of the male are toothed
or appendiculate at the base. Each of these two conditions
is met with in a large number of species; but I find that a
different structure of the claws prevails in almost as great a
number.
In G. pulchella, Thoms., the anterior claw of the anterior
and middle tarsi of the male is furnished at the base, a little
towards the outer side, with a distinct tooth, all the other
claws being simple. This condition, which is similar to that
met with in many species of Saperda, occurs also in many
other species of Glenea—e. g., nicanor, Pasc., Diana, Th.,
voluptuosa, Th., Thomsont, Pasc., and giraffa, Dalm. In
another series of species the anterior claw of the middle
tarsi only is provided with a tooth at the base; this is the
condition met with in nearly all the large species of the
ptcta group, and in a number of smaller species, such as
egeria, Pasc., and distinguenda, Gahan. This tooth is
strongly developed in some species; and in G. chalybeata,
Th., and regularts, Newm., it is of so large a size that the
anterior tarsus of the male appears to be furnished with three
claws instead of two. Another condition of the claws
appears in a few species, in which the anterior claw of the
anterior tarsi only is furnished with a distinct tooth at the
base ; this condition is best shown in G. galathea, Th., where
the tooth is so strongly developed that the tarsus appears
to have three claws. G. galathea, it may be remarked,
seems in other respects closely allied to G. indiana, Th., and
canidia, Th., in both of which species all the claws of the
male are simple.
A further condition of the claws is met with in G. novem-
uttata, Casteln., albolineata, Th., cwruleata, Pasc., lugubris,
h., and other species. Here the anterior claw of all the
tarsi in tle male is furnished with a tooth or appendix at the
base, while the posterior claw is either simple or carries a
smaller and less conspicuous tooth than the anterior claw.
So far as I have at present observed, the females of Glenea,
except in four species hitherto placed in the genus, always
possess simple claws. In two of those four species—viz.,
G. tenuilineata, Th., and G. camelina, Pasc.—all the claws
in the female are appendiculate at the base. The remaining
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 475
two—viz., G. nigromaculata, Thoms., and G. glechoma, Pasc.
—are altogether exceptional in the character of their tarsal
claws, and, moreover, differ from true species of Glenea in not
having distinct lateral carine on the elytra: for the reception
of these two species I have thought it desirable to found a
new genus, Heteroglenea, which is further characterized
below. :
Leaving out of consideration the four species last men-
tioned, we may sum up our observations on the tarsal claws
of Glenea as follows :—
In the female all the claws are simple. In the male
either (1) all the claws are simple; (2) all the claws are
appendiculate at the base; (3) the anterior claw of all the tarsi
is appendiculate at the base; (4) the anterior claw of the
anterior and middle tarsi is toothed at the base; (5) the
anterior claw of the anterior tarsi only is toothed at the base ;
or (6) the anterior claw of the middle tarsi only is toothed
at the base.
N.B.—The terms anterior and posterior as applied to the
claws in this note and elsewhere in this paper refer to the
position of the claws when the tarsus stands in a direction
at right angles to the axis of the body. Inner and outer are
the terms usually employed by entomologists, but seem to
me objectionable, inasmuch as the inner claw of the front
legs corresponds morphologically with the outer claw of the
hind legs.
2. On Sexual Dimorphism in the Genus Glenea.
There is little or no difference in coloration between the
sexes in the great majority of the species of Glenea, what-
ever difference of this kind there may be consisting chiefly
of a greater depth or intensity of colour in the female. In
certain species, however, the difference in colour or marking
is so pronounced that in more than one instance the two
sexes have been regarded as distinct species in spite of clear
evidence in favour of the contrary view.
The most interesting and best marked examples of this
sexual dimorphism are afforded by Glenea fulvomaculata,
Thoms., and a few closely allied species. In the female of
fulvomaculata the upperside of the body is of a deep dull
black or dark brown colour, marked on the pronotum with
three rather broad orange-tawny stripes, and on each elytron
with two large and somewhat quadrate spots of the same
colour—one spot placed in front of the middle and connected
34*
476 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
at its outer side with a short tawny vitta, the other spot at
the apex; the underside of the body is covered with a grey
pubescence. .
The male of fulvomaculata is almost entirely covered
with grey pubescence, the underside being of an ashy-grey
or nearly white colour, the upperside of a darker shade of
grey. Wallace correctly indicated these dimorphic forms as
sexes of the same species; he had in fact taken them in
coitu. Pascoe, however, while calling attention to Wallace’s
indication of the true facts of the case, refused to consider
the two forms as conspecific, and expressed his belief that a
mistake had been made by the insects. I have carefully
examined all Pascoe’s specimens and all other specimens
available, with the result that I could find no females among
the grey forms, no males among the black forms with tawny
spots and stripes; and I have further been led to the con-
clusion that Pascoe has mixed up under one name—G. grisea,
Thoms.—male examples belonging to four closely related
species or, aS some might prefer to consider them, four
clearly marked geographical races of one species, viz.,
G. arouensis, Thoms., G. fulvomaculata, Thoms., G. papu-
ensis, Gahan (described below), and G. grisea, Thoms.
These four species are easily distinguished from one
another by obvious differences in markings when the females
alone are taken into consideration. The males, though so
strikingly different from the females, are so much alike that
it is not surprising to find that Pascoe placed them all in
one species. Of the males which he thus included in
G. grisea, Thoms., only those from Ceram and Amboina
strictly belong to that species. (‘The females of this species
have been described by Pascoe in his ‘ Longicornia Malay-
ana’ under the name of Glenea interrupta, Thoms. ‘The
species described by Thomson under the same name is,
however, quite distinct, and, I believe, identical with the
species subsequently described by him as Glenea Boisdu-
vali*.) ‘The males from Batchian are certainly males of
G. fulvomaculata, Thoms., and those from the Aru Is. males
of G. arouensis, Thoms. ; while I consider a male from Sal-
watty, on account of its locality, to belong to the species or
race which I have named papuensis. Though the males of
these species are, as I have said, very much alike, slight
* The confusion of names indicated here seems to have arisen through
the misplacement of a label. The specimen sent to me by M. Oberthur
as the type of G. interrupta, Thoms., and labelled as such, belongs to
the species described by Pascoe as interrupta, Thoms., while the locality,
measurements, and description given by Thomson do not apply to it.
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 477
differences are observable in three of the species. The males
of @. grisea are somewhat larger than the others, just as the
females are also larger. In the males of G. fulvomaculata
the deflexed sides of the elytra are not pubescent like the
dorsal surface, but, being naked, lay bare the metallic-blue
colour of the derm. ‘This character, however, is uncertain,
asit may possibly have been due to rubbing. In the males
of arouensis the pronotum exhibits four faint black marks—
two near the anterior border and two at the base—in
positions exactly corresponding to those occupied by the
distinct black marks on the pronotum of the females.
The next example of sexual dimorphism to which I wish
to direct attention is furnished by Glenea viridipustulata,
Thoms. The female is black, with two bands on the top of
the head, three on the prothorax, the posterior half of the
elytral suture, the apex, and five spots on each elytron, all of
a bright silvery-green colour; and the tip of the third
antennal joint is of a bluish-green colour. The male,
described by Thomson as a distinct species under the name
of G. confusa, Th., is scarcely to be distinguished from the
male of G. venusta, Guér. It differs from the female of
viridipustulata in having the antenne entirely black, and
the whole of the elytral suture bordered with green, while,
instead of five spots on each elytron, there is a long dorso-
lateral green vitta, and a short mid-dorsal vitta, near the end
of which is placed a green spot. In the males the femora
are as a rule yellowish testaceous in colour ; but females also
occur (these have been described by Thomson as a distinct
species—G. sparsa, Th.) in which the femora are entirely
testaceous.
The female of G. venusta, Guér., is described by Pascoe
under the name of G. viridinotata, Blanch. It differs but
slightly in markings from the male ; the third antennal joint
is circled with blue at the tip, and the green sutural vitta of
the elytra does not extend to the base. Here again we
seem to have as a result of evolution a clear differentiation in
the markings of the females of two species, while the males
have remained almost exactly alike. I must confess that in
separating the males of the two species—G. viridipustulata,
Thoms., and G. venusta, Guér.—I have been guided chiefly
by the locality of the specimens, and not by any observed
differences in their structure or marking. The specimens of
the first species in the British Museum collection, including
both males and females, are from the islands Batchian,
Kaioa, Gilolo, and Morty; those of the second from the
Aru and Ké Is., Dorey, Mysol, Waigiou, and Solomon Is.
478 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
A variety of venusta, Guér., differing slightly in the markings
of the female, occurs in the island of Ternate.
From the fact that all the specimens of G. odsoletepunctata,
Thoms. (=¢anthe, Pasc.), in our collections are males and
agree in localities with those of G. anticepunctata, Vhoms.,
which are all females, I have been led to infer that those
two series of specimens are merely sexes of one species.
The females differ from the males in having a distinct tawny
band along the vertex of the head and the middle of the
pronotum. For similar reasons I conclude that G. egerta,
Pasc., merely represents the male sex of G. udetera, Thoms.,
and suspect that Glenea nympha, Thoms., will prove to be
the male of Glenea guno, Thoms.
3. New Species of Glenea.
Glenea zalinensis, sp. n.
Ceeruleo-pubescens, nigro maculata et plagiata; prothorace supra
maculis quatuor nigris—duabus ante medium, duabus ad basin—
et lateraliter utrinque macula rotunda nigra; elytris modice
elongatis, postice gradatim angustatis, apice truncatis et extus
breviter spinosis, utrisque maculis vel plagis quatuor nigris trans-
versis signatis—-duabus inter medium basinque duabus inter
medium apicemque ; latere deflexo cxruleo, macula nigra prope
basin signato; corpore subtus pedibusque ceeruleis, pectore
utrinque macula nigra et abdomine utrinque maculis nigris
transversis in serie ordinatis, signatis; antennis nigris, articulis
tribus basalibus cerulescentibus.
Long. 17, lat. 6 mm.
Hab. Zaline River, Tenasserim.
Type (2) in British Museum collection. Presented by
Col. Bingham.
This species seems most nearly allied to Glenea celia, Pasc.,
to which it has much resemblance in colour, though differing
from the latter in having six black spots on the prothorax—
four above and one on each side,—and in having the two
posterior black spots of each elytron as large as the anterior
spots (in G. celia they are smaller). It differs also from
G. celia in being a relatively narrower insect, with the
antenne longer and more slender, reaching in the female to
the apex of the elytra, whereas in the same sex of G@. celta
the antenne only reach to about the beginning of the poste-
rior fourth of the elytra.
Glenea aluensis, sp. n.
d. Capitis fronte lateribusque et prothorace flavescenti-pubescent-
ibus, hoc medio macula triangulari nigro-velutina, capite supra
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 479
viridi-cyaneo, fere glabro, in medio sat valde punctato; elytris
cyaneo-violaceis sat valde denseque punctatis, griseo tenuissime
pubescentibus, apicibus truncatis, extus breve dentatis; thorace
subtus viridi-cyaneo cinereo-pubescente ; abdomine chalybeato
et testaceo; pedibus flavo-testaceis; articulo primo tarsorum
anteriorum intermediorumque dilatato; unguiculis omnibus
appendiculatis ; antennis nigris.
@. Prothoracis dorso antice plaga magna viridi-nigra marginem
anticam attingente; elytris maculis sex albis in hexagona ordi-
natis ; abdomine toto testaceo.
Long. ¢ 15, lat. 43 mm.
Long. 2 17, lat. 6 mm.
Hab. Alu Island, Solomon Archipelago (C. M. Woodford).
This species is closely allied to G. cyanetpennis, Thoms.,
and may possibly be only a local race of that species. The
female very closely resembles the same sex of cyanetpennis
and is marked with six white spots, arranged similarly in
the form of a hexagon, on the anterior half of the elytra:
but it wants the additional white spot behind the middle of
each elytron which is present in the latter. In the male of
G. cyaneipennis there are eight white spots on the elytra,
arranged as in the female but less distinct, and exhibiting a
tendency to merge into the faint grey pubescence which
covers the elytra. In the male of the present form the
elytra have a darker but fainter pubescence and show no
trace of white spots.
Glenea subsimilis, sp. n.
Violacea, albo-maculata, pedibus testaceis.
Long. 19, lat. 5 mm.
Hab. India. One 2 example in Brit. Mus. collection (ex
coll. Pascoe).
2. Head strongly punctured all over, but with the punc-
tures less closely placed on the sides than on the front and
vertex ; without spots or bands of any kind. ‘Thorax closely
and strongly punctured, dark violet with black indumentum,
with a white patch on each side just above the coxal cavity ;
disk in the middle with a short linear white spot in front
and a triangular spot at the base. Scutellum blackish, with
a white spot behind. Elytra strongly punctured: each with
four white spots between the base and middle, a quadrangular
spot placed near the suture just behind the middle, and a
transverse white spot or fascia a little in front of the apex.
Of the four anterior spots three are in the same line along
the middle of the disk, the first being quite close to the
480 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
basal margin, the fourth is external to and scarcely posterior
to the third. Apex of each elytron truncate in a slightly
oblique direction, with a short tooth at the outer angle.
Breast and abdomen violaceous, with white spots or bands.
Legs testaceous. Antenne bluish black at base, dark brown
towards the apex. ‘
In size and appearance this species resembles G. Diana,
Thoms., but may be easily distinguished by the different
arrangement of the white spots on the elytra.
Glenea propingua, sp. 0.
Supra atro-violacea; capite prothoraceque albo-vittatis; elytris
albo-maculatis, pedibus nigris, griseo tenuissime pubescentibus.
Long. 27, lat. 73 mm.
Hab, Singapore. One 2 example in Brit. Mus. collection.
Head black, with a large spot on each cheek, a narrow
band on each side of the front, two closely approximated
vittee above, and a small spot on each side behind the eye
white. Prothorax with three longitudinal white bands above,
and a broader white band on each side just above the coxal
cavity. Scutellum with a white spot. Elytra closely and
strongly punctured above in the anterior two thirds, less
strongly or closely punctured on the deflexed sides ; each
marked with four white spots and, near the apex, with a
curved white band and a lateral spot. First elytral spot
elongated, placed a little behind the base ; second and third
spots in a line with the first, the second a little in front of
the middle, the third just behind the middle; the fourth spot
about halfway between the middle and apex, and placed
close to the lateral carina; the posterior band begins near
the suture in a slightly oblong spot, and thence curves back-
wards and outwards, ending at the lateral carina; but below
its outer end there is, on the deflexed side, another white
spot ; the form of this band being very similar to that of the
band occupying a corresponding position in G. voluptuosa,
Thoms. Apices of elytra emarginate-truncate, distinctly
toothed at both sutural and outer angles. Body underneath
banded and spotted with white in a manner similar to
G. elegans, venus, voluptuosa, &c. Legs and antenne black,
with faint greyish pubescence; posterior tarsi somewhat
testaceous.
This species most resembles G. voluptuosa, Thoms., but
is somewhat larger ; the basal elytral spot is shorter and less
linear, and between this spot and the posterior band there are
three, instead of two, spots on each elytron; the head is
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 481
marked with two distinct white bands above and a small spot
on each side; and the dorso-lateral vittee of the prothorax
are much more distinct and not interrupted in the middle.
Glenea siamensis, sp. n.
Nigra; capitis fronte utrinque albo-vittata; prothorace albo-
pubescente, disco antice macula magna transversim ovali nigro-
velutina, lateribus utrisque macula parva rotunda nigra; scutello
albo; elytris nigris, sutura, fascia transversa inter medium
apicemque, et macula parva utrinque ad apicem, albescentibus ;
corpore subtus albo-pubescente, maculis ad latera meso- meta-
thoracisque et abdominis nigris, segmento ultimo medio nigro,
glabro ; unguiculis omnibus tarsorum appendiculatis.
Long. 3 83, lat. 23 mm.
Long. 2 13, lat. 4 mm.
Hab. Siam.
T'wo examples (d and 2) in British Museum collection.
One (2) in coll. Oberthiir.
Head black, rather thickly punctured, marked with a
whitish band on each side of the front. Prothorax yellowish
white, with a large velvety-black spot, somewhat transversely
oval in shape, on the anterior part of the disk and almost
reaching to the anterior margin, and with a small round
black spot on each side. Scutellum yellowish white. Hlytra
closely punctured, black, with the suture as far as the poste-
rior band, this band itself, and a small spot at the apex of
each elytron yellowish white. Body underneath with the
pubescence along the middle rather faint and of a greyish
colour, denser towards the sides and of a whitish colour, but
interrupted by some black and nearly glabrous spots; last
segment black, with a white spot on each side near the apex ;
legs black, with a faint grey pubescence. Antenne black,
longer than the body in both sexes. All the claws of the
tarsi in the male furnished with a small tooth or appendix at
the base.
Glenea albofasciata, sp. n.
Q. Atro-fusca ; capitis fronte albo-bivittata; prothorace utrinque
ad basin albo-fasciato, fasciis in medio basis pronoti angustim
conjunctis ; elytris fuscis, disco fasciis duabus albis sat latis—
una basali, secunda paullo pone medium—et utrinque ad apicem
macula alba; sterno medio griseo, lateraliter albo-plagiato; seg-
mentis quatuor primis abdominis albo-fasciatis, quinto ad apicem
albo-bimaculato ; pedibus flavo-testaceis ; antennis rufo-brunneis,
gracilibus, quam corpore longioribus.
Long. 8-11, lat. 24-33 mm.
Hab. Java (Horsfield) ; Sumatra, Marang (W. Doherty).
482 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
Head dark brown, with cheeks and a-vitta on each side of
the front whitish. Prothorax dark brown, with a basal white
band, which is tolerably broad on the sides, but is reduced to
a very narrow basal border on the middle of the disk;
fuscous areas of head and prothorax rather thickly and
strongly punctured, Elytra dark. brown, thickly and rather
strongly punctured, with two yellowish-white bands across
the disk (one basal, the other a little behind the middle), and
a white spot on each side at the apex; apex of each elytron
truncate, with a short acute tooth or spine at the suture, and
a rather long sharp spine at the outer angle. Body under-
neath brown or brownish testaceous, with white bands on
the sides of the thorax and first four abdominal segments ;
last segment dark brown, with a white spot on each side near
the apical border. Legs yellowish testaceous. Antenne
reddish brown, longer than the body, by about two or three
joints, in the female.
Glenea Wallacet, sp. n.
G. udetere (Thoms.) similis, sed differt prothorace lateraliter et
corpore subtus omnino griseis.
Long. ¢ 2 11-13, lat. 33-4 mm.
Hab. Sarawak (Wallace). Two examples (¢ and 2) in
Brit. Mus. collection.
Head grey-pubescent ; the vertex marked with a tawny-
yellow spot, which is narrower anteriorly where it fills the
space between the upper lobes of the eyes, and wider poste-
riorly where it extends back to the anterior margin of the
prothorax. Prothorax velvety black above, dark grey at the
sides. Scutellum black, with hind margin yellowish tawny.
Elytra with a transverse buff-yellow band across the disk
of each, a little in front of the middle of its length, and with
a much wider band of the same colour just before the apex ;
disk of elytra between these bands of a dark velvety-brown
colour and exhibiting no punctures; disk, in front of the
submedian band, testaceous, distinctly punctured, and
covered with a faint greyish-tawny pubescence, the extreme
base of the elytra, including the shoulders, of a dark brown
colour; the deflexed sides of a brownish-testaceous colour,
each marked with two rows of punctures; apex of each
elytron furnished with a short spine at the suture and a
longer spine at the outer angle. Body underneath with a
greyish pubescence. Legs yellowish testaceous, with the tarsi
of the two anterior pairs greyish pubescent over black on the
upper surface. Antenne brownish black, rather slender,
+ ae)
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 483
longer than the body in both sexes. Male with all the tarsal
claws furnished with an angular tooth or appendix at the
base.
This species is easily distinguished from G. udetera, Thoms.,
by the absence of white bands from the sides of the thorax
and abdomen. In this respect it resembles G. obsoletepunc-
tata, Thoms. (=<anthe, Pasc.), but is distinguished from the
latter by the more extended testaceous area on the anterior
half of the elytra, and the presence of a well-marked buff-
yellow spot on the vertex of the head. In G. anticepunctata,
Thoms., which I believe to be the female of the last-
mentioned species, there is a buff-yellow band along the
middle of the pronotum, which is continued on to the vertex
of the head.
Glenea lineata, sp. n.
Nigro-fusea, cinereo-vittata; femoribus flavo-testaceis; capitis
fronte lateribusque et vittis duabus verticis postice convergenti-
bus; prothoracis vittis quinque; scutello elytrorumque sutura
apice et vittis tribus utrinque (quarum duabus dorsalibus, tertia
laterali) cinereis; corpore inferiore albo-cinerascente, pectore
abdomineque medio nigro, subtiliter cinereo-pubescentibus, vitta
pectoris utrinque nigra. (¢) Ungniculis anticis tarsorum ante-
riorum mediorumque basi valde dentatis.
Long. 9-11, lat. 23-33 mm.
Hab. Oshima, Loo-Choo Archipelago (Ferrié, 1895).
In coll. Oberthiir and in Brit. Mus.
Head with the sides, front, and two posteriorly converging
bands on the vertex ashy grey ; middle of the front with a
fainter grey pubescence. Antenne black. Prothorax with
five ashy-grey bands, of which three are dorsal, the other
two placed one on each side, and quite invisible when the
thorax is viewed from above. Scutellum, suture, apex, and
three bands (two dorsal and one lateral) on each elytron ashy
grey; inner dorsal band reaching from the base to a little
beyond the middle of the elytron, outer dorsal band reaching
from the base to within a short distance of the transverse
apical band; the lateral band reaching from a little behind
the shoulder almost up to the apical band. Head and pro-
thorax closely punctured, the elytra less closely but more
strongly punctured, with the punctures most distinctly seen
in the intervals between the grey bands; apex of each elytron
emarginate-truncate, with tooth at suture and spine at the
outer angle. Body underneath with a greyish-white pubes-
cence, which is much less dense on the middle of the breast
484 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
and abdomen, while a short band on each side of the meta-
sternum is almost entirely glabrous and black. Femora
yellowish testaceous; tibia and tarsi black, with a faint
greyish pubescence. In the male the anterior claw of the
anterior and middle tarsi has a well-developed tooth or
appendix at the base, this tooth being larger and more distinct
on the middle than on the anterior tarsi.
Glenea assimilis, sp. n.
3. Capitis lateribus fronteque (hac supra in medio excepta) et
vittis duabus verticis postice convergentibus, albescenti-pubes-
centibus ; prothorace atro-velutino, supra vitta mediana et
lateraliter utrinque vittis duabus antice et postice conjunctis,
albis; scutello albo; elytris brunneo-testaceis, postice fuscis,
utrisque maculis sex albis, quarum quatuor anticis haud distinctis,
duabus posticis distinctis—una prope carinam lateralem pone
medium posita, altera ad apicem; corpore subtus albescenti-
pubescente; pedibus antennisque testaceis; unguiculo antico
tarsorum anteriorum mediorumque basi dentatis.
Long. 93, lat. 24 millim.
Hab. Sylhet in Assam. British Museum collection.
Head and prothorax black ; sides and front of the head
and two posteriorly converging vitte on the vertex ashy
white. Prothorax with a median dorsal white vitta, and two
white vitte on each side, of which one runs alongside the
coxa, the second being closely approximated to it and uniting
with it at the front and hind border. Scutellum white.
Elytra brownish testaceous in the anterior two thirds of their
length, on which area each elytron is marked in the male type
with four small and very indistinct white spots; three of
these spots appear as if forming part of a broken mid-dorsal
band, the hindmost of the three being placed at about the
middle of the length of the elytron; the fourth lies external
to the middle one of these three and is close to the lateral
carina. The two spots on the posterior part of each elytron
are very distinct; one is close to the lateral carina at the
beginning of the posterior third, the other just in front of the
apex, and the area between them is of a dark brown colour,
Apex of elytron with distinct spine at the outer angle.
Underside of body covered with an ashy white pubescence.
Legs and antenne testaceous. Anterior claw of the anterior
and middle tarsi toothed at the base, the other claws simple.
The characters given above apply to the male type. A
female specimen from Mungphu in Sikkim probably belongs
to the same species. Apart from the ordinary sexual differ-
ences, the only differences | find are as follows :—
oe, 4
ow
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 485
Prothorax with only one white vitta—the lower or supra-
coxal vitta—on each side. Each elytron with three instead
of four small spots on the anterior half, the missing spot being
the middle one of the three forming the inner or mid-dorsal
row.
Glenea relicta, Pasc., closely resembles this species both in
colour and markings, and is characterized by a somewhat
similar difference in the markings of the two sexes, the male
having two widely separated white bands on each side of the
prothorax, while in the female there is on each side only one
short vitta which borders the coxal cavity. The spots on the
elytra are five in number on each elytron in both sexes and
arranged as in the female of G. assimilis. The antenne are
dark brown, and the legs, except at the base of the femora,
are dark brown, with a faint grey pubescence. All the tarsal
claws of the male are toothed or appendiculate at the base.
Glenea gratiosa, sp. n.
¢. Capitis fronte genisque albescentibus, vertice nigro-fusco; pro-
thorace sat dense punctato, supra nigro, vitta mediana alba,
lateribus griseo-sericeis ; scutello albo; elytris brunneis, utrisque
maculis albis quinque notatis—tribus ante, duabus pone medium,
1°, 3° et 4° prope suturam, 2° et 5° prope carinam lateralem ;
apicibus truncatis griseo-limbatis, et extus spinosis; corpore
subtus fusco, plagis albis ad latera meso-, metathoracis et seg-
menti tertii abdominis notato; pedibus antennisque testaceis ;
unguiculis omnibus tarsorum simplicibus.
Long. 10, lat. 3 mm.
Hab. Sylhet in Assam. British Museum collection.
Head dark brown, with the cheeks and front white. Pro-
thorax more strongly and thickly punctured than the head,
black above, with a narrow median white band; the sides
appearing black in certain lights, but covered with a silky
pubescence of a greyish colour, which becomes evident in
reflected light. Scutellum white. Elytra brown, distinctly
punctured, each with five white spots, of which three lie
between the middle and base, two between the middle and
apex; the second and fifth spots are placed near the lateral
carina, the remaining three nearer the suture; apex of each
elytron truncate, with a spine at the outer angle; in front of
the apical border there is a transverse spot or band of a
greyish colour. Body underneath dark brown, with a white
patch on each side of the mesothorax, a larger oblique patch
on each side of the metathorax, and a transverse patch on
each side of the third abdominal segment. Legs and an-
tennz testaceous. ‘T'arsal claws of the male all simple.
486 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
Glenea griseoguttata, sp. n.
G. lachrymose (Pasc.) persimilis, sed differt fronte capitis latiore ;
elytris nigris haud chalybeatis, maculis elytrorum aliter ordinatis.
3d. Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.
fab. Macassar ( Wallace).
Head black, with the front, the cheeks, a border behind
the eyes, and two parallel lines on the vertex ashy grey.
Prothorax with two ashy-white bands (including the supra-
coxal band) on each side and three grey bands on the disk.
The two outer bands of the disk do aot reach the base and
are slightly constricted at about the middle of their length,
so that each appears to be formed of two spots. Elytra
black, with the base, the suture, the apical margin, and six
spots on the disk of each grey; the third of these spots is
largest and is placed at about the middle of the length of the
elytron and close to the suture; the two spots in front of it
lie obliquely, the first a little in advance of the second and
nearer to the suture; the two spots next behind it—the
fourth and fifth—are also placed obliquely, the fifth being
close to the suture, the fourth near the lateral carina; the
sixth spot is placed near the lateral carina, in a line with the
second and fourth. Underside of body with an ashy white
pubescence ; legs testaceous, with a faint grey pubescence.
Antenne black.
Male with first joint of the anterior and middle tarsi slightly
dilated ; with all the claws of the tarsi simple.
Glenea papuensis, sp. n.
(2) G. fulvomaculate (Thoms.) affinis et similis, sed differt vittis
externis pronoti obsoletis.
Long. 10-11, lat. 33-4 mm.
Hab. New Guinea, Dorey and Mysol (Wallace).
9. Head black, punctured in front; vertex marked with a
tawny ochraceous band. Pronotum black or dark brown,
with a median tawny ochraceous band, which is continuous
in front with the band on the vertex, and behind with an
oblong spot on the scutellum ; sides of prothorax grey. (A
faint line is present in some specimens on each side of the
pronotum in a position corresponding to that occupied by the
external vitta in G. fulvomaculata.) LElytra metallic blue,
but with this colour showing only on the deflexed sides, the
dorsal surface being covered with a close-fitting dark brown
tomentum, which is relieved by two tawny ochraceous spots
on each elytron—one spot placed in front of the middle,
cos
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 487
the other at the apex. Legs and underside of body with a
light or dark brown derm, covered with a not very dense grey
pubescence.
A male specimen from Salwatty may with some proba-
bility, on account of the locality, be referred to this species.
It completely resembles the males of G. fulvomaculata, Th.,
which differ from those of G. grisea, Th., only by their some-
what smaller size and in having the deflexed sides of the
elytra glabrous.
Glenea ceelestina, sp. n.
G. laudate (Pasc.) sat similis, sed differt vitta laterali prothoracis
ab vitta mediana minus distante, et antice interrupta, margine
basali prothoracis tota et margine anteriore ad latera ceruleo-
limbata, sutura elytrorum ex parte cerulea, antennis omnino
nigris.
Long. 9-11, lat. 23-33 mm.
Hab. Java.
Head black, with the cheeks, the basal margin, and a vitta
on each side of the front and two short closely approximated
vitte on the vertex between the eyes pale blue. Prothorax
black, with three pale blue bands—one median, continued
along the whole length of the pronotum, and one towards each
side extending from the base to the middle; the anterior
margin on each side from the sternum to a point opposite
the extremity of the short dorso-lateral vitta bordered with
blue ; basal margin also bordered with a blue band, which is
continued along the side of the prothorax, just above the coxal
cavity, to join the anterior border. Scutellum blue. Elytra
black ; the disk of each with five blue spots—two placed
obliquely between the base and the middle, the outer spot
being a little in advance of the inner one, the third spot
almost at the middle of the elytron, the fourth midway between
this and the fifth, which lies just in front of the apex.
Underside of the body dark brown banded with blue. Femora
testaceous ; tibie and tarsi brown, with a faint bluish-grey
pubescence. Antenne entirely black. Male with all the
tarsal claws appendiculate.
In the Catalogue of Gemm. and Harold this species (= G.
celestina, Chev. MS.) is placed as a synonym ot G. laudata,
Pase. (=viridinotata, Thoms., nec Blanch.), but it is in
reality very distinct, as the characters given above will show.
The locality of the second species is Borneo, as given by
both Pascoe and Thomson, and not Java, which is the locality
erroneously placed opposite G. viridinotata, Thoms., in the
Catalogue.
488 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
Glenea suturalis, sp. n.
G. blandine (Pasc.) affinis et similis, sed differt vitta suturali elytro-
rum latiore et in colore fulvescentiore, maculis duabus anticis
utriusque elytri obliquiter (non transversim) positis.
Long. (¢ ) 93, lat. 24 mm.
Hab. Penang (Lamb).
A male specimen of this species was noticed by Pascoe, who
considered it to be, and described it as, a male of G. blandina,
Pasc.; but I have found two female examples amongst his
collections, and have seen a third, belonging to M. Oberthiir,
which agree with the male in those points in which it differs
from the type of G. blandina. These points are :—(1) the
sutural vitta of the elytra is much broader and is of a dis-
tinctly tawny brown colour instead of being grey; (2) the
two anterior spots of each elytron are not placed side by side
in a transverse direction, but one (the inner) lies a little in
advance of the other; (3) the middle of the basal margin of
each elytron is touched with blue, and there is a blue spot on
each side just under the shoulder.
The four specimens of G. suturalis which I have seen are
from Penang. In the male all the claws are simple.
The type of G. blandina, Pasc., and a second specimen
which I have seen in M. Oberthiir’s collection, both females,
are from Borneo.
Glenea chlorospila, sp. u.
Nigra; vittis duabus approximatis capitis vertice, vitta media et
vitta laterali utrinque prothoracis, scutello, sutura et maculis
septem utroque elytro argenteo-viridibus ; capitis fronte lateri-
busque et corpore subtus viridescentibus; femoribus tibiisque
subtiliter, et tarsis supra densius viridi-pubescentibus.
3. Oculis majoribus, capitis fronte angustiore ; unguiculis omnibus
tarsorum basi dentatis, sed dente unguiculi antici tarsis anteri-
oribus mediisque plus conspicuo.
Long. 94-13, lat. 23-4 mm.
Hab. Oshima, Loo-Choo Archipelago (Ferrié, 1895).
In coll. Oberthiir and in Brit. Mus.
Black, with silvery green spots and bands. Head closely
punctured, with the cheeks, the base and sides of the front,
and two closely approximated bands on the vertex (in some
cases almost forming a single band) silvery green; middle of
the front with a fainter greenish-grey pubescence. Antenne
black ; a little longer than the body in both sexes. Pro-
thorax closely and distinctly punctured, with a median dorsal
ween
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 489
band and a band on each side (just visible from above) silvery
green; lower part of sides also green. Scutellum green.
Elytra with a narrow sutural band and seven spots on each
silvery green ; first spot (the smallest) placed at the extreme
base not far from the scutellum; the third and fifth spots
almost in a direct line with the first ; while the second, fourth,
and sixth are in line close to the lateral carina, the seventh
spot is at the apex, and on its inner side touches the sutural
band ; the third, fourth, and fifth spots on each elytron occupy
the angles of a nearly regular hexagon, whose posterior side
would run transversely almost midway between the scutellum
and the apex of the elytra; the elytra are rather strongly
punctured, and, in addition to the lateral carina, a raised line
runs along each side from a little behind the shoulder up to
the outer apical angle; the apex is obliquely truncate, with
a sharp angle or tooth at the suture and a short spine at the
outer angle. In the male the claws of the tarsi are appendi-
culate, with the tooth or appendix of the anterior claw more
strongly developed in the anterior and middle legs ; the first
joint of the anterior and middle tarsi is slightly dilated and a
little longer than the two succeeding joints taken together ;
first joint of posterior tarsus a little longer than the three
succeeding joints taken together.
Glenea signatifrons (Chevr. MS.), sp. n.
Nigro-fusca; elytris a basi usque ad medium rufo-brunneis, deinde
ad apicem intuscatis; capitis fronte vitta alba utrinque, vertice
inter oculos maculis duabus albis, prothorace supra vitta media
et utrinque vittis duabus (quarum una supracoxali) albescentibus ;
scutello albo; elytris utrisque maculis tribus et linea indistincta
albescentibus—macula prima pone medium prope suturam,
secunda inter medium apicemque carinam lateralem fere attin-
gente, tertia maxima fere ad apicem; linea in depressione inter
discum et carinam lateralem ; corpore subtus cinereo, albo et nigro
variegato ; pedibus rufo-testaceis; antennis nigris, articulis 7°
8°que albescentibus.
Long. 7-10, lat. 24-31 mm.
Hab. Java (Horsfield) ; Sumatra, Si Rambé (Modigliani) ;
Marang (Doherty).
Head dark brown, with the cheeks, two narrow and widely
separated vitte on the front, and two linear spots on the
vertex whitish. Prothorax dark brown, with a median
dorsal and two lateral white vitte, the lower lateral vitta
being somewhat broader than the other and placed imme-
diately above the coxal cavity. Scutellum white. Elytra
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 35
490 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
reddish brown from the base to a little beyond the middle,
and thence to the apex dark brown; each marked with three
white spots on the posterior half—the first spot close to the
suture, the second almost touching the lateral carina, and the
third (which is the largest) placed very close to the apical
border; a faint white line, placed just above the lateral
carina, is to be seen on each elytron running from near the
base to a short distance beyond the middle. Antenne
slender, longer than the body in both sexes, black in colour,
with the seventh and eighth joints covered with white
pubescence.
HETEROGLENEA, gen. nov.
Allied to the genus G'lenea, Newm., with which it has
many characters in common, but differing as follows :—Ante-
rior claw of all the tarsi in both sexes bifid, posterior claw
simple. HElytra without distinct lateral carine, but furnished
instead on each side with an obtuse costa which reaches
neither the base nor the apex. This genus will include the
following two species, of which the first is to be considered
the type.
1. Heteroglenea nigromaculata, Thoms.
Glenea nigromaculata, Thoms. Systema Cerambycidarum, App. p. 566.
Glenea ? amelia, Gahan, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 224.
Hab. Siam and Burma.
Thomson’s description of this species is very brief, con-
sisting of two lines of Latin. I have fully described the male
sex in the place cited above, and a further reference to the
species, giving the synonymy and sexual differences, will
be found in the Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xxxiv. p. 89.
Both in this species and the next the elytra are more parallel-
sided than is usual in the genus G/enea, and, though truncate
at the apex, are not spined.,
2. Heteroglenea glechoma, Pasc.
Glenea glechoma, Pasc. Longicornia Malayana, p. 409.
P ( Glenea fuscovirgata, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 53.—New
Britain.)
Hab. Matabello (Wallace) ; Sumatra (Modigliani) ; Solo-
mon Islands (Woodford) ; Philippine Islands (Semper).
The division of the anterior claw of the tarsi is less evident
in this species than in the preceding one and might very
easily be overlooked ; this claw, when looked at from the
“oC ie &
~
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 491
side, is seen to be thicker than the posterior claw and cleft at
the apex, with the outer division rather shorter than the inner.
In Fairmaire’s description the claws are said to be simple—
“unguibus simplicibus’”; and I am therefore obliged to
doubt the correctness of the synonymy given above, though
his description, which is pretty full, applies in all other
respects to the present species.
4, Synonymic Notes.
1. G. acuta, Fabr.
=lineosa, Guér. in Bélanger, Voy. aux Indes or. p. 489, pl. ii. fig. 8.
. G. adelpha, Thoms.
=oecidentalis, Jord. Nov. Zool. i. p. 251.
bo
3. G. albolineata, Thoms. (type 9? ).
= subfasciata, Thoms. (type ¢ ),=psylla, Thoms.
4, G. anticepunctata, Thoms. (type @¢ ).
=obsoletepunctata, Thoms. (type ¢),=canthe, Pasc.
5. G. basalis, Thoms. — Hab. Celebes— Macassar and
Menado.
=concinnata, Pasc. (partim), Waterh. Aid, vol. ii. pl. exxx. fig. 5.
6. G. discoidalis, Pasc. (type ¢).
=simplex, Thoms. (type ¢), Rev. Mag. de Zool, 1879, p. 20.
(?) =alysson, Pasc. (type Q).
7. G. elate, Pase.
=brunnea, Thoms. Rey. Mag. de Zool. 1879, p. 17.
8. G. exculta, Newm.—Hab. Philippine Islands.
=coryphea, Thoms.
9. G. extensa, Pasc. (type ¢), Waterh. Aid, vol. ii.
pl cxxx. fig. 8.
=mima, Thoms. (type d ),=jubea, Pase.
10. G. fatalis, Pasc.
= biapicalis, Thoms. Rev. Mag. de Zool. 1879, p. 11.
11. G. Fortunet, Saund.
=chloromelas, Thoms. J. ¢. p. 21.
492
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24,
25.
26.
Mr. C. J. Gahan on the
G. gabonica, Thoms.
=cana, Jord, Noy. Zool. i. p. 252.
G. grisea, Thoms. (type ¢ ).—Hab. Ceram and Amboina.
=interrupta, Pasc. (type 2), Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) iii. p. 397.
G. heptagona, Thoms. (type ¢).
=cyrilla, Pasc. (type ¢).
G. tlluminata, Thoms. (type ?).
=vrene, Pasc. (type ¢).
G. interrupta, Thoms. (nec Pasce., loc. supra ctt.).— Hab.
Batchian, Borneo, and Singapore.
= Boisduvalii, Thoms.
G. lugubris, Thoms. (type @).
=attalea, Pasc. (type 2),=paleographa, Thoms. Rev. Mag. de
Zool. 1879, p. 13.
G. melissa, Pase.
=mansueta, Pasc.
G. miniacea, Pasc.
= Dane, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy. vii. p. 1022.
G. multiguttata, Guér. (type ¢).
= maculifera, Thoms. (type ¢).
G. myrrhis, Pasc.
=alcyone, Thoms. Rey. Mag. de Zool. 1879, p. 14.
G. myrsia, Pasc. (type @).
=corypha, Pasc. (type 2 ),=Donovani, Thoms. MS.
G. myrsine, Pasc.
=areca, Pase.
=cryllis, Thoms. Rey. Mag. de Zool. 1879, p. 17.
G. nicanor, Pasc. (type ?).
=maia, Thoms. (type ¢), l. ¢. p. 9.
G. ochracea, Guér.
=ana, Thoms,
G. quadrinotata, Guér.
= nigrolineata, Gahan, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genoy. xxxiv. p. 88.
Longicorn Genus Glenea, Newm. 493
27. G. quatuordecimmaculata, Hope, in Gray’s Zool. Misc.
(1831) p. 28; Gahan, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 222.
=argus, Thoms.
28. G. regina, Thoms.
=neanthes, Pasc.
29. G. regularis, Newm.
= Kraatz, Thoms.
30. G. scapifera, Pasc.
=trincomalica, Thoms. Rey. Mag. de Zool. 1879, p. 12.
31. G. strigata, Thoms.
=accasta, Pasc.
32. G. udetera, Thoms. (type ¢ ).
=egeria, Pasc. (type ¢).
33. G. venusta, Guér. (type ¢).—Hab. Aru and Ké Islands,
Dorey, Mysol, Waigiou, Solomon Islands, and
Ternate.
=concinnata, Pase. (partim).
=viridicincta, Boisd.
=viridinotata, Blanch.
34, G. viridipustulata, Thoms. (type ?).—Hab. Batchian,
Kaioa, Gilolo, and Morty.
=confusa, Thoms. (type ¢).
= sparsa, Thoms. (type 2).
G. palliata, Pasc., G. sospita, Pasc., and G. eclectica,
Pasc., are best placed in the genus Daphisia, Pasc., the elytra
in each of these species being wholly devoid of a lateral
carina.
The localities given for the following two species in the
Catalogue of Gemm. & Harold are incorrect :—
G. galathea, Thoms.—Hab. Sumatra and Malay Penin-
sula (not Japan).
G. colenda, Thoms.—Hab. Philippine Islands (not
Japan).
G. rubricollis, Hope, has been received from Kurseong and
Mungphu in Sikkim, so that this locality may be added to
that given in the Catalogue.
494 Mr. O. Thomas on some
L.—WNotes on some S.-American Muride.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. ©
I. On three new Species from the Lower Amazon.
THANKS to the kindness of Dr. E. A. Goeldi, of the Para
Museum, I have been entrusted with a small collection of
Bats and Rodents collected along the Lower Amazon.
Among these there are specimens of the three following
new species of Muride. ‘The typical specimen of each of
them has been presented by Dr. Goeldi to the British
Museum.
Oryzomys Croeldi, sp. n.
Allied to O. laticeps, Lund, with some specimens of which
it agrees closely in colour and proportions, but much smaller
in actual size.
Fur rather short, close, and straight, 6 or 7 millim. long
on the posterior back.
General colour dull brown, tinged with dark buff, which is
clearer on the flanks. Belly greyish white, well defined, the
bases of the hairs slaty grey, the tips white or buffy white.
Ears of medium length, thinly haired, brown. Hands and
feet dull whitish ; the metapodials and digits alike. Tail
rather longer than the head and body, slender, very thinly
haired ; pale brown above and below.
Skull very similar to that of O. laticeps, apart from its
smaller size. Nasals evenly narrowing backwards. Inter-
orbital region level transversely, its edges square but not ridged,
although posteriorly ridges are traceable along the parietals
to the outer corners of the interparietal. General profile
of skull evenly curved, convex from tip of nasals to back of
interparietals, Anterior palatine foramina about equal in
length to the molar series. Posterior nares square, the ptery-
goids parallel.
Dimensions of the type (taken as a spirit-specimen before
skinning) :—
Head and body 96; tail 104; hind foot 26; ear 15.
Skull: basilar length 22-5; greatest breadth 14°5; nasals
11°8x38°5; interorbital breadth 5; interparietal 3-7 x 9°6;
palate length from henselion 13; diastema 8; anterior pala-
tine foramina 4°6 ; length of upper molar series 4°5.
Hab, Itaitiba, Tapajoz, Lower Amazon.
Type. Female. B.M. No. 97. 4.1. 1.
This interesting little species, which is evidently a local
South-American Muride. 495
dwarf representative of O. laticeps, I have named in honour
of Dr. Goeldi, to whose exertions, both as collector and
author, we owe much of our knowledge of the fauna of
Brazil, and to whose generosity the British Museum has been
frequently indebted.
Holochilus nanus, sp. nu.
General characters and colour very much as in the large
H. vulpinus and sciureus, but scarcely half the bulk of the
latter, the smallest previously known species of the genus.
Colour coarsely mixed black and rufous, darkest on the
middle line, clearer rufous on the sides, becoming quite bright
rufous along the edges of the belly. Belly whitish, strongly
washed with rufous, but the under-fur slaty grey basally. Face
blackish brown, rather darker than the back ; cheeks mixed
with rufous. ars rather short, hairy, their inner surfaces
mixed rufous and brown, their outer brown anteriorly, rufous
posteriorly. Arms rufous, metacarpals brown, fingers whitish
brown. Hind feet whitish brown; soles naked, strongly
fringed with the bristles of the edge of the feet. Tail rather
shorter than the head and body, uniformly well haired, dark
brown above, scarcely or not lighter below.
Skull with theessential characters of that of H. sctureus*, but
much smaller, and with the interorbital region flatter and less
compressed. Anterior edge of zygoma-root slightly concave,
less so than in H. vulpinus. Supraorbital ridges less promi-
nently marked than usual and not standing up vertically
above the general level, very inconspicuous on the anterior,
and not extending at all on to the posterior half of the
parietals ; the interorbital region anteriorly is as usual narrow
and compressed, but posteriorly it broadens more than is
usual in this group. Anterior palatine foramina narrow,
ending just in front of m*. Molars as usual.
Dimensions of the type (measured as a spirit-specimen,
before skinning) :—
Head and body 122 millim.; tail 112; hind foot 32;
ear 14.
Skull: basilar length 26°6; greatest breadth 19; nasals
12°5x3°8; interorbital breadth 4:6; interparietal 2°6 x 11;
palate length from henselion 16°7; diastema 9°7; palatal
foramina 6°7 xX 2:3; length of upper molar series 6°5.
It is interesting to notice that while the external and cranial
dimensions are much less than in /7Z. seiwreus, the length of
the molar tooth series in the two species is almost identical.
* Figured by Winge under the name of Stgmodon vulpinus, E Mus.
Lundii, i. pt. iii. pl. ii. fig. 5 (1888).
496 Mr. O. Thomas on some
Hab. Source, Island of Marajé, Mouth of the Amazon.
Pope. BM. Oa Leas ;
This little rat is interesting on account of its small size,
for with the essential characteristics (and among other things
the proportionally large feet) of the big rats of the genus Holo-
chilus, it is no larger than middle-sized Oryzomys, such as
O. laticeps.
In working out this species I find I have hitherto been
wrong in uniting Nectomys, Peters* with Holochilus, and
now think they should both stand as genera. Winge united
Holochilus with Sigmodon, but among other things the larger
and much more complicated posterior upper molars of Holo-
chilus and the differences in the character of the feet will
readily separate the two.
So far as is yet known, the genus Holochilus is confined to
the eastern half of S. America, from Marajé, where the
smallest species occurs, southwards to Bahia Blanca, where
Darwin obtained the largest one, figured and described by
Waterhouse f as Mus braziliensis, but which ought, I believe,
to be distinguished from that animal, and might therefore
bear the name of H. Darwint. On the Parana and Uruguay
systems down to La Plata there occurs a white-bellied form
to which one or both of the names /7. vulpinus, Bts., and H.
canellinus, Wagn., may apply. This is found at least as far
inland as Goya, Corrientes, whence Mr. R. Perrens sent
several examples. 7. scdureus, Wagn., from the San Fran-
cisco R., is intermediate in size as in locality between these
larger southern species and the little H.nanus. Two names,
H. brasiliensis, Geotfr., and H. leucogaster, Brandt, I have
not as yet been able to identify with certainty. Possibly
both apply to the intermediate form I have provisionally
called H. sciureus.
Akodon fuscinus, sp. n.
Nearly allied to A. lasiurus, Lund, but smaller, and with
more of the general appearance of the species of the olivaceus
group.
Fur straight and close, not woolly, some 10 millim. in
length on the back. General colour coarsely lined black and
dark yellowish, the resulting colour being a dark grizzled
* In founding Nectomys (Abh. Ak. Berl. 1860, p. 151), Peters inci-
dentally speaks of “ Holochilomys (Holochilus, Wagn. nec Brandt)” ; but
Wagner’s Holochilus, Schr. Siiug. Suppl. iii. p. 1843, is unquestionably
identical with Brandt’s, as the description of the teeth and the species
included clearly aa
+ Zool. Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ Mamm. p. 58, pl. xix. (1840).
South-American Muride. 497
brown. This colour extends over the whole of the head and
upper surface. Belly paler, the tips of the hairs dirty buff.
Ears short, blackish. Limbs dark coloured, hands and feet
smoky grey above ; claws rather long and slender. Tail about
two thirds of the length of the head and body, well covered with
hair; black above, pale greyish below, the two colours not
sharply defined.
Skull almost precisely similar to that of A. lasturus, as
figured by Winge%, although smaller. Upper profile evenly
convex. Nasals short and narrow. Interorbital region
smooth, its edges with well-defined ridges, which, however,
practically end where they meet the parietal bone. Inter-
parietal small and narrow. Palatal foramina open, with
rounded margins, extending back to the level of the antero-
internal notch of m'. Proportions of teeth about as in
A, lasiurus.
Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit before skin-
ning) :—
Head and body 98 millim., tail 64, hind foot 19, ear 13.
Skull: basilar length 22°6; greatest breadth 14°9 ; nasals
8:3+x3:1; interorbital breadth 4°7; interparietal 2°3 x7;
palate length from henselion 12°7; diastema 8:2; palatal
foramina 6°1 x 2°1; length of upper molar series 4:5.
Hab. Source, Marajé Island.
Type. Male. B.M. No. 97. 4. 1. 3.
Il. The Species of the Genus Nectomys.
Nectomys has a very different range to that of Holochilus ;
it extends northwards to Surinam on the east, and to Colombia,
Ecuador, and Peru on the west, and on the other hand is
only found southwards to Rio Grande do Sul, no species
having been as yet recorded from Uruguay or the Pampas
districts.
The best known species is N. squamipes, Bts. (incl. aqua-
ticus, Lund), which seems to be spread over most of Brazil, and
from which I cannot separate either Surinam or Rio Grande
do Sul specimens. How far it ranges inland is doubtful, but
it is possible that “Hesperomys rattus, Pelzeln ” $, from Mara-
bitanas, Upper Rio Negro (which, though the type is too
young for certain determination, is clearly a Nectomys), may
prove to belong to the common species. N. squamipes has
* Pl. ii. fig. 11.
+ Imperfect anteriorly.
¢ Natt. Bras. Saug. ii, S.B. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiii. Beiheft,
p- 73 (1883).
498 Mr. O. Thomas on some
six plantar pads, while, so far as I know, all the other species
have only five.
In Trinidad there occurs N. palmipes, All. & Chapm.,
whose skull may be distinguished by the much more uniform
breadth and more abrupt ending behind of the nasals.
Thirdly, of described species, there is N. apicalis, Peters *,
described from Guayaquil, which has particularly long narrow
nasals, tapering behind to a long drawn-out point. This
species I have also recorded from Chirimoto and Amable
Maria, Peru.
Besides these three species, the Museum possesses speci-
mens of three more, each representative of a distinct geogra-
phical district, and each distinguishable by cranial characters.
No doubt all six species are very closely allied, but, so
far as the material goes, the species seem to be quite constant
in the characters used.
The first species is from the valley of the Cauca, and has
elongate and broad nasals, straight supraorbital ridges, and a
flattened frontal region. This is the largest species as yet
known, and may be called N. grandis.
The second is from the Magdalena Valley, and may be
called N. magdalene. Its skull is much more rounded, both
on forehead and brain-case, than usual, and contrasts in this
respect with the other species, which are all flattened in the
frontal region.
Lastly, there is a species, believed to be from Quito, which
is distinguished from all the rest by its rich fulvous colour.
In the skull it has a much flattened frontal region, of which
the bounding ridges are straight and less divergent than
usual. It may be called Nectomys fulvinus.
The following are the detailed descriptions of the three new
species :—
Nectomys grandis, sp. n.
Size large. General colour coarsely mixed black and dull
yellow, the resulting tone not unlike that of N. sguamipes,
although the mixture is rather coarser. Sides dull brownish
yellow, gradually passing into the yellowish buff of the belly.
Belly hairs slaty grey basally, as usual. Hands and feet dark
brown, edged with closely-set whitish bristles; soles naked,
scaly, with five pads, all rather larger than in N. apicalis,
especially the large proximal one, which is both longer and
broader than in the allied species. ‘Tail long, coarsely scaled,
uniformly blackish, the under surface with a few whitish hairs
intermixed with the black.
* Abh. Ak. Berl. 1860, p. 152.
South-American Muride. 499
Skull large and heavily built. Nasals long, slightly con-
stricted about the middle, evenly tapering backwards, neither
so long nor so narrow as in N. apicalis. Frontal flattened ;
supraorbital edges evenly divergent, straight, not bowed
until they have reached the parietals; fronto-parietal suture
forming nearly a right angle at the centre, instead of being
nearly transverse. Palatal foramina parallel-sided, not
broader behind than in front. Posterior edge of palate square.
Dimensions of the type (an adult male measured in skin) :—
Head and body (c.) 290; tail (c.) 270; hind foot (mois-
tened) 56; length of last foot-pad 11.
Skull, see p. 500.
Hab. Concordia, Medellin, Colombia. Coll. J. K. Salmon.
Type. B.M. 73. 11. 5. 3.
Nectomys magdalene, sp. n.
External characters unknown.
Skull heavy, rounded, its upper profile evenly convex
throughout, and the frontal and parietal regions markedly
swollen; this uniform convexity gives the skull a very dif-
ferent appearance to the frontally flattened skulls of other
species. Nasals fairly broad, slightly compressed about their
middle, pointed behind, but not markedly produced backwards.
Line of supraorbital ridges slightly curving as they diverge,
the curve evenly continuous with that of the temporal ridges.
Fronto-parietal suture almost directly transverse. Inter-
parietal rather longer antero-posteriorly and narrower trans-
versely than usual. Anterior palatine foramina well open,
parallel-sided, rounded at their ends. Posterior palate with
the lateral pits unusually large and deep; palatal margin
square.
Dimensions, see p. 500.
Hab. W. Cundinamarca, in lowlands near Magdalena R.
hype. BM. 97233. 17. 1.
Nectomys fulvinus, sp. n.
Fur unusually short, the hairs only about 10-11 millim. in
length on the back. General colour fulvous, lined with brown
on the middle of the back, rather clearer on sides, and con-
tinued into the paler fulvous of the belly. Wool-hairs short
and close, slaty grey basally, their tips fulvous above, buffy
or whitish below. Hands and feet thinly haired, pale brown.
Tail-hairs uniformly brown.
Nasals long, contracted at half their length, less attenuated
and drawn out than in N. apicalis. Interorbital region flat,
500 On some South-American Muride.
narrow, its lateral ridges less strongly divergent than usual,
and running quite straight to the point on the parietals at
which they attain their greatest distance apart. Palatal
foramina slightly broader behind than in froat. Posterior
palatal margin square, not V-shaped.
Dimensions of the type (an adult male skin) :—
Head and body 231; tail 207; hind foot (moistened) 48.
Skull, see below.
Hab. Believed to be Quito. The specimen came from
the collection of the late Sir W. Jardine, for whom a large
number of skins were collected at Quito by Mr. Jameson.
Sir W. Jardine also had a few specimens from Cayenne; but
as we have already seen that the Surinam WVectomys appears
referable to NV. squamipes, the Quito locality is no doubt that
of the present very different animal.
Pype. BOM. SGSTH2 ie
This species is readily distinguishable from all others by
its deep fulvous colour, which more resembles that of some of
the Couest group of Oryzomys than that of the other members
of the present sombre-coloured group.
Skull dimensions of Nectomys :—
Basilar lengph: << ..as.a ss 5
Lambda to nasal tip ...... 42°2 39°7 41
Greatest breadth .......... 26 25 25
Wasals, leagthysi458f.:.kek ik 198 18:2 18
» breadth anteriorly .. 51 5 52
» greatest breadth be-
hind the constriction .... 42 37 4
Interorbital breadth ...... 7:2 78 71
Greatest distance between
temporal ridges ........ 12°8 14:5 12'8
Length of frontal suture.... 15:1 13:9 1438
- parietal suture .. 82 8:2 8:8
Interparietal length ...... ee 56 Si
" breadth ...... 9 115 whey
Palate length from henselion 224 20°8 21°8
DBRUOTIR. 65.» aig sa Seeley 13°2 125 132
Palatine foramina, length .. 7°83 74 75
7a a breadth... 31 34 3:2
Length of upper moiar series 7°6 71 71
III. A peculiar Genus for “ Oryzomys”’ instans.
Further consideration has convinced me that the curious
little mouse I described * from Bogota under the provisional
name of Oryzomys instans should certainly be distinguished
* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 368 (1895).
» Mrs. M. K. Thomas on new Species of Mylabrine. 501
as a special genus, for which the name of Chilomys may be
suggested.
No member of Oryzomys shows any tendency towards its
peculiar cranial and dental characteristics, already described,
and it seems therefore best to form a special genus for its
reception.
LI.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Mylabrine (Lyttidz)
in the Collection of the British Museum. By Mrs. M. K.
THOMAS.
Lydoceras bilineatus, sp. u.
Black, glabrous, shining, clothed on the underside with
rather fine black hairs; the head, prothorax, and elytra are
thickly and coarsely punctured. The elytra are black, each
having two narrow transverse yellow bands bordered with
red, of which the first across the middle of the elytron is
margined posteriorly with red, and the second between the
middle and the apex is margined anteriorly with red.
Antenne black, short, and rather thick, and the legs also
black, the femora clothed with very short yellow pubescence,
and the tibize and tarsi with long black hairs; the claws are
red.
This fine species differs from Lydoceras fasciata, the only
previously known species of the genus, in the head and pro-
thorax being more rugose, in having no red spots on the
prothorax, in the antenne being shorter, thicker, and more
serrated, and in general form being longer and narrower.
Length 40, breadth 12 millim.
Hab. Athi Plains, British Kast Africa.
Collected and presented by Dr. J. W. Gregory.
Ceroctis vespina, sp. n.
Black, glabrous, sparsely clothed with longish black hairs ;
the head, prothorax, and elytra closely and somewhat coarsely
punctured. Liytra bright yellow, with three transverse
black sinuated bands on each elytron—the first one, between
the base and middle, is narrower than the other two, and is
composed of two spots either separated or joined into one
band, which does not reach either the suture or the outer
margin; the second, at the middle, is slightly broader, and
touches the sutural and outer margins, as does also the third,
502 Mrs. M. K. Thomas on new Species of Mylabrine. -
which is still broader and placed midway between the centre
and apex.
The antenne are entirely black, also the underside and
legs, which are shining, with longish black hairs ; the inside
ot the tibia and femora are clothed with pale yellowish short
pubescence. '
Length 15, breadth 7 millim.
Hab. Kambole, E. Africa.
Collected and presented by W. H. Nutt, Esq.
This species somewhat resembles in marking and colouring
Ceroctis Yerbury?, Gahan; but the bands are more sinuated
than those of the latter and the colouring not quite so vivid.
Ceroctis vellerosa, sp. n.
Black, densely and entirely covered with a thick yellow
pubescence, which is longer and more strongly marked on
the underside. The puncturing of the head and prothorar
not visible, owing to the dense yellow pubescence, which is
interspersed with long black hairs.
The elytra, which are closely and finely punctured, may
be said to be either black, with deep yellow markings, or, on
the other hand, yellow, with black markings. Considering
the elytra to be black, the yellow markings are, firstly, on
the basal half of the elytron, a long oval ring with a black
spot in its centre, suturally, outside which there is a straight
yellow line starting from the shoulder; on the posterior half
of the elytron there are two triangular yellow markings oppo-
site each other anteriorly and a yellow spot near the apex.
Antenne black, with the usual characteristics of Ceroctis.
The underside, legs, and tarsi all black and clothed with
yellow pubescence.
Length 15, breadth 6 millim.
Hab. Fwambo, British East Africa.
Collected and presented by A. Carson, Esq.
Ceroctis rufimembris, sp. n.
Black, covered with short yellow pubescence, much thicker
and longer on the underside. Head, prothorax, and elytra
finely and closely punctured. Zlytra black, somewhat opaque,
each elytron with a long narrow band of yellow extending
the whole length of the outer margin, widening at intervals,
and continued as a narrow transverse apical band; nearer
the suture four small oval yellow spots—the first on the
shoulder midway between the outer margin and suture, the
second just beneath the first, but almost touching the suture,
On Reptiles and Batrachians from Lombok &e. 508
the third in middle of elytron and oblique, and the fourth
transverse, just below the third and close to the suture.
Antenne red, as are also the mouth-pieces.
Legs also entirely red, covered with yellow hairs, but
interspersed with black at the tarsi.
Length 11, breadth 5 millim.
Hab. British East Africa.
Collected and presented by Dr. J. W. Gregory.
Decatoma regis, sp. n.
Black, opaque, glabrous, covered thinly with short yellow
hairs interspersed with longer black ones.
Head, prothorax, and elytra finely and closely punctured,
the head and prothorax more pubescent than the elytra;
the latter black, each with eight small orange spots, placed—
three on the shoulder in the form of a triangle, three on the
middle, and two rather larger ones between the middle and
apex.
ae very dark red-brown, almost black.
Legs black, claws and spurs red.
Length 12, breadth 53 millim.
Hab. Angola.
Collected by Dr. Welwitsch; presented by the King of
Portugal.
LIL—A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by
Mr. Alfred Everett in Lombok, Flores, Sumba, and Savu,
with Descriptions of new Species. By G. A. BOULENGER,
F.R.S.
REPTILIA.
1. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B.
Lombok, Sumba, Savu.
2. Hemidactylus platyurus, Schneid.
Savu.
3. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm.
Sumba.
4. Gecko verticillatus, Laur.
Lombok, Savu.
504 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and
5. Draco reticulatus, Gthr.
Lombok, Flores, Sumba. ;
Originally described from the Philippines, this species has
since been found in the Sanghir Islands by Bruijn, in Celebes
by the Sarasins, and in Flores by Max Weber.
6. Varanus salvator, Laur.
Lombok, Flores, Sumba.
7. Varanus timorensis, Gray.
Savu.
8. Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl.
Lombok.
9. Lygosoma striolatum, M. Web.
Flores.
10. Lygosoma florense, M. Web.
Flores.
11. Lygosoma Everettt, sp. n.
Section Hinulia. Body elongate, limbs rather short; the
distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb is
contained once and three fourths to twice in the distance
between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower
eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supra-
nasal; frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture with
the rostral and with the frontal; latter shield a little shorter
than frontoparietals and interparietal together, in contact with
the two anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars ; seven supra-
ciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, subequal ;
parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; one pair
of nuchals ; fifth upper labial below the eye. EHar-opening
oval, smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules.
26 smooth scales round the body, dorsals largest; vertebral
series not enlarged. A pair of large preanals. The ad-
pressed limbs fail to meet. Digits short, feebly compressed ;
18 to 20 smooth lamelle under the fourth toe. Tail thick.
Brown above, more or less spotted or freckled with black; a
black lateral stripe, with a more or less distinct light edge
above, dotted with white on the sides of the body, extending
to the snout and passing through the eye; flanks speckled
with black; lips with black vertical lines corresponding to
the shields ; lower parts white.
millim
Moatal lemethee .. 5 cease clare cee ese 120
15 (er DOR ee IRS mo SNR ee 9
Width-ol head” ..::..cpeertaiaies aye arera cas 6
EMI sett e, cin o/ctthata Be ete iviaia ase ais © 4]
UGTA 5... «Samia s dena 0 aed pe wa a sss 9
RE rie Pw LSTINIS) '2,:h TEA holes s « chee wdocsta ats 14
Bass) Saidss WORE a 2 dia is crashes ow aes ee 70
This species is nearest allied to L. elegantulum, Peters &
Doria, from New Guinea and North Australia, and L. brevipes,
Boettger, from Halmaheira. The latter species has been
erroneously referred to the section Homolepida by its describer.
Sumba. Three specimens.
12. Lygosoma smaragdinum, Less.
Lombok, Sumba, Savu.
13. Ablepharus Boutonit, var. quingueteniatus, Gthr.
Sumba. A single specimen with 24 scales round the body.
The type specimens of A. quinqueteniatus are stated to be
from the West Coast of Africa.
14. Dibamus nove-guinee, D. & B.
Lombok.
15. Typhlops florensis, sp. n.
Snout prominent, rounded; nostrils inferior. Rostral
about one fourth the width of the head, not extending to the
level of the eyes, the portion visible from below half as broad
as long; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft extending from
the second labial to the upper surface of the snout; preocular
present, narrower than the nasal or the ocular, in contact
with the second and third labials; eyes distinguishable ; pre-
frontal, supraoculars, and parietals enlarged; four upper
labials. Diameter of body 42 times in the total length; tail
twice as long as broad, ending in a spine. 22 scales round
the body. Olive-grey above, whitish beneath.
Total length 255 millim.
This species is very closely allied to 7. torresianus, Blgr.,
from Murray Island, Torres Straits; it differs in the nasal
cleft not being produced so far back on the top of the head, in
the narrower rostral, and in the longer tail.
Flores. A single specimen.
16. Liasis Mackloti, D. & B.
Savu.
Previously known from Timor and Samao.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 36
506 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and
17. Python reticulatus, Schneid.
Flores.
18. Cylindrophis opisthorhodus, sp. n.
Diameter of eye about one third its distance from the
nostril; the distance between the eyes greater than the
length of the snout. Nasals forming a suture behind the
rostral; frontal as large as the supraoculars, slightly larger
than the parietals, as long as its distance from the rostral ;
six upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Scales
in 23 rows. Ventrals but slightly larger than the adjacent
scales, 184-187 ; anal divided; subcaudals 6-7. Pale brown
or buff above, with small black spots irregularly disposed ;
head yellowish, much spotted with black ; white beneath, with
continuous or broken and alternating black cross-bars, which
are connected on the sides by a black uninterrupted stripe
running from behind the head to the base of the tail; a much
interrupted black stripe along the middle of the belly; anal
region black; lower surface of tail bright pink.
Total length 230 millim.
Lombok. Two specimens, obtained at an altitude of
1500 feet.
19. Polyodontophis geminatus, Boie.
Lombok. ‘Two specimens, belonging to the typical form,
as known from Java.
20. Lycodon aulicus, Boie.
Sumba, Savu.
21. Lycodon subcinctus, Boie.
Lombok.
22. Coluber subradiatus, Schleg.
Flores, Sumba.
The specimen from Flores is typical, whilst that from
Sumba is of a uniform blackish brown above and beneath,
and has, on the right side, the subocular fused with the fourth
labial, so that three labials enter the eye, as in C. enganensis,
Vincig.
23. Dendrophis pictus, Gm.
Lombok, Flores.
Batrachians from Lombok, Flores, &c. 507
24. Dendrelaphis inornatus, sp. n.
Maxillary teeth 20-22. Eye as long as or a little shorter
than its distance from the nostril. Rostral once and two
thirds as broad as deep, just visible from above; internasals
as long as the prefrontals ; frontal once and a half as long as
broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, a
little shorter than the parietals; loreal elongate; one pre-
and two postoculars; temporals 2+2; nine or ten upper
labials, fifth and sixth, or fourth, fifth, and sixth, entering
the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-
shields, which are much shorter than the posterior. Scales
in 15 rows, vertebrals moderately enlarged. Ventrals 191-
199; anal divided; subcaudals 132-138. Pale olive-brown
above, some of the scales with whitish outer edge; a black
streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye;
upper lip and preocular yellow ; outer row of scales and sides
of belly pale olive or greyish; ventrals and subcaudals
between the keels greenish grey or bright yellow.
Total length 1200 millim. ; tail 380.
Sumba and Savu. Several specimens.
25. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid.
Flores, Sumba.
26. Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie.
Lombok, Flores.
27. Dryophis prasinus, Boie.
Lombok.
28. Nata tripudians, Merr.
Flores. A single young specimen, uniform olive-brown
above, white beneath. 21 scales across the neck, 19 across
the middle of the body.
29. Lachesis gramineus, Shaw.
Lombok, Flores, Sumba.
BATRACHIA.
1. Oxyglossus levis, Gthr.
Flores.
36*
508 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and
2. Rana macrodon, Kuhl.
Lombok, Flores.
3. Rana microdisca, Bttgr.
Flores. Known from Java, Mentawi, and Celebes.
4. Rana tigrina, Daud.
Lombok, Sumba.
5. Rana limnocharis, Boie.
Lombok.
6. Rana florensis, sp. n.
Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups between the choan.
Head depressed, as long as broad or a little longer than
broad ; snout moderately prominent, truncated, as long as the
diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis sharp; loreal region
nearly vertical, grooved ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout
than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;
tympanum very distinct, as large as the eye or a little
smaller. Fingers moderate, first extending beyond second ;
toes extensively webbed, the last two phalanges of the fourth
free; tips of fingers and toes dilated into small but well-
developed disks ; subarticular tubercles strong; inner meta-
tarsal tubercle small, oval, blunt; a round outer metatarsal
tubercle; no tarsal fold. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching
the tip of the snout; tibia more than half the length of head
and body. Skin smooth above, or rough with small granular
asperities ; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold, strongest
above the temple and shoulder; lower parts smooth. Grey
or olive above, sides of head darker; tympanum brown ;
dorso-lateral fold not lighter; limbs with dark cross-bars ;
lower parts much spotted or marbled with dark brown, the
throat and breast nearly entirely of a dark brown. Male
with internal vocal sacs and a large, oval, flat gland on the
inner side of the arm.
From snout to vent 77 millim.
Flores, above 3000 feet. Several specimens.
7. Rhacophorus leucomystax, Gravh.
Sumba.
8. Sphenophryne monticola, sp. n.
Tongue large, oval, entire. Snout short, rounded, with
feebly marked canthus; interorbital space as broad as or
broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Tips of
fingers dilated into well-developed disks, which are scarcely
Batrachians from Lombok, Flores, &e. 509
larger than those of the toes; first finger shorter than second ;
toes free; a very indistinct inner metatarsal tubercle; no
subarticular tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
the shoulder or the temple. Skin smooth or with small
warts above; belly indistinctly granulate. Coloration very
variable. Grey, brown, or magenta-red above, uniform or
with darker spots or marblings, with or without a yellowish-
white stripe extending from the upper eyelid to the groin;
a fine whitish line sometimes present along the vertebral line
and along the hind limb; lower parts whitish or pinkish,
inner side of hind limbs usually bright pink; throat speckled
with brown or entirely dark brown.
From snout to vent 26 millim.
Lombok. Several specimens, collected at 4000 feet
altitude.
Closely allied to S. variabilis, from 8. Celebes; distin-
guished by the completely hidden tympanum and the smaller
disks of the fingers.
9. Callula baleata, S. Mill.
Sumba.
10. Bufo biporcatus, Gravh.
Lombok.
11. Hyla Everettz, sp. n.
Tongue discoid or shortly oval, free and slightly nicked
behind. Vomerine teeth in two small transverse groups in
the middle between the choane. Head moderate, as long as
broad ; snout rounded, nearly as long as the diameter of the
orbit; canthus rostralis indistinct, lores very oblique; nostril
nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space
as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, two
thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-third to half
webbed ; disks a little smaller than the tympanum; no pro-
jecting rudiment of pollex ; toes webbed to the disks; a tarsal
fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye
and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth or with very small
warts above; throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs
granulate. Grey or brown above, uniform or with darker
spots or marblings; back of thighs bright yellow, with large
brown or black spots or marblings; lower parts white.
Male with an internal vocal sac.
From snout to vent 48 millim.
Sumba and Savu. Numerous specimens.
510 Mr R. J. Pocock on new Species of
LIII.—Descriptions of some new Species of Scorpions of the
Genus Tityus, with Notes upon some Forms allied to
T. americanus (Zinn.). By R. I. Pocock.
THE identification of the specimens of Tityus obtained on the
Lower Amazons by Messrs. Austen and Pickard Cambridge
(see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. April 1897, pp. 357-368)
entailed on my part a re-examination of the literature of the
subject and of the specimens contained in the collection of the
British Museum, many fresh examples having been acquired
since 1889 and 1893, when I ventured to discuss the affinities
of the form then spoken of comprehensively as americanus.
The result of this return to the subject has been the discovery
of a considerable number of new forms; and since the name
americanus, so far as can be judged, is equally applicable to
many of them, and since we have no knowledge of the exact
locality of the type, I have decided to discard this term until
the type specimen has been re-examined and its structural
characters accurately determined. This decision involves
the restoration to use of the later names obscurus and forci-
pula, assigned by Gervais to two species congeneric with
americanus, and previously regarded as synonymous with it.
Tityus forcipula (Gervais). (Figs. 1, 1 a.)
Scorpio forcipula, Gervais, Arch. Mus, iv. p. 221 (1844); Ins. Apt. iii.
p. 55 (1844).
This species was based upon specimens, of unknown locality,
in the Paris Museum and upon one obtained by M. Goudot in
Colombia. The latter, now in the collection of the British
Museum, may be regarded as the type, as Gervais evidently
intended (see Ins. Apt. 11. p. 55) should be the case. When
discussing this species in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for July
1889, I fell into the error of regarding forcipula as the male of
obscurus, relying upon the accuracy of Gervais’s identification
as obscurus of a specimen in the British Museum, which is
obviously the female of the type of forcipula. As a matter
of fact, obscurus was based upon specimens from Cayenne
(see Arch. Mus. iv. p. 219), and not upon specimens trom
Colombia, though Gervais himself referred Goudot’s Colom-
bian specimen, now in this collection, to that species. ‘This
specimen has but fifteen pectinal teeth, whereas the genuine
obscurus is accredited with twenty-two ; so that there can be
very little doubt as to the distinctness of obscurus and forci-
pula. Some of the distinctive characters of the latter have
Scorpions of the Genus Tityus. dil
been set forth in the subjoined table of species ; but we are at
present in the dark as to the true nature of obscurus. The
Museum, indeed, has two examples ticketed “ Cayenne”
which from their distribution might be referable to obscurus,
but, unfortunately, these two examples represent probably
two distinct subspecies or species; so that it is obviously
unsafe to speak of either of them by the name obscurus. The
specimens under discussion, it may be added, agree most
nearly with the species described in my previous paper as
Cambridget; but, without knowing the male of the Cayenne
forms, it is not possible to be sure of their identity with the
Para species.
Berthold (‘Gottingische gelehrte Anz. Nachrichten’ &c.
1846, p. 56 &c.) was no doubt correct in regarding his species
Gervaisti as distinct from obscurus. It is likely enough,
however, to prove identical with forcipula, though without an
examination of the types or topotypes from Popahan, in
Colombia, there can be no certainty on this head.
Figs. 1, 1 a.—Last three segments and vesicle of tail of 7. forcipula 3.
Figs, 2, 2a.—Ditto of 7. pachyurus 3.
Fig, 26,—Hand and brachium of 7. pachyurus ¢.
Tityus pachyurus, sp.n. (Figs. 2-2 6.)
Allied to T. forcipula, Gervais, in general form, but differing
in the following particulars :—
9. Asin forcipula the tail is incrassate, the fourth and
fifth segments being wider than the first, the width of the
fourth and fifth being more than half their length; but the
vesicle is much narrower, being a little narrower than the
width of the brachium, but distinctly narrower than that of
the hand, whereas in forcipula the vesicle exceeds in width
the width of the brachium and hand; the vesicular spine, too,
512 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Species of
is considerably further from the longer aculeus than it is in
forcipula; the whole tail, too, is much smoother and armed
with less coarsely denticulate superior crests. The hand is
wider than in /forcipula, being distinctly wider than the
brachium, with keels much weaker and smoother; hand-back
half as long as movable digit. Pectines fractured (number of
teeth probably the same as in male).
36. Differs from that of foreipula in much the same cha-
racters as the female, the keels and granules being much
weaker and the vesicle only as wide as the brachium (much
wider in forcipula), the aculeus being longer, with the tooth
further from its base. The hand, on the contrary, is
narrower, its width being equal to the length of that portion
of the immovable digit that is distal to the tooth, whereas in
Jorcipula it is much greater. Pectinal teeth 19 (in fore?-
pula 16).
Measurements in millimetres—2. Total length 61, of
carapace 7°3, of tail 41, width of its first segment 4°5, of
fourth 5, of vesicle 3, of brachium 3°2, of hand 3°6.
3. Total length 67; length of carapace 7:3, of tail 44,
length of first and fourth segments 8; width of first segment
4°5, of fourth 6, of vesicle 3, of brachium 3°2, of hand 5.
Loc. Colombia. Two examples, male (type) and female,
obtained from Turner.
Tityus macrochirus, sp. n. (Figs. 3-3 6.)
Allied to pachyurus and forcipula.
2. Colour of trunk and tail brownish or greenish black ;
legs and chele, especially the latter, reddish yellow; fingers
black. ‘The transverse crests on the terga not so strong; the
upper crests of the tail stronger than on the fourth segment,
ending in a long denticle, as on the second and third; fourth
segment a little wider than the first; vesicle smooth, punc-
tured, without granules, a little wider than the brachium, but
distinctly narrower than the hand, which is weakly keeled ;
digits shorter than in pachyurus, the length of the hand-back
equalling almost two thirds that of the movable digit. Pec-
tinal teeth 14-16.
dg. Tail as in the female, but longer and thicker, with its
fourth segment a little wider than the first, its width much
more than half its length; vesicle distinctly wider than
brachium.
Chela longer and thinner than in pachyurus; brachium
nearly four times as long as broad; hand much thicker than
brachium, long, its width equal to half the length of the
Scorpions of the Genus Tityus. 513
hand-back, which exceeds the length of that part of the
movable digit distal to the basal lobe; the digits relatively
weakly sinuate and lobate.
Pectinal teeth 15-17.
Measurements in millimetres.— 2? . Total length 64; length
of carapace 7, of tail 39, width of its first segment 4, of fourth
4:1, of vesicle 3, of brachium 2°5, of hand 3°5; length of
hand-back 5, of hand 8°1.
3d. Total length 68; length of carapace 7, of tail 44;
width of its first segment 4, fourth segment 5, vesicle 3°4 ;
length of brachium 11, of hand-back 8, of movable digit 10;
width of brachium 3, of hand 4:1.
Loc. Bogoté (Colombia). Several specimens procured
from Mr. I. da Costa.
Differs from the rest of the allies of americanus in its smooth
vesicle, as well as in other characters appertaining to sex &e.
Tityus dasyurus, sp. n.
Closely allied to 7. metuendus, Poc.
Tail robust, the fourth segment a little wider than the
first, its width more than half its length, the fifth just twice
as long as broad ; vesicle as wide as the brachium, almost as
wide as the hand ; the intercarinal spaces of the tail thickly
and coarsely granular (with the exception of the superior,
which are only finely so).
Hand of chela scarcely wider than brachium, with strong
and subgranular keels, the external finger-keel complete, the
movable digit more than twice the length of the hand-back.
Pectinal teeth 20.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 78; length of
carapace 8, of tail 47, width of its first segment 4°7, of fourth 5,
length of fourth 9; width of vesicle and of brachium 3°2, of
hand 373; length of hand-back 5, of movable digit 11:2.
A single female example from Porto Rico (Keyserling
coll.).
Tityus discrepans (Karsch).
Androcottus discrepans, Karsch, Mitth. Minch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 11.
Of this species the British Museum has three specimens—
one adult female ticketed “ Brazil” (Keyserling coll.), a
second adult female from Venezuela (Keyserling coll.), and
one young individual from Caraceas (Dr. Ernst). Seeing
that Karsch’s type was also from Caraccas, there is no reason
for doubting the identification of these specimens.
Although the male is unknown to me, the species is an
514 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Species of
exceedingly well-marked one, the characters of which may
be seen from the subjoined table.
Tityus androcottoides (Karsch).
cea androcottoides, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Vér. 1879,
p. 114.
Karsch gives no locality for this species, which he regarded
merely as a variety of americanus. The British Museum,
however, has half a dozen examples obtained in Demerara
(British Guiana) by Messrs. Sclater, Turner, and Bower.
Specimens from Trinidad which were formerly referred by
me to this species may be recognized from the Demerara
forms by the characters mentioned in the synopsis given
below, the characters being constant in the sixteen examples
that I have seen.
Tityus trinitatis, sp. n.
Isometrus androcottoides (Karsch), Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1889, iv. p. 57.
Tityus androcottoides, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 377
(1894) (in part).
Differing from the closely related Guiana form, which
agrees with Karsch’s description of androcottoides, in having
the two inferior keels on the second caudal segment distinct,
those on the third united on the posterior third of the seg-
ment, and those on the fourth in the posterior two thirds of
the segment. In Demerara specimens which I refer to andro-
cottoides the lower keels are united on the posterior third of
the second and on the posterior two thirds of the third.
Pectinal teeth 16-17.
Loc. Trinidad (J. H. Broadway and J. H. Hart).
The characters of all the Trinidad specimens that I have
seen are very constant in young and data of both sexes.
Tityus magnimanus, sp.n. (Figs. 4, 4a.)
dg. Colour a reddish brown, the fourth and fifth caudal
segments, the vesicle, and digits blackish.
Tail barely six times the length of the carapace, which
equals the length of its third segment, nearly parallel-sided,
the third and fourth segments being only slightly wider than
the first; the inferior keels complete on the second segment,
but represented by a single median one on the posterior third
of the third and on the posterior two thirds of the fourth; the
intercarinal spaces almost smooth, scarcely perceptibly gran-
ular ; the posterior granule of the upper crests of segments 2 to
i. ~~ =
—"
aN Hae ©
Scorpions of the Genus Tityus. 515
4 enlarged. Vesicle a little wider than brachium, but narrower
than hand. Chele not elongate, width of brachium almost
half its length, its length just exceeding that of the carapace ;
Figs. 3, 3a.—Last three segments of tail of 7. macrochirus 3.
Fig. 3 6.—Hand and brachium of 7. macrochirus 2.
Fig. 4.—Lower side of tail of T. magnimanus 3.
Fig. 4a.—Brachium and hand of 7. magnimanus 3.
hand large, its width nearly equal to the length of the hand-
back and not much less than the length of the first caudal
segment; hand-back about half the length of the movable
digit; the digits separated basally, sinuate and lobate.
Coxee and abdominal sterna only very feebly granular.
Pectinal teeth 19 (male and female).
2. Young, 45 millim. in length, resembles the male in
other than sexual characters. ‘Tail a little narrowed poste-
riorly ; vesicle a little narrower than the hand and brachium,
which are subequal; movable digit a little more than twice
the length of the hand-back.
Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 68 ; length
of carapace 7°3, of tail 43, width of its first segment 3°5, of
fourth 3°8, of vesicle 3, of brachium 3, of hand 4:5; length
of brachium 8, of hand-back 4°8, of movable digit 9°5.
Loc. Brazil. ‘l'wo specimens, presented by K. E. Austen.
516 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Species of
Though belonging to the 7. androcottoides section, as shown
by the fusion of the inferior caudal keels, this species
differs from both androcottoides and trinitat’s in having the
tail, sterna, and coxe much smoother. The sexual characters
also are strikingly different, the carapace in the male of the
last-mentioned being much shorter than the third caudal
segment and less than one seventh the length of the whole
tail. The chele, moreover, are slender, the width of the
brachium being less than one third of its length, the hand
narrow, digits contiguous, &c.
Synoptical Table of the previously discussed Species of the
americanus Group of ‘Tityus.
Males.
a. Two inferior caudal keels on segments 2 to 4
distinct.
a’. Vesicle without granules below, punctured ;
hand-back excelling carapace in length;
(tail moderately robust, with strongly den-
ticulate upper edges; chelze long ; brachium
narrower than vesicle, much narrower
than hand; 15-17 pectinal teeth) ...... macrochirus, sp. 0.
6. Vesicle granular below; hand-back less
than length of carapace.
a®, Vesicle much wider than width of bra-
chium, its width nearly equal to the
length of the first caudal segment and
equal to the space between the anterior
edge of the ocular tubercle and the pos-
terior border of the carapace; the tooth
close to the base of the aculeus; 15
QUTINGLAGGLD 5 Sis a'nis avin gape alae forcipula, Gery.
b. Vesicle nalrower, its width much less
than the length of the first caudal seg-
ment and less than half the length of
the carapace; tooth further from the
base of the aculeus.
a®, Tail strongly incrassate posteriorly,
width of the fourth segment exceed-
ing half its length ; hand large, much
wider than brachium, its width ex-
ceeding half the length of the hand-
back, digits strongly sinuate and
lobate.
a‘, Tail very stout posteriorly, the width
of the fifth segment equal to the
length of the second and just equal
to the median length of the cara-
pace ; hand also much wider, with
digits more strongly sinuate...... pachyurus, sp. 0.
b¢, Tail less stout; the width of the
fifth segment considerably less than
Scorpions of the Genus Tityus. 517
the length of the second; hand
narrower, its width at most equal
to the length from the eye to the
posterior margin of the carapace ;
digits less strongly sinuate ...... metuendus, Poe.
6%. Tail slender, feebly incrassate, width
of fourth segment less than half its
length ; width of hand equal to width
of brachium, less than that of vesicle,
and about one third the length of
the hand-back ; digits contiguous .. Cambridget, Poc.
b. Inferior keels on the third and fourth (some-
times also on the second) caudal segments
united to form a single median keel.
a’, Tail short, about six times the length of
the carapace, which is about equal to the
length of the third caudal segment ; bra-
chium less than three times as long as
wide, the width of the hand about half the
length of the movable digit ; sterna and
intercarinal spaces of tail much smoother ;
a median keel on the posterior third of
the third caudal segment and on the pos-
terior half of the fourth .............. magnimanus, sp. n.
b°. Tail long, more than seven times the
length of the carapace, which is much
shorter than its third segment; hand and
brachium narrower, the former more than
three times as long as broad, the latter
about one third the length of the movable
digit in width; sterna and intercarinal
spaces more coarsely granular.
a®. Inferior crests on the second caudal seg-
ment not united posteriorly, those of the
third united in the posterior half of the
segment and those of the fourth in the
posterior three fourths of the segment. . trinitatis, sp. n.
°. Inferior crests on the second caudal seg-
ment united in the posterior third of its
length, of the third in the posterior two
thirds, and of the fourth in the poste-
TIOF 170 SIRENS ann dhs de Seis tm ba androcottoides, Karsch.
Females.
a. Caudal segments 1 to 4 with a pair of parallel
granular keels.
a’. Vesiclepunctured andsmooth below; (hand
obsoletely keeled, wider than vesicle; a
strong terminal denticle on the upper
crest of caudal segments 2 to 4; pectinal
WE LAL Ta 2 of erat sow my «chia of assim seo macrochirus, sp. 0.
b. Vesicle serially granular below.
a’. Vesicle large, its width very noticeably
greater than that of the brachium and
hand; spine close to base of aculeus
(tail inerassate, very coarsely granular,
518 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Species of
upper keels of segments 2 to 4 strongly~
denticulate; hand strongly crested, as
wide as brachium; pectinal teeth 15).. forcipula, Gerv.
6°. Vesicle narrower, its width not greater
than that of the hand and about equal
to that of the brachium ; spine further
removed from base of aculeus. _
a’, Tail thicker, width of the fourth
segment more than half its length, its
superior intercarinal space greater
than the width of the brachium.
a‘. Hand weakly keeled, broader, dis-
tinctly broader than the brachium ;
tail comparatively smooth, the
granulation evanescent ; stouter,
the first segment nearly as broad as
long.
a’, Tail thicker; width of fifth seg-
ment about two thirds of its
lanpth chick. ck te ete ss
b°. Tail narrower ; width of fifth seg-
ment only about half its length.
é*, Hand more strongly keeled, but
narrower, only very slightly wider
than the brachium; tail very
coarsely and distinctly granular at
the sides and below; first segment
considerably longer than broad....
b®, Tail thinner; fourth segment about
twice as long as broad, its superior
intercarinal space (inside measure-
ments) narrower than _ brachium ;
caudal segments less coarsely gran-
ular than in dt! Yeseuds Qiacceeehs
}. The inferior keels of segments 8 and 4 or 2, 3,
and 4 united posteriorly or throughout their
length.
a®’, A single median keel on segments 2-4;
abdominal sterna and intercarinal areas of
tail smooth ; upper caudal crests strongly
denticulate .... 5 riwivivh ctl. Cosme Sieh.
é°, A single median keel at most on the poste-
terior half of the second caudal segment
as well as on the third and fourth; abdo-
minal sterna and intercarinal spaces of
tail thickly granular.
a’, A median keel on the posterior third of
the second caudal segment and poste-
rior two thirds of the third and almost
the whole of the fourth ............
b’. The two paired keels on the lower side
of second caudal segment not united,
but united on the posterior half of the
third and the posterior two thirds of
the fourth ....068. SV Ge ee
To judge from the single immature female specimen of
pachyurus, sp. D.
metuendus, Sp. D.
dasyurus, sp. D.
Cambridgei, sp. n.
discrepans, Karsch.
androcottoides, Karsch.
trinitatis, sp. 0.
f,
—A ee VX ee ee eS eee ee
Scorpions of the Genus Tityus. 519
T. magnimanus that I have seen, this species will fall under
section 6” of the above table, though differing from trinitatis
in being less coarsely granular on the sterna and tail.
Tityus atriventer, sp. n.
Colour deep reddish yellow, thickly variegated with black
on the trunk, limbs, and tail; abdominal sterna, as well as
the coxe and maxillary lobes of the* cephalothorax, also
marked with black patches; patches on the hands arranged
in black lines.
Trunk granular throughout above ; abdominal sterna also
granular.
Tail nearly six times the length of the carapace, parallel-
sided in female, posteriorly incrassate in male, the fifth
segment being wider than the first; the median lateral keel
weak on the second segment; the keels weak, weakly
granular, the terminal granule on the upper keel of the
second and third segments larger than the rest, the inter-
carinal spaces of the tail obsoletely granular ; vesicle weakly
granular, the spine beneath the aculeus slender and pointed,
not blade-like as in some allied species.
Chele weakly granular, the crests moderately strong ;
hands in female a little wider than brachium, in male much
wider, the hand-keels strong, obsoletely granular ; digits with
13-14 rows of teeth, rather strongly lobate and sinuate in
the male.
Pectinal teeth 14-15 in female, 15-16 in male.
Measurements in millimetres.— ? . Total length 38; length
of carapace 4°5, of tail 24, width of its first segment and of
fifth 2°3; width of brachium 2, of hand 2°2; length of
movable digit 5.
3. Total length 32; length of carapace 3°5, of tail 21,
width of its first segment 1°8, of its fifth 2:2; width of
brachium 1:5, of hand 2°3; length of movable digit 4.
Loc. Balthazar in Grenada (Antilles). Two specimens
captured by Mr. H. H. Smith at an altitude of 250-300 feet
under rotting leaves and the bark of a rotten log.
These specimens were received too late for notice in my
paper upon the West-Indian Scorpions published in Journ.
Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. pp. 374-409 (1894). It may be added,
however, that the female differs from the female of all the
species there recorded in having no lobate expansion at the
base of the pectines ; but, tested by the characters used in the
table on p. 377, this new species falls alongside of 7’. melano-
stictus under section a?. But from the latter it may be at
520 3 =Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Species of Scorpions.
once recognized by having the abdominal sterna thickly
granular and densely variegated, not to mention the infusca-
tion of the coxe and the presence of two crests on the fourth
sternite. These two characters, in fact, coupled with the
absence of the pectinal lobe, indicate a close relationship be-
tween J. atriventer and a group of species common in South
America, of which 7’. columbianus, Thor., is a well-known
example.
Some of the differential characters of this group of species
are set forth in the accompanying table :—
a. Upper keels of second, third, and fourth caudal
segments posteriorly elevated and ending in
a strong triangular tooth.
a’, Vesicular tooth small, spiniform; tail
coarsely pranulars .icfralaisjocyesianyee = eee... columbianus, Thor.
(New Granada.)
b'. Vesicular tooth deep and blade-like; tail
much more finely granular............. . Quelchii, Poc. (Deme-
rara.)
b. Upper keels of segments 2-4 not or hardly
elevated posteriorly, at most ending in an
enlarged granule.
a’. Vesicular tooth small and spiniform; tail
obsoletely: granular... 000... ie else ees atriventer, sp.n. Gre-
nada (W. Indies.)
b’. Vesicular tooth deep and blade-like ; tail
and its keels more distinctly granular.
a’, Vesicle and fifth caudal segment pale, not
deeper in colour than the rest of the tail;
hand in male only as wide as the bra-
chium, digits not sinuate ; fifth caudal
segment not elevated ..........00000- pusillus, Poe. (Igua-
rassu. )
b*. At least the vesicle much darker than the
rest of the tail; hands expanded, fingers
sinuate, and fifth caudal segment elevated
in male.
at, Vesicular tooth very deep, obliquely
truncate at the tip; coxa of cephalo-
thorax strongly infuscate .......... stlvestris, Poc. (San-
tarem.)
b*. Vesicular tooth less deep, more pointed
apically ; coxe af cephalothorax
scarcely at all infuscate ............ paraguayensis, Kraep.
(Paraguay.)
Tityus rufofuscus, sp. n.
Colour a uniform brownish black, like that of 7. pachyurus.
Carapace with anterior border transverse, scarcely percep-
tibly emarginate ; ¢erga with the median longitudinal and
On Sus verrucosus, Will. & Schleg., and Allies. 521
the transverse crests strong; the median crest distinct on
the last ; sterna finely granular, the last with the four crests
distinct and granular, and two crests on the fourth sternite.
Tail relatively weak and slender, posteriorly narrowed,
the first segment distinctly wider than the fourth, which is
about twice as long as wide; all the intercarinal spaces,
including the superior, finely granular; all the keels pro-
nounced and granular, but none of the superior keels in any
sense denticulate, evenly granular throughout; vesicle
granular, distinctly narrower than hand, about equal to the
brachium.
Che/e sculptured as in the other species, except that the
anterior surface of the humerus and brachium are evenly
granular throughout (except for the presence of one basal
denticle on the brachium), instead of being irregularly denti-
culate; hand with strong finely granular keels; the outer
finger-keel also strong and almost complete, merely inter-
rupted for a short space; the finger and hand exceeding in
length the first two tail-segments and half the third, the
movable digit twice the length of the hand-back, not lobate,
nor is the immovable basally sinuate; 18 median rows of
teeth on the digit, and the same number composing the outer
and inner series.
Pectinal teeth 20; shaft not basally lobate.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 61; length of
carapace 7, of tail 39, width of its first segment 3°5, of its
fourth 3°1, of vesicle 2°8, of brachium 2°8, of hand 3:1;
length of brachium 8:5, of hand-back 5, of movable digit 10.
Loc. Brazil (£. Doubleday).
Differing from the species allied to forcipula &c. in having
no expansion of the base of the pecten, in having the upper
caudal keels evenly granular, and the anterior surface of the
humerus and brachium without irregular denticulations; tail
narrower, &c. From JT. stigmurus (Thorell), which it
resembles in many characters, it may be distinguished by its
uniform dark colouring.
LIV.—On Sus verrucosus, Will. & Schleg., and Allies, from
the Eastern Archipelago. By Dr. C. 1. Forsyra Masor.
OnE of the most striking and important characters of Sus
verrucosus from Java, and its allies from Borneo, Celebes,
the Philippines, &c., as well as of Sus barbatus, Mill. &
Schleg., is to be found in the shape of the lower canines.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 37
522 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
This was first pointed out by Nathusius* with regard to
S. verrucosus proper, from Java. He stated that in Sus the
transverse section of the lower canine forms a triangle; but
whilst in Sus scrofa the posterior side is, next to the anterior
one, the broadest, and the outer side only half as broad as the
first named, in Sus verrucosus the outer side has almost
double the breadth of the posterior one. A similar state-
ment was made by Riitimeyer t, who, in his last paper on
the subject t, figures transverse sections of the lower canines
of Sus verrucosus, vittatus, and scrofa.
The character alluded to, as well as the other distinctive
characters of S. verrucosus, escaped the notice of J. E. Gray,
when, in 1878 §, he figured and described three skulls belong-
ing to the verrucosus-type, classing them into three distinct
genera: the Sus verrucosus of Java, and “8S. celebensis,
Miill. & Schleg.,” of Celebes, are called Dasycharus; a variety
of the same from Amboina (Moluccas) is mistaken for
a S. vittatus, and figured and described as the type of
“ Aulacocherus vittatus”’ ; whilst an immature skull of the Sus
verrucosus from Java is introduced as a new species of Sus,
S. mystaceus ||; and an immature skull of the Celebes
variety of S. verrucosus, from Macassar, is called Sus
timorensis.
The Wild Hog from Ceram was rightly considered by
Gray, in 1868], to be a variety of S. verrucosus; in the
Hand-list (1873) the “ var. ceramicus” is cancelled again,
the Ceram Wild Hog figuring simply as Sus verrucosus.
In a communication made to the Pisa Society of Natural
History, and of which only the conclusions were published in
avery general manner**, I stated briefly that the Sus Strozzit,
* H. v. Nathusius, ‘ Vorstudien fiir Geschichte und Zucht d. Haus-
thiere zunachst am SchweineschidelAnhang. Der Schiidel von Sus
verrucosus, Mill. und Schleg.,’ Berlin, 1864, p. 181.
+ L. Rutimeyer, ‘‘ Neue Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Torfschweins.—
Anhang. Ueber Sus verrucosus, Mill. und Schleg.” (Verh. naturf. Ges.
Basel, iv. 1, 1865, p. 184).
{ L. Riitimeyer, “ Einige weitere Beitriige iiber das zahme Schwein
und das Hausrind ” (Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel, vi. 1878, p. 463, pl. facing
. 495, fig. 7).
: § J. E. Gray, ‘ Hand-list of the Edentate, Thick-skinned, and Rumi-
nant Mammals in the British Museum,’ London, 1873, pp. 58-60, 62,
pl. xxiv. figs. 1-3, pl. xxvi.
|| See the correct reference of this name to S. verrucosus by O. Thomas,
as quoted by Nehring, with his own remarks on the same in “ Ueber die
javanischen Wildschwein-Arten,” etc. (Zool. Garten, xxxvi. 1895, p. 45).
q P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 24, and Cat. Carniv. &c. (1869) p. 330.
** Forsyth-Major, “ Studii sugli avanzi pliocenici del genere Sus (Sus
Strozztt, Menegh.)” (Atti Soc. Tose. Sc. Nat. Pisa, vol. ii. 13 marzo, 1881,
p. 227)
——= OO ee
Sus verrucosus, Mill. & Schleg., and Allies. 523
Men., of the Upper Pliocene of the Val d’Arno, bears more
relation to the species of Sus of the Indian Archipelago, and,
above all, to Sus verrucosus of Java, than to Sus scrofa.
The characters of the skull of the young S. scrofa are per-
manent in S. Strozziz, as well as in the Indian members of Sus
generally, and more particularly in S. verrucosus; one of the
characters referred to* is in the shape of the lower canines.
This statement requires some further explanation. In
some Middle Tertiary members of Sus no difference is to be
found between the two sexes in the size or shape of the tusks ;
both have their lower canines of moderate size and width,
the outer and inner side being of equal breadth. This con-
dition is more or less maintained permanently by the females
of Pliocene and recent members of the genus, whereas in
some Pliocene forms of Sus the male sex acquires much larger
inferior canines, in which, however, the relative proportions
of size of the three sides, as seen in the females, as well as in
both sexes of forms more ancient than these Pliocene ones, are
still preserved. Gradually, however, these relative proportions
become altered, till at last we come to have the male S. scrofa-
type of lower canines, as described by Nathusius; but, as a
matter of fact, even in this modernized type the canine of
young males shows the original conformation.
The Pliocene forms of Sus, which have the above characters,
are, as I long ago t pointed out: “ Sus giganteus,” Fale. &
Cautl., from the Pliocene of the Siwaliks {, and S. Strozzvz,
from the Upper Pliocene of Italy (Val d’Arno, Olivola, &c.) ;
and I then mentioned that not only S. verrucosus resembles
these fossil forms in this as well as in other respects, but
that S. barbatus shows the same conformation of lower
canines §.
Nehring has dealt with the same argument, so far as recent
Suid are concerned, particularly in two of his numerous
important papers on the group ||; and recently Heude enters
into minute particulars as to the enamel-sculpture and shape
of the lower canines of Sus, to illustrate which are devoted
* See also Forsyth Major in Atti Soc. Tose, Se, Nat. vii. 1890, p. 61.
+ “Studien zur Geschichte der Wildschweine” (Zool. Anzeiger, 1883,
p- 299).
t I had in view the fig. 17, Z 71, of the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis.’
§ See also Forsyth Major, “ L’Ossario di Olivolain Val di Magra (Prov.
di Massa-Carrara)” (Atti Soc. Tose. Se. Nat., Proc. Verb. vii. 1890,
p- 61).
|| Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 21 Febr. 1888, p. 9.
A. Nehring, “Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte” (Abhandl. und
Berichte d. k. Zool. und Anthropol.-Ethnogr. Museums zu Dresden,
1880-89, no. 2: Berlin, 1889, p. 11).
37*
524 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
three quarto plates, twenty-four different types being figured *.
The various forms of Sus of the Indian Archipelago are com-
prised under the denomination of Nesosus, and the remarkable
fact is brought to notice that on the continent, in Cochinchina,
occurs an unmistakable member of the verrucosus type.
It might be a matter of discussion whether a new generic
term was needed (if so, Gray’s Dasycherus would have the
priority) ; but at any rate its eventual utility is neutralized
by deliberately including in it the S. vittatus tT.
Heude apparently is acquainted with the Siwalik Suide
only by what is reproduced of them on pl. ix. (Sus) of
Blainville’s ‘ Ostéographie’ ; this might explain how he comes
to state that ‘on sait que les origines des terrains tertiaires
sous-himalayens ne nous reportent pas au Nesosus” ft. It
may be seen, from what I have said above, that the contrary
is true.
1. Sus verrucosus mindanensis, subsp. n.
Alluding to my paper in the ‘ Zool. Anzeiger ’ §, Nehring ||
declares that he cannot completely approve of the somewhat
radical manner of my reducing all the living species of Sus
to three or four, viz. S. barbatus, S. verrucosus, S. vittatus,
S. scrofa.
My proceeding might perhaps more appropriately be termed
conservative, whilst I would call radical the introducing of
about 35 new species of Sus by Pére Heude. Apart from
this, from what Nehring formerly stated on the same sub-
* P.-M. Heude, S.J., ‘Etude sur les Suilliens” (Mém. concernant
l’Hist. Nat. de l’Empire Chinois par des Péres de la Compagnie de Jésus,
t. 1, 2, Chang-Hai, 1892, p. 87, pl. xxix. A, B, C).
+ L. c. p. 85.
{ 2.e,.p. 10k;
§ L. c. p. 295 sqq.
| ‘Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte,’ p. 27: “ Die etwas radicale
Art und Weise, in welcher Forsyth Major in seiner ....Abhandlung, die
simmtlichen lebenden Sus-Arten auf 3 resp. 4 reducirt, namlich auf
S. barbatus, S. verrucosus, S. vittatus, und eventuell S. scrofa, kann ich
nicht ganz billigen, LEinerseits ist S. celebensis nach meiner Ansicht
eine ‘gute Art,’ andererseits finden sich unter den von Forsyth Major zu
S. vittatus gerechneten Formen mehrere, welche von einander sicher
unterschieden werden kinnen” [here reference is made to two of the
author’s papers, ‘Zool. Anz.’ 1885, p. 352, and ‘ Zool. Garten,’ 1885, p. 334, in
which similar opinions were expressed}; “ tiberhauptist die Auseinander-
haltung der einzelnen Local-Russen resp. Subspecies bei den Wild-
schweinen von unzweifelhafter Bedeutung fiir ein tieferes Eindringen in
den Process der Artbildung nach Raum und Zeit, was auch Forsyth
Major anerkennt.”
a
Sus verrucosus, Miill. & Schleg., and Allies. 525
ject * it appears that he was partly influenced by the views
expressed by Lydekker; but from what he says in the
passage quoted, it can be seen that on the whole our views
are not so very different. In the present instance we have
especially to deal with the question, whether it be more con-
venient to rank the Celebes Wild Hog as a species distinct
from the Javan S. verrucosus, or to call it merely a variety of
the latter. The former course is followed by Nehring, whilst
I advocated the latter. I would see no difficulty in adopting,
for convenience’ sake, Nehring’s mode of naming, if there
were no other but the two forms just mentioned f ; but there
are others, which I am going to discuss ; so that my answer
to Prof. Nehring is contained in the following pages.
Dampier, in 1686, mentions the Wild Hogs of the Isle of
Mindanao (Philippines) in the following words :—“ The Hogs
are ugly Creatures; they have all great Knobs growing over
their Eyes, and there are multitudes of them in the Woods.
They are commonly very poor, yet sweet.” }
In a paper contributed to the Transactions of the Royal
Society of London, the Jesuit Missionary Camel enumerates,
apart from the domestic pig, three kinds of wild hogs from
the Philippines § :—
“No. 25. Ababa. Aper brevipes.
“ No. 26. Pore? ttem species pygmei, feri, cursu velocissimi.
“No. 27. Bayong s. Pagil. Aper montanus.
“No. 28. Babuy. Sus domestica.”
Two of the above native names are mentioned also by E. v.
Martens, who writes as follows respecting the Wild Boars of
the Philippines ||: “Wildes Schwein, javali der Spanier, baboy
damo der Tagalen, an anderen Orten pagil, bayong ete.
* A. Nehring, “Ueber eine neue Art von Wildschweinen (Sus longi-
rostris, Nehring) aus Siidost-Borneo” (Zool. Anzeiger, no. 197, 1885,
p- 352). As to Lydekker’s opinions, see below.
+ I have myself of late (P. Z.S., March 16, 1897) proposed to maintain
the Madagascar Wild Hog as a separate species, although it differs
not more widely from the Potamochwrus cheropotamus (Desmoul.)
(P. africanus, auct., P. larvatus, auct.) than does “ Sus celebensis” from
the Javan S. verrucosus. But I would have to change my view if there
were found in Madagascar other forms of wild hogs, differing less from
P. cheropotamus than those I am acquainted with.
¢{ William Dampier, ‘A new Voyage round the World,’ vol. i. 7th ed.
(In ‘A Collection of Voyages in four Volumes.’ London, 1729, Vol. i.
p. 320: Isle of Mindanao anno 1686.)
§ “De Quadrupedibus Philippensibus Tractat. a Reverendo Georg.
Jos. Camel transmissus Jacobo Petiver, Pharmacop. et Societ. Regie
Soc. Londini” (Philos. Trans. vol. xxv. for the years 1706 and 1707,
London, 1708, pp. 2200, 2201).
|| Pr. Exped. nach Ost-Asten, Zvol. Theil, i. p. 195.
526 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
genannt, iiberall hiufig, von Cagay4n, der nérdlichsten Pro-
vinz Luzons, bis Mindando, das Fleisch allgemein geschatzt.”
Only during the last few years have we received some
more accurate information about these Wild Hogs. In 1588
Huet described and figured a new species from Luzon, Sus
Marchei*. ‘The figure of this skull is rather indifferent and
not trustworthy, as Nehring has pointed out.
A careful description, with figures, of a wild hog from
Luzon (Philippines) is given by Nehring f, under the name
Sus celebensis var. philippensis, Nehring t. Ina later paper§,
the same author has shown that S. Marcher, Huet, is identical
with S. celebensis var. philippensis, Nehr.
The skull of the male philippensis, as compared with the
male celebensis, is characterized as follows by Nehring || :—
The skull from the Philippines is lower, more elongate, and
has a narrower snout than is generally the case in “ S. cele-
bensis”’ from South Celebes. he osseous crest above the
alveolus of the upper canine is lower and not so thickened
behind as in celebensis, more resembling the Javan verrucosus
in this respect.
So far, these characters apply as well to the skull of an
adult male in the British Museum (91.11.28.3) from Ayala,
Mindanao, but it carries them farther still and has, besides,
characters of its own. In length (basal length 269 millim.)
the Mindanao skull slightly exceeds the two male skulls
described by Nehring (259 and 252 millim.), whilst all the
principal dimensions of height and breadth remain below
those of the two skulls from Luzon, absolutely under those of
the larger one, and relatively —when reduced, as in the follow-
ing figures, to percentages of the basal length—under those
of the smaller one :—
M. L.
Relat. breadth of skull at largest (between
EYPOM. ATCHOS) .... s ., curses Gis se LO oo 48°3 52°5 . 61:2
Relat. frontal breadth at largest (between post- :
orbital processes of frontal) ............ 32°7 34:7 . 33°7
Relat. frontal breadth at narrowest .......... 22 28°2 . 222
Relat. breadth of occipital squamie (ale) .... 26°4 33°2 . 29°4
Relat. breadth of mandibula between the con-
GIG ay i:0.0 7 sis einicdhiglel ah then eaten Saeed” 40'8 44.425
Relat. height of occiput. ....5..0ccsceeceees 40 45°6 . 40°5
Relat. height of skull (resting on mandibula). . 63:2 73°4 . 68°6
* «Le Naturaliste,’ Jan, 1888, pp. 5-7. See also Nehring in Sitzungs-
ber. Ges. nat. Fr. 1894, p. 192 footnote, and p. 219.
t “Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte ” d c. pp. 14-17, 24-26, Taf. i.
figs. 3, 4, Taf. ii. fig. 4).
} Heude has erroneously attributed this name to Huet (J. c. 1892,
p. 86, 1894, p. 217).
§ Sitzungsber. Ges. nat. Fr. 1894, p. 220.
| “ Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte,” p. 15.
Sus verrucosus, Mill. & Schleg., and Allies. 527
Peculiar features of the Mindanao skull are to be found in
the considerable length of the snout :—
M. L.
Relat. length of intermaxilla at alveolar border 26-4 24:7 . 23°8
The nasals of the Mindanao skull are very narrow in the
middle of their length; but the whole of the nasal region
still remains remarkably broad, on account of the overlapping
of the intermaxille on the upper surface of the nasal region.
On placing side by side the Mindanao skull with those of
the Celebes form and the verrucosus proper from Java, there
can remain no doubt that the first differs as much from the
second as this latter does from the third. So that if the
Celebes Wild Boar is to be maintained as a distinct species,
it would be only consistent to raise the Mindanao form as
well to specific rank. Of course, it results from the fore-
going remarks that the Luzon form holds in most respects an
intermediate position between mindanensis and_ celebensis
(contrary to what might have been expected from the geo-
graphical position of its habitat). But, on the other hand,
the Bornean form of verrucosus, to be considered hereafter,
intervenes between celebensis and verrucosus of Java, by the
considerable breadth between the zygomatic arches and by
the relative shortness of the last molar.
Lastly, to connect all these forms still closer together,
almost all the characters by which philippensis and minda-
nensis differ from celebensis are such as approach the first
two to the Javan verrucosus.
Under these circumstances I cannot see my way to esta-
blishing a new species for the Mindanao form, and still less
can I range it as a variety under a species S. celebensis, But
I prefer to treat it as a subspecies of S. verrucosus, Mill. &
Schleg., on equal rank with S. verrucosus celebensis, S. verru-
cosus philippensis, Nehr., and the other forms with which I
have still to deal. S. verrucosus of Java becomes the type
of the species on no other than priority grounds,
Heude has of late described and figured no less than seven
new species of Sus from the Philippines: 1. Sus effrenus ;
2. S. frenatus ; 3. 8. microtis; 4. 8. cebifrons; 5. S. minutus ;
6. S. artetinus; 7. S. calamianensis*. Four of these, viz.
1, 2, 3,6, are trom the Island of Luzon; the first-named
three from one locality, Jala-Jala, “‘ une langue de terre de
huit kilométres de cété; elle termine la grande péninsule
dépendant de la province de Moron, dans le lac de Bay ”’ f.
* “ Notes sur quelques cranes de Sangliers des Philippines” (J. c, ii. 4,
1894, p. 212).
+ Lc. p. 216,
528 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
To judge from the short description of.the skulls and den-
tition and from the figures—unfortunately no measurements are
given,—none of these four “ species ” can be separated from
Nebring’s S. celebensis var. philippensis.
In applying the criteria for specific distinctions resorted to
by Pere Heude to the crania of the Indian “ Sus erdstatus”’ in
the Natural History Museum, from 12 to 15 different species
of Indian Wild Boars might be easily distinguished. We
must, however, be grateful to the author for showing us the
amount of variability in these forms, even those from the
same island.
The skull of “ S. cebifrons,” from Cebu*, conveys the
impression of being that of a more or less domesticated
animal, possibly a cross with a domestic pig—a not unfrequent
occurrence in those islands, according to Pére Heude’s state-
ment ft.
Of “ Sus minutus” t, distinguished by its small size, the
very simple structure of its molars §, and the large size and
elevation of premolars ||, which characters distinguish it from
mindanensis, no habitat is given in the description; but I
understand, from what is said incidentally {], that it occurs in
Mindanao—so. that there seem to be two forms of wild pigs
in Mindanao.
Of “ S. calamianensis”’ we shall have to say something
later on.
2. Sus verrucosus amboinensis, subsp. nD.
There are two skulls (both males) of the Wild Boar of
Amboina (a small island to the south-west of Ceram) in the
Natural History Museum, 59.6.4.6 (1862) and 59.6.4.5
(1362 d) ** ; both were collected by A. R. Wallace, and figure
in the catalogues under the head of S. vittatus. Rolleston
was aware that the skull 1362 d is a ‘‘Sus verrucosus” ++, but,
by a strange inadvertance, he mentions on the opposite page
* Pl. xxviii. figs. 1, 2, 3.
+ T. ii. 1894, p. 312.
t LZ. c. p. 218. § Z.e. pl. xx B. fig. 1.
|| Pl. xvii. figs. 6-8. q L. c. 1i. 3, 1894, p. 129.
** Gerrard, ‘Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalia in the Collection of
the British Museum,’ 1862, p. 277; J. E. Gray, “ Synopsis of the Species
of Pigs (Suidze) in the British Museum,” P. Z. 8. 1868, pp. 25, 26; J. E.
Gray, ‘ Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachyd., and Edent. Mammalia in the
Brit. Mus.,’ 1869, p. 331; J. E. Gray, ‘ Hand-list of the Edentate, Thick-
skinned, and Ruminant Mammals in the British Museum,’ 1873, p. 58,
with figure (profile) of 1862, pl. xxiv. fig. 3.
tt Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) i. 1877, p. 271.
Sus verrucosus, Miill. & Schleg., and Allies. 529
the other skull from Amboina as belonging to S. vittatus *.
This is the same skull which, as pointed out above, is figured
in profile in the ‘ Hand-list,’ with the inscription A ulacocherus
vittatus tT.
Whilst mndanensis approaches philippensis, the present
Amboina form is more closely related to celebensis, so as to
agree with the last in all the characters in which philippensis,
according to Nehring}, departs from it; the agreement is
closer still than between philippensis and mindanensis.
The skull of ambocnensis, then, is higher and broader than
philippensis, and still more so than mindanensis. Whilst
the basal length of the latter form is equal to that of the
Amboina wild pigs (M.=269, A.=270 . 268), the united
parietals and frontals are considerably longer in A. (164 . 169,
M. 149), whereas the nasals are much shorter (A. 153 . 155,
M. 164). Taking philippensis into account as well, the per-
centage lengths stand thus :—
M. ie A,
Parietals and frontals .......... 55°4 58:7 . 57:3 60°74 . 63
Nasal Shea echt ancient Menoneer eae 61 60°6 . 57°3 56°7 . 57'8
The postorbital region is not only high in amboztnensis, but
it is elongate as well. Dividing, after Nathusius’s method,
the upper surface of the cranium proper in two parts, by
means of an auxiliary frontal line connecting the postorbital
processes across the forehead, we find the following propor-
tions in the lengths of the two parts :—
M. oe
Percentage from root of the nose to frontal line.... 243 22:4. 23:7
Percentage from frontal line to occipital margin .. 32 392. 41
This is one of the characters in which mindanensis
approaches more closely S. verrucosus from Java, and still
more the Sus verruc. ceramicus from Ceram (see below) ;
whereas in the following it is, as we have seen, at the one
extreme, verrucosus, with its very short snout, at the other,
whilst amboinensis holds the middle :—
* L.c.p. 270. In the same place measurements are given of the
lachrymal of an immature skull of “ Sws vittatus,” Brit. Mus. 162 f,
which in reality is a young S. verrucosus; and so is the skull 1862 g
enumerated in the Catalogue (Cat. Carniv., Pachyd. &c. p. 352; Hand-
list Edent. Mamm. p. 58) as S. vittatus; “ Sus timoriensis,’ 1501 ¢, from
Macassar (Cat. Carniv., Pachyd. &c. p. 835; Hand-list Edent. Mamm.,
p- 60) is the skull of a young of S. verrucosus celebensis,
+ Pl. xxiv. fig. 3.
{ The celebensis of North Celebes, however, differs less from philtppen-
sis, according to Nehring (‘ Ueber Sus celebensts und Verwandte,’ p. 15).
530 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
M. A. C.
Percentage length of molar region of palate
(see Nathusius). )... stone pease sii 46°3 494 , 50-2 52°4
Percentage length of incisor region of palate
(see: Nathasitis)” “1 /.kis-va's «ave em aie 268 243.229 209
The crest above the canines in amboinensis has a some-
what different shape from what obtains in philippensis and
mindanensis, and agrees with celebensis; it is higher than in
the first two and considerably thickened behind.
The zygomatic arches bend out more suddenly in ambotn-
ensis than in mindanensis or philippensis, which last two in
this respect again more approach verrucosus from Java, whilst
ambotnensis ranges with celebensis and with the Bornean form
of verrucosus.
Again, as compared with mindanensis and philippensis, in
amboinensis (and celebensis) the whole of the mandibula is
higher and broader, and the ascending ramus longer antero-
posteriorly and more vertical; the greater height contributes
towards increasing the height of the whole skull when resting
on the mandibula in its natural position. In this respect,
however, there appears to occur variations in the skull of the
philippensis from Luzon *, as also in the height of the skull,
independently from that of the mandibula (percent. height of
occiput in the two skulls described by Nehring 45°6 . 40°5).
The molars of ambotnensis, as compared with those of
mindanensis, are not so narrow, their enamel less delicately
wrinkled, and they are less regularly inserted; whilst in
mindanensis their outer margins lie in a line almost parallel
to the long axis of the skull, they form in ambotnensis a con-
vex line outwardly. As compared with celebensis, the third
molars of amboinensis, though short, are slightly more com-
plicated.
There are to be noticed some small variations between the
two skulls from Amboina. ‘The skull 1362 d, which, to
judge from the wear of the teeth, was a somewhat younger
specimen than 1362 c, shows the upper contour slightly more
concave in the region of the naso-frontal suture. In the
same skull this region, viewed from above, is, together with
the anterior frontal and the whole nasal region, more flattened
and broadened than in 13862 c; behind and above the supra-
orbital foramina the frontal region of the former kaa
(1862 d) ascends steeper towards the occiput and is more
convex from side to side and from before backwards. Both
skulls show feebly raised rugosities on their outer nasal
* See “8. frenatus,’ Heude, J. c. tome ii. 1894, p. 216, pl. xxvii. fig. 5.
Sus verrucosus, Miill. & Schleg., and Allies. 531
margins ; in 1362 ¢ they are about 7°5 millim. wide and 34°5
millim. long, and terminate near the back end of the nasals,
so that they are not situated directly opposite the crests
above the canines, but with two thirds of their length back-
wards from those crests. In 1362 d these crests are less
distinct. Nehring has pointed out the same conformation in
a skull of celebensis, and rightly remarks that they call to
mind what occurs in Potamocherus*. The “wart”? supported
by the crest and the nasal rugosities of verrucosus is, of
course, the exact homologue of the similar but much stronger
developed horn-like cartilage in the males of Potamocherus,
and I expect that, as in the latter genus, it will be found to
be missing in females and young individuals of the verru-
cosus group.
In the foregoing description of the Amboina pig I had
continually to poimt cut its close resemblance to celebensis.
This is clearly shown as well by the comparative dimensions.
In the table of measurements will be found the average per-
centage measurements of six skulls of male celebensis, calcu-
lated from the absolute dimensions given by Nehring t. By
comparing these with the percentage dimensions of ambotn-
ensis, it will be seen that there prevails a close agreement in
almost all the figures. In absolute size the Amboina skulls
agree with the largest of celebensis, the basal length varying
in the six skulls of C. (see Nehring) from 234-267 millim.,
as against 268 and 270 millim. in the two skulls of A.
The following few divergences between C. and A. may here
be pointed out, the more so as the measurements upon which
they rest have, for sake of space, been omitted in the table of
measurements.
The canines of amboinensis appear to be a little larger ;
the longest diameter in the alveoli of the upper canines in C.
varying from 17-21 millim. (percent. 7°3-8), in A. from 26°5-
29 millim. (percent. 10-10°7). The lachrymals, too, are
shorter in celebensis :—
A. C.
Percentage dimensions of lower margin of
GUYANA S ctl < 4 ata 's eis’ o'ate'c. « aaa Set ate sate 8:9- 9:3 56- 7:1
Percentage dimensions of upper margin of
PRN oh dia a cain wid > 2'4.= $i<' apo amtiote 15°5 11:9-12°8
Contrary to the opinion expressed by myself, Lydekker
has endeavoured to show that in the form of the cranium
Sus vittatus comes nearest, amongst living forms, to the
* ‘Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte,’ p. 10.
1 Gc: p. 30.
532 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
Siwalik Sus giganteus, Fale. & Cautl.. At the same time
he upholds the separation of the Indian 8S. eristatus from the
“ Javan etc.” S. vittatus*, My. Lydekker has, I apprehend,
been completely misled by the confusion above alluded to in
the naming of the skulls. For the form of the cranium of
S. vittatus he refers t to fig. 3, pl. xxiv. of the ‘ Hand-list,’
“Aulacocherus vittatus,” so that, as a matter of fact, it is
S. verrucosus amboinensis which he is comparing with
S. giganteus. Again, when giving his reasons for the assumed
specific distinctness of S. vittatus from S. cristatus, against the
view propounded by Riitimeyer and myself, he assigns to
S. vittatus characters which in reality are those of members
of the verrucosus group :—“ In S. vittatus m. 3 is normally
shorier than in S. cristatus ; its length, especially in the lower
jaw, in all typical examples that have come under the writer’s
notice being less than that of m. 1, m. 2....” $. Ina foot-
note it is stated that ‘ No. 1362 B, British Museum, is an
exception, but this specimen not improbably belongs to
S. verrucosus”’ t. Of the four skulls enumerated in the
‘ Hand-list’ under the heading of ‘‘ Aulacocherus vittatus ”
(Sus vittatus) §, one (1362 /) is an immature Sus verrucosus,
two others (1362c & d) are the above-described S. ver-
rucosus amboinensis, and a fourth (1362 9), sine patria,
corresponds almost in every particular with S. verrucosus
celebensis, but has the third molars a little more complex.
The skull 1362 B, mentioned by Lydekker, was brought
from Java by A. R. Wallace ||, but, far from having anything
to do with S. verrucosus, it is precisely one of the few skulls
labelled S. vittatus which is not S. verrucosus.
The comparisons instituted by Mr. Lydekker, therefore,
strengthen my opinion that it is with the verrucosus group,
more especially with amboinensis and celebensis, and not with
S. vittatus, that S. giganteus presents the closer relation.
Without entering here more fully into the argument, it may
be pointed out that, if we do not limit our comparisons to
the Amboina skull, 1362, alone, the analogy appears still
closer. In the second skull from Amboina, 1362 d, and in
several skulls from Celebes, the occipital height is quite
as considerable as in the fossil. Again, the Amboina
* R. Lydekker, “Siwalik and Narbada Bunodont Suina ” { Mem. Geol.
Surv. India. ser. x. vol. iii. pt. 2, Calcutta, 1884, pp. 50, 54, 58, 59 (16,
20, 24, 25)].
t+ L. c. p. 58 (24), footnote.
t L.c. p. 50 (16), and footnote 5.
§ P. 58.
|| Catal. Bones Mamm. p. 277; Catal. Carniv., Pachyd. &c, Mamm.
p. 382.
Sus verrucosus, I/iill. & Schleg., and Allies. 533
skull 1362 d, celebensis generally, and the Bornean form of
verrucosus * have still more prominent zygomatic arches than
the skull from Amboina with which Lydekker compared the
fossil.
3. Sus verrucosus ceramicus, Gray.
A skull of an adult male (B. M. 712d) from Ceram, col-
lected by A. R. Wallace. As mentioned above, Gray
originally ¢ considered this skull—rightly, in my opinion—
to be a variety of S. verrucosus ; in the ‘ Hand-list’ it figures
with the Sus verrucosus of Java as ‘‘ Dasycherus verru-
cosus”? f.
On account of the slenderness of the snout, this skull
presents a very elegant appearance. In length it is equal to
weaker specimens of the Javan form; in relative breadth of
the zygomatic arches (see table of measurements no. 5) it is
the narrowest of all the forms of verrucosus which have come
under my notice; in relative breadth of the front (nos. 6, 7)
it ranges with the narrowest specimens of S. verrucosus. In
relative height (nos. 15, 16) this skull is surpassed by all the
members of the group with the exception of mndanensis.
The nasal region is very narrow as compared with all the
other skulls of the verrucosus type. The crest above the
canine is weak—short, low, and narrow.
Of the last molar of this specimen Rolleston has stated §
that it is comparatively simple as compared with other
specimens of S. verrucosus. ‘This remark holds good with
regard to all the molars and premolars of ceramicus ; thus it
approaches celebensis and ambotnensis; in the elongation of
m. 3 it, however, ranges with verrucosus from Java.
In a paper by Jentink || mention is made of a Sus ceram-
ensis, Rosenberg (Malayisch. Archipel. 1878, p. 362), said
to occur in enormous quantities in Ceram and on all the
islands from Ceram-laut to Jijoor. Besides, there are in
the Leyden Museum skins from Tidore, Ternate, and
Waaigeou, collected by Dr. Bernstein; and Jentink is of
opinion that all these are one and the same species, and
identical with Sus niger, Finsch§, trom New Guinea.
* 1362 a, not 13624; see below S. verrucosus borneensis.
+ P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 24, and Cat. Carniv. &c. 1869, p. 330.
t Hand-list &c. 1873, p. 59.
§ Trans. Linn. Soc. 1877, (2) i. p. 271.
|| F. A. Jentink, “On the Malayan and Papuan Pigs in the Leyden
Museum,” Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol, xiii, Note vi. (Leyden,
1891) pp. 85-104.
q| P. ZS. 1886, p. 217.
534 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on
Jentink, moreover, suggests that Gray’s S. verrucosus, var.
ceramica, described above, may prove to be the same as
Rosenberg’s S. ceramensis and Finsch’s S. niger. This may
be ; however, so Jong as the only information we have to rely
on is to the effect that these various pigs are of a ‘uniform
black’ colour, it is useless to waste time in conjectures.
From what Rolleston says * respecting a skull of a pig from
Ternate, which is identical in age and conformation with one
in the British Museum (‘Sus timorensis,”’ 1501 6) T, one
thing is certain, viz., that in the island of Ternate exists a
wild pig of the vittatus type which has nothing to do with
verrucosus.
4, Sus verrucosus borneensis, subsp. n.
The skull of an old male in the British Museum (59.8.16.5
—1862 a) ¢ from Borneo, collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace,
is, to my knowledge, the only known specimen of a verru-
cosus from Borneo. It is the very opposite of ceramicus,
being a massive cranium, short and broad, in this character
approaching celebensis and amboinensis, by both of which,
however, it is surpassed in height and in the greater elonga-
tion of the incisor region (see dimensions below). ‘lhe crests
above the upper canines are of moderate size, as in S. verru-
cosus from Java,
5. Sus barbatus balabacensis, subsp. n.
In 1888 Huet described and figured a new species of Sus
(S. ahenobarbus) from Palawan Island, between Borneo and
Mindoro (Philippines), pointing out the supposed differences
of the skull from S, barbatus of Borneo §. In the following
year, Nehring, without being aware ot Huet’s paper, gave
measurements and a provisional description of the skull and
* I. c. p. 276. Rolleston, after describing the skull, adds:—“ The
colouring, eee of the head of this Sus differs from that of any other
Sus seen by Dr. A. B. Meyer,—or figured by Schlegel—the head being
covered all over with long black hair, except in the region occupied by a
broad yellowish-brown streak beginning between the eyes and descending
to the snout, where it broadens.”
t Gray, Catalogue Carniv. &c. 1869, p. 335: “ S. timorensis, 1501 4,
...a wild pig, Ternate, from Mr. Wallace’s collection.”
t ‘ Catalogue of Bones,’ 1862, p. 277, under the head of Sus vittatus (a) ;
Catal. Carniv. &c. 1869, p. 330, under Sus verrucosus; Hand-list &c.,
1873, p. 59, under Dasycherus verrucosus, where, by a misprint, it bears
the number 136 a.
§ ‘Le Naturaliste,’ Jan. 1888, p. 5.
Sus verrucosus, Jill. & Schleg., and Allies. 535
a skin of a wild hog from the same island, naming it ‘‘ Sus
barbatus, var. palavensis, Nehr.” *
Heude has since t made known the skull and teeth of his
Sus calamianensis from the Calamianes Isles, situated
between Mindoro and Palawan, the name having already
been published in 1888 in the explanation of a plate showing
the upper and lower premolars. Heude refers his species
with a query to “S. longirostris, Nehr.,” and states that
“8. ahenobarbus, Huet,” belongs to the same group.
In the same year Nehring { corrects some errors in the
description, measurements, and figures of ‘ S. ahenobarbus’’
(the skull named S. ahenobarbus is that of S. Marchet, Huet,
and vice versd), which he is inclined to consider as identical
with his own 8S. barbatus var. palavensis.
In the same place § short mention is made of the skull
of an adult male from Culion (Calamianes group), and the
opinion is expressed that S. calamianensis, Heude, is a second
variety of S. barbatus, “iS. barbatus var. calamianensis,
Nehring.” <A detailed description is promised.
The Natural History Museum received some years ago
from Mr. A. H. Everett four skulls of a wild pig from
Balabac Island (between Borneo and Palawan), one (B.M.
94.6.8.8) being from a male and three of females (B.M.
94.6.8.7—94.6.8.9—94.6.8.10). The male is almost com-
pletely adult, the two anterior thirds of the last molar
being inuse. Of the female skulls, one (10) is immature,
the last molar being almost unworn; skull 9 is of an old and
7 of a very old sow (molars worn to the sockets).
I am of Nehring’s opinion, that the pigs from Calamianes
and Palawan are somewhat dwarfy varieties of the Bornean
Sus barbatus, and the same holds good with regard to the
Balabac pig. In the table of cranial measurements given
below the reduced measurements of S. barbatus balabacensis
are placed side by side with the same of S. barb. palavensis ;
these last are calculated from the absolute measurements
given by Nehring ||; for comparison have been added the
measurements of a male and female skull of S. barbatus,
reduced as above from the tables in Nehring’s paper
* A, Nehring, “ Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte,” /. c. pp. 22, 325
id. Sitzungsber. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1890, p. 11.
+ “Etude sur les Suilliens,” 7. ¢. t. ii. 1888, pl. xvii. fig. 4; 1892,
pl. xx. B. fig. 3, pl. xxix. C. fig. 7; 1894, p. 221, pl. xl. figs. 1, 2, 5.
¢ Sitzungsber. naturf, Freunde Berlin, 1894, pp. 190, 220.
§ L. ec. p. 191. See also Nehring, “ Ueber die javanischen Wild-
schwein-Arten,” &¢. (Zoolog. Garten, xxxvi. 1895, p. 46).
| “Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte,” p. 32; Sitzungsber. Ges.
naturf. Fr. 1894, p. 221.
q, “Ueber Sus celebensis,” p. 32.
> i iia i i | | - - i UU ————— ee
9-19 99 69 09 28 a % 18 TZ oo ee pesn st SAN ee
“00 U9AMJOG JoFV] 4YV YWpvoig °G
69 GPO 09 ¢-19 PL 99 €2 £9 6¢ (sernqus ‘ov, toddn weeayeq)
JSOMOLIBA 4B YIpvaiq ByuoLgT *f
&8 &6 88 G06 ool 6 86 6 88 rereeesee ss ssopsaaord [BqIqto
sod uaaazoq qIpveiq [eyUoLy “9
¢-6IT GPE G-S6L GL PLT SST L¥T GPL OST [°° ** (soqore ‘mo34z w90444
; -0q) 4SeBiv] 3B WINTUBID JO TIPLAL “e
9-69 TZ g-9 69 99 89 19 99 TZ Mer tenh mea Mo o> pegs ns
-OOATB JB BI[IXVMIE} UL JO IYVSae"T “Og
69 9-89 19 G9 OL 69 g-19 9-99 GL v's 2072 DORR ES? *" S ORME
oO wolfer Jostout jo yytuay of
OFT G-0LT 991 G-LLT TAT e241 GPEL 2-861 Ofer [3S Pee Saree
jo wolger avjou jo wySuey “9 F
206 g-886 IGG GhG 1¥G 1G FOL 2-861 POL [°° ** ** 2" XBULIOpUT JO pue “ue
0} o7eyed Jo youq wor YyZueT ‘vf
69 9-89 69 89 08 9-98 bL GL GZ ** (ouly e[pprar) ozvred Jo youg
0} ‘udem ‘wieioy wo YauerT ‘fp
68 GP 8& GSP €¢ 6g TP OF CP seeeeeeess JoUIOA JO pua “4ysod
0} ‘USvUI ‘MIBIOY WO qWZaerT ‘gE
108 69S OPE 098 88S 968 PEs O&€ 61g = |'*** (-xBuLtezUI Jo pus “juB 04
qsero ‘d1000 mor) WSUS] ETYOLT °F
GIG LOE 886 61& SS O&s 896 OLB 696 | ***** UANTULLo Jo YySuE] [wsUE *T
‘ant & acy me) - "P SP : *P *? |
‘O1'8'9'F6 “W'A| *L'8'9'F6 “W'E | °6'8'9'F6 “N'A | °8°8'9'F6 “N'A (‘2 Z981) ‘P2OL Wa (‘Pp ae) (19 2981) "S'S Il 16 “N'A
“S9T8'6S “NWA “oP'9'6S WE ‘O'F'9'6S “W'S
A NHS
‘fepy ‘ery “fey ‘Cony fepy SpUSMAINsBatl [ING
‘s1suaaU.log ‘snovup.iaa | ‘sisuauoguin | ‘sisuauroqup | ‘sisuaunpuru
SNSOINALIL “GS | SNSOINALIL “S| SNSOINLAL “KY | SNSOINALAA “Gy | SNSOINLMAA “Ky
‘fey ‘sesuaonqnpng snjng.ing “y
9-96
esl
2-801
9:89
G-GE
9-66
16
SOT
LLT
9-98
9:83
16
G86
Fg
Gh “wo
66
&&
1g
GLE
rreteees © “TT IOMOT JO YISZUET ‘9g
serreees (sarfpuoo ueaaizoq)
qsod.ey qe V[Nqipuvut Jo yBporg “ge
‘¢‘u jo pue 4ysod moa snutet
IBN (puvur [eyWOZTIOY Jo PZueT “ze
teeeeees © cur gaddn jo yy8ueryT *2z
as) ech (e @ Pb ie lee w al elece srvpomord
pur srepour zoddn so qySu0y yuo “pz
qser10 peytdro90 Fo eTppru
OF ,, OUT TRWOIZ,, ous WOLT 'p QT
‘ooord "qtojsod maeamjoq MaveIp
OUT] ¥ JO O[PprU 0} suse WOT ‘0 BT
sree ses (OUTT aTpPptUL) e@ ‘UE
puryoq euog ouryeped jo yQsae'yT ‘9 QT
**(@UI, a[pprtar) speseu Jo yBuery] “QT
gee merase esis lace
UO SUYSeI WO [[NYs JO JST] “QT
seeeeees sadRut Woy JO ULB twat
TOMO] WOIy andtooo JO USOT] “CT
*
CCH CM Ye Ja Bee ail |
aAoqe ATJOeIIP yous Jo YIpvalge “PT
F202 rs i Oa |
‘JUV TABAJOG YIPVeIq [RAV[VT ‘ST
Peter eeeeee terre our 7o 440 |
‘que TOAMJOG YIPBOIG [VIVV “ZL
* TARLAC es oe OME
‘que uAAAQOd YIprotq [eIV[Vd ‘TT
rereseeess sxpulaqut JO spue
‘ysod uoeaajeq s[esuu Jo YIPIAA ‘OT
|
66:96 L-26 a he 60-16 c i 0& ¥-66 GEE ¥-96 “enn adc: on nisiadnaoS NGM
[evidro90 usemjoq 480 WB Wprog ‘6
{6-16 &@ 0G 60-FG 6-16 68-86 GGG 91-83 GG “eres * (emngns “1qovy roddn mesa ‘
Me pe ae -0q) JSeMOLIVU 4B YIpBamq pe}UOI *Y
4 : QB Ie-e 9.98 Lge Lge LPS L&E Pe Svtiwiatt Se tener eet ee® goggago—d
} [erqioqsod useajoq YApweLq [eIUOLT °
LL-69 LS ¥-9P LL-SG 8-Fg 9-69 6-19 ¢-6¢ &-8P as eee ee (soya "wo3 a
, 199440q) 4S9Dr8] 40 UINITBIO JO TIPLAA “G
PS-16 603 9-06 69-8E 8-GG L-¥G 8-86 LPG ¥-96 pe ee ee te ee
ae es, IBPOOATB 4V UI[IXvMIEZUt Jo [Su] ‘og
‘ B16 6-0Z 6:66 EG phys els 8-93 * eyuped Jo WOLdar JOstOUI Jo YSUe'T ‘9 fF
Saey: 3-89 PEE ee; &-0¢ P-6F i a | gop | * egered Jo uorfox avjout yo mySuery “9 p
eas eG) eG) a a ae) eye ene Lal pete He “xUULIAyUT Jo pe
‘que 0} ‘yervd jo youq Woy yySuey] “7
L1-98 6-46 G9 | GB96 9:16 1-96 LG LG BG. ine. deen idem eTPpia) eyeped
O Fou 07 “useuI “soy oxy page f
&-L1 9-91 6-L1 ZT ¥-9T LI 28-S1 9-91 9T ah en nr eee
ia oo " pue ysod 04 aie ‘10J WOIy 4} a ‘¢
: 2-061 0éL 8-06L 9-FEL @GEL 8-LZI1 9-161 QSIL [°° °° °° *** UnrTeIO Jo yySua] eTgorg °G
O0r 001 00T oor OOr O0l O0r oor CO OOL [tit tt tt ttt umruezs Jo 43Zu9] [esg
yy "sy oe “p “P 7 1 "p “2 ‘2
; ‘SOT 86S N'A] «peor ‘sTTys P B9ET 9 & “Sur “Sur
weap ee ees pp Adeeb rails cL ta rat La hh Sen Redon se yp ok aa
newt beacon *s1sua “fey mi a
-Nddad “S| ‘sisuaau.tog | ‘snavwin..a2 -100 ssi ‘fey ‘seswaweogup "LON eA eter
ES OTARE S| EREOO RIAN S nn 190 ty) SNSOINALIR “SI ‘sesuaddyryd snsooniaa ‘sy | SNSOINLLIL “EY
GP
8.91
LTR
6
01
96
8-0F
&-19
8-FE
SFG
|
pee ee Sees ODIO MOTTE y3ue'T ‘98 |
serteesesees (garfpaoo 030M40q)
JaTIVT 4B B[NGIpurmM Jo YWpvorq “ee
B Sasteven Sieiwivd e ace's eee a |
Iv[NqIpuvut ]ByGozIOY Jo ySueT “ze
6. ofa et tie si wis cise "e'aI aaddu jo qy5ue'T IG
Petes ee eee eeeeeeeeeees grgrour
-aid pue saepom raddn jo qy8ue] yuror “Fz
coscrsforr sss ssaggroTagtdio00 JO
ATPPIUT 0} ,, OMT] [RIWOIT ,, OWLS OI] “p QT
sossaa0rd *qtoysod ueeajoq UAVR.Ip
oul] B JO O[pprur Oj sfeseu WoT ‘9 Q] |
resesesssesss + (QUT ofppral) g “uw
purqeq euoq euneed jo yQsuey ‘geq.
‘*** (UIT OTpplaz) speseu Jo yySueT “eT
WO SUSeL WeYyM T[NYS Jo yWSozT “QT
PRe Mes veers renee * “USBUL “OJ Jo
MGIBUL IOMOT TAOAZ Jnd1990 Jo YSOPT “ey |
ve Tres a=” Seated
aAoq¥ ApoeuIp qnous jo YIpvorq ‘F]
®) 86g Ss) Sle leeiw ers) he drapn sewer bibiai et os ed
jo qavd "UR TeAMJod TIPIA [ep ‘ET
jo yavd “gue udeaqeq YIPIM [ezyVTRQ ‘ZT
jo qavd “uv UeeMjoq YIPLM [eITVG ‘TL
setts tyeeesereeeres syeUTraqUr Jo
spue ysod usaazoq s[esem Jo [IPL ‘OT
pyOk
wee ¢
*Suttya NT
“LP ‘Uopsos(y
ee)
“Burty9 N
“9908 ‘UrLog,
PE-0G 0G P16
ays wate 1.06
ee cone Z.08
LSP TA 4 CV-GP
thy ioc? G&-0G
; os GP-Ge
ae wou PET
8-ELL §-Z11 SIL
Oot OOT OO
; cond ch
‘(janyy “qoumyn| “aon "IO NT
“sngng.ing ‘g)\ *8n709.1N9 *g)| “S') “LYON ‘Seseaa | ‘seswaanyod ‘sisuaavjypd
-n)0d snqnging *§| snjng.LNg “gy | 8709.49 “Sy
LIB @1G G16 3-61
es 6-02 8:02 9 61
& 18 6-08 99-08 6-83
SVP 8-SP 6-6P 16:68
CPG L-&4G GG GG
GG &-ZG GIG GG
L-S¢ g.gg 9-19 Z9¢
PLL LLL 82 $82
PSS GG G-1Z LG
L-41 L1 GEL 6-E1
9-S1T SIT L-0éL SIL
OOL OOT OO- OOT
‘unt te) re} ‘p
‘O1'8'9'F6 “W'A| “L'8'9'F6 “N'A | 68°96 “IA | ‘S'S'9'F6 “N'A
‘fepy ‘sesuaonqnjng snjng.ing sng
pedeneeseserereseeen FM Ois) Gorm
TepId100 ueeAjzoq sep qv Sarcotes ,
(oinjns ‘ayor, toddn wees
-0q) JSeMOLIVA 4B YZpRerq [RUA *
Fee e eee eee ee eer ees + Gapggggmd
ve8 © 6
Z
[eqtqrojsod uesajoq YIpRerq [ROL “9
Seeeeereeeeeeerens (seyous "moss
WEGA\}Oq) JSADIVT JV WNIUBID JO YIPIA “GS
used
IV[OGATB 4B VI[IX¥MIeJUL JO YWZueT ‘Og
‘aqeped yo WoLser LOstour JO YIDue'T ‘9 f
‘+ eqeyed jo woes avjom jo yyFuey “9 p
Pere e eres esses yeaqat Jo pus Go 0UUC™C™C~CO””C—C—C
‘que 0} oyeped jo youq wor YSue'T ‘vf
‘** (@UTT e[pprua) eqeye
O yoeq 07 “UsBUL “OJ WoL YSU] “p
teense ee tee JOMOA JO
pus ‘ysod 0} ‘usvar ‘soy toy YDUeTT “¢
seeeeeeess UIMIUBIO JO YSU Yo “Z
ce ee ee
WNTTBID JO YISUe] [Vse “|
LOL
Tie’ CU fae 00 8.0
‘g ‘WH IOMOT JO WISuery “ge
wake Wo. Oey ee (setpuoo 199A\90q))
SOSIBl 4V VINqIpueMt jo Wprorg ‘ee
ADV Ds tee e one eneetseecet grees
TenqIpuvur [eyuoOzoy Jo Yue] ‘ze
SR EE Mer Gly de dn jo yySuer7] ie
Pte eee eee eee eee eens eargronT
-oid pur sxejout toddn jo yySuey yuo "Fz
rreesereceseees sagaag reqid1a00 JO
O[PPIAL OF ,, OMT] [BIVOTT,, OTMUS TOIT “p QT
‘sossooord *qtojsod uoaayoq UMBIP
oul, BJO OTPPIMA 0} sTesVU WOLT ‘2 QT
reteeeeeseess® (our erpprut) @ ‘Ur
puryeq ouoq ouneed jo yySaerT ‘9 QT
"*****(9UurT e[ppru) speseu jo qSuery ‘QT
Peteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee amarpavur
uo Suysot wom [[uys Jo yyspT ‘oT
o's) e70 She Oe) 6,0 ere alee y tem
ULSIVUE LAMOT UHOIZ yndI990 Jo 4YLTOFT
LT CCRC eC IM a my MWh ea bw | e‘d
asoqe AooITpP ynous Jo Ypeetg ‘PT
v ONG 066 epee vie) om yRcbre RIV vPwehaubuN ao 6 ed
jo avd “4ue moeMyoq TPL [VIVTVT ‘ST
jo ytud “ue moaaqoq YIPIAd [VyVIVA ‘ZT
jo qed “yuB TAAAMJOq TPIM [BIVTVT “LT
te eeeeseeereeeseee exgUTIOqUL JO
spue ysod useajoq spesva Jo UIP ‘OT
GI
542 On Sus verrucosus, Miill. & Schleg., and Allies.
I do not propose to enter here into a detailed description
of the differences between the barbatus and the verrucosus
group. It may suffice to point out the greater length in
barbatus of that part of the upper surface of the cranium
situated behind a line connecting the postorbital processes
(no. 18d of table of measurements), as well as the superior
length, compared with verrucosus, of the bony palate of
barbatus (nos. 4a, 186), whereas the length between the
foramen magnum and posterior end of the vomer is shortened
in proportion *, Some variation in this respect occurs in the
verrucosus group (see measurements). Another point of
difference between the two groups, which strikes at once, is
the height of the skull (no. 15), even those members of the
verrucosus group which possess the lowest skull (mindanen-
sis—ceramicus) remaining considerably above those of the
barbatus group.
The barbatus skull, besides being very elongate—the inter-
maxilla, however, is relatively short—is also narrow, as
compared with verrucosus (see nos. 6, 7, 9, 14, 383). As to
the width of the cranium, between the zygomatic arches,
there occurs a considerable amount of variation in the various
members of the arbatus group. ‘The female skulls alone would
not have justified the separation of the Balabac form from
that of Palawan; but in the breadth of the male skulls a
considerable difference is to be noticed. ‘The adult male of
Palawan f, though having a shorter skull than the male from
Balabac—P.=805, B.=3138—has a breadth of 145 millim.
against 125 as shown by B.; the immature type of
‘“S. ahenobarbus” already surpasses B. in this respect.
S. barb. calamiéanensis also has a much broader skull than
the Balabac form; length of skull from Culion 315, breadth
147 millim.{; the same appears from the figure given by
Heude §.
Tables are given (pp. 536-541) of measurements to which
reference has already been made in the text. The measure-
ments are mostly those used by Nathusius (‘ Vorstudien ’) and
by Riitimeyer (/. ¢.), with some alterations proposed by
Nehring (‘ Ueber Sus celebensis und Verwandte’), to whose
tables most of the numbers prefixed refer.
* See Nehring’s various papers on “8. longirostris,”” Zool. Anz, 1885,
Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1886, p. 80, as well “ Ueber Sus celebensis
und Verwandte,” /. c. pp. 18-20; Heude, /. c. ii, 1894, p. 221, pl. xl. fig. 5;
Nehring, Zool. Garten, xxxvi. 1595, p. 46 and fig. 1.
+ Nehring, Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1894, p. 221.
t Nehring, ibid. 1894, p. 192.
§ Z.c. pl. xl. fig. 1.
a ee ee
i lw ete
On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &e. 543
LV.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and
Corea.. By JouN Henry Lescu, B.A., F.L.S, F.Z.8.,
&e.—Part Il. Family Geometride ; Subfamilies Cino-
chrominz, Orthostixine, Larentiine, Acidaliine, and
Geometrine.
Subfamily Gvocurourvz.
Genus SARCINODES.
(Guen. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 315 (1895).)
Sarcinodes restitutaria.
Auxima restitutaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1527 (1862).
Sarcinodes restitutaria, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 59, pl. cxv.
figs. 1, 2 (1886) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 315 (1895).
One specimen from Omei-shan: July.
This example is violet-grey, suffused with olive-brown
before the transverse line and on outer margins.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdsis; Sumatra (Hampson) ;
Western China.
Sarcinodes equilinearia.
Mergana equilinearia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 292 (1860).
Sarcinodes equilinearia, But). Il. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 60, pl. cxv.
figs. 5, 6 (1886); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 316
(1895).
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in July.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khdésis (Lampson); Western China.
Genus PALAOMYSTIS.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 379 (1894).)
Paleomystis faleataria.
Urapteryx (?) falcataria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 618.
Metrocampa unio, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 32, pl. vi. fig. 483
(1886); Alph. Rom, sur Lép. vi. p. 58 (1892).
Paleomystis faleataria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 318
(1895).
My collectors obtained this species at T’a-chien-lu, Wa-
shan, Chia-kou-ho, and Pu-tsu-fong in June and July.
Alphéraky records a specimen trom Tchagan, in the Pro-
vince of Kan-Sou, taken in July.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Western China.
544 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Paleomystis mabillaria.
ae mabillaria, Pouj. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 311, pl. vi.
g: .
Poujade records a male specimen from Moupin. I have
received an example of the same sex from Huang-mu-chang,
taken in July, and another from Wa-shan, taken in June.
Hab. Western China.
This species is smaller than P. falcataria, Moore, and the
angle of the secondaries is more produced.
Subfamily Ozruosrrxivz.
Genus IOTAPHORA.
(Warr. Novit. Zool. i. p. 822 (1894).)
Lotaphora iridicolor.
Panethia iridicolor, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 227
(1880); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 49, pl. exiii. fig. 3 (1886).
Metrocampa admirabilis, Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1883, p. lxxxiv ;
Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 29, pl. i. fig. 8 (1884).
Metrocampa (?) admirabilis, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 392.
Lotaphora iridicolor, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 322
(1895).
My collectors obtained a specimen in each of the following
localities :—Chang-yang, Ichang, Moupin, Wa-shan, Omei-
shan: June and July.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Khasis (Hampson) ; Amur; Central
and Western China,
All my Chinese examples are larger than any Himalayan
specimen that I have seen, and, with the exception of the
Wa-shan specimen, they all have a greenish tinge. Greser
states that the larva of this species feeds, on Juglans mand-
schurica, and that it is like a curled leaf in appearance.
Genus EUMELBA.
(Duncan ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 820 (1895).)
Eumelia rosalia.
ware) (Geometra) rosalia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxviii. fig. F
782).
Eumelea rosalia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 820 (1895).
Hampson gives China for this species, probably in the
south, as my collectors did not meet with it in any part of
Central or Western China that they visited.
Distribution. China; Formosa ; throughout India, Ceylon,
and Burma; the Malayan and Austro-Malayan subregions,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 545
Genus Naxa.
(Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 824 (1895).)
Naxa margaritarta, sp. n.
Frenulum absent; antenne bipectinated ; hind tibie not
dilated, but with terminal pair of spurs. Subdiaphanous
with strong pearly reflections. ‘Traversed by series of black
spots as in N. sertarza. ‘The subcostal spot of first series is
double, and there is an additional one on the inner margin,
increasing the number in this series to four; there is also a
spot on inner margin between the first and second series.
The secondaries also have an additional spot about the middle
of the abdominal margin. All the markings are smaller and
fainter. Body and upperside of legs black.
Expanse 44-46 millim.
Two male specimens from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
Naza seriaria.
Zerene seriaria, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1866, pt. 1, p. 196.
Orthostixis letata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 84 (1864),
Zerene taicoumaria, de VOrza, Cat. Lép. Jap. p. 48.
Nava seriaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 825 (1899).
Psilonaxa taicoumaria, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 393.
There were some specimens in Pryer’s collection under the
name Nazwa textilis. In his ‘Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
of Japan,’ Pryer says: “ Yokohama. Larva hairy, gregarious.
Living in a web; feeds on the privet.”
Occurs also in the Island of Kiushiu and at Omei-shan.
The specimens from the last-named locality range in expanse
from 86-53 millim.
Distribution. Bhutén; Ndgas (Hampson); Amur; Japan;
Kiushiu ; Western China.
Naxa angustaria, sp. n.
Similar in appearance to N. sertaria, Motsch., but the
frenulum is present, and the antenne are shortly bipectinated
in both sexes ; hind tibie not dilated and with terminal spurs.
The discal spots of secondaries are smaller; the submarginal
series of black spots on each wing is rather nearer the mar-
ginal series, and the spots themselves are smaller.
Expanse 40-52 millim.
Several specimens trom Ichang and Chang-yang: June
and July.
Hab. Central China.
546 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Naa contraria, sp. n.
Antenne bipectinated in both sexes. Frenulum present ;
hind tibize much dilated, with short terminal spurs. Arrange-
ment of black spots somewhat similar to that of JV. seriaria,
but there are two additional spots on primaries, one on middle
of inner margin, and one between it and the base of the wing ;
there is also a black spot on the middle of the abdominal
margin of secondaries. The marginal spots are not always
well formed.
Expanse 50-60 millim.
Eight specimens, from Chang-yang and Ichang, July.
This species differs from N. margaritaria in its larger size,
stronger pectinations of antenne, absence of pearly reflection,
and presence of frenulum.
Hab. Central China.
Naxa montanaria, sp. u.
Outer margin of secondaries rather straight from middle to
anal angle, which is more produced, as also is the apex of
primaries. Maculation similar to that of .V. contrarva, but
finer and less distinct, and the wings are more transparent.
Expanse, g 58, 2 68 millim.
Six male specimens and four females from Omei-shan,
one male from Wa-shan, all taken in June.
Hab. Western China.
Nazwa obliquaria, sp. n.
Antenne finely serrated in both sexes. Frenulum present ;
hind tibiae much dilated. Apex of primaries rather acute.
Greyish white. All the wings have a blackish discal spot
and an oblique blackish line outwardly bordered with white
and angled towards costa of primaries. Fringes silky white,
preceded by a series of black spots. Under surface silky
white ; discal spots black and conspicuous; the apices of
primaries black, and there is a spot of the same colour at
outer angle of secondaries; fringes preceded by black spots
as above.
Expanse 42-46 millim.
A male specimen from Chow-pin-sa, June, and one example
of each sex from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus EMMECOSMIA.
(Warren, Novit. Zool. iii. p. 118 (1896).)
Emmecosmia bilinearia, sp. n.
Pale whity brown or ochreous brown. Primaries have two
ee ee eee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 547
parallel dark ochreous-brown transverse lines, the first com-
mencing in a blackish spot on costa and passing very close to
the blackish discal spot; excision below apex is marked with
dusky ; costal and outer marginal areas suffused with greyish
brown. Secondaries have a dusky transverse liane beyond
the middle. Fringes of the ground-colour, tinged with
darker on primaries. Under surface ochreous, except on inner
half of primaries ; all the wings have a dusky transverse line
beyond the middle.
Expanse 35-42 millim.
Eight female specimens were taken by a native collector
to the north of Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. Western China.
Subfamily Lareyrirwz.
Genus LEPTOSTEGNA.
(Christ. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. lv. 2, p. 86 (1880).)
Leptostegna tenerata.
Leptostegna tenerata,' Christ. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. lv. (2) p. 88 (1881) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 333 (1895).
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake,
Yesso, and Nikko.
I captured examples at Gensan in June, and have received
it from Hakodate, also from Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Ta-
chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, and Chia-kou-ho.
Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central and
Western China; Sikhim.
Genus NAXIDIA.
(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 334 (1895).)
Naxidia punctata.
Argidava punctata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 128
(1880); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 67, pl. exvii. fig. 1.
Naxidia punctata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 384 (1895).
Appears to have been common at Wa-shan, and was also
obtained at several of the other localities in Western China
visited by my collectors.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Négas (Hampson); Western China.
Naxidia trrorata.
Argidava irrorata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 251 (1887).
Nazxidia irrorata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 334 (1895).
One female specimen from ‘l’a-chien-lu, taken in June, I
have referred to this species, but, as I have not seen the type,
548 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
I am not quite certain that the identification is correct.
However, the specimen agrees with the description of N. zrro-
rata.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Nagas (Hampson) ; Western China.
Nazxidia maculata.
Argidava maculata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 373 (1879).
There was a nice series in Pryer’s collection, some of the
specimens labelled “ Oiwake.” Referring to this species in
his ‘Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Japan,’ Pryer says,
“Tt mimics Amene fasciata, and is found in the same loca-
lities at rest on stones.” He gives Ohoyama and Nikko as
localities.
Hab. Japan.
Genus LYGRANOA.
(Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i, p. 402 (1878).)
Lygranoa fusca.
Iygranoa fusca, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 447 (1878);
ll. Typ: Lep. Het. iii. p. 54, pl. liv. fig. 7 (1879).
A series from Ohoyama and Nikko in Pryer’s collection.
I met with the species at Gensan in June, and I have received
it from Ningpo and from localities in Central and Western
China. It occurs in June, July, and August. Greser
records a male specimen from Wladivostock.
Distribution. Amur; Japan; Corea; Eastern, Central,
and Western China.
Lygranoa sinuosaria, sp. n.
Primaries brownish, darker on basal and outer marginal
areas; subbasal line blackish, oblique, angled above sub-
median nervure; about the middle of costa there is a black
triangular spot, its apex almost touching the black, elongate
discal spot; beyond the middle of costa is another black spot
somewhat quadrate in form, from the lower outer corner of
this spot a black sinuous line forms an acute angle and
continues to inner margin; submarginal line whitish, wavy,
preceded on costa by a diffuse blackish spot. Secondaries
whity brown, suffused with fuscous, and with indications
of a dusky central line. Fringes of primaries brownish,
marked with darker, and of secondaries pale brown. Under
surface pale brown, whitish on inner marginal area of pri-
maries ; all the wings have a fuscous transverse line beyond
the middle marked with blackish on the venation, and the
primaries have an elongate discal spot.
PR ~ aR eC Ee ant Ht me
from China, Japan, and Corea. 5A
Eixpanse 38 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, July.
Hab. Western China.
This species is allied to “ Dysethta” bicommata, Warren.
Lygranoa grisearia, sp. n.
Primaries grey, with two velvety-black spots on the costa ;
below the first there is an ill-defined transverse line, marked
with black on the median nervure and again on inner margin ;
the lower end of the second spot is produced outwards, and
from the extremity of this projection there is a series of black
points on the venation ; submarginal line pale, wavy, inter-
secting a brownish shade on the outer marginal area; there
is also a brownish transverse shade on the median area;
discal dot black. Secondaries greyish, with a punctiform
central line. Fringes: primaries greyish brown; secondaries
greyish, marked with darker at the ends of the nervules ;
preceded on all the wings by a dusky crenulate line. Under
surface ochreous brown, powdered and suffused with darker
brown ; all the wings have an elongate blackish discal spot
and indication of a transverse line beyond; fringes brownish.
Expanse 38 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Kia-
ting-fu: June.
Hab. Western China.
Lygranoa pallescens.
Dysethia pallescens, Warren, Novit. Zool. iii. p. 118 (1896).
Four female specimens in Pryer’s collection. Three of
these are from Oiwake, but the fourth, which is suffused with
brownish on the margins, is not localized.
Hab. Japan.
Genus CRYPTOLOBA.
(Warren ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 336 (1895).)
Cryptoloba cinerea.
Lygranoa cinerea, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 228 (1880) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 86, pl. exx. fig. 4 (1886).
Cryptoloba cinerea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 337
(1895).
Five specimens (4 g,1 9) from Chang-yang, Central
China: July.
Distribution. Central China; Dharmséla; Sikhim.
530 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Cryptoloba rivularia, sp. n.
Primaries black, traversed by four white lines ; the first is
not well defined, the second is serrated and sharply dentate
above inner margin, the third is serrated and angled below
costa, the fourth is macular below costa. Secondaries white,
clouded with blackish at the base and on outer margin;
discal spot is black, and there are indications of a blackish
central band. Fringes of primaries black and white ; of
secondaries white, preceded by a black line. Under surface
white; primaries have the costa streaked with black from
base to a short angulated band ; the outer margin is broadly
black, intersected by a white macular line ; secondaries have
a black discal spot, interrupted central band, and outer mar-
ginal border, the latter intersected by a white macular line.
Expanse 24-26 millim.
Five male specimens, from Omei-shan, Ni-tou, Che-tou,
Pu-tsu-fong: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to C. frigida, Butl., but the lobe at base of second-
aries is much smaller.
Cryptoloba frigida.
Coremia frigida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 450 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 56, pl. lv. fig. 8 (1879).
A long series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Genus LOBOGONTA.
(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1893, p. 345.)
Lobogonia parallelaria, sp. n.
Pale brown, irrorated with darker, especially on the second-
aries. Primaries traversed by two oblique, parallel, dark
brown lines, each of which expands on the costa; there
is a dark brown spot on costa before apex, and one below
between veins 5 and 63 fringes almost black, except at
the angle. Secondaries have a discal dot and sharply-curved
transverse line, both dusky; fringes ochreous, preceded by
a dark brown line. Under surface: of primaries smoky grey,
costa and on outer margin ochreous; of secondaries ochreous,
irrorated with brownish; markings on all wings similar to
above, but the first line of primaries is less, and that of
secondaries more, distinct.
Expanse 32 millim.
One specimen from Ichang, June.
Hab. Central China.
ee ee ee
a oO
from China, Japan, and Corea. 551
Lobogonia ambusta.
Lobogonia ambusta, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 346,
pl. xxxi. fig. 21.
Several specimens received from Pu-tsu-fong and Omei-
shan, where they were taken in July.
Distribution. Khasis (Hampson) ; Western China.
Lobogonia conspicuaria, sp. n.
Differs from L. ambusta, Warren, in having the first and
second black spots on costa of primaries larger and triangular
in shape, the apex of the second extends to the enlarged spot
beyond the middle of the outer transverse line; the lines
originating in these spots are not clearly defined. On the
secondaries the central line is broader. Fringes blackish
above and below the angle of each wing.
A nice series, including both sexes, was taken at Chang-
yang in July.
Hab. Central China.
Nearly allied to L. pseudomacariata, Poujade.
Lobogonia pseudomacariata.
Ellopia pseudomacariata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 308, pl. vi.
fig. 4.
Poujade records one female specimen from Moupin; my
collectors did not meet with the species.
Hab. Western China.
Lobogonia fasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries olive-yellow, sparingly freckled with olive-
brown, and traversed by two bands of the same colour; the
first band is slightly contracted below the middle, and the
second both above and below the middle; there are two
olive-brown spots on costa near apex, two others above angle
on outer margin, and a linéar one towards inner angle.
Secondaries much paler, freckled with fuscous, and traversed
by a fuscous central line; discal dot blackish. Fringes
blackish, except at apex and angle of primaries. Under
surface paler than above: primaries suffused with dusky on
basal area ; all the wings have a dusky central line.
Expanse 27 millim.
Two female specimens from Chang-yang: June, July.
Hab. Central China.
552 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus CARIGE.
(Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1631 (1862).)
Carige cruciplaga.
Macaria cruciplaga, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 937 (1861),
Carige duplicaria, Walk. op. cit. xxvi. p. 1632 (1862).
Macaria nigronotaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 80, pl. vii. fig. 6 (1864).
Macaria indictinarta, Brem. 1. ¢. p. 81, pl. vii. fig. 8.
This variable species seems to be generally distributed
throughout Western China, and is common in Japan and
Corea.
It also occurs at Chang-yang, Central China, but as the
form from this locality is rather different to either of those
previously named, I describe it as
Var. extremarta.
Apex of primaries more produced and the outer margin of
secondaries more deeply indented. Larger in expanse. More
thickly powdered with fuscous, and the markings are much
larger and blacker.
Expanse, ¢ 38, 9 42 millim.
Two examples of each sex.
Distribution. Siberia; Sikhim; Khdsis; Penang (Hamp-
son); Japan; Central and Western China.
Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 91) places duplicaria,
Walk. (nigronotaria, Brem.) in Calothysanis, Hiibn.
Carige flavidaria, sp. n.
Somewhat similar to C. cruciplaga, but the median nervure
and its branches and the nervules above are broadly ochreous ;
the double black lines are interrupted, except at costa and
towards inner margin, and the yellow bands between are
broader and deeper in colour; all the wings have a pale sub-
marginal line, but serrated ; the inner double line of primaries
is nearer to the black discal dot. ‘The same differences are
noticeable on the under surface.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-sban, July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus ANAITIS.
(Dup. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 341 (1895).)
Anaitis plagiata.
Phalena-Geometra plagiata, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 869.
—— Tt
ne ee ee ee |
Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 553
Anaitis plagiata, Dup. Lép. v. p. 532, pl. exev. figs. 2, 3; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iil. p. 342.
Eucestia plagiata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 69.
Two female specimens of the first brood, and one male and
two females of the second brood, from Oiwake, Nikko, and
Ohoyama, in Pryer’s collection.
The examples of first brood in Japan are paler, and those
of second brood darker than European specimens.
Distribution. Europe; Asia Minor; Japan; Afghanistan;
N.W. Himalayas (Hampson).
Anaitis pudicata.
Anaitis pudicata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 497 (1857) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, iii. p. 341 (1895).
Appears to be common at Chia-ting-fu, Moupin, Wa-
shan, Pu-tsu-fong, Ichang, and Chang-yang: June and
July.
i the Chinese specimens of this species the postmedial
line is not excurved beyond end of cell, but is nearly straight
from costa to inner margin.
Distribution. Afghanistan; N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim
(Hampson) ; Western and Central China.
Anaitis brunnearia, sp. n.
Primaries greyish brown, traversed by two pale lines; the
first is nearly straight from subcostal to inner margin, and
is bordered outwardly with brownish ; the second is oblique
from costa to inner margin, slightly curved about middle,
and bordered inwardly with brownish. Secondaries whitish,
slightly tinged with crimson. Under surface greyish, suffused
with crimson on costal and apical areas of primaries and on
discal area of secondaries.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Closely allied to A. pudicata, Guen., but the primaries are
not suffused with crimson on costal and outer series above,
and on the under surface this colour extends further along
outer margin.
Anaitis fulgurata.
Anaitis fulgurata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 498 (1857); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 342 (1895).
Orsonoba (?) medmaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1521 (1862).
Docirava medmaria, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 87, pl. exx. fig. 6
(1886).
One male specimen from Chia-ting-fu and one from Wa-
shan: June and July.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 39
554 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Western China.
Genus SIONA.
(Dup. Lép. iv. p. 102.)
Siona naseraria.
Siona naseraria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 34, pl. v. fig. 72
(1893).
A nice series, composed of specimens taken at T'a-chien-lu
and How-kow in June and July.
flab. Western China and Thibet.
I have left this species in Stona, as placed by Oberthiir,
but a new genus will probably have to be made for it.
Genus EUBOLIA.
(Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 348 (1895).)
Eubolia duplicata.
Ortholitha duplicata, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 385.
Eubolia duplicata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 843 (1895).
Several specimens from How-kow, Thibet, and a few
examples from ‘l'a-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, and Kia-ting-fu :
June and July.
The oblique white medial band varies in width; in two
specimens it is almost entirely absent, and the black markings
are united forming a large triangular blotch.
Distribution. Chumbi (fampson) ; Thibet; Western
China.
Eubolia similaria, sp. n.
Allied to E. peribolata, Hiibn., from Europe, but larger ;
the outer edge of the central band of primaries is bilobed,
and between the inner edge of the band and the base of the
wing there are several transverse lines. Secondaries whitish,
tinged with fuscous along the basal portion of the abdominal
margin; there are indications of a discal spot and central
line. Under surface similar to that of 2. peribolata.
Expanse 38 millim.
Several specimens of each sex from T'a-chien-lu, Wa-shan,
and Ni-tou: May and June.
Hab. Western China.
Peribolata, Hiibn., is included in Xanthorhoe, Hiibn., by
Meyrick (Trans, Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 77).
Or
an
Or
from China, Japan, and Corea.
Genus Scorosia.
(Steph. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 344 (1895).)
Scotosia vashti.
Collix vashti, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ; Ill.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. liv. fig. 3 (1879).
Eucosmia Christophi, Hedem. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 265 (249
bis), pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1881).
Three specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained several examples at Hakodate in August, and
my collectors found the species at several localities in
Western China in July.
The Chinese specimens are rather larger than the Japanese
examples, and they have a white edging to the costal portion
of the outer line of primaries.
Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Western China.
Christophi, Hedem., is included in Calocalpe, Hiibn., by
Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 70).
Scotosia multilinearia, sp. n.
Male,—Primaries dark grey, traversed by numerous fuli-
ginous wavy lines; the central area is rather darker and its
outer edge is sometimes marked by a white macular line;
outer marginal fourth fuliginous, traversed by a macular
white line, but this is not distinct throughout. Secondaries
fuliginous, with indications of a pale submarginal line.
Under surface fuliginous, with a black discal dot on each
wing.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the central area is not
darker; sometimes there is a pale patch about the middle of
the costa enclosing a dark cloud.
Expanse, ¢ 46, 2 50 millim.
Two male specimens and ten females from Ta-chien-lu and
Che-tou: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Scotosia bipunctularia, sp. n.
Whity brown, traversed by numerous dark grey-brown
wavy lines. On the costa of primaries there are two quad-
rate blackish spots, and the transverse lines originating trom
the outer one are slightly more conspicuous than the others.
Fringes of the ground-colour chequered with darker. Under
surface pale grey, with the transverse lines of upper surface
faintly reproduced.
Expanse, ¢ 32, 9 34 millim.
39*
556 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Several examples of both sexes from Omei-shan, Ta-chien-
lu, Ni-tou, and Chang-yang: July and August.
flab. Central and Western China.
Closely allied to S. vetulata, Schiff., from eae The
male has a trifid anal tuft.
Scotosia corrugata.
Scotosia corrugata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 275 (1884)
There was a nice series from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
My native collector obtained a specimen at Hakodate and
one at Ningpo in June; the latter agrees in colour with
S. vetulata trom Europe.
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Eastern China.
Scotosia rhamnata.
este rhamnata, Schiff. Wien. Verz. 109; Hiibn. Geom. pl. lii.
fig. 271.
Philereme rhamnata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 70.
SereOly. rhamnata, var. japanaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 53 (May
There were two male specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
The Japanese form of this species differs from the
European type in being larger and having a pale grey-
brown coloration; the “transverse lines are identical in
number and form, but the space between the two central
angulated lines is not darker. On the under surface the
difference of colour is not so pronounced and the markings
are typical.
Expanse 40 millim.
Distribution. Europe; Armenia; Japan.
Scotosia dubitata.
sae ae dulitata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 866; Clerck, Icon.
vi. fig. 2.
Scotosia Babee Guen. Phal. ii. p. 445.
Hydriomena dubitata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
Some specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
I have received several examples from Chang-yang and
the province of Kwei-chow : June.
Distribution. Europe; Japan; Central and Western China.
Both Japanese and Chinese examples of this species are
paler and less distinctly marked, agreeing more nearly with
var. ctnereata, Steph., than with ‘the type.
S. ( Thriphosa) Oberthiiri, Hedem., from Amurland (Hore
Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 248 bis), is probably a form of this
species.
Or
or
~l
from China, Japan, and Corea.
Scotosta sericata.
Scotosia sericata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 444 (1879).
Five specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I received six specimens from the province of Kwei-chow
and one from Ichang: June.
The Chinese specimens are rather paler in colour than
those from Japan.
Distribution. Japan; Central and Western China.
Scotosia rubrodotata.
Scotosva rubrodotata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1353 (1862).
Several specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, June
and July.
Distribution. Northern India; Western China.
Scotosia expansa.
Scotosia expansa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 274 (1887).
Scotosia rubrodotata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 345
(1895).
Three specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June and July.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Western China.
Scotosia fasciaria, sp. n.
Male.—Pale greyish brown. Primaries have a blackish-
grey basal patch and central fascia; the median portion of
the costal half of the fascia is of the ground-colour and
encloses the small blackish discal spot, its internal edge is
slightly indented below the costa and has a small inward pro-
jection towards inner margin, its external edge is dentate
below costa, then bilobed about the middle and again towards
inner margin; submarginal line pale, edged inwardly with
dusky but not not clearly defined. Secondaries have the
basal area dusky, limited by a rather darker wavy line, and
there are slight indications of some dusky transverse wavy
lines beyond. Fringes of the ground-colour marked with
darker. Under surface pale greyish brown; basal area of
each wing dusky; discal spot black; there is a patch of long,
silky, brownish-grey hairs on the middle of submedian
nervure.
Expanse 44 millim.
One male specimen from Che-tou, July.
Hab. Western China.
558 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Scotosia certata.
Geometra cervinata, Hiibn. Geom. pl. li. fig. 266,
Plerocymia certata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 332.
Scotosia certata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 448.
Calocalpe certata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 70.
Eucosmia varia, Hedem. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross, xvi. p. 55, pl. x. fig. 7
(1879).
Eucosmia varia, var. hedemannaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. y. p. 55,
pl. iv. fig. 10 (1880).
Eucosmia excultata, Christ. Stett. ent. Zeit. liv. p. 35 (1895).
Three specimens, taken at Hakodate by my native col-
lector in July, are referable to HL. varia, Hedem., which I
consider to be simply a well-marked form of Scotos/a certata.
I have very similar examples in my series of this species
from Europe.
I received one male specimen from Ichang. This has the
central fascia of primaries well defined, the inner edge rather
deeply indented towards costa, and the outer edge more than
usually dentate. ‘There is a specimen very like this in the
series of S. certata from Japan in the National Collection.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Askold; Japan; Yesso ;
Central China.
Scotosia grisearia, sp. 0.
Whitish grey. Primaries have a dark grey basal patch,
central fascia, and outer marginal border ; the fascia has the
median area of the ground-colour, and the marginal border is
diffuse and intersected by a whitish wavy line, which de-
velops into a spot above inner angle and sometimes towards
costa. Secondaries are suffused with dark grey and traversed
by faint wavy lines of the same colour; submarginal line
whitish, wavy. Fringes grey, marked with paler, and pre-
ceded by a blackish line. Under surface whitish grey ;
basal two thirds of primaries suffused with fuliginous grey,
the outer edge somewhat acutely angulated below costa ;
discal spot black, elongate, preceded by a blackish rather
wavy line; apical area fuliginous grey: secondaries have a
black discal spot and a dusky, wavy, central line; there is a
patch of long silky dark grey hairs from middle of sub-
median nervure in the male.
Expanse, d 48, 2 50 millim.
Several specimens from Che-tou, Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, and
Omei-shan : July and August.
Hab. Western China.
In some of the examples the ground-colour is tinged with
ochreous.
EOE
teeter retina nian on vit ie hacia enna
from China, Japan, and Corea. 599
Scotosia sideritaria.
Scotosia sideritaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 34, pl. 1. fig. 13
(1884).
? Eucosmia alternata, Staud. Iris, viii. p. 332 (Jan. 1896).
Eucosmia alternata, var. fasciata, Staud. /. e.
I have a large number of specimens from Ta-chien-lu,
Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, and Ni-tou: June and
July.
_In one specimen from Ta-chien-lu the ground-colour is
tinged with fulvous ; this is similar to a form of S. dubiosata
in the National collection.
Distribution. Western China; North-east Thibet.
This species very strongly resembles S. dubiosata, but the
male has a fringe of long hair on vein 1 of hind wing below.
Scotosia undulata.
Phal.-Geometra undulata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. 524 ; Clerck, Icon. pl. vi.
fig. 3.
Geometra undulata, Hibn. Geom. fig. 262.
Calocalpe undulata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 330; Meyrick, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 70.
Scotosia undulata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 449.
Some fine specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Japan.
. Scotosia marmoraria, sp. 1.
Primaries fuliginous grey; basal area traversed by two
indistinct wavy whitish lines; beyond the black discal spot
there is an irregular white patch connected with a macular
white band from the costa, outer marginal area limited by a
white wavy band, which is traversed by two sinuous dark
lines; submarginal line represented by white dots expanding
into small blotches about middle and before outer angle.
Secondaries white, clouded with grey on the abdominal area;
wavy central line and two patches on outer marginal area
fuliginous grey, the latter connected by indistinct sinuous
lines of the same colour. Fringes dark grey marked with
white. Under surface: primaries fuliginous, with white
central patch and outer band as above; secondaries white,
with an interrupted grey central line and markings as above.
The underside of the body and legs ochreous, and the base of
all the wings and also abdominal area of secondaries are
tinged with the same colour.
Iixpanse 46-48 millim.
Four male specimens and two females from Omei-shan,
560 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-shan, Ni-tou, and Chang-yang: June and
July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Scotosia latifasciaria.
Melanthia latifasciaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 56 (May 1891).
There were three specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection. I have also received the species from Mr. Manley,
of Yokohama.
Hab. Japan.
Scotosia interruptaria, sp. n.
White, with black markings. Primaries have the basal
area black and divided into two portions by a transverse line
of the ground-colour, the outer portion is interrupted ; central
fascia indicated by the discal spot, connected with a cloud on
the costa, a spot on first median fork, and two short bars on
inner margin; submarginal band represented by a spot on
costa and a smaller one on the nervules; outer marginal
band divided by a transverse white line, the inner portion
interrupted. Secondaries have a discal spot, a short inter-
rupted band from middle of abdominal margin, a submarginal
band represented by dots between costa and second median
nervule, and a series of large spots on the outer margin.
Fringes black on primaries; black and white on secondaries.
Under surface as above. Abdomen is marked with yellow.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen from Ni-tou, and one from Pu-tsu-
fong: July.
Hab, Western China.
This species very strongly resembles the figure in Schrenck’s
“ Amurlande”’ of Zerene flavipedaria, Mén. (Lep. pl. v.
fig. 11.)
Scotosia seserarta.
Scotosia seseraria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 37, pl. v. fig. 71
(1893).
This species was discovered by R. P. Dejean at 'Ta-Tsien-
Lot. My collectors did not meet with it.
Hab. Western China.
Scotosia largeteauaria.
Eucosmia largeteauaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. vi. p. 19, pl. ix. fig. 8
(1881),
Oberthiir records this species from Kouy-Tchéou (Kwei
from China, Japan, and Corea. 561
chow). I have received it from the same province, and also
from Pu-tsu-fong and Wa-shan: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Genus PHIBALAPTERYX.
(Stephens; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 846 (1895).)
Phibalapteryx tersata.
Geometra tersata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 268.
Phibalapteryx tersata, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. ii. p. 256; Guen.
Phal. ii. p. 482.
Eucymatoge tersata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 68.
Phibalapteryz tetricata, Guen. J, c.
Several specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
The Japanese examples of P. tersata more nearly approach
var. tetricata, Guen., than the type form, but they are not
quite identical with either.
Var. chinensis, nov.
Smaller than typical specimens and rather redder in colour ;
less striated with white, and the submarginal white line is
much obscured; there is a dusky shade before the second
line of primaries and also one before the submarginal line,
the latter is connected with an oblique streak from apex.
Expanse 30 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, August.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Japan; Central
hina.
Phibalapteryx vitalbata.
Geometra vitalbata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 269.
Phibalapteryx vitalbata, Steph. Ill, Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 256; Guen,
Phal. ii. p. 437.
Eucymatoge vitalbata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 68.
Specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I received one example from Ta-chien-lu, taken in May
or June.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Western China.
Phibalapteryx umbraria.
Scotosia umbraria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 53 (May 1891).
Superficially resembles Scotosia rhamnata, but it is larger
in size and has an oblique cloud-like central fascia most con-
spicuous in the male ; in the female the costal portion of the
outer edge of the fascia is more conspicuous.
562 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
I took one male specimen at Nagahama in July, and there
were three females from Gifu in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Phibalapteryx punctimarginaria.
Scotosia punctimarginaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 53 (May 1891).
There were a few specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s col-
lection. Mr. Smith captured.a female example at Hakone
in August; and I have received a female specimen from
Chang-yang, taken in July.
Hab. Japan; Yesso; Central China.
Phibalapteryx macularia, sp. n.
Pale brown. Primaries blotched with dark brown on
costal area; subbasal line double, enclosing the second
costal blotch; beyond the fourth costal blotch there is a
double dark brown line, elbowed below costa, waved towards
inner margin, and followed by a brown spot between second
and third median nervules ; submarginal line pale, inter-
secting the interrupted dark brown border of outer margin ;
discal spot black. Secondaries have some abbreviated brown
lines on basal area; a double central line, followed by a
waved line, and an interrupted border on outer margin, the
latter intersected by pale submarginal line as on primaries.
Fringes pale brown, marked with darker and preceded by a
blackish line. Under surface pale brown suffused with
fuscous; all the wings have a blackish discal dot and inter-
rupted central line; the outer marginal area of primaries is
dusky, and the secondaries have a dusky submarginal band.
Expanse 38 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Phibalapteryx sparsata.
Geometra sparsata, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xxiv. fig. 398.
Collix (?) sparsata, Guen, Phal. ii. p. 358.
Eucymatoge sparsata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 68.
There was a specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Kurope ; Japan.
Phibalapteryx flavovenata, sp. n.
Similar to P. sparsata, Hiibn., but less irrorated with
black ; the pale transverse band is not so clearly defined and
is broadly bordered inwardly with blackish ; there is a black
from China, Japan, and Corea. 563
<-shaped mark just beyond the cell on each wing; fringes
darker. Under surface of all the wings whitish; venation
broadly ochreous and the fringes black; the discal dot and
transverse bands as in P. sparsata.
Expanse 25 millim.
One female specimen (minus head) from Ta-chien-lu, taken
in May or June.
Hab. Western China.
Genus EUSTROMA.
(Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 335; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1892, p. 71.)
All the species here included in Eustroma have a pencil
of hair near inner margin on under surface of primaries; in
some of them, however, the areole is simple, and these would
perhaps be more correctly placed in Plemyria. The species
might be arranged in sections as follows :—
1. Areole double.
a. Discocellulars of secondaries oblique ; vein 5 from the middle.
Sractifasciaria. reticulata,
chrysoprasis. melancholica,
propriaria.
6. Discocellulars of secondaries angled; vein 5 from below the middle.
pulchraria. convergenata.
achatinellaria. ludovicaria.
Lederert. exvsecuta.
2. Areole simple.
a. Discocellulars oblique ; vein 5 from the middle.
delecta. Haberhauri.
b. Discocellulars angled ; vein 5 from below the middle.
junctilineata, miegata,
plurilineata. angularia,
Lustroma chrysoprasis.
Cidaria chrysoprasis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, x. p. 34, pl. i. fig, 2
(1884).
Cidaria reticulata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 662 (preocc.).
Cidaria fissisignis, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 87, pl. exx. fig. 7
(1886) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 362 (1895).
Four specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July.
Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-tsien-lu.
Distribution. Sikhim (Lampson) ; Western China.
Eustroma fractifasciaria, sp. n.
Female.—Primaries pale brown, clouded and suffused with
564 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
darker, and marked with chocolate-brown as follows :—a
small patch at base, four spots on costa and an irregular-
shaped patch extending from cell to inner margin, this last is
connected with the fourth costal spot by a curved spot, and
together with the second and third costal spots appear to be
portions of a central fascia ; submarginal line whitish, waved ;
the margin beyond is tinged with fuscous. Secondaries
whity brown tinged with fuscous ; central line dusky, edged
with the ground-colour; submarginal line of the ground-
colour, waved. Under surface pale whity brown: basal area
of primaries suffused with blackish below the cell and irro-
rated with brownish above, limited by a pale-edged blackish
line ; submarginal line as above, but not so distinct: second-
aries irrorated with brownish, central transverse shade and
two waved lines beyond dusky. All the wings have a black
discal spot on both surfaces and a dark line.
Expanse, d 88, 2 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, and a female from
Ta-chien-lu: June.
I have described the female because it is in better condition
than the male, but the markings appear to be almost identical
in each.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to E£. chrysoprasis, Oberth.
Eustroma propriarva, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries brown; basal patch darker, limited by a
wavy ochreous-brown line; central fascia rather violet-
brown, contracted above inner margin, the edges of this
fascia are blackish, outlined in pale ochreous brown; sub-
marginal line ochreous brown, indistinct, except towards
inner margin, where it is developed into a blotch. Secondaries
whitish, darker on basal half, which is limited by a dusky
transverse line ; discal spot oblong, reddish brown, Fringes
agree in colour with the wings, but are chequered with
blackish. Under surface pale brown, darker on apical area
of primaries; basal area of all the wings suffused with
blackish.
Expanse 38 millim.
One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, and a male
specimen from T'a-chien-lu: July.
Hab. Western China.
The male of this species has a patch of rather long black
hairs on the middle of the submedian nervure on the under
surface of primaries, and also a woolly tuft about the middle
of abdominal margin of secondaries.
a ———_
eee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 565
In the male from Tia-chien-lu and the female from Pu-tsu-
fong the central fascia is only slightly angulated and not
interrupted below the middle. Possibly these specimens
may represent the more usual form of the species. I have,
however, described the Pu-tsu-fong male because it is in
much better condition than the others.
Eustroma reticulata.
Geometra reticulata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 308.
Eustroma reticulata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 335; Meyrick, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Lygris reticulata, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 406.
Cidaria inextricata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1691.
Cidaria erosa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 451; Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het. iu. p. 58, pl. lv. fig. 7.
I obtained specimens at Tsuruga and Gensan in July, and
my native collector at Hakodate in the same month. ‘There
were specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s collection,
and my collectors met with the species in most of the
localities in Western China, and also at Chang-yang.
Distribution. Kurope; Ural; E. Siberia; Amur ; Corea;
Japan ; Yesso ; Central and Western China ; Sikhim.
In China and Japan this species is generally represented
by @rosa, Butl., which is identical with cnextricata, Walk.,
but I have typical specimens from Hakodate, Omei-shan,
and Chia-kow-ho.
Eustroma melancholica.
Cidaria melancholica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 450 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 58, pl. lv. fig. 6 (1879).
Five female specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, Gifu, and
Yesso in Pryer’s collection. I obtained an example of each
sex at Hakodate in August.
The variation in marking is very similar to that which
obtains in C. silaceata.
Only one specimen has been received by me from China.
This is a male, taken at Pu-tsu-fong in July; it has the
ground-colour suffused with brown and the markings are
darker; the pencil of hair on underside is dark brown; mea-
sures 50 millim. in expanse, and in form agrees with the
insuluta form of Cidaria silaceata.
I propose the name brunnearia for this form,
Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Corea; Western China.
Eustroma delecta.
Cidaria delecta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 229 (1880) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vi. p. 88, pl. cxx. fig. 8 (1886) ; Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 359 (1896).
566 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
One example from each of the following localities :—
Moupin, Omei-shan, and Chia-ting-fu: July.
Distribution. Sikhim ; Khadsis (Hampson) ; Western China.
Eustroma pulchraria, sp. n.
Closely allied to H. pyropata, Hiibn., but the ground-
colour of primaries is much darker; the basal area, including
chestnut band, is smaller; the central fascia is wider and
all the markings are less angular. The ground-colour of
secondaries is whiter and the markings are darker and better
defined.
Expanse 40-42 millim.
Six male specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, Omei-
shan, and Che-tou: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Eustroma achatinellaria.
Cidaria achatinellartia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vy. p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 16
(1880).
Lygris achutinellaria, Greeser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 406.
I captured a male specimen in Shikotan, one of the Kurile
Islands, in August. Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of
Askold.
Distribution. Amur; Askold; Kurile Islands.
Eustroma Lederert.
Cidaria Ledereri, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 88, pl. vii. fig. 17 (1864).
Lygris Lederert, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 406.
Eustroma Ledereri, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. My
native collector obtained the species at Hakodate in June or
July.
Distribution. East Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Eustroma convergenata.
Cidaria convergenata, Brem, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 88, pl. vii. fig. 18 (1864).
Lygris convergenata, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 406.
Eustroma convergenata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
A series from Fujisan, Nikko, and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
I obtained the species at Nemoro in Yesso, and in Shikotan,
one of the Kurile Islands, in August. My native collector
met with it at Hakodate.
Distribution. East Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Kurile
Islands.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 567
Eustroma junctilineata.
Abrazas junctilineata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p.1123 (1862) ;
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 146.
A few specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I took the species in Satsuma in May and at Fusan in
June; my native collector obtained examples in Kiushiu, and
I have received others from Kiukiang, and one example from
Ta-chien-lu.
Varies in the width of the black oblique lines on the basal
half of the wing, the fourth and fifth of these sometimes
coalesce and form a band. On the secondaries the discal
spot is often very large and conspicuous, and the central black
band broad and well defined.
The specimen from Ta-chien-lu differs from the type in
the lesser amount of black marking above the yellow patch
on outer margin of secondaries, and in the larger size of the
spots in that patch; the discal spot is smaller and there is
no basal patch. On the under surface of secondaries the
central band is only represented by a patch on costa and a
spot towards abdominal margin.
Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Western, Central,
and Eastern China.
Eustroma ludovicaria.
Cidaria ludovicaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vy. p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 3
(1880).
Lygris tigrinata, Christ. Bull. Mose. 1880, p. 64.
Lygris ludovicarta, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 406.
Eustroma ludovicaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
I received specimens from Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Chia-
kou-ho, Moupin, Omei-shan: June and July.
Oberthiir’s type was from Askold.
Distribution. Askold; Amur; Central and Western
China.
Eustroma plurilineata.
Abraxas plurilineata, Walk, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1123 (1862).
Four specimens taken by a native collector at Ningpo in
June.
Hab. North-eastern China.
Eustroma exsecuta.
Baptria exsecuta, Feld. Reis. Nov. v. pl. exxxiii. fig. 15 (1875).
There were specimens of the type form from Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained typical examples at Gensan
in July, and Mr. Smith took some at Hakone in August.
568 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Var. latifasciaria, nov.
Smaller than the type.
All the wings have a broad white fascia; that on second-
aries with an angular projection towards outer margin.
I took examples of this form at Hakodate in August, and
there was a specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Japan ; Yesso ; Corea.
E. exsecuta can always be easily distinguished from
Plemyria tibiale, Esp., which it greatly resembles, by the
fringes of the secondaries. These, in the former species, are
black, patched with white at outer angle and before anal
angle ; but in the latter they are entirely black.
Eustroma Haberhaurt.
Baptria Haberhaueri, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1864, p. 170, pl. iii
figs. 9, 10 (May).
Plemyria Haberhaueri, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Odexia Kindermanni, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 89, pl. vii. fig. 19 (1864).
Polythrena Kindermanni, Greeser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 404.
A long series in Pryer’s collection, many of the specimens
labelled Oiwake ; my collector obtained the species at Hako-
date in July, and I have received specimens from 'T'a-chien-lu
and Chow-pin-sa, taken in June and July.
Distribution. Armenia; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Western
China.
The Japanese specimens are all of the Kindermanni form,
but they exhibit a good deal of variation in the white
marking, especially on the secondaries; one specimen is
without a trace of the fascia on these wings. The specimens
from Western China are of the typical form, but there is less
black on basal third of the secondaries, and the white
marking on primaries is broader. In the specimen from
Yesso all the white markings are very broad.
This species can be at once separated from LZ. easecuta by
the chequered fringe. .
Eustroma miegata.
Polythrena miegata, Pouj. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr, 1895, p. 314, pl. vii.
fig. 20, 3 (non 20a, 2).
Female.—Rather paler than the male, and the abbreviated
fascia is broader.
Poujade only refers to the male of this species. The
insect he considered to be the female is a distinct species.
I received several male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, and
one female from Chia-ting-fu: all taken in June and July.
Poujade’s type was from Moupin.
flab. Western China.
ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 569
Eustroma angularia, sp. n.
Polythrena miegata, Pouj. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 314, pl. vil.
fig. 20a, Q.
Male.—Bright yellow, marked with black. Primaries
have a basal patch finely marked with yellow; an angulated
fascia separated from basal patch by a thin angulated yellow
line; central fascia indicated by an elongated patch on costa
and roundish patch on inner margin; outer marginal border
deeply indented about the middle. Secondaries have a tri-
angular patch on abdominal margin, streaked with yellow
and spotted with the same colour on its upper edge; there
is a large spot at anal angle, and the outer margin is bordered
from middle to apex. Fringes black, marked with yellow
below apex and from middle to inner angle of primaries ; on
the secondaries they are yellow marked with black from
middle to anal angle. Under surface similar to above, but
the black triangular patch on secondaries is only indicated by
some disconnected spots.
Female.—Rather larger, but colour and markings as in the
male.
Expanse, ¢ 30, 9 33 millim.
Several specimens of each sex from Omei-shan, Pu-tsu-
fong, Ni-tou, Moupin, Chia-ting-fu, Ta-chien-lu.
Hab, Western China.
Genus PLEMYRIA.
(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.)
Plemyria tibiale.
Noctua tibiale, Esp. Noct. pl. clxiv. fig. 2 (1790).
Minoa Eversmannaria, Herr.-Sch. Suppl. tig. 44.
Eustroma tibialis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Odezia tibiale, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 404.
There were eight specimens in Pryer’s collection ; two of
these were labelled Yesso and one Oiwake. My native
collector took one example at Hakodate in June, and I ob-
tained the species at Gensan in July.
Greser records it from Amurland.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan; Yesso.
In some specimens the white bands are very broad on all
the wings. This species is without the pencil of hair on
under surface of primaries, and cannot therefore be referred
to Hustroma.
Plemyria hecate.
Melanippe hecate, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 448 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 55, pl. liv. fig. 12 (1879).
There was an extensive series from Oiwake in Pryer’s
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 40
570 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
collection. My native collector obtained two specimens at
Hakodate in June; these are smaller than any in Pryer’s
series, and the central white band on secondaries and towards
costa of primaries is wider.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Plemyria hastata, Linn., chinensis, nov.
Basal half of all the wings black, traversed by three or
four more or less interrupted wavy lines; outer margin
broadly bordered with black, intersected by a wavy inter-
rupted white line ; intervening space white, intersected by a
transverse series of black dots.
Sometimes the secondaries are free from white markings on
the black portions of the wing, and there are very few of
such markings on the primaries.
Expanse 36-88 millim.
A nice series from Pu-tsu-fong, Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan :
May and June.
Hab. Western China.
Specimens of P. hastata from Amurland, in my collection,
agree well with European examples.
Plemyria lugens.
Melanippe (ugens, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 34, pl. ii. fig. 4
(1886), xviii. p. 88, pl. iii. fig. 88 (1898).
Cidaria lugens, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 79 (1892),
My collectors in Western China obtained this species
during June and July in most of the localities that they
visited.
Alphéraky records a female specimen from the province of
Gan-Sou, taken in July.
Hab. Western China.
Plemyria rivata.
Geometra rivata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 409.
Plemyria rivata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Melanippe supergressa, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 55, pl. liv. fig. 11
(1879).
Several specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki in May, at
Gensan in June, and at Tsuruga, Hakodate, and Shikotan
in August. My native collector took examples at Gensan in
July. All are identical with European specimens.
Distribution. Europe; Amur ; Feoan': Yesso; Corea.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 571
Plemyria parvularia.
Primaries white; basal two thirds dark grey, outer mar-
ginal border grey, traversed by a rather wavy white line ;
there is a black cuneiform mark above the middle of outer
margin and a whitish ring just below it; the outer edge of
the basal two thirds is obtusely angled above the middle.
Secondaries fuscous grey, darker on basal half, and with
a pale central band; submarginal line indistinct. Fringes
grey. Under surface ochreous brown; basal area of pri-
maries fuscous, and the outer marginal area is suffused with
the same colour; the secondaries have some fuscous lines
and a central band.
Expanse 25 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to P. galiata, Hiibn.
Plemyria fatuaria, sp. n.
Primaries white with brownish markings; basal patch
with the outer edge almost straight ; central fascia with the
inner edge ill-defined and the outer indented; the outer mar-
ginal area has a cloud at apex, one just above the middle,
and a smaller one at angle, each is intersected by the white
wavy submarginal line, which is edged with brownish
between the clouds; the space of ground-colour beyond
central fascia is traversed by an interrupted dusky line ;
discal spot black, placed on inner edge of central fascia ;
fringes white, chequered with brownish. Secondaries fuscous
grey, with indications of a paler band beyond the middle ;
submarginal line wavy, whitish; fringes white, marked with
fuscous grey. Under surface fuscous grey, with an obscure
darker angulated line beyond the middle, followed by a
faintly paler band: secondaries whitish, irrorated with fus-
cous; two fuscous bands on central area, the outermost with
an angular expansion below the middle enclosing a patch of
the ground-colour ; submarginal band fuscous.
Expanse 20 millim.
Four specimens from Chang-yang, July.
Hab. Central China.
Plemyria bicolorata.
Phalena ticolorata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. 608 (1769).
Geometra rubiginata, Hubn. Geom. tig. 250.
Plemyria bicolorata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
There were a few specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s col-
lection, and I took two or three at Nemoro and Hakodate in
August.
40*
572 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &c.
Japanese examples are larger but do not otherwise differ
from European specimens.
Distribution. Kurope; E. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Plemyria castaria, sp. n.
Primaries creamy white; basal half traversed by three
black wavy lines commencing as spots on the costa; outer
margin bordered with black, but before this there is a black
dash on costa from which a double black sinuous line pro-
ceeds to inner margin, a black cloud about the middle of this
line unites it with the border; discal spot black. Secondaries
white, a narrow black band on outer margin shaded inwardly
with grey. Fringes: of primaries black with some pale dots
at their base; of secondaries dark grey, becoming white
towards outer angle and on outer margin, spotted as on pri-
maries. | Under surface very similar to above, but the
secondaries have a black discal spot and indications of a
central band; the submarginal band is clearer and there is
no cloud connecting it with the marginal border. Antenne
serrated in the male.
Expanse 28 millim.
Six male specimens from Moupin, Ni-tou, Pu-tsu-fong:
July.
Hab. Western China.
Plemyria kezonmetaria.
Melanippe kezonmetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 38, pl. iv.
fig. 48 (1893).
I received a nice series from Ta-chien-lu and one male
specimen from Wa-ssu-kow, taken by my native collectors
in May and June.
Hab. Western China.
The antenne of the male are shortly bipectinate; apex
simple. Perhaps this species would be more properly placed
in Asaphodes, Meyr.
Plemyria ouanguemetaria.
Melanippe ouvanguemetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 38, pl. iy.
fig. 52 (1893).
My collectors met with this species at Ta-chien-lu and
Wa-ssu-kow, and at How-kow: June and July.
Hab. Western China and Thibet.
Antenne in the male bipectinated; apex simple.
ee ee a
On the Ochre-footed Scrub-Squirrels of East Africa. 573
Plemyria bellaria, sp. n.
White, with black markings. Primaries have bands
on basal area, broadest on costa; central band indicated by
a hook-shaped mark on the costa and some dots on inner
margin; a broad border on outer marginal area, tapering
towards inner margin, enclosing three white spots, one on
costa, one about the middle, and one towards inner margin.
Secondaries have a slender central band from abdominal
margin to middle of the wing, and a border on outer margin ;
the latter encloses two white spots, one in the middle, and
one at anal angle, and a minute dot above the middle spot.
Fringes black and white. Under surface as above. Antenne
bipectinated, the shaft black ringed with white, and the
pectinations rather widely apart.
Expanse 25 millim.
Four male specimens: Ichang, April ; Ta-chien-lu, Ni-tou,
May and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
[To be continued. ]
LVI.—The Ochre-footed Scrub-Squirrels of East Africa.
By W. E. DE WINTON.
THERE appears to be great confusion among naturalists as to
the specific determination of the most common small squirrels
of East Africa. Dr. F. A. Jentink, when looking over the
specimens in the British Museum previous to writing his
most excellent “ Monograph of the African Squirrels,”
published in ‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. iv. p. 1
(1882), noticed that the specimens from East Africa were
distinct from the South-African species, Sciwrus Cepapi,
A. Sm.; unfortunately he never described the forms, but
includes under S. Cepapé (¢. c. p. 26) all the small unstriped
squirrels from South and Kast Africa.
Naturalists have continued to record specimens from East
Africa under the latter name, although Dr. Huet (Nouv. Arch.
Mus. ili. ser. 2, p. 154, pl. vil. fig. 2, 1880) described the
form from Bagomoyo as a distinct species, giving it the name
of S. ochraceus. Dr. Pagenstecher (Bericht Naturh. Mus.
Hamburg, 1885, p. 42) described a form from the Pangani
River and Mount Meru under the name of S. Cepapi arus-
censis, at the same time stating that its affinities lie with
S. Cepapi, S. multicolor, and S. Aubryi=S. rufobrachiatus ;
such a generalized form should surely be worthy of more than
574 On the Ochre-footed Scrub-Squirrels of East Africa.
- subspecific rank, as the three species named are such very
widely separated forms inter se. Dr. Matschie (SB. Ges. nat.
Freund. 1894, p. 256) disregards these two species entirely,
giving the former name as a synonym of S. Cepapi, and
describes a specimen as S. Pauli from a living animal sent
home from Tanga and the skin of a very young individual
from the same neighbourhood.
S. Cepapt, a larger and stronger animal, only occurs south
of the Zambesi River; northward in Mozambique the bright-
coloured striped squirrel S. flavivittis is found; north of the
Rufigi River the faintly striped S. ochraceus occurs at Dar-es-
Salaam, Bagomoyo, and in Usagara. The side stripe of
this latter species, which at all times is very faint, varies
much in distinctness, as is well shown in the series in our
Museum ; in some specimens it is scarcely perceptible and
would, in all probability, be overlooked unless expected.
The forms from Pangani and Tanga, agreeing with the last-
named in having a dull greenish-white belly, have been
described as stated above, and if, as I suppose, S. aruscensis
belongs to this group, it is difficult to see how S. Pauli can
be made out distinct, if, indeed, either are separable from
S. ochraceus.
About Mombasa and inland as far as 6000 feet on Kilima-
njaro, and northward in the coast region, we find the orange-
bellied form which has lately been described by Mr. 8. Rhoads
(Proc. Ac. Philad. 1896, p.522) as S. ganana. In the high-
lands of Kikuyu we find yet another form, very dark in
colouring and rather larger than its allies; this species I
have pleasure in naming S. Jacksont, after the distinguished
explorer, Mr. F. J. Jackson, who presented the specimens
to the Museum and has done so much in adding to our know-
ledge of the fauna of Hast Africa in several branches of
zoology. I think there can be little doubt that the squirrel
mentioned by Mr. Rhoads (¢. c. p. 521) from Marsabit, an
eastern offshoot of Mount Kenia, is of this species.
Scturus Jacksoni, sp. n.
General colour dark olive-green, slightly washed with
brown; the face, rump, upper arms, and legs with a rather
stronger brown tint; the feet and hands more or less grizzled
rufous orange or rust-coloured ; a broad buff stripe above and
below the eyes; cheeks and ears grizzled of the general
body-colouring ; on the sides the dark colouring of the upper
parts gradually passes into that of the paler underparts, the
centre line of the chin, throat, and belly and the inner sides of
On Coleoptera from the Transvaal. ay és)
the legs only being greenish orange-buff, the bases of all the
hairs slate-coloured. The distichous tail is coloured much
like the body, but, owing to the broader annulations of the
hairs, the brighter colour is more conspicuous, especially
beneath, as is usual in members of this group.
The colour of the upper parts of this squirrel is absolutely
identical with some specimens of the West-African S. poensis,
but the annulations on the fur are rather broader and the
tail shows brighter colouring ; the pale eye-stripes and more
rufous feet at once distinguish it; beneath, the paler colour
of the belly and inner sides of the limbs make the likeness less
obvious. Colour, however, is the only form of resemblance,
for the size of the ears and feet and the different shape of the
tail widely separate the two species.
Mamme: 1—1—1=6.
Type, 2, 93. 2. 3. 24 Brit. Mus. Killed in August.
Loc. Kikuyu.
Collected and presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq.
Measurements, taken from dried skin :—Head and body
180 millim.; tail 155; hind foot 41; ear 13-5 (c.).
Skull: greatest length between uprights 42°5, greatest
breadth 25°5; nasals 11°5x6; constr. int.orb. 11°6, behind
p.o.ps. 12°7 ; brain-case 19, height 18, basal length 35:5 (c.) ;
henselion to back of palate 17°6 ; incisive foramina 3 3 x 2°1;
molar series 7°1; breadth outside ™! 10:3; diastema 10;
mandible, greatest length (bone only) 24°5, height 15°9.
Larger skull than S. ochraceus, and the profile more arched.
Nasals almost square posteriorly, not reaching so far back
as the posterior portion of the maxille. P.o.ps. well deve-
loped, running to sharp points. Zygomata broad in squamosal
portion.
The type is a rather old female; the skulls of two younger
specimens are somewhat smaller.
LVII.— Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal.
By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Cetoniida.
I was somewhat successful in obtaining a number of species
belonging to this family in the Transvaal, and I think the
following list is a fairly representative one for that region.
Their habits are very varied. Of course the larger number
are found on bloom; but Goliathus albosignatus flies among its
576 Mr. W. L. Distant on
favourite trees, a species of Zizyphus; Cheirolasia Burkei and
Dicranorrhina Derbyana are usually met with on the twigs or
silky leaves of aspecies of Combretum ; Oplostomus fuligineus
I have found in the dry dung of oxen; Trogodes rotundicollis
under stones with ants; Pachnoda flaviventris and Plesior-
rhina plana are sometimes apple-destroyers, as I have seen in
Natal ; Diplognatha silicea and Heteroclita Jansoni 1 have
oe captured but on the wing, and they are both very swift
lers.
I have to acknowledge the great assistance freely given me
by my friend Mr. Oliver Janson in the identification of some
of the obscure species and in advice generally.
The species were all captured by myself except where other
names are given of those from whom | received the specimens.
Species obtained in the Transvaal.
Goliathus albosignatus, Bohem. Rustenburg (W. Ayres and W. L. D.).
Hypselogenia concava, G. & P. Pretoria.
Dicranorrhina Derbyana, Westw. Rustenburg (W. Ayres and W. L. D.),
Pretoria.
Cheirolasia Burket, Westw. Rustenburg (W. Ayres, P. Kranz, and
W.L. D.).
Dyspilophora trivittata, Schaun. Barberton (Dr. Percy Randall), Pre-
toria.
Plesiorrhina plana, Wied. Barberton (Dr. Percy Rendall), Rustenburg
(W. Ayres), Pretoria.
Genyodonta flavvmaculata, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. Percy Rendall).
Var. egregia, Bohem. Rustenburg ( W. Ayres), Pretoria.
Melinesthes algoénsis, Westw. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Pretoria.
Var. flavipennis, Westw. Barberton (Dr, P. Rendall), Pretoria.
umbonuta, G. & P. Pretoria.
Ischnostoma nasuta, Schaum. Pretoria,
Pseudoclinteria permutans, Burm. Pienaars River (Thomson), Pretoria,
Warm Baths, Waterberg, Rustenburg.
Heteroclita? Jansoni, sp.n. Pretoria.
Phoxomela umbrosa, G. & P. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Pretoria.
Gnathocera hirta, Burm. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).
Elaphinis nigropunctata, Pering. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
tigrina, Oliv. Barberton (Dr, P. Rendall), Zoutpansberg (Kessner),
Rustenburg.
lutecostata, Bohem. Pretoria.
Psacadoptera velutina, Pering. Pretoria.
Gametis balteata, De Geer. Pretoria.
Anoplochilus figuratus, Bohem. Pretoria.
tomentosus,G. & P. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.
Leucocelis marginalis, Swartz. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.
testaceoguttata, Bl. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P.
Rendall), Pretoria.
amabilis, Schaum. Pretoria, Warm Baths, Waterberg.
—— Perroudi, Schaum. Pretoria.
cinctella, Schaum. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P.
Rendall), Pretoria.
Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 577
Leucocelis rubra, G. & P. Pretoria.
hemorrhoidalis, Fabr. Pretoria.
eneicollis, Schaum. Pretoria.
Trichostetha capensis, Linn. Middelburg (Kessner).
prunipennis, Burm. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Tephrea dichroa, Schaum. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Waterberg
( Wilde), Pretoria.
morosa, Schaum. Pretoria, Pienaars River.
Pachnoda cincta, De Geer. Pretoria, Pienaars River.
Jlaviventris, G. & P. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
leucomelana, G. & P. Pretoria, Pienaars River.
Pseudoprotetia amakosa, Bohem. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Niphetophora carneola, Burm. Pretoria.
Rhabdotis aulica, Oliv. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Pienaars River (Thom-
son), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
sobrina,G. & P. Pretoria.
semipunctata, Fabr. Pretoria.
Diplognatha silicea, McL. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Pienaars
River.
carnifex, Fabr. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
hebrea, Oliv. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Pretoria.
Piychophorus undatus, Kirby. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
leucostictus, Schaum. Pretoria.
Spilophorus plagosus, Bohem. Pretoria, Pienaars River.
Oplostomus platycephalus, Bohem. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
fuligineus, Oliv. Pretoria, Warm Baths, Waterberg.
Pilinurgus subundatus, Westw. Pretoria, Warm Baths, Waterberg.
Cenochilus turbatus, Westw. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
appendiculatus, Gerst. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
Genuchus dealbatus, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
Trogodes rotundicollis, Bohem. Pretoria, Rustenburg.
Other Species obtained in Natal.
Eudicella Smithi, McLeay. Durban.
Amaurodes Passerinii, Westw. Durban.
Elaphinis trrorata, Faby. Durban.
Trichostetha placida, Bohem. Durban.
Macroma cognata, Schaum. Durban.
Scythropesthes bicolor, Burm, Durban.
Heteroclita? Jansont, sp. n.
Head above, thorax, and scutellum dark olivaceous green ;
elytra dark indigo-blue, sometimes with a purplish tint.
Body beneath and legs piceous.
Head coarsely punctate, more sparingly so near basal
margin, where it is somewhat levigate; the antenne dark
castaneous. Thorax thickly and coarsely punctate, with a
more or less continuous central longitudinal levigate impres-
sion; the basal margin also levigate, especially in front of
scutellum. Scutellum more or less tesselate, the lateral
margins and a central impression levigate. LElytra coarsely
punctate and tesselate, their inner margins broadly costate
578 Mr. W. L. Distant on
to about one fourth before apex; two discal costate lines on
each elytron which are somewhat contiguous at base and con-
vexly united at about one fourth from apex, close to which
are two submarginal similarly united costate lines, which are
very strongly raised and prominent at basal angle; outer
marginal ridge levigate. Head and thorax beneath and legs
pilose, particularly at base of head, where there is a thick
tuft of ochraceous hairs. Body beneath and legs coarsely
punctate, less coarsely and prominently punctate on the
abdomen.
Long. 12 millim.
Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).
Var.—Elytra testaceous.
I captured five specimens with the blue elytra and four
with the same testaceous in hue, all males. Its habits are
peculiar, not frequenting bloom, but flying swiftly along
banks or paths amid bush, when it may easily be mistaken
for a large blow-fly. I found it a very local and scarce
beetle.
Mr. O. Janson, to whom I submitted specimens, writes :—
“T should refer this species to Heteroclita rather than create
a fresh genus (as genera in this group are, perhaps, already too
numerous), especially as the male is the only sex known at
present. It differs, however, in several characters, such as
the untoothed anterior tibie and small linear mesosternal
process. In some respects it more nearly agrees with Hetero-
phana, and also, if these recently erected genera are really
distinct from Heteroclita, with Mazoe (Peringuey) and Diploa
(Kolbe).
“Tt would appear to be most nearly allied to H. Raeuperi,
Schaum.”
Genuchus dealbatus, sp. n.
Bright, shining, black; thorax with the basal angles
broadly sanguineous ; elytra with a broad submarginal whitish
fascia, broadening towards apex, where it is recurved and
convexly terminates. Head thickly and coarsely punctate.
Thorax coarsely punctate, most thickly so on anterior and
lateral areas, slightly foveate on each side of disk. Elytra
coarsely punctate and tesselate, their inner margins mode-
rately costate ; two strongly costate longitudinal lines on disk
commencing near base and terminating at about one thir
before apex; humeral angles prominent and impunctate.
Thorax beneath and femora moderately pilose.
Long. 14 millim.
Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
Heterocera from the Transvaal. 579
This species is allied to G. elongatulus, G. & P., from
which it differs by the white fascia around the elytra, the
much more strongly punctured elytra, and by scarcely a trace
of the central furrow to the thorax.
Cenochilus appendiculatus, Gerst.
Cenochilus appendiculatus, Gerst. Arch. Naturg. xxxiii. 1, p. 39. n. 68
(1866); v. d. Decken’s Reise, ii. (2) p. 104, t. vi. fig. 6 (1873) ;
Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 38, t. xiii. fig. 2 (1874).
I refer one specimen received from the Lydenburg district
of the Transvaal to this species. Its principal divergence is
in size. The type was described as 194 millim. in length;
my specimen measures 25 millim.
LVIII.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.
By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Sphingide.
Of the twenty-two species of this family which I obtained
in the Transvaal and are here enumerated no fewer than five
(T. celerio, D. livornica, D. nerii, P. convolvuli, and M. atro-
pos) also occur or have been taken in Britain.
For some kind of uniformity I have followed Mr. Kirby’s
‘Catalogue’ in the generic division and arrangement, save in
the case of the genus Ambulyzx.
Species obtained in the Transvaal.
Cephonodes hylas, Linn. Pretoria and Zoutpansberg.
Macroglossa trochilus, Hiibn. Barberton (J. &. Harrison), Pretoria,
Lophuron pylas, Cram, Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.
pusillum, Feld. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall and J. R. Harrison).
minutum, sp. 0. Pretoria.
Diodosida murina, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendail).
Basiothia medea, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Theretra capensis, Linn. Pretoria.
eson, Cram. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).
Schenckii, Moschl. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
celerio. Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Deilephila livornica, Esp. Pretoria.
opheltes, Cram. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
Daphnis nerit, Linn. Pretoria.
Ambulyx postica, Walk. Pretoria,
prabilis, ey n. Pretoria.
Nephele vau, Walk. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).
Phlegethontius Mauritii, Butl. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
convolvuli, Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Manduca atropos, Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.
Lophostethus Dumolinit, Latr. Pretoria.
Polyptychus Grayii, Walk. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).
Where not otherwise specified, the captures were my own.
580 On Heterocera from the Transvaal.
Lophuron minutum, sp. n.
Body above greyish brown ; head and thorax very strongly
pilose; thorax on each side with a slightly oblique fascia,
whitish internally and castaneous outwardly. Abdomen
above with four longitudinal castaneous fascie, the outermost
of which on each side contains three prominent white hairy
spots.
PY tories wings above greyish brown, with the following
dull castaneous markings:—a short narrow oblique stripe
near base, a large subquadrate spot at middle of inner margin,
and a larger one beyond it at costal margin (both extending
about halfway across the wing), and a broad irregular outer
marginal fascia.
Posterior wings golden yellow, outer margin dull casta-
neous, the fringe greyish brown; a faint basal streak and
subcostal spot both castaneous.
Wings beneath much paler and more obscure than above,
the posterior wings without the golden-yellow ground-colour.
Exp. 26 millim.
Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant: April).
Apparently a late species, appearing at the end of the
Transvaal summer.
Ambulyx piabilis, sp. n.
Anterior wings pale ochraceous, somewhat darker on
apical areas, with five brownish elongate costal spots, basal
two of which enter cell, third situate a little beyond cell, and
fourth and fifth near apex.
Posterior wings bright golden yellow, minutely spotted
with sanguineous, excepting abdominal area, which is pale
ochraceous and unspotted, and with a large basal blackish
spot with a bluish centre.
Wings beneath pale ochraceous ; anterior wings with about
basal half golden yellow, in which area the two basal brownish
costal spots above are castaneous beneath; posterior wings
very minutely and obscurely speckled with brownish, the
basal spot above indicated by a castaneous spot beneath.
Body above pale ochraceous; head and thorax with a
central brown longitudinal fascia.
Exp. 97 millim.
Hab, 'Yransvaal, Pretoria (Distant).
A, piabilis is allied to A. conspersa, Dewitz, and holds an
intermediate position between that species and A. postica,
Walk.
I have followed Hampson in placing these species in the
genus Ambulyx. ‘They are located by Kirby in Basiana
and by Rothschild in a proposed new genus—Pseudoclanis.
——
On new Species of Acreidee from Uganda. 581
LIX.—Descriptions of some new Species of Acreide collected
by Mr. F. J. Jackson at Ntebt, Uganda. By EmILy
Mary SHARPE.
Family Acreida.
Acrea pervia, sp. n.
Resembles the Asiatic group containing A. moluccana,
Feld., A. Dohertyi, Holland, and A. parce, Ster.
Upperside. Entirely transparent, the costa and hind margin
narrowly bordered with black, becoming much broader at the
apex ; the base black, extending along the inner margin to
about the middle of the wing.
Hind wing. Basal area brownish black, with black spots,
almost invisible on the upperside; the discal portion trans-
parent from the costa to the first median nervule, the narrow
brownish-black border becoming much broader towards the
anal angle ; this black border extending along the first median
nervule and uniting with the dark basal area, thereby dividing
a yellow patch on the inner margin, which, however, does
not extend right up to the base; a yellow spot also plainly
marked between the sub-costal nervure and the first median
nervule.
Underside. Fore wing entirely transparent; the costa
yellow, like the apex and hind margin, the latter having
yellow spots; the apex distinctly yellow and streaked with
black lines; the hind margin with a black spot between the
yellow ones at the end of the black nervules, from the fifth
sub-costal nervule to the first median nervule.
Hind wing. The whole of the basal area yellow, sprinkled
heavily with black spots, this yellow also extending along the
hind margin, and becoming much narrower towards the costa.
This yellow border is divided by the black nervules and again
divided into twin spots by smaller median black streaks
between the nervules. On the underside this species some-
what resembles that of A. lycoides, Boisd., and A. dejana,
Godm. & Salv.
Expanse ¢ 2°3 inches.
The female is similar to the male; the black markings are
browner in colour, the yellow patch on the hind wing much
paler, and is not broken by any black markings as in the
male. ‘The underside is exactly like that of the male, the
yellow being paler.
Expanse 2°5 inches.
Hab. Ntebi, Uganda: March to May 1895.
Acrea ntebie, sp. n.
Allied to A, lycoides, Boisd.
‘The fore wing is not so transparent, being entirely brownish
582 On new Species of Acreide from Uganda.
black, with a transparent space consisting of three ovate spots,
only divided by the black nervules near the apical portion of
the wing, and followed beneath by a second: irregular row of
three whitish spots. The first of these is in the discoidal
cell; the second, and largest, of the three lies between the
first and second median nervules, and the third one, which is
somewhat spear-shaped, between the sub-median nervure and
the first median nervule.
Hind wing. Brownish black at the base, extending more
narrowly along the costa and forming a fairly broad border
along the hind margin, which is much darker brown than the
basal area, where there are some indistinct black spots. The
discal portion of the wing has a yellow transverse band,
narrower than in A. lycotdes, commencing a little below the
costal nervure, covering about half of the cell and extending
to the middle of the inner margin. In the discoidal cell, close
to the discocellular nervule, is a small black spot, belonging
to the indistinct basal series.
Underside. Brownish black ; costa, apex, and hind margin
sulphur-yellow as far as the first median nervule; this yellow
portion crossed by black nervules and divided into twin spots
by a median line of black. The whitish transparent markings
of the upperside very distinctly indicated.
Hind wing. Entirely sulphur-yellow, the basal area pro-
fusely dotted with black spots ; discal portion uniform yellow,
followed by the border, which is plainly divided up into twin
streaks by the black nervules and black median lines, which
are more pronounced than in either A. lycoides or A. dejana,
Godm. & Salv.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Ntebi, Uganda: November to December 1895.
Acrea humilis, sp. n.
Nearest to A. quirina in size, but differs in both wings
being entirely transparent and brownish in colour, where the
markings occur, without a single spot visible.
Fore wing. Quite transparent; the costa, hind margin,
inner margin, nervules, and base of wing dusky brown.
Hind wing. Exactly like the fore wing.
Underside. Very similar to the upperside, the dusky
shading being rather of a warmer brown. At the base of the
hind wing this warm brown colour is more pronounced, and
there is one black spot between the sub-median nervure and
the first median nervules ; another minute black spot close to
the base.
Expanse 1°5 inch.
Hab. Ntebi, Uganda: November to December 1895.
Miscellaneous. 583
MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Organization and Affinities of Pleurotomaria.
By MM. E.-L. Bouvier and H. Fiscuer.
Tue Pleurotomarie are the first mollusks (one might almost say
the first animals) of which remains are found in the fossil state.
As old as the oldest Trilobites, but curiously more tenacious of
existence, they were not extinguished like the Trilobites during the
Carboniferous epoch. They have left a great variety of forms in
the Jurassic deposits, they were perpetuated, though somewhat
feebly, through the Tertiary period, and are still represented in our
day by certain species, for the most part of extreme rarity. Of these
last absolutely nothing was known but the shell until the ‘ Blake,’
under the direction of Alexander Agassiz, captured four living
Pleurotomarie off the Antilles in 1879. From these specimens
M. Dall was able to determine that the anus is still situate on the
median dorsal line in the animals we are considering, that they have
two branchiz symmetrically situated, two urinary orifices also
symmetrical, and that thus they present, as one might expect, by
far the most primitive characters of all Gasteropods. Since that
time the Japanese have found another living Pleurotomaria; but it
was not made the subject of any research, so that the internal
organization of these creatures might have remained for a long time
unknown had not M. Agassiz, thanks to the courteous intervention
of M. Milne-Edwards, handed over to us one of the specimens of
Pleurotomaria Quoyana collected by the ‘ Blake.’ We cannot suffi-
ciently express our gratitude to the distinguished American zoologist
for his liberality.
From its general organization P. Quoyana approaches most
nearly to the Diotocardie# of the most normal type (Haliotide,
Trochide). Its sense-organs occupy the same position ; its buccal
mass appears to be built on the same type; it has the same myology,
the same cerebroid and buccal ganglia, the same labial commissure,
the same crossed (crozsée) visceral commissure.
The characters which distinguish it from the other Diotocardicze
are:—(1) the feeble development of the epipodium; (2) the alto-
gether peculiar origin of the branches of the visceral commissure ;
(3) the structure of the scalariform nervous cords which traverse
the foot.
Of the “ epipodial collarette” we will say nothing except that,
greatly reduced as it is in general in Pleurotomaria, it is imper-
ceptible in our specimen, and there is every reason for believing
that in the genus under consideration we see it at the very be-
ginning of its development.
As for the ‘“‘ branches of the visceral commissure,” they are not
in any wise detached, as in the other Diotocardie, from the most
anterior portion of the nerve-cords situate in the foot; they arise
from cerebro-pallial links towards the middle of their length, and
584 Miscellaneous.
appear to be nothing more than a strong branch from them. This
is, with but slight difference, the arrangement observable in the
Placophores, in which the cerebro-pedal link.is quite separated
from the pedio-pallial (Acanthopleura salamander, according to
Herr von Jhering, A. Savatierz), and where the visceral commissure is
formed, following the hypothesis of Herr Biitschli, by the median and
ventral fusion of the two symmetrically situated stomachal nerves
(Chiton fasciculatus and Ch. magnificus, according to M. Haier;
C. cinereus, according to Herr von Jhering),
The “scalariform nervous cords” are remarkable for the gan-
glionic projection, in the form of a very elongated horn, which both
exhibit in front of their most anterior commissure. This horn
presents along its whole length, notably on its outer side, a broad
and deep furrow, which is continued upon the cords and which
divides each of them into an upper pallial portion and a lower
pedal ; the cerebro-pallial link arises at the end of the pedal portion,
The pedal portion, behind the great anterior commissure, presents
the usual accessory commissures and gives origin to numerous
nerves to the lower surface of the foot; the pallial portion has no
commissures, it supplies the mantle, the columellar muscle, the
muscles of the upper surface of the foot, and probably also the
epipodium. The pallial portion, in other words, behaves exactly
like the pallial cords of the Placophores, the pedal portion like the
pedal cords of these latter—so much so that the pallio-pedal cords
of Plewrotomaria ought to be considered as the result of con-
erescence * of the pedal cords and the ganglionic portion of the
pallial cords f which one observes on each side in the Placophores,
To summarize: Pleurotomaria presents the first stage of a gan-
glionic concentration, which is more and more accentuated as one
rises in the scale of mollusks. In Haliotis and Trochus the cords
of the foot are composed, as has been very justly maintained by
M. de Lacaze-Duthiers and by M. Boutan, of a superior pallial and
an inferior pedal portion; but the pallial portion tends to isolate
itself under the form of a ganglionic swelling situate in front at
the origins of the visceral commissure. In the Fissurellide the
same arrangement exists, but the cords are shorter and, in conse-
quence, more condensed. In Patella, Nerites, Cyclophora, Paludina,
and Cyprea the scalariform pedal cords always persist, but the
pallial portion is isolated in the form of distinct ganglia; in other
Gasteropods the pedal cords, like the pallial, are condensed in the
form of ovoid ganglionic masses.—Comptes Rendus, 1807, t. exxiy.
pp. 695-697.
* According to Herren Thiele and Plate numerous anastomotic nerves
attach the pallial to the pedal cords in certain Placophores ; this is a first
step rebe f the concrescence realized in Pleurotomaria.
+ As Herren von Jhering and Biitschli have shown, the pallial cords of
Placophores are nothing more than the pallial ganglia fused with the
great pallial nerve. As in other Gasteropods, each great pallial nerve
anastomoses aboye the intestine with its fellow of the opposite side.
— oe 6,
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(SIXTH SERIES.]
No. 114. JUNE 1897.
LX.—Note on a Cast of the Brain-cavity of Tguanodon.
By Cuas. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.G.S., Assistant in the
British Museum (Natural History).
[Plate XVI.]
THE brains of certain of the American Dinosaurs have been
figured and briefly described by Professor Marsh, but, so far
as I am aware, the only account of the structure of this organ
in a European form is that given by Hulke in a paper
published in the ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological
Society’ for 1871. The specimen* there described is the
cranial portion of the skull of a large reptile which the author
regarded as probably belonging to a species of Iguanodon.
This fragment, which was found on the shore near Brook
Point in the Isle of Wight, has lately been presented to the
British Museum by Mrs. Hulke, and a careful comparison ot
it with the cast of a complete skull of Jguanodon bernissart-
ensis shows that its reference to a member of that genus is
no doubt correct. The form of the occipital condyle and
foramen magnum are precisely similar in the two specimens,
and, in fact, allowing for the fracturing and rolling to which
the fragment in question has been subjected, it is almost
identical in its structure with the corresponding portion of
* This specimen has also been noticed by Prof. H. G. Seeley i in the
‘Popular Science Review’ (vol. xix. 1880, p. 48), one of Hulke’s figures
being reproduced on plate ii. fig. 2.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. Al
586 Mr. C. W. Andrews on a Cast of the
the Belgian skull. Its dimensions, however, are consider-
ably smaller, and since the sutures between the bones of the
basis cranit are closed, it no doubt belonged to an adult
individual, probably of the type species, /. Mantelli.
Since this interesting fragment has been in the Museum
a plaster cast of the cranial cavity has been prepared, which
seems worthy of description, because it gives a clearer idea of
the form of the brain than can be gathered from the descrip-
tion and figures of the specimen itself.
As Hulke remarked in the paper referred to above, the
form of the brain in reptiles can only be deduced approxi-
mately from casts of their brain-cavity, since in these animals
it fills that cavity less completely than in the higher verte-
brates, though to a greater extent than in amphibians and
fishes. But judging from the remarkable completeness of
the cranial walls in this specimen, it seems possible that the
brain may have been more closely invested in bone than in
other reptiles, and that consequently the shape of the cast
may give a fairly accurate idea of its general form.
The olfactory lobes were either very small or perhaps
pedunculate. The space which they, or more probably their
basal portion, occupied is entirely filled with ironstone, so
that the only trace of them in ihe cast is a slight angular
projection from the middle of the antero-ventral border of the
cerebral hemispheres (o/.).
The hemispheres (c) themselves are of moderate size:
their anterior face is abruptly truncated and is only slightly
convex. In vertical section the conjoined hemispheres were
oval in outline, the long axis of the oval being horizontal :
their greatest width is immediately behind their anterior face,
at which point they formed prominent lateral lobes and
measured about 62 mm. in width. Their dorsal and ventral
surfaces are nearly straight and parallel in a longitudinal
direction. On the ventral surface about an inch behind the
anterior extremity there is a prominence, the optic chiasma
(op.c.), from which diverge outwards and forwards the roots
of the optic nerves (I1.). Immediately behind this and
arising from the floor of the thalamencephalon is the
infundibulum, to the lower end of which is attached the
pituitary body (pit.). This, so far as can be gathered from
the cast of the fossa which it occupied, was relatively of very
large size: its general form and relations are shown in the
figures. Its ventral surface, which slopes obliquely downward
and backward, is quadrate in outline; the prominent posterior
angles mark the position of the foramina by which the
internal carotids (car.) enter the skull, while the exact form
Brain-cavity of Iguanodon. 587
of the anterior region cannot be determined, the walls of the
fossa being there deficient, owing to the presence on either
side of a large irregular vacuity. This opening corresponds
to that occurring in the same position in the skull of the
crocodile, where it can be seen to be an irregular interval
between the basi- and ali-sphenoid bones. ‘The posterior
surface of the pituitary body is nearly vertical and is triangular
in outline.
On each side of the infundibulum there is in the cast a
projecting process (IIT.), which marks the point of exit of the
third (oculo-motor) nerve*.
Behind the infundibulum the ventral surface of the brain
is furrowed by a broad transverse depression which is occupied
by the thick posterior clinoid ridge, and marks the division
between the mid- and hind-brain.
Turning again to the upper surface, we find that imme-
diately behind the region occupied by the cerebral hemispheres
the cranial cavity undergoes a great increase in height, and
at the same time is much narrowed from side to side, parti-
cularly in its upper portion. ‘I'he cast of the chamber thus
formed (cb.) shows a pointed elevation which rises high above
the hemispheres, and is so much compressed laterally that its
superior surface is reduced to a mere rounded ridge. On
each side of this prominence there is a strong ridge which
extends downward and forward from a little behind and
below its apex to a point a little in front of and above the
roots of the trigeminal nerve.
This portion of the cranial cavity was no doubt occupied
in life by the optic lobes and the cerebellum. In the cast
itself, however, no indication of the form and position of the
former is visible, and probably, therefore, they were com-
paratively small, or, at any rate, did not project sufficiently to
impress the walls of the cranial cavity. ‘The cerebellum, on
the other hand, was large, and the oblique ridges on its sides
above referred to, seem to indicate that it probably possessed
fairly developed lateral lobes (/./.) ; itis, however, possible that
they may merely mark the position of blood-sinuses. Behind
these lobes the cast of the cerebellar chamber is slightly con-
* It should be noted that the projections on the cast, which are
marked with the numbers of the cranial nerves, do not necessarily indi-
cate the points of origin of those nerves, but merely the position of the
foramina by which they passed out of the skull. In most instances, of
course, the point of exit is nearly opposite the place of origin; but in the
present case (that of the oculo-motor root) the nerve no doubt arose not
in the position shown in the cast, but from the floor of the thalamen-
cephalon behind the infundibulum. 7
41*
588 Mr. C. W. Andrews on a Cast of the
cave on either side, the concavities indicating the projection
inwards of the auditory region of the skull.
The ventral region of the medulla oblongata (med.) is
bounded anteriorly by the transverse groove above mentioned.
Longitudinally its ventral surface is at first convex and pos-
teriorly concave ; from side to side it is convex throughout
its length, the mid-ventral line being marked by a slight
ridge. Anteriorly the sides of the cast of the meduliary
region pass up into the cerebellar prominence ; in its middle
portion its upper and lateral surfaces are impressed by the
prominent auditory region. Posteriorly it widens out con-
siderably and is roughly triangular in section, the angles of
the triangle being rounded and corresponding to the mid-
ventral ridge and the supero-lateral borders ; the upper surface
of this posterior region is convex. ‘The cast no doubt gives
an accurate idea of the actual form of the medulla so far as
its ventral and lateral portions are concerned; but it is pro-
bable that dorsally there was a considerable space between
the overhanging cerebellum and the upper surface of the
medulla, so that here the real shape of the latter is not shown,
no trace of the position of the fourth ventricle and other
structures being seen. Further back, however, where it is
about to pass into the spinal cord, it probably nearly or quite
filled the cranial cavity, and its true form is therefore shown
by the cast.
The determination of the roots of the cranial nerves arising
from the medulla presents some difficulties, but by comparison
with the crocodilian brain, and by examining the relations of
the various foramina to one another and to the surrounding
structures, it has been possible to determine most of them
with a considerable degree of certainty. On the whole, these
agree with the determinations of Hulke, who, however,
employs the older terminology of Willis in his description.
On the ventral surface of the medulla close to its anterior
end is a slight prominence, which probably marks the point
of origin of the abducens (VI.)._ Above and a little behind
this on the side wall of the medulla is the large root of the
trigeminal (V.). This passes out of the skull by a very large
foramen which opens externally into a fossa, from which
a deep channel runs forward along the inner wall of the
orbit, and, no doubt, lodged the ophthalmic branch (V’.).
Behind the trigeminal foramen the skull-wall is perforated by
a small opening, which enlarges towards the outside and is
continued on the side of the cranium as a well-marked groove
(car.?) which runs downward and somewhat forward. Its
lower end passes round to the external opening by which the
——
—— ae ltl ee le
aa
oe
Brain-cavity of Tguanodon. 589
internal carotid entered the pituitary fossa. From the
relations of this groove, which is bounded anteriorly by a
well-defined rounded ridge, I am led to conclude that it
probably lodged a branch of the carotid which entered the
skull by the foramen at its upper end.
Wn
fen. OV.
carn ws
Side of cranium of Iguanodon, showing the various foramina. 3 nat. size.
bs., basisphenoid ; car., carotid foramen ; car’., (?) channel for branch of
carotid; fen.ov., fenestra ovalis; jug. (?) foramen for branch of
jugular vein; oc.c., occipital condyle; ¢b.sp., tuberculum
sphenoccipitale. The foramina fur the nerves are marked :—
II., eptic; TIL, oculo-motor; V., trigeminal; V’., channel for
the ophthalmic branch of the trigeminal; IX., glosso-pharyngeal;
X., vagus; XII., hypoglossal.
Returning again to the cast, we find some 5 mm. behind
the base of the fifth nerve a blunt prominence, which fills a
depression in the skull-wall below and in front of the convex
otic mass; no foramen can be seen to pass out of the skuil at
this point, and there can be no doubt that this prominence
marks the point of origin of the auditory nerve (VIII.), and
perhaps the facial (VII.) may arise with it. The next root lies
15 mm. behind the eighth and at a somewhat lower level ;
this seems to be the glosso-pharyngeal ([X.). Its foramen is
090 On a Cast of the Brain-cavity of [guanodon.
small; it runs upward and outward, reaching the exterior
below and a little behind the fenestra ovalis (fio.). About
1 cm. above and behind the root of the ninth is the large
vagus root (X.), which passes out of the skull by a passage
which, shortly after leaving the cranial cavity, forks, one
branch running backwards and outwards in the same direction
as the common base, the other directed forward and outward
at right angles to the first.. The latter opens behind and
below the fenestra ovalis at the bottom of the same depression
in the skull-wall; the former just behind the prominent
oblique ridge forming the hinder bourdary of the tympanic
depression. This posterior branch probably transmitted the
vagus (X.), and a considerable enlargement of its calibre just
external to the fork probably indicates the position of the
ganglion. As to what passed through the anterior branch there
is some doubt, but it may be suggested that it transmitted
a branch of the jugular vein (woodcut, jug.). About 15mm.
behind and at the same level as the roots of the ninth and
tenth respectively, are two nerve-roots, of which the upper is
much the larger. These pass into the cranial wall by two
foramina, about 7 mm. apart, leading into passages which run
outward and backward, converging so that they have opened
close together in a common depression (woodcut, XII.). These
nerve-roots, I believe, both belong to the hypoglossal (XII.),
but perhaps the spinal accessory may also have passed out of
the skull by one of the foramina of which these prominences
are the casts.
It will be seen that the determination of the regions of this
brain here adopted differs somewhat from that given by
Marsh in some of his figures of this organ in the American
Dinosaurs, the chief difference being that while he regards the
middle prominence as representing in most cases a cast of the
optic lobes, | think that these probably did not project far
enough to leave any traces in a cast of the brain-cavity, the
enlarged middle chamber of which was mainly occupied by
the cerebellum. In the crocodile certainly a cast of the
brain-cavity gives no idea of the form of the optic lobes.
Marsh’s figure * of the brain of Ceratosaurus nasicornis, in
which the optic lobes are marked as lateral structures not
appearing on the dorsal surface of the brain, probably most
nearly represents the actual condition of things. In the figure
of the brain of Claosaurus annectens on the same plate the
uerve-roots marked agree in the main with the interpretation
* Marsh, “The Dinosaurs of North America” (Sixteenth Annual
Report of the U.S. Geological Survey 1896), pl. lxxvii. fig. 2.
se
Ostracoda from the Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts. 591
here adopted. The brain in this Dinosaur seems to resemble
that of Iguanodon more closely than any other of which
figures have been published.
Some measurements of this specimen are appended :—
millim
Greatest width of cerebral ae Hem O Ot Oe 62
s height | J dephediaaer tie Waar Are Loar 46
+ » at cerebellar prominence paw eae Alek 69
aah, EL LCEIE: seamen W Eek 2h gpl Vie ow ace Guys chee 38
Depth of pituitary body from base of infundibulum .. 31
Width between roots of trigeminal ................ 36
Width of medulla at vagus eonk ee onuy eT ae, 30
Height a - POM ae tick aint wen ais 38
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
Brain of Iguanodon, = natural size:
1, From above.
2. From side.
3. From below.
car., point of entry of the internal carotids into the pituitary fossa;
c., cerebral hemispheres ; ¢d., cerebellum; /./., lateral lobe of cerebellum ;
med,, medulla; o/., base of olfactory lobes; op.c., optic chiasma; pit.,
pituitary body.
{The Roman numerals refer to the numbers of the cranial nerves.
LXI.— Ostracoda from the Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts.
By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., F.R.M.NS.
[Plate XV.]
THE Chara-marl or “ freshwater bed” of Hitchin, Herts, is
so remarkably rich in Ostracoda that it appears desirable to
put upon record more detailed information regarding them
than has been attempted up to the present time.
These Ostracoda of Hitchin have already been referred to
in a note by Messrs. Jones and Sherborn, in 1887, on a
collection made by W. Hill, Jun., Esq., F.G.S.* The four
species there recorded are 0, ypris tncongruens, Ramdohr ;
Scottia Browniana (Jones); Hrpetocypris reptans (Baird) ;
and Candona candida (Miiller).
The same authors chants note an additional species
from the Hitchin beds—Cypridopsis vidua (Miiller) ; whilst
for the previously recorded Cypris incongruens they substi-
tute Candona pubescens (Koch) f.
* Geol. Mag. dec. iii. vol. iv. p. 459.
+ Suppl. Monogr. Tert. Entom. (Pal. ae 1889, p. 10.
} Op. cit. p. 12.
592 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda from the
For the material from which the species here enumerated
have been extracted I am indebted to Prof. T. Rupert Jones,
F.R.S., who had received it from Mr. W. Hill a long time
ago. This present list contains only one species which I
have not myself found, and nine species and varieties are now
added to the earlier records. r
The bed containing the Ostracoda here under notice lies
upon a bed of gravel, and is itself overlain by a bed of brick-
earth 20 feet thick. It is a ‘ soft calcareous loam, of a light
colour, from brown to almost white, which has been found, in
other parts of the brickfield, to pass down into a dark grey or
almost black deposit, fairly evenly stratified” *.
Besides the Ostracoda, this deposit contains numerous
stems and fruits (oogonia) of Chara, eleven species of Mol-
lusca, and the remains of bear, deer, and rhinoceros. Further
details of this and the associated beds are to be found in the
Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1896 +, the locality having been visited
by the members of the above association during their excur-
sion to Hitchin.
The sample of marl examined was exceedingly rich in
Ostracod valves ; they are very fragile and require some care
in the extraction. The process of washing the marl and
separating the organisms 1s best carried out by submerging a
sieve, containing some of the marl, under water, the sieve
having meshes fine enough to retain the minute fossils, and
from time to time agitating the sieve vertically as well as in
a horizontal and circular direction.
The following is a descriptive list of the Ostracoda from
the deposit at Hitchin as far as at present known. For
valuable help in the writing of this account I tender my
sincere thanks to Prof. Rupert Jones, F.R.S.
Family Cypridide.
Genus CycLocypris, Brady and Norman.
Cyclocypris levis (O. F. Miiller).
(Pl. XV. figs. 1, 2.)
Cypris levis, Miller,.1785, Entomostraca, p. 52, pl. iii. figs. 7-9.
Monoculus ovum, Jurine, 1829, Hist. des Monocles, p. 179, pl. xix.
figs. 18, 19.
Cypris ovum, Jones, 1856, Monogr. Tert. Entom. p. 14, pl. i. figs. 4a, ;
Brady, Crosskey, and Robertson, 1874, Monogr. Post-tert. Entom.
p. 126, pl. i. figs. 29-31.
* Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. xiv. p. 416.
+ Vol. xiv. pp. 415-419.
oe
an.
ee ee
Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts. 593
Cypria levis, Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. ser. 2,
vol. iv. p. 69. :
Cyclocypris levis, Brady and Norman, 1896, op. cit. vol. v. p. 718.
The species is fairly common in the “ freshwater bed”? of
Hitchin. It is a common form in this country in fresh and
brackish water.
Cyclocypris globosa (G. O. Sars).
(Pl. XV. figs. 3, 4.)
Cypris globosa, G. O, Sars, 1863, Om en i Sommeren 1862 foretagen
Zoologisk Reise i Christianias og Trondhjems Stifter, p. 27.
Cypris cinerea, Brady, 1868, Monogr. Rec. Brit. Ostrac. p. 374, pl. xxiv.
figs. 39-42, pl. xxxvi. fig. 7.
Cyclocypris globosa, Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soe.
ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 71, pl. xi. figs. 10-18, pl. xiv. figs. 1, 2.
The discovery of this species in the Hitchin deposits is of
much interest, for it is quite a northern species, having been
recorded from fossil deposits in Scotland; and as a recent
form it is still found living in the lochs and pools of the
border counties of England, in Scotland, and in Norway.
The species is by no means uncommon at Hitchin.
Genus Scorria, Brady and Norman.
Scottia Browniana (Jones).
Cypris Browniana, Jones, 1850, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi.
p- 25, pl. iil. fig. 1; 1856, Monogr. Tert. Entom. p. 15, pl. i. figs. la-d.
This is also a northern species. Mr. T. Scott found it
living in pools in the island of Bute (Brady and Norman).
It was found fossil at Clacton, Essex, by Professor Rupert
Jones, and since recorded by him from Hitchin and from
Sidestrand, Suffolk, and Chesilton, Dorset.
Genus Crpris, Miiller.
Cypris virens (Jurine). (Pl. XV. figs. 5, 6.)
Monoculus virens, Jurine, 1820, Hist. des Monocles, p. 174, pl. xviii.
figs. 15, 16.
Cypris virens, Zaddach, 1844, Syn. Crust. Pruss. Prod. p. 35; Brady
and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soe. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 74.
A common and widely distributed form, and as a recent
species inhabiting “ grassy pools and ditches which dry up in
the summer” (Brady and Norman).
Only one valve of this species was found in the marl from
Hitchin.
594 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda from the
Genus Erperocypris, Brady and Norman.
Erpetocypris reptans (Baird).
(Pl. XV. figs. 7, 8.)
Cypris reptans, Baird, 1835, Trans. Berwickshire Nat. Club, vol. i.
p. 99, pl. iii. fig. 11. |
Candona reptans, Baird, 1845, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 153; and Nat. Hist.
Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 160, pl. xix. fig. 3.
Cypris reptans, Brady, Crosskey, and Robertson, 1875, Monogr. Post-
tert. Entom. p. 128, pl. ii. figs. 31, 32.
Erpetocypris reptans, Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl.
Soe. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 84, pl. xiii. fig. 27.
E. reptans is a common British species and its European
distribution is wide. As a fossil it has been found in strata
as old as the Weybourn Crag. In the post-Tertiary bed of
Hitchin it is common and often of large size, some of the
valves measuring as much as 3°3 millim. in length.
Genus Pionocypris, Brady and Norman.
Pionocypris vidua (O. F. Miiller).
(Pl. XV. figs. 9, 10.)
Cypris vidua, Miiller, 1785, Entom. p. 55, pl. iv. figs. 7-9.
Cypridopsis vidua, Brady, 1868, Monogr. Rec. Brit. Ostrac. p. 375,
pl. xxiv. figs, 27-36, 46.
Pionocypris vidua, Brady and Norman, 1896, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl.
Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 726, pl. Lxiv. fig. 19.
This species has been found as a post-Tertiary fossil in the
Fen district, and it is common as a freshwater form in
England and Europe generally. At Hitchia this species is
not uncommon.
Genus Ityocypris, Brady and Norman.
Ilyocypris gibba (Ramdohr).
(Pl. XV. figs. 11, 12.)
Cypris gibba, Ramdohr, 1808, Magaz. d. Gesellsch. naturforsch. Freunde
zu Berlin, Quartal ii. p. 91, pl. iii. figs. 13, 14, 17.
Tlyocypris gibba, Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soe.
ser, 2, vol. iv. p. 107, pl. xxii. figs. 1-5; iid. ibid. 1896, vol. v. p. 727,
pl. Ixvili. figs. 20, 21.
This species, well known as a recent form, is also known
from the Hamstead beds (Oligocene) of the Isle of Wight,
and it is common as a post-Tertiary fossil in England and
Scotland.
At Hitchin only one well-differentiated specimen of I. gibba
was found, and in this the principal tubercle is prominent
and recurved.
i laeta omt
Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts.
Or
(Ye)
Or
Iiyocypris Bradii, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XV. figs. 13, 14.)
Ilyocypris Brad, G. O. Sars, 1890, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer,
Il. Branch. Ostrac. Cirrip., Christ. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhand. p. 50;
Brady and Norman, 1896, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soe. ser. 2, vol. v.
p. 728, pl. lxiii. figs. 22, 23, pl. lxviii. figs. 18, 19.
The commoner form of this genus in the Hitchin deposit
appears to be the non-tuberculate type defined by G. O. Sars
under the above name, of which three valves were found.
Genus Canpona, Baird.
Candona pubescens (Koch).
(Pl. XV. figs. 15-17.)
Cypris pubescens, Koch, 1837, Deutschlands Crustaceen &c., Heft xi.
5
ae pubescens, Brady and Norman, 1896, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc.
ser. 2, vol. vy. p. 729, pl. lxiii. fig. 24, pl. lxiv. figs. 20, 21, pl. Lxviii.
figs. 7-9.
This is acommon species in the living condition. Asa
post-Tertiary fossil it has been recorded from Whittlesea, the
Valley-drift near Salisbury, the old land-drift at Chesilton,
Portland, the gravels at Barnwell, near Cambridge, and from
Hitchin. In the last-named deposit well-formed valves of
the species are found, but they are not very common. ‘There
are also present several valves of the form usually described
under the name of C. albicans, but now thought to be only
the young form of C. pubescens.
Candona lactea, Baird.
(Pl. XV. figs. 18, 19.)
Candona lactea, Baird, 1850, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 255, pl. xviii.
figs. 25-27 ; Brady, 1868, Monogr. Ree. Brit. Ostrac. p. 382, pl. xxiv.
figs. 55-58; Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc.
ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 100.
This common freshwater species, which is well known from
numerous post-Tertiary deposits, is very common at Hitchin.
Candona candida (O. F. Miiller).
(PL XV. figs. 20; 21.)
Cypris candida, Miiller, 1785, Entom. p. 62, pl. vi. figs. 7-9.
Candona candida, Jones, 1857, Monogr. Tert. Entom. p. 19, pl. i.
figs. 8a—f; Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. ser. 2,
vol. iv. p. 98, pl. x. figs. 20-23.
This species is very common in ponds and ditches.
596 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda from the
As a fossil it is known from the Weybourn Crag and from
most deposits of post-Pliocene age. It is common in the
“freshwater bed ” at Hitchin. ’
Candona candida (O. F. Miiller), var. tumida, Brady and
Robertson. (Pl. XV./figs. 22, 23.)
Candona candida (Miiller), var. tumida, Brady and Robertson, 1870,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 16, pl. ix. figs. 18-15 ;
Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R, Dubl. Soe. ser. 2, vol. iv.
p. 99, pl. x. figs. 14-17.
This variety has been found commonly in rivers and dykes
subject to tidal influence. It differs from the typical species,
so common in fresh water, in the shortness and the tumidity
of the carapace. Another distinguishing character is the
rosette-like arrangement of the muscle-spots, and this is
clearly seen in at least one of the valves from Hitchin. The
variety is somewhat rare in that deposit.
Candona candida (O. F. Miiller), var. claviformis,
Brady and Norman. (PI. XV. figs. 24, 25.)
Candona candida (Miiller), var. claviformis, Brady and Norman, 1889,
Sci. Trans, R. Dubl. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 99, pl. x. figs. 1, 2.
This variety was taken in the living condition from canals
and ponds.
In the Pleistocene of Hitchin this variety is not unfrequent.
Family Darwinulide.
Genus DARWINULA, Brady and Robertson.
Darwinula Stevensoni, Brady and Robertson.
(Pl. XV. figs. 26, 27.)
Polycheles Stevensoni, Brady and Robertson, 1870, Aun. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. I 25, pl. vii. figs. 1-7, pl. x. figs. 4-14.
Darwinella Stevensoni, Brady, Crosskey, and Robertson, 1874, Post-tert.
Entom. p. 141, pl. ii. figs. 13-17.
Darwinula Stevensoni, Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl.
Soe. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 122, pl. x. figs. 7-18, pl. xiii. figs. 1-9, pl. xxiii.
fig. 5.
It is of much interest to note the occurrence of this species
from Hitchin, since in the living state it is a characteristic
form in the East-Anglian Fen district; and it is also found
in rivers, lochs, and canals in various parts of the British
Islands.
Several separate valves of )). Stevensont were found in the
Pleistocene deposit at Hitchin.
‘Dall tics hichas le _—
ee ee
Ee
Fig.
Chara-marl of Hitchin, Herts. 597
Family Cytherida.
Genus LimNIcyTHERE, Brady.
Limnicythere inopinata (Baird).
(Pl. XV. figs. 28, 29.)
Cythere inopinata, Baird, 1850, Brit. Entom. p. 172, pl. xx. figs. 1,
1 a-e.
Limnicythere inopinata, Brady, 1868, Monogr. Rec. Brit. Ostrac. p. 419,
pl. xxix. figs. 15-18, pl. xxxviii. fig. 9, pl. xxxix. fig. 1; Brady,
Crosskey, and Robertson, 1874, Monogr. Post-tert. Entom. p. 178,
pl. x. figs. 8-11; Brady and Norman, 1889, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soe.
ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 170.
This species is now found inhabiting ditches, lakes, and
slowly running streams. It has been recorded from various
post-Tertiary clays of Scotland and England.
L. inopinata is of frequent occurrence in the “ freshwater ”
bed of Hitchin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
F ig.
1. Cyclocypris levis (O. F. Miller). Left valve. x 30.
2. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
3. Cyclocypris globosa (G. O. Sars). Left valve. x 24.
4. Ditto. Edge view. x 24.
5. Cypris virens (Jurine). Left valve. x 24.
6. Ditto. Edge view. xX 24.
7. Erpetocypris reptans (Baird). Right valve. x 16.
8. Ditto. Edge view. x 16.
9. Pionocypris vidua (O. F. Miiller). Left valve. x 30.
Fig. 10. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 11. Ilyocypris gibba (Ramdohr). Left valve. x 30.
Fig. 12. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 13. Ilyocypris Brad, G. O. Sars. Left valve. x 30.
Fig. 14. Ditto. Edge view.« x 30.
Fig. 15. Candona pubescens (Koch). Right valve. x 30.
Fig. 16. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 17. Ditto. Young form, left valve. x 30.
Fig. 18. Candona lactea, Baird. Right valve. x 30.
Fig. 19. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 20. Candona candida (O. F. Miller), Right valve. x 20.
Fig. 21. Ditto. Edge view. x 20.
Fig. 22. Candona candida, var. tumida, Brady and Robertson. Left
valve. xX 30,
Fig. 23. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 24. Candona candida, var. claviformis, Brady and Norman. Right
valve. x 20.
Fig. 25. Ditto. Edge view. xX 20.
Fig. 26. Darwinula Stevensoni, Brady and Robertson. Right valve.
x 30.
Fig. 27. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
Fig. 28. Limnicythere inopinata (Baird). Left valve. x 30.
Fig. 29. Ditto. Edge view. x 30.
598 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
LXII.—List of the Neuroptera collected by Mr. E. E. Austen
on the Amazons kc. during the recent Expedition of Messrs.
Stemens Bros. Cable S.S. ‘ Faraday,’ with Descriptions Mg
several new Species of Odonata (Dragonflies). By W. ¥
Kisy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &e.
[Plates XII. & XIII.]
Mr. AUSTEN informs me that the Dragonflies are among the
most abundant and conspicuous insects on the Amazons. He
obtained a fair number of species, seven of which I have
ventured to describe as new in the present paper. 1 have
also included in this paper two species captured by Mr. Austen
in St. Vincent, Cape Verd Is., and have taken the opportunity
of describing two more Amazonian species previously in the
collection of the British Museum, which Mr. Austen did not
meet with, though they seem to be not uncommon in localities
which he visited. Probably different species are found at
different times of year. The St. Vincent species, and the
Amazonian species here described, though not obtained by
Mr. Austen, are distinguished by being placed in brackets,
which was thought better than noticing them separately or
placing them in footnotes.
Nearly all the Dragonflies obtained were Libelluline,
though one or two representatives of other families were
brought home.
Among the few captures of other groups of Neuroptera
were one or two interesting species of Ephemeride.
Table of Captures.
St. Vincent. Amazons. New.
ODONATA.
Libellulide : ;
Libellulinss ........ 2 34 6
/eschnide :
Gomunine Nigar ake 2(?) 1
Adschninse ........ Hn 5
Agrionidee :
Coenagrionine—
Pseudostigmatina. o Vitstes l
Normostigmatina oan) SER 4
Other families of Neuroptera.
[email protected]++-
"Termitidinss. os oes aes s'
Oamylids® .. is. caves sss
me bo
from the Amazons &c. 599
One or two species taken on board the 8.8. ‘ Faraday’ are
marked (/.) after the locality.
Order NEUROPTERA.
Suborder ODONATA (DRAGONFLIES).
Libellulide.
LIBELLULINZ.
Genus THOLYMIS, Hagen.
Tholymis citrina.
Tholymis citrina, Hagen, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxviil. p. 218 (1867).
Below Breves, Island of Marajo (/), Jan. 12, 1896.
A single dark-coloured (adult) male specimen.
Hagen described this species from Cuba. The specimens
previously in the British Museum collection were all received
from the Lower Amazon district (Pard, Santarem, Tapajos),
but none of them are so highly coloured as the specimen trom
Breves.
[Genus PANTALA, Hagen.
Pantala flavescens.
Libellula flavescens, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).
Porto Grande, St. Vincent, Cape Verd Is., Dec. 26, 1895.
One specimen of this almost cosmopolitan species. There
are specimens in the British Musenm from Paré and San-
tarem, though Messrs. Austen and Cambridge do not appear
to have met with it on the Amazons. |
Genus TRAMEA, Hagen.
Tramea abdominalis.
Libellula abdominalis, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 37 (1842).
Santarem, Jan. 30, 1896.
Two specimens.
There are also specimens in the British Museum from Pard4,
“ Brazil” (Rio ?), Jamaica, Santa Lucia, and Grenada.
Tramea basalis.
Libellula basalis, Burm. Handb, Ent. ii. p. 852, n, 26 (1859).
Santarem, Jan. 28; Manaos, Feb. 2; Mosqueiro, March 6,
1896.
Four specimens obtained.
600 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
Previously in the British Museum from Paré and Fernando
Noronha.
Tramea brastliana.
Tramea brasiliana, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 812
(1867).
Obydos, Feb. 2, 1896.
One specimen.
The specimens previously in the British Museum are from
“ Brazil” (Rio?) and Pard.
Genus TAURIPHILA, Kirb.
Tauriphila tphigenia.
Tramea iphigenia, Hagen, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxviii. p. 230 (1867), xxx.
p. 262 (1869).
Obydos (F.), Feb. 2, 1896.
Previously in the Museum from Paré and the Tapajos.
Tauriphila nycteris.
Tauriphila nycteris, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiil. p. 351 (1890).
A fine male from Obydos, Feb. 2, 1896.
The legs in both sexes are rufo-testaceous, and the abdomen
is without black spots towards the extremity. In the male
the ferruginous space on the hind wings resembles that of
Tramea basalis; in a female from Brazil (Rio?) it is nar-
rower. Karsch describes a female from Bahia. ‘The male
has 15 antecubital cross-nervules on the fore wings, the female
only 13.
Genus Mratuyria, Kirb.
Miathyria marcella.
aise marcella, De Selys, Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 452
(1857).
Santarem, Jan. 27-31; Obydos, Feb. 2; Manaos, Feb. 14,
1896.
Appears to be a very common species on the Lower
Amazons, especially at Saniarem (#. #. A.). Mr. Austen
did not meet with JM. pusilla, Kirb., which I am now inclined
to think is synonymous with MZ. simplex, Ramb.
[Miathyria flavescens, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 2.)
Long. corp. 31-34 millim. ; exp. al. 50-56 miilim.; long.
pter. 1°50 millim.
ll lial alla
from the Amazons &e. 601
Eyes connected by a moderately long suture. Head testa-
ceous, sometimes greenish above, frontal tubercle and upper
part of clypeus metallic blue ; mandibles blackish ; occipital
triangle cupreous. Thorax black, with a broad green band
on each side, obsolete in front; pleura green, separated into
spots and bands by broad black stripes on the sutures.
Abdomen black, with two orange stripes, interrupted by the
carinze and incisions on each side, the upper ones narrow, the
lower ones broad (these are frequently nearly obliterated in
the males). Legs rufo-testaceous towards the base and
blackish at the extremity, clothed with long slender hairs;
the hind femora furnished with short blunt tubercles beneath,
and the middle femora with short sharp serrations. Anal ap-
pendages as long as the last segment, much arched, slightly
thickened and hairy towards the extremity ; middle appendage
very broad and flattened towards the base and pointed at the
extremity, as long as the lateral ones. Abdomen slenderest
in the middle, somewhat thickened towards the extremity.
Wings hyaline, tinged with greenish yellow; fore wings
with 10-11 antenodal cross-nervules (the last not continuous)
and 5-6 postnodals ; pterostigma dark brown, equally long on
the fore and hind wings; sectors of the arculus distinctly
stalked ; triangle free, followed by two rows of cells, only
increasing towards the hind margin; one subtriangular space,
sometimes divided by a vertical nervule on one side ; nervures
fuscous, membranule small, whitish. Claws bifid.
The female varies somewhat in the colour of the wings,
which are more deeply tinged with sulphur-yellow than in
the male, especially towards the anal angle of the hind wings,
whereas the tips of the wings are of a more smoky colour,
the centre of the wings being sometimes clear hyaline. The
appendages on the four hind legs have more of the appearance
of short stiff bristles than in the male.
Hab. Santarem (Bates).
Described from three males and three females.
I take the opportunity of describing this very distinct
species in the present paper, though it was not among
Mr. Austen’s captures. |
Genus Drastatops, Rambur.
Diastatops dimidiata.
Libellula dimidiata, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545, n. 14 (1758).
Paré, Jan. 10 (Z. HE. A.) ; W. end of Parand de Buyassu,
Jan. 17, 1896 (H. W. Marsh).
Previously in the Museum from Pard.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 42
602 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
Diastatops obscura.
Libellula obscura, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 422. n. 10 (1775).
West end of Parana de Buyassu, Jan. 15; Manaos, Feb. 11.
‘The patch at the base of the hind wing and the abdomen
(except tip) brilliant scarlet when alive” (#. #. A.). Both
this and the following, which Mr. Austen always found
together and thinks are the same species *, are very abundant.
Diastatops pullata.
Libellula pullata, Burm. Handb, Ent. ii. p. 854. n. 34 (1839).
West end of Parandé de Buyassu, Jan. 15 and 18; Manaos,
Feb. 11, 1896.
Genus ZENITHOPTERA, de Selys.
Zenithoptera fasciata.
Libellula fasciata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 545. n. 12 (1758).
Paré, Jan. 4; Obydos, Feb. 2; Mosqueiro, Rio de Pard,
March 7, 1896.
Zenithoptera americana.
Libellula americana, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545. n. 16 (1758),
Manaos, Feb. 11; Gurupd, Feb. 22, 1896.
“This species settles on the tips of dead twigs, from 5 to
10 feet from the ground, droops its wings downwards and
forwards, and thus looks exactly like a tuft of dead leaves.
The insects will remain motionless in this way for several
minutes.” (Note by HL. HE. A., Feb. 22, 1896.)
Genus PreriTHemis, Hagen.
Perithemis lais.
Perithemis lais, Perty, Del. Anim, Art. p. 125, pl. xxv. fig. 2 (1834).
Parad, Jan. 7, 1896.
One specimen only in Mr. Austen’s collection.
“Fairly common, but very difficult to catch; fond of
settling on grass-blades projecting from pools” (£. £, A.).
Perithemis Austent, sp. n.
(Pl. XII. fig. 4 g, fig. 5 ¢.)
Long. corp. 24 millim.; exp. al. 38 millim. ; long. pter.
2-2-3 millim.
* This is also Mr. M‘Lachlan’s opinion.
from the Amazons ée. 603
Closely allied to P. bella, Kirb., but slightly larger. The
male is tinged with deep orange-yellow, with only the apical
area of the fore wings subhyaline; the pterostigma (which is
longer on the hind wings than on the fore wings) is red,
bordered below with a black line; the triangle of the fore
wings is sometimes traversed and sometimes open, and is
followed by 2 or 3 cells, and there are 3 cells in the subtrian-
gular space.
In the female the wings are hyaline, the anterior wings
with the nodus marked with black and followed by a slight
yellow suffusion, and the lower subcostal space slightly and
brokenly tinged with yellow; the hind wings are hyaline,
with a yellow suffusion, with no brown shade in the middle,
extending from a little beyond the triangle nearly to the
pterostigma or the costa, and to the level of its middle on the
inner margin. The triangle on the fore wings is open, and
the subtriangular space consists of one cell only.
In most other characters this insect agrees with P. bella ;
but the series of P. bel/a from Santarem and the five specimens
of P. Austent from Manaos appear to exhibit fairly constant
characters.
Manaos, Feb. 10 and 11, 1896.
Genus TRITHEMIS, Brauer.
Trithemis pulla.
Libellula pulla, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 855. n. 41 (1859).
Trithemis pulla, Kirb. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 263 (1894).
Paré, Jan. 10; Breves, Jan. 13; Gurupd, Jan. 23; San-
tarem, Jan. 30; Obydos, Feb. 2; Mosqueiro, March 7, 1856.
One of the commonest of the Amazonian Dragonflies.
Trithemis Erichsont.
Trithemis Erichsoni, Kirb. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 263
(1894).
Libellula unimaculata, Erichs. Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 584 (1848).
Breves, Lower Amazons, Jan. 13; W. end of Parana de
Buyassu, Jan. 18 and 19; Gurupd, Lower Amazons, Jan. 23
and Feb. 22; Manaos, Feb. 2; Mosqueiro, Rio de Pard,
March 10.
Many specimens.
Trithemis umbrata.
Libellula umbrata, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545. n. 13 (1758).
Gurup4, Jan. 23; Santarem, Jan. 30; Obydos, Feb. 2;
49%
604 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
Macap4, Feb. 25; Chaves, Feb. 27; Breves, March 1;
Mosqueiro, Rio de ’Pard, March 6, 1896.
Several specimens of this common and rather variable
species.
[Genus CrocoTHemis, Brauer.
Crocothemis erythrea.
Libellula erythrea, Brullé, Expéd. de Morée, iii. (1) p. 102, pl. xxxii.
fig. 4 (1862).
Porto Grande, St. Vincent, Cape Verd Is., Dec. 26, 1895.
Three fine Silke and one rorelee A SAX known Southe
European species. |
Genus ORTHEMIS, Hagen.
Orthemis ferruginea.
Libeliula ferruginea, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 423. n. 19 (1775).
Breves, Jan. 13; W. end of Parandé de Buyassu, Jan. 16;
Obydos, Feb. 23 Manaos, Feb. 11.
The specimen (male) from Breves bears a label— Colour
of living insect: thorax plum-purple, abdomen deep scarlet.
Only found over swampy ground ; common, but very wary
and difficult to catch.—. H. A.”
A common species throughout the warmer parts of America.
Genus ANATYA, Kirb.
Anatya guttata.
Libellula guttata, Exichs. Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii, p. 584 (1848).
Anatya anomala, Kirb. Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. xii. p. 338, pl. lili.
fig. 9, pl. lvii. fig. 7 (1889).
W. end of Parandé de Buyassu, Jan. 19, 1896 ; Gurupd,
Feb. 22, 1896.
A damaged pair, taken zn covt@, from the first locality ;
one specimen from the latter.
Genus Uractis, Ramb.
Uracis imbuta.
Libellula imbuta, Burm. Handb, Ent. ii. p. 850. n. 9 (1839),
Two miles below Pardé (the commonest species), Jan. 7;
Breves, Jan. 13, 1896.
The male of this species is pulverulent blue, with the head
black and only the lower mouth-parts testaceous, but the
occipital triangle is smooth and red. The wings are tipped
from the Amazons ke. 605
with brown nearly to the base of the pterostigma. The
female is dark blackish brown, with only the thorax slightly
mottled with testaceous; the head is almost wholly testaceous.
The neuration varies considerably, but the triangles of all the
Wings are always traversed ; the number of cross-nervules in
the lower basal cell varies and also the presence or absence
of supratriangular nervules. In the specimens from Breves
the brown tip of the fore wings is narrower than in those
from Pardé; there are four males and one female from Para
and a pair (¢ ¢) from Breves. :,
This species is intermediate between U. quadra, Ramb.,
and U. fastigiata, Burm., in the width of the dark tips to
the wings, but differs from both by its uniform unspotted
colour. The British Museum possesses a series of specimens
from Trinidad which I refer provisionally to U. quadra.
The abdomen is spotted in both sexes, the apex of the wing
is but slightly browned, there are no supra-triangular
nervules, but there are two nervules in the lower basal
cell on the fore wings and three on the hind wings, and
the triangle of the hind wings, which is traversed, corre-
sponds with the arculus, whereas it is generally rather shorter
in U. imbuta.
There seem to be several very closely allied species of
Uracis, or else a number of imperfectly segregated varieties.
There are several specimens in the Museum which I can
neither include in the described species, nor separate on
characters tangible enough to admit of the insects being
described as distinct without a larger amount of material.
It should be noted that Rambur’s figure of U. quadra,
though unsatisfactory and inaccurate, represents the triangle
of the hind wings as followed by three rows of cells, in-
creasing. No specimen of Uracis before me has more than
two.
Uracis Siemenst, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.)
Long. corp. 32 millim.; exp. al. 55 millim.; long. pter.
3 millim.
Male.—Pulverulent blue ; head and face greenish yellow,
occiput black above, vertex blue-black to before the ocelli ;
mandibles and sutures of the mentum black. Upper anal
appendages as long as the eighth segment, pointed and rather
sharply curved upwards; lower appendage about two thirds
as long as the others, and truncated at the extremity.
Wings rather narrow, yellowish hyaline; pterostigma
blackish, rather thick, covering nearly three cells. Fore
wings with 12-13 antenodal cross-nervules (the last not con-
606 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
tinuous) and 9-10 postnodal cross-nervules (9 on the right side,
10 on the left), the first not continuous. Fore wings with the
triangles rather small, very oblique, traversed, and extending
considerably beyond those of the hind wings; subtriangular
space composed of three cells; triangle followed by one row
of three cells, and then by several rows of two cells, increasing
beyond the middle ; no supra-triangular nervules ; lower basal
cell with 2-8 cross-nervules. Hind wings with the triangle
small, open, not extending to the arculus, and followed by a
single row of cells, increasing ; no supra-triangular nervules ;
4 cross-nervules in the lower basal cell.
Female.—Like the male, but testaceous, the thorax and
pleura lined with black, and transversely with ripple-like
brown markings from the central carina of the thorax to below
the uppermost black line on the pleura; about the middle of
the pleura are two black spots. Abdomen with all the carine
black and with black blotches on the sides towards the extre-
mity of segment 4 and those following it; the hinder segments
have the dark space increasing till 1t covers a large part of
the segments above as well as at the sides.
Wings clearer hyaline and the pterostigma brown; other-
wise as in the male.
Gurupd, Jan. 23 and Feb. 22, 1896.
Two males; a female from Pardé was previously in the
collection.
Allied to U. infumata, Rambur, but in the latter species
the wings are banded with purplish brown, and the anal
appendages are yellow.
Genus MacroTuemis, Hagen.
Macrothemis celeno (?).
Libellula celeno, De Selys, Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 454 (1857),
Paré, Jan. 5; W. end of Parandé de Buyassu, Jan. 13,
1896.
Four males and one female. They agree fairly well with
the published descriptions of J/. celeno; but, in the absence
of specimens from Cuba, I cannot feel absolutely certain of
the correctness of the identification.
Genus Ruopopyeia, Kirb.
Rhodopygia cardinalis,
Libellula cardinalis, Exichs., Schomb, Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 583 (1848).
Gurupd4, Jan. 23, 1896.
a At hy adaan OO cae
Jrom the Amazons &c. 607
“Thorax and abdomen of same colour, a brilliant scarlet”
(2. Hepa),
One specimen only.
Previously in the Museum from Pard.
Genus Neocysta, Kirb.
Neocysta attenuata.
Libellula attenuata, Erichs., Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 583 (1848).
Pardé, Jan. 3 and 5; W. end of Parand de Buyassu,
Jan. 15 and 16, 1896.
Both sexes obtained; the female differs little from the
male, except that the thorax is dull green instead of red.
Genus CANNACRIA, Kirb.
Cannacria Batesiv.
Cannacria Bates’, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 341, pl. liii.
fig. 1, pl. lvii. fig. 9 (1889).
Manaos, Feb. 14, 1896.
One specimen (#, H. A.).
Genus Lepruemis, Hagen.
Lepthemis vesiculosa.
Libellula vesiculosa, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 421. n. 7 (1775).
Santarem, Jan. 23-31; Itacoatiara, Feb. 7; Manaos,
Feb. 10; Mosqueiro, Rio de Pard, March 8-10, 1896.
Several specimens. A widely distributed species through-
out the warmer parts of America.
Lepthemis hematogastra.
Libellula hematogastra, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii. p. 857. n. 55 (1889).
Obydos, Feb. 2; Manaos, Feb. 14; Macapd, Feb. 25;
Mosqueiro, March 7, 1896.
Previously in the Museum from Paré and Santarem.
Genus Mesoruemis, Hagen.
Mesothemis attala.
Libellula attala, De Selys, Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 445 (1857).
Obydos, Feb. 2; Parintins, Feb, 4; Itacoatiara, Feb. 7 ;
Manaos, Feb. 14, 1896.
608 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
One specimen from each locality. The specimen from
Parintins bears a note:—“In the forest, a considerable
distance from the river.” '
Genus EryTuHemis, Hagen.
Erythemis peruviana.
Libellula peruviana, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 81 (1842).
W. end of Parana de Buyassu, Jan. 15 and 16; Santarem,
Jan. 27 and 31; Manaos, Feb. 10; Macapa, Feb. 25.
All the males taken at the first locality were immature,
resembling the female in coloration. Several fully-coloured
males, however, were taken at Santarem, some of which are
marked “ Opposite shore to the town.”
Genus MicratuyriA, Kirb.
Micrathyria Cambridget, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 4.)
Long. corp. 34 millim.; exp. al. 62 millim. ; long. pter.
3 millim.
Male.—Head : face buff, vertex chalybeous blue, mandibles
and suture of mentum black; ccciput ferruginous, spotted
and streaked above and on the sides with yellow. Prothorax
and pleura brassy green, a short slender yellow line in front
on each side, a slender line (angulated downwards in the
middle) below it, and two very broad straight yellow bands
on the pleura, with a narrow one between them, the hinder-
most covering the whole of the hinder part of the pleura.
Tegule with a small yellow spot on each, and another in front.
Interalary portion of the meso- and metathorax pulverulent
blue, intersected by black sutures. Abdomen shining black ;
a transverse green mark on each side of the front of the second
segment above ; a short pointed longitudinal green stripe at
the base on the sides of segments 3 and 4, a small orange
spot on the sides of segment 5 at the base, an orange dot on
the sides at the base of segment 6, and an oblong green
blotch on each side of segment 7, separated above by the
central carina. Legs black; femora yellow towards the
base beneath. Wings hyaline, the tips rusty brown beyond
the pterostigma; nervures black, pterostigma dark reddish
brown. Fore wings with 11-12 antenodal cross-nervules,
the last not continuous, and 7 postnodal cross-nervules, the
two first not continuous. ‘Triangle traversed, followed by
two rows of cells, increasing to three beyond the middle, and
terminating in four on the hind margin ; subtriangular space
ge cal aamars wm
,
es ee ee
EEE
from the Amazons &e. 609
rather long, and consisting of three cells. Hind wings
slightly tinged with deep yellow at the extreme base, fore
wings scarcely at all. Upper ulnar appendages slender, as
long as the last two segments, not much longer than the
lower appendage.
Breves, Jan. 13, 1896.
One specimen only.
Differs from WM. didyma, De Selys, and other allied species,
in the first row of post-triangular cells being formed of two
cells only, not three.
I have named this species after Mr. Pickard-Cambridge,
who accompanied Mr. Austen in his journey.
Micrathyria eximia, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 3.)
Long. corp. 22-26 millim.; exp. al. 36-37 millim.; long.
pter. 2 millim.
Male.—F ace pale yellow, inclining to greenish on the
sides; antennal tubercle and centre of vertex metallic blue ;
mentum whitish, the medial line and the mandibles black.
Prothorax and front of pleura metallic green; meso- and
metathorax and hinder half of the pleura pulverulent blue; a
broad pale yellow stripe, narrowed behind, on each side of
the thorax above, and three more, partly interrupted, pale
yellow stripes on each side, the uppermost narrow, slightly
angulated, the others more or less obliterated by the pulveru-
lescence; tegule pale yellow. Legs black, front femora
yellowish beneath towards the base. Abdomen black,
thickened towards the base and tip, with yellow lateral stripes
in front of segments 3-6; on segment 7 is a much larger
one on each side, separated by the dorsal carina; sometimes
there is also a lateral spot at the base of segment 8. Anal
appendages as long as the ninth segment, upper appendages
slightly curved downwards, of nearly equal thickness through-
out; lower appendage scarcely shorter than the others. Wings
clear hyaline ; fore wings with 7-8 antenodal cross-nervures,
the last not continuous, and 5-7 postnodals, the first two not
continuous ; triangle not traversed, followed by two rows of
cells, only increasing to three on the hind margin; subtrian-
gular space consisting of one cell only: hind wings with the
triangle not traversed and the sectors of the triangle separated
at the base. One cross-nervule in the lower basal cells; no
supra-triangular nervules.
Obydos, Feb. 2, 1896.
Described from four specimens.
A very pretty little species, not closely allied to any other.
A male trom Parad was previously in the Museum collection.
610 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
I describe below an allied species from the Amazons which
was not found by Mr. Austen :—
[Micrathyria tibialis, sp. n.
(Pl. XIIL. fig. 5 g, fig. 6 9.2)
Long. corp. 23-25 millim.; exp. al. 40-42 millim. ; long.
pter. 2 millim.
Male.—Face yellow, tips of mandibles black, antennal
tubercle and middle of vertex metallic blue-green. Thorax
metallic blue-green; pleura yellow, with three metallic
oblique bands; front of mesothorax with a bifid yellow mark
on each side, conterminous with the yellow front of the
pleura; interalary space pulverulent blue. Abdomen black,
less thickened at base and tip than in JZ eximia, with long
lateral testaceous spots on segments 38-6, and the spots on
segment 7 barely separated by the narrow black carina; anal
appendages testaceous, black above at the base. Legs black,
front femora yellow beneath; hind tibie and sometimes a
line on the others rufo-testaceous. Wings as in J. eximia,
except that the marginal row of post-triangular cells is formed
of four cells instead of three.
Female (apparently immature) with the antennal tubercles
yellowish behind; thorax, pleura, and base of abdomen
varied with rufo-testaceous and yellowish, the hinder part of
the thorax with a mere trace of metallic colouring above;
abdomen blackish brown, except at base, with the pale spots
larger than in the male; anal appendages testaceous; legs
blackish above, and mostly testaceous beneath, like the
greater part of the underside of the body; hind tibie testa-
ceous. Wings as in the male, except that the pterostigma
is paler testaceous.
Hab. Santarem (Bates).
Closely allied to M. eximia.]
Micrathyria basalis, sp.n. (Pl. XIL. fig. ‘)
Long. corp. 25 millim.; exp. al. 38 millim. ; long. pter.
2 millim.
Male.—Face blackish or deep reddish brown, sometimes
with the mentum narrowly bordered before and behind with
yellow ; clypeus metallic blue, with a pale yellow spot on
each side; antennal tubercle metallic blue, bordered with
yellow behind ; occiput black, the hinder orbits mostly yellow ;
thorax and pleura brownish yellow, speckled with black, the
sutures and carine brown; two or three brown or blackish
spots on the pleura under the fore wings; interalary space
Jrom the Amazons &e. 611
greenish yellow ; abdomen testaceous yeliow, with the sutures,
the carine, and a lateral band bifid in front and interrupted
on the hinder half of the segments, black; the last four
segments (except a short testaceous lateral line at the base of
the first of these) wholly black, by the gradual widening
of the black band over the dorsal carine, and the lateral
black bands ; anal appendages a little longer than the ninth
segment, yellow; the lower appendage almost as long as the
upper ones, and narrowly bordered with black. Wings
hyaline, one cross-nervule on the lower basal cell; triangles
free; no supra-triangular nervules: fore wings with 8-9
antenodal cross-nervules, the last not continuous, and 6-8
postnodals, the first two not continuous ; subtriangular space
consisting of 3 cells (rarely 2) ; two rows of post-triangular
cells, increasing ; base of fore wing stained with brown on
the inner margin as far as the first cross-nervure : hind wings
with the sectors of the triangle separated at the base; base of
hind wings stained with brownish testaceous for two fifths of
the distance from the base to the triangle; this space is
traversed by thick black nervures, and is bordered with
blackish.
Female (?) yellow, the lower border of the clypeus (broadest
on the sides) and the mandibles and central line of the
mentum black; antennal tubercle and centre of vertex
metallic blue; a yellow spot in front of the eyes at the base
of the antennal tubercle on each side. Thorax orange-yellow,
with the carine reddish brown ; a large yellow spot in front
above the angulated carina; prothorax yellow above, with
the sides black ; front of mesothorax yellow along the median
line, and mottled with reddish brown on each side of it; inter-
alary space yellow, the sutures narrowly black and the sides
spotted with black ; base of abdomen yellow, the sutures and
carine at first reddish, but those at the end of the second
segment and on the third segment black; the remaining
segments black, the fourth with a long yellow lateral stripe,
broad at the base, the fifth with a long stripe, the sixth with
a wedge-shaped one, and the seventh with a broad one,
nearly meeting on the back. Anal appendages yellowish or
buff. Legs black ; front femora beneath, and base of the other
femora beneath, yellowish. Wings hyaline, stained with
yellow at the base; fore wings with 10 antenodal and 7-8
postnodal cross-nervules ; triangle of fore wings traversed ;
otherwise the wings are as in the male.
W. end of Parané de Buyassu, Jan. 16; Obydos, Feb. 2 ;
Breves, March 1, 1896.
Differs a little from typical Micrathyria in the abdomen
612 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
being more gradually thickened at the base and only very
slightly towards the tip, thus approaching Jrithemis. The
traversed cell of the fore wings in the femele specimen from
Breves might cause some doubt as to whether it is the true
female of this species, but that one of three males from Para,
previously in the collection of the Museum, has also the
triangles of the fore wings traversed by a nervure, though it
does not differ otherwise from the other males of the species
before me.
Micrathyria attenuata.
Trithemis (?) attenuata, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p, 328,
pl. liii. fig. 2 (1889).
Para, Jan. 7, 8, and 10; W. end of Parandé de Buyassu,
Jan. 16; Macapd, Feb. 25, 1896.
The types are from Santarem. Mr. Austen obtained
several specimens of both sexes at Para (one very brightly
coloured female may have had its colours changed by cyanide),
and a very dark specimen belonging to the variety with
suffused wings, mentioned in the original description, from
Parandé de Buyassu.
Micrathyria venusta, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 1.)
Long. corp. 35 millim.; exp. al. 57 millim.; long. pter.
3 millim.
Male.—Blue-black, face yellow, vertex purplish brown,
lower mouth-parts yellowish brown, occiput black, the lower
occipital part of the eyes bordered behind with a slender
yellow line. Abdomen with some rather indistinct trans-
verse testaceous markings towards the base, but the hinder
part of the third segment and the front part of segments 4—7
with a longitudinal lateral testaceous stripe on each—that on
the sixth is oblong and that on the seventh forms an even
band across the basal upper half of the segment. Anal
appendages testaceous, the upper one rather slender, pointed,
and a little longer than the lower one, which is very broad
and rounded at the extremity. Wings hyaline, crossed by a
broad smoky-brown band, with the centres of the cells pale,
from just before the level of the nodus nearly to the ptero-
stigma; fore wings only slightly brownish at the base, but
hind wings with a smoky-brown patch at the base as far as
the triangle. Legs black, femora rufo-testaceous at the base
and beneath. Fore wings with 10 antenodal cross-nervules,
the last not continuous, and 10-11 postnodals; triangle
traversed, followed by three rows of post-triangular cells,
from the Amazons ée. 613
interrupted by one or more rows of two, and increasing to
four towards the hind margins ; no supra-triangular nervules,
only one cross-nervule in the lower basal cell; subtriangular
space consisting of three cells.
Macapa, Feb. 25, 1896.
Possibly a large variety of M/. attenuata, but in that species
the band on the sixth segment of the abdomen meets on the
back, and that on the seventh is smaller, and sometimes nearly
obsolete. The large size of MJ. venusta gives it a superficial
resemblance to Trithemis umbrata, Linn.
Zschnide.
GoMPHINE.
Genus CycLopHyLia, De Selys.
Cyclophylla Calverti, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.)
Long. corp. 47 millim.; exp. al. 57 millim.; long. pter.
4 millim.; long. append. anal. 2 millim.
Male——Head green; a reddish-brown band, expanded
behind on each side, covering the antenne and ocelli; mentum
bordered with yellow above, and the space between this and
the mandibles ferruginous ; a yellow spot on each side above
the base of the mandibles. Thorax reddish brown, with two
green bands, very broad in front and narrowing and con-
verging behind; traces of a second band between this and
the fore wings; pleura with three green bands, the last the
broadest ; below the middle they shade into yellow and ferru-
ginous. Legs short, rufous ; femora greenish yellow beneath,
and shortly serrated ; appendages of the second segment, and
lateral lobes at the base of the abdomen large and conspicuous.
Interalary space marked with a rather broad olive-green
stripe, and with a conspicuous yellow spot between the bases
of each pair of wings. Abdomen greenish brown at the base,
and blackish from before the middle of the third segment ;
fourth, fifth, and sixth segments with greenish lateral spots,
that on the fourth largest ; seventh with a lateral green dash
extending for nearly one third of its length ; eighth and ninth
segments slightly expanded on the lower edges; tenth
segment rufo-testaceous; upper appendages black, semi-
circular, slightly hairy, and incurved ; a strong tooth on the
inner lower edge at one third of their length; tips pointed,
preceded by a blunt tooth, and a lobe between this and the
point. Lower appendage short, semicircular, pointed at both
ends. Wings hyaline, with a slight yellowish tinge, and
614 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
black neuration; pterostigma testaceous, between black
nervures. Upper triangles and lower triangle of the fore
wings traversed by one nervure each; lower basal cell with
one cross-nervule; one supra-triangular nervule on all the
wings: fore wings with 18-19 antenodal and 10-13 postnodal
cross-nervules ; hind wings with 13-14 antenodals and 12-13
postnodals. Triangle of fore wings followed by two rows of
cells, increasing, that of hind wings followed by one row of
3, and then by several rows of 2, increasing. Hind wings
deeply excised on the inner margin; inner marginal space
consisting of 4 cells.
W. end of Parandé de Buyassu, Jan. 15, 1896.
Allied to C. diphylla, gladiata, and sordida, De Selys, but
apparently distinct from either. Appears to approach the
first in the spotting of the abdomen and the others in the
markings of the thorax. I have named the species after
Mr. Philip Calvert, of Philadelphia, in recognition of the
useful work he is doing in the Odonata.
There are three more specimens of this genus from Pard,
Breves, and Manaos, respectively, which may be new, but
these are immature and in poor condition, so that it is not
advisable to describe them in the absence of more and better
specimens.
AE SCHNINE.
Genus ANAX, Leach.
Anax amazili.
Aschna amazili, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 841. n. 19 (1859).
Santarem, Jan. 31; Mosqueiro, March 7, 1896.
A species new to the Museum collection.
Genus Aiscuna (Illiger).
Aischna macromia.
A‘schna macromia, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xv. p. 906
(1865).
Near Santarem (F.), Jan. 27, 1896.
Previously in the Museum from Santarem and the Tapajos.
Genus GYNACANTHA, Rambur.
I have been criticized for making G. trifida, Rambur, the
type of this genus, although Baron De Selys Longchamps, in
ee ind ae
from the Amazons ke. 615
1883, restricted that name to another section. I did so on
the ground that De Selys, in Ramon de la Sagra’s ‘ Histoire
de l’Ile de Cuba’ (1857), quoted Rambur’s definition of
the genus, and described two species under it—G. trifida,
Rambur, and G. septima, De Selys—an action which many
entomologists would agree with me was tantamount to fixing
G. trifida as the type of Gynacantha.
Gynacantha trifida.
Gynacantha trifida, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 210 (1842).
Mosqueiro, March 8, 1896.
Previously in the Museum from the Tapajos.
Genus ACANTHAGYNA, Kirb.
Acanthagyna nervosa.
Gynacantha nervosa, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 94 (1842).
Mosqueiro, March 8, 1896.
Four female specimens.
A widely distributed species in Tropical America.
Acanthagyna subviridis.
schna subviridis, De Selys, Rev. Odon. p. 129 (1850).
Aéschna viridis, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 200 (1842).
Para, Jan. 4.
Previously in the Museum collection from Pard and the
Tapajos.
Agrionide.
Ca@vAGRIONINZE.
PSEUDOSTIGMATINA.
Genus MECISTOGASTER, Rambur.
Mecistogaster linearis.
Agrion linearis, Fabr. Gen. Ins. p. 249 (1776).
Forest, Santarem, Lower Amazons, Feb. 27, 1896 (cap-
tured by Mr. F. O. Pickard Cambridge).
A very common South-American species.
NORMOSTIGMATINA.
Genus CHZNONEURA, Kirb.
Cenoneura sylvatica (?).
Neoneura sylvatica (Hagen, MS.), De Selys, Mém. Cour. (9) xxxyiii.
p- 204 (1886).
616 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Neuroptera
Below Gurupé (7), Jan. 24, 1896.
A single specimen, not fully coloured.
The type of C. sylvatica was received from Rio Janeiro.
Genus MicronyMPHa, Kirb.
Micronympha fluviatilis.
Ischnura fluviatilis, De Selys, Bull, Acad. Belg. (2) xli. p. 269 (1876).
Between Gurupd and Monte Alegre, Jan. 24; Macap4 (7),
Feb. 25, 1896.
A common and widely distributed species in South
America.
Genus Lrepracrion, De Selys.
Leptagrion, spp.
Gurup4, Jan. 23; Breves, March 1, 1896.
Two species, probably new; but I do not wish to describe
Coenagrionine at present, as the series in the British Museum
is very poor.
The following species were obtained of other families of
Neuroptera than the Odonata :—
Ephemeride2.
Genus CAmpsurus, Eaton.
Campsurus quadridentatus.
Campsurus quadridentatus, Eaton, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 58,
pl. iii. fig. 18 (details).
Above Santarem (/.), Feb. 1, 1896.
Not previously in the collection of the Museum.
Campsurus Picteti, n. n.
Palingenia dorsalis, Pictet (nec Burm.), Hist. Nat. Ins. Névr., Ephem.
p. 153, pl. xiii. fig. 5 (1845); Walker, List Neur, Ins. Brit. Mus. iii.
p. 549. n. 5 (1853).
Asthenopus dorsalis, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 59.
Campsurus dorsalis, Eaton, Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. (2) iii. p. 41
(1883).
Eighty miles below Breves, Jan. 11; above Santarem,
Feb. 1, 1896.
Taken on the ‘ Faraday’ on the night of Feb. 1, 1896, in
numbers round the electric lights hanging over the stern.
dh ins oaaa
ae ee oe
from the Amazons &e. 617
One of the specimens has a mass of eggs adhering to the
abdomen.
I have thought it necessary to rename this species, which
is well described and figured by Pictet; for Palingenia
dorsalis, Burm., is described as having three sete as long as
the body, and the head, thorax, back of abdomen, and
nervures black. It can hardly be even congeneric with
Pictet’s insect.
Termitida.
Genus TERMES, Linn.
Termes dirus.
Termes dirus, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 766. n. 8 (1839).
Obydos, Feb. 2, 1896.
Four winged specimens.
Osmylida.
Genus Osmywus, Latr.
Osmylus, sp. (?).
A green species, apparently congeneric with Q. (?) longi-
cornis, Walker, from Georgia, with which it agrees in its
setaceous antenne.
Macapé, Feb. 25, 1896.
One specimen.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Prats XII.
Page
Fig.1. Micrathyria basalis..........000. 610
Fig. 2. Cyclophylla Calvertt ............ 613
Fig. 3. Uracis Stemenst oie. cscs cceeeess 605
Fig. 4. Perithemis Austenit, $ .......... 602
Big. Bs Ditto, Qe er aie ac tle dtd ee nels 602
Puate XIII.
Fig. 1. Micrathyria venusta ....++..0+5. 612
Fig. 2. Miathyria flavescens........+++++: 600
Fig. 3. Micrathyria eximia..... 1200.00: 609
Fig. 4 Cambridget cryine bait = snes 4 608
Fig. 5. Lrbialess..o) he chis baie ieee 610
Fig. 6. Ditto, Qo... ccs eeee cree eeecees 610
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 43
618 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the
LXILI.—The Otter of Central America.
By C. I. ForsytH Magor.
During the preparation of a detailed paper on the skulls of
the Otters, the publication of which has been accidentally
delayed by my absence from Europe, the species occurring in
Central America has proved to need a new name. It may
be called Lutra annectens, sp. n.
The nearest affinities of DL. annectens, of which I have
examined two skulls from Mexico, two from Guatemala, and
one from Panama, are not with ZL. felina, Mol., as supposed
by Tomes, Coues, Alston, and Allen, but with the North-
American canadensis, as von Frantzius has supposed, and the
South-American middle-sized Otters, as shown by O. Thomas ;
these last, in my opinion, must have only one name, viz.
L. enhydris, ¥. Cuv. (emend.). It must be stated at the
outset that not all the characters assigned to canadensis as
distinctive from enhydris are constant, and neither are those
of the latter ; there are specimens of canadensis which in the
form of the skull and teeth approach enhydris, and vice versd.
LL. annectens agrees with canadensis (1) in having a straight
inferior mandibular margin (in one skull from Alaska, how-
ever, it is curved as in South-American Otters, whilst in one
from Ilheos, Brazil, it is straight, as usual in canadensis) ;
(2) as in canadensis, the premolars in annectens are slenderer,
Jess massive than in enhydris. But they even go beyond
the northern form in this respect, as the anterior ones are so
small that when the jaws are closed they do not closely inter-
lock or touch one another, though they overlap. P. 2 inf. is
smaller as compared to p. 1 than even in canadensis, and there
is a real diastema between p. 1 and p. 2 inf.
P.1 sup. also is less massive in annectens than usual in
enhydris, and presents more the triangular form of cana-
densis; but here, again, it must be stated that in a skull (¢)
from Surinam and in two (2) from Brazil this tooth is tri-
angular, whilst other South-American skulls from Cayenne,
Desterro, Maldonado, &c. present transitions between the
shape of the tooth in the first-named three and the massive
almost quadrate form in one skull from British Guiana and
two from Rio Grande do Sul.
In the following cranial and dental characters annectens
shows agreement with enhydris :—
1. The upper contour of the skull slopes downwards ante-
riorly (in its facial part), whilst it is straight in canadensis.
2. The bulla ossex are, alike in annectens and enhydris,
less flattened than in canadensis.
ee re ae
Otter of Central America. 619
3. M. 1 sup. is, as in enhydrts, more extended trans-
versely ; in canadensis it has a more quadrate shape, and is,
besides, as a rule, distinguished from both by a nick in its
posterior border.
In the relative dimensions of the skull annectens presents
intermediate characters :— Absolute basal length: canadensis
95°8 (?)—103°4 millim.; annectens 97°8 . 106:2; enhydris
93—115*.
Greatest breadth (percentage dimensions) :
canadensis .....-..66 69°1—78'1
annectens .......... ds) Aas
CRAY ATE ee Ye jos She 67:1—77
Cranial breadth, behind zygomatic arches and above
meatus audit. (pe. dim.) :
CANAAENSIS ... 1... 0s 55°3—66'1
UNRTECCENS) eee 58:5 . 59°8
CRAYAT IE Se 55°1—6]
Breadth between upper canines (pe. dim.) :
CANAAENSIS ...5.2.005 24:3 —27°2
TURECLEN Gee tee cr 9671. 282
(1 iy Tr ee ee 24:°5—28
Palate length (pc. dim.) :
canadensis .......... 46:-6—50°5
annectens .........- 45:9 . 465
CRY ONAL 5.5 s:d'awre ale «ke 42-9—54'6
In the greatest posterior breadth—as in the form and
position of premolars—the Central-American Otters present
features of their own, since they show the maximum of
posterior breadth of all the crania under consideration :
ONNECEENS 5) 5H), 3 3 (2 Asp
CANAUCENSIS = arc e oe 63°7—69
CRAY GUE. ER oa ae ot 62'5—71
The Central-American Otters, therefore, whilst sharing
some characters with canadensis, on the whole approach more
to enhydris. Besides, some of their characters are inter-
mediate between the North-American and the South-
American Otters; so that, even apart from their habitat,
they are in more than one sense intermediate between their
* It must be confessed that my material of canadensis is sadly insuthi-
cient; the ten skulls of enhydris, of which all the measurements could
be taken, give much better averages than the five of canadensis.
43*
620 M. Charles Janet on the Relations of
northern and southern relatives. And, lastly, they present
some features of theirown. As an obvious conclusion, we
must expect that at some future date it will be possible
to show that canadensis, annectens, and enhydris are but
subspecies of a single species.
Measurements of the skull of the type (¢) in millimetres :—
Basal length 106°2; greatest breadth 79°8 ; cranial breadth
63°5; breadth between upper canines 30; interorbital breadth
26; greatest posterior breadth 77°2; palate length 48°7.
Hab. Terro Tepic, Rio de Tepic, Jalisco, Mexico. Coll.
Dr. A. C. Bullen, Jan. 1891.
Type Brit. Mus. no. 92. 3. 17. 8.
LXIV.—On the Relations of Antennophorus Uhlmanni,
Haller, to Lasius mixtus, Ny/. By M. CHarves JANET *,
Aytennopuorvs Unruannt is an Acarid which was described
in 1877 by Haller from specimens found in Switzerland in a
nest of Lastus niger. Since that time this species has been
found by Karpeller in Hungary in a nest of Lastus umbratus.
These two references are the only ones with which I am
acquainted. No observations have been made up to the
present on the habits of this creature.
I have found it in abundance in the garden of the Villa des
Roses, near Beauvais, in a splendid nest of Lasius miztus,
and I took advantage of the opportunity to set up a nest for
observation, which has enabled me to ascertain the relations
of this parasite with its host.
Antennophorus Uhimanni lives as an epizoon upon Lastus.
It fixes itself on the lower surface of the head or on the sides
of the abdomen of its host by means of the caruncule in
which its feet terminate, and which are furnished with a
very adhesive sticky substance.
These parasites are blind, but the first pair of feet is trans-
formed into long antenniform appendages provided with very
sensitive olfactory organs. ‘They do not wander about in the
galleries of the nest, but walk over the bodies of the ants,
passing from one to another. When an Antennophorus,
detached from the body of an ant, lies upon the soil in one of
the galleries of the nest, it raises and stretches forward its
first pair of ambulatory feet, and at the same time explores
the space around it with its long antenniform feet. These
* ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1897, t. exxiy. pp. 583-585,
Antennophorus Uhlmanni ¢o Lasius mixtus. 621
appendages are much more agitated when an ant passes
close by. If it pass near enough, the Acarid glues itself on
to its body by means of the cap of sticky material on the end
of one of its ambulatory feet, which it holds up ready for this
operation; and it can in this way soon climb up and fix
itself in a good position on its host. This latter is surprised
and seeks to rid itself of the new comer, but, failing in this,
it becomes resigned very quickly as soon as the Acarid has
taken up one of its normal positions.
Generally a working ant only carries a single Antenno-
phorus, but they may very often be seen carrying several.
In all cases, the parasites take up positions symmetrical with
the sagittal plane of their host’s body, and it thus comes
about that the centre of gravity of the extra load is placed in
the sagittal plane of the carrying ant.
The Acarids are also under the best conditions for not
hampering the movements of the ants, and, as a consequence,
for being the more readily tolerated by them. The Antenno-
phorus directs its antenniform feet towards the front of the
ant if fixed upon its head, and in the reverse direction if fixed
upon the abdomen. When an ant carries but one Antenno-
phorus, it is almost always placed on the head of the host.
The case (represented in the figure) of an ant carrying an
Lasius mixtus bearing three Antennophorus Uhimanni in their
normal positions. x 12.
Antennophorus under its head and one on either side of the
abdomen is very common. ‘I'he presence of one or more of
the parasites on the body of a Lastus does not prevent the
latter from taking its share in the work of the colony and in
particular the carriage of the larve and rubbish.
The Antennophorus attaches itself freely to the naked
nymphs, but never to a nymph envelopedin a cocoon. Thus
in an experimental nest consisting of some fifty ants, all
carrying a single Antennophorus and accompanied by a certain
number of nymphs, I found on the following day a newly
emerged ant which bore seven Antennophori arranged
622 On Antennophorus Uhlmanni and Lasius mixtus.
symmetrically as follows :—two (one on the top of the other)
on either side of the head and on the abdomen, one on the
middle of the dorsal region, and one on either side. It
would appear that the Antennophorus is attracted to the
young ants on account of the care with which they are looked
after and fed by their older companions. These latter do not
seek to drive away the parasites, which spread themselves a
little later. At the moment when a queen throws off her
nymphal envelope the workers come to her assistance, and as
the workers carry the Antennophori, these latter generally
take advantage of the position to pass over to the body of the
newly emerged queen.
The Antennophorus itself feeds exclusively on the nutritive
fluid disgorged by the ants. Fifty Last? carrying Antenno-
phort were placed in an observation nest and left without
food. Eight days later the ants were in perfect condition,
but ten or more Antennophori had already died of hunger.
A tiny droplet of honey tinted with Prussian blue was allowed
to run over the lower face of the glass plate which formed
the roof of the nest. A large number of ants, nearly every
one of which carried an Antennophorus, ranged themselves as
closely as they could be packed all round the drop. The
Aniennophori had no share in the meal, and they were obliged
to retire a little because there was no room for them between
the heads of their hosts and the glass to which they were
applied. The ants of this brood had acquired the habit of
placing themselves, crowded one against the other, in one
corner of the nest, and there they came with their crops well
filled after the meal of blue honey, and there they disgorged
it before the mouths of their comrades who had had none.
Now the ant in the act of disgorging opens its mandibles wide.
The peristaltic movements of the cesophagus and the move-
ments of the pharynx brought up the globules of honey, the
blue colour of which made them readily visible, and they
formed a little drop in front of the mouth. While the fasting
ant was eating the honey thus disgorged, the Antennophorus
riding on its head took its share. ‘To do this it pushed itself
forward and thrust its rostrum into the droplet. Generally,
while holding itself in position by means of the two hinder
pairs of legs, it attached itself by means of the forward pair
to the head of the disgorging ant. Very often when the
fasting ant had ended its meal and was retiring one would see
the Antennophorus try to keep its hold on the disgorging ant.
The two Lasit generally lend themselves to this prolonga-
tion of the meal, and, if they are ras ony separated from
one another, the Antennophorus stretches itself to its full
ee et Be,
New Land-Shells from Flores, Malay Archipelago. 623
length, and forms, back downwards, a sort of bridge between
the heads of the two ants.
If the disgorging ant carries an Antennophorus beneath its
head, this, too, takes its share in the meal. An Antenno-
phorus placed on the abdomen of an ant can also obtain food
without quitting its hold. In fact, when another ant comes
near it, it seems to understand, by striking it with its antenni-
form feet and stretching towards it its first pair of ambulatory
feet, to ask for and to obtain food.
In conclusion, the Antennophorus is a parasite which lives
as an epizoon on Lastus and feeds upon the nutritive liquid
disgorged by the ants. This recalls what I have already
described for Lepismina polypoda (‘ Comptes Rendus,’ t. exil.
p- 799; see this Journal, 1896, vol. xvii. p. 398); but here
we have a case of myrmecophily far more advanced, since
the Antennophorus feeds itself exclusively on the disgorged
liquid, and, further, its presence is regarded as a matter of
course by the ant, which gives, even willingly, the food it
demands.
LXV.—Diagnoses of new Land-Shells from Flores,
Malay Archipelago. By Epaar A. SMITH.
THE species about to be described form part of a valuable
collection of land-shells obtained by Mr. A. Everett in South
Flores. The typical green form of Xesta Everetti is one of
the most remarkable shells yet discovered in this or the
neighbouring islands.
Aesta Hveretti.
Testa turbinata, anguste umbilicata, saturate viridis, versus apicem
purpurea, infra suturam albo marginata; spira conoidea ; anfrac-
tus 7, convexiusculi, lineis incrementi tenuibus, obliquis, arcuatis
striati, superiores minute spiraliter striati, ultimus haud
descendens ; apertura parum obliqua, intus ceruleo-alba; peri-
stoma tenue, margine columellari ad insertionem dilatato albo
reflexo.
Diam. maj. 53 millim., min. 43; alt.50; apertura 30 longa, 27 lata.
Var. Vesta viridis, anfr. ultimo et penultimo supra medium rufo
obscure zonatis.
Diam. maj. 55 millim., min. 50; alt. 57.
Var. Testa olivaceo-fuscescens.
Diam. maj. 54, min. 46; alt. 50.
Hab. South F lores.
This is an extremely fine species and "alec the largest
of the genus yet discovered. ‘l'he very deep green colour of
624 Mr. E. A. Smith on new Land- Shells
the typical form is most striking and unusual. The purplish
apex and the white suture are common to all specimens.
Some are thickened within and very heavy and solid in con-
sequence, whilst others, on the contrary, are much thinner
and lighter.
Xesta polymorpha.
Testa fere imperforata, obtuse turbinata, albo-lutescens, confertim
nigro-punctata, apicem versus purpurascens, ad basim zona lata
nigro-fusca ornata; spira lata, arcuata, obtusa; anfractus 63, parum
convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, lineis incrementi obliquis tenui-
bus striati, ultimus haud descendens, infra indistincte concentrice
striatus, circa medium pallidus; apertura obliqua, late lunata,
intus plus minus purpureo-nigrescens ; peristoma arcuatum, mar-
gine dextro tenui, columellari incrassato, ad insertionem reflexo,
appresso.
Diam. maj. 33 millim., min. 30; alt. 27.
Var. a. Testa typo similis, sed basi pallide rufo-lutescente, sparsim
dilute nigro-punctata.
Var. b. Testa flavescens, confertim subpellucide punctata, anfracti-
bus quatuor superioribus roseo-purpureis, ultimo infra rufescenti-
luteo, apertura intus pallida, peristomio rufescente.
Var.c. Testa pallide lutea, confertim pellucide punctata, anfr.
ultimo infra purpureo-nigro late zonato.
Var. d. Testa albida, confertim pellucide punctata.
Hab. South Flores.
The form of this handsome species is fairly constant, but
some specimens are rather more elevated than others. The
colour, on the contrary, is very variable; in the type and
vars. a and b the upper part of the spire is purplish, but in
the vars. c and dit 1s pellucid whitish, and the suture in all
the forms at this part of the shell is white-margined. In the
type and var. a the last and penultimate whorls are stained
with black below the suture and at the middle of the body-
whorl. Although termed varieties for convenience’ sake, it
must not be inferred that any persistency of coloration is
attributed to them, for there are no grounds for supposing that
these shades of colouring are transmitted from one generation
to another, more especially as all the forms occur together
under the same conditions.
Xesta subpolita,
Testa perforata, breviter turbinata, pallide castanea, versus apicem
viridi-cerulea vel viridescens, subpolita, lineis incrementi tenuibus
obliquis striati. striis spiralibus tenuibus confertis supra spiram et
basim anfr, ultimi sculpta ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, regulariter
a i en es
from Flores, Malay Archipelago. 625
lente acerescentes, sutura pallida sejuncti, ultimus antice sub-
descendens ; apertura obliqua, late lunata, intus livido-fuscescens ;
peristoma intus fuscum, margine dextro tenui, columellari leviter
erassiore, ad insertionem dilatato et reflexo.
Diam. maj. 39 millim., min. 33; alt. 30.
Exemplum alterum.—Diam. maj. 33, min. 29 ; alt. 30.
Var. Testa cinereo-yiridis, ad suturam et circa medium anfr. ultimi
dilute rufo zonata.
Var. Vesta omnino flava.
Hab. South Flores.
Variable both in form and colour. It may be only a
variety of X. cochlostylocdes of Schepman, differing in its
greater size, more glossy surface, and the want of the
diaphanous periostracum.
Xesta melunoraphe.
Testa turbinata, perforata, albida, circa medium anfr. ultimi et ad
suturam nigro cincta, supra medium anf. ult. zona fusca nigro
punctata, altera latiore infra ornata, strigis et maculis obliquis
albis hic illic interdum variegata; spira conoidea, leviter con-
vexa; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, lineis incre-
menti tenuibus obliquis, striisque spiralibus minutis indistinctis
sculpti, ultimus subdescendens; apertura leviter obliqua, late
lunata, intus albo et fusco zonata; perist. tenue, margine colu-
mellari ad insertionem breviter dilatato et reflexo.
Diam. maj. 25 millim., min. 23; alt. 23.
Hab. South Flores, low country.
This species, judging from the specimens examined, is
more constant in its coloration than those previously described.
Probably in very fresh examples the opaque white epidermal
stripes which usually appear in the direction of the lines of
growth and only upon the last whorl are more evident, for in
ordinary specimens, being easily deciduous, they are generally
worn off. The dark brown band below the middle of the
body-whorl occupies nearly the entire base, leaving only a
pale band between it and the peripheral black zone and a
small central whitish space around the narrow umbilicus.
The suture is bordered on both sides with black or brownish
black.
Pupina Dohertyt.
Testa pupiformis, tenuis, nitens, pallide rufescens ; spira elongata,
ad apicem subobtusa ; anfract. 53, convexiusculi, infra suturam
pellucido marginati, ultimus supra aperturam leviter planatus,
pone valde oblique descendens, ad aperturam vix ascendens ; aper-
tura circularis, intus pallide rufescens ; perist. leviter incrassatum,
albidum, antice subexpansum, margine sinistro incrassato, superne
626 New Land-Shells from Flores, Malay Archipelago.
in dente lamelliformi intrante terminante ; scissura antica angusta,
obliqua.
Longit. 8 millim., diam. 44; apertura 2} lata.
Hab. South Flores, at 4000 feet (Hverett) ; Dongo Moun-
tains, Sumbawa, at 2500-5000 feet (W. Doherty).
Registoma floresianum.
Testa ovata, obliqua, distorta, rufescens, polita; spira obliqua, ad
apicem acutiuscula; anfractus 5, superiores tres vix convexiusculi,
parvi, penult. major, sinistrorsum prominens, ultimus valde oblique
descendens, supra aperturam subplanatus; perist. rufum, incras-
satum, antice expansum ; scissura columellaris minime profunda,
fere obsoleta.
Longit. 7 millim., diam. 43; apertura 23 lata.
Hab. South Flores, 4000 feet.
This species is remarkable for its oblique growth, the short
pointed apex, the red peristome, and very slight notch in the
columellar margin. ‘The suture has a narrow dark margina-
tion beneath it.
Diplommatina floresiana.
Testa sinistrorsa, ovata, supra acuminata, tenuis, corneo-rufescens,
oblique tenuiter costellata; anfr. 6, perconvexi, primi duo leves,
ultimus supra aperturam constrictus, penultimo minor; apertura
subcircularis, longit. totius 4 haud equans ; perist. duplex, leviter
incrassatum, marginibus haud junctis, columellari intus obscure
unidentato, inferne subauriculato.
Longit. 34 millim., diam. 2.
Hab. South Flores, 4000 feet.
In one specimen the riblets near the constriction of the
body-whorl are much closer together than those upon the rest
of the shell.
Diplommatina chrysostoma.
Testa dextrorsa, pupiformis, rufescens, plus minus ‘pellucida et
polita; anfr. 6, apicales 1-2 leves, convexi, duo sequentes con-
vexi, confertim oblique striati, penult. levis, inflatus, ultimus
penultimo minor, aperturam versus tenuiter costellatus, supra
aperturam planatus, ad sinistram obtuse varicosus, prope labrum
ascendens; apertura magna, aurantiaca; peristoma parum in-
crassatum, extus subvaricosum, aliquanto patulum, marginibus
eallo tenui junctis, columellari latiore, intus vix dentato.
Longit. 6 millim., diam. 3; apertura 2 lata.
Var. Albida, pellucida.
Hab. South Flores, 4000 feet.
The swelling or varix upon the body-whorl above the
columella is a prominent feature in this species, and the varix
—_— Ce
On a new African Pierine Butterfly. 627
behind the labrum is finely striated. The strie on the third
and fourth whorls are numerous and thread-like.
Arinia blanda.
Testa minima, dextrorsa, alba, subpellucida, tenuissime oblique
striata, striis supra tergum anfr. ultimi magis distantibus; anfr.
54, perconvexi, penultimus ultimo latior, ultimus parvus, pone
oblique descendens, ad labrum leviter ascendens, supra columellam
varicose tumidus et constrictus; apertura subcircularis, longit.
totius 7 adequans; peristoma incrassatum, reflexum.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.
Hab. South Flores, at 4000 feet.
The constriction upon the body-whorl above the aperture
marks the termination of the very fine strie, those upon the
rest of the whorl being conspicuously further apart.
LXVI.—On a new African Pierine Butterfly of the Genus
Mylothris. By ArtTHuR G. BuTLER, Ph.D. &c.
TuHE following species was received among the Old-World
Pierine of the Godman and Salvin collection :—
Mylothris primulina, sp. n.
Intermediate in character between MM. asphodelus and
M. sulphurea from the Cameroons.
6. Above milk-white, the costa and the basal area of
primaries to end of cell bright cowslip-yellow, changing at
base and on the basal half of costa to bright cadmium-yellow ;
a smoky black apical patch, rather broader than in M. sul-
phurea, a large spot almost confluent with the latter at end of
second median branch, and a dot at end of first median branch
also black: secondaries bright cowslip-yellow at base, six
smal] black marginal spots. Body above greenish grey;
abdomen creamy white at the sides. Primaries below with
the cadmium-yellow at the base more extended and the apical
third of the wing traversed by greenish-yellow internervular
streaks ; apical patch only visible through the wing, but
seven black marginal spots: secondaries with the yellow at
base slightly more extended and the base of costa cadmium-
yellow, the outer border faintly tinted with primrose-yellow,
the black marginal spots rather larger than above. Body
below creamy white, the pectus with a feeble tint of primrose.
Expanse of wings 58 millim.
Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter). From Godman and
Salvin coll.
We have two males of this very pretty species.
628 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some
LX VII.—Some new Forms of American Rotifera.—Il.
By Dr. ALFRED C. STOKES.
[Plate XIV.]
Tue following presumably undescribed Rotifera were all
taken from a shallow clear-water pool in a rocky wood near
Trenton, New Jersey, U.S.A.
Notommata voraz, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 1-3.)
Elongate, subcylindrical, exceedingly soft, flexible, and
changeable; ventral surface flattened; integument often
thrown into numerous irregularly longitudinal folds; front
rounded, but exhibiting in side view a short curved proboscis
similar to that of Yaphrocampa, and visible in dorsal or in
ventral aspect as a narrowly semicircular appendage; body
somewhat tapering posteriorly; tail represented by a short
inconspicuous semicircular projection; foot short, oblong,
changeable ;_ toes short, robust, conical, excentrically acumi-
nate; cilia entirely prone; auricles conspicuous, subcylin-
drical, surrounded by a hyaline subspherical membrane
bearing the long cilia; dorsal antenna a single minute seti-
gerous fossa; lateral antenne not observed; brain large,
extending to or beyond the mastax, the posterior extremity
opaque, a single red eye placed at the front of the granular
mass; trophi forcipate, protrusible; cesophagus long, con-
spicuous, irregularly annulate, or sometimes apparently twisted
and cord-like; gastric glands present, multinucleate; stomach
and intestine not differentiated from each other; ovary ventrad
to the intestine; contractile vesicle subspherical, near the
posterior extremity ; foot-glands two, but apparently accom-
panied by two or more smaller glands ; movements vermicular,
except when swimming by the aid of the auricles, when the
motion is often rotary on the longitudinal axis; posterior
body-region imperfectly retractile, the toes not being with-
drawn entirely into the body.
Length about +) inch.
Habitat as mentioned at the head of this paper, as is that
of all the following forms.
This seems to be a delicate creature, but its voracious
appetite is amusing. I have noted several specimens with
the intestinal canal distended by a long unbroken filament of
alga (Oscillatoria) bent upon itself and in the process of
digestion. In a single instance I have observed a similar
np eae eagle ae nail till TN ALLE,
new Forms of American Rotifera. 629
thread of Oscillatoria by the Rotiferon’s deliberate forward
movement thrust through the mastax, the cesophagus, and
the rest of the alimentary canal, until it impinged upon the
posterior intestinal wall, where the resisting pressure turned
the alga upon itself, when the upper free end slipped into the
stomach.
This Rotiferon is, in my opinion, not a Notommata, but I
place it in that genus for present convenience; neither do [
think that Taphrocampa clavigera, mihi*, is a member of
that genus, in which I have placed it for the same reason.
When our American Rotifera are monographed in the future,
anew genus will probably be needed to receive both these
forms, with Taphrocampa clavigera as the type. There are
others in our American waters closely allied to these, and
sufficiently distinct to merit specific rank, but agreeing
neither with Zaphrocampa nor with Notommata as at present
diagnosed, yet resembling both in some features, as do the
two forms here mentioned.
Proales hyalina, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 4.)
Irregularly obconical, entirely transparent; dorsum arched,
the ventrum somewhat flattened, the pectoral region beneath
the mastax forming a conspicuous rounded projection; corona
obliquely transverse and prone ; coronal cilia of two kinds,
those of the pectoral region large, long, vigorous, and appa-
rently limited to a single series, the others shorter, fine, and
delicate; dorsal antenna single, with but few long stout
sete; lateral antenne conspicuous, each with one or two
long stout setee and several smaller radiating hairs; foot
long, stout, tapering to the two short acute conical toes;
brain irregular, not large, apparently suspended by several
anterior nervous prolongations, and by the large nerves to the
antenne ; eye single, red; mastax large, surrounded ante-
riorly by a collection of small subspherical bodies, apparently
forming a glandular mass; two or more small pyriform
salivary glands attached posteriorly to the mastax near the
origin of the long strongly ciliated cesophagus ; gastric glands
subspherical, at the frontal shoulder of the stomach, which,
with the intestine, is lobulated, especially when empty ; anal
orifice in a conspicuous dorsal projection ; ovary ventrad to
the stomach and the intestine; contractile vesicle small,
ventrad to the intestine; lateral canals and the flame-cells
chiefly limited to the ventral region, only a single flame-cell
having been observed elsewhere, this being above the mastax ;
* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1896.
630 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some
foot-glands large, elongate-ovate; muscle-bands slender,
conspicuous, numerous.
Length about +45 inch.
Movements rapid.
My artistic skill is not great enough to enable me to draw
this creature so as to give any idea of its crystalline trans-
parency and brilliancy. The figure, therefore, is little more
than a diagram to present the Rotiferon’s contour as accu-
rately as possible, with some indication of the position and
proportionate size of the internal organs. A professional
artist of great skill would be needed to do more.
Diglena contorta, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 5.)
Body elongate-subcylindrical, gibbous posteriorly, the
front usually neck-like, the entire animal capable of consider-
able elongation and narrowing, when the gibbous region
becomes flattened ; front rounded, usually convex, bearing a
small hook-like proboscis, beneath which the frontal border
is conspicuously emarginate; ventrum flattened; dorsum
rounded, suddenly but evenly depressed posteriorly, thence
continued as a subcylindrical prolongation, the termination of
which overhangs and almost completely surrounds the short
rounded foot which projects from it as a small subglobose
papilla; toes two, small, short, conical, divergent ; cilia fine,
short, numerous, filling a narrow elongate-obovate field,
entirely prone and about one third the length of the animal ;
auricles present, small, apparently represented when retracted
by a flabelliform or irregularly oval and conspicuously ciliated
region on each lateral border of the head, although it is
difficult to determine positively whence the organs are pro-
truded, as the Rotiferon’s movements are then rapid and
erratic ; dorsal antenne two; lateral antenne two; eyes not
observed; brain large, long, saccate, extending from the
front for about one third the entire length of the body, a
small cluster of dark granules near the tip; mastax large,
elongate-ovate, beneath the brain and extending scarcely
beyond its tip; trophi weak, apparently forcipate ; gastric
glands immediately behind the mastax; stomach and intes-
tine ciliated, not differentiated from each other except by the
presence within the stomach and immediately next to the
walls of a crowded layer-like mass of dark-bordered granules,
sometimes grouped into distinctly polygonal areas, and often
so numerous that they obscure all the rest of the internal
anatomy; intestine comparatively thin-walled and without
the conspicuous granules of the stomach-walls ; ovary poste-
nara
0 oe at
new Forms of American Rottfera. 631
riorly placed, ventrad to the stomach and intestine; foot-
glands long; lateral canals and flame-cells numerous, but
apparently without contractile vesicle; movements rapidly
swimming by means of the auricles or writhing with inde-
scribable contortions.
Length about ;35 inch.
Mastigocerca spinigera, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 6.)
Lorica in lateral aspect hemispherical, somewhat depressed,
ventrum flattened ; frontal border somewhat excavate trans-
versely, elastic and contractile; dorsum not crested, but
anteriorly flattened, the lateral borders of the lorica being
somewhat compressed and slightly concave, the dorsum thus
showing on each side a slight posteriorly convergent ridge ;
foot single-jointed; toe exceeding the lorica in length,
tapering to a finely acuminate termination ; accessory basal
stylets small, from four to six in number, voluntarily and
separately movable; dorsal antenna prominent, located on
the flattened region about one third the length of the lorica
from the frontal border, the setee few (apparently only two),
stout and seemingly fleshy ; each lateral antenna at the base
and in front of a stout, slightly curved, acuminate thorn-like
process ; eye single, red, at the extremity of a saccate lobe of
the large brain ; occipital region of the front bearing a con-
spicuous subcylindrical proboscis-like organ, which is flexible
and movable.
Length of the lorica, including foot, 54; inch; height
(depth) of lorica s4, inch; length of toe ,45 inch.
This form is remarkable for the apparently fleshy sete of
the dorsal antenna and for their fewness ; but it 1s chiefly
notable for the peculiar and characteristic thorn-like processes
which accompany and perhaps form a part of the lateral
setigerous antenne. ‘The short apically concave antenna are
so close to these thorns or so intimately connected with them
that they cannot be optically separated.
The internal structure calls for no special mention.
Cathypna scutaria, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 7.)
Lorica broadly elliptical in outline, punctate; frontal
borders excavate, the pectoral more deeply so than the dorsal ;
fronto-lateral apices subacute ; posterior region much depressed
and continued as a conspicuous, somewhat dorsally curved,
shield-like projection dorsad to the foot and covering it, the pos-
terior border concave, the postero-lateral terminations obtusely
pointed ; dorsal antenna single, apparently a small setigerous
632 On some new Forms of American Rotifera.
pit; lateral antenne small, on the ventral aspect of the lateral
inangulation, and almost concealed within the sulcus; frontal
and lateral borders of the head bearing a. hyaline, flexible,
collar-like membrane or hood, folded together and withdrawn
into the lorica during the retraction of the animal; brain
large, obscurely three-lobed posteriorly ; eye single, red, sub-
centrally placed on the nerve-ganglion ; gastric glands retort-
shaped ; stomach bearing internally an undulating membrani-
form appendage, which is in reality a tubular prolongation
similar to that of Floscularia, Apsilus, and others; foot
short, single-jointed, about as broad as long; toes rod-like,
about as long as the greatest width of the lorica, each one-
shouldered and with a minute seta on the shoulder; claws
acuminate, about one sixth the length of the toe.
Total length, including toe, 0°015 inch; width of lorica
and length of toes without foot 0-006 inch.
Cathypna glandulosa, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 8-10.)
Rotiferon large and robust; lorica finely punctate; frontal
borders almost even, the pectoral somewhat excavate between
the lateral pointed apices; prolonged posteriorly as a broad,
rounded, evenly convex region ; toes long, rod-like, irregu-
larly constricted in front of the rectangular shoulder, each of
which bears a minute seta; claws about one third the length
of the toes, tapering to an acute point ; brain large, not lobed
posteriorly ; eye single, red, placed on the lower surface of
the nerve-ganglion, so that the light must pass to it from
above through the entire thickness of the ganglionic mass ;
gastric glands long, retort-shaped ; stomach bearing internally
an undulating apparently membraniform appendage, in
reality a long broad tube continuous with the cesophagus ;
stomach and intestine usually in constant movement; ovary
small when not functionally active, placed ventrad to the
intestine and on the left-hand side; contractile vesicle large,
transversely placed in the median line near the posterior
border, the lateral canals plainly connected with it on each
side; flame-cells flabelliform ; foot-glands six, geminate, the
three groups varying greatly in size and form; lateral
antenne not observed; dorsal antenna single, wpe: a
circular depression furnished with long sete and placed at
the gap of a central obconical incision in the hyaline hood,
which covers it during retraction.
Length of lorica 7, width ,}5 inch; length of toes +4 inch.
The Rotiferon is remarkable for its large size and robust
character, but chiefly for the apparently superabundance of
_ ate tiga) eth ee ee
On new Mollusca from South Afroca. 633
its foot-glands. These are six geminate multinucleate bodies,
arranged according to size and form as shown by fig. 10.
The two in the median line are the smallest and exhibit the
most characteristic form, being elongate-obovate, with some-
what flattened internal faces and long narrow ducts. Those
of the second group are larger, elongate-obpyriform, and have
almost horizontal irregularly sinuous ducts; while the third
pair are robust, elongate-subcylindrical, and often variously
curved or lobed. The ducts of all seem to meet to form a
single common conduit ; but they are so soon lost within the
mass of foot-muscles, that it has not been possible to decide
this point positively with my specimens.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Fig. 1. Notommata vorax,
Fig. 2. Ditto. Auricle.
ig. 3. Ditto. Toes.
. 4, Proales hyalina.
Fig. 5. Diglena contorta.
6. Mastigocerca spinigera.
7. Cathypna scutaria.
8. Cathypna glandulosa ; dorsal.
Fig. 9. Ditto; ventral.
0. Ditto. The geminate foot-glands.
LXVIII.—Descriptions of Eleven new Species of Land and
Freshwater Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo
Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and JoHn Henry Ponsonsy,
F.Z.58.
[Plate XVIL]
WE consider that several of the Mollusca now to be described
possess a peculiar interest, notably the Achatine, one of
which has remained long unrecognized, though collected
years ago in Bechuanaland by Dr. Livingstone; whilst the
other, aremarkably conspicuous though variable form, inhabits
the Drakensberg range of mountains. The discovery of a
Hapalus so far south in the African continent is likewise
important, whilst new forms of the attractive genus Hnnea
still continue to come to the front, no one species exhibiting
much, if any, variability *.
»
.
* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii. p, 314.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xix. 44
634 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on
Ennea Cairnsi, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 1.)
E. testa curta, cylindriformi, parum rimata, albida, apice obtusis-
simo; anfractibus octo, superioribus angustis, paullum ventri-
cosis, tribus ultimis rectis, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-
striatis; apertura rotunda; peristomate albo, incrassato, dentibus
plicisve quinque munito, plica parietali permagna, crassa, valde
intrante, dentibus labialibus duobus, quorum inferiore majore,
dente basali parvo, plica columellari plus minusve superficiali,
parum intrante, nec mammeeformi.
Long. 8, lat. 4 mm.
flab. Mouth of the Buffalo River, 8. Africa (e coll.
fh. Cairns, Esq.).
A short, cylindrical, whitish species, of very neat appear-
ance, extremely obtuse towards the apex, the whorls eight in
number, narrow, the three lowest being straight. They are
entirely longitudinally obliquely striate; the aperture is
rounded ; peristome white, thickened, furnished with five
plaits or teeth—of these the parietal is the most conspicuous,
being thickened and deeply penetrating; the labial teeth are
two, the lower the larger; the basal tooth is similar to the
upper labial, small and simple ; the columellar plait does not,
as in the majority of the South-African Ennew, seem deep-
seated or mamillar, but superficial and simply plaited.
We have pleasure in naming this interesting form after
Mr. Robert Cairns, Ashton-under-Lyne, who communicated
it to us for description. Three specimens.
Ennea Burnupt, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.)
E. testa cylindrica, anguste sed profunde rimata, apud apicem
attenuata, obtusa, albida; anfractibus novem, apud suturas
impressis, parum ventricosis, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-
striatis; apertura rotunda ; peristomate incrassato, dentibus pli-
cisve quinque munito, videlicet, plica parietali magna, acinaciformi,
intrante, dentibus labialibus duobus, quorum inferiore majore,
dente basali acuto, parvo, plica columellari interna, acuto-
mamillata.
Long. 8, lat. 4 mm,
Hab. Town Bush, Maritzburg, and Gordon Falls, on the
Zwaartkop Mountain, Natal.
A pretty form, which comes in the same category as
E. regularis and uperostoma, described by us in former years
from the same neighbourhood. ‘The last-named species
differs, however, im toto in shape, being not so attenuate
apically, but more evenly cylindrical throughout, and £. regu-
laris is more compressed at the sutures, only six-, as against
needs
new Mollusca from South Africa. 635
nine-whorled, and also differently shaped, the mouth-processes
being nearly identical; the mammiform columellar plait is,
however, in EZ. Burnupi thinner, and not bulbous as usual.
Mr. Burnup, the collector of this and of so many other new
species in Natal, remarks that this is the only species of the
genus which he has hitherto met with living “ off the ground,
it having been discovered on the under surface of the leaf of
a Dracena.”
Hapalus catarracte, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 4 )
H. testa ovato-fusiformi, translucida, pertenui, levi, pallidissime
corneo-olivacea; anfractibus quinque, apicali obtuso, ultimo
rapide accrescente, paullum inflato, immaculato ; apertura parva,
ovata, labro exteriore tenui, simplici; columella rectiuscula,
regionem apud umbilicarem triangulatim reflexa.
Long. 4°50, lat. 2°50 mm.
Hab. Howick (a waterfall near Pietermaritzburg), Natal.
Four specimens of a very small but neat Hapalus, a genus
not before known so far south, Bulimoid in its superficial
conchological characters, allied apparently to Pachnodus,
but its exact affinities are not yet certainly known. In the
British Museum it is arranged near Opeas.
The shell is ovate-fusiform, very pellucid, of the palest
horny olive, five-whorled, the apical being obtuse and the
last whorl rapidly increasing, a little inflated; mouth small,
ovate, outer lip thin, simple; columella straight and triangu-
larly reflexed over the umbilical region.
This constitutes a particularly interesting addition to the
South-African molluscan fauna.
Trachycystis teretiuscula*, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.)
T. testa depresso-globulosa, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, tenui,
delicata, olivaceo-cornea; anfractibus sex, ventricosis, apud
suturas impressis et quasi-canaliculatis, arctissime longitudinaliter
et indistincte striatulis; apertura lunata; peristomate tenui,
simplici.
Long. 3, lat. 4 mm.
Hab. Howick, near Pietermaritzburg.
Though small and without any very special characteristics,
we are quite unable to match this little Zrachycystis. It is
depressedly globular, narrowly but deeply umbilicate, thin,
uniformly olive-horny in colour, six-whorled, the whorls being
tumid and almost canaliculate at the sutures, so impressed
* Teretiusculus, small and smooth.
44*
636 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on
are they. The extremely delicate striz are so indistinct as to
be hardly discernible; but they give a silky appearance to
the surface. The mouth is linear; peristome thin, simple.
Four specimens.
Achatina Livingstonet, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 6.)
A, testa angusta, fusiformi, tenui, straminea, levi, apice obtuso;
anfractibus septem, apud suturas paullum impressis, ventricosulis,
ultimo ceteris longitudine superante, longitudinaliter flammis
zebrinis castaneis decorata, flammis hic rectis, illic ramosis vel
divaricatis ; apertura ovata, labri margine exteriore tenui, colu-
mellari versus basin truncato,
Long. 41, lat. 20 mm.
Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland (David Livingstone: in
coll. #. L. Layard).
Shell somewhat narrow, fusiform, thin, smooth, apex
obtuse ; whorls seven, somewhat ventricose, impressed at the
sutures, straw-coloured, and ornamented with chestnut zebrine
longitudinal markings ; these are in some instances straight,
in others branched and almost divaricate; the last whorl
exceeds all the others collectively ; the mouth is rather nar-
rowly ovate, outer lip thin; columellar margin truncate
towards the base.
Allied to A. Pfeifer’, Dunker, and A. polychroa, Morelet.
Weare glad of the opportunity afforded us, through the
kindness of Mr. Layard in lending this most interesting
shell to describe, of associating with it the name of the illus-
trious pioneer of missionary enterprise in ‘l’ropical Africa, the
late Dr. Livingstone, by whom it was discovered.
Achatina drakensbergensis, sp. n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 7.)
A, testa magna, fusiformi, delicata, nitida, apice obtuso ; anfracti-
bus octo, ad suturas impressis, ventricosulis, albidis ; epidermide
luteo-olivacea omnino contecta, apicalibus exceptis, interdum
fere levibus, flammis zebrinis brunneo-castaneis depictis, ultimo
anfractu simili modo superne apud medium, sed a medio usque ad
basin immaculato, interdum anfractibus minute granulatis, flammis
zebrinis fere absentibus, hic illic vittis vel flammulis interruptis
solum designatis, ultimo anfractu infra medium similiter immacu-
lato; apertura oblonga intus cerulescente, labro extus tenui,
margine columellari sinuoso, conspicue apud basin truncato,
Long. 3°25, lat. 1°75 une.
Hab. Inhluzan, Drakensberg range, Natal.
A highly interesting form, two varieties of which are before
us. The shell is fusitorm, with ventricose whorls, somewhat
5 oan hao
bite? cet oe Oe
-
new Mollusca from South Africa. 637
impressed at the sutures; the ground-colour is white, but,
with the exception of the apical whorls, a yellowish-olive
epidermis more or less shining entirely covers the shell; this
is ornamented with longitudinal zebra-like flames, more or
less pronounced. In one specimen they are regular and
entirely cover the surface till the middle of the last whorl,
below which it issmooth, shining, and spotless. This variety
is much smoother than the other, which is more or less
covered with the minute cross granulations so common in
members of this genus, while the zebra-like markings are
almost obsolete. ‘lhe mouth is oblong, within bluish, outer
lip thin, rounded; columellar margin sinuous, markedly
truncate towards the base.
Buliminus (Pachnodus) carinifer, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 8.)
B. testa obtecte umbilicata, conico-pyramidata, perfragili, nitente,
undique minute decussata; anfractibus septem, quinque supernis
attenuatis, ventricosulis, ad suturas impressis, duobus ultimis
expansis, ultimo apud peripheriam acuticarinato, carina ipsa
nitida, rufo-brunnea ; apertura trapezoide, labro exteriore per-
tenui, uniangulata, simplici; columella pallida, regionem apud
umbilicarem valde reflexo.
Long. 18, lat. 12 mm.
Hab. Gordon Falls.
This handsome but very delicate Buliéminus seems to us
quite distinct from the allied B. natalensis, Krauss. It is as
conspicuous a shell, of a bright warm brown colour, pyramidal
in shape, seven-whorled ; of these the upper five are attenuate
and small, the last two expanding; at the periphery is a
particularly acute keel, shining and of a red-brown colour.
The whole shell, except the apical whorls, is covered with a
minutely decussate sculpture. Mouth trapezoid, outer lip
thin, angular; columella whitish, reflexed over the um-
bilicus, which is narrow but deep.
Subulina tugelensis, sp. n. (PI. XVII. fig. 9.)
S. testa attenuata, fusiformi, pellucida, delicatula, pertenui, albo-
lactea ; anfractibus septem, quorum apicali obtusissimo, papillato,
ceteris ventricosulis, levibus, ultimo producto; apertura oblonga ;
peristomate tenui, simplici ; columellari margine recto.
Long. 14, lat. 4 mm.
Hab. Lower Tugela River, Natal.
An interesting form, more glossy than most of the hitherto
recog nized South-African species, of a beautiful translucent
milky - white colour; whorls seven, the apical being very
638 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on
obtuse, the rest slightly ventricose, all very smooth and
shining; the last whorl is straightly produced; outer lip
thin, simple; columellar margin straight. —
Pupa (Faula) pereximia*, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 3.)
P. testa sinistrorsa, pyramidata, subrimata, apud apicem multam
attenuata ; anfractibus novem, quorum duobus apicalibus tumidis,
ceteris apud suturas canaliculatis, quasi laterculatis, omnino
longitudinaliter rude liratis, liris arctis, incurvis, ultimo anfractu
curtato; apertura rhomboidea; peristomate albo, rugifero, in-
crassato, novem plicis vel dentibus instructo, duabus plicis parie-
talibus, similibus, valde intrantibus, duobus dentibus labialibus,
quorum inferiore plicato, majore, duabus plicis basalibus, per-
longis, intrantibus, duabus plicis columellaribus et, juxta basin,
uno dente parvo.
Long. 7, lat. 4 mm.
A highly ornate little Haula, near F. Glanvilleana, Ancey,
but of considerably larger size. The specimens before us are
unfortunately not in very good condition, but happily the
mouth-processes in one are quite perfect. The shell is tur-
binate or pyramidal, subrimate, sinistral, much attenuate
towards the apex, nine-whorled (inclusive of the two tumid
apical) ; the whorls are canaliculate at the sutures and have
the appearance of tiling, each superimpending the other; they
are rudely lirate, the lire close, incurved ; the last whorl is
short ; aperture rhomboid; outer lip white, wrinkled, with
nine plaits or teeth—of these the parietal plicw (2) and the
basal (2) are long, thin, and deep-seated, and very similar, as
are the two columellar plaits, the labial teeth (two), and one
small columellar; one of the labial comes very near being
a plait.
Planorbis (Segmentina) planodiseus, sp. n.
(Pl. XVII. fig. 10.)
P. testa placentali, depressiuscula, declinata, nitida, olivacea, pellu-
cida, tenui, apice depresso; anfractibus quingue, ad suturas
canaliculatis, ventricosulis, ultimo rapide accrescente, disco
superiore subrotundato, inferiore planato, profunde excavato,
segmentis ad basin perspicuis, peripheria obtusangula; apertura
oblique obtuso-triangulari ; peristomate simplici.
Alt. 1, diam. 5 mill. (sp. majoris).
Hab. Umgeni Valley, Natal.
An olivaceous shining Segmentina; depressed, thin, five-
* Pereximius, extremely beautiful.
new Mollusca from South Africa. 639
whorled, canaliculate at the sutures, the upper disk rounded,
the lower planate, deeply excavate; the lamellar segments
clearly perceived radiating round the umbilicus ; the shell is
obtuse-angled at the periphery; the mouth is obliquely
obtuse-triangular, lip simple.
Four specimens.
We have taken the largest specimen as the type.
Assiminea tyttha*,sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 11.)
A. testa minuta, cornea, fere levi, globoso-conica, solidiuscula ;
anfractibus quatuor, apicali obtuso, ceteris ventricosis, longitu-
dinaliter indistincte striatulis, ultimo rapide accrescente, ceteris
conjunctim magnitudine superante ; apertura subrotunda ; peri-
stomate rotundo, simplici; columella obliqua, crassiuscula ; oper-
culo rubro, littoriniformi, normali.
Long. 1°50, lat. 1 mm.
Hab. Howick, near Pietermaritzburg, ‘‘on the under
surface of the leaves of a sage-like shrub” (Mr. Burnup).
A few specimens of a very small Asstminea, bearing some
likeness to A. litorina, Delle Chiaje, a native of British and
South-European shores. The shell is bright horny, almost
smooth, being indistinctly longitudinally striate, rather solid,
four-whorled, the apical whorl obtuse, the rest tumid, the
last whorl much larger than all the rest together; mouth
almost round, outer lip round, simple; columella oblique,
thickened ; operculum normal.
* rurOds, small.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Fig. 1. Ennea Cairns.
Fig. 2. Burnujr.
Fig. 3. Pupa (Faula) pereximia.
Fig. 4. Hapalus catarracte.
Fig. 5. Trachycystis teretiuscula,
Fig. 6. Achatina Livingstonet.
Fig... 7. drakensbergensis.
Fig. 8. Buliminus (Pachnodus) carinifer.
Fig. 9. Subulina tugelensis.
Fig. 10. Planorbis (Segmentina) planodiscus.
Fig. 11. Assiminea tyttha,
640 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
LXIX.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and
Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S , F.Z.8., &e.
—Part II. Family Geometride; Subfamilies Enochromine,
Orthostixine, Larentiine, Acidaliine, and Geometrine.
[Continued from p. 573.)
Genus CIDARIA.
(Treit.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 549 (1895).)
Cidaria luctuosaria.
Melanippe luctuosaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vy. p. 53, pl. iv. fig. 15
(1880).
Cidaria luctuosaria, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit, 1888, p. 410.
There was a fine series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Oberthiir described this species from the Isle of Askold,
and Greser records it from Amurland.
Distribution. Askold; Amur; Japan.
Cidaria cineraria.
Cidarta cineraria, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 451 (1878);
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 58, pl. lv. fig. 8 (1879).
There were some specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection, and I have received others taken by a
native collector at Hakodate: June and July.
This is probably a local form of C. unangulata, Haw.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Cidaria picata.
Geometra picata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 134.
Cidaria picata, Treit. Schmett. vi. 2, 193; Guen. Phal. ii. p. 461,
Hydriomena picata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
Occurs at Chang-yang, T’a-chien-lu, Chia-ting-fu, Che-tou,
and Omei-shan in June and July.
The specimens show variation in the width of the lines
forming the central band and also in the width of the white
border of the band; ina large proportion of them the second-
aries are devoid of marking on the upper surface.
The examples from Central China are rather smaller than
the majority of those from the west, and appear to be more
constant in always having the band composed of broad and
often confluent lines.
Distribution. Europe; Ural; Central and Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 641
Cidaria variegata,
Larentia variegata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 653.
Cidaria variegata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 353
(1895).
One female specimen from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Kashmir; Kulu ;
Western China.
Cidaria corylata.
Geometra corylata, Thunb. Ins. Suec. iv. p. 61, pl. iv. fig. 11 (1792).
Hydriomena corylata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Cidaria fabrefactaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. v. p. 56, pl. iv. fig. 15
(1880).
There were specimens from Oiwake, Yesso, Nikko, and
Ohoyama in Pryer’s collection, Greser records the species
from Amurland, and Oberthiir, under the name fabrefactaria,
from the Isle of Askold.
Distribution. Europe; Ural; Amur; Japan; Askold.
Cidaria aurata.
Cidaria aurata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 664 ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 855 (1895).
Cidaria corylata, var. tsermosarta, Oberth. Etud, d’Entom. xviii. p. 39,
pl. iii. fig. 43 (1893).
One specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Hampson considers Cidaria corylata, var. tsermosaria,
Oberth., from Moupin, to be synonymous with C. aurata,
Moore, which occurs throughout the Himalayas.
Distribution. Murree; Dharmsdla; Sikhim; Bhutan;
Tibet ; Khdsis (Hampson) ; Kulu; Japan.
Cidaria fulgidaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries yellowish ; basal patch dark brown, its
external edge angulated and bounded by a silvery-white line;
central fascia broad on costa, much narrower on inner
margin, both edges are bounded by wavy silvery-white lines,
the external one deeply indented below the costa, and the
internal one indented at the middle; the brownish outer
marginal area is traversed by a serrated silvery-white line,
and interrupted by an oblique streak of the ground-colour at
apex, there is a smaller spot of the ground-colour on the
middle of the outer margin. Secondaries greyish, basal and
outer marginal areas darker, the former is limited by a wavy
dusky line, and the latter is inwardly bordered by. a pale
macular band; discal spot blackish. Fringes of primaries
642 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
brown marked with yellow, those of secondaries are yellow
marked with brown. Linder surface: primaries yellowish, with
the markings of upper surface faintly reproduced ; second-
aries yellowish dusted with brown and silvery-white scales,
and traversed by wavy silvery-white edged brown bands;
submarginal line macular, silvery white ; fringes yellowish,
chequered with brown.
Female.—Primaries as in the male, but the secondaries are
white and without marking; fringes of these wings not
marked with brown.
Expanse 32 millim.
Three male specimens and one female from Pu-tsu-fong,
June.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to C. corylata, Thunb.
Cidaria albipunctaria, sp. n.
Primaries ochreous brown; basal patch and central fascia
blackish brown, both are narrowly edged with white, the
former is deeply indented in the middle of its outer edge, the
latter has a double-toothed projection on its outer edge and
is contracted below the costa and again above inner margin;
on the outer marginal area there is a blackish-brown patch
below the apex interrupted by a white blotch ; submarginal
line white and wavy, followed on the costa by a white blotch
extending to the apex, and at outer angle by some white
spots; the costal portion of the white outer edging of cen-
tral fascia is diffuse, and the costal portion of the fascia
contains a pale brown blotch, which is preceded and followed
by a short white line. Secondaries whitish, greyish on outer
margin, with faint indications of greyish central spot and
two transverse lines. Fringes yellowish. Under surface:
basal two thirds of primaries dusky, the outer edge corre-
sponding with that of central fascia above, and intersected
by two pele subbasal lines, the spaces between these lines
being rather brownish; outer third is whitish, with a dark
greyish patch on outer margin below apex, preceded by a
brownish transverse cloud; secondaries whitish, powdered
with brownish, and traversed by two brown lines, the discal
spot is dark brown.
Expanse 34 millim.
Two male specimens, one from Ta-chien-lu, and the other
from Pu-tsu-fong: June.
Hab. Western China,
This species is very closely allied to C. corylata, Thunb.,
Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 643
but it is a much brighter-looking insect, and is further dis-
tinguished by the conspicuous white blotch on outer margin,
together with the different contour of the central fascia.
Cidaria chimakaleparia.
Larentia chimakaleparia, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 37, pl. iil.
fig. 33 (1893).
One specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June. Ober-
thiir’s type was from Ta-chien-lu.
Hab, Western China.
Cidaria ochracearia, sp. n.
Closely allied to C. fulvata, Forst., but at once distin-
guished by its ochraceous secondaries, which have the fringes
chequered with brown. The colour of the primaries is also
deeper, and the edges of the central fascia, although angled
outwardly and indented inwardly as in C. fulvata, are not
waved. The under surface is entirely ochraceous, with
slightly darker central markings on all the wings.
Expanse 26-29 millim.
Several specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, and Omei-
shan: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Fulvata, Forst., is placed by Meyrick in Hydriomena, Hiibn.
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 72).
Cidaria albicillata,
Phal. Geometra albicillata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. 527; Clerck, Icon, i.
pi. i. fig. 12.
he Nata Dup. Lép. viii. pl. clxxxviii. fig. 4; Guen. Phal.
ii. p. 382.
ljdrioniehe albicillata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Melanthia casta, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. liv. fig. 8.
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection, and my native collector captured the species at
Hakodate in July.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Except that they are generally rather larger, there is no
important difference between Japanese examples ( casta,
Butl.) and European specimens of this species. The discal
spots are a trifle larger, and the marginal border of secondaries
is uninterrupted.
Cidaria yokohame.
Melanthia yokohame, Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p, 422,
Cidaria rogenhoferi, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 419.
There was a specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
644 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
lection, and I took one example at Gensan in July. Butler’s
type was from Yokohama and Greser records it from Rad-
defka.
Distribution. Japan ; Corea; Amur.
Butler states that this insect is closly allied to “1/.” rujf-
cillata, but it appears to be nearer to C. cuculata, Hufn., and
may possibly be an Hastern Asian form of that species.
Cidaria obscura.
Cidaria obscura, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 450 (1878) ; Ill.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 57, pl. lv. fig. 5 (1879).
There was one example in poor condition in Pryer’s col-
lection. I received a specimen from Mr. Manley taken at
Yokohama, and my collectors in Western China took one
at Moupin in July.
Distribution. Japan; Western China.
As Moore described a Cidaria obscurata in 1867, it would
be better perhaps to rename this species Butler?.
Cidaria latifasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries dingy purplish grey; small basal patch and
broad central fascia brown, the former is outwardly limited
by two blackish lines enclosing a brown band, and the
latter has both edges darker than the median portion, and is
limited on each side by a wavy blackish line, the outer one
broadest towards costa, and the inner one broadest about the
middle; there is a short blackish apical streak. Secondaries
fuscous grey, darker towards outer margin. Fringes dark
grey. Under surface fuscous brown; the secondaries have
traces of a darker transverse line beyond the middle.
Expanse 42 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-shan, May.
Hab. Western China.
Cidaria procellata.
Phalena procellata, Fabr. Mant. Ins. 185.
Geometra procellata, Hubn, Geom, fig. 251.
Melanippe procellata, Dup. Lép. viii. pl. clxxxviii. fig. 3; Guen. Phal.
ii, p. 303,
Hydriomena procellata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Melanippe inquinata, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. liv. fig. 9.
There was a nice series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I captured specimens in Satsuma in May, at Gensan in
June, and at T'suruga in August. Other Japanese localities
are Yokohama (Jonas) and Hakodate (Whitely). I have
~ a
from China, Japan, and Corea. 645
received the species from Kiukiang, and from several
localities in Western China.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Corea; Japan;
Yesso ; Central and Western China.
In my series of this species from China, Japan, and Corea
there are specimens which exactly agree with typical pro-
cellata ; others are identical with ¢ngudnata, Butl.; and others,
again, are almost unicolorous fuliginous brown. All these
forms are connected by intergrades.
Cidaria postalbaria, sp. n.
Primaries fuscous brown; basal patch and central fascia
darker, the latter intersected by a pale line; the basal patch
is outwardly and the fascia inwardly bordered by a pale line ;
outer margin suffused with dusky ; submarginal line indi-
cated by a white spot about the middle, one towards apex
and a pale mark at outer angle. Secondaries white, suffused
with smoky on the abdominal area, and with some black
clouding about anal angle. Under surface fuscous grey on
primaries, whiter on secondaries; there is a pale band beyond
the middle on all the wings, this is clearly defined on its
inner edge by a blackish line, which is elbowed about the
middle of its length on primaries, and is crenulate on second-
aries, the outer edge is diffuse ; submarginal line of primaries
represented by whitish dots, the largest about the middle.
Fringes: of primaries agree with the ground-colour; of
secondaries greyish marked with smoky grey.
Expanse 34-40 millim.
Several specimens, including both sexes, from Pu-tsu-fong,
Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho, and one female from Chang-yang :
July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Cidaria silaceata.
Geometra silaceata, Hiibn, Geom. fig. 477.
Hydriomena silaceata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Cidaria umbrosaria, Motsch. Etud, d’Entom. 1864, p, 36.
There were some specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection, and my native collector obtained the species in the
island of Kiushiu.
Several examples, including both sexes, were received from
Chang-yang; these were taken in July, and range from
26-34 millim in expanse. ‘The species also occurred at Ta-
chien-lu, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, Pu-tsu-fong,
and How-kow in July; the largest of these specimens
646 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
measures 38 millim., and the smallest 30 millim. in expanse.
The How-kow examples are of the typical form as regards
the primaries, but the secondaries are almost devoid of
marking.
Var. angustaria, nov.
All the wings are narrower than in the type, and heavily
suffused with fuliginous on both surfaces; the white trans-
verse lines of primaries are very clearly defined.
One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Kiushiu; Central
and Western China.
Cidaria capitata.
Larentia eapitata, Herr.-Sch. Deutsch. Ins. 165, pl. iii.
Hydriomena capitata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soe. Aas 1892, p. 73.
Cidaria Mariesit, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 424.
Cidaria Pryeri, Butl. 1. ¢. p. 425.
Several examples from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I took the species at Hakodate in August.
Butler gives Nikko and Tokio also as localities.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Cidaria fervidaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries brown; basal patch and central fascia
darker, both edged with ochreous, especially on the costal
area; the fascia is deeply indented about the middle of
its inner edge and elbowed on its outer edge; the reddish-
brown median nervules, where they cross the fascia, are
powdered with ochreous; submarginal line pale brown, inter-
secting some dark brown marks in the nervular interspaces ;
there is an oblique ochreous streak from apex. Secondaries
orange-brown; basal and outer marginal areas clouded with
darker. Fringes brownish on primaries; orange-yellow
chequered with brownish on secondaries. Under surface
fuscous brown, with a broad orange-yellow fascia beyond the
middle, between this and the outer margin there is a short
oblique series of orange-yellow dots, terminating in a patch
of the same colour on the middle of the margin; Balad «ps
orange-yellow, thickly sprinkled with brown, and traversed
by darker central and submarginal bands.
Female.—Differs from the male in the paler colour of second-
aries and the more distinct transverse markings on those
wings; under surface orange-yellow, with conspicuous inter-
rupted basal central and submarginal brown bands.
Expanse 32-36 millim,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 647
One male specimen from Moupin and one from Omei-shan,
one example of each sex from Chang-yang; these last are
smaller than the other specimens.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Cidaria subochraria, sp. n.
Primaries grey-brown, basal area clouded with darker ;
margins of central fascia dark brown, the inner edge of fascia
indented, the outer elbowed; there are some dark clouds on
outer marginal area, and the submarginal line, commencing
as a pale dash from costa, is continued to inner margin as a
series of dark internervular spots; there is also a short
whitish dash from the apex. Secondaries ochreous brown,
smoky on basal half. Fringes agree with the wings, pre-
ceded on the secondaries by a dark line. Under surface of
primaries dark smoky grey, suffused on the costa with
ochreous, and more strongly on the apical portion of outer
marginal area, the latter being limited by a blackish band:
secondaries are ochreous, powdered with smoky grey, and
have a black discal dot and a blackish central band.
Expanse 36-38 millim.
Hight male specimens from Omei-shan, June.
Hab. Western China.
The central fascia is sometimes contracted below the
middle, and in some specimens only the costal half is clearly
defined. In some examples the secondaries are entirely
smoky brown, with an ochreous tinge on outer marginal area.
Allied to Cidaria (Eustroma) monana, Swinh.
, Cidaria oblongata.
Cidaria oblongata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1402 (1862),
Cidaria decurrens, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 276.
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I took the species in Satsuma in May and at Tsuruga in
June. My native collector took it in the island of Kiushiu,
and I have received specimens from Ichang and the province
of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. Khasis; Nynee-l'al (Hampson); Japan;
Central and Western China.
Cidaria mactata.
Cidaria mactata, Feld. Reise Noy. pl. cxxxii. fig. 38 (1875),
Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Ohoyama and Nikko.
1 took the species in Hakodate, and have received it from
648 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Kiushiu, Gensan, Kiukiang, Moupin, and Wa-shan. It
occurs in June and July.
Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Corea;
Central and Western China.
Cidaria literataria, sp. n.
Primaries pale greyish brown; subbasal band and central
fascia chocolate-brown, the former contracted towards costa,
the latter attenuated towards inner margin and containing an
irregular patch of the ground-colour in the costal portion,
below this the fascia is intersected by the pale median ner-
vure; there are some chocolate-brown spots on costa, at the
base of the wing, between fascia and subbasal band, and on
apical area; the latter comprises a connected series of three
and an apical dash; all the brown markings are outlined in
whitish brown. Secondaries greyish white, with blackish
discal dot. Under surface pale fuscous; secondaries and
apical area of primaries irrorated with darker.
Expanse 38 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
The markings of this species somewhat resemble those of
Eustroma cervinaria, Moore.
Cidaria metaria,
Cidaria metaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 39, pl. iv. fig, 54
(1893).
_Oberthiir’s type was from Té-Tsien-Loa. My collectors
did not meet with the species.
Hab. Western China.
OCidaria azonaria.
Somatina azonaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom., xviii. p. 32, pl. iv. fig. 50
(1898). :
This species occurred in most of the localities in Western
China that my collectors visited: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Cidaria niphonica.
Eubolia niphonica, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 452 (1878);
fl. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 59, Ee ly. fig. 11 fstee
Cidaria niphonica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 357
(1895).
Cidaria suavata, Christ. Bull. Mose. 1880, p. 69.
Hydriomena niphonica, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Cidaria (niphonica, Butl., var. ?) tgnorata, Staud. Iris, viii. p. 336
(1896).
el
° ee ae ie ees i
from China, Japan, and Corea. 649
There were specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained the species at Gensan in July.
Staudinger records var. ¢gnorata from North-east Thibet.
Captain Young took specimens in Kulu, North-west Hima-
layas.
” Distration. Simla; Dharmsdla; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Kulu; Japan; N.E. Thibet.
Cidaria polygrammata.
Geometra polygrammata, Bork. Eur. Schmett. v. 569; Hiibn. Geom.
tig. 277.
Phibalapteryx polygrammata, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 256 ;
Guen. Phal. ii. p. 436.
Hydriomena polygrammata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1892,
p. 73.
One specimen taken by myself in July at Nagahama.
Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan.
Cidaria fumataria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries brownish grey; basal patch and central
fascia blackish, the inner edge of the latter is nearly straight
and the outer edge has an obtuse projection above the middle,
the median area of this fascia is pale and encloses a black
discal spot; submarginal line whitish, shaded inwardly,
especially towards costa, with dusky. Secondaries smoky
grey, with a small black discal spot and faint indications of
a pale central band. Fringes concolorous with the wings.
Under surface smoky grey, basal two thirds of all the wings
rather darker.
Female similar to the male, but the ground-colour is darker
grey and the whitish submarginal line is clearer.
Expanse 22-24 millim.
Six male specimens and two females from Chang-yang,
July and August.
Hab. Central China.
This species resembles Plemyrta galiata, Hiibn., in style of
marking, but the ground-colour is very different.
Cidaria bipartaria, sp. n.
Primaries have the basal third olivaceous green, limited
by an outwardly oblique black line; the rest of the wing is
blackish with a grey tint ; there is a greenish spot on costa,
and, preceding it, two blackish lines, the outer one undulated
and waved, edged internally with whitish. Secondaries dark
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 45
650 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
fuscous grey. Under surface fuscous, slightly paler on outer
marginal area of all the wings.
Expanse 24 millim.
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Cidaria fasciaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries dark grey, with two white bands, the
first has an angular projection in its outer edge below costa
and a small black cloud on inner margin; the second is
biangulate, and transversely intersected by a dusky line;
the central and outer marginal areas traversed by wavy white
lines, and there is a white cloud-like spot at apex and a
similar one about the middle. Secondaries fuliginous grey,
with a paler central band; all the wings have a black discal
spot. Fringes grey, marked with darker. Under surface of
primaries fuliginous, traversed by two blackish lines and a
pale band ; there is a white spot on middle of outer margin :
secondaries powdered with greyish on basal area and on outer
margin, and traversed by a greyish curved band.
Female similar to the male, but the colour is greyish brown
tinged with olivaceous at base and on middle of costa.
Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 25 millim.
Two male specimens and one female from Omei-shan, a
female from Moupin, two from Ichang, and one from Chang-
yang: June and July.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Cidaria parvaria.
Boarmia parvaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 52 (May 1891).
Two male specimens, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. Japan.
Cidaria undulata.
Melanippe (?) undulata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 147,
pl. ix. fig. 15.
One example of each sex from Kiukiang and a female
specimen from Ichang, June and July. There is a specimen
labelled “‘ Chekiang”’ in the National Collection at South
Kensington.
Hab. Central China.
Cidaria complicata.
Cidaria complicata, Butl. Til. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 57, pl. lv. fig. 4
(1879).
— lr
ir ii es
a
from China, Japan, and Corea. 651
Two specimens taken by native collector at Gensan.
Butler’s type was from Yokohama.
Hab. Japan and Corea.
Cidaria erectaria, sp. n.
Whitish, suffused with grey. Primaries have a brownish
basal patch and central fascia, the first is limited by a
slightly curved white line, the second is outwardly angled,
edged with white, and is preceded by a conspicuous black
spot ringed with white ; between the basal patch and central
fascia there is an upright blackish bar extending from inner
margin to subcostal nervure, and a spot of the same colour
on costa; beyond the fascia there are three fine angulated and
wavy brownish lines and a broader white one ; the apical fourth
of costa is marked with blackish, and there is a smaller spot
of the same colour on outer margin just below apex; an
interrupted brownish band runs from the apical mark to
inner margin. Secondaries have the basal half suffused with
brownish grey, and the outer half traversed by three fine
wavy and angulated lines and a brownish-grey band, but
these do not reach the costa. Fringes whitish, chequered
with grey, and preceded by a blackish line. Under surface
whitish suffused with grey; transverse lines as above; all
the wings have a blackish discal dot outlined with whitish.
Expanse 21-25 millim.
Four specimens taken by myself, and three by my native
collector, at Hakodate in August.
flab. Yesso.
Cidaria fluviata.
Geometra fluriata, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 280, 281, ¢g.
Geometra gemmata, Hiibn. op. cit. tig. 283, 2.
Cidaria fluviata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 363.
Hydriomena fluviata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained examples of this species at Foochow in April,
in Satsuma in May, at Gensan in July, and at Nikko in
September, and have received a female example from Pu-
tsu-fong, taken in June and July.
Distribution. Nearctic region; Chili; Palearctic region;
throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma (Hampson); Japan;
Corea ; Eastern and Western China.
Cidaria pomeriaria.
Cidaria pomeriaria, Eversm. Faun, Volg.-Ural. p. 417 (1844).
Coremia pomeriaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 415. ibis:
Xanthorhoe pomeriaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 77.
Specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection; these have
45*
652 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
the outer edge of the central fascia less angulated than in
typical examples.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Eastern Siberia; Amur;
Yesso.
Cidaria saturata.
Cidaria saturata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 269°(1857) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, iii. p. 362 (1895).
Larentia evliturata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1195 (1862).
Larentia granitalis, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 426; Ill. Typ. Lep.
Het. vii. p. 114, pl. exxxvii. fig. 8.
Coremia livida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 449; Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het. iii. p. 56, pl. lv. fig. 2 (1879).
Larentia inamena, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 444 (1879).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yoko-
hama. I captured the species at Nagasaki in June, and have
received it from Wa-shan, Moupin, Chang-yang, and Pu-
tsu-fong.
Distribution. Natal; N.W. Himalayas; Khasis; Nilgiris
(Hampson); Japan; Kiushiu; Central and Western China.
A very variable species. Among the specimens com-
prised in my series are examples which agree with the type
of livida, Butl., others with that of ¢namana, Butl.; others
again represent granitalis, Butl., whilst among the inter-
grades are examples which do not appear to_be separable
from Dharmsala specimens of ealiturata, Walk., in the
National Collection at South Kensington.
Cidaria angularia, sp. n.
Similar in size, colour, and markings to C. unidentaria from
Europe, but the inner edge of the central fascia on primaries
is rather straighter, and on the outer edge the projection
above the middle is not indented; the pale band following
the fascia is better defined and the line traversing it is less
wavy than the same character in C. unidentaria; the outer
marginal area beyond the pale band is dusky. Antenne
serrate-fasciculate.
One male specimen and two females from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. Japan.
Cidaria designata.
Phalena a ena Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 612; Rott. Naturf. xi.
.co iid).
ounce ippaota, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 286.
oak ra Guen. Phal. ii. p. 412; Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxv.
xantiorics designata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 77.
Specimens were obtained at Hakodate in July and August,
and there were a few in Pryer’s collection from Yesso.
From China, Japan, and Corea. 653
Distribution. Europe; Altai; E. Siberia; Amur; Japan;
Yesso ; N. America.
Cidaria aridaria, sp. n.
Primaries pale brown with an ochreous tinge; central
fascia broad obscure brown, outlined in blackish, the inner
edge is indented below costa, and the outer edge bidentate ;
submarginal line double, but most distinctly so towards the
inner margin, blackish and wavy, beyond.it there are two
dark clouds, one on costa and one below it, the latter con-
nected with an oblique blackish streak from apex. Second-
aries fuliginous grey, with a darker discal spot and indications
of a paler central line. Fringes grey, paler on secondaries,
and preceded on all the wings by a blackish lunulated line.
Under surface grey-brown: the basal two thirds of primaries
darker, limited by a paler band which is diffuse on its outer
edge; secondaries mottled with darker, the basal two thirds
limited by a dusky line followed by a pale band; all the
wings have a blackish discal spot.
Expanse 32 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-shan, Western China: June.
Cidaria virtdata.
Cidaria viridata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p.661 ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 865 (1895).
A male specimen from Omei-shan, and a female from
Ni-tou: July.
Distribution. Sikhim; Khasis (Hampson); Western China.
Cidaria ambustaria, sp. n.
Primaries greyish with a faint olive tinge; basal area
suffused with fuscous and traversed by two darker, almost
blackish bands; the central fascia fuscous grey, with a
median band of the ground-colour, and limited by whitish-
edged black lines, the first line wavy and slightly curved,
and the second wavy and outwardly produced above the
middle; outer marginal area fuscous grey, clouded with
darker towards apex and transversely intersected by a wavy
whitish line, which is most distinct towards costa. Second-
aries pale fuscous grey ; basal two thirds suffused with darker
and limited by a dusky line which has an obtuse projection
at the middle. Fringes: of primaries fuscous grey marked
with paler; of secondaries pale fuscous grey marked with
darker; preceded by a blackish line in each case. Under
surface fuscous, rather paler on secondaries; all the wings
have a dusky discal mark and transverse band.
654 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Expanse 22-24 millim.
One male specimen from Che-tou, one from Ta-chien-lu:
June and July; and one example (minus head) from Chang-
yang, August.
Hab. Central and Western China.
Cidaria nigrozonaria, sp. n.
Primaries have the basal. two thirds fuscous brown, tra-
versed by a pale brown subbasal band ; the outer edge of the
area is limited by an undulated black line ; outer third pale
umber-brown traversed by two sinuous brown lines, the outer
rather indistinct ; apical patch fuscous brown, powdered with
grey and marked with black. Secondaries fuscous grey,
marked with paler on abdominal area towards anal angle.
Fringes pale brown, marked with darker and preceded by a
blackish line. Under surface fuscous grey, traversed by
darker lines and bands; discal dot on each wing black ;
fringes umber-brown marked with darker at the ends of the
nervules.
Expanse 24-26 millim.
Six male specimens and five females from Oiwake and
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Cidaria quadrifasciaria.
Phal. Geometra quadrifasciaria, Clerck, Icon. pl. vi. fig. 4; Linn.
Faun. Suec. 529,
Coremia quadrifasciaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 417.
Xanthorhoe quadrifasciaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892,
p: a lyfe
Scotosia ignobilis, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 428.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. I captured the species at Hakodate in
August. | |
Some of the specimens are much suffused, others agree
with the type of “ 8.” ¢gnobdilis, Butl., in the National Collec-
tion at South Kensington.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Eastern Siberia; Amur;
Japan; Yesso.
Cidaria dimidiaria,
Cidaria dimidiaria, Motsch. Bull. de l’Acad. 1866, 1. p. 197.
A nice series in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at
Tsuruga and Fushiki in July; and my native collector
obtained it in the island of Kiushiu.
Hab. Japan; Kiushiu.
ae ge
2k «er le eer ieee.» +
*
a
from China, Japan, and Corea. 655
The Kiushiu specimens are smaller than the type and
paler in colour.
Cidaria hortulanaria, Greser, from Amurland, appears to
be very near to, if it is not identical with, this species.
Cidaria abraxina.
Melanippe abraxina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 443
(1879).
A series from Nikko and Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
My native collector obtained one female specimen at
Hakodate in June.
One of the males, of which sex there are but two examples
in the series, is without the central band on each wing, but
the discal spot remains.
Hab. Japan and Yesso.
Cidaria fuscaria, sp. n.
Fuscous grey. Primaries have a darker basal patch, its
outer edge almost straight, and a blackish central fascia, the
inner edge of which is curved, and the outer lobed about the
middle; beyond the fascia there are traces of one or two pale
waved transverse lines. Secondaries have traces of pale
transverse central lines, most distinct on abdominal margin.
Under surface fuscous grey, paler on outer marginal area of
all the wings.
Expanse 40 millim.
Z One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, Western China:
une.
Cidaria (?) fractistriga.
Epifidonia fractistriga, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 65, pl. ili. fig. 7
(1892).
The specimen (a worn female) taken at Ou-pin in the
Province of Kan-sou in July, and referred by Alphéraky to
Epifidonia, Butl., appears, according to the figure, to agree
better with Cidaria.
Genus LARENTIA.
(Treit.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 367 (1895).)
Larentia plurilinearia, sp. n.
Pale grey traversed by several darker wavy lines, the
space between the third and seventh lines is darker and
represents a central fascia; the outer margin is bordered
with darker. Secondaries have the basal half suffused with
656 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
darker. The nervules on all the wings are marked with
black and whitish. Fringes concolorous with the wings,
preceded by an interrupted blackish line, Under surface
smoky grey, the basal area of primaries limited by a blackish,
slightly elbowed line, and edged with pale grey ; the central
area of the secondaries traversed by three dusky lines, and
there are traces of a fourth line on the submarginal area.
Expanse 43 millim.
Two male specimens from Ni-tou, July.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia lakearia.
Eubolia lakearia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 58, ¢,
pl. iii. fig. 54,9 (1893).
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong taken in June or
July. Oberthiir’s types were from Ta-Tsien-Loa.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia pendearia.
Anticlea pendearia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 39, pl. vy. fig. 69
(1893).
Cidaria moupinata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 314, pl. vii.
fig.
Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-chien-lu. I have specimens
from the same locality and also from Omei-shan, Ni-tou, and
Che-tou. Both sexes are represented. The species occurs
in June and July. Poujade records a female example from
Moupin.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia grataria.
Anticlea grataria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 52 (May 1891).
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection.
I took the species at Nikko in September, and at Oiwake
in October. .
Hab. Japan.
Larentia albigirata.
Cidaria albigirata, Kollar, Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 489 (1848).
Cidaria jameza, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 462 (1878) ; Ill.
Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 58, pl. lv. fig. 9 (1879).
mah albigirata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 367
(1805).
Butler’s type of jameza was from Hakodate. There were
no specimens in Pryer’s collection, and I have not received
any from Japan.
Distribution. N.W. Himalayas (Hampson) ; Japan (Butler).
;
SS ae Th SC
—_——
ttl
from China, Japan, and Corea. 657
Larentia suffumata,
Geometra suffumata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 306.
Eustroma suffumata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 335.
Cidaria suffumata, Treit. Schmett. vi. 2, p. 192; Guen. Phal. ii. p. 468.
Hydriomena suffumata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Cidaria minna, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 424.
Several specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection. Also recorded from Tokio.
Cidaria minna, Butl., is most certainly a small form of
C. suffumata. One of my Japanese specimens measures only
24 millim. in expanse.
The species is common in several localities in Western
China.
: Distribution. Kurope; Altai; Japan; Yesso; Western
hina.
Larentia nitidaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries silvery grey, with a dark chocolate-
brown basal patch limited by a curved white line, and a
dark chocolate-brown central fascia edged with white, which
is broad on the costa but narrow from middle to inner
margin ; this fascia is apparently broken into three parts,
comprising a large triangular costal portion enclosing discal
spot, a small median spot, and an upright blotch on inner
margin; on the apical area there is a large chocolate-brown
patch, which is intersected by a wavy oblique white line
extending from apex to the central fascia, which it penetrates
for a short distance; submarginal line white, most distinctly
seen on the apical patch referred to; there is a reddish-brown
shade on the middle of outer marginal area, and the space
between the basal area and the central fascia is clouded with
blackish. Secondaries grey, suffused with brownish on basal
area, and traversed by three pale central lines and a sub-
marginal line, the latter wavy. Fringes of primaries dark
grey and of secondaries pale grey. Under surface: primaries
fuliginous, with indications of a dark central line agreeing
with the outer edge of the fascia of the upperside and a white
macular submarginal line; secondaries greyish, with darker
central line and discal spot. Antenne slightly ciliated.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the secondaries appear
more like the primaries in colour, that is silvery grey. On
the under surface the dark transverse lines are edged with
whitish, and there are indications of other whitish wavy lines
on the secondaries.
Expanse 40 millim.
One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
658 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Larentia fractifasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries pearly grey, blackish at the base; there is a
large black blotch on the costa, this is contracted in the
middle and edged with whitish, whilst from its lower end
there is a slight projection towards a small upright wedge-
shaped spot on the inner margin, the two marks appear to
represent the ends of a central band; submarginal line wavy,
whitish, with a blackish cloud-like internal edging. Second-
aries whiter than the primaries, with a faint dusky central
line. Fringes greyish, dotted at the extremities of the
nervules with black, and there are two similar black dots on
primaries between the apex and the submarginal line. Under
surface smoky grey, darker on basal, outer, and costal areas
of primaries ; the costal blotch faintly reproduced ; second-
aries rather paler, traversed by faint, dusky, central, and
submarginal bands.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from the plateau to the north-west of
Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia latifusata.
Melanippe latifusata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxv, p. 1298.
Cidaria nemata, Feld. Reis, Nov. pl. exxxii. fig. 82 (1875).
Larentia latifusata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 370
(1895).
Occurs at Moupin, Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, Chow-pin-sa,
Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, Wa-shan, and the Province of
How-Kow: June and July.
I have also received the species from Sultanpore, North-
west Himalayas.
Distribution. Murree; Dalhousie (Hampson); Kulu ;
Western China.
Larentia torpidaria, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries whitish; basal two thirds greyish, limited
outwardly by a darker grey irregular fascia, broadest towards
costa and enclosing the black discal spot; submarginal line
of the ground-colour, wavy, preceded by brownish clouds
towards costa and inner margin, the area beyond this line is
suffused with greyish. Secondaries whitish grey, rather
darker on outer margin. Fringes whitish grey, preceded by
an interrupted blackish line. Under surface of primaries
fuliginous grey, with a small pale patch beyond middle of
costa ; of secondaries whitish powdered with fuliginous grey,
LE Ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 659
this powdering is thinner on the inner and marginal portions
of the outer half of the wing, thus giving the appearance of
central and marginal bands.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the fascia of primaries
is hardly darker than other portions of basal two thirds.
One example of each sex from Moupin, June.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia rotundaria, sp. n.
Outer margins of all the wings have a very rounded ap-
pearance. Primaries have the basal three fourths dark grey,
traversed by wavy darker lines, and divided towards the
base of the wing by a dark-edged, narrow, pale grey band,
the outer edge of which has an angular projection below the
middle ; the outer limit of this dark area is undulated, con-
spicuously lobed below the middle, and edged with white on
the costa; the outer marginal area is silvery grey, clouded
with dark grey exteriorly ; there is a short oblique blackish
streak from the apex, and the submarginal line is represented
by a series of white marks on costa and a series of white dots
to inner margin. Secondaries smoky silvery grey. Fringes
dark grey. Under surface smoky grey: primaries have an
abbreviated white line, shaded with dusky, from costa, and
a macular white submarginal line ; secondaries have a dusky
wavy central line and an interrupted white submarginal line.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, June.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia debilitata.
Cidarva (?) debilitata, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 52 (May 1891).
One female specimen, from Gifu, in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Larentia badiata.
Geometra badiata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 291.
Ametbe badiata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 333.
Anticlea badiata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 407.
Hydriomena badiata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
A few specimens, from Gifu, in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Europe ; Altai; Japan.
The central fascia of primaries and the secondaries are
whiter in Japanese specimens than in any example in my
European series.
660 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Larentia amelia.
Lozogramma amelia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 406 (1878) ;
Ill, Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 46, pl. lii. fig. 6 (1879).
There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection, and I received a female specimen from Ichang, taken
in April.
Distribution. Japan ; Central China.
Allied to Z. malvata, Rbr., a European species which
Meyrick places in Hydriomena (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892,
ps *2).
Larentia consanguinea.
Anticlea consanguinea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 449
(1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 56, pl. lv. fig. 1 (1879).
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan.
Larentia umbrifera.
Anticlea umbrifera, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 444 (1879).
Specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection. I took the species at Gensan in July, and | received
one example from Chang-yang taken in July.
Distribution. Japan; Corea; Central China.
Larentia Taczanowskiaria.
Anticlea Taczanowskiaria, Oberth, Etud. d’Entom. y. p. 54, pl. ix.
fig. 8 (1880).
Cidaria pervagata, Christ. Bull. Mosc. 1880, p- 78.
Cidaria Taczanowskiaria, Greser, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 413.
There was a nice series from Yesso in Pryer’s collection,
and my native collector met with the species in Hakodate in
June.
Distribution. Amur; Askold; Yesso.
Larentia erebearia, sp. n.
Primaries slaty grey, traversed by numerous blackish lines,
three of which are enclosed between two thicker black lines
and represent a central fascia; there is also a thicker black
line near the base and an interrupted black dash from apex ;
the latter has a whitish dot on it and there is a similar dot
above it on the costa. Secondaries smoky grey, with a
brownish tinge within the waved dusky central line ; a short
slaty-grey streak from abdominal margin. Under surface
fuliginous : primaries powdered with slaty grey on costal and
from China, Japan, and Corea. 661
apical areas, and traversed by three or four darker lines
beyond the middle; secondaries powdered with grey and
traversed beyond the blackish discal spot by several wavy
grey lines, the most conspicuous of which is a double one
beyond the middle. Body blackish, tip of abdomen in the
male brown.
Expanse 36 millim.
Three male specimens and one female from Pu-tsu-fong,
June.
Hah. Western China.
Larentia stellata.
Glaucopteryx stellata, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 367.
Larentia adjrouaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 36, pl. iv. fig. 59
(1893).
Larentia stellata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 369 (1895).
Two specimens from Ta-chien-lu, taken in June.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Western China.
Larentia naparia.
Venusia naparia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 30, pl. iii. fig. 36
(1893).
I have received specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, and
Omei-shan, taken in May, June, and July ; also from Chang-
yang, taken in May, June, and August.
I took the species at Ningpo in April.
Hab, Central, Western, and North-eastern China.
The specimens from Omei-shan and Ningpo are suffused
with fuscous, especially on the under surface.
Larentia confusaria, sp. n.
Greyish white. Basal half of primaries suffused with dark
grey and traversed by two diffuse lines of the ground-colour ;
beyond the middle there is a serrated whitish line clouded
inwardly with dark grey; outer margin clouded with dark
grey, traversed by a whitish wavy submarginal line.
Secondaries whitish, with traces of dark transverse lines on
abdominal area and nervules beyond. Fringes dark grey on
primaries, paler on secondaries, preceded in all cases by a
blackish line. Under surface smoky grey: primaries with
a pale band beyond the middle.
Expanse 42 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
662 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Larentia nigrifasciaria, sp. n.
Whitish grey, venation blackish. Primaries have a small
blackish basal patch, the outer edge of which is quite straight,
and a broad blackish central fascia, both edges are undulated,
but most prominently so exteriorly, in the centre of the
costal portion there is a diffuse spot of the ground-colour
abutting on the black discal spot, and there are traces of
similar pale spots below; the outer marginal area is clouded
and suffused with blackish, and is traversed by a pale wavy
submarginal line, which is whitish near costa and inwardly
edged with blackish throughout, from this edging black
streaks are projected along the nervules. Secondaries have
the basal area and outer marginal border darker ; the vena-
tion also is dark on basal area. Fringes grey, preceded by
an interrupted blackish line. Under surface pale grey:
basal two thirds of primaries, also apical area, and broad
central fascia of secondaries smoky grey ; submarginal line
of primaries whitish towards costa, darker towards inner
margin; beyond the fascia of secondaries the venation is
marked with blackish.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsv-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia nudaria, sp. n.
Female.—Primaries grey, tinged with ochreous on outer
marginal area; median nervure and branches, also the sub-
median nervure, marked with black; basal patch and central
fascia darker grey, median area of the costal half of the
latter of the ground-colour, enclosing a black discal spot ;
the edges of the fascia are outlined by sinuous black lines,
the external one, edged outwardly with white, is preceded by
a wavy dusky line; submarginal line white, wavy, expand-
ing into a spot above inner margin; there is a dentated
dusky line between the basal patch and inner edge of the
fascia, and another between the outer edge of the fascia and
the submarginal line. Secondaries whitish grey, suffused
with darker on basal area, and traversed by three dark grey
lines, the outer two marked with black on the neuration ;
outer marginal area dark grey, traversed by a whitish sub-
marginal line. Fringes grey, marked with darker on the
primaries, and preceded by a black line. Under surface :
primaries fuliginous, marked with whitish grey on costa ;
beyond the middle there is a whitish-grey band edged with
blackish ; submarginal line whitish, interrupted towards
Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 663
costa: secondaries whitish grey, traversed by three darker
lines; all the wings have a black discal spot.
Expanse 51 millim.
One female specimen from Ta-chien-lu, June.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia albiplaga.
Scotosia albiplaga, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 34, pl. vi. fig. 42
(1886).
Scotosia nigralbata, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 327.
Larentia nigralbata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 370
(1895).
This species occurred in July and August at most of the
localities in Western China visited by my collectors, and
also at How-Kow, Thibet.
Distribution. Thundiéni; Punjab; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Kashmir; Western China; Thibet.
Larentia perplexarta, sp. n.
Primaries pale ochreous grey; subbasal band oblique,
blackish; central fascia not well defined and hardly darker
than the ground-colour, except on inner margin where it is
blackish, its inner edge is indicated by a wavy oblique line,
and its outer edge by an angulated and wavy line, the latter
is followed by a wavy whitish band; the outer marginal
area is rather darker grey, and is traversed by a whitish line
which is broken up into spots, each placed on a black dash
towards the costa, where it is joined by an oblique white
dash from apex ; before this line there is a blackish spot on
the costa. Secondaries whitish, traversed beyond the middle
by three dusky wavy lines. All the wings have a blackish
discal spot. Fringes dark grey on the primaries and whitish
marked with dark grey on the secondaries. Under surface :
primaries smoky, beyond the middle there is a short diffuse
white band from the costa; submarginal line white and
rather wavy, united towards costa by an oblique white dash
from apex: secondaries as above.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from T’a-chien-lu, May.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia variaria, sp. n.
Primaries leaden grey; basal patch black, outer edge
curved ; central fascia black, its inner edge bidentate, and its
outer slightly lobed about middle ; beyond there is a small
black spot on costa, this is outwardly edged with white, and
664 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
from it a black waved line, also edged with white, runs to
inner margin; submarginal line white and very fine, only
distinct towards costa, where it is preceded by an abbreviated
black band, and towards inner margin, where it is preceded
by a brownish cloud. Secondaries whitish grey, suffused
with darker on basal area; discal dot fuscous ; central line
dusky, slightly waved. Fringes: grey marked with darker
on primaries ; pale grey marked with darker on secondaries.
Under surface fuscous grey: primaries have two dusky
transverse lines, edged with whitish, beyond the middle;
secondaries have a black discal spot and blackish central line,
there are also indications of a dusky line beyond.
Expanse 24 millim.
Three male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one from
Che-tou, July.
Hab. Western China.
One of the specimens from Pu-tsu-fong is tinged with
brownish on primaries. In the Che-tou example the basal
patch and the central fascia on upper surface of primaries
are not clearly defined; on the under surface the only
markings on primaries are some white spots towards costa,
representing the submarginal line, and some other white
spots above the middle of the inner margin of secondaries.
Larentia inconspicuaria, sp. n.
Primaries grey, with darker basal patch, subbasal, central,
and interrupted outer bands; all these darker markings are
limited by fine wavy black lines; submarginal line repre-
sented by whitish dots followed by black ones, most distinct
towards costa. Secondaries greyish, with paler central band.
Fringes pale grey, chequered with darker. Under surface
grey, suffused with darker, glossy ; the primaries are marked
with whitish on the costa and the secondaries have a pale
central band. |
Expanse 24-26 millim.
T'wo male specimens from T'a-chien-lu, July.
Hab, Western China.
Larentia teniata.
Emmelesia teniata, Steph, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 299, pl. xxxii.
fig. 3 (1829).
Hydriomena teniata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.
Coremia fulvida, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1881, p. 422.
There were a few examples from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection ; I obtained specimens at Nemoro in August, and
from China, Japan, and Corea. 665
my native collector met with the species in the island of
Kiushiu. Two specimens, which appear to be referable to this
species, were received from Pu-tsu-fong and Che-tou; they
were taken in July.
In the Japanese specimens the central band of primaries is
rather broader than in European examples, and the space
between this band and the basal patch is deeply suffused
with fuliginous.
E Distribution. Europe; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu ; Western
hina,
Larentia punctilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries greyish brown; basal patch dark brown, becoming
blackish on its outer edge, which is slightly dentate; median
band dark brown, its inner edge bordered by a dentate
whitish line, and dotted with black on the nervules, its
outer edge diffuse ; beyond the middle there is a whitish line
dotted with black on the nervules, and this appears to be the
outer limit of the median band; submedian band brown, with
ray-like projections in the direction of the fringes, these pro-
jections are traversed by a whitish line, and the band is
interrupted about the middle by a pale brown patch similar
in tint to the space between the basal patch and median band.
Secondaries fuscous brown. Fringes pale brown, marked
with darker. Under surface brown, with few distinct mark-
ings on primaries, but the secondaries have a blackish discal
spot and an indented line beyond the middle.
Expanse 32 millim.
One female from Japan in Pryer’s collection.
Allied to Z. teniata, Steph.
Larentia promiscuaria, sp. 0.
Primaries pale greyish brown ; basal patch darker, limited
by a slightly indented blackish band ; central fascia broadly
blackish, the edges not well defined ; between the fascia and
basal patch there is a dusky shade; submarginal line
whitish, wavy, bordered inwardly by an interrupted blackish
band ; discal spot black, elongate ; fringes dark grey marked
with paler, and preceded by an interrupted blackish line.
Secondaries whitish; there is a dusky transverse shade
beyond the middle, and the fringes, which are of the ground-
colour, are preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under
surface whitish: primaries suffused with fuscous, markings
of upper surface faintly indicated ; secondaries powdered
Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 46
666 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
with fuscous, there are two dusky transverse lines and the
discal dot is blackish.
Expanse 25-32 millim.
Four specimens from Chang-yang taken in June, and two
from Chow-pin-sa taken in July. Both sexes are represented,
Hab. Central and Western China.
Larentia schistacea.
Anticlea schistacea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 278 (1887).
Larentia schistacea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 376
(1895).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and one from Pu-
tsu-fong: June.
Distribution. Dalhousie; Sikhim (Lampson) ; Western
China.
Larentia sordidata.
Geometra sordidata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 185.
Geometra elutata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 224.
Ypsipetes elutata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 378.
Hydriomena elutata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 322; Meyrick, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
Several specimens from Fujisan, Nikko, and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. I have received the species from Omei-
shan, Ni-tou, and Pu-tsu-fong, taken in July.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Japan; Western
China.
Larentia neurbouaria.
Larentia neurbouaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 36, pl. v. fig. 77
(1893).
I received two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, where
they were taken in June. Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-
Tsien-Loft.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia tripunctaria, sp. n.
Primaries blackish brown, basal area darker and limited
by an indistinct white line; a white blotch on costal area and
another below it on inner marginal area represent a central
fascia; on the outer marginal area there is a third white
blotch ; the outer third of the wing is limited inwardly by a
sinuous white line followed by a diffuse russet band. Second-
aries whitish, basal two thirds suffused with dusky and limited
by a blackish wavy line. Fringes agree with the wings in
colour. Under surface greyish, blotched with paler on the
ot geet,
from China, Japan, and Corea. 667
middle of the costal and outer marginal areas of primaries;
the secondaries have two transverse dotted lines, and the
primaries one such line.
Expanse 40 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, June.
Hab. Western China.
In the second example the white blotches representing the
central fascia are much smaller, especially the lower one,
than in the specimen described.
Larentia (?) intersectaria, sp. n.
White. Primaries have a black patch at the base con-
taining a yellow spot on the inner margin, the outer edge of
this patch is obtusely angled and connected with a small
oblong spot at the angle; central fascia black, widely inter-
rupted below the middle ; submarginal band represented by a
large black spot on the costa and a double series of lunules
below to the inner margin; outer margin broadly bordered
with black, intersected by an oblique macular white line from
apex and interrupted below the middle; there are some
yellow marks at inner angle. Secondaries tinged with yellow
at the base and anal angle, and marked with black or blackish
on the abdominal and outer margins. Under surface as
above, but the black markings on basal two thirds of
primaries are rather obscured.
Expanse 29 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Larentia costipunctaria, sp. n.
Male with a tuft of hair on the underside of the secondaries
placed just beyond the middle of vein 1.
Primaries pale grey, sometimes tinged with ochreous;
there are five pairs of indistinct wavy grey transverse lines,
the first, third, and fourth commencing in blackish spots on
costa and the fifth from the inner edge of a large blackish
apical cloud ; submarginal line whitish, but only distinctly
traceable towards costa and inner margin. Secondaries
white, tinged with ochreous on abdominal area and bordered
with dark grey on outer margin; submarginal line wavy,
pale; central line dusky, wavy, but indistinct. Fringes
dark grey, preceded by an interrupted black line. Under
surface white; primaries slightly suffused with dusky on
basal half; beyond the black discal spot there are indications
of a transverse band, but only distinct on the costa ; apical
46*
668 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
cloud as above; secondaries have a black discal spot and a
faint dusky wavy central line, marked with black on the
nervules ; abdominal area as above ; fringes whitish grey.
Expanse 38-41 millim.
Several specimens, including both sexes, from Ta-chien-lu,
Moupin, Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, and How-Kow: June and
July.
Hab. Western China and Thibet.
Larentia moniliferaria.
Trichopleura moniliferaria, Oberth. Etud. @’Entom. xviii. p. 41, pl. v.
fig. 76 (1893).
Occurred in most localities in Western China, June and
July. Oberthiir’s type was taken at Ta-Tsien-Loft (Ta-
chien-lu).
Hab, Western China.
Larentia truncata.
Phalena truncata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 602 (1769).
Geometra russata, Hiibn. Geom, fig. 505.
Hydriomena truncata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 72.
Cidaria calamistrata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p, 662,
pl. xxxiii. fig. 6.
Cidaria cinereata, Moore, /. ¢.
Oren eunapeee: Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, v. p. 55, pl. ix. fig. 7
Laren truncata (part.), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 378
wo).
There were a few specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Nemoro and Shikotan
in August, at Nikko in September, and at Oiwake in
October. Specimens were received from Moupin and Che-
tou, taken in June, and also from the island of Kiushiu.
All the Japanese specimens of L. truncata in my collection
are modifications of the type form varying in two directions—
one graduating towards cinereata (corussaria), and the other
leads up to a variety in which the basal third of the primaries
is blackish brown intersected by a dingy rust-coloured band ;
the central fascia is almost white, the apical patch is unusually
large and agrees with the base in colour. ‘The form last
referred to is from Oiwake, Yokohama, Kiushiu, and Moupin.
The cinereata form is represented by specimens from tyes
moro, Shikotan, Kiushiu, and Che-toun.
Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; East Siberia ;
Askold; Japan; Kiushiu; Western China,
«<p
cop eit hee...
-_ Mele”
from China, Japan, and Corea. 669
Larentia immanata.
Geometra immanata, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 328.
Geometra marmorata, Haw. 1. e.
Cidaria immanata, var. thingvallata, Staud. Cat. p. 183.
Larentia truncata (part.), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 378
(1895).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I captured examples at Nemoro in the beginning of August,
and have received specimens taken in June and July from
Chang-yang, Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, and the province of
How-Kow.
The typical and marmorata forms both occur in Japan and
China.
Among the Nemoro specimens are two fine varieties; one
of these is a very pale modification of the marmorata form
and the other approaches var. thingvallata.
Distribution. Europe; Japan; Yesso; Central and
Western China.
Larentia bimacularia, sp. n.
Primaries olive-brown, darker on apical and outer marginal
area, and transversely clouded with darker on the basal half
of the wing; there is a black patch at the base and an oblong
black spot on costa, the latter is connected with a black
discal spot and is preceded and followed by double brown
lines, the enclosed space paler throughout, but light ochreous
on costa; submarginal line pale ochreous from costa to about
the middle of outer margin, where it disappears, but is repre-
sented by a V-shaped mark before inner angle. Secondaries
whity brown, fuscous grey at the base, and traversed by an
oblique fuscous-grey band and two wavy lines of the same
colour ; on the abdominal margin the space between the lines
is pale ochreous ; outer margin bordered with fuscous grey,
intersected by a pale ochreous curved line, which is angulated
above anal angle. Fringes greyish, chequered with blackish.
Under surface fuscous grey, marked with darker on the
nervules; the primaries are marked on the costa with
blackish; submarginal line pale, curved, angulated above
inner angle, and bordered inwardly with blackish towards
costa; the area beyond the submarginal line is slightly
tinged with brownish: all the wings have a blackish discal
spot.
Expanse 34-36 millim.
Four female specimens from Ta-chien-lu and one from
Pu-tsu-fong: June.
Hab. Western China.
670 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Larentia costinotaria, sp. i.
Primaries pale brownish grey ; basal patch black, indented
on its outer edge and limited by a pale ochreous line; there
is a black oblong mark on the costa—this is outlined in pale
ochreous and contracted in the middle; between the black
markings there is a dark grey transverse shade from costa to
inner margin and some clouds of the same colour below the
costal mark; the outer margin is dark grey, indented in
the middle; submarginal line represented by a whitish line
on the costa, and another towards inner angle. Secondaries
pale grey ; transverse central line rather darker, edged out-
wardly with whitish ; there are indications of a pale submar-
ginal line. Fringes grey, marked with darker. Under
surface fuscous grey ; all the wings have a central and a sub-
marginal dusky line, edged with whitish; the central line of
primaries is acutely angled.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.
Hab. Western China.
Allied to L. sagittata, Fabr.
Larentia variata.
Geometra variata, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 110; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 295.
Geometra obeliscata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 296.
Hydriomena variata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
There were specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. I
took the species in April at Ningpo and Loochou and in June
at Gensan. All the examples are modifications of the obelis-
cata form of the species.
Distribution. Europe ; Altai; E. Siberia; Japan; Corea;
N.E. China.
Larentia comis.
Larentia comis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 443 (1879) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 379 (1895).
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of
which was from Oiwake, and I obtained two examples in
the same locality in the month of October.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Japan.
Similar in general appearance to some European examples
of L. variata, but the antenne are shortly bipectinate.
The type (in the National Collection) is in poor condition.
ee
Oa ;
oo > a
from China, Japan, and Corea. 671
Genus OPORABIA.
(Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 273 (1829).)
Oporabia (?) chiachiaria.
Psyra chiachiaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 64
(1893).
I have not seen an example of this species, of which
Oberthiir records twospecimens from T'4-Tsien-Loa (Ta-chien-
lu) ; but, judging from the figure, I should say that it is not
a Psyra, or even referable to the Boarmiine.
Hab. Western China.
Oporabia (?) productaria, sp. n.
Primaries pale grey, with a darker basal patch, central
fascia, and an ill-defined shade between; the neuration is
still darker and is dotted with whitish, most distinctly beyond
the central fascia; submarginal line whitish, wavy. Second-
aries: outer angle much produced; whitish grey, suffused
with darker on abdominal area; there is a dusky band on
outer marginal area traversed by a wavy line of the ground-
colour. Fringes agree in colour with the wings and are
preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface of
primaries fuliginous grey and of secondaries whitish grey
finely dusted with darker; all the wings have a blackish
discal dot and the secondaries have an obscure, undulated,
dusky central line. Antenne bipectinated.
Expanse 48 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, May or June.
Hab. Western China.
Oporabia nexifasciata.
Oporabia nexifasciata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 420.
Eight specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Very closely allied to O. dilutata, Bork., but the antenne
are more strongly fasciculated and the first transverse band
of primaries is straight.
Meyrick places dilutata in Asthena (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1892, p. 74).
Hab. Japan.
Oporabia japonaria.
Oporabia japonaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 48 (May 1891).
A long and variable series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. Japan.
672 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Genus PHOTOSCOTOSIA.
Trichopleura, Staud. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1882, p. 68 (preeocc.).
Photoscotosia, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 328.
Lasiogma, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 70.
Photoscotosia JSasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries pale grey-brown, traversed by several diffuse
dark grey wavy lines; basal patch dark grey ; central fascia
chocolate-brown, the inner edge slightly indented about the
middle and the outer edge angled above the middle and
bilobed below it; there are some blackish clouds on the outer
margin; the costal portions of the transverse lines are darker,
and some blackish dashes precede the marginal line. Second-
aries orange, marked with fuscous grey on abdominal area
and on outer margin from anal angle to third median nervule.
Fringes fuscous, except towards outer angle of secondaries,
where they are orange, preceded on all the wings by an
interrupted black line. Under surface: primaries pale
ochreous, suffused with blackish on basal portion, which is
limited by an elbowed blackish band; the apical area is
clouded with blackish: secondaries yellowish ochreous,
powdered with fuscous ; abdominal area greyish; discal spot
linear, blackish ; central band dusky, almost straight from
costa to middle, thence turns sharply to abdominal margin.
Expanse 52-54 millim.
Two male specimens and one female from How-Kow: July.
Hab. 'Thibet.
Photoscotosia amplicata.
Cidaria amplicata, Walk. Cat. lop Het. xxv. ?. 1404 (1862). -
Trichopleura amplicata, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 76, pl. iii.
figs. 10a, 6, ¢ (1892),
Trichopleura Dejeant, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 51
(1893).
Photoscotosia amplicata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 382
(1895).
Occurs at Omei-shan, Ni-tou, Pu-tsu-fong, and How-Kow :
June and July.
In Chinese specimens the white patch on primaries varies
to much the same extent that it does in my series from the
N.W. Himalayas, but the secondaries are usually much less
suffused with fuscous. One form, however, from Omei-shan
seems to merit a varietal name,
Var. rivularia, nov.
General coloration brighter and more variegated ; outer
transverse line of primaries very conspicuous.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 673
Two male specimens and one female from Omei-shan: July.
Distribution. North-west Himalayas; Sikhim (Hampson) ;
Western China; Thibet.
Photoscotosia penguionaria.
Trichopleura penguionaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 42, pl. v.
fig. 70 (1893),
Three specimens from How-Kow, Thibet: July.
Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-Tsien-Loa.
Hab. Western China and Thibet.
Photoscotosia bicolor.
Cidaria bicolor, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 278 (1887).
Larentia tonchignearia, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 38, pl. v.
fies. 67 ¢, 66 Q (1893).
Photoscotosia bicolor, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 382
(1895).
Obtained in June and July in most of the localities in
Western China visited by my collectors, and also at How-Kow
in Thibet. Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-Tsien-Loa.
Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Kulu, North-west
Himalayas ; Western China; Thibet.
Photoscotosia albomacularia, sp. n.
Primaries fuliginous grey, with several indistinct darker
transverse lines ; central fascia blackish, with a large diffuse
white blotch on its costal portion; submarginal line whitish,
indistinct, and interrupted. Secondaries blackish, discal area
white. Fringes blackish, slightly marked with white on
secondaries. Under surface blackish ; discal area of primaries
white, apices whitish ; discal and abdominal areas of secondaries
white, the latter tinged with greyish; discal spot black,
linear.
Expanse 46 millim.
One male example from Omei-shan, July.
Hab, Western China.
Closely allied to P. bicolor, Moore, but the band on second-
aries is much broader and the fringes are black.
Photoscotosia undulosa.
Trichopleura undulosa, Alph. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1888, P. 69; Rom, sur
Lép. vi. p. 78, pl. iii. fig. 9, 9 (1892); Oberth. Etud. d’Entom,
xviii. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 56, g (1893).
Photoscotosia undulosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 382
(1895).
One specimen from Omei-shan, July.
674 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
Alphéraky’s type (a female) was from the province of
Szechuen, and that of Oberthiir (a male) from Ta-Tsien-Lot.
Distribution. Thibet ; Sikhim (Zampson).; Western China.
Photoscotosia pallifasciaria, sp. n.
Primaries brown; basal fourth limited by a pale-edged
dark band; about the middle of the wing there is a broad
whity-brown band, edged inwardly by a narrow undulated
dark brown band, and outwardly by a dark brown wavy line,
which is slightly indented below costa and shaded inwardly
with the ground-colour ; submarginal live pale, arched, termin-
ating in an upright blotch on inner margin ; discal spot black,
linear. Secondaries smoky grey, paler on costa; discal spot
black, inconspicuous ; central line dusky, wavy, and curved ;
submarginal line arched, ochreous brown, extending from
anal angle to third median nervule. Fringes dark grey on
primaries, paler, inclining to yellowish, on secondaries,
preceded on each wing by a dark brown line. Under surface
pale whity brown: primaries suffused with smoky on basal
third and on outer marginal area, especially on apical portion,
but the apex itself is of the ground-colour; beyond the middle
there is a blackish abbreviated band from costa ; submarginal
line as above: secondaries powdered with greyish ; discal
spot black, linear; central line dusky, curved.
Expanse 58 millim.
Two female specimens from Che-tou, July.
Hab, Western China.
Allied to P. undulosa, Alph.
Photoscotosia velutina.
Photoscotosia velutina, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 117 (1895).
Warren’s type was from “China.” I have specimens of
both sexes from Omei-shan, a-chien-lu, Ni-tou, and Che-tou,
where they were taken in July and August.
Hab. Western China.
Photoscotosia funebris.
Photoscotosia funebris, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 117 (1895).
Specimens, taken in June and July, were received from
Pu-tsu-fong, Omei-shan, Ni-tou, and Che-tou.
Warren’s type was from “ China,”
Hab. Western China.
from China, Japan, and Corea. 675
Photoscotosia rectilinearia, sp. n.
Primaries brown, with a pinkish tinge on central area ;
basal area darker brown, traversed by a greenish-grey band
and limited by an almost straight, inwardly diffuse, velvety-
black line; beyond the middle there is a greenish-grey
wavy band; this is diffuse outwardly and edged inwardly by
an interrupted dentated black line; submarginal line indicated
by a greenish-grey spot near costa and another towards inner
margin; discal spot black, elongate. Secondaries smoky
brown, with faint traces of a wavy central line. Fringes
brown, except towards apex of secondaries, where they are
yellowish. Under surface similar to that of P. pallifasciaria.
Expanse 56 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.
Hab. Western China.
Photoscotosta atrostrigata.
Scotosia atrostrigata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 87, pl. vii. fig. 16 (1864).
Lasiogma atrostrigata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 71.
Scotosia lucicolens, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 54, pl. xxxvil. fig. 10
(1878).
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection. _ I took
the species at Nikko in September and at Oiwake in October.
My native collector obtained it on the island of Kiushiu, and
I have one specimen from Chang-yang.
Distribution. Eastern Siberia; Japan; Kiushiu; Central
China.
Photoscotosia apicinotaria, sp. n.
Male.—Frimaries brown ; the space between the thin sub-
basal black line and the angulated black inner edge of the
central fascia, which is paler than the ground-colour, is
traversed by wavy blackish lines; the outer edge of the fascia
is also black, bidentate, and wavy, but not always well
defined; it is preceded by a double brownish line; there is a
pale brown spot clouded with darker on costa before apex,
and below the spot there is a white dot; discal spot black,
linear, connected with the subbasal line. Secondaries fuligi-
nous, whitish on costa; there are indications of a wavy pale
brown submarginal line from anal angle to third median
nervule, and there isa blackish spot on abdominal margin.
Fringes concolorous with the wings, except on upper portion
of secondaries, where they are pale brown. Under surface:
primaries whitish brown, basal area blackish, apical area
fuliginous, the latter enclosing a pale brown triangular spot
676 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera
on costa towards apex; below this spot there is a dot of the
same colour: secondaries whitish brown, powdered with
fuliginous, and becoming heavily clouded with fuliginous
beyond the wavy central line; discal spot linear.
Female.—Similar to the male, but the exterior outline of
the central fascia on primaries is more clearly defined and is
bordered with paler towards costa and inner margin; beyond
it there are some wavy transverse lines and a white spot
towards inner angle; on the secondaries there is a large
diffuse orange band extending from costa to third median
nervule ; the fringes of these wings are tinged with orange
towards outer angle. The under surface of primaries is
fuliginous, with a broad fulvous central fascia, and of second-
aries also fuliginous, tinged on the central area with fulvous.
Expanse, ¢ 54-56, 9 58 millim.
Thirteen male specimens and two females from Moupin,
Omei-shan, Che-tou, and Ni-tou: June and July.
Hab. Western China.
Photoscotosia propugnataria, sp. n.
Primaries pale olivaceous brown, basal patch and central
fascia vinous brown, inner half of central portion paler; the
fascia is outlined in black, its interior edge is thrice indented,
and there is a black spot in each indentation, the upper one
continued to costa; the external edge is wavy and has an
obtuse projection about the middle ; submarginal line pale,
macular below the costa, each spot outwardly edged with
black. Secondaries fuscous, whitish grey on costal area,
more narrowly towards base ; there is an orange cloud at end
of the discoidal cell and the fringes on upper half are tinged
with the same colour. Under surface very similar to that of
P. fasciaria, but less ochreous, especially on primaries.
Expanse 54 millim,
One male specimen from Wa-shan: June.
Hab, Western China.
Photoscotosia mintosata.
Scotosta miniosata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1354 (1862).
Photoscotosia miniosata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 380
(1895).
I received this species from Pu-tsu-fong, Che-tou, and from
the plateau to the north of Ta-chien-lu.
The specimens do not appear to differ from examples in my
collection from the North-west Himalayas.
Distribution. Himalayas ; Sylhet; Western China.
ee
from China, Japan, and Corea. 677
Genus CALLABRAXAS.
(Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. p. 226 (1880).)
Callabraxas fabiolaria.
Euchera fabiolaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 35, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1884).
This species was obtained at Chang-yang and Ichang, also
in most of the localities in Western China.
fiaj, Cenirai and Vester Uuina.
C. trigoniplaga, Hampson (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895,
p- 312), is very close to, if not identical with, this species.
Genus GANDARITIS.
(Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 660.)
Gandaritis flavata.
Gandaritis flavata, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 660; Waterh.
Aid, pl. clxxxiy. fig.7; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 885
(1895).
Var. sinicaria, nov. — Basal two thirds of secondaries
white, with a diffuse black central band; outer third blackish,
intersected by a wavy yellow band and bordered on outer
margin with rather darker yellow.
I have received this form of the species from Moupin,
Omei-shan, Wa-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and Chang-yang: June
and July.
Distribution. Khasis (Hampson); North, Central, and
Western China.
_ Gandaritis agnes.
Euchera agnes, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 441 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 47, pl. lii. fig. 10 (1879).
Hydriomena agnes, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
There were four male specimens and one female from Yesso
in Pryer’s collection. My native collector captured a female
example at Hakodate in June or July.
Meyrick considers fest(naria, Christ., from Amurland, to
be synonymous with this species.
Hab. Japan.
Gandaritis maculata.
Gandaritis maculata, Swinh. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 483
(1894).
Several specimens from Ohoyama, Nikko, and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection.
Hab. Japan and Yesso,
o
678 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &e.
Gandaritis Fixseni.
Cidaria Fivseni, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 100, pl. viii. fig. 12 (1864).
Gandaritis Fizseni, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 885 (1895).
Hydriomena Fiaseni, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.
A nice series from Ohoyama, Nikko, and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection. obtained the species at Hakodate in August.
Distribution. Eastern Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso.
Japanese specimens are larger than the Amurland examples
in my collection.
Gandaritis flavomacularia, sp. 0.
Allied to G. Fixsent.
Male.—Fuliginous. Primaries traversed by several fine
wavy and angulated lines; these are whitish or yellowish in
colour and only distinct on costal and inner margins; there
are indications of two whitish bands on the median area, the
first represented by an angular dash on costal area, a sagitta
mark on the middle, and a small spot on inner margin, the
second by a slightly waved dash on costal area and a small
double spot on first submedian nervule ; submarginal band
formed of whitish spots and the marginal band of yellow
ones; all these whitish lines and bands are tinged with
yellow on the costa. Secondaries have the abdominal area
suffused with smoky grey and the outer angle yellow; sub-
marginal and marginal bands composed of yellow spots, the
former preceded on costal area by a yellow crescent-shaped
mark, representing acentral band. A blackish discal spot on
all the wings. Fringes fuliginous, those of secondaries
yellow at outer margin and opposite each marginal spot.
Under surface yellowish: primaries clouded with brownish on
basal and outer marginal areas ; central double line brownish,
elbowed above the middle, and connected with an interrupted
submarginal band of the same colour by an oblique darker
cloud ; a blackish oblique dash extends from apex almost to
submarginal band; secondaries whitish grey on abdominal
area and clouded and suffused with yellowish on outer marginal
area; central line and submarginal band as on primaries, but
the former is curved and has an angular projection on its
inner edge before abdominal margin.
Female.—Similar to the male, but larger ; the white bands
on upper surface of the primaries are less interrupted, as also
is the central yellow one of secondaries ; the under surface is
less yellow and heavily clouded with dusky.
Expanse, ¢ 60, ? 66 millim.
One example of each sex from Wa-shan: August.
Hab, Western China.
es
o<™
Bibliographical Notice. 679
Genus PoMASIA.
(Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 887 (1895).)
Pomasia albolinearia, sp. n.
Pale brown. Primaries have a black discal dot and two
white transverse lines with black specks on them, the outer
one curved and recurved; submarginal line wavy, whitish, but
not clearly defined. Secondaries have a black discal dot and
a white transverse indented line beyond, the latter inwardly
edged with black, most distinctly towards inner margin.
Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a series of black
dots. Under surface pale brown, suffused with fuscous on
the disk: primaries have a pale discal mark and transverse
line beyond : secondaries have a black discal dot and a pale
band beyond, the latter inwardly edged with blackish.
Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang and an example of
each sex from Moupin: July.
In the female specimen from Moupin the white lines are
wider and in the male from same locality are almost band-
like; but these examples are not in such good condition as
the one from Chang-yang, which I have taken as the type.
Hab. Central and Western China.
[To be continued. }
Erratum.
P. 568, line 12, for “entirely black” read “ entirely white.”
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Das Tierreich, 1. Lieferung.—Aves: Podargide, Caprimulgide,
and Macropterygide. Bearbeitet von Ernst Harrerr. Berlin:
Friedlinder u. Sohn, 1897.
In the first portion of the Birds in ‘ Das Tierreich,’ which we have
lately received, Mr. Ernst Hartert gives an excellent manual of the
Goatsuckers and Swifts (Podargide, Caprimulgide, and Macro-
pterygide). As may be supposed, it is based on the portion of
vol. xvi. of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’ con-
taining those families, which was written by him in 1892,
thoroughly revised and brought well up to date; but some little
alteration is made in the arrangement and in the sequence of the
genera, added to which Mr. Hartert has, in the present instance,
declared himself wholly for trinomialism, which we rather regret,
as we are old-fashioned enough to believe that this is a course that
does not tend to the simplification of the study of ornithology, but
rather the reverse. The number of species added to those included
in the Brit. Mus. Catalogue is fifteen, as follows :—Vodargus inter-
medius, Hart.; Batrachostomus microrhynchus, Grant; B. mixtus,
680 Miscellaneous.
Sharpe; gotheles rufescens, Salvad.; . plumifer, Ramsay ;
Micropsalis kalinowskii, Berlep. ; Caprimulgus Rosenbergi, Hartert ;
C. nigriscapularis, Rehw.; C. celebensis, Grant; C. aldabrensis,
Ridgw.: C. Donaldsoni, Sharpe; Collocalia Whiteheadi, Grant;
Cypseloides Cherriei, Ridgw.; Apus Willsi (Hart.); A. Shelley
(Salvad.); but of these Agotheles plumifer and Apus Shelleyi were
referred to in footnotes in that Catalogue. Besides which the
following thirteen subspecies are also added :—Nyctibius jamai-
consis ariseus (Gm.); Nyctidromus albicollis derbyanus, Gould ;
Chordeiles virginicus aserriensis, Cherrie; Phalenoptilus Nuttalli
nitidus, Brewst.; Caprimulqus macrurus ambiguus, Hart. ; Capri-
mulgus macrurus nipalensis, Hart. ; Caprimulgus europaeus meridi-
onalis, Hart.; Macropteryx mystacea Woodfordiana, Hart.; M.comata
major, Hart. ; Collocalia fuciphaga unicolor, Jerd. ; Chetura zonaris
paliidifrons, Hart.; Apus affinis galilejensis (Antin.) ; and Apus
afinis Kenigi (Rchw.). One new genus is given, viz. Nannochor-
deiles, Hartert [type VV. pusillus (Gould)], and the following altera-
tions and emendations are made :—d%gotheles Loriw (Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. xvi. p. 650) is omitted; Hurostopus is corrected (p. 23)
to Eurostopodus ; Macropsalis forcipata (p. 27) to M. ereagra (Bp.) ;
the genus Cosmetornis is suppressed and included (p. 30) in Macro-
dipteryx, and M. macrodipterus is corrected to M. longipennis
(Shaw) ; Heliothreptus is altered (p. 31) to Lliothreptus ; Capri-
mulgus lentiginosus stands (p. 55) now as C. trimaculatus (Sw.),
Caprimulgus jotaka as Caprimulgus indicus jotaka, and Caprimulgus
Kelaarti as Caprimulgus indicus typicus ; Collocalia merguiensis as
C. francica germani (Oust.); Tachornis batassiensis is altered to
7’. batasiensis ; and the generic name for the true Swifts is altered
from Micropus to Apus, but should, we think, stand as Cypselus.
Sixteen woodcuts of heads, feet, and tails are given, all of which
will be found useful, and the entire work is well got up and con-
scientiously executed; and we congratulate Mr. Hartert on having
completed so concise and useful a manual of these families.
MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Malpighian Tubes of Orthoptera,
By M. L. Borpas*.
Tux Malpighian vessels in Orthoptera present a close analogy with
those of Hymenoptera so far as their number and length is con-
cerned, but they differ essentially in their arrangement and mode of
opening. They are, as a rule, capillary tubes, more or less elon-
gated, cylindrical, tortuous, and arranged in several bundles which
open in the majority of species on the summit of six little conical]
tubercles, arising in evaginations of the anterior extremity of the
terminal portion of the intestine. In Forficulide, Phasmide, and
Gryllide the relations of these glands to the intestine are entirely
different.
From the histological point of view these glands consist of an
external very delicate peritoneal coat and an internal epithelium
* Abstract from a work, ‘ Appareil digestif des Orthoptéres.’
Miscellaneous. 681
lying upon a very thin basement membrane. The epithelium is
formed of a number of excretory cells, varying with the species, and
encloses a very fine central lumen.
Among the various excretory products of these glands I have
found abundance of sodic and ecalcic urate in Gryilus; uric acid in
Gryllotalpa in the form of irregular spherical or ovoid concretions
and prismatic crystals; sodic urate and uric acid in Blatta and
Periplaneta.
The research has been made on about eighty species, belonging
to seven principal families of the Orthoptera, and I will now
proceed to describe the results, insisting specially on the mode of
opening of the Malpighian tubes. Further, thanks to the numerous
specimens placed at our disposal, I have been enabled to observe
the diverse modes of opening which the urinary organs affect in
Orthoptera, and to follow out all the phases between the two ex-
treme types—that is to say, those in which the tubes of Malpighi
open into the end of the intestine at the summit of a number of
tubercles grouped in circles, and those in which they form only one
large bundle, opening at the end into a long urethral tube dilated
at the extremity.
We will pass in review the several families in the order of
diminution of complication.
The tubes of Malpighi in the Forficulide are small in number
(8 to 10) and grouped in two bundles placed at the ends of a
diameter at the origin of the terminal intestine.
In the Phasmide the urinary organs are very numerous and
united in several bundles (20 to 24 in Phibalosoma), opening into an
equal number of hemispherical or conical tubercles, very short and
disposed in a circle around the intestine, of which they are nothing
more than simple evaginations. In <Acanthoderus and Necroscia
each collecting-tubercle receives but two or three Malpighian tubes.
The Mantidie possess 60 to 70 urinary tubes, inserted sometimes
irregularly, sometimes grouped in bundles (3 or 4) at the origin of
the terminal intestine (Hremiaphila). The Praying Mantis possesses
50 or 60, united in several bundles separated by narrow free spaces.
In Periplaneta and Blatta the Malpighian tubes are grouped in
6 bundles, each comprising 15 to 20 tubes opening on the summit
of avery short conical tubercle. These six tubercles, greatly re-
duced and with a broad base, arise from intestinal evaginations.
They are about equidistant from one another and arranged in a
circle around the intestine. The urinary organs of Polyzosteria are
thin, short, winding, and arranged equally in six groups. In
Blabera the mode of opening of the tubes of Malpighi is altogether
characteristic and quite different from that observed in other Blattide.,
The tubular glands, to the number of 50 or 60, open on an irregular
area comprising about one third of the circumference of the in-
testine.
In the family of the Acridiide the number of Malpighian tubes
is very variable, certain species (Pecilocerus, Pyrgomorpha) having
as many as 100; others have 60 to 70 (Pamphagus), and some 70
to 80 ((Edipoda) or 50 to 60 (Psophus, Pachytylus, &c.). In all
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xix. 47
682 Miscellaneous.
these species these organs are grouped in a small number of bundles
(5 or 6), directed, some backwards, some forwards, and covering
partly the middle and partly the posterior intestine. In all the
Locustide the number of the tubes of Malpighi exceeds 100. They
are grouped in six bundles, opening at the summit of six eylindro-
conical tubercles, sometimes disposed irregularly, sometimes at equal
distances one from the other, at the origin of the terminal intestine
(Locusta, Decticus, Salomona, Pseudorhynchus, Platycleis, &e.). In
the Ephippigerine there are only 3 or 4 of these conical tubercles,
with 110 to 120 urinary tubes. Lastly, through @ryllacris, which
has, as a rule, but one collecting-tubercle, fairly short, on the
summit of which 80 to 100 Malpighian tubes open, we pass to the
Gryllide. The number of tubes in various Gryllide is very con-
siderable, and exceeds 100; 100 to 120 may be counted in Gryllus
and Gryllotalpa. ‘These organs are long, tortuous, and open at the
widened end (pan-shaped) of a single cylindrical collecting-canal
(ureter). This last, after a course of 9-12 millim., penetrates a
little below the origin of the terminal intestine, and there opens on
the summit of a conical or dolioform tubercle, with a blunted point
aud armed with four valves hounding a star-shaped orifice (Gryllo-
talpa)—Comptes Rendus, tom. cxxiv. pp. 46-48.
The supposed great Octopus of Florida: certainly not a Cephalopod.
By A. E. Verritr.
Additional facts have been ascertained and specimens received
that render it quite certain that this remarkable structure is not
the body of a Cephalopod. It was described by me, in the January
number of this Journal [also ‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1897}, as the body of
an Octopus *, from the examination of a number of photographs and
the statement made to me that, when it was first cast ashore, stumps
of arms were found adherent to one end, one of which was said to
have been 36 feet long +. Subsequently, when it was excavated
and moved, this statement proved to be erroneous. Apparently
nothing that can be called stumps of arms or any other appendages
were present. Folds of the integument and mutilated and partly
detached portions may have been mistaken for such structures, No
bones or other hard parts were found in it.
* Many other zoologists who examined the photographs held the same
opinion. Some of those who have seen the samples of integument sent
to me still believe that the specimen may be the body of some unknown
genus of Cephalopods, allied to Octopus. But the thick integument of a
Cephalopod is necessarily muscular and highly contractile, while in this
creature it is elastic and resistant, and not at all contractile. Therefore I
cannot refer it to that group, after having examined this structure.
+ The following is the written statement made by Mr. Wilson to
Dr. Webb in regard to the “arms” that he found when it first went
ashore :—‘‘ One arm was lying west of body, 28 feet long; one stump of
arm west of body, about 4 feet; three arms lying south of body, and
from appearances attached to same (although I did not dig quite to body,
as it laid well down in the sand, and | was very tired), longest one
measured over 32 feet ; the other arms were 3 to 5 feet shorter.” Soon
after this examination the specimen went adrift in another severe storm
and was again cast ashore two miles further south, which will probably
account for the loss of these supposed arms.
rom
Miscellaneous. 683
Dr. Webb has recently sent to me several large masses of the
integument of the creature, preserved fairly well in formalin.
These masses are from 3 to 10 inches thick, and, instead of being
muscular, as had been thought, they have a structure similar to
the hard elastic variety of blubber-like integument found on the
head of certain cetaceans, such as the sperm-whale. They contain
very little oil and cannot be called true blubber. They are firm,
very tough and elastic, and composed mainly of much interlaced
fibres and large bundles of tough, fibrous, white connective tissue.
They are difficult to cut or tear apart, especially where indurated
by partial drying. Some large irregular canals permeate the inner
and less dense portions of the thick masses. These may have con-
tained blood-vessels originally. From the inner surface of some of
the pieces large cords of elastic fibres proceeded inward. These
now hang loosely from the masses of integument. Dr. Webb states
that these were found attached on all sides to a long saccular organ,
which occupied most of the central cavity of the great mass. No
muscular fibres were present in the specimens sent. Perhaps the
muscular tissues of the inner surfaces, if any were present originally,
have decayed, but the tough fibrous mass does not show much
decomposition. The outer surface shows in some places a tough,
thin, grey, rather rough skin-like layer, that may be the remains of
the outer skin. It looks a little like the skin of some fishes from
which the scales have been removed. From these facts I am led to
believe that the mass cast ashore is only a fragment, probably from
the head, of some huge vertebrate animal covered with a blubber-
like layer of great thickness.
Although such an integument might, perhaps, be supposed com-
patible with the structure of some unknown fish* or reptile, it is
certain that it is more like the integument found upon the upper
part of the head of a sperm-whale than anything else that I know.
If we could imagine a sperm-whale with the head prolonged far
forward in the form of a great blunt saccular snout, freely projecting
beyond the upper jaw, and with a great central cavity, it might, if
detached and eroded by the surf, present an appearance something
like the mass cast ashore. It hardly seems possible, however, that
the abruptly truncated and narrow snout of the common sperm-whale
could take on, even after being long tossed about by the waves, a
form like this. No whaler who has seen it has recognized it as
any part of a whale. It does not seem possible to identify such a
large, hollow, pear-shaped sac, 21 feet long, with any part of an
ordinary sperm-whale unless its nose had become enlarged and
distorted by disease, or possibly by extreme old age. No blowhole
was discovered.
The specimen has now been moved several miles nearer to
St. Augustine and enclosed by a fence to protect it from the drifting
sand. It is likely to remain in nearly its present state for several
months more.— Amer. Journ. Sci., April 1897, pp. 355, 356.
* The integument of Orthagoriscus mola, the great sun-fish, is very
thick and elastic, but unlike this in structure.
684
INDEX to VOL. XIX.
ABRAXAS, new species of, 447.
Acanthoctenus, new species of, 103.
Acaulona costata, remarks on, 28.
Achatina, new species of, 636.
Acrzea, new species of, 581.
Admetine, note on the new sub-
family, 358.
Aganippe, note on the genus, 112.
ero in flying animals, on the,
49,
Akodon, new species of, 496.
Alcidamea, new species of, 400,
Ambulyx, new species of, 5&0.
Ammodytes tobianus, on the spawn-
ing of, 241,
Ammoplanus, new species of, 402.
Anaitis, new species of, 553.
Ancara, new species of, 167.
Andrews, C. W., on the structure of
the skull of a Pliosaur, 350; on a
cast of the brain-cavity of Iguano-
don, 585.
Andricus, new species of, 261.
Anidiops, characters of the new
genus, 114.
Animals, on the air-spaces in flying,
149; on movement in a circle as
the fundamental form of move-
ment in, 155; on nocturnal pro-
tective coloration in, as developed
by natural selection, 354.
Anonychia, new aie of, 225.
Antennophorus Uhlmanni, on the
relations of, to Lasius mixtus, 620,
Antherza, new species of, 393.
Aparallactus, new species of, 154,
279.
Apericallia, characters of the new
genus, 211.
Arachnida, new, 78, 109, 116, 283,
360, 510.
Arichanna, new species of, 434,
Arinia, new species of, 627.
Assiminea, new species of, 659,
Astacus, on the generic name, 120,
239, 352, 353, 470.
Asthipa, new species of, 173.
Auzea, new species of, 182.
Baccha phaoptera, remarks on, 20.
Bapta, new species of, 198.
Batrachia, new, 10, 106, 508,
Bell, F. J., on the generic name of
the river crayfish, 259.
Bembidula, new species of, 371.
Biston, new species of, 322.
Boarmia, new species of, 340, 416. .
Books, new :—Hampson’s Moths of
British India, Vol. IV., 286;
Theobald’s Parasitic Diseases of
Poultry, 237; Hartert’s Das
Tierreich, I. Lief—Aves, 679.
Bordas, L., on the Malpighian tubes
of Orthoptera, 680.
Boulenger, G. A., on new lizards and
frogs from New Guinea, 6; on new
Malay frogs, 106; on a new snake
from Sierra Leone, 154; ona new
fish from Lake Nyassa, 155; on
reptiles and batrachians from the
Congo Free State, 276; on a new
snake from Usambara, 281; ona
new lizard from Obok, 467; on a
new genus and species of tortoises
from Borneo, 468 ; on reptiles and
batrachians from Lombok Xc.,
503.
Bouvier, E.-L., on the organization
and affinities of Pleurotomaria,
583.
Broteochactas, new species of, 364.
Brotheas, observations on the genus,
367.
Buliminus, new species of, 637.
Butler, Dr. A. G., on the sexes of
Charaxes mixtus, 124; on a new
butterfly from Borneo, 469; ona
new African species of Mylothris,
627.
Bylazora, new species of, 333.
Cambridge, F. O. P., on the Cteni-
form spiders of the New World, 52.
Cameron, P., on new Hymenoptera
from Central America, 261, 368,
Campsurus Picteti, definition of the
new name, 616,
Carige, new species of, 552,
Cathypna, new species of, 631.
Caturus, new species of, 292.
Caullery, M., on Spirorbis, 411.
Centris, new species of, 394.
Cephalopod, on a gigantic, on the
‘lorida coast, 240, 682.
Eee ee ad ——
INDEX.
Ceroctis, new species of, 501.
Chapman, F., on Ostracoda from the
Chara-marl! of Hitchin, 591.
Charaxes mixtus, on the sexes of,
124.
Chilomys, definition of the new
genus, 501.
Chilton, Dr. C., on a new Amphipod
from New Zealand, 1.
Chromis, new species of, 155.
Chrysis, new species of, 401.
Chrysops costatus, remarks on, 18.
Cidaria, new species of, 643,
Cirina, new species of, 393.
Cistogaster immaculata, remarks on,
Cockerell, T. D. A., on bees of the
genus Colletes from New Mexico,
39; on new Hymenoptera from
New Mexico, 394.
Coleoptera, new, 3889, 478, 501, 577.
Colletes, new species of, 39.
Cottus scorpius, on the life-history
of, 256.
Crayfish, on the name of the, 120,
239, 852, 355, 470.
Crocallis, new species of, 221.
Crocota, new species of, 519.
Crustacea, new, 1.
Cryptoloba, new species of, 165, 550.
Ctenus, note on the genus, 57, 73;
new species of, 78.
Cupha, new species of, 174.
Cycadeoidea, new species of, 119.
Cyclophylla, new species of, 618.
Cyclopterus lumpus, on the life-
history of, 245.
Cylindrophis, new species of, 506.
Dalima, new species of, 166, 215.
Decatoma, new species of, 503.
Decetia, new species of, 185,
Delias, new species of, 403.
Delma, new species of, 170.
Dendrelaphis, new species of, 507.
Deridea, new species of, 389.
Diglena, new species of, 630.
Dilinia, new species of, 315,
Dilophodes, new species of, 454,
Diomea, new species of, 169.
Diplommatina, new species of, 626.
Diptera, new, 16, 140.
Distant, W. L., on Homoptera from
South Africa, 125; on a new
species of Poecilopsaltria, 282; on
Heterocera from the Transvaal,
390, 579; on Coleoptera from the
Transyaal, 575,
685
Doleschallia Comrii, description of
the male of, 174.
Druce, H. H., on new Lyczenide
from the Eastern Archipelago, 13.
Echinomyia, new species of, 148.
Elles, Miss G. L., on the subgenera
Petalograptus and Cephalograptus,
351.
Elymnias, new species of, 178.
Emmecosmia, new species of, 546,
Engystoma, new species of, 108.
Ennea, new species of, 634.
Epiplema, new species of, 185,
Epyris, new species of, 273.
Eremias, new species of, 467.
Eristalis, new species of, 21.
Eublemma, new species of, 167.
Eubolia, new species of, 554.
Eucyrtops, characters of the new
genus, 115.
Eulepis, new species of, 408.
Euplexidia, characters of the new
genus, 165.
Euprosthenops, definition of the
new name, 116.
Eurymene, new species of, 227.
Eustroma, new species of, 563.
Fischer, H., on the organization
and aflinities of Pleurotomaria,
583.
Fishes, new, 155, 292, 379.
Gadus pollachius, on the eggs and
young of, 245.
Gagrella, new species of, 283.
Gahan, C. J., on the longicorn genus
Glenea, 473.
Gandaritis, new species of, 678.
Gathynia, new species of, 187.
Gazella, new species of, 162.
Genuchus, new species of, 578.
Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 119, 238, 850.
Glenea, on the longicorn genus, 478 ;
new species of, 478,
Gnophos, new species of, 327.
Graphiurus, new species of, 588.
Gregory, Dr. J. W., on the affinities
of the Echinothuride, 238; on
Echinocystis and Palvodiscus,
239.
Guldberg, Prof. F. O., on movement
in a circie as the fundamental
form of movement in animals,
155,
Giinther, Dr. A., on a new species
of Delma, 170.
Hadrus lepidotus, remarks on, 19.
686
Hapalus, new species of, 635.
Hemerophila, new species of, 481.
Hemiptera, new, 125, 282.
Herpa, new species of, L166.
Heterocallia, characters of the new
genus, 212.
Heteroclita, new species of, 577.
Heteroglenea, characters of the new
genus, 490.
Heterolocha, new species of, 228.
Holochila, new species of, 179.
Holochilus, new species of, 495.
Huphina, new species of, 405.
Hybernia, new species of, 320,
Hyla, new species of, 509.
Hymenoptera, new, 39, 261, 368,
304.
Hypolimnas, new species of, 175,
406,
Idiosoma sigillatum, note on, 109.
Tguanodon, on a cast of the brain-
cavity of, 585.
Ihering, H. v., on the biology of the
social wasps of Brazil, 153.
Insects, on nocturnal protective
coloration in, as developed by
natural selection, 354.
Txalus, new species of, 106.
Janet, C., on the relations of An-
tennophorus Uhlmanni to Lasius
mixtus, 620.
Kirby, W. F., on Neuroptera from
the Amazons, 598.
Krananda, new species of, 305.
Labdacus, new species of, 91.
Lagidium, new species of, 467.
Lampides, new species of, 179.
Larentia, new species of, 655,
Lasius mixtus, on the relations of
Antennophorus Uhlmanni to, 620.
Leech, J. H., on Lepidoptera Hete-
rocera from China, Japan, and
Corea, 180, 297, 414, 545, 640.
Lendenfeld, Prof. R. v., on some
sponges from the Auckland Is-
lands, 124; on the physiological
importance of the air-spaces in
flying animals, 149.
Lepadogaster bimaculatus, on the
eggs and young of, 252.
Lepidoptera, new, 13, 164, 172, 180,
297, 393, 403, 407, 414, 469, 543,
580, 581, 627, 640.
Leptodira, new species of, 281.
Liemys, characters of the new genus,
468.
Ligdia, new species of, 449,
INDEX.
Liophryne, characters of .the new
genus, 1].
Lobogonia, new species of, 550.
Lobster, on the name of the, 120,
352, 358, 470.
Locris, new species of, 131.
Lophuron, new species of, 580.
Loxaspilates, new species of, 234.
Lutra, new species of, 618.
Luxiaria, new species of, 304.
Lycocteuus, characters of the new
genus, 95.
Lydoceras, new species of, 501.
Lygosoma, new species of, 6, 504.
Lygranoa, new species of, 548.
Macaria, new species of, 307,
M‘Intosh, Prof., on the spawning of
Ammodytes tobianus, 241; on the
eges and young of Gadus polla-
chius, 243; on the life-history of
Cyclopterus lumpus, 245; on the
eges and young of Lepadogaster
bimaculatus, 252; on the life-
history of Cottus scorpius, 256,
Major, Dr. C. I. F., on Sus verrucosus
and allies, 521; on the Otter of
Central America, 618.
Malacomys, new species of, 465,
Mammals, new, 161, 162, 349, 388,
463, 466, 494, 574, 618.
Mantophryne, characters of the new
genus, 12,
Mastigocerca, new species of, 631.
Mecodina, new species of, 168.
Medasina, new species of, 482.
Melvill, J. C., on new S, African
Mollusca, 633.
Meromacrus crucigerus, remarks on,
22
Mesnil, F., on Spirorbis, 411.
Metabraxas, new species of, 451,
Miathyria, new species of, 600.
Michael, A. D., on the classification
of Oribatide, 34.
Micrathyria, new species of, 608,
Microhyla, new species of, 108,
Milesia, new species of, 142.
Mollusca, new, 623, 633.
Monomatapa, characters of the new
genus, 129.
Mus, new species of, 849, 463.
Mustella melampus, new subspecies
of, 161.
Mylothris, new species of, 627.
Myrteta, new species of, 195,
Nadagara, new species of, 302.
Nausigaster, new species of, 20.
INDEX.
Naxa, new species of, 545.
Nectomys, new species of, 498.
Neolythria, new species of, 461.
Neptis, new species of, 407.
Neuroptera from the Amazons, on,
598 ; new, 600.
Notommata, new species of, 628.
Nyctimantis, new species of, 12.
Obeidia, new species of, 458.
Oberthiiria, characters of the new
genus, 188,
Odonestis, new species of, 410,
Oncopus, new species of, 285.
Ophthalmodes, new species of, 335.
Opiliones, new Oriental, 285.
Opisthacanthus, new species of, 116.
Oporabia, new species of, 671.
Oribatidee, on the classification of,
3b4.
Orthoptera, on the Malpighian tubes
of, 680.
Oryzomys, new species of, 494.
Osteorachis, new species of, 379.
Ostracoda from the Chara-marl of
Hitchin, on, 591.
Papilio, new species of, 172.
Paropioxys, new species of, 130.
Parthenos, new species of, 177.
Pedipalpi from the Lower Amazons,
on, 357.
Pelitnus, new species of, 283.
Penthosia satanica, remarks on, 32.
Perenia, new species of, 455.
Perdita, new species of, 598.
Pericallia, new species of, 207.
Perilampus, new species of, 265,
Perithemis, new species of, 602.
Perrier, E., on Spirorbis, 412.
Pettalus, new species of, 289.
Phibalapteryx, new species of, 562.
Phigalia, new species of, 821.
Philiris, new species of, 15.
Phoneutria, note on the genus, 57.
Photoscotosia, new species of, 672.
Phyllabraxas, characters of the new
genus, 441.
Phyllosphingia, characters of the new
genus, 164,
Pipiza, new species of, 140.
Planorbis, new species of, 638.
Platyischnopus, new species of, 2.
Platypleura, new species of, 128.
Plemyria, new species of, 571.
Pleurotomaria, cn the organization
and affinities of, 583.
Pocock, R. I., on trapdoor spiders
from Australia, 109; on new scor-
687
pions from East Africa, 116; on
new Oriental Opiliones, 283; on
the names of the lobster and the
craytish, 352; on Scorpiones and
Pedipalpi from the Lower Ama-
zons, 357 ; on new scorpions of the
genus Tityus, with notes on forms
allied to T. americanus, 510.
Podalirius, new species of, 399.
Podium, new species of, 368.
Peecilopsaltria, new species of, 126,
282.
Polistes, on the habits of the genus,
133.
Polybia, on the habits of species of,
133.
Pomasia, new species of, 679.
Pompilus, new species of, 374.
Ponsonby, J. H., on new 8. African
Mollusea, 633.
Proales, new species of, 629.
Prosymna, new species of, 273.
Pseudagenia, new species of, 372.
Psychostrophia, new species of, 189.
Psyra, new species of, 212.
Pupa, new species of, 633.
Pupina, new species of, 625.
tana, new species of, 508.
Rapala, new species of, 409.
Reed, F. R. C., on the fauna of the
Keisley limestone, 119.
Registoma, new species of, 626.
Remigia, new species of, 168.
Reptilia, new, 6, 154, 170, 278, 281,
467, 468, 504.
Rhynchobapta, new species of, 303.
Rotifera, new American, 628.
Rumia, new species of, 298.
Salius, new species of, 372.
Scardamia, new species of, 202.
Sciurus, new species of, 574.
Scotosia, new species of, 555.
Selenia, new species of, 205.
Seleniopsis, new species of, 224,
Selidosema catoteeniaria, new variety
of, 336.
Seward, A. C., on a new Cycadean
stem from the Isle of Portland,
119.
Sharpe, Miss EK. M., on new species
of Acreidee from Uganda, 581.
Sisyrophora, new species of, 170.
Smicra, new species of, 262.
Smith, E. A., on new land-shells
from the Malay Archipelago, 623.
Smith, H. G., on new butterflies
from the Pacific Islands, 172, 403.
688
Sphezrophthalma, new species of, 376.
Sphenophryne, new species of, 10,508.
Sphex, new species of, 370.
Spiders, on the Cteniform, of the
New World, 52; ontrap-door, from
Australia, 109.
Spilochalcis, new species of, 403.
Spilopera, new species of, 300.
Spirorbis, notes on, 411.
Sponges from the Auckland Islands,
note on some, 124.
Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on the
names of the lobster and crayfish,
120, 353, 470.
Stegania, new species of, 203.
Stenoctenus, new species of, 92.
Stictoploea, new species of, 173.
Stictoptera, new species of, 167.
Stokes, Dr. A. C., on new American
Rotifera, 628.
Stylocellus, new species of, 291,
Stylogaster, notes on the genus, 25;
new species of, 24.
Subulina, new species of, 657.
Sus barbatus, new subspecies of, 554,
— verrucosus and allies, observa-
tions on, 521; new subspecies of,
524.
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern
Lepidoptera, 164, 407.
Synegia, new species of, 204.
Synopsia, new species of, 430.
Tenaris, new species of, 177.
Tephrina, new species of, 312.
Tephrosia, new species of, 359.
Thomas, Mrs. M. K., on the genus
Deridea, Westwood, 389; on new
species of Mylabrinz, 501.
Thomas, O., on the Tsu-shima repre-
sentative of the Japanese sable,
161; on a new gazelle from
Sentral Arabia, 162; on a new
dormouse from Mashunaland, 388 ;
INDEX.
on anew species of Lagidium from
Patagonia, 466; on some South-
American Muridse, 494.
Thysonotis, rew species of, 13.
Tityus, new species of, 360, 510; on
the forms allied to T. americanus,
516. 2
Townsend, C. H. T., on Diptera from
the Rio Nautla, 16; from Southern
New Mexico, 138.
Trachycystis, new species of, 635,
Trichopoda, new species of, 29.
Trigonalys, new species of, 267.
Typhlops, new species of, 505.
Uracis, new species of, 605.
Urapteryx, new species of, 190,
Uroplectes, new species of, 118.
Venilia, new species of, 253,
Verrill, A.E., onagigantic cephalopod
on the Florida coast, 240, 682; on
nocturnal protective coloration in
mammals, birds, fishes, insects, &c.,
as developed by natural selection,
354.
Wasps, on the biology of the social,
of Brazil, 133.
Winton, W. E. de, on a new mouse
from Damaraland, 349; on two
new Muride from Central and
West Africa, 463; on the ochre-
footed scrub-squirrels of E, Africa,
573.
Woodward, A. S., on the osteology of
Caturus and Osteorachis, 292, 379,
Xandrames, new species of, 327.
Xesta, new species of, 623.
Xyloscia, new species of, 210,
Zanclopera, new species of, 306,
Zethenia, new species of, 223.
Zethes, new species of, 169,
Zeuxaltis, characters of the new sub-
genus, 470,
Zeuxidia, new species of, 470,
END OF THE NINETEENTH VOLUME,
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist .S.6.Vol. XIX .PU. XI.
M a Ss,
lt: Mintern 5210s.1n
J.Green del. et lith .
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. .6 Vol XIX. PU. XI.
tern Bros.i
2171
een del. et lth.
Gr
+
J
nw?
Poo
Pane ; oe ; oe - *% i
Miae & arene aS
> oe se
Dia (take
he
>
“ie
*
>
o
-
=
a
a
ras
-
'
ri
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hest.S.6 Vol. XIX. PU. XIV.
Mint ern Bros. lith.
LT. XV.
Mag. Nat. Hist., S. 6. Vol. XTX.
HITCHIN.
&
Ann.
PLEISTOCENE OSTRACODA FROM
hi wees ;
ge) et ec kn at do
Anin.&. Vag. Nat. Iist..S.6 Vol XIX. PUXVI.
med
J. Green del. et
Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6 Vol. XIX. PU. XVI.
a
KE Mintern del et ith. Mint ern Bros.imp.
i eo eae td Parnes
; ae a ‘
e)
~
BINDING SECT. JUL 2 - 1968
QH The Annals and magazine of
1 natural history
Biological
& Medica!
Serials
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
STORAGE
ow
Sais a ee
ak
ee ee ee De fe at ‘s ~ eal Ss opal 4
Se err ae IS I OO re, oN en eG IRR Pap bey Ey) Cats Sats ee» EGE OLA OPEN Oe os xs
- - = ’ q ee ad - a
7 . ~ aie ae . - ov A Pal id
~ se - “ , “ ns 7 * Ate aad tidy :
-
.
. .
fens . . . :
: > . .
va - . , a . by
: < as ~ : 7 waa Suet ° 7
=e. a . }
< ’ = ig
Be : 5
SOOO LES FO
+ ag G8 0" EO a tao ALOE
PPS Ee Om ee
PRA EE LOL POP ye
OOO LLL LEO OL
ee re ee
ee Oe ee
Ce Serer
et ee de
ee
S
seer «
eae
wepedeee. Ce eel i e
f et, ree oe
ote Lind wire ee ee og Te LT PTT ES